Merge mandoc from vendor into contrib and provide the necessary Makefile glue.

It's not yet connected to the build.

75 files changed, 36386 insertions, 0 deletions

diff --git a/contrib/mdocml/arch.c b/contrib/mdocml/arch.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e764bfe
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/mdocml/arch.c
@@ -0,0 +1,39 @@
+/*	$Id: arch.c,v 1.9 2011/03/22 14:33:05 kristaps Exp $ */
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2009 Kristaps Dzonsons <kristaps@bsd.lv>
+ *
+ * Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software for any
+ * purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above
+ * copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies.
+ *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" AND THE AUTHOR DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES
+ * WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
+ * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR
+ * ANY SPECIAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES
+ * WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN
+ * ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF
+ * OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
+ */
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+#include "config.h"
+#endif
+
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <time.h>
+
+#include "mdoc.h"
+#include "mandoc.h"
+#include "libmdoc.h"
+
+#define LINE(x, y) \
+	if (0 == strcmp(p, x)) return(y);
+
+const char *
+mdoc_a2arch(const char *p)
+{
+
+#include "arch.in" 
+
+	return(NULL);
+}
diff --git a/contrib/mdocml/arch.in b/contrib/mdocml/arch.in
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5113446
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/mdocml/arch.in
@@ -0,0 +1,111 @@
+/*	$Id: arch.in,v 1.12 2012/01/28 14:02:17 joerg Exp $ */
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2009 Kristaps Dzonsons <kristaps@bsd.lv>
+ *
+ * Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software for any
+ * purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above
+ * copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies.
+ *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" AND THE AUTHOR DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES
+ * WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
+ * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR
+ * ANY SPECIAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES
+ * WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN
+ * ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF
+ * OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
+ */
+
+/*
+ * This file defines the architecture token of the .Dt prologue macro.
+ * All architectures that your system supports (or the manuals of your
+ * system) should be included here.  The right-hand-side is the
+ * formatted output.
+ *
+ * Be sure to escape strings.
+ *
+ * REMEMBER TO ADD NEW ARCHITECTURES TO MDOC.7!
+ */
+
+LINE("acorn26",		"Acorn26")
+LINE("acorn32",		"Acorn32")
+LINE("algor",		"Algor")
+LINE("alpha",		"Alpha")
+LINE("amd64",		"AMD64")
+LINE("amiga",		"Amiga")
+LINE("amigappc",	"AmigaPPC")
+LINE("arc",		"ARC")
+LINE("arm",		"ARM")
+LINE("arm26",		"ARM26")
+LINE("arm32",		"ARM32")
+LINE("armish",		"ARMISH")
+LINE("aviion",		"AViiON")
+LINE("atari",		"ATARI")
+LINE("beagle",		"Beagle")
+LINE("bebox",		"BeBox")
+LINE("cats",		"cats")
+LINE("cesfic",		"CESFIC")
+LINE("cobalt",		"Cobalt")
+LINE("dreamcast",	"Dreamcast")
+LINE("emips",		"EMIPS")
+LINE("evbarm",		"evbARM")
+LINE("evbmips",		"evbMIPS")
+LINE("evbppc",		"evbPPC")
+LINE("evbsh3",		"evbSH3")
+LINE("ews4800mips",	"EWS4800MIPS")
+LINE("hp300",		"HP300")
+LINE("hp700",		"HP700")
+LINE("hpcarm",		"HPCARM")
+LINE("hpcmips",		"HPCMIPS")
+LINE("hpcsh",		"HPCSH")
+LINE("hppa",		"HPPA")
+LINE("hppa64",		"HPPA64")
+LINE("ia64",		"ia64")
+LINE("i386",		"i386")
+LINE("ibmnws",		"IBMNWS")
+LINE("iyonix",		"Iyonix")
+LINE("landisk",		"LANDISK")
+LINE("loongson",	"Loongson")
+LINE("luna68k",		"Luna68k")
+LINE("luna88k",		"Luna88k")
+LINE("m68k",		"m68k")
+LINE("mac68k",		"Mac68k")
+LINE("macppc",		"MacPPC")
+LINE("mips",		"MIPS")
+LINE("mips64",		"MIPS64")
+LINE("mipsco",		"MIPSCo")
+LINE("mmeye",		"mmEye")
+LINE("mvme68k",		"MVME68k")
+LINE("mvme88k",		"MVME88k")
+LINE("mvmeppc",		"MVMEPPC")
+LINE("netwinder",	"NetWinder")
+LINE("news68k",		"NeWS68k")
+LINE("newsmips",	"NeWSMIPS")
+LINE("next68k",		"NeXT68k")
+LINE("ofppc",		"OFPPC")
+LINE("palm",		"Palm")
+LINE("pc532",		"PC532")
+LINE("playstation2",	"PlayStation2")
+LINE("pmax",		"PMAX")
+LINE("pmppc",		"pmPPC")
+LINE("powerpc",		"PowerPC")
+LINE("prep",		"PReP")
+LINE("rs6000",		"RS6000")
+LINE("sandpoint",	"Sandpoint")
+LINE("sbmips",		"SBMIPS")
+LINE("sgi",		"SGI")
+LINE("sgimips",		"SGIMIPS")
+LINE("sh3",		"SH3")
+LINE("shark",		"Shark")
+LINE("socppc",		"SOCPPC")
+LINE("solbourne",	"Solbourne")
+LINE("sparc",		"SPARC")
+LINE("sparc64",		"SPARC64")
+LINE("sun2",		"Sun2")
+LINE("sun3",		"Sun3")
+LINE("tahoe",		"Tahoe")
+LINE("vax",		"VAX")
+LINE("x68k",		"X68k")
+LINE("x86",		"x86")
+LINE("x86_64",		"x86_64")
+LINE("xen",		"Xen")
+LINE("zaurus",		"Zaurus")
diff --git a/contrib/mdocml/att.c b/contrib/mdocml/att.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..24d757d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/mdocml/att.c
@@ -0,0 +1,39 @@
+/*	$Id: att.c,v 1.9 2011/03/22 14:33:05 kristaps Exp $ */
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2009 Kristaps Dzonsons <kristaps@bsd.lv>
+ *
+ * Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software for any
+ * purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above
+ * copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies.
+ *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" AND THE AUTHOR DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES
+ * WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
+ * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR
+ * ANY SPECIAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES
+ * WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN
+ * ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF
+ * OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
+ */
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+#include "config.h"
+#endif
+
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <time.h>
+
+#include "mdoc.h"
+#include "mandoc.h"
+#include "libmdoc.h"
+
+#define LINE(x, y) \
+	if (0 == strcmp(p, x)) return(y);
+
+const char *
+mdoc_a2att(const char *p)
+{
+
+#include "att.in" 
+
+	return(NULL);
+}
diff --git a/contrib/mdocml/att.in b/contrib/mdocml/att.in
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b4ef822
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/mdocml/att.in
@@ -0,0 +1,40 @@
+/*	$Id: att.in,v 1.8 2011/07/31 17:30:33 schwarze Exp $ */
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2009 Kristaps Dzonsons <kristaps@bsd.lv>
+ *
+ * Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software for any
+ * purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above
+ * copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies.
+ *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" AND THE AUTHOR DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES
+ * WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
+ * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR
+ * ANY SPECIAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES
+ * WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN
+ * ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF
+ * OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
+ */
+
+/*
+ * This file defines the AT&T versions of the .At macro.  This probably
+ * isn't going to change.  The right-hand side is the formatted string.
+ *
+ * Be sure to escape strings.
+ * The non-breaking blanks prevent ending an output line right before
+ * a number.  Groff prevent line breaks at the same places.
+ */
+
+LINE("v1",		"Version\\~1 AT&T UNIX")
+LINE("v2",		"Version\\~2 AT&T UNIX")
+LINE("v3",		"Version\\~3 AT&T UNIX")
+LINE("v4",		"Version\\~4 AT&T UNIX")
+LINE("v5",		"Version\\~5 AT&T UNIX")
+LINE("v6",		"Version\\~6 AT&T UNIX")
+LINE("v7",		"Version\\~7 AT&T UNIX")
+LINE("32v",		"Version\\~32V AT&T UNIX")
+LINE("III",		"AT&T System\\~III UNIX")
+LINE("V",		"AT&T System\\~V UNIX")
+LINE("V.1",		"AT&T System\\~V Release\\~1 UNIX")
+LINE("V.2",		"AT&T System\\~V Release\\~2 UNIX")
+LINE("V.3",		"AT&T System\\~V Release\\~3 UNIX")
+LINE("V.4",		"AT&T System\\~V Release\\~4 UNIX")
diff --git a/contrib/mdocml/chars.c b/contrib/mdocml/chars.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ce03347
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/mdocml/chars.c
@@ -0,0 +1,167 @@
+/*	$Id: chars.c,v 1.52 2011/11/08 00:15:23 kristaps Exp $ */
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2009, 2010, 2011 Kristaps Dzonsons <kristaps@bsd.lv>
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Ingo Schwarze <schwarze@openbsd.org>
+ *
+ * Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software for any
+ * purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above
+ * copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies.
+ *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" AND THE AUTHOR DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES
+ * WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
+ * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR
+ * ANY SPECIAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES
+ * WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN
+ * ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF
+ * OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
+ */
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+#include "config.h"
+#endif
+
+#include <assert.h>
+#include <ctype.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+
+#include "mandoc.h"
+#include "libmandoc.h"
+
+#define	PRINT_HI	 126
+#define	PRINT_LO	 32
+
+struct	ln {
+	struct ln	 *next;
+	const char	 *code;
+	const char	 *ascii;
+	int		  unicode;
+};
+
+#define	LINES_MAX	  328
+
+#define CHAR(in, ch, code) \
+	{ NULL, (in), (ch), (code) },
+
+#define	CHAR_TBL_START	  static struct ln lines[LINES_MAX] = {
+#define	CHAR_TBL_END	  };
+
+#include "chars.in"
+
+struct	mchars {
+	struct ln	**htab;
+};
+
+static	const struct ln	 *find(const struct mchars *, 
+				const char *, size_t);
+
+void
+mchars_free(struct mchars *arg)
+{
+
+	free(arg->htab);
+	free(arg);
+}
+
+struct mchars *
+mchars_alloc(void)
+{
+	struct mchars	 *tab;
+	struct ln	**htab;
+	struct ln	 *pp;
+	int		  i, hash;
+
+	/*
+	 * Constructs a very basic chaining hashtable.  The hash routine
+	 * is simply the integral value of the first character.
+	 * Subsequent entries are chained in the order they're processed.
+	 */
+
+	tab = mandoc_malloc(sizeof(struct mchars));
+	htab = mandoc_calloc(PRINT_HI - PRINT_LO + 1, sizeof(struct ln **));
+
+	for (i = 0; i < LINES_MAX; i++) {
+		hash = (int)lines[i].code[0] - PRINT_LO;
+
+		if (NULL == (pp = htab[hash])) {
+			htab[hash] = &lines[i];
+			continue;
+		}
+
+		for ( ; pp->next; pp = pp->next)
+			/* Scan ahead. */ ;
+		pp->next = &lines[i];
+	}
+
+	tab->htab = htab;
+	return(tab);
+}
+
+int
+mchars_spec2cp(const struct mchars *arg, const char *p, size_t sz)
+{
+	const struct ln	*ln;
+
+	ln = find(arg, p, sz);
+	if (NULL == ln)
+		return(-1);
+	return(ln->unicode);
+}
+
+char
+mchars_num2char(const char *p, size_t sz)
+{
+	int		  i;
+
+	if ((i = mandoc_strntoi(p, sz, 10)) < 0)
+		return('\0');
+	return(i > 0 && i < 256 && isprint(i) ? 
+			/* LINTED */ i : '\0');
+}
+
+int
+mchars_num2uc(const char *p, size_t sz)
+{
+	int               i;
+
+	if ((i = mandoc_strntoi(p, sz, 16)) < 0)
+		return('\0');
+	/* FIXME: make sure we're not in a bogus range. */
+	return(i > 0x80 && i <= 0x10FFFF ? i : '\0');
+}
+
+const char *
+mchars_spec2str(const struct mchars *arg, 
+		const char *p, size_t sz, size_t *rsz)
+{
+	const struct ln	*ln;
+
+	ln = find(arg, p, sz);
+	if (NULL == ln) {
+		*rsz = 1;
+		return(NULL);
+	}
+
+	*rsz = strlen(ln->ascii);
+	return(ln->ascii);
+}
+
+static const struct ln *
+find(const struct mchars *tab, const char *p, size_t sz)
+{
+	const struct ln	 *pp;
+	int		  hash;
+
+	assert(p);
+
+	if (0 == sz || p[0] < PRINT_LO || p[0] > PRINT_HI)
+		return(NULL);
+
+	hash = (int)p[0] - PRINT_LO;
+
+	for (pp = tab->htab[hash]; pp; pp = pp->next)
+		if (0 == strncmp(pp->code, p, sz) && 
+				'\0' == pp->code[(int)sz])
+			return(pp);
+
+	return(NULL);
+}
diff --git a/contrib/mdocml/chars.in b/contrib/mdocml/chars.in
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a4c45b3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/mdocml/chars.in
@@ -0,0 +1,397 @@
+/*	$Id: chars.in,v 1.42 2011/10/02 10:02:26 kristaps Exp $ */
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2009, 2010, 2011 Kristaps Dzonsons <kristaps@bsd.lv>
+ *
+ * Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software for any
+ * purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above
+ * copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies.
+ *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" AND THE AUTHOR DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES
+ * WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
+ * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR
+ * ANY SPECIAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES
+ * WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN
+ * ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF
+ * OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
+ */
+
+/*
+ * The ASCII translation tables.  
+ *
+ * The left-hand side corresponds to the input sequence (\x, \(xx, \*(xx
+ * and so on) whose length is listed second element.  The right-hand
+ * side is what's produced by the front-end, with the fourth element
+ * being its length.
+ *
+ * XXX - C-escape strings!
+ * XXX - update LINES_MAX if adding more!
+ */
+
+/* Non-breaking, non-collapsing space uses unit separator. */
+static const char ascii_nbrsp[2] = { ASCII_NBRSP, '\0' };
+
+CHAR_TBL_START
+
+/* Spacing. */
+CHAR("c",			"",		0)
+CHAR("0",			" ",		8194)
+CHAR(" ",			ascii_nbrsp,	160)
+CHAR("~",			ascii_nbrsp,	160)
+CHAR("%",			"",		0)
+CHAR("&",			"",		0)
+CHAR("^",			"",		0)
+CHAR("|",			"",		0)
+CHAR("}",			"",		0)
+
+/* Accents. */
+CHAR("a\"",			"\"",		779)
+CHAR("a-",			"-",		175)
+CHAR("a.",			".",		729)
+CHAR("a^",			"^",		770)
+CHAR("\'",			"\'",		769)
+CHAR("aa",			"\'",		769)
+CHAR("ga",			"`",		768)
+CHAR("`",			"`",		768)
+CHAR("ab",			"`",		774)
+CHAR("ac",			",",		807)
+CHAR("ad",			"\"",		776)
+CHAR("ah",			"v",		711)
+CHAR("ao",			"o",		730)
+CHAR("a~",			"~",		771)
+CHAR("ho",			",",		808)
+CHAR("ha",			"^",		94)
+CHAR("ti",			"~",		126)
+
+/* Quotes. */
+CHAR("Bq",			",,",		8222)
+CHAR("bq",			",",		8218)
+CHAR("lq",			"``",		8220)
+CHAR("rq",			"\'\'",		8221)
+CHAR("oq",			"`",		8216)
+CHAR("cq",			"\'",		8217)
+CHAR("aq",			"\'",		39)
+CHAR("dq",			"\"",		34)
+CHAR("Fo",			"<<",		171)
+CHAR("Fc",			">>",		187)
+CHAR("fo",			"<",		8249)
+CHAR("fc",			">",		8250)
+
+/* Brackets. */
+CHAR("lB",			"[",		91)
+CHAR("rB",			"]",		93)
+CHAR("lC",			"{",		123)
+CHAR("rC",			"}",		125)
+CHAR("la",			"<",		60)
+CHAR("ra",			">",		62)
+CHAR("bv",			"|",		9130)
+CHAR("braceex",			"|",		9130)
+CHAR("bracketlefttp",		"|",		9121)
+CHAR("bracketleftbp",		"|",		9123)
+CHAR("bracketleftex",		"|",		9122)
+CHAR("bracketrighttp",		"|",		9124)
+CHAR("bracketrightbp",		"|",		9126)
+CHAR("bracketrightex",		"|",		9125)
+CHAR("lt",			",-",		9127)
+CHAR("bracelefttp",		",-",		9127)
+CHAR("lk",			"{",		9128)
+CHAR("braceleftmid",		"{",		9128)
+CHAR("lb",			",-",		9129)
+CHAR("braceleftbp",		"`-",		9129)
+CHAR("braceleftex",		"|",		9130)
+CHAR("rt",			"-.",		9131)
+CHAR("bracerighttp",		"-.",		9131)
+CHAR("rk",			"}",		9132)
+CHAR("bracerightmid",		"}",		9132)
+CHAR("rb",			"-\'",		9133)
+CHAR("bracerightbp",		"-\'",		9133)
+CHAR("bracerightex",		"|",		9130)
+CHAR("parenlefttp",		"/",		9115)
+CHAR("parenleftbp",		"\\",		9117)
+CHAR("parenleftex",		"|",		9116)
+CHAR("parenrighttp",		"\\",		9118)
+CHAR("parenrightbp",		"/",		9120)
+CHAR("parenrightex",		"|",		9119)
+
+/* Greek characters. */
+CHAR("*A",			"A",		913)
+CHAR("*B",			"B",		914)
+CHAR("*G",			"|",		915)
+CHAR("*D",			"/\\",		916)
+CHAR("*E",			"E",		917)
+CHAR("*Z",			"Z",		918)
+CHAR("*Y",			"H",		919)
+CHAR("*H",			"O",		920)
+CHAR("*I",			"I",		921)
+CHAR("*K",			"K",		922)
+CHAR("*L",			"/\\",		923)
+CHAR("*M",			"M",		924)
+CHAR("*N",			"N",		925)
+CHAR("*C",			"H",		926)
+CHAR("*O",			"O",		927)
+CHAR("*P",			"TT",		928)
+CHAR("*R",			"P",		929)
+CHAR("*S",			">",		931)
+CHAR("*T",			"T",		932)
+CHAR("*U",			"Y",		933)
+CHAR("*F",			"O_",		934)
+CHAR("*X",			"X",		935)
+CHAR("*Q",			"Y",		936)
+CHAR("*W",			"O",		937)
+CHAR("*a",			"a",		945)
+CHAR("*b",			"B",		946)
+CHAR("*g",			"y",		947)
+CHAR("*d",			"d",		948)
+CHAR("*e",			"e",		949)
+CHAR("*z",			"C",		950)
+CHAR("*y",			"n",		951)
+CHAR("*h",			"0",		952)
+CHAR("*i",			"i",		953)
+CHAR("*k",			"k",		954)
+CHAR("*l",			"\\",		955)
+CHAR("*m",			"u",		956)
+CHAR("*n",			"v",		957)
+CHAR("*c",			"E",		958)
+CHAR("*o",			"o",		959)
+CHAR("*p",			"n",		960)
+CHAR("*r",			"p",		961)
+CHAR("*s",			"o",		963)
+CHAR("*t",			"t",		964)
+CHAR("*u",			"u",		965)
+CHAR("*f",			"o",		981)
+CHAR("*x",			"x",		967)
+CHAR("*q",			"u",		968)
+CHAR("*w",			"w",		969)
+CHAR("+h",			"0",		977)
+CHAR("+f",			"o",		966)
+CHAR("+p",			"w",		982)
+CHAR("+e",			"e",		1013)
+CHAR("ts",			"s",		962)
+
+/* Accented letters. */
+CHAR(",C",			"C",		199)
+CHAR(",c",			"c",		231)
+CHAR("/L",			"L",		321)
+CHAR("/O",			"O",		216)
+CHAR("/l",			"l",		322)
+CHAR("/o",			"o",		248)
+CHAR("oA",			"A",		197)
+CHAR("oa",			"a",		229)
+CHAR(":A",			"A",		196)
+CHAR(":E",			"E",		203)
+CHAR(":I",			"I",		207)
+CHAR(":O",			"O",		214)
+CHAR(":U",			"U",		220)
+CHAR(":a",			"a",		228)
+CHAR(":e",			"e",		235)
+CHAR(":i",			"i",		239)
+CHAR(":o",			"o",		246)
+CHAR(":u",			"u",		252)
+CHAR(":y",			"y",		255)
+CHAR("\'A",			"A",		193)
+CHAR("\'E",			"E",		201)
+CHAR("\'I",			"I",		205)
+CHAR("\'O",			"O",		211)
+CHAR("\'U",			"U",		218)
+CHAR("\'a",			"a",		225)
+CHAR("\'e",			"e",		233)
+CHAR("\'i",			"i",		237)
+CHAR("\'o",			"o",		243)
+CHAR("\'u",			"u",		250)
+CHAR("^A",			"A",		194)
+CHAR("^E",			"E",		202)
+CHAR("^I",			"I",		206)
+CHAR("^O",			"O",		212)
+CHAR("^U",			"U",		219)
+CHAR("^a",			"a",		226)
+CHAR("^e",			"e",		234)
+CHAR("^i",			"i",		238)
+CHAR("^o",			"o",		244)
+CHAR("^u",			"u",		251)
+CHAR("`A",			"A",		192)
+CHAR("`E",			"E",		200)
+CHAR("`I",			"I",		204)
+CHAR("`O",			"O",		210)
+CHAR("`U",			"U",		217)
+CHAR("`a",			"a",		224)
+CHAR("`e",			"e",		232)
+CHAR("`i",			"i",		236)
+CHAR("`o",			"o",		242)
+CHAR("`u",			"u",		249)
+CHAR("~A",			"A",		195)
+CHAR("~N",			"N",		209)
+CHAR("~O",			"O",		213)
+CHAR("~a",			"a",		227)
+CHAR("~n",			"n",		241)
+CHAR("~o",			"o",		245)
+
+/* Arrows and lines. */
+CHAR("<-",			"<-",		8592)
+CHAR("->",			"->",		8594)
+CHAR("<>",			"<>",		8596)
+CHAR("da",			"v",		8595)
+CHAR("ua",			"^",		8593)
+CHAR("va",			"^v",		8597)
+CHAR("lA",			"<=",		8656)
+CHAR("rA",			"=>",		8658)
+CHAR("hA",			"<=>",		8660)
+CHAR("dA",			"v",		8659)
+CHAR("uA",			"^",		8657)
+CHAR("vA",			"^=v",		8661)
+
+/* Logic. */
+CHAR("AN",			"^",		8743)
+CHAR("OR",			"v",		8744)
+CHAR("no",			"~",		172)
+CHAR("tno",			"~",		172)
+CHAR("te",			"3",		8707)
+CHAR("fa",			"V",		8704)
+CHAR("st",			"-)",		8715)
+CHAR("tf",			".:.",		8756)
+CHAR("3d",			".:.",		8756)
+CHAR("or",			"|",		124)
+
+/* Mathematicals. */
+CHAR("pl",			"+",		43)
+CHAR("mi",			"-",		8722)
+CHAR("-",			"-",		45)
+CHAR("-+",			"-+",		8723)
+CHAR("+-",			"+-",		177)
+CHAR("t+-",			"+-",		177)
+CHAR("pc",			".",		183)
+CHAR("md",			".",		8901)
+CHAR("mu",			"x",		215)
+CHAR("tmu",			"x",		215)
+CHAR("c*",			"x",		8855)
+CHAR("c+",			"+",		8853)
+CHAR("di",			"-:-",		247)
+CHAR("tdi",			"-:-",		247)
+CHAR("f/",			"/",		8260)
+CHAR("**",			"*",		8727)
+CHAR("<=",			"<=",		8804)
+CHAR(">=",			">=",		8805)
+CHAR("<<",			"<<",		8810)
+CHAR(">>",			">>",		8811)
+CHAR("eq",			"=",		61)
+CHAR("!=",			"!=",		8800)
+CHAR("==",			"==",		8801)
+CHAR("ne",			"!==",		8802)
+CHAR("=~",			"=~",		8773)
+CHAR("-~",			"-~",		8771)
+CHAR("ap",			"~",		8764)
+CHAR("~~",			"~~",		8776)
+CHAR("~=",			"~=",		8780)
+CHAR("pt",			"oc",		8733)
+CHAR("es",			"{}",		8709)
+CHAR("mo",			"E",		8712)
+CHAR("nm",			"!E",		8713)
+CHAR("sb",			"(=",		8834)
+CHAR("nb",			"(!=",		8836)
+CHAR("sp",			"=)",		8835)
+CHAR("nc",			"!=)",		8837)
+CHAR("ib",			"(=",		8838)
+CHAR("ip",			"=)",		8839)
+CHAR("ca",			"(^)",		8745)
+CHAR("cu",			"U",		8746)
+CHAR("/_",			"/_",		8736)
+CHAR("pp",			"_|_",		8869)
+CHAR("is",			"I",		8747)
+CHAR("integral",		"I",		8747)
+CHAR("sum",			"E",		8721)
+CHAR("product",			"TT",		8719)
+CHAR("coproduct",		"U",		8720)
+CHAR("gr",			"V",		8711)
+CHAR("sr",			"\\/",		8730)
+CHAR("sqrt",			"\\/",		8730)
+CHAR("lc",			"|~",		8968)
+CHAR("rc",			"~|",		8969)
+CHAR("lf",			"|_",		8970)
+CHAR("rf",			"_|",		8971)
+CHAR("if",			"oo",		8734)
+CHAR("Ah",			"N",		8501)
+CHAR("Im",			"I",		8465)
+CHAR("Re",			"R",		8476)
+CHAR("pd",			"a",		8706)
+CHAR("-h",			"/h",		8463)
+CHAR("12",			"1/2",		189)
+CHAR("14",			"1/4",		188)
+CHAR("34",			"3/4",		190)
+
+/* Ligatures. */
+CHAR("ff",			"ff",		64256)
+CHAR("fi",			"fi",		64257)
+CHAR("fl",			"fl",		64258)
+CHAR("Fi",			"ffi",		64259)
+CHAR("Fl",			"ffl",		64260)
+CHAR("AE",			"AE",		198)
+CHAR("ae",			"ae",		230)
+CHAR("OE",			"OE",		338)
+CHAR("oe",			"oe",		339)
+CHAR("ss",			"ss",		223)
+CHAR("IJ",			"IJ",		306)
+CHAR("ij",			"ij",		307)
+
+/* Special letters. */
+CHAR("-D",			"D",		208)
+CHAR("Sd",			"o",		240)
+CHAR("TP",			"b",		222)
+CHAR("Tp",			"b",		254)
+CHAR(".i",			"i",		305)
+CHAR(".j",			"j",		567)
+
+/* Currency. */
+CHAR("Do",			"$",		36)
+CHAR("ct",			"c",		162)
+CHAR("Eu",			"EUR",		8364)
+CHAR("eu",			"EUR",		8364)
+CHAR("Ye",			"Y",		165)
+CHAR("Po",			"L",		163)
+CHAR("Cs",			"x",		164)
+CHAR("Fn",			"f",		402)
+
+/* Lines. */
+CHAR("ba",			"|",		124)
+CHAR("br",			"|",		9474)
+CHAR("ul",			"_",		95)
+CHAR("rl",			"-",		8254)
+CHAR("bb",			"|",		166)
+CHAR("sl",			"/",		47)
+CHAR("rs",			"\\",		92)
+
+/* Text markers. */
+CHAR("ci",			"o",		9675)
+CHAR("bu",			"o",		8226)
+CHAR("dd",			"=",		8225)
+CHAR("dg",			"-",		8224)
+CHAR("lz",			"<>",		9674)
+CHAR("sq",			"[]",		9633)
+CHAR("ps",			"9|",		182)
+CHAR("sc",			"S",		167)
+CHAR("lh",			"<=",		9756)
+CHAR("rh",			"=>",		9758)
+CHAR("at",			"@",		64)
+CHAR("sh",			"#",		35)
+CHAR("CR",			"_|",		8629)
+CHAR("OK",			"\\/",		10003)
+
+/* Legal symbols. */
+CHAR("co",			"(C)",		169)
+CHAR("rg",			"(R)",		174)
+CHAR("tm",			"tm",		8482)
+
+/* Punctuation. */
+CHAR(".",			".",		46)
+CHAR("r!",			"i",		161)
+CHAR("r?",			"c",		191)
+CHAR("em",			"--",		8212)
+CHAR("en",			"-",		8211)
+CHAR("hy",			"-",		8208)
+CHAR("e",			"\\",		92)
+
+/* Units. */
+CHAR("de",			"o",		176)
+CHAR("%0",			"%o",		8240)
+CHAR("fm",			"\'",		8242)
+CHAR("sd",			"\"",		8243)
+CHAR("mc",			"mu",		181)
+
+CHAR_TBL_END
diff --git a/contrib/mdocml/compat_fgetln.c b/contrib/mdocml/compat_fgetln.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..49c9985
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/mdocml/compat_fgetln.c
@@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+#include "config.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifdef HAVE_FGETLN
+
+int dummy;
+
+#else
+
+/*	$NetBSD: fgetln.c,v 1.3 2006/09/25 07:18:17 lukem Exp $	*/
+
+/*-
+ * Copyright (c) 1998 The NetBSD Foundation, Inc.
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to The NetBSD Foundation
+ * by Christos Zoulas.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of The NetBSD Foundation nor the names of its
+ *    contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived
+ *    from this software without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE NETBSD FOUNDATION, INC. AND CONTRIBUTORS
+ * ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED
+ * TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
+ * PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE FOUNDATION OR CONTRIBUTORS
+ * BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR
+ * CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF
+ * SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
+ * INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
+ * CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE)
+ * ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE
+ * POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+
+char *
+fgetln(fp, len)
+	FILE *fp;
+	size_t *len;
+{
+	static char *buf = NULL;
+	static size_t bufsiz = 0;
+	char *ptr;
+
+
+	if (buf == NULL) {
+		bufsiz = BUFSIZ;
+		if ((buf = malloc(bufsiz)) == NULL)
+			return NULL;
+	}
+
+	if (fgets(buf, bufsiz, fp) == NULL)
+		return NULL;
+
+	*len = 0;
+	while ((ptr = strchr(&buf[*len], '\n')) == NULL) {
+		size_t nbufsiz = bufsiz + BUFSIZ;
+		char *nbuf = realloc(buf, nbufsiz);
+
+		if (nbuf == NULL) {
+			int oerrno = errno;
+			free(buf);
+			errno = oerrno;
+			buf = NULL;
+			return NULL;
+		} else
+			buf = nbuf;
+
+		*len = bufsiz;
+		if (fgets(&buf[bufsiz], BUFSIZ, fp) == NULL)
+			return buf;
+
+		bufsiz = nbufsiz;
+	}
+
+	*len = (ptr - buf) + 1;
+	return buf;
+}
+
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/mdocml/compat_getsubopt.c b/contrib/mdocml/compat_getsubopt.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9cd4153
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/mdocml/compat_getsubopt.c
@@ -0,0 +1,104 @@
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+#include "config.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifdef HAVE_GETSUBOPT
+
+int dummy;
+
+#else
+
+/*	$OpenBSD: getsubopt.c,v 1.4 2005/08/08 08:05:36 espie Exp $	*/
+
+/*-
+ * Copyright (c) 1990, 1993
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#include <unistd.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+
+/*
+ * The SVID interface to getsubopt provides no way of figuring out which
+ * part of the suboptions list wasn't matched.  This makes error messages
+ * tricky...  The extern variable suboptarg is a pointer to the token
+ * which didn't match.
+ */
+char *suboptarg;
+
+int
+getsubopt(char **optionp, char * const *tokens, char **valuep)
+{
+	int cnt;
+	char *p;
+
+	suboptarg = *valuep = NULL;
+
+	if (!optionp || !*optionp)
+		return(-1);
+
+	/* skip leading white-space, commas */
+	for (p = *optionp; *p && (*p == ',' || *p == ' ' || *p == '\t'); ++p);
+
+	if (!*p) {
+		*optionp = p;
+		return(-1);
+	}
+
+	/* save the start of the token, and skip the rest of the token. */
+	for (suboptarg = p;
+	    *++p && *p != ',' && *p != '=' && *p != ' ' && *p != '\t';);
+
+	if (*p) {
+		/*
+		 * If there's an equals sign, set the value pointer, and
+		 * skip over the value part of the token.  Terminate the
+		 * token.
+		 */
+		if (*p == '=') {
+			*p = '\0';
+			for (*valuep = ++p;
+			    *p && *p != ',' && *p != ' ' && *p != '\t'; ++p);
+			if (*p) 
+				*p++ = '\0';
+		} else
+			*p++ = '\0';
+		/* Skip any whitespace or commas after this token. */
+		for (; *p && (*p == ',' || *p == ' ' || *p == '\t'); ++p);
+	}
+
+	/* set optionp for next round. */
+	*optionp = p;
+
+	for (cnt = 0; *tokens; ++tokens, ++cnt)
+		if (!strcmp(suboptarg, *tokens))
+			return(cnt);
+	return(-1);
+}
+
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/mdocml/compat_strlcat.c b/contrib/mdocml/compat_strlcat.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..543d40b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/mdocml/compat_strlcat.c
@@ -0,0 +1,67 @@
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+#include "config.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifdef HAVE_STRLCAT
+
+int dummy;
+
+#else
+
+/*	$OpenBSD: strlcat.c,v 1.13 2005/08/08 08:05:37 espie Exp $	*/
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1998 Todd C. Miller <Todd.Miller@courtesan.com>
+ *
+ * Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software for any
+ * purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above
+ * copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies.
+ *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" AND THE AUTHOR DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES
+ * WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
+ * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR
+ * ANY SPECIAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES
+ * WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN
+ * ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF
+ * OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
+ */
+
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <string.h>
+
+/*
+ * Appends src to string dst of size siz (unlike strncat, siz is the
+ * full size of dst, not space left).  At most siz-1 characters
+ * will be copied.  Always NUL terminates (unless siz <= strlen(dst)).
+ * Returns strlen(src) + MIN(siz, strlen(initial dst)).
+ * If retval >= siz, truncation occurred.
+ */
+size_t
+strlcat(char *dst, const char *src, size_t siz)
+{
+	char *d = dst;
+	const char *s = src;
+	size_t n = siz;
+	size_t dlen;
+
+	/* Find the end of dst and adjust bytes left but don't go past end */
+	while (n-- != 0 && *d != '\0')
+		d++;
+	dlen = d - dst;
+	n = siz - dlen;
+
+	if (n == 0)
+		return(dlen + strlen(s));
+	while (*s != '\0') {
+		if (n != 1) {
+			*d++ = *s;
+			n--;
+		}
+		s++;
+	}
+	*d = '\0';
+
+	return(dlen + (s - src));	/* count does not include NUL */
+}
+
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/mdocml/compat_strlcpy.c b/contrib/mdocml/compat_strlcpy.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a7c64ff
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/mdocml/compat_strlcpy.c
@@ -0,0 +1,63 @@
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+#include "config.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifdef HAVE_STRLCPY
+
+int dummy;
+
+#else
+
+/*	$OpenBSD: strlcpy.c,v 1.11 2006/05/05 15:27:38 millert Exp $	*/
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1998 Todd C. Miller <Todd.Miller@courtesan.com>
+ *
+ * Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software for any
+ * purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above
+ * copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies.
+ *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" AND THE AUTHOR DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES
+ * WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
+ * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR
+ * ANY SPECIAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES
+ * WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN
+ * ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF
+ * OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
+ */
+
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <string.h>
+
+/*
+ * Copy src to string dst of size siz.  At most siz-1 characters
+ * will be copied.  Always NUL terminates (unless siz == 0).
+ * Returns strlen(src); if retval >= siz, truncation occurred.
+ */
+size_t
+strlcpy(char *dst, const char *src, size_t siz)
+{
+	char *d = dst;
+	const char *s = src;
+	size_t n = siz;
+
+	/* Copy as many bytes as will fit */
+	if (n != 0) {
+		while (--n != 0) {
+			if ((*d++ = *s++) == '\0')
+				break;
+		}
+	}
+
+	/* Not enough room in dst, add NUL and traverse rest of src */
+	if (n == 0) {
+		if (siz != 0)
+			*d = '\0';		/* NUL-terminate dst */
+		while (*s++)
+			;
+	}
+
+	return(s - src - 1);	/* count does not include NUL */
+}
+
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/mdocml/config.h b/contrib/mdocml/config.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..12d3355
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/mdocml/config.h
@@ -0,0 +1,58 @@
+#ifndef	MANDOC_CONFIG_H
+#define	MANDOC_CONFIG_H
+
+#if defined(__linux__) || defined(__MINT__)
+# define _GNU_SOURCE /* strptime(), getsubopt() */
+#endif
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+
+#define HAVE_FGETLN
+#define HAVE_STRPTIME
+#define HAVE_GETSUBOPT
+#define HAVE_STRLCAT
+#define HAVE_MMAP
+#define HAVE_STRLCPY
+
+#include <sys/types.h>
+
+#if !defined(__BEGIN_DECLS)
+#  ifdef __cplusplus
+#  define	__BEGIN_DECLS		extern "C" {
+#  else
+#  define	__BEGIN_DECLS
+#  endif
+#endif
+#if !defined(__END_DECLS)
+#  ifdef __cplusplus
+#  define	__END_DECLS		}
+#  else
+#  define	__END_DECLS
+#  endif
+#endif
+
+#if defined(__APPLE__)
+# define htobe32(x) OSSwapHostToBigInt32(x)
+# define betoh32(x) OSSwapBigToHostInt32(x)
+# define htobe64(x) OSSwapHostToBigInt64(x)
+# define betoh64(x) OSSwapBigToHostInt64(x)
+#elif defined(__linux__)
+# define betoh32(x) be32toh(x)
+# define betoh64(x) be64toh(x)
+#endif
+
+#ifndef HAVE_STRLCAT
+extern	size_t	  strlcat(char *, const char *, size_t);
+#endif
+#ifndef HAVE_STRLCPY
+extern	size_t	  strlcpy(char *, const char *, size_t);
+#endif
+#ifndef HAVE_GETSUBOPT
+extern	int	  getsubopt(char **, char * const *, char **);
+extern	char	 *suboptarg;
+#endif
+#ifndef HAVE_FGETLN
+extern	char	 *fgetln(FILE *, size_t *);
+#endif
+
+#endif /* MANDOC_CONFIG_H */
diff --git a/contrib/mdocml/eqn.7 b/contrib/mdocml/eqn.7
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f86b9c4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/mdocml/eqn.7
@@ -0,0 +1,280 @@
+.\"	$Id: eqn.7,v 1.28 2011/09/25 18:37:09 schwarze Exp $
+.\"
+.\" Copyright (c) 2011 Kristaps Dzonsons <kristaps@bsd.lv>
+.\"
+.\" Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software for any
+.\" purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above
+.\" copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies.
+.\"
+.\" THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" AND THE AUTHOR DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES
+.\" WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
+.\" MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR
+.\" ANY SPECIAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES
+.\" WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN
+.\" ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF
+.\" OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
+.\"
+.Dd $Mdocdate: September 25 2011 $
+.Dt EQN 7
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm eqn
+.Nd eqn language reference for mandoc
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+The
+.Nm eqn
+language is an equation-formatting language.
+It is used within
+.Xr mdoc 7
+and
+.Xr man 7
+.Ux
+manual pages.
+It describes the
+.Em structure
+of an equation, not its mathematical meaning.
+This manual describes the
+.Nm
+language accepted by the
+.Xr mandoc 1
+utility, which corresponds to the Second Edition eqn specification (see
+.Sx SEE ALSO
+for references).
+.Pp
+Equations within
+.Xr mdoc 7
+or
+.Xr man 7
+documents are enclosed by the standalone
+.Sq \&.EQ
+and
+.Sq \&.EN
+tags.
+Equations are multi-line blocks consisting of formulas and control
+statements.
+.Sh EQUATION STRUCTURE
+Each equation is bracketed by
+.Sq \&.EQ
+and
+.Sq \&.EN
+strings.
+.Em Note :
+these are not the same as
+.Xr roff 7
+macros, and may only be invoked as
+.Sq \&.EQ .
+.Pp
+The equation grammar is as follows, where quoted strings are
+case-sensitive literals in the input:
+.Bd -literal -offset indent
+eqn     : box | eqn box
+box     : text
+        | \*q{\*q eqn \*q}\*q
+        | \*qdefine\*q text text
+        | \*qndefine\*q text text
+        | \*qtdefine\*q text text
+        | \*qgfont\*q text
+        | \*qgsize\*q text
+        | \*qset\*q text text
+        | \*qundef\*q text
+        | box pos box
+        | box mark
+        | \*qmatrix\*q \*q{\*q [col \*q{\*q list \*q}\*q ]*
+        | pile \*q{\*q list \*q}\*q
+        | font box
+        | \*qsize\*q text box
+        | \*qleft\*q text eqn [\*qright\*q text]
+col     : \*qlcol\*q | \*qrcol\*q | \*qccol\*q | \*qcol\*q
+text    : [^space\e\*q]+ | \e\*q.*\e\*q
+pile    : \*qlpile\*q | \*qcpile\*q | \*qrpile\*q | \*qpile\*q
+pos     : \*qover\*q | \*qsup\*q | \*qsub\*q | \*qto\*q | \*qfrom\*q
+mark	: \*qdot\*q | \*qdotdot\*q | \*qhat\*q | \*qtilde\*q | \*qvec\*q
+        | \*qdyad\*q | \*qbar\*q | \*qunder\*q
+font    : \*qroman\*q | \*qitalic\*q | \*qbold\*q | \*qfat\*q
+list    : eqn
+        | list \*qabove\*q eqn
+space   : [\e^~ \et]
+.Ed
+.Pp
+White-space consists of the space, tab, circumflex, and tilde
+characters.
+If within a quoted string, these space characters are retained.
+Quoted strings are also not scanned for replacement definitions.
+.Pp
+The following text terms are translated into a rendered glyph, if
+available: alpha, beta, chi, delta, epsilon, eta, gamma, iota, kappa,
+lambda, mu, nu, omega, omicron, phi, pi, psi, rho, sigma, tau, theta,
+upsilon, xi, zeta, DELTA, GAMMA, LAMBDA, OMEGA, PHI, PI, PSI, SIGMA,
+THETA, UPSILON, XI, inter (intersection), union (union), prod (product),
+int (integral), sum (summation), grad (gradient), del (vector
+differential), times (multiply), cdot (centre-dot), nothing (zero-width
+space), approx (approximately equals), prime (prime), half (one-half),
+partial (partial differential), inf (infinity), >> (much greater), <<
+(much less), \-> (left arrow), <\- (right arrow), += (plus-minus), !=
+(not equal), == (equivalence), <= (less-than-equal), and >=
+(more-than-equal).
+.Pp
+The following control statements are available:
+.Bl -tag -width Ds
+.It Cm define
+Replace all occurrences of a key with a value.
+Its syntax is as follows:
+.Pp
+.D1 define Ar key cvalc
+.Pp
+The first character of the value string,
+.Ar c ,
+is used as the delimiter for the value
+.Ar val .
+This allows for arbitrary enclosure of terms (not just quotes), such as
+.Pp
+.D1 define Ar foo 'bar baz'
+.D1 define Ar foo cbar bazc
+.Pp
+It is an error to have an empty
+.Ar key
+or
+.Ar val .
+Note that a quoted
+.Ar key
+causes errors in some
+.Nm
+implementations and should not be considered portable.
+It is not expanded for replacements.
+Definitions may refer to other definitions; these are evaluated
+recursively when text replacement occurs and not when the definition is
+created.
+.Pp
+Definitions can create arbitrary strings, for example, the following is
+a legal construction.
+.Bd -literal -offset indent
+define foo 'define'
+foo bar 'baz'
+.Ed
+.Pp
+Self-referencing definitions will raise an error.
+The
+.Cm ndefine
+statement is a synonym for
+.Cm define ,
+while
+.Cm tdefine
+is discarded.
+.It Cm gfont
+Set the default font of subsequent output.
+Its syntax is as follows:
+.Pp
+.D1 gfont Ar font
+.Pp
+In mandoc, this value is discarded.
+.It Cm gsize
+Set the default size of subsequent output.
+Its syntax is as follows:
+.Pp
+.D1 gsize Ar size
+.Pp
+The
+.Ar size
+value should be an integer.
+.It Cm set
+Set an equation mode.
+In mandoc, both arguments are thrown away.
+Its syntax is as follows:
+.Pp
+.D1 set Ar key val
+.Pp
+The
+.Ar key
+and
+.Ar val
+are not expanded for replacements.
+This statement is a GNU extension.
+.It Cm undef
+Unset a previously-defined key.
+Its syntax is as follows:
+.Pp
+.D1 define Ar key
+.Pp
+Once invoked, the definition for
+.Ar key
+is discarded.
+The
+.Ar key
+is not expanded for replacements.
+This statement is a GNU extension.
+.El
+.Sh COMPATIBILITY
+This section documents the compatibility of mandoc
+.Nm
+and the troff
+.Nm
+implementation (including GNU troff).
+.Pp
+.Bl -dash -compact
+.It
+The text string
+.Sq \e\*q
+is interpreted as a literal quote in troff.
+In mandoc, this is interpreted as a comment.
+.It
+In troff, The circumflex and tilde white-space symbols map to
+fixed-width spaces.
+In mandoc, these characters are synonyms for the space character.
+.It
+The troff implementation of
+.Nm
+allows for equation alignment with the
+.Cm mark
+and
+.Cm lineup
+tokens.
+mandoc discards these tokens.
+The
+.Cm back Ar n ,
+.Cm fwd Ar n ,
+.Cm up Ar n ,
+and
+.Cm down Ar n
+commands are also ignored.
+.El
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr mandoc 1 ,
+.Xr man 7 ,
+.Xr mandoc_char 7 ,
+.Xr mdoc 7 ,
+.Xr roff 7
+.Rs
+.%A Brian W. Kernighan
+.%A Lorinda L. Cherry
+.%T System for Typesetting Mathematics
+.%J Communications of the ACM
+.%V 18
+.%P 151\(en157
+.%D March, 1975
+.Re
+.Rs
+.%A Brian W. Kernighan
+.%A Lorinda L. Cherry
+.%T Typesetting Mathematics, User's Guide
+.%D 1976
+.Re
+.Rs
+.%A Brian W. Kernighan
+.%A Lorinda L. Cherry
+.%T Typesetting Mathematics, User's Guide (Second Edition)
+.%D 1978
+.Re
+.Sh HISTORY
+The eqn utility, a preprocessor for troff, was originally written by
+Brian W. Kernighan and Lorinda L. Cherry in 1975.
+The GNU reimplementation of eqn, part of the GNU troff package, was
+released in 1989 by James Clark.
+The eqn component of
+.Xr mandoc 1
+was added in 2011.
+.Sh AUTHORS
+This
+.Nm
+reference was written by
+.An Kristaps Dzonsons ,
+.Mt kristaps@bsd.lv .
diff --git a/contrib/mdocml/eqn.c b/contrib/mdocml/eqn.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..37f01bc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/mdocml/eqn.c
@@ -0,0 +1,949 @@
+/*	$Id: eqn.c,v 1.38 2011/07/25 15:37:00 kristaps Exp $ */
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Kristaps Dzonsons <kristaps@bsd.lv>
+ *
+ * Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software for any
+ * purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above
+ * copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies.
+ *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" AND THE AUTHOR DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES
+ * WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
+ * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR
+ * ANY SPECIAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES
+ * WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN
+ * ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF
+ * OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
+ */
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+#include "config.h"
+#endif
+
+#include <assert.h>
+#include <limits.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <time.h>
+
+#include "mandoc.h"
+#include "libmandoc.h"
+#include "libroff.h"
+
+#define	EQN_NEST_MAX	 128 /* maximum nesting of defines */
+#define	EQN_MSG(t, x)	 mandoc_msg((t), (x)->parse, (x)->eqn.ln, (x)->eqn.pos, NULL)
+
+enum	eqn_rest {
+	EQN_DESCOPE,
+	EQN_ERR,
+	EQN_OK,
+	EQN_EOF
+};
+
+enum	eqn_symt {
+	EQNSYM_alpha,
+	EQNSYM_beta,
+	EQNSYM_chi,
+	EQNSYM_delta,
+	EQNSYM_epsilon,
+	EQNSYM_eta,
+	EQNSYM_gamma,
+	EQNSYM_iota,
+	EQNSYM_kappa,
+	EQNSYM_lambda,
+	EQNSYM_mu,
+	EQNSYM_nu,
+	EQNSYM_omega,
+	EQNSYM_omicron,
+	EQNSYM_phi,
+	EQNSYM_pi,
+	EQNSYM_ps,
+	EQNSYM_rho,
+	EQNSYM_sigma,
+	EQNSYM_tau,
+	EQNSYM_theta,
+	EQNSYM_upsilon,
+	EQNSYM_xi,
+	EQNSYM_zeta,
+	EQNSYM_DELTA,
+	EQNSYM_GAMMA,
+	EQNSYM_LAMBDA,
+	EQNSYM_OMEGA,
+	EQNSYM_PHI,
+	EQNSYM_PI,
+	EQNSYM_PSI,
+	EQNSYM_SIGMA,
+	EQNSYM_THETA,
+	EQNSYM_UPSILON,
+	EQNSYM_XI,
+	EQNSYM_inter,
+	EQNSYM_union,
+	EQNSYM_prod,
+	EQNSYM_int,
+	EQNSYM_sum,
+	EQNSYM_grad,
+	EQNSYM_del,
+	EQNSYM_times,
+	EQNSYM_cdot,
+	EQNSYM_nothing,
+	EQNSYM_approx,
+	EQNSYM_prime,
+	EQNSYM_half,
+	EQNSYM_partial,
+	EQNSYM_inf,
+	EQNSYM_muchgreat,
+	EQNSYM_muchless,
+	EQNSYM_larrow,
+	EQNSYM_rarrow,
+	EQNSYM_pm,
+	EQNSYM_nequal,
+	EQNSYM_equiv,
+	EQNSYM_lessequal,
+	EQNSYM_moreequal,
+	EQNSYM__MAX
+};
+
+enum	eqnpartt {
+	EQN_DEFINE = 0,
+	EQN_NDEFINE,
+	EQN_TDEFINE,
+	EQN_SET,
+	EQN_UNDEF,
+	EQN_GFONT,
+	EQN_GSIZE,
+	EQN_BACK,
+	EQN_FWD,
+	EQN_UP,
+	EQN_DOWN,
+	EQN__MAX
+};
+
+struct	eqnstr {
+	const char	*name;
+	size_t		 sz;
+};
+
+#define	STRNEQ(p1, sz1, p2, sz2) \
+	((sz1) == (sz2) && 0 == strncmp((p1), (p2), (sz1)))
+#define	EQNSTREQ(x, p, sz) \
+	STRNEQ((x)->name, (x)->sz, (p), (sz))
+
+struct	eqnpart {
+	struct eqnstr	 str;
+	int		(*fp)(struct eqn_node *);
+};
+
+struct	eqnsym {
+	struct eqnstr	 str;
+	const char	*sym;
+};
+
+
+static	enum eqn_rest	 eqn_box(struct eqn_node *, struct eqn_box *);
+static	struct eqn_box	*eqn_box_alloc(struct eqn_node *, 
+				struct eqn_box *);
+static	void		 eqn_box_free(struct eqn_box *);
+static	struct eqn_def	*eqn_def_find(struct eqn_node *, 
+				const char *, size_t);
+static	int		 eqn_do_gfont(struct eqn_node *);
+static	int		 eqn_do_gsize(struct eqn_node *);
+static	int		 eqn_do_define(struct eqn_node *);
+static	int		 eqn_do_ign1(struct eqn_node *);
+static	int		 eqn_do_ign2(struct eqn_node *);
+static	int		 eqn_do_tdefine(struct eqn_node *);
+static	int		 eqn_do_undef(struct eqn_node *);
+static	enum eqn_rest	 eqn_eqn(struct eqn_node *, struct eqn_box *);
+static	enum eqn_rest	 eqn_list(struct eqn_node *, struct eqn_box *);
+static	enum eqn_rest	 eqn_matrix(struct eqn_node *, struct eqn_box *);
+static	const char	*eqn_nexttok(struct eqn_node *, size_t *);
+static	const char	*eqn_nextrawtok(struct eqn_node *, size_t *);
+static	const char	*eqn_next(struct eqn_node *, 
+				char, size_t *, int);
+static	void		 eqn_rewind(struct eqn_node *);
+
+static	const struct eqnpart eqnparts[EQN__MAX] = {
+	{ { "define", 6 }, eqn_do_define }, /* EQN_DEFINE */
+	{ { "ndefine", 7 }, eqn_do_define }, /* EQN_NDEFINE */
+	{ { "tdefine", 7 }, eqn_do_tdefine }, /* EQN_TDEFINE */
+	{ { "set", 3 }, eqn_do_ign2 }, /* EQN_SET */
+	{ { "undef", 5 }, eqn_do_undef }, /* EQN_UNDEF */
+	{ { "gfont", 5 }, eqn_do_gfont }, /* EQN_GFONT */
+	{ { "gsize", 5 }, eqn_do_gsize }, /* EQN_GSIZE */
+	{ { "back", 4 }, eqn_do_ign1 }, /* EQN_BACK */
+	{ { "fwd", 3 }, eqn_do_ign1 }, /* EQN_FWD */
+	{ { "up", 2 }, eqn_do_ign1 }, /* EQN_UP */
+	{ { "down", 4 }, eqn_do_ign1 }, /* EQN_DOWN */
+};
+
+static	const struct eqnstr eqnmarks[EQNMARK__MAX] = {
+	{ "", 0 }, /* EQNMARK_NONE */
+	{ "dot", 3 }, /* EQNMARK_DOT */
+	{ "dotdot", 6 }, /* EQNMARK_DOTDOT */
+	{ "hat", 3 }, /* EQNMARK_HAT */
+	{ "tilde", 5 }, /* EQNMARK_TILDE */
+	{ "vec", 3 }, /* EQNMARK_VEC */
+	{ "dyad", 4 }, /* EQNMARK_DYAD */
+	{ "bar", 3 }, /* EQNMARK_BAR */
+	{ "under", 5 }, /* EQNMARK_UNDER */
+};
+
+static	const struct eqnstr eqnfonts[EQNFONT__MAX] = {
+	{ "", 0 }, /* EQNFONT_NONE */
+	{ "roman", 5 }, /* EQNFONT_ROMAN */
+	{ "bold", 4 }, /* EQNFONT_BOLD */
+	{ "fat", 3 }, /* EQNFONT_FAT */
+	{ "italic", 6 }, /* EQNFONT_ITALIC */
+};
+
+static	const struct eqnstr eqnposs[EQNPOS__MAX] = {
+	{ "", 0 }, /* EQNPOS_NONE */
+	{ "over", 4 }, /* EQNPOS_OVER */
+	{ "sup", 3 }, /* EQNPOS_SUP */
+	{ "sub", 3 }, /* EQNPOS_SUB */
+	{ "to", 2 }, /* EQNPOS_TO */
+	{ "from", 4 }, /* EQNPOS_FROM */
+};
+
+static	const struct eqnstr eqnpiles[EQNPILE__MAX] = {
+	{ "", 0 }, /* EQNPILE_NONE */
+	{ "pile", 4 }, /* EQNPILE_PILE */
+	{ "cpile", 5 }, /* EQNPILE_CPILE */
+	{ "rpile", 5 }, /* EQNPILE_RPILE */
+	{ "lpile", 5 }, /* EQNPILE_LPILE */
+	{ "col", 3 }, /* EQNPILE_COL */
+	{ "ccol", 4 }, /* EQNPILE_CCOL */
+	{ "rcol", 4 }, /* EQNPILE_RCOL */
+	{ "lcol", 4 }, /* EQNPILE_LCOL */
+};
+
+static	const struct eqnsym eqnsyms[EQNSYM__MAX] = {
+	{ { "alpha", 5 }, "*a" }, /* EQNSYM_alpha */
+	{ { "beta", 4 }, "*b" }, /* EQNSYM_beta */
+	{ { "chi", 3 }, "*x" }, /* EQNSYM_chi */
+	{ { "delta", 5 }, "*d" }, /* EQNSYM_delta */
+	{ { "epsilon", 7 }, "*e" }, /* EQNSYM_epsilon */
+	{ { "eta", 3 }, "*y" }, /* EQNSYM_eta */
+	{ { "gamma", 5 }, "*g" }, /* EQNSYM_gamma */
+	{ { "iota", 4 }, "*i" }, /* EQNSYM_iota */
+	{ { "kappa", 5 }, "*k" }, /* EQNSYM_kappa */
+	{ { "lambda", 6 }, "*l" }, /* EQNSYM_lambda */
+	{ { "mu", 2 }, "*m" }, /* EQNSYM_mu */
+	{ { "nu", 2 }, "*n" }, /* EQNSYM_nu */
+	{ { "omega", 5 }, "*w" }, /* EQNSYM_omega */
+	{ { "omicron", 7 }, "*o" }, /* EQNSYM_omicron */
+	{ { "phi", 3 }, "*f" }, /* EQNSYM_phi */
+	{ { "pi", 2 }, "*p" }, /* EQNSYM_pi */
+	{ { "psi", 2 }, "*q" }, /* EQNSYM_psi */
+	{ { "rho", 3 }, "*r" }, /* EQNSYM_rho */
+	{ { "sigma", 5 }, "*s" }, /* EQNSYM_sigma */
+	{ { "tau", 3 }, "*t" }, /* EQNSYM_tau */
+	{ { "theta", 5 }, "*h" }, /* EQNSYM_theta */
+	{ { "upsilon", 7 }, "*u" }, /* EQNSYM_upsilon */
+	{ { "xi", 2 }, "*c" }, /* EQNSYM_xi */
+	{ { "zeta", 4 }, "*z" }, /* EQNSYM_zeta */
+	{ { "DELTA", 5 }, "*D" }, /* EQNSYM_DELTA */
+	{ { "GAMMA", 5 }, "*G" }, /* EQNSYM_GAMMA */
+	{ { "LAMBDA", 6 }, "*L" }, /* EQNSYM_LAMBDA */
+	{ { "OMEGA", 5 }, "*W" }, /* EQNSYM_OMEGA */
+	{ { "PHI", 3 }, "*F" }, /* EQNSYM_PHI */
+	{ { "PI", 2 }, "*P" }, /* EQNSYM_PI */
+	{ { "PSI", 3 }, "*Q" }, /* EQNSYM_PSI */
+	{ { "SIGMA", 5 }, "*S" }, /* EQNSYM_SIGMA */
+	{ { "THETA", 5 }, "*H" }, /* EQNSYM_THETA */
+	{ { "UPSILON", 7 }, "*U" }, /* EQNSYM_UPSILON */
+	{ { "XI", 2 }, "*C" }, /* EQNSYM_XI */
+	{ { "inter", 5 }, "ca" }, /* EQNSYM_inter */
+	{ { "union", 5 }, "cu" }, /* EQNSYM_union */
+	{ { "prod", 4 }, "product" }, /* EQNSYM_prod */
+	{ { "int", 3 }, "integral" }, /* EQNSYM_int */
+	{ { "sum", 3 }, "sum" }, /* EQNSYM_sum */
+	{ { "grad", 4 }, "gr" }, /* EQNSYM_grad */
+	{ { "del", 3 }, "gr" }, /* EQNSYM_del */
+	{ { "times", 5 }, "mu" }, /* EQNSYM_times */
+	{ { "cdot", 4 }, "pc" }, /* EQNSYM_cdot */
+	{ { "nothing", 7 }, "&" }, /* EQNSYM_nothing */
+	{ { "approx", 6 }, "~~" }, /* EQNSYM_approx */
+	{ { "prime", 5 }, "aq" }, /* EQNSYM_prime */
+	{ { "half", 4 }, "12" }, /* EQNSYM_half */
+	{ { "partial", 7 }, "pd" }, /* EQNSYM_partial */
+	{ { "inf", 3 }, "if" }, /* EQNSYM_inf */
+	{ { ">>", 2 }, ">>" }, /* EQNSYM_muchgreat */
+	{ { "<<", 2 }, "<<" }, /* EQNSYM_muchless */
+	{ { "<-", 2 }, "<-" }, /* EQNSYM_larrow */
+	{ { "->", 2 }, "->" }, /* EQNSYM_rarrow */
+	{ { "+-", 2 }, "+-" }, /* EQNSYM_pm */
+	{ { "!=", 2 }, "!=" }, /* EQNSYM_nequal */
+	{ { "==", 2 }, "==" }, /* EQNSYM_equiv */
+	{ { "<=", 2 }, "<=" }, /* EQNSYM_lessequal */
+	{ { ">=", 2 }, ">=" }, /* EQNSYM_moreequal */
+};
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+enum rofferr
+eqn_read(struct eqn_node **epp, int ln, 
+		const char *p, int pos, int *offs)
+{
+	size_t		 sz;
+	struct eqn_node	*ep;
+	enum rofferr	 er;
+
+	ep = *epp;
+
+	/*
+	 * If we're the terminating mark, unset our equation status and
+	 * validate the full equation.
+	 */
+
+	if (0 == strncmp(p, ".EN", 3)) {
+		er = eqn_end(epp);
+		p += 3;
+		while (' ' == *p || '\t' == *p)
+			p++;
+		if ('\0' == *p) 
+			return(er);
+		mandoc_msg(MANDOCERR_ARGSLOST, ep->parse, ln, pos, NULL);
+		return(er);
+	}
+
+	/*
+	 * Build up the full string, replacing all newlines with regular
+	 * whitespace.
+	 */
+
+	sz = strlen(p + pos) + 1;
+	ep->data = mandoc_realloc(ep->data, ep->sz + sz + 1);
+
+	/* First invocation: nil terminate the string. */
+
+	if (0 == ep->sz)
+		*ep->data = '\0';
+
+	ep->sz += sz;
+	strlcat(ep->data, p + pos, ep->sz + 1);
+	strlcat(ep->data, " ", ep->sz + 1);
+	return(ROFF_IGN);
+}
+
+struct eqn_node *
+eqn_alloc(const char *name, int pos, int line, struct mparse *parse)
+{
+	struct eqn_node	*p;
+	size_t		 sz;
+	const char	*end;
+
+	p = mandoc_calloc(1, sizeof(struct eqn_node));
+
+	if (name && '\0' != *name) {
+		sz = strlen(name);
+		assert(sz);
+		do {
+			sz--;
+			end = name + (int)sz;
+		} while (' ' == *end || '\t' == *end);
+		p->eqn.name = mandoc_strndup(name, sz + 1);
+	}
+
+	p->parse = parse;
+	p->eqn.ln = line;
+	p->eqn.pos = pos;
+	p->gsize = EQN_DEFSIZE;
+
+	return(p);
+}
+
+enum rofferr
+eqn_end(struct eqn_node **epp)
+{
+	struct eqn_node	*ep;
+	struct eqn_box	*root;
+	enum eqn_rest	 c;
+
+	ep = *epp;
+	*epp = NULL;
+
+	ep->eqn.root = mandoc_calloc(1, sizeof(struct eqn_box));
+
+	root = ep->eqn.root;
+	root->type = EQN_ROOT;
+
+	if (0 == ep->sz)
+		return(ROFF_IGN);
+
+	if (EQN_DESCOPE == (c = eqn_eqn(ep, root))) {
+		EQN_MSG(MANDOCERR_EQNNSCOPE, ep);
+		c = EQN_ERR;
+	}
+
+	return(EQN_EOF == c ? ROFF_EQN : ROFF_IGN);
+}
+
+static enum eqn_rest
+eqn_eqn(struct eqn_node *ep, struct eqn_box *last)
+{
+	struct eqn_box	*bp;
+	enum eqn_rest	 c;
+
+	bp = eqn_box_alloc(ep, last);
+	bp->type = EQN_SUBEXPR;
+
+	while (EQN_OK == (c = eqn_box(ep, bp)))
+		/* Spin! */ ;
+
+	return(c);
+}
+
+static enum eqn_rest
+eqn_matrix(struct eqn_node *ep, struct eqn_box *last)
+{
+	struct eqn_box	*bp;
+	const char	*start;
+	size_t		 sz;
+	enum eqn_rest	 c;
+
+	bp = eqn_box_alloc(ep, last);
+	bp->type = EQN_MATRIX;
+
+	if (NULL == (start = eqn_nexttok(ep, &sz))) {
+		EQN_MSG(MANDOCERR_EQNEOF, ep);
+		return(EQN_ERR);
+	}
+	if ( ! STRNEQ(start, sz, "{", 1)) {
+		EQN_MSG(MANDOCERR_EQNSYNT, ep);
+		return(EQN_ERR);
+	}
+
+	while (EQN_OK == (c = eqn_box(ep, bp)))
+		switch (bp->last->pile) {
+		case (EQNPILE_LCOL):
+			/* FALLTHROUGH */
+		case (EQNPILE_CCOL):
+			/* FALLTHROUGH */
+		case (EQNPILE_RCOL):
+			continue;
+		default:
+			EQN_MSG(MANDOCERR_EQNSYNT, ep);
+			return(EQN_ERR);
+		};
+
+	if (EQN_DESCOPE != c) {
+		if (EQN_EOF == c)
+			EQN_MSG(MANDOCERR_EQNEOF, ep);
+		return(EQN_ERR);
+	}
+
+	eqn_rewind(ep);
+	start = eqn_nexttok(ep, &sz);
+	assert(start);
+	if (STRNEQ(start, sz, "}", 1))
+		return(EQN_OK);
+
+	EQN_MSG(MANDOCERR_EQNBADSCOPE, ep);
+	return(EQN_ERR);
+}
+
+static enum eqn_rest
+eqn_list(struct eqn_node *ep, struct eqn_box *last)
+{
+	struct eqn_box	*bp;
+	const char	*start;
+	size_t		 sz;
+	enum eqn_rest	 c;
+
+	bp = eqn_box_alloc(ep, last);
+	bp->type = EQN_LIST;
+
+	if (NULL == (start = eqn_nexttok(ep, &sz))) {
+		EQN_MSG(MANDOCERR_EQNEOF, ep);
+		return(EQN_ERR);
+	}
+	if ( ! STRNEQ(start, sz, "{", 1)) {
+		EQN_MSG(MANDOCERR_EQNSYNT, ep);
+		return(EQN_ERR);
+	}
+
+	while (EQN_DESCOPE == (c = eqn_eqn(ep, bp))) {
+		eqn_rewind(ep);
+		start = eqn_nexttok(ep, &sz);
+		assert(start);
+		if ( ! STRNEQ(start, sz, "above", 5))
+			break;
+	}
+
+	if (EQN_DESCOPE != c) {
+		if (EQN_ERR != c)
+			EQN_MSG(MANDOCERR_EQNSCOPE, ep);
+		return(EQN_ERR);
+	}
+
+	eqn_rewind(ep);
+	start = eqn_nexttok(ep, &sz);
+	assert(start);
+	if (STRNEQ(start, sz, "}", 1))
+		return(EQN_OK);
+
+	EQN_MSG(MANDOCERR_EQNBADSCOPE, ep);
+	return(EQN_ERR);
+}
+
+static enum eqn_rest
+eqn_box(struct eqn_node *ep, struct eqn_box *last)
+{
+	size_t		 sz;
+	const char	*start;
+	char		*left;
+	char		 sym[64];
+	enum eqn_rest	 c;
+	int		 i, size;
+	struct eqn_box	*bp;
+
+	if (NULL == (start = eqn_nexttok(ep, &sz)))
+		return(EQN_EOF);
+
+	if (STRNEQ(start, sz, "}", 1))
+		return(EQN_DESCOPE);
+	else if (STRNEQ(start, sz, "right", 5))
+		return(EQN_DESCOPE);
+	else if (STRNEQ(start, sz, "above", 5))
+		return(EQN_DESCOPE);
+	else if (STRNEQ(start, sz, "mark", 4))
+		return(EQN_OK);
+	else if (STRNEQ(start, sz, "lineup", 6))
+		return(EQN_OK);
+
+	for (i = 0; i < (int)EQN__MAX; i++) {
+		if ( ! EQNSTREQ(&eqnparts[i].str, start, sz))
+			continue;
+		return((*eqnparts[i].fp)(ep) ? 
+				EQN_OK : EQN_ERR);
+	} 
+
+	if (STRNEQ(start, sz, "{", 1)) {
+		if (EQN_DESCOPE != (c = eqn_eqn(ep, last))) {
+			if (EQN_ERR != c)
+				EQN_MSG(MANDOCERR_EQNSCOPE, ep);
+			return(EQN_ERR);
+		}
+		eqn_rewind(ep);
+		start = eqn_nexttok(ep, &sz);
+		assert(start);
+		if (STRNEQ(start, sz, "}", 1))
+			return(EQN_OK);
+		EQN_MSG(MANDOCERR_EQNBADSCOPE, ep);
+		return(EQN_ERR);
+	} 
+
+	for (i = 0; i < (int)EQNPILE__MAX; i++) {
+		if ( ! EQNSTREQ(&eqnpiles[i], start, sz))
+			continue;
+		if (EQN_OK == (c = eqn_list(ep, last)))
+			last->last->pile = (enum eqn_pilet)i;
+		return(c);
+	}
+
+	if (STRNEQ(start, sz, "matrix", 6))
+		return(eqn_matrix(ep, last));
+
+	if (STRNEQ(start, sz, "left", 4)) {
+		if (NULL == (start = eqn_nexttok(ep, &sz))) {
+			EQN_MSG(MANDOCERR_EQNEOF, ep);
+			return(EQN_ERR);
+		}
+		left = mandoc_strndup(start, sz);
+		c = eqn_eqn(ep, last);
+		if (last->last)
+			last->last->left = left;
+		else
+			free(left);
+		if (EQN_DESCOPE != c)
+			return(c);
+		assert(last->last);
+		eqn_rewind(ep);
+		start = eqn_nexttok(ep, &sz);
+		assert(start);
+		if ( ! STRNEQ(start, sz, "right", 5))
+			return(EQN_DESCOPE);
+		if (NULL == (start = eqn_nexttok(ep, &sz))) {
+			EQN_MSG(MANDOCERR_EQNEOF, ep);
+			return(EQN_ERR);
+		}
+		last->last->right = mandoc_strndup(start, sz);
+		return(EQN_OK);
+	}
+
+	for (i = 0; i < (int)EQNPOS__MAX; i++) {
+		if ( ! EQNSTREQ(&eqnposs[i], start, sz))
+			continue;
+		if (NULL == last->last) {
+			EQN_MSG(MANDOCERR_EQNSYNT, ep);
+			return(EQN_ERR);
+		} 
+		last->last->pos = (enum eqn_post)i;
+		if (EQN_EOF == (c = eqn_box(ep, last))) {
+			EQN_MSG(MANDOCERR_EQNEOF, ep);
+			return(EQN_ERR);
+		}
+		return(c);
+	}
+
+	for (i = 0; i < (int)EQNMARK__MAX; i++) {
+		if ( ! EQNSTREQ(&eqnmarks[i], start, sz))
+			continue;
+		if (NULL == last->last) {
+			EQN_MSG(MANDOCERR_EQNSYNT, ep);
+			return(EQN_ERR);
+		} 
+		last->last->mark = (enum eqn_markt)i;
+		if (EQN_EOF == (c = eqn_box(ep, last))) {
+			EQN_MSG(MANDOCERR_EQNEOF, ep);
+			return(EQN_ERR);
+		}
+		return(c);
+	}
+
+	for (i = 0; i < (int)EQNFONT__MAX; i++) {
+		if ( ! EQNSTREQ(&eqnfonts[i], start, sz))
+			continue;
+		if (EQN_EOF == (c = eqn_box(ep, last))) {
+			EQN_MSG(MANDOCERR_EQNEOF, ep);
+			return(EQN_ERR);
+		} else if (EQN_OK == c)
+			last->last->font = (enum eqn_fontt)i;
+		return(c);
+	}
+
+	if (STRNEQ(start, sz, "size", 4)) {
+		if (NULL == (start = eqn_nexttok(ep, &sz))) {
+			EQN_MSG(MANDOCERR_EQNEOF, ep);
+			return(EQN_ERR);
+		}
+		size = mandoc_strntoi(start, sz, 10);
+		if (EQN_EOF == (c = eqn_box(ep, last))) {
+			EQN_MSG(MANDOCERR_EQNEOF, ep);
+			return(EQN_ERR);
+		} else if (EQN_OK != c)
+			return(c);
+		last->last->size = size;
+	}
+
+	bp = eqn_box_alloc(ep, last);
+	bp->type = EQN_TEXT;
+	for (i = 0; i < (int)EQNSYM__MAX; i++)
+		if (EQNSTREQ(&eqnsyms[i].str, start, sz)) {
+			sym[63] = '\0';
+			snprintf(sym, 62, "\\[%s]", eqnsyms[i].sym);
+			bp->text = mandoc_strdup(sym);
+			return(EQN_OK);
+		}
+
+	bp->text = mandoc_strndup(start, sz);
+	return(EQN_OK);
+}
+
+void
+eqn_free(struct eqn_node *p)
+{
+	int		 i;
+
+	eqn_box_free(p->eqn.root);
+
+	for (i = 0; i < (int)p->defsz; i++) {
+		free(p->defs[i].key);
+		free(p->defs[i].val);
+	}
+
+	free(p->eqn.name);
+	free(p->data);
+	free(p->defs);
+	free(p);
+}
+
+static struct eqn_box *
+eqn_box_alloc(struct eqn_node *ep, struct eqn_box *parent)
+{
+	struct eqn_box	*bp;
+
+	bp = mandoc_calloc(1, sizeof(struct eqn_box));
+	bp->parent = parent;
+	bp->size = ep->gsize;
+
+	if (NULL == parent->first)
+		parent->first = bp;
+	else
+		parent->last->next = bp;
+
+	parent->last = bp;
+	return(bp);
+}
+
+static void
+eqn_box_free(struct eqn_box *bp)
+{
+
+	if (bp->first)
+		eqn_box_free(bp->first);
+	if (bp->next)
+		eqn_box_free(bp->next);
+
+	free(bp->text);
+	free(bp->left);
+	free(bp->right);
+	free(bp);
+}
+
+static const char *
+eqn_nextrawtok(struct eqn_node *ep, size_t *sz)
+{
+
+	return(eqn_next(ep, '"', sz, 0));
+}
+
+static const char *
+eqn_nexttok(struct eqn_node *ep, size_t *sz)
+{
+
+	return(eqn_next(ep, '"', sz, 1));
+}
+
+static void
+eqn_rewind(struct eqn_node *ep)
+{
+
+	ep->cur = ep->rew;
+}
+
+static const char *
+eqn_next(struct eqn_node *ep, char quote, size_t *sz, int repl)
+{
+	char		*start, *next;
+	int		 q, diff, lim;
+	size_t		 ssz, dummy;
+	struct eqn_def	*def;
+
+	if (NULL == sz)
+		sz = &dummy;
+
+	lim = 0;
+	ep->rew = ep->cur;
+again:
+	/* Prevent self-definitions. */
+
+	if (lim >= EQN_NEST_MAX) {
+		EQN_MSG(MANDOCERR_ROFFLOOP, ep);
+		return(NULL);
+	}
+
+	ep->cur = ep->rew;
+	start = &ep->data[(int)ep->cur];
+	q = 0;
+
+	if ('\0' == *start)
+		return(NULL);
+
+	if (quote == *start) {
+		ep->cur++;
+		q = 1;
+	}
+
+	start = &ep->data[(int)ep->cur];
+
+	if ( ! q) {
+		if ('{' == *start || '}' == *start)
+			ssz = 1;
+		else
+			ssz = strcspn(start + 1, " ^~\"{}\t") + 1;
+		next = start + (int)ssz;
+		if ('\0' == *next)
+			next = NULL;
+	} else
+		next = strchr(start, quote);
+
+	if (NULL != next) {
+		*sz = (size_t)(next - start);
+		ep->cur += *sz;
+		if (q)
+			ep->cur++;
+		while (' ' == ep->data[(int)ep->cur] ||
+				'\t' == ep->data[(int)ep->cur] ||
+				'^' == ep->data[(int)ep->cur] ||
+				'~' == ep->data[(int)ep->cur])
+			ep->cur++;
+	} else {
+		if (q)
+			EQN_MSG(MANDOCERR_BADQUOTE, ep);
+		next = strchr(start, '\0');
+		*sz = (size_t)(next - start);
+		ep->cur += *sz;
+	}
+
+	/* Quotes aren't expanded for values. */
+
+	if (q || ! repl)
+		return(start);
+
+	if (NULL != (def = eqn_def_find(ep, start, *sz))) {
+		diff = def->valsz - *sz;
+
+		if (def->valsz > *sz) {
+			ep->sz += diff;
+			ep->data = mandoc_realloc(ep->data, ep->sz + 1);
+			ep->data[ep->sz] = '\0';
+			start = &ep->data[(int)ep->rew];
+		}
+
+		diff = def->valsz - *sz;
+		memmove(start + *sz + diff, start + *sz, 
+				(strlen(start) - *sz) + 1);
+		memcpy(start, def->val, def->valsz);
+		goto again;
+	}
+
+	return(start);
+}
+
+static int
+eqn_do_ign1(struct eqn_node *ep)
+{
+
+	if (NULL == eqn_nextrawtok(ep, NULL))
+		EQN_MSG(MANDOCERR_EQNEOF, ep);
+	else
+		return(1);
+
+	return(0);
+}
+
+static int
+eqn_do_ign2(struct eqn_node *ep)
+{
+
+	if (NULL == eqn_nextrawtok(ep, NULL))
+		EQN_MSG(MANDOCERR_EQNEOF, ep);
+	else if (NULL == eqn_nextrawtok(ep, NULL))
+		EQN_MSG(MANDOCERR_EQNEOF, ep);
+	else
+		return(1);
+
+	return(0);
+}
+
+static int
+eqn_do_tdefine(struct eqn_node *ep)
+{
+
+	if (NULL == eqn_nextrawtok(ep, NULL))
+		EQN_MSG(MANDOCERR_EQNEOF, ep);
+	else if (NULL == eqn_next(ep, ep->data[(int)ep->cur], NULL, 0))
+		EQN_MSG(MANDOCERR_EQNEOF, ep);
+	else
+		return(1);
+
+	return(0);
+}
+
+static int
+eqn_do_define(struct eqn_node *ep)
+{
+	const char	*start;
+	size_t		 sz;
+	struct eqn_def	*def;
+	int		 i;
+
+	if (NULL == (start = eqn_nextrawtok(ep, &sz))) {
+		EQN_MSG(MANDOCERR_EQNEOF, ep);
+		return(0);
+	}
+
+	/* 
+	 * Search for a key that already exists. 
+	 * Create a new key if none is found.
+	 */
+
+	if (NULL == (def = eqn_def_find(ep, start, sz))) {
+		/* Find holes in string array. */
+		for (i = 0; i < (int)ep->defsz; i++)
+			if (0 == ep->defs[i].keysz)
+				break;
+
+		if (i == (int)ep->defsz) {
+			ep->defsz++;
+			ep->defs = mandoc_realloc
+				(ep->defs, ep->defsz * 
+				 sizeof(struct eqn_def));
+			ep->defs[i].key = ep->defs[i].val = NULL;
+		}
+
+		ep->defs[i].keysz = sz;
+		ep->defs[i].key = mandoc_realloc
+			(ep->defs[i].key, sz + 1);
+
+		memcpy(ep->defs[i].key, start, sz);
+		ep->defs[i].key[(int)sz] = '\0';
+		def = &ep->defs[i];
+	}
+
+	start = eqn_next(ep, ep->data[(int)ep->cur], &sz, 0);
+
+	if (NULL == start) {
+		EQN_MSG(MANDOCERR_EQNEOF, ep);
+		return(0);
+	}
+
+	def->valsz = sz;
+	def->val = mandoc_realloc(def->val, sz + 1);
+	memcpy(def->val, start, sz);
+	def->val[(int)sz] = '\0';
+	return(1);
+}
+
+static int
+eqn_do_gfont(struct eqn_node *ep)
+{
+
+	if (NULL == eqn_nextrawtok(ep, NULL)) {
+		EQN_MSG(MANDOCERR_EQNEOF, ep);
+		return(0);
+	} 
+	return(1);
+}
+
+static int
+eqn_do_gsize(struct eqn_node *ep)
+{
+	const char	*start;
+	size_t		 sz;
+
+	if (NULL == (start = eqn_nextrawtok(ep, &sz))) {
+		EQN_MSG(MANDOCERR_EQNEOF, ep);
+		return(0);
+	} 
+	ep->gsize = mandoc_strntoi(start, sz, 10);
+	return(1);
+}
+
+static int
+eqn_do_undef(struct eqn_node *ep)
+{
+	const char	*start;
+	struct eqn_def	*def;
+	size_t		 sz;
+
+	if (NULL == (start = eqn_nextrawtok(ep, &sz))) {
+		EQN_MSG(MANDOCERR_EQNEOF, ep);
+		return(0);
+	} else if (NULL != (def = eqn_def_find(ep, start, sz)))
+		def->keysz = 0;
+
+	return(1);
+}
+
+static struct eqn_def *
+eqn_def_find(struct eqn_node *ep, const char *key, size_t sz)
+{
+	int		 i;
+
+	for (i = 0; i < (int)ep->defsz; i++) 
+		if (ep->defs[i].keysz && STRNEQ(ep->defs[i].key, 
+					ep->defs[i].keysz, key, sz))
+			return(&ep->defs[i]);
+
+	return(NULL);
+}
diff --git a/contrib/mdocml/eqn_html.c b/contrib/mdocml/eqn_html.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..80c82f1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/mdocml/eqn_html.c
@@ -0,0 +1,81 @@
+/*	$Id: eqn_html.c,v 1.2 2011/07/24 10:09:03 kristaps Exp $ */
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Kristaps Dzonsons <kristaps@bsd.lv>
+ *
+ * Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software for any
+ * purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above
+ * copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies.
+ *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" AND THE AUTHOR DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES
+ * WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
+ * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR
+ * ANY SPECIAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES
+ * WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN
+ * ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF
+ * OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
+ */
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+#include "config.h"
+#endif
+
+#include <assert.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+
+#include "mandoc.h"
+#include "out.h"
+#include "html.h"
+
+static	const enum htmltag fontmap[EQNFONT__MAX] = {
+	TAG_SPAN, /* EQNFONT_NONE */
+	TAG_SPAN, /* EQNFONT_ROMAN */
+	TAG_B, /* EQNFONT_BOLD */
+	TAG_B, /* EQNFONT_FAT */
+	TAG_I /* EQNFONT_ITALIC */
+};
+
+
+static void	eqn_box(struct html *, const struct eqn_box *);
+
+void
+print_eqn(struct html *p, const struct eqn *ep)
+{
+	struct htmlpair	 tag;
+	struct tag	*t;
+
+	PAIR_CLASS_INIT(&tag, "eqn");
+	t = print_otag(p, TAG_SPAN, 1, &tag);
+
+	p->flags |= HTML_NONOSPACE;
+	eqn_box(p, ep->root);
+	p->flags &= ~HTML_NONOSPACE;
+
+	print_tagq(p, t);
+}
+
+static void
+eqn_box(struct html *p, const struct eqn_box *bp)
+{
+	struct tag	*t;
+
+	t = EQNFONT_NONE == bp->font ? NULL : 
+		print_otag(p, fontmap[(int)bp->font], 0, NULL);
+
+	if (bp->left)
+		print_text(p, bp->left);
+	
+	if (bp->text)
+		print_text(p, bp->text);
+
+	if (bp->first)
+		eqn_box(p, bp->first);
+
+	if (NULL != t)
+		print_tagq(p, t);
+	if (bp->right)
+		print_text(p, bp->right);
+
+	if (bp->next)
+		eqn_box(p, bp->next);
+}
diff --git a/contrib/mdocml/eqn_term.c b/contrib/mdocml/eqn_term.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..cfbd8d4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/mdocml/eqn_term.c
@@ -0,0 +1,76 @@
+/*	$Id: eqn_term.c,v 1.4 2011/07/24 10:09:03 kristaps Exp $ */
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Kristaps Dzonsons <kristaps@bsd.lv>
+ *
+ * Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software for any
+ * purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above
+ * copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies.
+ *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" AND THE AUTHOR DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES
+ * WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
+ * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR
+ * ANY SPECIAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES
+ * WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN
+ * ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF
+ * OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
+ */
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+#include "config.h"
+#endif
+
+#include <assert.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+
+#include "mandoc.h"
+#include "out.h"
+#include "term.h"
+
+static	const enum termfont fontmap[EQNFONT__MAX] = {
+	TERMFONT_NONE, /* EQNFONT_NONE */
+	TERMFONT_NONE, /* EQNFONT_ROMAN */
+	TERMFONT_BOLD, /* EQNFONT_BOLD */
+	TERMFONT_BOLD, /* EQNFONT_FAT */
+	TERMFONT_UNDER /* EQNFONT_ITALIC */
+};
+
+static void	eqn_box(struct termp *, const struct eqn_box *);
+
+void
+term_eqn(struct termp *p, const struct eqn *ep)
+{
+
+	p->flags |= TERMP_NONOSPACE;
+	eqn_box(p, ep->root);
+	term_word(p, " ");
+	p->flags &= ~TERMP_NONOSPACE;
+}
+
+static void
+eqn_box(struct termp *p, const struct eqn_box *bp)
+{
+
+	if (EQNFONT_NONE != bp->font)
+		term_fontpush(p, fontmap[(int)bp->font]);
+	if (bp->left)
+		term_word(p, bp->left);
+	if (EQN_SUBEXPR == bp->type)
+		term_word(p, "(");
+
+	if (bp->text)
+		term_word(p, bp->text);
+
+	if (bp->first)
+		eqn_box(p, bp->first);
+
+	if (EQN_SUBEXPR == bp->type)
+		term_word(p, ")");
+	if (bp->right)
+		term_word(p, bp->right);
+	if (EQNFONT_NONE != bp->font) 
+		term_fontpop(p);
+
+	if (bp->next)
+		eqn_box(p, bp->next);
+}
diff --git a/contrib/mdocml/example.style.css b/contrib/mdocml/example.style.css
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..660f4d1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/mdocml/example.style.css
@@ -0,0 +1,110 @@
+/* $Id: example.style.css,v 1.49 2011/12/15 12:18:57 kristaps Exp $ */
+/*
+ * This is an example style-sheet provided for mandoc(1) and the -Thtml
+ * or -Txhtml output mode.
+ * It mimics the appearance of the legacy man.cgi output.
+ * See mdoc(7) and man(7) for macro explanations.
+ */
+
+div.mandoc			{ min-width: 102ex; 
+				  width: 102ex; 
+				  font-family: monospace; } /* This is the outer node of all mandoc -T[x]html documents. */
+div.mandoc h1			{ margin-bottom: 0ex; font-size: inherit; margin-left: -4ex; } /* Section header (Sh, SH). */
+div.mandoc h2			{ margin-bottom: 0ex; font-size: inherit; margin-left: -2ex; } /* Sub-section header (Ss, SS). */
+div.mandoc table		{ width: 100%; margin-top: 0ex; margin-bottom: 0ex; } /* All tables. */
+div.mandoc td			{ vertical-align: top; } /* All table cells. */
+div.mandoc p			{ } /* Paragraph: Pp, Lp. */
+div.mandoc blockquote		{ margin-left: 5ex; margin-top: 0ex; margin-bottom: 0ex; } /* D1, Dl. */
+div.mandoc div.section		{ margin-bottom: 2ex; margin-left: 5ex; } /* Sections (Sh, SH). */
+div.mandoc div.subsection	{ } /* Sub-sections (Ss, SS). */
+div.mandoc table.synopsis	{ } /* SYNOPSIS section table. */
+div.mandoc table.foot		{ } /* Document footer. */
+div.mandoc td.foot-date		{ width: 50%; } /* Document footer: date. */
+div.mandoc td.foot-os		{ width: 50%; text-align: right; } /* Document footer: OS/source. */
+div.mandoc table.head		{ } /* Document header. */
+div.mandoc td.head-ltitle	{ width: 10%; } /* Document header: left-title. */
+div.mandoc td.head-vol		{ width: 80%; text-align: center; } /* Document header: volume. */
+div.mandoc td.head-rtitle	{ width: 10%; text-align: right; } /* Document header: right-title. */
+div.mandoc .display		{ } /* All Bd, D1, Dl. */
+div.mandoc .list		{ } /* All Bl. */
+div.mandoc i			{ } /* Italic: BI, IB, I, (implicit). */
+div.mandoc b			{ } /* Bold: SB, BI, IB, BR, RB, B, (implicit). */
+div.mandoc small		{ } /* Small: SB, SM. */
+div.mandoc .emph		{ font-style: italic; font-weight: normal; } /* Emphasis: Em, Bl -emphasis. */
+div.mandoc .symb		{ font-style: normal; font-weight: bold; } /* Symbolic: Sy, Ms, Bf -symbolic. */
+div.mandoc .lit			{ font-style: normal; font-weight: normal; font-family: monospace; } /* Literal: Dl, Li, Ql, Bf -literal, Bl -literal, Bl -unfilled. */
+div.mandoc i.addr		{ font-weight: normal; } /* Address (Ad). */
+div.mandoc i.arg		{ font-weight: normal; } /* Command argument (Ar). */
+div.mandoc span.author		{ } /* Author name (An). */
+div.mandoc b.cmd		{ font-style: normal; } /* Command (Cm). */ 
+div.mandoc b.config		{ font-style: normal; } /* Config statement (Cd). */
+div.mandoc span.define		{ } /* Defines (Dv). */
+div.mandoc span.desc		{ } /* Nd.  After em-dash. */
+div.mandoc b.diag		{ font-style: normal; } /* Diagnostic (Bl -diag). */
+div.mandoc span.env		{ } /* Environment variables (Ev). */
+div.mandoc span.errno		{ } /* Error string (Er). */
+div.mandoc i.farg		{ font-weight: normal; } /* Function argument (Fa, Fn). */
+div.mandoc i.file		{ font-weight: normal; } /* File (Pa). */
+div.mandoc b.flag		{ font-style: normal; } /* Flag (Fl, Cm). */
+div.mandoc b.fname		{ font-style: normal; } /* Function name (Fa, Fn, Rv). */
+div.mandoc i.ftype		{ font-weight: normal; } /* Function types (Ft, Fn). */
+div.mandoc b.includes		{ font-style: normal; } /* Header includes (In). */
+div.mandoc span.lib		{ } /* Library (Lb). */
+div.mandoc i.link-sec		{ font-weight: normal; } /* Section links (Sx). */
+div.mandoc b.macro		{ font-style: normal; } /* Macro-ish thing (Fd). */
+div.mandoc b.name		{ font-style: normal; } /* Name of utility (Nm). */
+div.mandoc span.opt		{ } /* Options (Op, Oo/Oc). */
+div.mandoc span.ref		{ } /* Citations (Rs). */
+div.mandoc span.ref-auth	{ } /* Reference author (%A). */
+div.mandoc i.ref-book		{ font-weight: normal; } /* Reference book (%B). */
+div.mandoc span.ref-city	{ } /* Reference city (%C). */
+div.mandoc span.ref-date	{ } /* Reference date (%D). */
+div.mandoc i.ref-issue		{ font-weight: normal; } /* Reference issuer/publisher (%I). */
+div.mandoc i.ref-jrnl		{ font-weight: normal; } /* Reference journal (%J). */
+div.mandoc span.ref-num		{ } /* Reference number (%N). */
+div.mandoc span.ref-opt		{ } /* Reference optionals (%O). */
+div.mandoc span.ref-page	{ } /* Reference page (%P). */
+div.mandoc span.ref-corp	{ } /* Reference corporate/foreign author (%Q). */
+div.mandoc span.ref-rep		{ } /* Reference report (%R). */
+div.mandoc span.ref-title	{ text-decoration: underline; } /* Reference title (%T). */
+div.mandoc span.ref-vol		{ } /* Reference volume (%V). */
+div.mandoc span.type		{ font-style: italic; font-weight: normal; } /* Variable types (Vt). */
+div.mandoc span.unix		{ } /* Unices (Ux, Ox, Nx, Fx, Bx, Bsx, Dx). */
+div.mandoc b.utility		{ font-style: normal; } /* Name of utility (Ex). */
+div.mandoc b.var		{ font-style: normal; } /* Variables (Rv). */
+div.mandoc a.link-ext		{ } /* Off-site link (Lk). */
+div.mandoc a.link-includes	{ } /* Include-file link (In). */
+div.mandoc a.link-mail		{ } /* Mailto links (Mt). */
+div.mandoc a.link-man		{ } /* Manual links (Xr). */
+div.mandoc a.link-ref		{ } /* Reference section links (%Q). */
+div.mandoc a.link-sec		{ } /* Section links (Sx). */
+div.mandoc dl.list-diag		{ } /* Formatting for lists.  See mdoc(7). */
+div.mandoc dt.list-diag		{ }
+div.mandoc dd.list-diag		{ }
+div.mandoc dl.list-hang		{ }
+div.mandoc dt.list-hang		{ }
+div.mandoc dd.list-hang		{ }
+div.mandoc dl.list-inset	{ }
+div.mandoc dt.list-inset	{ }
+div.mandoc dd.list-inset	{ }
+div.mandoc dl.list-ohang	{ }
+div.mandoc dt.list-ohang	{ }
+div.mandoc dd.list-ohang	{ margin-left: 0ex; }
+div.mandoc dl.list-tag		{ }
+div.mandoc dt.list-tag		{ }
+div.mandoc dd.list-tag		{ }
+div.mandoc table.list-col	{ }
+div.mandoc tr.list-col		{ }
+div.mandoc td.list-col		{ }
+div.mandoc ul.list-bul		{ list-style-type: disc; padding-left: 1em; }
+div.mandoc li.list-bul		{ }
+div.mandoc ul.list-dash		{ list-style-type: none; padding-left: 0em; }
+div.mandoc li.list-dash:before	{ content: "\2014  "; }
+div.mandoc ul.list-hyph		{ list-style-type: none; padding-left: 0em; }
+div.mandoc li.list-hyph:before	{ content: "\2013  "; }
+div.mandoc ul.list-item		{ list-style-type: none; padding-left: 0em; }
+div.mandoc li.list-item		{ }
+div.mandoc ol.list-enum		{ padding-left: 2em; }
+div.mandoc li.list-enum		{ }
+div.mandoc span.eqn		{ } /* Equation modes.  See eqn(7). */
+div.mandoc table.tbl		{ } /* Table modes.  See tbl(7). */
diff --git a/contrib/mdocml/external.png b/contrib/mdocml/external.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..419c06f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/mdocml/external.png
diff --git a/contrib/mdocml/html.c b/contrib/mdocml/html.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..326df03
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/mdocml/html.c
@@ -0,0 +1,699 @@
+/*	$Id: html.c,v 1.150 2011/10/05 21:35:17 kristaps Exp $ */
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011 Kristaps Dzonsons <kristaps@bsd.lv>
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Ingo Schwarze <schwarze@openbsd.org>
+ *
+ * Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software for any
+ * purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above
+ * copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies.
+ *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" AND THE AUTHOR DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES
+ * WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
+ * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR
+ * ANY SPECIAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES
+ * WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN
+ * ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF
+ * OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
+ */
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+#include "config.h"
+#endif
+
+#include <sys/types.h>
+
+#include <assert.h>
+#include <ctype.h>
+#include <stdarg.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdint.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+
+#include "mandoc.h"
+#include "libmandoc.h"
+#include "out.h"
+#include "html.h"
+#include "main.h"
+
+struct	htmldata {
+	const char	 *name;
+	int		  flags;
+#define	HTML_CLRLINE	 (1 << 0)
+#define	HTML_NOSTACK	 (1 << 1)
+#define	HTML_AUTOCLOSE	 (1 << 2) /* Tag has auto-closure. */
+};
+
+static	const struct htmldata htmltags[TAG_MAX] = {
+	{"html",	HTML_CLRLINE}, /* TAG_HTML */
+	{"head",	HTML_CLRLINE}, /* TAG_HEAD */
+	{"body",	HTML_CLRLINE}, /* TAG_BODY */
+	{"meta",	HTML_CLRLINE | HTML_NOSTACK | HTML_AUTOCLOSE}, /* TAG_META */
+	{"title",	HTML_CLRLINE}, /* TAG_TITLE */
+	{"div",		HTML_CLRLINE}, /* TAG_DIV */
+	{"h1",		0}, /* TAG_H1 */
+	{"h2",		0}, /* TAG_H2 */
+	{"span",	0}, /* TAG_SPAN */
+	{"link",	HTML_CLRLINE | HTML_NOSTACK | HTML_AUTOCLOSE}, /* TAG_LINK */
+	{"br",		HTML_CLRLINE | HTML_NOSTACK | HTML_AUTOCLOSE}, /* TAG_BR */
+	{"a",		0}, /* TAG_A */
+	{"table",	HTML_CLRLINE}, /* TAG_TABLE */
+	{"tbody",	HTML_CLRLINE}, /* TAG_TBODY */
+	{"col",		HTML_CLRLINE | HTML_NOSTACK | HTML_AUTOCLOSE}, /* TAG_COL */
+	{"tr",		HTML_CLRLINE}, /* TAG_TR */
+	{"td",		HTML_CLRLINE}, /* TAG_TD */
+	{"li",		HTML_CLRLINE}, /* TAG_LI */
+	{"ul",		HTML_CLRLINE}, /* TAG_UL */
+	{"ol",		HTML_CLRLINE}, /* TAG_OL */
+	{"dl",		HTML_CLRLINE}, /* TAG_DL */
+	{"dt",		HTML_CLRLINE}, /* TAG_DT */
+	{"dd",		HTML_CLRLINE}, /* TAG_DD */
+	{"blockquote",	HTML_CLRLINE}, /* TAG_BLOCKQUOTE */
+	{"p",		HTML_CLRLINE | HTML_NOSTACK | HTML_AUTOCLOSE}, /* TAG_P */
+	{"pre",		HTML_CLRLINE }, /* TAG_PRE */
+	{"b",		0 }, /* TAG_B */
+	{"i",		0 }, /* TAG_I */
+	{"code",	0 }, /* TAG_CODE */
+	{"small",	0 }, /* TAG_SMALL */
+};
+
+static	const char	*const htmlattrs[ATTR_MAX] = {
+	"http-equiv", /* ATTR_HTTPEQUIV */
+	"content", /* ATTR_CONTENT */
+	"name", /* ATTR_NAME */
+	"rel", /* ATTR_REL */
+	"href", /* ATTR_HREF */
+	"type", /* ATTR_TYPE */
+	"media", /* ATTR_MEDIA */
+	"class", /* ATTR_CLASS */
+	"style", /* ATTR_STYLE */
+	"width", /* ATTR_WIDTH */
+	"id", /* ATTR_ID */
+	"summary", /* ATTR_SUMMARY */
+	"align", /* ATTR_ALIGN */
+	"colspan", /* ATTR_COLSPAN */
+};
+
+static	const char	*const roffscales[SCALE_MAX] = {
+	"cm", /* SCALE_CM */
+	"in", /* SCALE_IN */
+	"pc", /* SCALE_PC */
+	"pt", /* SCALE_PT */
+	"em", /* SCALE_EM */
+	"em", /* SCALE_MM */
+	"ex", /* SCALE_EN */
+	"ex", /* SCALE_BU */
+	"em", /* SCALE_VS */
+	"ex", /* SCALE_FS */
+};
+
+static	void	 bufncat(struct html *, const char *, size_t);
+static	void	 print_ctag(struct html *, enum htmltag);
+static	int	 print_encode(struct html *, const char *, int);
+static	void	 print_metaf(struct html *, enum mandoc_esc);
+static	void	 print_attr(struct html *, const char *, const char *);
+static	void	 *ml_alloc(char *, enum htmltype);
+
+static void *
+ml_alloc(char *outopts, enum htmltype type)
+{
+	struct html	*h;
+	const char	*toks[5];
+	char		*v;
+
+	toks[0] = "style";
+	toks[1] = "man";
+	toks[2] = "includes";
+	toks[3] = "fragment";
+	toks[4] = NULL;
+
+	h = mandoc_calloc(1, sizeof(struct html));
+
+	h->type = type;
+	h->tags.head = NULL;
+	h->symtab = mchars_alloc();
+
+	while (outopts && *outopts)
+		switch (getsubopt(&outopts, UNCONST(toks), &v)) {
+		case (0):
+			h->style = v;
+			break;
+		case (1):
+			h->base_man = v;
+			break;
+		case (2):
+			h->base_includes = v;
+			break;
+		case (3):
+			h->oflags |= HTML_FRAGMENT;
+			break;
+		default:
+			break;
+		}
+
+	return(h);
+}
+
+void *
+html_alloc(char *outopts)
+{
+
+	return(ml_alloc(outopts, HTML_HTML_4_01_STRICT));
+}
+
+
+void *
+xhtml_alloc(char *outopts)
+{
+
+	return(ml_alloc(outopts, HTML_XHTML_1_0_STRICT));
+}
+
+
+void
+html_free(void *p)
+{
+	struct tag	*tag;
+	struct html	*h;
+
+	h = (struct html *)p;
+
+	while ((tag = h->tags.head) != NULL) {
+		h->tags.head = tag->next;	
+		free(tag);
+	}
+	
+	if (h->symtab)
+		mchars_free(h->symtab);
+
+	free(h);
+}
+
+
+void
+print_gen_head(struct html *h)
+{
+	struct htmlpair	 tag[4];
+
+	tag[0].key = ATTR_HTTPEQUIV;
+	tag[0].val = "Content-Type";
+	tag[1].key = ATTR_CONTENT;
+	tag[1].val = "text/html; charset=utf-8";
+	print_otag(h, TAG_META, 2, tag);
+
+	tag[0].key = ATTR_NAME;
+	tag[0].val = "resource-type";
+	tag[1].key = ATTR_CONTENT;
+	tag[1].val = "document";
+	print_otag(h, TAG_META, 2, tag);
+
+	if (h->style) {
+		tag[0].key = ATTR_REL;
+		tag[0].val = "stylesheet";
+		tag[1].key = ATTR_HREF;
+		tag[1].val = h->style;
+		tag[2].key = ATTR_TYPE;
+		tag[2].val = "text/css";
+		tag[3].key = ATTR_MEDIA;
+		tag[3].val = "all";
+		print_otag(h, TAG_LINK, 4, tag);
+	}
+}
+
+static void
+print_metaf(struct html *h, enum mandoc_esc deco)
+{
+	enum htmlfont	 font;
+
+	switch (deco) {
+	case (ESCAPE_FONTPREV):
+		font = h->metal;
+		break;
+	case (ESCAPE_FONTITALIC):
+		font = HTMLFONT_ITALIC;
+		break;
+	case (ESCAPE_FONTBOLD):
+		font = HTMLFONT_BOLD;
+		break;
+	case (ESCAPE_FONT):
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+	case (ESCAPE_FONTROMAN):
+		font = HTMLFONT_NONE;
+		break;
+	default:
+		abort();
+		/* NOTREACHED */
+	}
+
+	if (h->metaf) {
+		print_tagq(h, h->metaf);
+		h->metaf = NULL;
+	}
+
+	h->metal = h->metac;
+	h->metac = font;
+
+	if (HTMLFONT_NONE != font)
+		h->metaf = HTMLFONT_BOLD == font ?
+			print_otag(h, TAG_B, 0, NULL) :
+			print_otag(h, TAG_I, 0, NULL);
+}
+
+int
+html_strlen(const char *cp)
+{
+	int		 ssz, sz;
+	const char	*seq, *p;
+
+	/*
+	 * Account for escaped sequences within string length
+	 * calculations.  This follows the logic in term_strlen() as we
+	 * must calculate the width of produced strings.
+	 * Assume that characters are always width of "1".  This is
+	 * hacky, but it gets the job done for approximation of widths.
+	 */
+
+	sz = 0;
+	while (NULL != (p = strchr(cp, '\\'))) {
+		sz += (int)(p - cp);
+		++cp;
+		switch (mandoc_escape(&cp, &seq, &ssz)) {
+		case (ESCAPE_ERROR):
+			return(sz);
+		case (ESCAPE_UNICODE):
+			/* FALLTHROUGH */
+		case (ESCAPE_NUMBERED):
+			/* FALLTHROUGH */
+		case (ESCAPE_SPECIAL):
+			sz++;
+			break;
+		default:
+			break;
+		}
+	}
+
+	assert(sz >= 0);
+	return(sz + strlen(cp));
+}
+
+static int
+print_encode(struct html *h, const char *p, int norecurse)
+{
+	size_t		 sz;
+	int		 c, len, nospace;
+	const char	*seq;
+	enum mandoc_esc	 esc;
+	static const char rejs[6] = { '\\', '<', '>', '&', ASCII_HYPH, '\0' };
+
+	nospace = 0;
+
+	while ('\0' != *p) {
+		sz = strcspn(p, rejs);
+
+		fwrite(p, 1, sz, stdout);
+		p += (int)sz;
+
+		if ('\0' == *p)
+			break;
+
+		switch (*p++) {
+		case ('<'):
+			printf("&lt;");
+			continue;
+		case ('>'):
+			printf("&gt;");
+			continue;
+		case ('&'):
+			printf("&amp;");
+			continue;
+		case (ASCII_HYPH):
+			putchar('-');
+			continue;
+		default:
+			break;
+		}
+
+		esc = mandoc_escape(&p, &seq, &len);
+		if (ESCAPE_ERROR == esc)
+			break;
+
+		switch (esc) {
+		case (ESCAPE_UNICODE):
+			/* Skip passed "u" header. */
+			c = mchars_num2uc(seq + 1, len - 1);
+			if ('\0' != c)
+				printf("&#x%x;", c);
+			break;
+		case (ESCAPE_NUMBERED):
+			c = mchars_num2char(seq, len);
+			if ('\0' != c)
+				putchar(c);
+			break;
+		case (ESCAPE_SPECIAL):
+			c = mchars_spec2cp(h->symtab, seq, len);
+			if (c > 0)
+				printf("&#%d;", c);
+			else if (-1 == c && 1 == len)
+				putchar((int)*seq);
+			break;
+		case (ESCAPE_FONT):
+			/* FALLTHROUGH */
+		case (ESCAPE_FONTPREV):
+			/* FALLTHROUGH */
+		case (ESCAPE_FONTBOLD):
+			/* FALLTHROUGH */
+		case (ESCAPE_FONTITALIC):
+			/* FALLTHROUGH */
+		case (ESCAPE_FONTROMAN):
+			if (norecurse)
+				break;
+			print_metaf(h, esc);
+			break;
+		case (ESCAPE_NOSPACE):
+			if ('\0' == *p)
+				nospace = 1;
+			break;
+		default:
+			break;
+		}
+	}
+
+	return(nospace);
+}
+
+
+static void
+print_attr(struct html *h, const char *key, const char *val)
+{
+	printf(" %s=\"", key);
+	(void)print_encode(h, val, 1);
+	putchar('\"');
+}
+
+
+struct tag *
+print_otag(struct html *h, enum htmltag tag, 
+		int sz, const struct htmlpair *p)
+{
+	int		 i;
+	struct tag	*t;
+
+	/* Push this tags onto the stack of open scopes. */
+
+	if ( ! (HTML_NOSTACK & htmltags[tag].flags)) {
+		t = mandoc_malloc(sizeof(struct tag));
+		t->tag = tag;
+		t->next = h->tags.head;
+		h->tags.head = t;
+	} else
+		t = NULL;
+
+	if ( ! (HTML_NOSPACE & h->flags))
+		if ( ! (HTML_CLRLINE & htmltags[tag].flags)) {
+			/* Manage keeps! */
+			if ( ! (HTML_KEEP & h->flags)) {
+				if (HTML_PREKEEP & h->flags)
+					h->flags |= HTML_KEEP;
+				putchar(' ');
+			} else
+				printf("&#160;");
+		}
+
+	if ( ! (h->flags & HTML_NONOSPACE))
+		h->flags &= ~HTML_NOSPACE;
+	else
+		h->flags |= HTML_NOSPACE;
+
+	/* Print out the tag name and attributes. */
+
+	printf("<%s", htmltags[tag].name);
+	for (i = 0; i < sz; i++)
+		print_attr(h, htmlattrs[p[i].key], p[i].val);
+
+	/* Add non-overridable attributes. */
+
+	if (TAG_HTML == tag && HTML_XHTML_1_0_STRICT == h->type) {
+		print_attr(h, "xmlns", "http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml");
+		print_attr(h, "xml:lang", "en");
+		print_attr(h, "lang", "en");
+	}
+
+	/* Accommodate for XML "well-formed" singleton escaping. */
+
+	if (HTML_AUTOCLOSE & htmltags[tag].flags)
+		switch (h->type) {
+		case (HTML_XHTML_1_0_STRICT):
+			putchar('/');
+			break;
+		default:
+			break;
+		}
+
+	putchar('>');
+
+	h->flags |= HTML_NOSPACE;
+
+	if ((HTML_AUTOCLOSE | HTML_CLRLINE) & htmltags[tag].flags)
+		putchar('\n');
+
+	return(t);
+}
+
+
+static void
+print_ctag(struct html *h, enum htmltag tag)
+{
+	
+	printf("</%s>", htmltags[tag].name);
+	if (HTML_CLRLINE & htmltags[tag].flags) {
+		h->flags |= HTML_NOSPACE;
+		putchar('\n');
+	} 
+}
+
+void
+print_gen_decls(struct html *h)
+{
+	const char	*doctype;
+	const char	*dtd;
+	const char	*name;
+
+	switch (h->type) {
+	case (HTML_HTML_4_01_STRICT):
+		name = "HTML";
+		doctype = "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01//EN";
+		dtd = "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/strict.dtd";
+		break;
+	default:
+		puts("<?xml version=\"1.0\" encoding=\"UTF-8\"?>");
+		name = "html";
+		doctype = "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN";
+		dtd = "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd";
+		break;
+	}
+
+	printf("<!DOCTYPE %s PUBLIC \"%s\" \"%s\">\n", 
+			name, doctype, dtd);
+}
+
+void
+print_text(struct html *h, const char *word)
+{
+
+	if ( ! (HTML_NOSPACE & h->flags)) {
+		/* Manage keeps! */
+		if ( ! (HTML_KEEP & h->flags)) {
+			if (HTML_PREKEEP & h->flags)
+				h->flags |= HTML_KEEP;
+			putchar(' ');
+		} else
+			printf("&#160;");
+	}
+
+	assert(NULL == h->metaf);
+	if (HTMLFONT_NONE != h->metac)
+		h->metaf = HTMLFONT_BOLD == h->metac ?
+			print_otag(h, TAG_B, 0, NULL) :
+			print_otag(h, TAG_I, 0, NULL);
+
+	assert(word);
+	if ( ! print_encode(h, word, 0)) {
+		if ( ! (h->flags & HTML_NONOSPACE))
+			h->flags &= ~HTML_NOSPACE;
+	} else
+		h->flags |= HTML_NOSPACE;
+
+	if (h->metaf) {
+		print_tagq(h, h->metaf);
+		h->metaf = NULL;
+	}
+
+	h->flags &= ~HTML_IGNDELIM;
+}
+
+
+void
+print_tagq(struct html *h, const struct tag *until)
+{
+	struct tag	*tag;
+
+	while ((tag = h->tags.head) != NULL) {
+		/* 
+		 * Remember to close out and nullify the current
+		 * meta-font and table, if applicable.
+		 */
+		if (tag == h->metaf)
+			h->metaf = NULL;
+		if (tag == h->tblt)
+			h->tblt = NULL;
+		print_ctag(h, tag->tag);
+		h->tags.head = tag->next;
+		free(tag);
+		if (until && tag == until)
+			return;
+	}
+}
+
+
+void
+print_stagq(struct html *h, const struct tag *suntil)
+{
+	struct tag	*tag;
+
+	while ((tag = h->tags.head) != NULL) {
+		if (suntil && tag == suntil)
+			return;
+		/* 
+		 * Remember to close out and nullify the current
+		 * meta-font and table, if applicable.
+		 */
+		if (tag == h->metaf)
+			h->metaf = NULL;
+		if (tag == h->tblt)
+			h->tblt = NULL;
+		print_ctag(h, tag->tag);
+		h->tags.head = tag->next;
+		free(tag);
+	}
+}
+
+void
+bufinit(struct html *h)
+{
+
+	h->buf[0] = '\0';
+	h->buflen = 0;
+}
+
+void
+bufcat_style(struct html *h, const char *key, const char *val)
+{
+
+	bufcat(h, key);
+	bufcat(h, ":");
+	bufcat(h, val);
+	bufcat(h, ";");
+}
+
+void
+bufcat(struct html *h, const char *p)
+{
+
+	h->buflen = strlcat(h->buf, p, BUFSIZ);
+	assert(h->buflen < BUFSIZ);
+}
+
+void
+bufcat_fmt(struct html *h, const char *fmt, ...)
+{
+	va_list		 ap;
+
+	va_start(ap, fmt);
+	(void)vsnprintf(h->buf + (int)h->buflen, 
+			BUFSIZ - h->buflen - 1, fmt, ap);
+	va_end(ap);
+	h->buflen = strlen(h->buf);
+}
+
+static void
+bufncat(struct html *h, const char *p, size_t sz)
+{
+
+	assert(h->buflen + sz + 1 < BUFSIZ);
+	strncat(h->buf, p, sz);
+	h->buflen += sz;
+}
+
+void
+buffmt_includes(struct html *h, const char *name)
+{
+	const char	*p, *pp;
+
+	pp = h->base_includes;
+	
+	bufinit(h);
+	while (NULL != (p = strchr(pp, '%'))) {
+		bufncat(h, pp, (size_t)(p - pp));
+		switch (*(p + 1)) {
+		case('I'):
+			bufcat(h, name);
+			break;
+		default:
+			bufncat(h, p, 2);
+			break;
+		}
+		pp = p + 2;
+	}
+	if (pp)
+		bufcat(h, pp);
+}
+
+void
+buffmt_man(struct html *h, 
+		const char *name, const char *sec)
+{
+	const char	*p, *pp;
+
+	pp = h->base_man;
+	
+	bufinit(h);
+	while (NULL != (p = strchr(pp, '%'))) {
+		bufncat(h, pp, (size_t)(p - pp));
+		switch (*(p + 1)) {
+		case('S'):
+			bufcat(h, sec ? sec : "1");
+			break;
+		case('N'):
+			bufcat_fmt(h, name);
+			break;
+		default:
+			bufncat(h, p, 2);
+			break;
+		}
+		pp = p + 2;
+	}
+	if (pp)
+		bufcat(h, pp);
+}
+
+void
+bufcat_su(struct html *h, const char *p, const struct roffsu *su)
+{
+	double		 v;
+
+	v = su->scale;
+	if (SCALE_MM == su->unit && 0.0 == (v /= 100.0))
+		v = 1.0;
+
+	bufcat_fmt(h, "%s: %.2f%s;", p, v, roffscales[su->unit]);
+}
+
+void
+bufcat_id(struct html *h, const char *src)
+{
+
+	/* Cf. <http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/types.html#h-6.2>. */
+
+	while ('\0' != *src)
+		bufcat_fmt(h, "%.2x", *src++);
+}
diff --git a/contrib/mdocml/html.h b/contrib/mdocml/html.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..60960702
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/mdocml/html.h
@@ -0,0 +1,164 @@
+/*	$Id: html.h,v 1.47 2011/10/05 21:35:17 kristaps Exp $ */
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011 Kristaps Dzonsons <kristaps@bsd.lv>
+ *
+ * Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software for any
+ * purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above
+ * copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies.
+ *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" AND THE AUTHOR DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES
+ * WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
+ * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR
+ * ANY SPECIAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES
+ * WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN
+ * ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF
+ * OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
+ */
+#ifndef HTML_H
+#define HTML_H
+
+__BEGIN_DECLS
+
+enum	htmltag {
+	TAG_HTML,
+	TAG_HEAD,
+	TAG_BODY,
+	TAG_META,
+	TAG_TITLE,
+	TAG_DIV,
+	TAG_H1,
+	TAG_H2,
+	TAG_SPAN,
+	TAG_LINK,
+	TAG_BR,
+	TAG_A,
+	TAG_TABLE,
+	TAG_TBODY,
+	TAG_COL,
+	TAG_TR,
+	TAG_TD,
+	TAG_LI,
+	TAG_UL,
+	TAG_OL,
+	TAG_DL,
+	TAG_DT,
+	TAG_DD,
+	TAG_BLOCKQUOTE,
+	TAG_P,
+	TAG_PRE,
+	TAG_B,
+	TAG_I,
+	TAG_CODE,
+	TAG_SMALL,
+	TAG_MAX
+};
+
+enum	htmlattr {
+	ATTR_HTTPEQUIV,
+	ATTR_CONTENT,
+	ATTR_NAME,
+	ATTR_REL,
+	ATTR_HREF,
+	ATTR_TYPE,
+	ATTR_MEDIA,
+	ATTR_CLASS,
+	ATTR_STYLE,
+	ATTR_WIDTH,
+	ATTR_ID,
+	ATTR_SUMMARY,
+	ATTR_ALIGN,
+	ATTR_COLSPAN,
+	ATTR_MAX
+};
+
+enum	htmlfont {
+	HTMLFONT_NONE = 0,
+	HTMLFONT_BOLD,
+	HTMLFONT_ITALIC,
+	HTMLFONT_MAX
+};
+
+struct	tag {
+	struct tag	 *next;
+	enum htmltag	  tag;
+};
+
+struct tagq {
+	struct tag	 *head;
+};
+
+struct	htmlpair {
+	enum htmlattr	  key;
+	const char	 *val;
+};
+
+#define	PAIR_INIT(p, t, v) \
+	do { \
+		(p)->key = (t); \
+		(p)->val = (v); \
+	} while (/* CONSTCOND */ 0)
+
+#define	PAIR_ID_INIT(p, v)	PAIR_INIT(p, ATTR_ID, v)
+#define	PAIR_CLASS_INIT(p, v)	PAIR_INIT(p, ATTR_CLASS, v)
+#define	PAIR_HREF_INIT(p, v)	PAIR_INIT(p, ATTR_HREF, v)
+#define	PAIR_STYLE_INIT(p, h)	PAIR_INIT(p, ATTR_STYLE, (h)->buf)
+#define	PAIR_SUMMARY_INIT(p, v)	PAIR_INIT(p, ATTR_SUMMARY, v)
+
+enum	htmltype { 
+	HTML_HTML_4_01_STRICT,
+	HTML_XHTML_1_0_STRICT
+};
+
+struct	html {
+	int		  flags;
+#define	HTML_NOSPACE	 (1 << 0) /* suppress next space */
+#define	HTML_IGNDELIM	 (1 << 1)
+#define	HTML_KEEP	 (1 << 2)
+#define	HTML_PREKEEP	 (1 << 3)
+#define	HTML_NONOSPACE	 (1 << 4) /* never add spaces */
+#define	HTML_LITERAL	 (1 << 5) /* literal (e.g., <PRE>) context */
+	struct tagq	  tags; /* stack of open tags */
+	struct rofftbl	  tbl; /* current table */
+	struct tag	 *tblt; /* current open table scope */
+	struct mchars	 *symtab; /* character-escapes */
+	char		 *base_man; /* base for manpage href */
+	char		 *base_includes; /* base for include href */
+	char		 *style; /* style-sheet URI */
+	char		  buf[BUFSIZ]; /* see bufcat and friends */
+	size_t		  buflen; 
+	struct tag	 *metaf; /* current open font scope */
+	enum htmlfont	  metal; /* last used font */
+	enum htmlfont	  metac; /* current font mode */
+	enum htmltype	  type; /* output media type */
+	int		  oflags; /* output options */
+#define	HTML_FRAGMENT	 (1 << 0) /* don't emit HTML/HEAD/BODY */
+};
+
+void		  print_gen_decls(struct html *);
+void		  print_gen_head(struct html *);
+struct tag	 *print_otag(struct html *, enum htmltag, 
+				int, const struct htmlpair *);
+void		  print_tagq(struct html *, const struct tag *);
+void		  print_stagq(struct html *, const struct tag *);
+void		  print_text(struct html *, const char *);
+void		  print_tblclose(struct html *);
+void		  print_tbl(struct html *, const struct tbl_span *);
+void		  print_eqn(struct html *, const struct eqn *);
+
+void		  bufcat_fmt(struct html *, const char *, ...);
+void		  bufcat(struct html *, const char *);
+void		  bufcat_id(struct html *, const char *);
+void		  bufcat_style(struct html *, 
+			const char *, const char *);
+void		  bufcat_su(struct html *, const char *, 
+			const struct roffsu *);
+void		  bufinit(struct html *);
+void		  buffmt_man(struct html *, 
+			const char *, const char *);
+void		  buffmt_includes(struct html *, const char *);
+
+int		  html_strlen(const char *);
+
+__END_DECLS
+
+#endif /*!HTML_H*/
diff --git a/contrib/mdocml/lib.c b/contrib/mdocml/lib.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7a18a5d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/mdocml/lib.c
@@ -0,0 +1,39 @@
+/*	$Id: lib.c,v 1.9 2011/03/22 14:33:05 kristaps Exp $ */
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2009 Kristaps Dzonsons <kristaps@bsd.lv>
+ *
+ * Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software for any
+ * purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above
+ * copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies.
+ *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" AND THE AUTHOR DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES
+ * WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
+ * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR
+ * ANY SPECIAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES
+ * WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN
+ * ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF
+ * OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
+ */
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+#include "config.h"
+#endif
+
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <time.h>
+
+#include "mdoc.h"
+#include "mandoc.h"
+#include "libmdoc.h"
+
+#define LINE(x, y) \
+	if (0 == strcmp(p, x)) return(y);
+
+const char *
+mdoc_a2lib(const char *p)
+{
+
+#include "lib.in"
+
+	return(NULL);
+}
diff --git a/contrib/mdocml/lib.in b/contrib/mdocml/lib.in
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..230a465
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/mdocml/lib.in
@@ -0,0 +1,99 @@
+/*	$Id: lib.in,v 1.13 2012/01/28 23:46:28 joerg Exp $ */
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2009 Kristaps Dzonsons <kristaps@bsd.lv>
+ *
+ * Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software for any
+ * purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above
+ * copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies.
+ *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" AND THE AUTHOR DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES
+ * WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
+ * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR
+ * ANY SPECIAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES
+ * WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN
+ * ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF
+ * OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
+ */
+
+/*
+ * These are all possible .Lb strings.  When a new library is added, add
+ * its short-string to the left-hand side and formatted string to the
+ * right-hand side.
+ *
+ * Be sure to escape strings.
+ */
+
+LINE("libarchive",	"Reading and Writing Streaming Archives Library (libarchive, \\-larchive)")
+LINE("libarm",		"ARM Architecture Library (libarm, \\-larm)")
+LINE("libarm32",	"ARM32 Architecture Library (libarm32, \\-larm32)")
+LINE("libbluetooth",	"Bluetooth Library (libbluetooth, \\-lbluetooth)")
+LINE("libbsm",		"Basic Security Module User Library (libbsm, \\-lbsm)")
+LINE("libc",		"Standard C Library (libc, \\-lc)")
+LINE("libc_r",		"Reentrant C\\~Library (libc_r, \\-lc_r)")
+LINE("libcalendar",	"Calendar Arithmetic Library (libcalendar, \\-lcalendar)")
+LINE("libcam",		"Common Access Method User Library (libcam, \\-lcam)")
+LINE("libcdk",		"Curses Development Kit Library (libcdk, \\-lcdk)")
+LINE("libcipher",	"FreeSec Crypt Library (libcipher, \\-lcipher)")
+LINE("libcompat",	"Compatibility Library (libcompat, \\-lcompat)")
+LINE("libcrypt",	"Crypt Library (libcrypt, \\-lcrypt)")
+LINE("libcurses",	"Curses Library (libcurses, \\-lcurses)")
+LINE("libdevinfo",	"Device and Resource Information Utility Library (libdevinfo, \\-ldevinfo)")
+LINE("libdevstat",	"Device Statistics Library (libdevstat, \\-ldevstat)")
+LINE("libdisk",		"Interface to Slice and Partition Labels Library (libdisk, \\-ldisk)")
+LINE("libdwarf",	"DWARF Access Library (libdwarf, \\-ldwarf)")
+LINE("libedit",		"Command Line Editor Library (libedit, \\-ledit)")
+LINE("libelf",		"ELF Access Library (libelf, \\-lelf)")
+LINE("libevent",	"Event Notification Library (libevent, \\-levent)")
+LINE("libfetch",	"File Transfer Library for URLs (libfetch, \\-lfetch)")
+LINE("libform",		"Curses Form Library (libform, \\-lform)")
+LINE("libgeom",		"Userland API Library for kernel GEOM subsystem (libgeom, \\-lgeom)")
+LINE("libgpib",		"General-Purpose Instrument Bus (GPIB) library (libgpib, \\-lgpib)")
+LINE("libi386",		"i386 Architecture Library (libi386, \\-li386)")
+LINE("libintl",		"Internationalized Message Handling Library (libintl, \\-lintl)")
+LINE("libipsec",	"IPsec Policy Control Library (libipsec, \\-lipsec)")
+LINE("libipx",		"IPX Address Conversion Support Library (libipx, \\-lipx)")
+LINE("libiscsi",	"iSCSI protocol library (libiscsi, \\-liscsi)")
+LINE("libisns",		"Internet Storage Name Service Library (libisns, \\-lisns)")
+LINE("libjail",		"Jail Library (libjail, \\-ljail)")
+LINE("libkiconv",	"Kernel side iconv library (libkiconv, \\-lkiconv)")
+LINE("libkse",		"N:M Threading Library (libkse, \\-lkse)")
+LINE("libkvm",		"Kernel Data Access Library (libkvm, \\-lkvm)")
+LINE("libm",		"Math Library (libm, \\-lm)")
+LINE("libm68k",		"m68k Architecture Library (libm68k, \\-lm68k)")
+LINE("libmagic",	"Magic Number Recognition Library (libmagic, \\-lmagic)")
+LINE("libmd",		"Message Digest (MD4, MD5, etc.) Support Library (libmd, \\-lmd)")
+LINE("libmemstat",	"Kernel Memory Allocator Statistics Library (libmemstat, \\-lmemstat)")
+LINE("libmenu",		"Curses Menu Library (libmenu, \\-lmenu)")
+LINE("libnetgraph",	"Netgraph User Library (libnetgraph, \\-lnetgraph)")
+LINE("libnetpgp",	"Netpgp signing, verification, encryption and decryption (libnetpgp, \\-lnetpgp)")
+LINE("libossaudio",	"OSS Audio Emulation Library (libossaudio, \\-lossaudio)")
+LINE("libpam",		"Pluggable Authentication Module Library (libpam, \\-lpam)")
+LINE("libpcap",		"Capture Library (libpcap, \\-lpcap)")
+LINE("libpci",		"PCI Bus Access Library (libpci, \\-lpci)")
+LINE("libpmc",		"Performance Counters Library (libpmc, \\-lpmc)")
+LINE("libposix",	"POSIX Compatibility Library (libposix, \\-lposix)")
+LINE("libppath",	"Property-List Paths Library (libppath, \\-lppath)")
+LINE("libprop",		"Property Container Object Library (libprop, \\-lprop)")
+LINE("libpthread",	"POSIX Threads Library (libpthread, \\-lpthread)")
+LINE("libpuffs",	"puffs Convenience Library (libpuffs, \\-lpuffs)")
+LINE("libquota",	"Disk Quota Access and Control Library (libquota, \\-lquota)")
+LINE("librefuse",	"File System in Userspace Convenience Library (librefuse, \\-lrefuse)")
+LINE("libresolv",	"DNS Resolver Library (libresolv, \\-lresolv)")
+LINE("librpcsec_gss",	"RPC GSS-API Authentication Library (librpcsec_gss, \\-lrpcsec_gss)")
+LINE("librpcsvc",	"RPC Service Library (librpcsvc, \\-lrpcsvc)")
+LINE("librt",		"POSIX Real\\-time Library (librt, \\-lrt)")
+LINE("libsaslc",	"Simple Authentication and Security Layer client library (libsaslc, \\-lsaslc)")
+LINE("libsdp",		"Bluetooth Service Discovery Protocol User Library (libsdp, \\-lsdp)")
+LINE("libssp",		"Buffer Overflow Protection Library (libssp, \\-lssp)")
+LINE("libSystem",	"System Library (libSystem, \\-lSystem)")
+LINE("libtermcap",	"Termcap Access Library (libtermcap, \\-ltermcap)")
+LINE("libterminfo",	"Terminal Information Library (libterminfo, \\-lterminfo)")
+LINE("libthr",		"1:1 Threading Library (libthr, \\-lthr)")
+LINE("libufs",		"UFS File System Access Library (libufs, \\-lufs)")
+LINE("libugidfw",	"File System Firewall Interface Library (libugidfw, \\-lugidfw)")
+LINE("libulog",		"User Login Record Library (libulog, \\-lulog)")
+LINE("libusbhid",	"USB Human Interface Devices Library (libusbhid, \\-lusbhid)")
+LINE("libutil",		"System Utilities Library (libutil, \\-lutil)")
+LINE("libvgl",		"Video Graphics Library (libvgl, \\-lvgl)")
+LINE("libx86_64",	"x86_64 Architecture Library (libx86_64, \\-lx86_64)")
+LINE("libz",		"Compression Library (libz, \\-lz)")
diff --git a/contrib/mdocml/libman.h b/contrib/mdocml/libman.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4bc5128
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/mdocml/libman.h
@@ -0,0 +1,85 @@
+/*	$Id: libman.h,v 1.55 2011/11/07 01:24:40 schwarze Exp $ */
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2009, 2010, 2011 Kristaps Dzonsons <kristaps@bsd.lv>
+ *
+ * Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software for any
+ * purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above
+ * copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies.
+ *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" AND THE AUTHOR DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES
+ * WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
+ * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR
+ * ANY SPECIAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES
+ * WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN
+ * ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF
+ * OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
+ */
+#ifndef LIBMAN_H
+#define LIBMAN_H
+
+enum	man_next {
+	MAN_NEXT_SIBLING = 0,
+	MAN_NEXT_CHILD
+};
+
+struct	man {
+	struct mparse	*parse; /* parse pointer */
+	int		 flags; /* parse flags */
+#define	MAN_HALT	(1 << 0) /* badness happened: die */
+#define	MAN_ELINE	(1 << 1) /* Next-line element scope. */
+#define	MAN_BLINE	(1 << 2) /* Next-line block scope. */
+#define	MAN_ILINE	(1 << 3) /* Ignored in next-line scope. */
+#define	MAN_LITERAL	(1 << 4) /* Literal input. */
+#define	MAN_BPLINE	(1 << 5)
+#define	MAN_NEWLINE	(1 << 6) /* first macro/text in a line */
+	enum man_next	 next; /* where to put the next node */
+	struct man_node	*last; /* the last parsed node */
+	struct man_node	*first; /* the first parsed node */
+	struct man_meta	 meta; /* document meta-data */
+	struct roff	*roff;
+};
+
+#define	MACRO_PROT_ARGS	  struct man *m, \
+			  enum mant tok, \
+			  int line, \
+			  int ppos, \
+			  int *pos, \
+			  char *buf
+
+struct	man_macro {
+	int		(*fp)(MACRO_PROT_ARGS);
+	int		  flags;
+#define	MAN_SCOPED	 (1 << 0)
+#define	MAN_EXPLICIT	 (1 << 1)	/* See blk_imp(). */
+#define	MAN_FSCOPED	 (1 << 2)	/* See blk_imp(). */
+#define	MAN_NSCOPED	 (1 << 3)	/* See in_line_eoln(). */
+#define	MAN_NOCLOSE	 (1 << 4)	/* See blk_exp(). */
+#define	MAN_BSCOPE	 (1 << 5)	/* Break BLINE scope. */
+};
+
+extern	const struct man_macro *const man_macros;
+
+__BEGIN_DECLS
+
+#define		  man_pmsg(m, l, p, t) \
+		  mandoc_msg((t), (m)->parse, (l), (p), NULL)
+#define		  man_nmsg(m, n, t) \
+		  mandoc_msg((t), (m)->parse, (n)->line, (n)->pos, NULL)
+int		  man_word_alloc(struct man *, int, int, const char *);
+int		  man_block_alloc(struct man *, int, int, enum mant);
+int		  man_head_alloc(struct man *, int, int, enum mant);
+int		  man_tail_alloc(struct man *, int, int, enum mant);
+int		  man_body_alloc(struct man *, int, int, enum mant);
+int		  man_elem_alloc(struct man *, int, int, enum mant);
+void		  man_node_delete(struct man *, struct man_node *);
+void		  man_hash_init(void);
+enum mant	  man_hash_find(const char *);
+int		  man_macroend(struct man *);
+int		  man_valid_post(struct man *);
+int		  man_valid_pre(struct man *, struct man_node *);
+int		  man_unscope(struct man *, 
+			const struct man_node *, enum mandocerr);
+
+__END_DECLS
+
+#endif /*!LIBMAN_H*/
diff --git a/contrib/mdocml/libmandoc.h b/contrib/mdocml/libmandoc.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..de42288
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/mdocml/libmandoc.h
@@ -0,0 +1,92 @@
+/*	$Id: libmandoc.h,v 1.29 2011/12/02 01:37:14 schwarze Exp $ */
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2009, 2010, 2011 Kristaps Dzonsons <kristaps@bsd.lv>
+ *
+ * Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software for any
+ * purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above
+ * copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies.
+ *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" AND THE AUTHOR DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES
+ * WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
+ * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR
+ * ANY SPECIAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES
+ * WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN
+ * ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF
+ * OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
+ */
+#ifndef LIBMANDOC_H
+#define LIBMANDOC_H
+
+enum	rofferr {
+	ROFF_CONT, /* continue processing line */
+	ROFF_RERUN, /* re-run roff interpreter with offset */
+	ROFF_APPEND, /* re-run main parser, appending next line */
+	ROFF_REPARSE, /* re-run main parser on the result */
+	ROFF_SO, /* include another file */
+	ROFF_IGN, /* ignore current line */
+	ROFF_TBL, /* a table row was successfully parsed */
+	ROFF_EQN, /* an equation was successfully parsed */
+	ROFF_ERR /* badness: puke and stop */
+};
+
+enum	regs {
+	REG_nS = 0, /* nS register */
+	REG__MAX
+};
+
+__BEGIN_DECLS
+
+struct	roff;
+struct	mdoc;
+struct	man;
+
+void		 mandoc_msg(enum mandocerr, struct mparse *, 
+			int, int, const char *);
+void		 mandoc_vmsg(enum mandocerr, struct mparse *, 
+			int, int, const char *, ...);
+char		*mandoc_getarg(struct mparse *, char **, int, int *);
+char		*mandoc_normdate(struct mparse *, char *, int, int);
+int		 mandoc_eos(const char *, size_t, int);
+int		 mandoc_getcontrol(const char *, int *);
+int		 mandoc_strntoi(const char *, size_t, int);
+const char	*mandoc_a2msec(const char*);
+
+void	 	 mdoc_free(struct mdoc *);
+struct	mdoc	*mdoc_alloc(struct roff *, struct mparse *);
+void		 mdoc_reset(struct mdoc *);
+int	 	 mdoc_parseln(struct mdoc *, int, char *, int);
+int		 mdoc_endparse(struct mdoc *);
+int		 mdoc_addspan(struct mdoc *, const struct tbl_span *);
+int		 mdoc_addeqn(struct mdoc *, const struct eqn *);
+
+void	 	 man_free(struct man *);
+struct	man	*man_alloc(struct roff *, struct mparse *);
+void		 man_reset(struct man *);
+int	 	 man_parseln(struct man *, int, char *, int);
+int		 man_endparse(struct man *);
+int		 man_addspan(struct man *, const struct tbl_span *);
+int		 man_addeqn(struct man *, const struct eqn *);
+
+void	 	 roff_free(struct roff *);
+struct roff	*roff_alloc(struct mparse *);
+void		 roff_reset(struct roff *);
+enum rofferr	 roff_parseln(struct roff *, int, 
+			char **, size_t *, int, int *);
+void		 roff_endparse(struct roff *);
+int		 roff_regisset(const struct roff *, enum regs);
+unsigned int	 roff_regget(const struct roff *, enum regs);
+void		 roff_regunset(struct roff *, enum regs);
+char		*roff_strdup(const struct roff *, const char *);
+#if 0
+char		 roff_eqndelim(const struct roff *);
+void		 roff_openeqn(struct roff *, const char *, 
+			int, int, const char *);
+int		 roff_closeeqn(struct roff *);
+#endif
+
+const struct tbl_span	*roff_span(const struct roff *);
+const struct eqn	*roff_eqn(const struct roff *);
+
+__END_DECLS
+
+#endif /*!LIBMANDOC_H*/
diff --git a/contrib/mdocml/libmdoc.h b/contrib/mdocml/libmdoc.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..af17292
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/mdocml/libmdoc.h
@@ -0,0 +1,141 @@
+/*	$Id: libmdoc.h,v 1.78 2011/12/02 01:37:14 schwarze Exp $ */
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011 Kristaps Dzonsons <kristaps@bsd.lv>
+ *
+ * Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software for any
+ * purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above
+ * copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies.
+ *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" AND THE AUTHOR DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES
+ * WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
+ * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR
+ * ANY SPECIAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES
+ * WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN
+ * ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF
+ * OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
+ */
+#ifndef LIBMDOC_H
+#define LIBMDOC_H
+
+enum	mdoc_next {
+	MDOC_NEXT_SIBLING = 0,
+	MDOC_NEXT_CHILD
+};
+
+struct	mdoc {
+	struct mparse	 *parse; /* parse pointer */
+	int		  flags; /* parse flags */
+#define	MDOC_HALT	 (1 << 0) /* error in parse: halt */
+#define	MDOC_LITERAL	 (1 << 1) /* in a literal scope */
+#define	MDOC_PBODY	 (1 << 2) /* in the document body */
+#define	MDOC_NEWLINE	 (1 << 3) /* first macro/text in a line */
+#define	MDOC_PHRASELIT	 (1 << 4) /* literal within a partila phrase */
+#define	MDOC_PPHRASE	 (1 << 5) /* within a partial phrase */
+#define	MDOC_FREECOL	 (1 << 6) /* `It' invocation should close */
+#define	MDOC_SYNOPSIS	 (1 << 7) /* SYNOPSIS-style formatting */
+	enum mdoc_next	  next; /* where to put the next node */
+	struct mdoc_node *last; /* the last node parsed */
+	struct mdoc_node *first; /* the first node parsed */
+	struct mdoc_meta  meta; /* document meta-data */
+	enum mdoc_sec	  lastnamed;
+	enum mdoc_sec	  lastsec;
+	struct roff	 *roff;
+};
+
+#define	MACRO_PROT_ARGS	struct mdoc *m, \
+			enum mdoct tok, \
+			int line, \
+			int ppos, \
+			int *pos, \
+			char *buf
+
+struct	mdoc_macro {
+	int		(*fp)(MACRO_PROT_ARGS);
+	int		  flags;
+#define	MDOC_CALLABLE	 (1 << 0)
+#define	MDOC_PARSED	 (1 << 1)
+#define	MDOC_EXPLICIT	 (1 << 2)
+#define	MDOC_PROLOGUE	 (1 << 3)
+#define	MDOC_IGNDELIM	 (1 << 4) 
+	/* Reserved words in arguments treated as text. */
+};
+
+enum	margserr {
+	ARGS_ERROR,
+	ARGS_EOLN, /* end-of-line */
+	ARGS_WORD, /* normal word */
+	ARGS_PUNCT, /* series of punctuation */
+	ARGS_QWORD, /* quoted word */
+	ARGS_PHRASE, /* Ta'd phrase (-column) */
+	ARGS_PPHRASE, /* tabbed phrase (-column) */
+	ARGS_PEND /* last phrase (-column) */
+};
+
+enum	margverr {
+	ARGV_ERROR,
+	ARGV_EOLN, /* end of line */
+	ARGV_ARG, /* valid argument */
+	ARGV_WORD /* normal word (or bad argument---same thing) */
+};
+
+/*
+ * A punctuation delimiter is opening, closing, or "middle mark"
+ * punctuation.  These govern spacing.
+ * Opening punctuation (e.g., the opening parenthesis) suppresses the
+ * following space; closing punctuation (e.g., the closing parenthesis)
+ * suppresses the leading space; middle punctuation (e.g., the vertical
+ * bar) can do either.  The middle punctuation delimiter bends the rules
+ * depending on usage.
+ */
+enum	mdelim {
+	DELIM_NONE = 0,
+	DELIM_OPEN,
+	DELIM_MIDDLE,
+	DELIM_CLOSE,
+	DELIM_MAX
+};
+
+extern	const struct mdoc_macro *const mdoc_macros;
+
+__BEGIN_DECLS
+
+#define		  mdoc_pmsg(m, l, p, t) \
+		  mandoc_msg((t), (m)->parse, (l), (p), NULL)
+#define		  mdoc_nmsg(m, n, t) \
+		  mandoc_msg((t), (m)->parse, (n)->line, (n)->pos, NULL)
+int		  mdoc_macro(MACRO_PROT_ARGS);
+int		  mdoc_word_alloc(struct mdoc *, 
+			int, int, const char *);
+int		  mdoc_elem_alloc(struct mdoc *, int, int, 
+			enum mdoct, struct mdoc_arg *);
+int		  mdoc_block_alloc(struct mdoc *, int, int, 
+			enum mdoct, struct mdoc_arg *);
+int		  mdoc_head_alloc(struct mdoc *, int, int, enum mdoct);
+int		  mdoc_tail_alloc(struct mdoc *, int, int, enum mdoct);
+int		  mdoc_body_alloc(struct mdoc *, int, int, enum mdoct);
+int		  mdoc_endbody_alloc(struct mdoc *m, int line, int pos,
+			enum mdoct tok, struct mdoc_node *body,
+			enum mdoc_endbody end);
+void		  mdoc_node_delete(struct mdoc *, struct mdoc_node *);
+void		  mdoc_hash_init(void);
+enum mdoct	  mdoc_hash_find(const char *);
+const char	 *mdoc_a2att(const char *);
+const char	 *mdoc_a2lib(const char *);
+const char	 *mdoc_a2st(const char *);
+const char	 *mdoc_a2arch(const char *);
+const char	 *mdoc_a2vol(const char *);
+int		  mdoc_valid_pre(struct mdoc *, struct mdoc_node *);
+int		  mdoc_valid_post(struct mdoc *);
+enum margverr	  mdoc_argv(struct mdoc *, int, enum mdoct,
+			struct mdoc_arg **, int *, char *);
+void		  mdoc_argv_free(struct mdoc_arg *);
+enum margserr	  mdoc_args(struct mdoc *, int,
+			int *, char *, enum mdoct, char **);
+enum margserr	  mdoc_zargs(struct mdoc *, int, 
+			int *, char *, char **);
+int		  mdoc_macroend(struct mdoc *);
+enum mdelim	  mdoc_isdelim(const char *);
+
+__END_DECLS
+
+#endif /*!LIBMDOC_H*/
diff --git a/contrib/mdocml/libroff.h b/contrib/mdocml/libroff.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0bdd5a3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/mdocml/libroff.h
@@ -0,0 +1,84 @@
+/*	$Id: libroff.h,v 1.27 2011/07/25 15:37:00 kristaps Exp $ */
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2009, 2010, 2011 Kristaps Dzonsons <kristaps@bsd.lv>
+ *
+ * Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software for any
+ * purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above
+ * copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies.
+ *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" AND THE AUTHOR DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES
+ * WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
+ * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR
+ * ANY SPECIAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES
+ * WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN
+ * ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF
+ * OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
+ */
+#ifndef LIBROFF_H
+#define LIBROFF_H
+
+__BEGIN_DECLS
+
+enum	tbl_part {
+	TBL_PART_OPTS, /* in options (first line) */
+	TBL_PART_LAYOUT, /* describing layout */
+	TBL_PART_DATA, /* creating data rows */
+	TBL_PART_CDATA /* continue previous row */
+};
+
+struct	tbl_node {
+	struct mparse	 *parse; /* parse point */
+	int		  pos; /* invocation column */
+	int		  line; /* invocation line */
+	enum tbl_part	  part;
+	struct tbl	  opts;
+	struct tbl_row	 *first_row;
+	struct tbl_row	 *last_row;
+	struct tbl_span	 *first_span;
+	struct tbl_span	 *current_span;
+	struct tbl_span	 *last_span;
+	struct tbl_head	 *first_head;
+	struct tbl_head	 *last_head;
+	struct tbl_node	 *next;
+};
+
+struct	eqn_node {
+	struct eqn_def	 *defs;
+	size_t		  defsz;
+	char		 *data;
+	size_t		  rew;
+	size_t		  cur;
+	size_t		  sz;
+	int		  gsize;
+	struct eqn	  eqn;
+	struct mparse	 *parse;
+	struct eqn_node  *next;
+};
+
+struct	eqn_def {
+	char		 *key;
+	size_t		  keysz;
+	char		 *val;
+	size_t		  valsz;
+};
+
+struct tbl_node	*tbl_alloc(int, int, struct mparse *);
+void		 tbl_restart(int, int, struct tbl_node *);
+void		 tbl_free(struct tbl_node *);
+void		 tbl_reset(struct tbl_node *);
+enum rofferr 	 tbl_read(struct tbl_node *, int, const char *, int);
+int		 tbl_option(struct tbl_node *, int, const char *);
+int		 tbl_layout(struct tbl_node *, int, const char *);
+int		 tbl_data(struct tbl_node *, int, const char *);
+int		 tbl_cdata(struct tbl_node *, int, const char *);
+const struct tbl_span	*tbl_span(struct tbl_node *);
+void		 tbl_end(struct tbl_node **);
+struct eqn_node	*eqn_alloc(const char *, int, int, struct mparse *);
+enum rofferr	 eqn_end(struct eqn_node **);
+void		 eqn_free(struct eqn_node *);
+enum rofferr 	 eqn_read(struct eqn_node **, int, 
+			const char *, int, int *);
+
+__END_DECLS
+
+#endif /*LIBROFF_H*/
diff --git a/contrib/mdocml/main.c b/contrib/mdocml/main.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..fec83fb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/mdocml/main.c
@@ -0,0 +1,401 @@
+/*	$Id: main.c,v 1.165 2011/10/06 22:29:12 kristaps Exp $ */
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011 Kristaps Dzonsons <kristaps@bsd.lv>
+ * Copyright (c) 2010, 2011 Ingo Schwarze <schwarze@openbsd.org>
+ *
+ * Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software for any
+ * purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above
+ * copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies.
+ *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" AND THE AUTHOR DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES
+ * WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
+ * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR
+ * ANY SPECIAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES
+ * WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN
+ * ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF
+ * OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
+ */
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+#include "config.h"
+#endif
+
+#include <assert.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdint.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+
+#include "mandoc.h"
+#include "main.h"
+#include "mdoc.h"
+#include "man.h"
+
+#if !defined(__GNUC__) || (__GNUC__ < 2)
+# if !defined(lint)
+#  define __attribute__(x)
+# endif
+#endif /* !defined(__GNUC__) || (__GNUC__ < 2) */
+
+typedef	void		(*out_mdoc)(void *, const struct mdoc *);
+typedef	void		(*out_man)(void *, const struct man *);
+typedef	void		(*out_free)(void *);
+
+enum	outt {
+	OUTT_ASCII = 0,	/* -Tascii */
+	OUTT_LOCALE,	/* -Tlocale */
+	OUTT_UTF8,	/* -Tutf8 */
+	OUTT_TREE,	/* -Ttree */
+	OUTT_MAN,	/* -Tman */
+	OUTT_HTML,	/* -Thtml */
+	OUTT_XHTML,	/* -Txhtml */
+	OUTT_LINT,	/* -Tlint */
+	OUTT_PS,	/* -Tps */
+	OUTT_PDF	/* -Tpdf */
+};
+
+struct	curparse {
+	struct mparse	 *mp;
+	enum mandoclevel  wlevel;	/* ignore messages below this */
+	int		  wstop;	/* stop after a file with a warning */
+	enum outt	  outtype; 	/* which output to use */
+	out_mdoc	  outmdoc;	/* mdoc output ptr */
+	out_man	  	  outman;	/* man output ptr */
+	out_free	  outfree;	/* free output ptr */
+	void		 *outdata;	/* data for output */
+	char		  outopts[BUFSIZ]; /* buf of output opts */
+};
+
+static	int		  moptions(enum mparset *, char *);
+static	void		  mmsg(enum mandocerr, enum mandoclevel,
+				const char *, int, int, const char *);
+static	void		  parse(struct curparse *, int, 
+				const char *, enum mandoclevel *);
+static	int		  toptions(struct curparse *, char *);
+static	void		  usage(void) __attribute__((noreturn));
+static	void		  version(void) __attribute__((noreturn));
+static	int		  woptions(struct curparse *, char *);
+
+static	const char	 *progname;
+
+int
+main(int argc, char *argv[])
+{
+	int		 c;
+	struct curparse	 curp;
+	enum mparset	 type;
+	enum mandoclevel rc;
+
+	progname = strrchr(argv[0], '/');
+	if (progname == NULL)
+		progname = argv[0];
+	else
+		++progname;
+
+	memset(&curp, 0, sizeof(struct curparse));
+
+	type = MPARSE_AUTO;
+	curp.outtype = OUTT_ASCII;
+	curp.wlevel  = MANDOCLEVEL_FATAL;
+
+	/* LINTED */
+	while (-1 != (c = getopt(argc, argv, "m:O:T:VW:")))
+		switch (c) {
+		case ('m'):
+			if ( ! moptions(&type, optarg))
+				return((int)MANDOCLEVEL_BADARG);
+			break;
+		case ('O'):
+			(void)strlcat(curp.outopts, optarg, BUFSIZ);
+			(void)strlcat(curp.outopts, ",", BUFSIZ);
+			break;
+		case ('T'):
+			if ( ! toptions(&curp, optarg))
+				return((int)MANDOCLEVEL_BADARG);
+			break;
+		case ('W'):
+			if ( ! woptions(&curp, optarg))
+				return((int)MANDOCLEVEL_BADARG);
+			break;
+		case ('V'):
+			version();
+			/* NOTREACHED */
+		default:
+			usage();
+			/* NOTREACHED */
+		}
+
+	curp.mp = mparse_alloc(type, curp.wlevel, mmsg, &curp);
+
+	/*
+	 * Conditionally start up the lookaside buffer before parsing.
+	 */
+	if (OUTT_MAN == curp.outtype)
+		mparse_keep(curp.mp);
+
+	argc -= optind;
+	argv += optind;
+
+	rc = MANDOCLEVEL_OK;
+
+	if (NULL == *argv)
+		parse(&curp, STDIN_FILENO, "<stdin>", &rc);
+
+	while (*argv) {
+		parse(&curp, -1, *argv, &rc);
+		if (MANDOCLEVEL_OK != rc && curp.wstop)
+			break;
+		++argv;
+	}
+
+	if (curp.outfree)
+		(*curp.outfree)(curp.outdata);
+	if (curp.mp)
+		mparse_free(curp.mp);
+
+	return((int)rc);
+}
+
+static void
+version(void)
+{
+
+	printf("%s %s\n", progname, VERSION);
+	exit((int)MANDOCLEVEL_OK);
+}
+
+static void
+usage(void)
+{
+
+	fprintf(stderr, "usage: %s "
+			"[-V] "
+			"[-foption] "
+			"[-mformat] "
+			"[-Ooption] "
+			"[-Toutput] "
+			"[-Wlevel] "
+			"[file...]\n", 
+			progname);
+
+	exit((int)MANDOCLEVEL_BADARG);
+}
+
+static void
+parse(struct curparse *curp, int fd, 
+		const char *file, enum mandoclevel *level)
+{
+	enum mandoclevel  rc;
+	struct mdoc	 *mdoc;
+	struct man	 *man;
+
+	/* Begin by parsing the file itself. */
+
+	assert(file);
+	assert(fd >= -1);
+
+	rc = mparse_readfd(curp->mp, fd, file);
+
+	/* Stop immediately if the parse has failed. */
+
+	if (MANDOCLEVEL_FATAL <= rc)
+		goto cleanup;
+
+	/*
+	 * With -Wstop and warnings or errors of at least the requested
+	 * level, do not produce output.
+	 */
+
+	if (MANDOCLEVEL_OK != rc && curp->wstop)
+		goto cleanup;
+
+	/* If unset, allocate output dev now (if applicable). */
+
+	if ( ! (curp->outman && curp->outmdoc)) {
+		switch (curp->outtype) {
+		case (OUTT_XHTML):
+			curp->outdata = xhtml_alloc(curp->outopts);
+			curp->outfree = html_free;
+			break;
+		case (OUTT_HTML):
+			curp->outdata = html_alloc(curp->outopts);
+			curp->outfree = html_free;
+			break;
+		case (OUTT_UTF8):
+			curp->outdata = utf8_alloc(curp->outopts);
+			curp->outfree = ascii_free;
+			break;
+		case (OUTT_LOCALE):
+			curp->outdata = locale_alloc(curp->outopts);
+			curp->outfree = ascii_free;
+			break;
+		case (OUTT_ASCII):
+			curp->outdata = ascii_alloc(curp->outopts);
+			curp->outfree = ascii_free;
+			break;
+		case (OUTT_PDF):
+			curp->outdata = pdf_alloc(curp->outopts);
+			curp->outfree = pspdf_free;
+			break;
+		case (OUTT_PS):
+			curp->outdata = ps_alloc(curp->outopts);
+			curp->outfree = pspdf_free;
+			break;
+		default:
+			break;
+		}
+
+		switch (curp->outtype) {
+		case (OUTT_HTML):
+			/* FALLTHROUGH */
+		case (OUTT_XHTML):
+			curp->outman = html_man;
+			curp->outmdoc = html_mdoc;
+			break;
+		case (OUTT_TREE):
+			curp->outman = tree_man;
+			curp->outmdoc = tree_mdoc;
+			break;
+		case (OUTT_MAN):
+			curp->outmdoc = man_mdoc;
+			curp->outman = man_man;
+			break;
+		case (OUTT_PDF):
+			/* FALLTHROUGH */
+		case (OUTT_ASCII):
+			/* FALLTHROUGH */
+		case (OUTT_UTF8):
+			/* FALLTHROUGH */
+		case (OUTT_LOCALE):
+			/* FALLTHROUGH */
+		case (OUTT_PS):
+			curp->outman = terminal_man;
+			curp->outmdoc = terminal_mdoc;
+			break;
+		default:
+			break;
+		}
+	}
+
+	mparse_result(curp->mp, &mdoc, &man);
+
+	/* Execute the out device, if it exists. */
+
+	if (man && curp->outman)
+		(*curp->outman)(curp->outdata, man);
+	if (mdoc && curp->outmdoc)
+		(*curp->outmdoc)(curp->outdata, mdoc);
+
+ cleanup:
+
+	mparse_reset(curp->mp);
+
+	if (*level < rc)
+		*level = rc;
+}
+
+static int
+moptions(enum mparset *tflags, char *arg)
+{
+
+	if (0 == strcmp(arg, "doc"))
+		*tflags = MPARSE_MDOC;
+	else if (0 == strcmp(arg, "andoc"))
+		*tflags = MPARSE_AUTO;
+	else if (0 == strcmp(arg, "an"))
+		*tflags = MPARSE_MAN;
+	else {
+		fprintf(stderr, "%s: Bad argument\n", arg);
+		return(0);
+	}
+
+	return(1);
+}
+
+static int
+toptions(struct curparse *curp, char *arg)
+{
+
+	if (0 == strcmp(arg, "ascii"))
+		curp->outtype = OUTT_ASCII;
+	else if (0 == strcmp(arg, "lint")) {
+		curp->outtype = OUTT_LINT;
+		curp->wlevel  = MANDOCLEVEL_WARNING;
+	} else if (0 == strcmp(arg, "tree"))
+		curp->outtype = OUTT_TREE;
+	else if (0 == strcmp(arg, "man"))
+		curp->outtype = OUTT_MAN;
+	else if (0 == strcmp(arg, "html"))
+		curp->outtype = OUTT_HTML;
+	else if (0 == strcmp(arg, "utf8"))
+		curp->outtype = OUTT_UTF8;
+	else if (0 == strcmp(arg, "locale"))
+		curp->outtype = OUTT_LOCALE;
+	else if (0 == strcmp(arg, "xhtml"))
+		curp->outtype = OUTT_XHTML;
+	else if (0 == strcmp(arg, "ps"))
+		curp->outtype = OUTT_PS;
+	else if (0 == strcmp(arg, "pdf"))
+		curp->outtype = OUTT_PDF;
+	else {
+		fprintf(stderr, "%s: Bad argument\n", arg);
+		return(0);
+	}
+
+	return(1);
+}
+
+static int
+woptions(struct curparse *curp, char *arg)
+{
+	char		*v, *o;
+	const char	*toks[6]; 
+
+	toks[0] = "stop";
+	toks[1] = "all";
+	toks[2] = "warning";
+	toks[3] = "error";
+	toks[4] = "fatal";
+	toks[5] = NULL;
+
+	while (*arg) {
+		o = arg;
+		switch (getsubopt(&arg, UNCONST(toks), &v)) {
+		case (0):
+			curp->wstop = 1;
+			break;
+		case (1):
+			/* FALLTHROUGH */
+		case (2):
+			curp->wlevel = MANDOCLEVEL_WARNING;
+			break;
+		case (3):
+			curp->wlevel = MANDOCLEVEL_ERROR;
+			break;
+		case (4):
+			curp->wlevel = MANDOCLEVEL_FATAL;
+			break;
+		default:
+			fprintf(stderr, "-W%s: Bad argument\n", o);
+			return(0);
+		}
+	}
+
+	return(1);
+}
+
+static void
+mmsg(enum mandocerr t, enum mandoclevel lvl, 
+		const char *file, int line, int col, const char *msg)
+{
+
+	fprintf(stderr, "%s:%d:%d: %s: %s", 
+			file, line, col + 1, 
+			mparse_strlevel(lvl),
+			mparse_strerror(t));
+
+	if (msg)
+		fprintf(stderr, ": %s", msg);
+
+	fputc('\n', stderr);
+}
diff --git a/contrib/mdocml/main.h b/contrib/mdocml/main.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..79dcf48
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/mdocml/main.h
@@ -0,0 +1,61 @@
+/*	$Id: main.h,v 1.15 2011/10/06 22:29:12 kristaps Exp $ */
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2009, 2010, 2011 Kristaps Dzonsons <kristaps@bsd.lv>
+ *
+ * Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software for any
+ * purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above
+ * copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies.
+ *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" AND THE AUTHOR DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES
+ * WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
+ * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR
+ * ANY SPECIAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES
+ * WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN
+ * ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF
+ * OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
+ */
+#ifndef	MAIN_H
+#define	MAIN_H
+
+__BEGIN_DECLS
+
+struct	mdoc;
+struct	man;
+
+#define	UNCONST(a)	((void *)(uintptr_t)(const void *)(a))
+
+
+/* 
+ * Definitions for main.c-visible output device functions, e.g., -Thtml
+ * and -Tascii.  Note that ascii_alloc() is named as such in
+ * anticipation of latin1_alloc() and so on, all of which map into the
+ * terminal output routines with different character settings.
+ */
+
+void		 *html_alloc(char *);
+void		 *xhtml_alloc(char *);
+void		  html_mdoc(void *, const struct mdoc *);
+void		  html_man(void *, const struct man *);
+void		  html_free(void *);
+
+void		  tree_mdoc(void *, const struct mdoc *);
+void		  tree_man(void *, const struct man *);
+
+void		  man_mdoc(void *, const struct mdoc *);
+void		  man_man(void *, const struct man *);
+
+void		 *locale_alloc(char *);
+void		 *utf8_alloc(char *);
+void		 *ascii_alloc(char *);
+void		  ascii_free(void *);
+
+void		 *pdf_alloc(char *);
+void		 *ps_alloc(char *);
+void		  pspdf_free(void *);
+
+void		  terminal_mdoc(void *, const struct mdoc *);
+void		  terminal_man(void *, const struct man *);
+
+__END_DECLS
+
+#endif /*!MAIN_H*/
diff --git a/contrib/mdocml/man.7 b/contrib/mdocml/man.7
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1715a7c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/mdocml/man.7
@@ -0,0 +1,913 @@
+.\"	$Id: man.7,v 1.113 2012/01/03 15:16:24 kristaps Exp $
+.\"
+.\" Copyright (c) 2009, 2010, 2011 Kristaps Dzonsons <kristaps@bsd.lv>
+.\" Copyright (c) 2011 Ingo Schwarze <schwarze@openbsd.org>
+.\"
+.\" Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software for any
+.\" purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above
+.\" copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies.
+.\"
+.\" THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" AND THE AUTHOR DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES
+.\" WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
+.\" MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR
+.\" ANY SPECIAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES
+.\" WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN
+.\" ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF
+.\" OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
+.\"
+.Dd $Mdocdate: January 3 2012 $
+.Dt MAN 7
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm man
+.Nd legacy formatting language for manual pages
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+Traditionally, the
+.Nm man
+language has been used to write
+.Ux
+manuals for the
+.Xr man 1
+utility.
+It supports limited control of presentational details like fonts,
+indentation and spacing.
+This reference document describes the structure of manual pages
+and the syntax and usage of the man language.
+.Pp
+.Bf -emphasis
+Do not use
+.Nm
+to write your manuals:
+.Ef
+It lacks support for semantic markup.
+Use the
+.Xr mdoc 7
+language, instead.
+.Pp
+In a
+.Nm
+document, lines beginning with the control character
+.Sq \&.
+are called
+.Dq macro lines .
+The first word is the macro name.
+It usually consists of two capital letters.
+For a list of available macros, see
+.Sx MACRO OVERVIEW .
+The words following the macro name are arguments to the macro.
+.Pp
+Lines not beginning with the control character are called
+.Dq text lines .
+They provide free-form text to be printed; the formatting of the text
+depends on the respective processing context:
+.Bd -literal -offset indent
+\&.SH Macro lines change control state.
+Text lines are interpreted within the current state.
+.Ed
+.Pp
+Many aspects of the basic syntax of the
+.Nm
+language are based on the
+.Xr roff 7
+language; see the
+.Em LANGUAGE SYNTAX
+and
+.Em MACRO SYNTAX
+sections in the
+.Xr roff 7
+manual for details, in particular regarding
+comments, escape sequences, whitespace, and quoting.
+.Sh MANUAL STRUCTURE
+Each
+.Nm
+document must contain the
+.Sx \&TH
+macro describing the document's section and title.
+It may occur anywhere in the document, although conventionally it
+appears as the first macro.
+.Pp
+Beyond
+.Sx \&TH ,
+at least one macro or text line must appear in the document.
+.Pp
+The following is a well-formed skeleton
+.Nm
+file for a utility
+.Qq progname :
+.Bd -literal -offset indent
+\&.TH PROGNAME 1 2009-10-10
+\&.SH NAME
+\efBprogname\efR \e(en a description goes here
+\&.\e\(dq .SH LIBRARY
+\&.\e\(dq For sections 2 & 3 only.
+\&.\e\(dq Not used in OpenBSD.
+\&.SH SYNOPSIS
+\efBprogname\efR [\efB\e-options\efR] arguments...
+\&.SH DESCRIPTION
+The \efBfoo\efR utility processes files...
+\&.\e\(dq .SH IMPLEMENTATION NOTES
+\&.\e\(dq Not used in OpenBSD.
+\&.\e\(dq .SH RETURN VALUES
+\&.\e\(dq For sections 2, 3, & 9 only.
+\&.\e\(dq .SH ENVIRONMENT
+\&.\e\(dq For sections 1, 6, 7, & 8 only.
+\&.\e\(dq .SH FILES
+\&.\e\(dq .SH EXIT STATUS
+\&.\e\(dq For sections 1, 6, & 8 only.
+\&.\e\(dq .SH EXAMPLES
+\&.\e\(dq .SH DIAGNOSTICS
+\&.\e\(dq For sections 1, 4, 6, 7, & 8 only.
+\&.\e\(dq .SH ERRORS
+\&.\e\(dq For sections 2, 3, & 9 only.
+\&.\e\(dq .SH SEE ALSO
+\&.\e\(dq .BR foo ( 1 )
+\&.\e\(dq .SH STANDARDS
+\&.\e\(dq .SH HISTORY
+\&.\e\(dq .SH AUTHORS
+\&.\e\(dq .SH CAVEATS
+\&.\e\(dq .SH BUGS
+\&.\e\(dq .SH SECURITY CONSIDERATIONS
+\&.\e\(dq Not used in OpenBSD.
+.Ed
+.Pp
+The sections in a
+.Nm
+document are conventionally ordered as they appear above.
+Sections should be composed as follows:
+.Bl -ohang -offset indent
+.It Em NAME
+The name(s) and a short description of the documented material.
+The syntax for this is generally as follows:
+.Pp
+.D1 \efBname\efR \e(en description
+.It Em LIBRARY
+The name of the library containing the documented material, which is
+assumed to be a function in a section 2 or 3 manual.
+For functions in the C library, this may be as follows:
+.Pp
+.D1 Standard C Library (libc, -lc)
+.It Em SYNOPSIS
+Documents the utility invocation syntax, function call syntax, or device
+configuration.
+.Pp
+For the first, utilities (sections 1, 6, and 8), this is
+generally structured as follows:
+.Pp
+.D1 \efBname\efR [-\efBab\efR] [-\efBc\efR\efIarg\efR] \efBpath\efR...
+.Pp
+For the second, function calls (sections 2, 3, 9):
+.Pp
+.D1 \&.B char *name(char *\efIarg\efR);
+.Pp
+And for the third, configurations (section 4):
+.Pp
+.D1 \&.B name* at cardbus ? function ?
+.Pp
+Manuals not in these sections generally don't need a
+.Em SYNOPSIS .
+.It Em DESCRIPTION
+This expands upon the brief, one-line description in
+.Em NAME .
+It usually contains a break-down of the options (if documenting a
+command).
+.It Em IMPLEMENTATION NOTES
+Implementation-specific notes should be kept here.
+This is useful when implementing standard functions that may have side
+effects or notable algorithmic implications.
+.It Em RETURN VALUES
+This section documents the return values of functions in sections 2, 3, and 9.
+.It Em ENVIRONMENT
+Documents any usages of environment variables, e.g.,
+.Xr environ 7 .
+.It Em FILES
+Documents files used.
+It's helpful to document both the file name and a short description of how
+the file is used (created, modified, etc.).
+.It Em EXIT STATUS
+This section documents the command exit status for
+section 1, 6, and 8 utilities.
+Historically, this information was described in
+.Em DIAGNOSTICS ,
+a practise that is now discouraged.
+.It Em EXAMPLES
+Example usages.
+This often contains snippets of well-formed,
+well-tested invocations.
+Make sure that examples work properly!
+.It Em DIAGNOSTICS
+Documents error conditions.
+This is most useful in section 4 manuals.
+Historically, this section was used in place of
+.Em EXIT STATUS
+for manuals in sections 1, 6, and 8; however, this practise is
+discouraged.
+.It Em ERRORS
+Documents error handling in sections 2, 3, and 9.
+.It Em SEE ALSO
+References other manuals with related topics.
+This section should exist for most manuals.
+.Pp
+.D1 \&.BR bar \&( 1 \&),
+.Pp
+Cross-references should conventionally be ordered
+first by section, then alphabetically.
+.It Em STANDARDS
+References any standards implemented or used, such as
+.Pp
+.D1 IEEE Std 1003.2 (\e(lqPOSIX.2\e(rq)
+.Pp
+If not adhering to any standards, the
+.Em HISTORY
+section should be used.
+.It Em HISTORY
+A brief history of the subject, including where support first appeared.
+.It Em AUTHORS
+Credits to the person or persons who wrote the code and/or documentation.
+Authors should generally be noted by both name and email address.
+.It Em CAVEATS
+Common misuses and misunderstandings should be explained
+in this section.
+.It Em BUGS
+Known bugs, limitations, and work-arounds should be described
+in this section.
+.It Em SECURITY CONSIDERATIONS
+Documents any security precautions that operators should consider.
+.El
+.Sh MACRO OVERVIEW
+This overview is sorted such that macros of similar purpose are listed
+together, to help find the best macro for any given purpose.
+Deprecated macros are not included in the overview, but can be found
+in the alphabetical reference below.
+.Ss Page header and footer meta-data
+.Bl -column "PP, LP, P" description
+.It Sx TH Ta set the title: Ar title section date Op Ar source Op Ar volume
+.It Sx AT Ta display AT&T UNIX version in the page footer (<= 1 argument)
+.It Sx UC Ta display BSD version in the page footer (<= 1 argument)
+.El
+.Ss Sections and paragraphs
+.Bl -column "PP, LP, P" description
+.It Sx SH Ta section header (one line)
+.It Sx SS Ta subsection header (one line)
+.It Sx PP , LP , P Ta start an undecorated paragraph (no arguments)
+.It Sx RS , RE Ta reset the left margin: Op Ar width
+.It Sx IP Ta indented paragraph: Op Ar head Op Ar width
+.It Sx TP Ta tagged paragraph: Op Ar width
+.It Sx HP Ta hanged paragraph: Op Ar width
+.It Sx \&br Ta force output line break in text mode (no arguments)
+.It Sx \&sp Ta force vertical space: Op Ar height
+.It Sx fi , nf Ta fill mode and no-fill mode (no arguments)
+.It Sx in Ta additional indent: Op Ar width
+.El
+.Ss Physical markup
+.Bl -column "PP, LP, P" description
+.It Sx B Ta boldface font
+.It Sx I Ta italic font
+.It Sx R Ta roman (default) font
+.It Sx SB Ta small boldface font
+.It Sx SM Ta small roman font
+.It Sx BI Ta alternate between boldface and italic fonts
+.It Sx BR Ta alternate between boldface and roman fonts
+.It Sx IB Ta alternate between italic and boldface fonts
+.It Sx IR Ta alternate between italic and roman fonts
+.It Sx RB Ta alternate between roman and boldface fonts
+.It Sx RI Ta alternate between roman and italic fonts
+.El
+.Ss Semantic markup
+.Bl -column "PP, LP, P" description
+.It Sx OP Ta optional arguments
+.El
+.Sh MACRO REFERENCE
+This section is a canonical reference to all macros, arranged
+alphabetically.
+For the scoping of individual macros, see
+.Sx MACRO SYNTAX .
+.Ss \&AT
+Sets the volume for the footer for compatibility with man pages from
+.Tn AT&T UNIX
+releases.
+The optional arguments specify which release it is from.
+.Ss \&B
+Text is rendered in bold face.
+.Pp
+See also
+.Sx \&I
+and
+.Sx \&R .
+.Ss \&BI
+Text is rendered alternately in bold face and italic.
+Thus,
+.Sq .BI this word and that
+causes
+.Sq this
+and
+.Sq and
+to render in bold face, while
+.Sq word
+and
+.Sq that
+render in italics.
+Whitespace between arguments is omitted in output.
+.Pp
+Examples:
+.Pp
+.Dl \&.BI bold italic bold italic
+.Pp
+The output of this example will be emboldened
+.Dq bold
+and italicised
+.Dq italic ,
+with spaces stripped between arguments.
+.Pp
+See also
+.Sx \&IB ,
+.Sx \&BR ,
+.Sx \&RB ,
+.Sx \&RI ,
+and
+.Sx \&IR .
+.Ss \&BR
+Text is rendered alternately in bold face and roman (the default font).
+Whitespace between arguments is omitted in output.
+.Pp
+See
+.Sx \&BI
+for an equivalent example.
+.Pp
+See also
+.Sx \&BI ,
+.Sx \&IB ,
+.Sx \&RB ,
+.Sx \&RI ,
+and
+.Sx \&IR .
+.Ss \&DT
+Has no effect.
+Included for compatibility.
+.Ss \&HP
+Begin a paragraph whose initial output line is left-justified, but
+subsequent output lines are indented, with the following syntax:
+.Bd -filled -offset indent
+.Pf \. Sx \&HP
+.Op Cm width
+.Ed
+.Pp
+The
+.Cm width
+argument must conform to
+.Sx Scaling Widths .
+If specified, it's saved for later paragraph left-margins; if unspecified, the
+saved or default width is used.
+.Pp
+See also
+.Sx \&IP ,
+.Sx \&LP ,
+.Sx \&P ,
+.Sx \&PP ,
+and
+.Sx \&TP .
+.Ss \&I
+Text is rendered in italics.
+.Pp
+See also
+.Sx \&B
+and
+.Sx \&R .
+.Ss \&IB
+Text is rendered alternately in italics and bold face.
+Whitespace between arguments is omitted in output.
+.Pp
+See
+.Sx \&BI
+for an equivalent example.
+.Pp
+See also
+.Sx \&BI ,
+.Sx \&BR ,
+.Sx \&RB ,
+.Sx \&RI ,
+and
+.Sx \&IR .
+.Ss \&IP
+Begin an indented paragraph with the following syntax:
+.Bd -filled -offset indent
+.Pf \. Sx \&IP
+.Op Cm head Op Cm width
+.Ed
+.Pp
+The
+.Cm width
+argument defines the width of the left margin and is defined by
+.Sx Scaling Widths .
+It's saved for later paragraph left-margins; if unspecified, the saved or
+default width is used.
+.Pp
+The
+.Cm head
+argument is used as a leading term, flushed to the left margin.
+This is useful for bulleted paragraphs and so on.
+.Pp
+See also
+.Sx \&HP ,
+.Sx \&LP ,
+.Sx \&P ,
+.Sx \&PP ,
+and
+.Sx \&TP .
+.Ss \&IR
+Text is rendered alternately in italics and roman (the default font).
+Whitespace between arguments is omitted in output.
+.Pp
+See
+.Sx \&BI
+for an equivalent example.
+.Pp
+See also
+.Sx \&BI ,
+.Sx \&IB ,
+.Sx \&BR ,
+.Sx \&RB ,
+and
+.Sx \&RI .
+.Ss \&LP
+Begin an undecorated paragraph.
+The scope of a paragraph is closed by a subsequent paragraph,
+sub-section, section, or end of file.
+The saved paragraph left-margin width is reset to the default.
+.Pp
+See also
+.Sx \&HP ,
+.Sx \&IP ,
+.Sx \&P ,
+.Sx \&PP ,
+and
+.Sx \&TP .
+.Ss \&OP
+Optional command-line argument.
+This has the following syntax:
+.Bd -filled -offset indent
+.Pf \. Sx \&OP
+.Cm key Op Cm value
+.Ed
+.Pp
+The
+.Cm key
+is usually a command-line flag and
+.Cm value
+its argument.
+.Ss \&P
+Synonym for
+.Sx \&LP .
+.Pp
+See also
+.Sx \&HP ,
+.Sx \&IP ,
+.Sx \&LP ,
+.Sx \&PP ,
+and
+.Sx \&TP .
+.Ss \&PP
+Synonym for
+.Sx \&LP .
+.Pp
+See also
+.Sx \&HP ,
+.Sx \&IP ,
+.Sx \&LP ,
+.Sx \&P ,
+and
+.Sx \&TP .
+.Ss \&R
+Text is rendered in roman (the default font).
+.Pp
+See also
+.Sx \&I
+and
+.Sx \&B .
+.Ss \&RB
+Text is rendered alternately in roman (the default font) and bold face.
+Whitespace between arguments is omitted in output.
+.Pp
+See
+.Sx \&BI
+for an equivalent example.
+.Pp
+See also
+.Sx \&BI ,
+.Sx \&IB ,
+.Sx \&BR ,
+.Sx \&RI ,
+and
+.Sx \&IR .
+.Ss \&RE
+Explicitly close out the scope of a prior
+.Sx \&RS .
+The default left margin is restored to the state of the original
+.Sx \&RS
+invocation.
+.Ss \&RI
+Text is rendered alternately in roman (the default font) and italics.
+Whitespace between arguments is omitted in output.
+.Pp
+See
+.Sx \&BI
+for an equivalent example.
+.Pp
+See also
+.Sx \&BI ,
+.Sx \&IB ,
+.Sx \&BR ,
+.Sx \&RB ,
+and
+.Sx \&IR .
+.Ss \&RS
+Temporarily reset the default left margin.
+This has the following syntax:
+.Bd -filled -offset indent
+.Pf \. Sx \&RS
+.Op Cm width
+.Ed
+.Pp
+The
+.Cm width
+argument must conform to
+.Sx Scaling Widths .
+If not specified, the saved or default width is used.
+.Pp
+See also
+.Sx \&RE .
+.Ss \&SB
+Text is rendered in small size (one point smaller than the default font)
+bold face.
+.Ss \&SH
+Begin a section.
+The scope of a section is only closed by another section or the end of
+file.
+The paragraph left-margin width is reset to the default.
+.Ss \&SM
+Text is rendered in small size (one point smaller than the default
+font).
+.Ss \&SS
+Begin a sub-section.
+The scope of a sub-section is closed by a subsequent sub-section,
+section, or end of file.
+The paragraph left-margin width is reset to the default.
+.Ss \&TH
+Sets the title of the manual page with the following syntax:
+.Bd -filled -offset indent
+.Pf \. Sx \&TH
+.Ar title section date
+.Op Ar source Op Ar volume
+.Ed
+.Pp
+Conventionally, the document
+.Ar title
+is given in all caps.
+The recommended
+.Ar date
+format is
+.Sy YYYY-MM-DD
+as specified in the ISO-8601 standard;
+if the argument does not conform, it is printed verbatim.
+If the
+.Ar date
+is empty or not specified, the current date is used.
+The optional
+.Ar source
+string specifies the organisation providing the utility.
+The
+.Ar volume
+string replaces the default rendered volume, which is dictated by the
+manual section.
+.Pp
+Examples:
+.Pp
+.Dl \&.TH CVS 5 "1992-02-12" GNU
+.Ss \&TP
+Begin a paragraph where the head, if exceeding the indentation width, is
+followed by a newline; if not, the body follows on the same line after a
+buffer to the indentation width.
+Subsequent output lines are indented.
+The syntax is as follows:
+.Bd -filled -offset indent
+.Pf \. Sx \&TP
+.Op Cm width
+.Ed
+.Pp
+The
+.Cm width
+argument must conform to
+.Sx Scaling Widths .
+If specified, it's saved for later paragraph left-margins; if
+unspecified, the saved or default width is used.
+.Pp
+See also
+.Sx \&HP ,
+.Sx \&IP ,
+.Sx \&LP ,
+.Sx \&P ,
+and
+.Sx \&PP .
+.Ss \&UC
+Sets the volume for the footer for compatibility with man pages from
+BSD releases.
+The optional first argument specifies which release it is from.
+.Ss \&br
+Breaks the current line.
+Consecutive invocations have no further effect.
+.Pp
+See also
+.Sx \&sp .
+.Ss \&fi
+End literal mode begun by
+.Sx \&nf .
+.Ss \&ft
+Change the current font mode.
+See
+.Sx Text Decoration
+for a listing of available font modes.
+.Ss \&in
+Indent relative to the current indentation:
+.Pp
+.D1 Pf \. Sx \&in Op Cm width
+.Pp
+If
+.Cm width
+is signed, the new offset is relative.
+Otherwise, it is absolute.
+This value is reset upon the next paragraph, section, or sub-section.
+.Ss \&na
+Don't align to the right margin.
+.Ss \&nf
+Begin literal mode: all subsequent free-form lines have their end of
+line boundaries preserved.
+May be ended by
+.Sx \&fi .
+Literal mode is implicitly ended by
+.Sx \&SH
+or
+.Sx \&SS .
+.Ss \&sp
+Insert vertical spaces into output with the following syntax:
+.Bd -filled -offset indent
+.Pf \. Sx \&sp
+.Op Cm height
+.Ed
+.Pp
+Insert
+.Cm height
+spaces, which must conform to
+.Sx Scaling Widths .
+If 0, this is equivalent to the
+.Sx \&br
+macro.
+Defaults to 1, if unspecified.
+.Pp
+See also
+.Sx \&br .
+.Sh MACRO SYNTAX
+The
+.Nm
+macros are classified by scope: line scope or block scope.
+Line macros are only scoped to the current line (and, in some
+situations, the subsequent line).
+Block macros are scoped to the current line and subsequent lines until
+closed by another block macro.
+.Ss Line Macros
+Line macros are generally scoped to the current line, with the body
+consisting of zero or more arguments.
+If a macro is scoped to the next line and the line arguments are empty,
+the next line, which must be text, is used instead.
+Thus:
+.Bd -literal -offset indent
+\&.I
+foo
+.Ed
+.Pp
+is equivalent to
+.Sq \&.I foo .
+If next-line macros are invoked consecutively, only the last is used.
+If a next-line macro is followed by a non-next-line macro, an error is
+raised, except for
+.Sx \&br ,
+.Sx \&sp ,
+and
+.Sx \&na .
+.Pp
+The syntax is as follows:
+.Bd -literal -offset indent
+\&.YO \(lBbody...\(rB
+\(lBbody...\(rB
+.Ed
+.Bl -column "MacroX" "ArgumentsX" "ScopeXXXXX" "CompatX" -offset indent
+.It Em Macro Ta Em Arguments Ta Em Scope     Ta Em Notes
+.It Sx \&AT  Ta    <=1       Ta    current   Ta    \&
+.It Sx \&B   Ta    n         Ta    next-line Ta    \&
+.It Sx \&BI  Ta    n         Ta    current   Ta    \&
+.It Sx \&BR  Ta    n         Ta    current   Ta    \&
+.It Sx \&DT  Ta    0         Ta    current   Ta    \&
+.It Sx \&I   Ta    n         Ta    next-line Ta    \&
+.It Sx \&IB  Ta    n         Ta    current   Ta    \&
+.It Sx \&IR  Ta    n         Ta    current   Ta    \&
+.It Sx \&OP  Ta    0, 1      Ta    current   Ta    compat
+.It Sx \&R   Ta    n         Ta    next-line Ta    \&
+.It Sx \&RB  Ta    n         Ta    current   Ta    \&
+.It Sx \&RI  Ta    n         Ta    current   Ta    \&
+.It Sx \&SB  Ta    n         Ta    next-line Ta    \&
+.It Sx \&SM  Ta    n         Ta    next-line Ta    \&
+.It Sx \&TH  Ta    >1, <6    Ta    current   Ta    \&
+.It Sx \&UC  Ta    <=1       Ta    current   Ta    \&
+.It Sx \&br  Ta    0         Ta    current   Ta    compat
+.It Sx \&fi  Ta    0         Ta    current   Ta    compat
+.It Sx \&ft  Ta    1         Ta    current   Ta    compat
+.It Sx \&in  Ta    1         Ta    current   Ta    compat
+.It Sx \&na  Ta    0         Ta    current   Ta    compat
+.It Sx \&nf  Ta    0         Ta    current   Ta    compat
+.It Sx \&sp  Ta    1         Ta    current   Ta    compat
+.El
+.Pp
+Macros marked as
+.Qq compat
+are included for compatibility with the significant corpus of existing
+manuals that mix dialects of roff.
+These macros should not be used for portable
+.Nm
+manuals.
+.Ss Block Macros
+Block macros comprise a head and body.
+As with in-line macros, the head is scoped to the current line and, in
+one circumstance, the next line (the next-line stipulations as in
+.Sx Line Macros
+apply here as well).
+.Pp
+The syntax is as follows:
+.Bd -literal -offset indent
+\&.YO \(lBhead...\(rB
+\(lBhead...\(rB
+\(lBbody...\(rB
+.Ed
+.Pp
+The closure of body scope may be to the section, where a macro is closed
+by
+.Sx \&SH ;
+sub-section, closed by a section or
+.Sx \&SS ;
+part, closed by a section, sub-section, or
+.Sx \&RE ;
+or paragraph, closed by a section, sub-section, part,
+.Sx \&HP ,
+.Sx \&IP ,
+.Sx \&LP ,
+.Sx \&P ,
+.Sx \&PP ,
+or
+.Sx \&TP .
+No closure refers to an explicit block closing macro.
+.Pp
+As a rule, block macros may not be nested; thus, calling a block macro
+while another block macro scope is open, and the open scope is not
+implicitly closed, is syntactically incorrect.
+.Bl -column "MacroX" "ArgumentsX" "Head ScopeX" "sub-sectionX" "compatX" -offset indent
+.It Em Macro Ta Em Arguments Ta Em Head Scope Ta Em Body Scope  Ta Em Notes
+.It Sx \&HP  Ta    <2        Ta    current    Ta    paragraph   Ta    \&
+.It Sx \&IP  Ta    <3        Ta    current    Ta    paragraph   Ta    \&
+.It Sx \&LP  Ta    0         Ta    current    Ta    paragraph   Ta    \&
+.It Sx \&P   Ta    0         Ta    current    Ta    paragraph   Ta    \&
+.It Sx \&PP  Ta    0         Ta    current    Ta    paragraph   Ta    \&
+.It Sx \&RE  Ta    0         Ta    current    Ta    none        Ta    compat
+.It Sx \&RS  Ta    1         Ta    current    Ta    part        Ta    compat
+.It Sx \&SH  Ta    >0        Ta    next-line  Ta    section     Ta    \&
+.It Sx \&SS  Ta    >0        Ta    next-line  Ta    sub-section Ta    \&
+.It Sx \&TP  Ta    n         Ta    next-line  Ta    paragraph   Ta    \&
+.El
+.Pp
+Macros marked
+.Qq compat
+are as mentioned in
+.Sx Line Macros .
+.Pp
+If a block macro is next-line scoped, it may only be followed by in-line
+macros for decorating text.
+.Ss Font handling
+In
+.Nm
+documents, both
+.Sx Physical markup
+macros and
+.Xr roff 7
+.Ql \ef
+font escape sequences can be used to choose fonts.
+In text lines, the effect of manual font selection by escape sequences
+only lasts until the next macro invocation; in macro lines, it only lasts
+until the end of the macro scope.
+Note that macros like
+.Sx \&BR
+open and close a font scope for each argument.
+.Sh COMPATIBILITY
+This section documents areas of questionable portability between
+implementations of the
+.Nm
+language.
+.Pp
+.Bl -dash -compact
+.It
+Do not depend on
+.Sx \&SH
+or
+.Sx \&SS
+to close out a literal context opened with
+.Sx \&nf .
+This behaviour may not be portable.
+.It
+In quoted literals, GNU troff allowed pair-wise double-quotes to produce
+a standalone double-quote in formatted output.
+It is not known whether this behaviour is exhibited by other formatters.
+.It
+troff suppresses a newline before
+.Sq \(aq
+macro output; in mandoc, it is an alias for the standard
+.Sq \&.
+control character.
+.It
+The
+.Sq \eh
+.Pq horizontal position ,
+.Sq \ev
+.Pq vertical position ,
+.Sq \em
+.Pq text colour ,
+.Sq \eM
+.Pq text filling colour ,
+.Sq \ez
+.Pq zero-length character ,
+.Sq \ew
+.Pq string length ,
+.Sq \ek
+.Pq horizontal position marker ,
+.Sq \eo
+.Pq text overstrike ,
+and
+.Sq \es
+.Pq text size
+escape sequences are all discarded in mandoc.
+.It
+The
+.Sq \ef
+scaling unit is accepted by mandoc, but rendered as the default unit.
+.It
+The
+.Sx \&sp
+macro does not accept negative values in mandoc.
+In GNU troff, this would result in strange behaviour.
+.It
+In page header lines, GNU troff versions up to and including 1.21
+only print
+.Ar volume
+names explicitly specified in the
+.Sx \&TH
+macro; mandoc and newer groff print the default volume name
+corresponding to the
+.Ar section
+number when no
+.Ar volume
+is given, like in
+.Xr mdoc 7 .
+.El
+.Pp
+The
+.Sx OP
+macro is part of the extended
+.Nm
+macro set, and may not be portable to non-GNU troff implementations.
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr man 1 ,
+.Xr mandoc 1 ,
+.Xr eqn 7 ,
+.Xr mandoc_char 7 ,
+.Xr mdoc 7 ,
+.Xr roff 7 ,
+.Xr tbl 7
+.Sh HISTORY
+The
+.Nm
+language first appeared as a macro package for the roff typesetting
+system in
+.At v7 .
+It was later rewritten by James Clark as a macro package for groff.
+Eric S. Raymond wrote the extended
+.Nm
+macros for groff in 2007.
+The stand-alone implementation that is part of the
+.Xr mandoc 1
+utility written by Kristaps Dzonsons appeared in
+.Ox 4.6 .
+.Sh AUTHORS
+This
+.Nm
+reference was written by
+.An Kristaps Dzonsons ,
+.Mt kristaps@bsd.lv .
+.Sh CAVEATS
+Do not use this language.
+Use
+.Xr mdoc 7 ,
+instead.
diff --git a/contrib/mdocml/man.c b/contrib/mdocml/man.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1bea561
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/mdocml/man.c
@@ -0,0 +1,690 @@
+/*	$Id: man.c,v 1.115 2012/01/03 15:16:24 kristaps Exp $ */
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011 Kristaps Dzonsons <kristaps@bsd.lv>
+ *
+ * Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software for any
+ * purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above
+ * copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies.
+ *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" AND THE AUTHOR DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES
+ * WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
+ * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR
+ * ANY SPECIAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES
+ * WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN
+ * ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF
+ * OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
+ */
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+#include "config.h"
+#endif
+
+#include <sys/types.h>
+
+#include <assert.h>
+#include <stdarg.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <string.h>
+
+#include "man.h"
+#include "mandoc.h"
+#include "libman.h"
+#include "libmandoc.h"
+
+const	char *const __man_macronames[MAN_MAX] = {		 
+	"br",		"TH",		"SH",		"SS",
+	"TP", 		"LP",		"PP",		"P",
+	"IP",		"HP",		"SM",		"SB",
+	"BI",		"IB",		"BR",		"RB",
+	"R",		"B",		"I",		"IR",
+	"RI",		"na",		"sp",		"nf",
+	"fi",		"RE",		"RS",		"DT",
+	"UC",		"PD",		"AT",		"in",
+	"ft",		"OP"
+	};
+
+const	char * const *man_macronames = __man_macronames;
+
+static	struct man_node	*man_node_alloc(struct man *, int, int, 
+				enum man_type, enum mant);
+static	int		 man_node_append(struct man *, 
+				struct man_node *);
+static	void		 man_node_free(struct man_node *);
+static	void		 man_node_unlink(struct man *, 
+				struct man_node *);
+static	int		 man_ptext(struct man *, int, char *, int);
+static	int		 man_pmacro(struct man *, int, char *, int);
+static	void		 man_free1(struct man *);
+static	void		 man_alloc1(struct man *);
+static	int		 man_descope(struct man *, int, int);
+
+
+const struct man_node *
+man_node(const struct man *m)
+{
+
+	assert( ! (MAN_HALT & m->flags));
+	return(m->first);
+}
+
+
+const struct man_meta *
+man_meta(const struct man *m)
+{
+
+	assert( ! (MAN_HALT & m->flags));
+	return(&m->meta);
+}
+
+
+void
+man_reset(struct man *man)
+{
+
+	man_free1(man);
+	man_alloc1(man);
+}
+
+
+void
+man_free(struct man *man)
+{
+
+	man_free1(man);
+	free(man);
+}
+
+
+struct man *
+man_alloc(struct roff *roff, struct mparse *parse)
+{
+	struct man	*p;
+
+	p = mandoc_calloc(1, sizeof(struct man));
+
+	man_hash_init();
+	p->parse = parse;
+	p->roff = roff;
+
+	man_alloc1(p);
+	return(p);
+}
+
+
+int
+man_endparse(struct man *m)
+{
+
+	assert( ! (MAN_HALT & m->flags));
+	if (man_macroend(m))
+		return(1);
+	m->flags |= MAN_HALT;
+	return(0);
+}
+
+
+int
+man_parseln(struct man *m, int ln, char *buf, int offs)
+{
+
+	m->flags |= MAN_NEWLINE;
+
+	assert( ! (MAN_HALT & m->flags));
+
+	return (mandoc_getcontrol(buf, &offs) ?
+			man_pmacro(m, ln, buf, offs) : 
+			man_ptext(m, ln, buf, offs));
+}
+
+
+static void
+man_free1(struct man *man)
+{
+
+	if (man->first)
+		man_node_delete(man, man->first);
+	if (man->meta.title)
+		free(man->meta.title);
+	if (man->meta.source)
+		free(man->meta.source);
+	if (man->meta.date)
+		free(man->meta.date);
+	if (man->meta.vol)
+		free(man->meta.vol);
+	if (man->meta.msec)
+		free(man->meta.msec);
+}
+
+
+static void
+man_alloc1(struct man *m)
+{
+
+	memset(&m->meta, 0, sizeof(struct man_meta));
+	m->flags = 0;
+	m->last = mandoc_calloc(1, sizeof(struct man_node));
+	m->first = m->last;
+	m->last->type = MAN_ROOT;
+	m->last->tok = MAN_MAX;
+	m->next = MAN_NEXT_CHILD;
+}
+
+
+static int
+man_node_append(struct man *man, struct man_node *p)
+{
+
+	assert(man->last);
+	assert(man->first);
+	assert(MAN_ROOT != p->type);
+
+	switch (man->next) {
+	case (MAN_NEXT_SIBLING):
+		man->last->next = p;
+		p->prev = man->last;
+		p->parent = man->last->parent;
+		break;
+	case (MAN_NEXT_CHILD):
+		man->last->child = p;
+		p->parent = man->last;
+		break;
+	default:
+		abort();
+		/* NOTREACHED */
+	}
+	
+	assert(p->parent);
+	p->parent->nchild++;
+
+	if ( ! man_valid_pre(man, p))
+		return(0);
+
+	switch (p->type) {
+	case (MAN_HEAD):
+		assert(MAN_BLOCK == p->parent->type);
+		p->parent->head = p;
+		break;
+	case (MAN_TAIL):
+		assert(MAN_BLOCK == p->parent->type);
+		p->parent->tail = p;
+		break;
+	case (MAN_BODY):
+		assert(MAN_BLOCK == p->parent->type);
+		p->parent->body = p;
+		break;
+	default:
+		break;
+	}
+
+	man->last = p;
+
+	switch (p->type) {
+	case (MAN_TBL):
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+	case (MAN_TEXT):
+		if ( ! man_valid_post(man))
+			return(0);
+		break;
+	default:
+		break;
+	}
+
+	return(1);
+}
+
+
+static struct man_node *
+man_node_alloc(struct man *m, int line, int pos, 
+		enum man_type type, enum mant tok)
+{
+	struct man_node *p;
+
+	p = mandoc_calloc(1, sizeof(struct man_node));
+	p->line = line;
+	p->pos = pos;
+	p->type = type;
+	p->tok = tok;
+
+	if (MAN_NEWLINE & m->flags)
+		p->flags |= MAN_LINE;
+	m->flags &= ~MAN_NEWLINE;
+	return(p);
+}
+
+
+int
+man_elem_alloc(struct man *m, int line, int pos, enum mant tok)
+{
+	struct man_node *p;
+
+	p = man_node_alloc(m, line, pos, MAN_ELEM, tok);
+	if ( ! man_node_append(m, p))
+		return(0);
+	m->next = MAN_NEXT_CHILD;
+	return(1);
+}
+
+
+int
+man_tail_alloc(struct man *m, int line, int pos, enum mant tok)
+{
+	struct man_node *p;
+
+	p = man_node_alloc(m, line, pos, MAN_TAIL, tok);
+	if ( ! man_node_append(m, p))
+		return(0);
+	m->next = MAN_NEXT_CHILD;
+	return(1);
+}
+
+
+int
+man_head_alloc(struct man *m, int line, int pos, enum mant tok)
+{
+	struct man_node *p;
+
+	p = man_node_alloc(m, line, pos, MAN_HEAD, tok);
+	if ( ! man_node_append(m, p))
+		return(0);
+	m->next = MAN_NEXT_CHILD;
+	return(1);
+}
+
+
+int
+man_body_alloc(struct man *m, int line, int pos, enum mant tok)
+{
+	struct man_node *p;
+
+	p = man_node_alloc(m, line, pos, MAN_BODY, tok);
+	if ( ! man_node_append(m, p))
+		return(0);
+	m->next = MAN_NEXT_CHILD;
+	return(1);
+}
+
+
+int
+man_block_alloc(struct man *m, int line, int pos, enum mant tok)
+{
+	struct man_node *p;
+
+	p = man_node_alloc(m, line, pos, MAN_BLOCK, tok);
+	if ( ! man_node_append(m, p))
+		return(0);
+	m->next = MAN_NEXT_CHILD;
+	return(1);
+}
+
+int
+man_word_alloc(struct man *m, int line, int pos, const char *word)
+{
+	struct man_node	*n;
+
+	n = man_node_alloc(m, line, pos, MAN_TEXT, MAN_MAX);
+	n->string = roff_strdup(m->roff, word);
+
+	if ( ! man_node_append(m, n))
+		return(0);
+
+	m->next = MAN_NEXT_SIBLING;
+	return(1);
+}
+
+
+/*
+ * Free all of the resources held by a node.  This does NOT unlink a
+ * node from its context; for that, see man_node_unlink().
+ */
+static void
+man_node_free(struct man_node *p)
+{
+
+	if (p->string)
+		free(p->string);
+	free(p);
+}
+
+
+void
+man_node_delete(struct man *m, struct man_node *p)
+{
+
+	while (p->child)
+		man_node_delete(m, p->child);
+
+	man_node_unlink(m, p);
+	man_node_free(p);
+}
+
+int
+man_addeqn(struct man *m, const struct eqn *ep)
+{
+	struct man_node	*n;
+
+	assert( ! (MAN_HALT & m->flags));
+
+	n = man_node_alloc(m, ep->ln, ep->pos, MAN_EQN, MAN_MAX);
+	n->eqn = ep;
+
+	if ( ! man_node_append(m, n))
+		return(0);
+
+	m->next = MAN_NEXT_SIBLING;
+	return(man_descope(m, ep->ln, ep->pos));
+}
+
+int
+man_addspan(struct man *m, const struct tbl_span *sp)
+{
+	struct man_node	*n;
+
+	assert( ! (MAN_HALT & m->flags));
+
+	n = man_node_alloc(m, sp->line, 0, MAN_TBL, MAN_MAX);
+	n->span = sp;
+
+	if ( ! man_node_append(m, n))
+		return(0);
+
+	m->next = MAN_NEXT_SIBLING;
+	return(man_descope(m, sp->line, 0));
+}
+
+static int
+man_descope(struct man *m, int line, int offs)
+{
+	/*
+	 * Co-ordinate what happens with having a next-line scope open:
+	 * first close out the element scope (if applicable), then close
+	 * out the block scope (also if applicable).
+	 */
+
+	if (MAN_ELINE & m->flags) {
+		m->flags &= ~MAN_ELINE;
+		if ( ! man_unscope(m, m->last->parent, MANDOCERR_MAX))
+			return(0);
+	}
+
+	if ( ! (MAN_BLINE & m->flags))
+		return(1);
+	m->flags &= ~MAN_BLINE;
+
+	if ( ! man_unscope(m, m->last->parent, MANDOCERR_MAX))
+		return(0);
+	return(man_body_alloc(m, line, offs, m->last->tok));
+}
+
+static int
+man_ptext(struct man *m, int line, char *buf, int offs)
+{
+	int		 i;
+
+	/* Literal free-form text whitespace is preserved. */
+
+	if (MAN_LITERAL & m->flags) {
+		if ( ! man_word_alloc(m, line, offs, buf + offs))
+			return(0);
+		return(man_descope(m, line, offs));
+	}
+
+	/* Pump blank lines directly into the backend. */
+
+	for (i = offs; ' ' == buf[i]; i++)
+		/* Skip leading whitespace. */ ;
+
+	if ('\0' == buf[i]) {
+		/* Allocate a blank entry. */
+		if ( ! man_word_alloc(m, line, offs, ""))
+			return(0);
+		return(man_descope(m, line, offs));
+	}
+
+	/* 
+	 * Warn if the last un-escaped character is whitespace. Then
+	 * strip away the remaining spaces (tabs stay!).   
+	 */
+
+	i = (int)strlen(buf);
+	assert(i);
+
+	if (' ' == buf[i - 1] || '\t' == buf[i - 1]) {
+		if (i > 1 && '\\' != buf[i - 2])
+			man_pmsg(m, line, i - 1, MANDOCERR_EOLNSPACE);
+
+		for (--i; i && ' ' == buf[i]; i--)
+			/* Spin back to non-space. */ ;
+
+		/* Jump ahead of escaped whitespace. */
+		i += '\\' == buf[i] ? 2 : 1;
+
+		buf[i] = '\0';
+	}
+
+	if ( ! man_word_alloc(m, line, offs, buf + offs))
+		return(0);
+
+	/*
+	 * End-of-sentence check.  If the last character is an unescaped
+	 * EOS character, then flag the node as being the end of a
+	 * sentence.  The front-end will know how to interpret this.
+	 */
+
+	assert(i);
+	if (mandoc_eos(buf, (size_t)i, 0))
+		m->last->flags |= MAN_EOS;
+
+	return(man_descope(m, line, offs));
+}
+
+static int
+man_pmacro(struct man *m, int ln, char *buf, int offs)
+{
+	int		 i, ppos;
+	enum mant	 tok;
+	char		 mac[5];
+	struct man_node	*n;
+
+	if ('"' == buf[offs]) {
+		man_pmsg(m, ln, offs, MANDOCERR_BADCOMMENT);
+		return(1);
+	} else if ('\0' == buf[offs])
+		return(1);
+
+	ppos = offs;
+
+	/*
+	 * Copy the first word into a nil-terminated buffer.
+	 * Stop copying when a tab, space, or eoln is encountered.
+	 */
+
+	i = 0;
+	while (i < 4 && '\0' != buf[offs] && 
+			' ' != buf[offs] && '\t' != buf[offs])
+		mac[i++] = buf[offs++];
+
+	mac[i] = '\0';
+
+	tok = (i > 0 && i < 4) ? man_hash_find(mac) : MAN_MAX;
+
+	if (MAN_MAX == tok) {
+		mandoc_vmsg(MANDOCERR_MACRO, m->parse, ln, 
+				ppos, "%s", buf + ppos - 1);
+		return(1);
+	}
+
+	/* The macro is sane.  Jump to the next word. */
+
+	while (buf[offs] && ' ' == buf[offs])
+		offs++;
+
+	/* 
+	 * Trailing whitespace.  Note that tabs are allowed to be passed
+	 * into the parser as "text", so we only warn about spaces here.
+	 */
+
+	if ('\0' == buf[offs] && ' ' == buf[offs - 1])
+		man_pmsg(m, ln, offs - 1, MANDOCERR_EOLNSPACE);
+
+	/* 
+	 * Remove prior ELINE macro, as it's being clobbered by a new
+	 * macro.  Note that NSCOPED macros do not close out ELINE
+	 * macros---they don't print text---so we let those slip by.
+	 */
+
+	if ( ! (MAN_NSCOPED & man_macros[tok].flags) &&
+			m->flags & MAN_ELINE) {
+		n = m->last;
+		assert(MAN_TEXT != n->type);
+
+		/* Remove repeated NSCOPED macros causing ELINE. */
+
+		if (MAN_NSCOPED & man_macros[n->tok].flags)
+			n = n->parent;
+
+		mandoc_vmsg(MANDOCERR_LINESCOPE, m->parse, n->line, 
+		    n->pos, "%s breaks %s", man_macronames[tok],
+		    man_macronames[n->tok]);
+
+		man_node_delete(m, n);
+		m->flags &= ~MAN_ELINE;
+	}
+
+	/*
+	 * Remove prior BLINE macro that is being clobbered.
+	 */
+	if ((m->flags & MAN_BLINE) &&
+	    (MAN_BSCOPE & man_macros[tok].flags)) {
+		n = m->last;
+
+		/* Might be a text node like 8 in
+		 * .TP 8
+		 * .SH foo
+		 */
+		if (MAN_TEXT == n->type)
+			n = n->parent;
+
+		/* Remove element that didn't end BLINE, if any. */
+		if ( ! (MAN_BSCOPE & man_macros[n->tok].flags))
+			n = n->parent;
+
+		assert(MAN_HEAD == n->type);
+		n = n->parent;
+		assert(MAN_BLOCK == n->type);
+		assert(MAN_SCOPED & man_macros[n->tok].flags);
+
+		mandoc_vmsg(MANDOCERR_LINESCOPE, m->parse, n->line, 
+		    n->pos, "%s breaks %s", man_macronames[tok],
+		    man_macronames[n->tok]);
+
+		man_node_delete(m, n);
+		m->flags &= ~MAN_BLINE;
+	}
+
+	/*
+	 * Save the fact that we're in the next-line for a block.  In
+	 * this way, embedded roff instructions can "remember" state
+	 * when they exit.
+	 */
+
+	if (MAN_BLINE & m->flags)
+		m->flags |= MAN_BPLINE;
+
+	/* Call to handler... */
+
+	assert(man_macros[tok].fp);
+	if ( ! (*man_macros[tok].fp)(m, tok, ln, ppos, &offs, buf))
+		goto err;
+
+	/* 
+	 * We weren't in a block-line scope when entering the
+	 * above-parsed macro, so return.
+	 */
+
+	if ( ! (MAN_BPLINE & m->flags)) {
+		m->flags &= ~MAN_ILINE; 
+		return(1);
+	}
+	m->flags &= ~MAN_BPLINE;
+
+	/*
+	 * If we're in a block scope, then allow this macro to slip by
+	 * without closing scope around it.
+	 */
+
+	if (MAN_ILINE & m->flags) {
+		m->flags &= ~MAN_ILINE;
+		return(1);
+	}
+
+	/* 
+	 * If we've opened a new next-line element scope, then return
+	 * now, as the next line will close out the block scope.
+	 */
+
+	if (MAN_ELINE & m->flags)
+		return(1);
+
+	/* Close out the block scope opened in the prior line.  */
+
+	assert(MAN_BLINE & m->flags);
+	m->flags &= ~MAN_BLINE;
+
+	if ( ! man_unscope(m, m->last->parent, MANDOCERR_MAX))
+		return(0);
+	return(man_body_alloc(m, ln, ppos, m->last->tok));
+
+err:	/* Error out. */
+
+	m->flags |= MAN_HALT;
+	return(0);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Unlink a node from its context.  If "m" is provided, the last parse
+ * point will also be adjusted accordingly.
+ */
+static void
+man_node_unlink(struct man *m, struct man_node *n)
+{
+
+	/* Adjust siblings. */
+
+	if (n->prev)
+		n->prev->next = n->next;
+	if (n->next)
+		n->next->prev = n->prev;
+
+	/* Adjust parent. */
+
+	if (n->parent) {
+		n->parent->nchild--;
+		if (n->parent->child == n)
+			n->parent->child = n->prev ? n->prev : n->next;
+	}
+
+	/* Adjust parse point, if applicable. */
+
+	if (m && m->last == n) {
+		/*XXX: this can occur when bailing from validation. */
+		/*assert(NULL == n->next);*/
+		if (n->prev) {
+			m->last = n->prev;
+			m->next = MAN_NEXT_SIBLING;
+		} else {
+			m->last = n->parent;
+			m->next = MAN_NEXT_CHILD;
+		}
+	}
+
+	if (m && m->first == n)
+		m->first = NULL;
+}
+
+const struct mparse *
+man_mparse(const struct man *m)
+{
+
+	assert(m && m->parse);
+	return(m->parse);
+}
diff --git a/contrib/mdocml/man.h b/contrib/mdocml/man.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4fc3934
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/mdocml/man.h
@@ -0,0 +1,113 @@
+/*	$Id: man.h,v 1.60 2012/01/03 15:16:24 kristaps Exp $ */
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2009, 2010, 2011 Kristaps Dzonsons <kristaps@bsd.lv>
+ *
+ * Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software for any
+ * purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above
+ * copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies.
+ *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" AND THE AUTHOR DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES
+ * WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
+ * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR
+ * ANY SPECIAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES
+ * WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN
+ * ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF
+ * OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
+ */
+#ifndef MAN_H
+#define MAN_H
+
+enum	mant {
+	MAN_br = 0,
+	MAN_TH,
+	MAN_SH,
+	MAN_SS,
+	MAN_TP,
+	MAN_LP,
+	MAN_PP,
+	MAN_P,
+	MAN_IP,
+	MAN_HP,
+	MAN_SM,
+	MAN_SB,
+	MAN_BI,
+	MAN_IB,
+	MAN_BR,
+	MAN_RB,
+	MAN_R,
+	MAN_B,
+	MAN_I,
+	MAN_IR,
+	MAN_RI,
+	MAN_na,
+	MAN_sp,
+	MAN_nf,
+	MAN_fi,
+	MAN_RE,
+	MAN_RS,
+	MAN_DT,
+	MAN_UC,
+	MAN_PD,
+	MAN_AT,
+	MAN_in,
+	MAN_ft,
+	MAN_OP,
+	MAN_MAX
+};
+
+enum	man_type {
+	MAN_TEXT,
+	MAN_ELEM,
+	MAN_ROOT,
+	MAN_BLOCK,
+	MAN_HEAD,
+	MAN_BODY,
+	MAN_TAIL,
+	MAN_TBL,
+	MAN_EQN
+};
+
+struct	man_meta {
+	char		*msec; /* `TH' section (1, 3p, etc.) */
+	char		*date; /* `TH' normalised date */
+	char		*vol; /* `TH' volume */
+	char		*title; /* `TH' title (e.g., FOO) */
+	char		*source; /* `TH' source (e.g., GNU) */
+};
+
+struct	man_node {
+	struct man_node	*parent; /* parent AST node */
+	struct man_node	*child; /* first child AST node */
+	struct man_node	*next; /* sibling AST node */
+	struct man_node	*prev; /* prior sibling AST node */
+	int		 nchild; /* number children */
+	int		 line;
+	int		 pos;
+	enum mant	 tok; /* tok or MAN__MAX if none */
+	int		 flags;
+#define	MAN_VALID	(1 << 0) /* has been validated */
+#define	MAN_EOS		(1 << 2) /* at sentence boundary */
+#define	MAN_LINE	(1 << 3) /* first macro/text on line */
+	enum man_type	 type; /* AST node type */
+	char		*string; /* TEXT node argument */
+	struct man_node	*head; /* BLOCK node HEAD ptr */
+	struct man_node *tail; /* BLOCK node TAIL ptr */
+	struct man_node	*body; /* BLOCK node BODY ptr */
+	const struct tbl_span *span; /* TBL */
+	const struct eqn *eqn; /* EQN */
+};
+
+/* Names of macros.  Index is enum mant. */
+extern	const char *const *man_macronames;
+
+__BEGIN_DECLS
+
+struct	man;
+
+const struct man_node *man_node(const struct man *);
+const struct man_meta *man_meta(const struct man *);
+const struct mparse   *man_mparse(const struct man *);
+
+__END_DECLS
+
+#endif /*!MAN_H*/
diff --git a/contrib/mdocml/man_hash.c b/contrib/mdocml/man_hash.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..86c5c40
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/mdocml/man_hash.c
@@ -0,0 +1,107 @@
+/*	$Id: man_hash.c,v 1.25 2011/07/24 18:15:14 kristaps Exp $ */
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2008, 2009, 2010 Kristaps Dzonsons <kristaps@bsd.lv>
+ *
+ * Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software for any
+ * purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above
+ * copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies.
+ *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" AND THE AUTHOR DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES
+ * WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
+ * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR
+ * ANY SPECIAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES
+ * WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN
+ * ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF
+ * OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
+ */
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+#include "config.h"
+#endif
+
+#include <sys/types.h>
+
+#include <assert.h>
+#include <ctype.h>
+#include <limits.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+
+#include "man.h"
+#include "mandoc.h"
+#include "libman.h"
+
+#define	HASH_DEPTH	 6
+
+#define	HASH_ROW(x) do { \
+		if (isupper((unsigned char)(x))) \
+			(x) -= 65; \
+		else \
+			(x) -= 97; \
+		(x) *= HASH_DEPTH; \
+	} while (/* CONSTCOND */ 0)
+
+/*
+ * Lookup table is indexed first by lower-case first letter (plus one
+ * for the period, which is stored in the last row), then by lower or
+ * uppercase second letter.  Buckets correspond to the index of the
+ * macro (the integer value of the enum stored as a char to save a bit
+ * of space).
+ */
+static	unsigned char	 table[26 * HASH_DEPTH];
+
+/*
+ * XXX - this hash has global scope, so if intended for use as a library
+ * with multiple callers, it will need re-invocation protection.
+ */
+void
+man_hash_init(void)
+{
+	int		 i, j, x;
+
+	memset(table, UCHAR_MAX, sizeof(table));
+
+	assert(/* LINTED */ 
+			MAN_MAX < UCHAR_MAX);
+
+	for (i = 0; i < (int)MAN_MAX; i++) {
+		x = man_macronames[i][0];
+
+		assert(isalpha((unsigned char)x));
+
+		HASH_ROW(x);
+
+		for (j = 0; j < HASH_DEPTH; j++)
+			if (UCHAR_MAX == table[x + j]) {
+				table[x + j] = (unsigned char)i;
+				break;
+			}
+
+		assert(j < HASH_DEPTH);
+	}
+}
+
+
+enum mant
+man_hash_find(const char *tmp)
+{
+	int		 x, y, i;
+	enum mant	 tok;
+
+	if ('\0' == (x = tmp[0]))
+		return(MAN_MAX);
+	if ( ! (isalpha((unsigned char)x)))
+		return(MAN_MAX);
+
+	HASH_ROW(x);
+
+	for (i = 0; i < HASH_DEPTH; i++) {
+		if (UCHAR_MAX == (y = table[x + i]))
+			return(MAN_MAX);
+
+		tok = (enum mant)y;
+		if (0 == strcmp(tmp, man_macronames[tok]))
+			return(tok);
+	}
+
+	return(MAN_MAX);
+}
diff --git a/contrib/mdocml/man_html.c b/contrib/mdocml/man_html.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a76ea2d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/mdocml/man_html.c
@@ -0,0 +1,688 @@
+/*	$Id: man_html.c,v 1.86 2012/01/03 15:16:24 kristaps Exp $ */
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011 Kristaps Dzonsons <kristaps@bsd.lv>
+ *
+ * Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software for any
+ * purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above
+ * copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies.
+ *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" AND THE AUTHOR DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES
+ * WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
+ * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR
+ * ANY SPECIAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES
+ * WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN
+ * ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF
+ * OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
+ */
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+#include "config.h"
+#endif
+
+#include <sys/types.h>
+
+#include <assert.h>
+#include <ctype.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+
+#include "mandoc.h"
+#include "out.h"
+#include "html.h"
+#include "man.h"
+#include "main.h"
+
+/* TODO: preserve ident widths. */
+/* FIXME: have PD set the default vspace width. */
+
+#define	INDENT		  5
+
+#define	MAN_ARGS	  const struct man_meta *m, \
+			  const struct man_node *n, \
+			  struct mhtml *mh, \
+			  struct html *h
+
+struct	mhtml {
+	int		  fl;
+#define	MANH_LITERAL	 (1 << 0) /* literal context */
+};
+
+struct	htmlman {
+	int		(*pre)(MAN_ARGS);
+	int		(*post)(MAN_ARGS);
+};
+
+static	void		  print_bvspace(struct html *, 
+				const struct man_node *);
+static	void		  print_man(MAN_ARGS);
+static	void		  print_man_head(MAN_ARGS);
+static	void		  print_man_nodelist(MAN_ARGS);
+static	void		  print_man_node(MAN_ARGS);
+static	int		  a2width(const struct man_node *,
+				struct roffsu *);
+static	int		  man_B_pre(MAN_ARGS);
+static	int		  man_HP_pre(MAN_ARGS);
+static	int		  man_IP_pre(MAN_ARGS);
+static	int		  man_I_pre(MAN_ARGS);
+static	int		  man_OP_pre(MAN_ARGS);
+static	int		  man_PP_pre(MAN_ARGS);
+static	int		  man_RS_pre(MAN_ARGS);
+static	int		  man_SH_pre(MAN_ARGS);
+static	int		  man_SM_pre(MAN_ARGS);
+static	int		  man_SS_pre(MAN_ARGS);
+static	int		  man_alt_pre(MAN_ARGS);
+static	int		  man_br_pre(MAN_ARGS);
+static	int		  man_ign_pre(MAN_ARGS);
+static	int		  man_in_pre(MAN_ARGS);
+static	int		  man_literal_pre(MAN_ARGS);
+static	void		  man_root_post(MAN_ARGS);
+static	void		  man_root_pre(MAN_ARGS);
+
+static	const struct htmlman mans[MAN_MAX] = {
+	{ man_br_pre, NULL }, /* br */
+	{ NULL, NULL }, /* TH */
+	{ man_SH_pre, NULL }, /* SH */
+	{ man_SS_pre, NULL }, /* SS */
+	{ man_IP_pre, NULL }, /* TP */
+	{ man_PP_pre, NULL }, /* LP */
+	{ man_PP_pre, NULL }, /* PP */
+	{ man_PP_pre, NULL }, /* P */
+	{ man_IP_pre, NULL }, /* IP */
+	{ man_HP_pre, NULL }, /* HP */ 
+	{ man_SM_pre, NULL }, /* SM */
+	{ man_SM_pre, NULL }, /* SB */
+	{ man_alt_pre, NULL }, /* BI */
+	{ man_alt_pre, NULL }, /* IB */
+	{ man_alt_pre, NULL }, /* BR */
+	{ man_alt_pre, NULL }, /* RB */
+	{ NULL, NULL }, /* R */
+	{ man_B_pre, NULL }, /* B */
+	{ man_I_pre, NULL }, /* I */
+	{ man_alt_pre, NULL }, /* IR */
+	{ man_alt_pre, NULL }, /* RI */
+	{ man_ign_pre, NULL }, /* na */
+	{ man_br_pre, NULL }, /* sp */
+	{ man_literal_pre, NULL }, /* nf */
+	{ man_literal_pre, NULL }, /* fi */
+	{ NULL, NULL }, /* RE */
+	{ man_RS_pre, NULL }, /* RS */
+	{ man_ign_pre, NULL }, /* DT */
+	{ man_ign_pre, NULL }, /* UC */
+	{ man_ign_pre, NULL }, /* PD */
+	{ man_ign_pre, NULL }, /* AT */
+	{ man_in_pre, NULL }, /* in */
+	{ man_ign_pre, NULL }, /* ft */
+	{ man_OP_pre, NULL }, /* OP */
+};
+
+/*
+ * Printing leading vertical space before a block.
+ * This is used for the paragraph macros.
+ * The rules are pretty simple, since there's very little nesting going
+ * on here.  Basically, if we're the first within another block (SS/SH),
+ * then don't emit vertical space.  If we are (RS), then do.  If not the
+ * first, print it.
+ */
+static void
+print_bvspace(struct html *h, const struct man_node *n)
+{
+
+	if (n->body && n->body->child)
+		if (MAN_TBL == n->body->child->type)
+			return;
+
+	if (MAN_ROOT == n->parent->type || MAN_RS != n->parent->tok)
+		if (NULL == n->prev)
+			return;
+
+	print_otag(h, TAG_P, 0, NULL);
+}
+
+void
+html_man(void *arg, const struct man *m)
+{
+	struct mhtml	 mh;
+
+	memset(&mh, 0, sizeof(struct mhtml));
+	print_man(man_meta(m), man_node(m), &mh, (struct html *)arg);
+	putchar('\n');
+}
+
+static void
+print_man(MAN_ARGS) 
+{
+	struct tag	*t, *tt;
+	struct htmlpair	 tag;
+
+	PAIR_CLASS_INIT(&tag, "mandoc");
+
+	if ( ! (HTML_FRAGMENT & h->oflags)) {
+		print_gen_decls(h);
+		t = print_otag(h, TAG_HTML, 0, NULL);
+		tt = print_otag(h, TAG_HEAD, 0, NULL);
+		print_man_head(m, n, mh, h);
+		print_tagq(h, tt);
+		print_otag(h, TAG_BODY, 0, NULL);
+		print_otag(h, TAG_DIV, 1, &tag);
+	} else 
+		t = print_otag(h, TAG_DIV, 1, &tag);
+
+	print_man_nodelist(m, n, mh, h);
+	print_tagq(h, t);
+}
+
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+static void
+print_man_head(MAN_ARGS)
+{
+
+	print_gen_head(h);
+	assert(m->title);
+	assert(m->msec);
+	bufcat_fmt(h, "%s(%s)", m->title, m->msec);
+	print_otag(h, TAG_TITLE, 0, NULL);
+	print_text(h, h->buf);
+}
+
+
+static void
+print_man_nodelist(MAN_ARGS)
+{
+
+	print_man_node(m, n, mh, h);
+	if (n->next)
+		print_man_nodelist(m, n->next, mh, h);
+}
+
+
+static void
+print_man_node(MAN_ARGS)
+{
+	int		 child;
+	struct tag	*t;
+
+	child = 1;
+	t = h->tags.head;
+
+	switch (n->type) {
+	case (MAN_ROOT):
+		man_root_pre(m, n, mh, h);
+		break;
+	case (MAN_TEXT):
+		/*
+		 * If we have a blank line, output a vertical space.
+		 * If we have a space as the first character, break
+		 * before printing the line's data.
+		 */
+		if ('\0' == *n->string) {
+			print_otag(h, TAG_P, 0, NULL);
+			return;
+		}
+
+		if (' ' == *n->string && MAN_LINE & n->flags)
+			print_otag(h, TAG_BR, 0, NULL);
+		else if (MANH_LITERAL & mh->fl && n->prev)
+			print_otag(h, TAG_BR, 0, NULL);
+
+		print_text(h, n->string);
+		return;
+	case (MAN_EQN):
+		print_eqn(h, n->eqn);
+		break;
+	case (MAN_TBL):
+		/*
+		 * This will take care of initialising all of the table
+		 * state data for the first table, then tearing it down
+		 * for the last one.
+		 */
+		print_tbl(h, n->span);
+		return;
+	default:
+		/* 
+		 * Close out scope of font prior to opening a macro
+		 * scope.
+		 */
+		if (HTMLFONT_NONE != h->metac) {
+			h->metal = h->metac;
+			h->metac = HTMLFONT_NONE;
+		}
+
+		/*
+		 * Close out the current table, if it's open, and unset
+		 * the "meta" table state.  This will be reopened on the
+		 * next table element.
+		 */
+		if (h->tblt) {
+			print_tblclose(h);
+			t = h->tags.head;
+		}
+		if (mans[n->tok].pre)
+			child = (*mans[n->tok].pre)(m, n, mh, h);
+		break;
+	}
+
+	if (child && n->child)
+		print_man_nodelist(m, n->child, mh, h);
+
+	/* This will automatically close out any font scope. */
+	print_stagq(h, t);
+
+	switch (n->type) {
+	case (MAN_ROOT):
+		man_root_post(m, n, mh, h);
+		break;
+	case (MAN_EQN):
+		break;
+	default:
+		if (mans[n->tok].post)
+			(*mans[n->tok].post)(m, n, mh, h);
+		break;
+	}
+}
+
+
+static int
+a2width(const struct man_node *n, struct roffsu *su)
+{
+
+	if (MAN_TEXT != n->type)
+		return(0);
+	if (a2roffsu(n->string, su, SCALE_BU))
+		return(1);
+
+	return(0);
+}
+
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+static void
+man_root_pre(MAN_ARGS)
+{
+	struct htmlpair	 tag[3];
+	struct tag	*t, *tt;
+	char		 b[BUFSIZ], title[BUFSIZ];
+
+	b[0] = 0;
+	if (m->vol)
+		(void)strlcat(b, m->vol, BUFSIZ);
+
+	assert(m->title);
+	assert(m->msec);
+	snprintf(title, BUFSIZ - 1, "%s(%s)", m->title, m->msec);
+
+	PAIR_SUMMARY_INIT(&tag[0], "Document Header");
+	PAIR_CLASS_INIT(&tag[1], "head");
+	PAIR_INIT(&tag[2], ATTR_WIDTH, "100%");
+	t = print_otag(h, TAG_TABLE, 3, tag);
+	PAIR_INIT(&tag[0], ATTR_WIDTH, "30%");
+	print_otag(h, TAG_COL, 1, tag);
+	print_otag(h, TAG_COL, 1, tag);
+	print_otag(h, TAG_COL, 1, tag);
+
+	print_otag(h, TAG_TBODY, 0, NULL);
+
+	tt = print_otag(h, TAG_TR, 0, NULL);
+
+	PAIR_CLASS_INIT(&tag[0], "head-ltitle");
+	print_otag(h, TAG_TD, 1, tag);
+	print_text(h, title);
+	print_stagq(h, tt);
+
+	PAIR_CLASS_INIT(&tag[0], "head-vol");
+	PAIR_INIT(&tag[1], ATTR_ALIGN, "center");
+	print_otag(h, TAG_TD, 2, tag);
+	print_text(h, b);
+	print_stagq(h, tt);
+
+	PAIR_CLASS_INIT(&tag[0], "head-rtitle");
+	PAIR_INIT(&tag[1], ATTR_ALIGN, "right");
+	print_otag(h, TAG_TD, 2, tag);
+	print_text(h, title);
+	print_tagq(h, t);
+}
+
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+static void
+man_root_post(MAN_ARGS)
+{
+	struct htmlpair	 tag[3];
+	struct tag	*t, *tt;
+
+	PAIR_SUMMARY_INIT(&tag[0], "Document Footer");
+	PAIR_CLASS_INIT(&tag[1], "foot");
+	PAIR_INIT(&tag[2], ATTR_WIDTH, "100%");
+	t = print_otag(h, TAG_TABLE, 3, tag);
+	PAIR_INIT(&tag[0], ATTR_WIDTH, "50%");
+	print_otag(h, TAG_COL, 1, tag);
+	print_otag(h, TAG_COL, 1, tag);
+
+	tt = print_otag(h, TAG_TR, 0, NULL);
+
+	PAIR_CLASS_INIT(&tag[0], "foot-date");
+	print_otag(h, TAG_TD, 1, tag);
+
+	assert(m->date);
+	print_text(h, m->date);
+	print_stagq(h, tt);
+
+	PAIR_CLASS_INIT(&tag[0], "foot-os");
+	PAIR_INIT(&tag[1], ATTR_ALIGN, "right");
+	print_otag(h, TAG_TD, 2, tag);
+
+	if (m->source)
+		print_text(h, m->source);
+	print_tagq(h, t);
+}
+
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+static int
+man_br_pre(MAN_ARGS)
+{
+	struct roffsu	 su;
+	struct htmlpair	 tag;
+
+	SCALE_VS_INIT(&su, 1);
+
+	if (MAN_sp == n->tok) {
+		if (NULL != (n = n->child))
+			if ( ! a2roffsu(n->string, &su, SCALE_VS))
+				SCALE_VS_INIT(&su, atoi(n->string));
+	} else
+		su.scale = 0;
+
+	bufinit(h);
+	bufcat_su(h, "height", &su);
+	PAIR_STYLE_INIT(&tag, h);
+	print_otag(h, TAG_DIV, 1, &tag);
+
+	/* So the div isn't empty: */
+	print_text(h, "\\~");
+
+	return(0);
+}
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+static int
+man_SH_pre(MAN_ARGS)
+{
+	struct htmlpair	 tag;
+
+	if (MAN_BLOCK == n->type) {
+		mh->fl &= ~MANH_LITERAL;
+		PAIR_CLASS_INIT(&tag, "section");
+		print_otag(h, TAG_DIV, 1, &tag);
+		return(1);
+	} else if (MAN_BODY == n->type)
+		return(1);
+
+	print_otag(h, TAG_H1, 0, NULL);
+	return(1);
+}
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+static int
+man_alt_pre(MAN_ARGS)
+{
+	const struct man_node	*nn;
+	int		 i, savelit;
+	enum htmltag	 fp;
+	struct tag	*t;
+
+	if ((savelit = mh->fl & MANH_LITERAL)) 
+		print_otag(h, TAG_BR, 0, NULL);
+
+	mh->fl &= ~MANH_LITERAL;
+
+	for (i = 0, nn = n->child; nn; nn = nn->next, i++) {
+		t = NULL;
+		switch (n->tok) {
+		case (MAN_BI):
+			fp = i % 2 ? TAG_I : TAG_B;
+			break;
+		case (MAN_IB):
+			fp = i % 2 ? TAG_B : TAG_I;
+			break;
+		case (MAN_RI):
+			fp = i % 2 ? TAG_I : TAG_MAX;
+			break;
+		case (MAN_IR):
+			fp = i % 2 ? TAG_MAX : TAG_I;
+			break;
+		case (MAN_BR):
+			fp = i % 2 ? TAG_MAX : TAG_B;
+			break;
+		case (MAN_RB):
+			fp = i % 2 ? TAG_B : TAG_MAX;
+			break;
+		default:
+			abort();
+			/* NOTREACHED */
+		}
+
+		if (i)
+			h->flags |= HTML_NOSPACE;
+
+		if (TAG_MAX != fp)
+			t = print_otag(h, fp, 0, NULL);
+
+		print_man_node(m, nn, mh, h);
+
+		if (t)
+			print_tagq(h, t);
+	}
+
+	if (savelit)
+		mh->fl |= MANH_LITERAL;
+
+	return(0);
+}
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+static int
+man_SM_pre(MAN_ARGS)
+{
+	
+	print_otag(h, TAG_SMALL, 0, NULL);
+	if (MAN_SB == n->tok)
+		print_otag(h, TAG_B, 0, NULL);
+	return(1);
+}
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+static int
+man_SS_pre(MAN_ARGS)
+{
+	struct htmlpair	 tag;
+
+	if (MAN_BLOCK == n->type) {
+		mh->fl &= ~MANH_LITERAL;
+		PAIR_CLASS_INIT(&tag, "subsection");
+		print_otag(h, TAG_DIV, 1, &tag);
+		return(1);
+	} else if (MAN_BODY == n->type)
+		return(1);
+
+	print_otag(h, TAG_H2, 0, NULL);
+	return(1);
+}
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+static int
+man_PP_pre(MAN_ARGS)
+{
+
+	if (MAN_HEAD == n->type)
+		return(0);
+	else if (MAN_BLOCK == n->type)
+		print_bvspace(h, n);
+
+	return(1);
+}
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+static int
+man_IP_pre(MAN_ARGS)
+{
+	const struct man_node	*nn;
+
+	if (MAN_BODY == n->type) { 
+		print_otag(h, TAG_DD, 0, NULL);
+		return(1);
+	} else if (MAN_HEAD != n->type) {
+		print_otag(h, TAG_DL, 0, NULL);
+		return(1);
+	}
+
+	/* FIXME: width specification. */
+
+	print_otag(h, TAG_DT, 0, NULL);
+
+	/* For IP, only print the first header element. */
+
+	if (MAN_IP == n->tok && n->child)
+		print_man_node(m, n->child, mh, h);
+
+	/* For TP, only print next-line header elements. */
+
+	if (MAN_TP == n->tok)
+		for (nn = n->child; nn; nn = nn->next)
+			if (nn->line > n->line)
+				print_man_node(m, nn, mh, h);
+
+	return(0);
+}
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+static int
+man_HP_pre(MAN_ARGS)
+{
+	struct htmlpair	 tag;
+	struct roffsu	 su;
+	const struct man_node *np;
+
+	if (MAN_HEAD == n->type)
+		return(0);
+	else if (MAN_BLOCK != n->type)
+		return(1);
+
+	np = n->head->child;
+
+	if (NULL == np || ! a2width(np, &su))
+		SCALE_HS_INIT(&su, INDENT);
+
+	bufinit(h);
+
+	print_bvspace(h, n);
+	bufcat_su(h, "margin-left", &su);
+	su.scale = -su.scale;
+	bufcat_su(h, "text-indent", &su);
+	PAIR_STYLE_INIT(&tag, h);
+	print_otag(h, TAG_P, 1, &tag);
+	return(1);
+}
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+static int
+man_OP_pre(MAN_ARGS)
+{
+	struct tag	*tt;
+	struct htmlpair	 tag;
+
+	print_text(h, "[");
+	h->flags |= HTML_NOSPACE;
+	PAIR_CLASS_INIT(&tag, "opt");
+	tt = print_otag(h, TAG_SPAN, 1, &tag);
+
+	if (NULL != (n = n->child)) {
+		print_otag(h, TAG_B, 0, NULL);
+		print_text(h, n->string);
+	}
+
+	print_stagq(h, tt);
+
+	if (NULL != n && NULL != n->next) {
+		print_otag(h, TAG_I, 0, NULL);
+		print_text(h, n->next->string);
+	}
+
+	print_stagq(h, tt);
+	h->flags |= HTML_NOSPACE;
+	print_text(h, "]");
+	return(0);
+}
+
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+static int
+man_B_pre(MAN_ARGS)
+{
+
+	print_otag(h, TAG_B, 0, NULL);
+	return(1);
+}
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+static int
+man_I_pre(MAN_ARGS)
+{
+	
+	print_otag(h, TAG_I, 0, NULL);
+	return(1);
+}
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+static int
+man_literal_pre(MAN_ARGS)
+{
+
+	if (MAN_nf != n->tok) {
+		print_otag(h, TAG_BR, 0, NULL);
+		mh->fl &= ~MANH_LITERAL;
+	} else
+		mh->fl |= MANH_LITERAL;
+
+	return(0);
+}
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+static int
+man_in_pre(MAN_ARGS)
+{
+
+	print_otag(h, TAG_BR, 0, NULL);
+	return(0);
+}
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+static int
+man_ign_pre(MAN_ARGS)
+{
+
+	return(0);
+}
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+static int
+man_RS_pre(MAN_ARGS)
+{
+	struct htmlpair	 tag;
+	struct roffsu	 su;
+
+	if (MAN_HEAD == n->type)
+		return(0);
+	else if (MAN_BODY == n->type)
+		return(1);
+
+	SCALE_HS_INIT(&su, INDENT);
+	if (n->head->child)
+		a2width(n->head->child, &su);
+
+	bufinit(h);
+	bufcat_su(h, "margin-left", &su);
+	PAIR_STYLE_INIT(&tag, h);
+	print_otag(h, TAG_DIV, 1, &tag);
+	return(1);
+}
diff --git a/contrib/mdocml/man_macro.c b/contrib/mdocml/man_macro.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4bbbc4f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/mdocml/man_macro.c
@@ -0,0 +1,484 @@
+/*	$Id: man_macro.c,v 1.71 2012/01/03 15:16:24 kristaps Exp $ */
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011 Kristaps Dzonsons <kristaps@bsd.lv>
+ *
+ * Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software for any
+ * purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above
+ * copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies.
+ *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" AND THE AUTHOR DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES
+ * WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
+ * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR
+ * ANY SPECIAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES
+ * WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN
+ * ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF
+ * OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
+ */
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+#include "config.h"
+#endif
+
+#include <assert.h>
+#include <ctype.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+
+#include "man.h"
+#include "mandoc.h"
+#include "libmandoc.h"
+#include "libman.h"
+
+enum	rew {
+	REW_REWIND,
+	REW_NOHALT,
+	REW_HALT
+};
+
+static	int		 blk_close(MACRO_PROT_ARGS);
+static	int		 blk_exp(MACRO_PROT_ARGS);
+static	int		 blk_imp(MACRO_PROT_ARGS);
+static	int		 in_line_eoln(MACRO_PROT_ARGS);
+static	int		 man_args(struct man *, int, 
+				int *, char *, char **);
+
+static	int		 rew_scope(enum man_type, 
+				struct man *, enum mant);
+static	enum rew	 rew_dohalt(enum mant, enum man_type, 
+				const struct man_node *);
+static	enum rew	 rew_block(enum mant, enum man_type, 
+				const struct man_node *);
+static	void		 rew_warn(struct man *, 
+				struct man_node *, enum mandocerr);
+
+const	struct man_macro __man_macros[MAN_MAX] = {
+	{ in_line_eoln, MAN_NSCOPED }, /* br */
+	{ in_line_eoln, MAN_BSCOPE }, /* TH */
+	{ blk_imp, MAN_BSCOPE | MAN_SCOPED }, /* SH */
+	{ blk_imp, MAN_BSCOPE | MAN_SCOPED }, /* SS */
+	{ blk_imp, MAN_BSCOPE | MAN_SCOPED | MAN_FSCOPED }, /* TP */
+	{ blk_imp, MAN_BSCOPE }, /* LP */
+	{ blk_imp, MAN_BSCOPE }, /* PP */
+	{ blk_imp, MAN_BSCOPE }, /* P */
+	{ blk_imp, MAN_BSCOPE }, /* IP */
+	{ blk_imp, MAN_BSCOPE }, /* HP */
+	{ in_line_eoln, MAN_SCOPED }, /* SM */
+	{ in_line_eoln, MAN_SCOPED }, /* SB */
+	{ in_line_eoln, 0 }, /* BI */
+	{ in_line_eoln, 0 }, /* IB */
+	{ in_line_eoln, 0 }, /* BR */
+	{ in_line_eoln, 0 }, /* RB */
+	{ in_line_eoln, MAN_SCOPED }, /* R */
+	{ in_line_eoln, MAN_SCOPED }, /* B */
+	{ in_line_eoln, MAN_SCOPED }, /* I */
+	{ in_line_eoln, 0 }, /* IR */
+	{ in_line_eoln, 0 }, /* RI */
+	{ in_line_eoln, MAN_NSCOPED }, /* na */
+	{ in_line_eoln, MAN_NSCOPED }, /* sp */
+	{ in_line_eoln, MAN_BSCOPE }, /* nf */
+	{ in_line_eoln, MAN_BSCOPE }, /* fi */
+	{ blk_close, 0 }, /* RE */
+	{ blk_exp, MAN_EXPLICIT }, /* RS */
+	{ in_line_eoln, 0 }, /* DT */
+	{ in_line_eoln, 0 }, /* UC */
+	{ in_line_eoln, 0 }, /* PD */
+	{ in_line_eoln, 0 }, /* AT */
+	{ in_line_eoln, 0 }, /* in */
+	{ in_line_eoln, 0 }, /* ft */
+	{ in_line_eoln, 0 }, /* OP */
+};
+
+const	struct man_macro * const man_macros = __man_macros;
+
+
+/*
+ * Warn when "n" is an explicit non-roff macro.
+ */
+static void
+rew_warn(struct man *m, struct man_node *n, enum mandocerr er)
+{
+
+	if (er == MANDOCERR_MAX || MAN_BLOCK != n->type)
+		return;
+	if (MAN_VALID & n->flags)
+		return;
+	if ( ! (MAN_EXPLICIT & man_macros[n->tok].flags))
+		return;
+
+	assert(er < MANDOCERR_FATAL);
+	man_nmsg(m, n, er);
+}
+
+
+/*
+ * Rewind scope.  If a code "er" != MANDOCERR_MAX has been provided, it
+ * will be used if an explicit block scope is being closed out.
+ */
+int
+man_unscope(struct man *m, const struct man_node *to, 
+		enum mandocerr er)
+{
+	struct man_node	*n;
+
+	assert(to);
+
+	m->next = MAN_NEXT_SIBLING;
+
+	/* LINTED */
+	while (m->last != to) {
+		/*
+		 * Save the parent here, because we may delete the
+		 * m->last node in the post-validation phase and reset
+		 * it to m->last->parent, causing a step in the closing
+		 * out to be lost.
+		 */
+		n = m->last->parent;
+		rew_warn(m, m->last, er);
+		if ( ! man_valid_post(m))
+			return(0);
+		m->last = n;
+		assert(m->last);
+	}
+
+	rew_warn(m, m->last, er);
+	if ( ! man_valid_post(m))
+		return(0);
+
+	return(1);
+}
+
+
+static enum rew
+rew_block(enum mant ntok, enum man_type type, const struct man_node *n)
+{
+
+	if (MAN_BLOCK == type && ntok == n->parent->tok && 
+			MAN_BODY == n->parent->type)
+		return(REW_REWIND);
+	return(ntok == n->tok ? REW_HALT : REW_NOHALT);
+}
+
+
+/*
+ * There are three scope levels: scoped to the root (all), scoped to the
+ * section (all less sections), and scoped to subsections (all less
+ * sections and subsections).
+ */
+static enum rew 
+rew_dohalt(enum mant tok, enum man_type type, const struct man_node *n)
+{
+	enum rew	 c;
+
+	/* We cannot progress beyond the root ever. */
+	if (MAN_ROOT == n->type)
+		return(REW_HALT);
+
+	assert(n->parent);
+
+	/* Normal nodes shouldn't go to the level of the root. */
+	if (MAN_ROOT == n->parent->type)
+		return(REW_REWIND);
+
+	/* Already-validated nodes should be closed out. */
+	if (MAN_VALID & n->flags)
+		return(REW_NOHALT);
+
+	/* First: rewind to ourselves. */
+	if (type == n->type && tok == n->tok)
+		return(REW_REWIND);
+
+	/* 
+	 * Next follow the implicit scope-smashings as defined by man.7:
+	 * section, sub-section, etc.
+	 */
+
+	switch (tok) {
+	case (MAN_SH):
+		break;
+	case (MAN_SS):
+		/* Rewind to a section, if a block. */
+		if (REW_NOHALT != (c = rew_block(MAN_SH, type, n)))
+			return(c);
+		break;
+	case (MAN_RS):
+		/* Rewind to a subsection, if a block. */
+		if (REW_NOHALT != (c = rew_block(MAN_SS, type, n)))
+			return(c);
+		/* Rewind to a section, if a block. */
+		if (REW_NOHALT != (c = rew_block(MAN_SH, type, n)))
+			return(c);
+		break;
+	default:
+		/* Rewind to an offsetter, if a block. */
+		if (REW_NOHALT != (c = rew_block(MAN_RS, type, n)))
+			return(c);
+		/* Rewind to a subsection, if a block. */
+		if (REW_NOHALT != (c = rew_block(MAN_SS, type, n)))
+			return(c);
+		/* Rewind to a section, if a block. */
+		if (REW_NOHALT != (c = rew_block(MAN_SH, type, n)))
+			return(c);
+		break;
+	}
+
+	return(REW_NOHALT);
+}
+
+
+/*
+ * Rewinding entails ascending the parse tree until a coherent point,
+ * for example, the `SH' macro will close out any intervening `SS'
+ * scopes.  When a scope is closed, it must be validated and actioned.
+ */
+static int
+rew_scope(enum man_type type, struct man *m, enum mant tok)
+{
+	struct man_node	*n;
+	enum rew	 c;
+
+	/* LINTED */
+	for (n = m->last; n; n = n->parent) {
+		/* 
+		 * Whether we should stop immediately (REW_HALT), stop
+		 * and rewind until this point (REW_REWIND), or keep
+		 * rewinding (REW_NOHALT).
+		 */
+		c = rew_dohalt(tok, type, n);
+		if (REW_HALT == c)
+			return(1);
+		if (REW_REWIND == c)
+			break;
+	}
+
+	/* 
+	 * Rewind until the current point.  Warn if we're a roff
+	 * instruction that's mowing over explicit scopes.
+	 */
+	assert(n);
+
+	return(man_unscope(m, n, MANDOCERR_MAX));
+}
+
+
+/*
+ * Close out a generic explicit macro.
+ */
+/* ARGSUSED */
+int
+blk_close(MACRO_PROT_ARGS)
+{
+	enum mant	 	 ntok;
+	const struct man_node	*nn;
+
+	switch (tok) {
+	case (MAN_RE):
+		ntok = MAN_RS;
+		break;
+	default:
+		abort();
+		/* NOTREACHED */
+	}
+
+	for (nn = m->last->parent; nn; nn = nn->parent)
+		if (ntok == nn->tok)
+			break;
+
+	if (NULL == nn)
+		man_pmsg(m, line, ppos, MANDOCERR_NOSCOPE);
+
+	if ( ! rew_scope(MAN_BODY, m, ntok))
+		return(0);
+	if ( ! rew_scope(MAN_BLOCK, m, ntok))
+		return(0);
+
+	return(1);
+}
+
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+int
+blk_exp(MACRO_PROT_ARGS)
+{
+	int		 la;
+	char		*p;
+
+	/* 
+	 * Close out prior scopes.  "Regular" explicit macros cannot be
+	 * nested, but we allow roff macros to be placed just about
+	 * anywhere.
+	 */
+
+	if ( ! man_block_alloc(m, line, ppos, tok))
+		return(0);
+	if ( ! man_head_alloc(m, line, ppos, tok))
+		return(0);
+
+	for (;;) {
+		la = *pos;
+		if ( ! man_args(m, line, pos, buf, &p))
+			break;
+		if ( ! man_word_alloc(m, line, la, p))
+			return(0);
+	}
+
+	assert(m);
+	assert(tok != MAN_MAX);
+
+	if ( ! rew_scope(MAN_HEAD, m, tok))
+		return(0);
+	return(man_body_alloc(m, line, ppos, tok));
+}
+
+
+
+/*
+ * Parse an implicit-block macro.  These contain a MAN_HEAD and a
+ * MAN_BODY contained within a MAN_BLOCK.  Rules for closing out other
+ * scopes, such as `SH' closing out an `SS', are defined in the rew
+ * routines.
+ */
+/* ARGSUSED */
+int
+blk_imp(MACRO_PROT_ARGS)
+{
+	int		 la;
+	char		*p;
+	struct man_node	*n;
+
+	/* Close out prior scopes. */
+
+	if ( ! rew_scope(MAN_BODY, m, tok))
+		return(0);
+	if ( ! rew_scope(MAN_BLOCK, m, tok))
+		return(0);
+
+	/* Allocate new block & head scope. */
+
+	if ( ! man_block_alloc(m, line, ppos, tok))
+		return(0);
+	if ( ! man_head_alloc(m, line, ppos, tok))
+		return(0);
+
+	n = m->last;
+
+	/* Add line arguments. */
+
+	for (;;) {
+		la = *pos;
+		if ( ! man_args(m, line, pos, buf, &p))
+			break;
+		if ( ! man_word_alloc(m, line, la, p))
+			return(0);
+	}
+
+	/* Close out head and open body (unless MAN_SCOPE). */
+
+	if (MAN_SCOPED & man_macros[tok].flags) {
+		/* If we're forcing scope (`TP'), keep it open. */
+		if (MAN_FSCOPED & man_macros[tok].flags) {
+			m->flags |= MAN_BLINE;
+			return(1);
+		} else if (n == m->last) {
+			m->flags |= MAN_BLINE;
+			return(1);
+		}
+	}
+
+	if ( ! rew_scope(MAN_HEAD, m, tok))
+		return(0);
+	return(man_body_alloc(m, line, ppos, tok));
+}
+
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+int
+in_line_eoln(MACRO_PROT_ARGS)
+{
+	int		 la;
+	char		*p;
+	struct man_node	*n;
+
+	if ( ! man_elem_alloc(m, line, ppos, tok))
+		return(0);
+
+	n = m->last;
+
+	for (;;) {
+		la = *pos;
+		if ( ! man_args(m, line, pos, buf, &p))
+			break;
+		if ( ! man_word_alloc(m, line, la, p))
+			return(0);
+	}
+
+	/*
+	 * If no arguments are specified and this is MAN_SCOPED (i.e.,
+	 * next-line scoped), then set our mode to indicate that we're
+	 * waiting for terms to load into our context.
+	 */
+
+	if (n == m->last && MAN_SCOPED & man_macros[tok].flags) {
+		assert( ! (MAN_NSCOPED & man_macros[tok].flags));
+		m->flags |= MAN_ELINE;
+		return(1);
+	} 
+
+	/* Set ignorable context, if applicable. */
+
+	if (MAN_NSCOPED & man_macros[tok].flags) {
+		assert( ! (MAN_SCOPED & man_macros[tok].flags));
+		m->flags |= MAN_ILINE;
+	}
+
+	assert(MAN_ROOT != m->last->type);
+	m->next = MAN_NEXT_SIBLING;
+	
+	/*
+	 * Rewind our element scope.  Note that when TH is pruned, we'll
+	 * be back at the root, so make sure that we don't clobber as
+	 * its sibling.
+	 */
+
+	for ( ; m->last; m->last = m->last->parent) {
+		if (m->last == n)
+			break;
+		if (m->last->type == MAN_ROOT)
+			break;
+		if ( ! man_valid_post(m))
+			return(0);
+	}
+
+	assert(m->last);
+
+	/*
+	 * Same here regarding whether we're back at the root. 
+	 */
+
+	if (m->last->type != MAN_ROOT && ! man_valid_post(m))
+		return(0);
+
+	return(1);
+}
+
+
+int
+man_macroend(struct man *m)
+{
+
+	return(man_unscope(m, m->first, MANDOCERR_SCOPEEXIT));
+}
+
+static int
+man_args(struct man *m, int line, int *pos, char *buf, char **v)
+{
+	char	 *start;
+
+	assert(*pos);
+	*v = start = buf + *pos;
+	assert(' ' != *start);
+
+	if ('\0' == *start)
+		return(0);
+
+	*v = mandoc_getarg(m->parse, v, line, pos);
+	return(1);
+}
diff --git a/contrib/mdocml/man_term.c b/contrib/mdocml/man_term.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..69c5c95
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/mdocml/man_term.c
@@ -0,0 +1,1117 @@
+/*	$Id: man_term.c,v 1.127 2012/01/03 15:16:24 kristaps Exp $ */
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011 Kristaps Dzonsons <kristaps@bsd.lv>
+ * Copyright (c) 2010, 2011 Ingo Schwarze <schwarze@openbsd.org>
+ *
+ * Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software for any
+ * purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above
+ * copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies.
+ *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" AND THE AUTHOR DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES
+ * WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
+ * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR
+ * ANY SPECIAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES
+ * WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN
+ * ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF
+ * OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
+ */
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+#include "config.h"
+#endif
+
+#include <sys/types.h>
+
+#include <assert.h>
+#include <ctype.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+
+#include "mandoc.h"
+#include "out.h"
+#include "man.h"
+#include "term.h"
+#include "main.h"
+
+#define	MAXMARGINS	  64 /* maximum number of indented scopes */
+
+/* FIXME: have PD set the default vspace width. */
+
+struct	mtermp {
+	int		  fl;
+#define	MANT_LITERAL	 (1 << 0)
+	size_t		  lmargin[MAXMARGINS]; /* margins (incl. visible page) */
+	int		  lmargincur; /* index of current margin */
+	int		  lmarginsz; /* actual number of nested margins */
+	size_t		  offset; /* default offset to visible page */
+};
+
+#define	DECL_ARGS 	  struct termp *p, \
+			  struct mtermp *mt, \
+			  const struct man_node *n, \
+			  const struct man_meta *m
+
+struct	termact {
+	int		(*pre)(DECL_ARGS);
+	void		(*post)(DECL_ARGS);
+	int		  flags;
+#define	MAN_NOTEXT	 (1 << 0) /* Never has text children. */
+};
+
+static	int		  a2width(const struct termp *, const char *);
+static	size_t		  a2height(const struct termp *, const char *);
+
+static	void		  print_man_nodelist(DECL_ARGS);
+static	void		  print_man_node(DECL_ARGS);
+static	void		  print_man_head(struct termp *, const void *);
+static	void		  print_man_foot(struct termp *, const void *);
+static	void		  print_bvspace(struct termp *, 
+				const struct man_node *);
+
+static	int		  pre_B(DECL_ARGS);
+static	int		  pre_HP(DECL_ARGS);
+static	int		  pre_I(DECL_ARGS);
+static	int		  pre_IP(DECL_ARGS);
+static	int		  pre_OP(DECL_ARGS);
+static	int		  pre_PP(DECL_ARGS);
+static	int		  pre_RS(DECL_ARGS);
+static	int		  pre_SH(DECL_ARGS);
+static	int		  pre_SS(DECL_ARGS);
+static	int		  pre_TP(DECL_ARGS);
+static	int		  pre_alternate(DECL_ARGS);
+static	int		  pre_ft(DECL_ARGS);
+static	int		  pre_ign(DECL_ARGS);
+static	int		  pre_in(DECL_ARGS);
+static	int		  pre_literal(DECL_ARGS);
+static	int		  pre_sp(DECL_ARGS);
+
+static	void		  post_IP(DECL_ARGS);
+static	void		  post_HP(DECL_ARGS);
+static	void		  post_RS(DECL_ARGS);
+static	void		  post_SH(DECL_ARGS);
+static	void		  post_SS(DECL_ARGS);
+static	void		  post_TP(DECL_ARGS);
+
+static	const struct termact termacts[MAN_MAX] = {
+	{ pre_sp, NULL, MAN_NOTEXT }, /* br */
+	{ NULL, NULL, 0 }, /* TH */
+	{ pre_SH, post_SH, 0 }, /* SH */
+	{ pre_SS, post_SS, 0 }, /* SS */
+	{ pre_TP, post_TP, 0 }, /* TP */
+	{ pre_PP, NULL, 0 }, /* LP */
+	{ pre_PP, NULL, 0 }, /* PP */
+	{ pre_PP, NULL, 0 }, /* P */
+	{ pre_IP, post_IP, 0 }, /* IP */
+	{ pre_HP, post_HP, 0 }, /* HP */ 
+	{ NULL, NULL, 0 }, /* SM */
+	{ pre_B, NULL, 0 }, /* SB */
+	{ pre_alternate, NULL, 0 }, /* BI */
+	{ pre_alternate, NULL, 0 }, /* IB */
+	{ pre_alternate, NULL, 0 }, /* BR */
+	{ pre_alternate, NULL, 0 }, /* RB */
+	{ NULL, NULL, 0 }, /* R */
+	{ pre_B, NULL, 0 }, /* B */
+	{ pre_I, NULL, 0 }, /* I */
+	{ pre_alternate, NULL, 0 }, /* IR */
+	{ pre_alternate, NULL, 0 }, /* RI */
+	{ pre_ign, NULL, MAN_NOTEXT }, /* na */
+	{ pre_sp, NULL, MAN_NOTEXT }, /* sp */
+	{ pre_literal, NULL, 0 }, /* nf */
+	{ pre_literal, NULL, 0 }, /* fi */
+	{ NULL, NULL, 0 }, /* RE */
+	{ pre_RS, post_RS, 0 }, /* RS */
+	{ pre_ign, NULL, 0 }, /* DT */
+	{ pre_ign, NULL, 0 }, /* UC */
+	{ pre_ign, NULL, 0 }, /* PD */
+	{ pre_ign, NULL, 0 }, /* AT */
+	{ pre_in, NULL, MAN_NOTEXT }, /* in */
+	{ pre_ft, NULL, MAN_NOTEXT }, /* ft */
+	{ pre_OP, NULL, 0 }, /* OP */
+};
+
+
+
+void
+terminal_man(void *arg, const struct man *man)
+{
+	struct termp		*p;
+	const struct man_node	*n;
+	const struct man_meta	*m;
+	struct mtermp		 mt;
+
+	p = (struct termp *)arg;
+
+	if (0 == p->defindent)
+		p->defindent = 7;
+
+	p->overstep = 0;
+	p->maxrmargin = p->defrmargin;
+	p->tabwidth = term_len(p, 5);
+
+	if (NULL == p->symtab)
+		p->symtab = mchars_alloc();
+
+	n = man_node(man);
+	m = man_meta(man);
+
+	term_begin(p, print_man_head, print_man_foot, m);
+	p->flags |= TERMP_NOSPACE;
+
+	memset(&mt, 0, sizeof(struct mtermp));
+
+	mt.lmargin[mt.lmargincur] = term_len(p, p->defindent);
+	mt.offset = term_len(p, p->defindent);
+
+	if (n->child)
+		print_man_nodelist(p, &mt, n->child, m);
+
+	term_end(p);
+}
+
+
+static size_t
+a2height(const struct termp *p, const char *cp)
+{
+	struct roffsu	 su;
+
+	if ( ! a2roffsu(cp, &su, SCALE_VS))
+		SCALE_VS_INIT(&su, atoi(cp));
+
+	return(term_vspan(p, &su));
+}
+
+
+static int
+a2width(const struct termp *p, const char *cp)
+{
+	struct roffsu	 su;
+
+	if ( ! a2roffsu(cp, &su, SCALE_BU))
+		return(-1);
+
+	return((int)term_hspan(p, &su));
+}
+
+/*
+ * Printing leading vertical space before a block.
+ * This is used for the paragraph macros.
+ * The rules are pretty simple, since there's very little nesting going
+ * on here.  Basically, if we're the first within another block (SS/SH),
+ * then don't emit vertical space.  If we are (RS), then do.  If not the
+ * first, print it.
+ */
+static void
+print_bvspace(struct termp *p, const struct man_node *n)
+{
+
+	term_newln(p);
+
+	if (n->body && n->body->child)
+		if (MAN_TBL == n->body->child->type)
+			return;
+
+	if (MAN_ROOT == n->parent->type || MAN_RS != n->parent->tok)
+		if (NULL == n->prev)
+			return;
+
+	term_vspace(p);
+}
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+static int
+pre_ign(DECL_ARGS)
+{
+
+	return(0);
+}
+
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+static int
+pre_I(DECL_ARGS)
+{
+
+	term_fontrepl(p, TERMFONT_UNDER);
+	return(1);
+}
+
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+static int
+pre_literal(DECL_ARGS)
+{
+
+	term_newln(p);
+
+	if (MAN_nf == n->tok)
+		mt->fl |= MANT_LITERAL;
+	else
+		mt->fl &= ~MANT_LITERAL;
+
+	/*
+	 * Unlike .IP and .TP, .HP does not have a HEAD.
+	 * So in case a second call to term_flushln() is needed,
+	 * indentation has to be set up explicitly.
+	 */
+	if (MAN_HP == n->parent->tok && p->rmargin < p->maxrmargin) {
+		p->offset = p->rmargin;
+		p->rmargin = p->maxrmargin;
+		p->flags &= ~(TERMP_NOBREAK | TERMP_TWOSPACE);
+		p->flags |= TERMP_NOSPACE;
+	}
+
+	return(0);
+}
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+static int
+pre_alternate(DECL_ARGS)
+{
+	enum termfont		 font[2];
+	const struct man_node	*nn;
+	int			 savelit, i;
+
+	switch (n->tok) {
+	case (MAN_RB):
+		font[0] = TERMFONT_NONE;
+		font[1] = TERMFONT_BOLD;
+		break;
+	case (MAN_RI):
+		font[0] = TERMFONT_NONE;
+		font[1] = TERMFONT_UNDER;
+		break;
+	case (MAN_BR):
+		font[0] = TERMFONT_BOLD;
+		font[1] = TERMFONT_NONE;
+		break;
+	case (MAN_BI):
+		font[0] = TERMFONT_BOLD;
+		font[1] = TERMFONT_UNDER;
+		break;
+	case (MAN_IR):
+		font[0] = TERMFONT_UNDER;
+		font[1] = TERMFONT_NONE;
+		break;
+	case (MAN_IB):
+		font[0] = TERMFONT_UNDER;
+		font[1] = TERMFONT_BOLD;
+		break;
+	default:
+		abort();
+	}
+
+	savelit = MANT_LITERAL & mt->fl;
+	mt->fl &= ~MANT_LITERAL;
+
+	for (i = 0, nn = n->child; nn; nn = nn->next, i = 1 - i) {
+		term_fontrepl(p, font[i]);
+		if (savelit && NULL == nn->next)
+			mt->fl |= MANT_LITERAL;
+		print_man_node(p, mt, nn, m);
+		if (nn->next)
+			p->flags |= TERMP_NOSPACE;
+	}
+
+	return(0);
+}
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+static int
+pre_B(DECL_ARGS)
+{
+
+	term_fontrepl(p, TERMFONT_BOLD);
+	return(1);
+}
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+static int
+pre_OP(DECL_ARGS)
+{
+
+	term_word(p, "[");
+	p->flags |= TERMP_NOSPACE;
+
+	if (NULL != (n = n->child)) {
+		term_fontrepl(p, TERMFONT_BOLD);
+		term_word(p, n->string);
+	}
+	if (NULL != n && NULL != n->next) {
+		term_fontrepl(p, TERMFONT_UNDER);
+		term_word(p, n->next->string);
+	}
+
+	term_fontrepl(p, TERMFONT_NONE);
+	p->flags |= TERMP_NOSPACE;
+	term_word(p, "]");
+	return(0);
+}
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+static int
+pre_ft(DECL_ARGS)
+{
+	const char	*cp;
+
+	if (NULL == n->child) {
+		term_fontlast(p);
+		return(0);
+	}
+
+	cp = n->child->string;
+	switch (*cp) {
+	case ('4'):
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+	case ('3'):
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+	case ('B'):
+		term_fontrepl(p, TERMFONT_BOLD);
+		break;
+	case ('2'):
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+	case ('I'):
+		term_fontrepl(p, TERMFONT_UNDER);
+		break;
+	case ('P'):
+		term_fontlast(p);
+		break;
+	case ('1'):
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+	case ('C'):
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+	case ('R'):
+		term_fontrepl(p, TERMFONT_NONE);
+		break;
+	default:
+		break;
+	}
+	return(0);
+}
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+static int
+pre_in(DECL_ARGS)
+{
+	int		 len, less;
+	size_t		 v;
+	const char	*cp;
+
+	term_newln(p);
+
+	if (NULL == n->child) {
+		p->offset = mt->offset;
+		return(0);
+	}
+
+	cp = n->child->string;
+	less = 0;
+
+	if ('-' == *cp)
+		less = -1;
+	else if ('+' == *cp)
+		less = 1;
+	else
+		cp--;
+
+	if ((len = a2width(p, ++cp)) < 0)
+		return(0);
+
+	v = (size_t)len;
+
+	if (less < 0)
+		p->offset -= p->offset > v ? v : p->offset;
+	else if (less > 0)
+		p->offset += v;
+	else 
+		p->offset = v;
+
+	/* Don't let this creep beyond the right margin. */
+
+	if (p->offset > p->rmargin)
+		p->offset = p->rmargin;
+
+	return(0);
+}
+
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+static int
+pre_sp(DECL_ARGS)
+{
+	size_t		 i, len;
+
+	if ((NULL == n->prev && n->parent)) {
+		if (MAN_SS == n->parent->tok)
+			return(0);
+		if (MAN_SH == n->parent->tok)
+			return(0);
+	}
+
+	switch (n->tok) {
+	case (MAN_br):
+		len = 0;
+		break;
+	default:
+		len = n->child ? a2height(p, n->child->string) : 1;
+		break;
+	}
+
+	if (0 == len)
+		term_newln(p);
+	for (i = 0; i < len; i++)
+		term_vspace(p);
+
+	return(0);
+}
+
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+static int
+pre_HP(DECL_ARGS)
+{
+	size_t			 len, one;
+	int			 ival;
+	const struct man_node	*nn;
+
+	switch (n->type) {
+	case (MAN_BLOCK):
+		print_bvspace(p, n);
+		return(1);
+	case (MAN_BODY):
+		p->flags |= TERMP_NOBREAK;
+		p->flags |= TERMP_TWOSPACE;
+		break;
+	default:
+		return(0);
+	}
+
+	len = mt->lmargin[mt->lmargincur];
+	ival = -1;
+
+	/* Calculate offset. */
+
+	if (NULL != (nn = n->parent->head->child))
+		if ((ival = a2width(p, nn->string)) >= 0)
+			len = (size_t)ival;
+
+	one = term_len(p, 1);
+	if (len < one)
+		len = one;
+
+	p->offset = mt->offset;
+	p->rmargin = mt->offset + len;
+
+	if (ival >= 0)
+		mt->lmargin[mt->lmargincur] = (size_t)ival;
+
+	return(1);
+}
+
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+static void
+post_HP(DECL_ARGS)
+{
+
+	switch (n->type) {
+	case (MAN_BLOCK):
+		term_flushln(p);
+		break;
+	case (MAN_BODY):
+		term_flushln(p);
+		p->flags &= ~TERMP_NOBREAK;
+		p->flags &= ~TERMP_TWOSPACE;
+		p->offset = mt->offset;
+		p->rmargin = p->maxrmargin;
+		break;
+	default:
+		break;
+	}
+}
+
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+static int
+pre_PP(DECL_ARGS)
+{
+
+	switch (n->type) {
+	case (MAN_BLOCK):
+		mt->lmargin[mt->lmargincur] = term_len(p, p->defindent);
+		print_bvspace(p, n);
+		break;
+	default:
+		p->offset = mt->offset;
+		break;
+	}
+
+	return(MAN_HEAD != n->type);
+}
+
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+static int
+pre_IP(DECL_ARGS)
+{
+	const struct man_node	*nn;
+	size_t			 len;
+	int			 savelit, ival;
+
+	switch (n->type) {
+	case (MAN_BODY):
+		p->flags |= TERMP_NOSPACE;
+		break;
+	case (MAN_HEAD):
+		p->flags |= TERMP_NOBREAK;
+		break;
+	case (MAN_BLOCK):
+		print_bvspace(p, n);
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+	default:
+		return(1);
+	}
+
+	len = mt->lmargin[mt->lmargincur];
+	ival = -1;
+
+	/* Calculate the offset from the optional second argument. */
+	if (NULL != (nn = n->parent->head->child))
+		if (NULL != (nn = nn->next))
+			if ((ival = a2width(p, nn->string)) >= 0)
+				len = (size_t)ival;
+
+	switch (n->type) {
+	case (MAN_HEAD):
+		/* Handle zero-width lengths. */
+		if (0 == len)
+			len = term_len(p, 1);
+
+		p->offset = mt->offset;
+		p->rmargin = mt->offset + len;
+		if (ival < 0)
+			break;
+
+		/* Set the saved left-margin. */
+		mt->lmargin[mt->lmargincur] = (size_t)ival;
+
+		savelit = MANT_LITERAL & mt->fl;
+		mt->fl &= ~MANT_LITERAL;
+
+		if (n->child)
+			print_man_node(p, mt, n->child, m);
+
+		if (savelit)
+			mt->fl |= MANT_LITERAL;
+
+		return(0);
+	case (MAN_BODY):
+		p->offset = mt->offset + len;
+		p->rmargin = p->maxrmargin;
+		break;
+	default:
+		break;
+	}
+
+	return(1);
+}
+
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+static void
+post_IP(DECL_ARGS)
+{
+
+	switch (n->type) {
+	case (MAN_HEAD):
+		term_flushln(p);
+		p->flags &= ~TERMP_NOBREAK;
+		p->rmargin = p->maxrmargin;
+		break;
+	case (MAN_BODY):
+		term_newln(p);
+		break;
+	default:
+		break;
+	}
+}
+
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+static int
+pre_TP(DECL_ARGS)
+{
+	const struct man_node	*nn;
+	size_t			 len;
+	int			 savelit, ival;
+
+	switch (n->type) {
+	case (MAN_HEAD):
+		p->flags |= TERMP_NOBREAK;
+		break;
+	case (MAN_BODY):
+		p->flags |= TERMP_NOSPACE;
+		break;
+	case (MAN_BLOCK):
+		print_bvspace(p, n);
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+	default:
+		return(1);
+	}
+
+	len = (size_t)mt->lmargin[mt->lmargincur];
+	ival = -1;
+
+	/* Calculate offset. */
+
+	if (NULL != (nn = n->parent->head->child))
+		if (nn->string && nn->parent->line == nn->line)
+			if ((ival = a2width(p, nn->string)) >= 0)
+				len = (size_t)ival;
+
+	switch (n->type) {
+	case (MAN_HEAD):
+		/* Handle zero-length properly. */
+		if (0 == len)
+			len = term_len(p, 1);
+
+		p->offset = mt->offset;
+		p->rmargin = mt->offset + len;
+
+		savelit = MANT_LITERAL & mt->fl;
+		mt->fl &= ~MANT_LITERAL;
+
+		/* Don't print same-line elements. */
+		for (nn = n->child; nn; nn = nn->next)
+			if (nn->line > n->line)
+				print_man_node(p, mt, nn, m);
+
+		if (savelit)
+			mt->fl |= MANT_LITERAL;
+		if (ival >= 0)
+			mt->lmargin[mt->lmargincur] = (size_t)ival;
+
+		return(0);
+	case (MAN_BODY):
+		p->offset = mt->offset + len;
+		p->rmargin = p->maxrmargin;
+		break;
+	default:
+		break;
+	}
+
+	return(1);
+}
+
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+static void
+post_TP(DECL_ARGS)
+{
+
+	switch (n->type) {
+	case (MAN_HEAD):
+		term_flushln(p);
+		p->flags &= ~TERMP_NOBREAK;
+		p->flags &= ~TERMP_TWOSPACE;
+		p->rmargin = p->maxrmargin;
+		break;
+	case (MAN_BODY):
+		term_newln(p);
+		break;
+	default:
+		break;
+	}
+}
+
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+static int
+pre_SS(DECL_ARGS)
+{
+
+	switch (n->type) {
+	case (MAN_BLOCK):
+		mt->fl &= ~MANT_LITERAL;
+		mt->lmargin[mt->lmargincur] = term_len(p, p->defindent);
+		mt->offset = term_len(p, p->defindent);
+		/* If following a prior empty `SS', no vspace. */
+		if (n->prev && MAN_SS == n->prev->tok)
+			if (NULL == n->prev->body->child)
+				break;
+		if (NULL == n->prev)
+			break;
+		term_vspace(p);
+		break;
+	case (MAN_HEAD):
+		term_fontrepl(p, TERMFONT_BOLD);
+		p->offset = term_len(p, p->defindent/2);
+		break;
+	case (MAN_BODY):
+		p->offset = mt->offset;
+		break;
+	default:
+		break;
+	}
+
+	return(1);
+}
+
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+static void
+post_SS(DECL_ARGS)
+{
+	
+	switch (n->type) {
+	case (MAN_HEAD):
+		term_newln(p);
+		break;
+	case (MAN_BODY):
+		term_newln(p);
+		break;
+	default:
+		break;
+	}
+}
+
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+static int
+pre_SH(DECL_ARGS)
+{
+
+	switch (n->type) {
+	case (MAN_BLOCK):
+		mt->fl &= ~MANT_LITERAL;
+		mt->lmargin[mt->lmargincur] = term_len(p, p->defindent);
+		mt->offset = term_len(p, p->defindent);
+		/* If following a prior empty `SH', no vspace. */
+		if (n->prev && MAN_SH == n->prev->tok)
+			if (NULL == n->prev->body->child)
+				break;
+		/* If the first macro, no vspae. */
+		if (NULL == n->prev)
+			break;
+		term_vspace(p);
+		break;
+	case (MAN_HEAD):
+		term_fontrepl(p, TERMFONT_BOLD);
+		p->offset = 0;
+		break;
+	case (MAN_BODY):
+		p->offset = mt->offset;
+		break;
+	default:
+		break;
+	}
+
+	return(1);
+}
+
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+static void
+post_SH(DECL_ARGS)
+{
+	
+	switch (n->type) {
+	case (MAN_HEAD):
+		term_newln(p);
+		break;
+	case (MAN_BODY):
+		term_newln(p);
+		break;
+	default:
+		break;
+	}
+}
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+static int
+pre_RS(DECL_ARGS)
+{
+	int		 ival;
+	size_t		 sz;
+
+	switch (n->type) {
+	case (MAN_BLOCK):
+		term_newln(p);
+		return(1);
+	case (MAN_HEAD):
+		return(0);
+	default:
+		break;
+	}
+
+	sz = term_len(p, p->defindent);
+
+	if (NULL != (n = n->parent->head->child))
+		if ((ival = a2width(p, n->string)) >= 0) 
+			sz = (size_t)ival;
+
+	mt->offset += sz;
+	p->rmargin = p->maxrmargin;
+	p->offset = mt->offset < p->rmargin ? mt->offset : p->rmargin;
+
+	if (++mt->lmarginsz < MAXMARGINS)
+		mt->lmargincur = mt->lmarginsz;
+
+	mt->lmargin[mt->lmargincur] = mt->lmargin[mt->lmargincur - 1];
+	return(1);
+}
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+static void
+post_RS(DECL_ARGS)
+{
+	int		 ival;
+	size_t		 sz;
+
+	switch (n->type) {
+	case (MAN_BLOCK):
+		return;
+	case (MAN_HEAD):
+		return;
+	default:
+		term_newln(p);
+		break;
+	}
+
+	sz = term_len(p, p->defindent);
+
+	if (NULL != (n = n->parent->head->child)) 
+		if ((ival = a2width(p, n->string)) >= 0) 
+			sz = (size_t)ival;
+
+	mt->offset = mt->offset < sz ?  0 : mt->offset - sz;
+	p->offset = mt->offset;
+
+	if (--mt->lmarginsz < MAXMARGINS)
+		mt->lmargincur = mt->lmarginsz;
+}
+
+static void
+print_man_node(DECL_ARGS)
+{
+	size_t		 rm, rmax;
+	int		 c;
+
+	switch (n->type) {
+	case(MAN_TEXT):
+		/*
+		 * If we have a blank line, output a vertical space.
+		 * If we have a space as the first character, break
+		 * before printing the line's data.
+		 */
+		if ('\0' == *n->string) {
+			term_vspace(p);
+			return;
+		} else if (' ' == *n->string && MAN_LINE & n->flags)
+			term_newln(p);
+
+		term_word(p, n->string);
+
+		/*
+		 * If we're in a literal context, make sure that words
+		 * togehter on the same line stay together.  This is a
+		 * POST-printing call, so we check the NEXT word.  Since
+		 * -man doesn't have nested macros, we don't need to be
+		 * more specific than this.
+		 */
+		if (MANT_LITERAL & mt->fl && ! (TERMP_NOBREAK & p->flags) &&
+				(NULL == n->next || 
+				 n->next->line > n->line)) {
+			rm = p->rmargin;
+			rmax = p->maxrmargin;
+			p->rmargin = p->maxrmargin = TERM_MAXMARGIN;
+			p->flags |= TERMP_NOSPACE;
+			term_flushln(p);
+			p->rmargin = rm;
+			p->maxrmargin = rmax;
+		}
+
+		if (MAN_EOS & n->flags)
+			p->flags |= TERMP_SENTENCE;
+		return;
+	case (MAN_EQN):
+		term_eqn(p, n->eqn);
+		return;
+	case (MAN_TBL):
+		/*
+		 * Tables are preceded by a newline.  Then process a
+		 * table line, which will cause line termination,
+		 */
+		if (TBL_SPAN_FIRST & n->span->flags) 
+			term_newln(p);
+		term_tbl(p, n->span);
+		return;
+	default:
+		break;
+	}
+
+	if ( ! (MAN_NOTEXT & termacts[n->tok].flags))
+		term_fontrepl(p, TERMFONT_NONE);
+
+	c = 1;
+	if (termacts[n->tok].pre)
+		c = (*termacts[n->tok].pre)(p, mt, n, m);
+
+	if (c && n->child)
+		print_man_nodelist(p, mt, n->child, m);
+
+	if (termacts[n->tok].post)
+		(*termacts[n->tok].post)(p, mt, n, m);
+	if ( ! (MAN_NOTEXT & termacts[n->tok].flags))
+		term_fontrepl(p, TERMFONT_NONE);
+
+	if (MAN_EOS & n->flags)
+		p->flags |= TERMP_SENTENCE;
+}
+
+
+static void
+print_man_nodelist(DECL_ARGS)
+{
+
+	print_man_node(p, mt, n, m);
+	if ( ! n->next)
+		return;
+	print_man_nodelist(p, mt, n->next, m);
+}
+
+
+static void
+print_man_foot(struct termp *p, const void *arg)
+{
+	char		title[BUFSIZ];
+	size_t		datelen;
+	const struct man_meta *meta;
+
+	meta = (const struct man_meta *)arg;
+	assert(meta->title);
+	assert(meta->msec);
+	assert(meta->date);
+
+	term_fontrepl(p, TERMFONT_NONE);
+
+	term_vspace(p);
+
+	/*
+	 * Temporary, undocumented option to imitate mdoc(7) output.
+	 * In the bottom right corner, use the source instead of
+	 * the title.
+	 */
+
+	if ( ! p->mdocstyle) {
+		term_vspace(p);
+		term_vspace(p);
+		snprintf(title, BUFSIZ, "%s(%s)", meta->title, meta->msec);
+	} else if (meta->source) {
+		strlcpy(title, meta->source, BUFSIZ);
+	} else {
+		title[0] = '\0';
+	}
+	datelen = term_strlen(p, meta->date);
+
+	/* Bottom left corner: manual source. */
+
+	p->flags |= TERMP_NOSPACE | TERMP_NOBREAK;
+	p->offset = 0;
+	p->rmargin = (p->maxrmargin - datelen + term_len(p, 1)) / 2;
+
+	if (meta->source)
+		term_word(p, meta->source);
+	term_flushln(p);
+
+	/* At the bottom in the middle: manual date. */
+
+	p->flags |= TERMP_NOSPACE;
+	p->offset = p->rmargin;
+	p->rmargin = p->maxrmargin - term_strlen(p, title);
+	if (p->offset + datelen >= p->rmargin)
+		p->rmargin = p->offset + datelen;
+
+	term_word(p, meta->date);
+	term_flushln(p);
+
+	/* Bottom right corner: manual title and section. */
+
+	p->flags &= ~TERMP_NOBREAK;
+	p->flags |= TERMP_NOSPACE;
+	p->offset = p->rmargin;
+	p->rmargin = p->maxrmargin;
+
+	term_word(p, title);
+	term_flushln(p);
+}
+
+
+static void
+print_man_head(struct termp *p, const void *arg)
+{
+	char		buf[BUFSIZ], title[BUFSIZ];
+	size_t		buflen, titlen;
+	const struct man_meta *m;
+
+	m = (const struct man_meta *)arg;
+	assert(m->title);
+	assert(m->msec);
+
+	if (m->vol)
+		strlcpy(buf, m->vol, BUFSIZ);
+	else
+		buf[0] = '\0';
+	buflen = term_strlen(p, buf);
+
+	/* Top left corner: manual title and section. */
+
+	snprintf(title, BUFSIZ, "%s(%s)", m->title, m->msec);
+	titlen = term_strlen(p, title);
+
+	p->flags |= TERMP_NOBREAK | TERMP_NOSPACE;
+	p->offset = 0;
+	p->rmargin = 2 * (titlen+1) + buflen < p->maxrmargin ?
+	    (p->maxrmargin - 
+	     term_strlen(p, buf) + term_len(p, 1)) / 2 :
+	    p->maxrmargin - buflen;
+
+	term_word(p, title);
+	term_flushln(p);
+
+	/* At the top in the middle: manual volume. */
+
+	p->flags |= TERMP_NOSPACE;
+	p->offset = p->rmargin;
+	p->rmargin = p->offset + buflen + titlen < p->maxrmargin ?
+	    p->maxrmargin - titlen : p->maxrmargin;
+
+	term_word(p, buf);
+	term_flushln(p);
+
+	/* Top right corner: title and section, again. */
+
+	p->flags &= ~TERMP_NOBREAK;
+	if (p->rmargin + titlen <= p->maxrmargin) {
+		p->flags |= TERMP_NOSPACE;
+		p->offset = p->rmargin;
+		p->rmargin = p->maxrmargin;
+		term_word(p, title);
+		term_flushln(p);
+	}
+
+	p->flags &= ~TERMP_NOSPACE;
+	p->offset = 0;
+	p->rmargin = p->maxrmargin;
+
+	/* 
+	 * Groff prints three blank lines before the content.
+	 * Do the same, except in the temporary, undocumented
+	 * mode imitating mdoc(7) output.
+	 */
+
+	term_vspace(p);
+	if ( ! p->mdocstyle) {
+		term_vspace(p);
+		term_vspace(p);
+	}
+}
diff --git a/contrib/mdocml/man_validate.c b/contrib/mdocml/man_validate.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e40b089
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/mdocml/man_validate.c
@@ -0,0 +1,550 @@
+/*	$Id: man_validate.c,v 1.80 2012/01/03 15:16:24 kristaps Exp $ */
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011 Kristaps Dzonsons <kristaps@bsd.lv>
+ * Copyright (c) 2010 Ingo Schwarze <schwarze@openbsd.org>
+ *
+ * Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software for any
+ * purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above
+ * copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies.
+ *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" AND THE AUTHOR DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES
+ * WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
+ * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR
+ * ANY SPECIAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES
+ * WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN
+ * ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF
+ * OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
+ */
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+#include "config.h"
+#endif
+
+#include <sys/types.h>
+
+#include <assert.h>
+#include <ctype.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <limits.h>
+#include <stdarg.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <time.h>
+
+#include "man.h"
+#include "mandoc.h"
+#include "libman.h"
+#include "libmandoc.h"
+
+#define	CHKARGS	  struct man *m, struct man_node *n
+
+typedef	int	(*v_check)(CHKARGS);
+
+struct	man_valid {
+	v_check	 *pres;
+	v_check	 *posts;
+};
+
+static	int	  check_eq0(CHKARGS);
+static	int	  check_eq2(CHKARGS);
+static	int	  check_le1(CHKARGS);
+static	int	  check_ge2(CHKARGS);
+static	int	  check_le5(CHKARGS);
+static	int	  check_par(CHKARGS);
+static	int	  check_part(CHKARGS);
+static	int	  check_root(CHKARGS);
+static	void	  check_text(CHKARGS);
+
+static	int	  post_AT(CHKARGS);
+static	int	  post_vs(CHKARGS);
+static	int	  post_fi(CHKARGS);
+static	int	  post_ft(CHKARGS);
+static	int	  post_nf(CHKARGS);
+static	int	  post_sec(CHKARGS);
+static	int	  post_TH(CHKARGS);
+static	int	  post_UC(CHKARGS);
+static	int	  pre_sec(CHKARGS);
+
+static	v_check	  posts_at[] = { post_AT, NULL };
+static	v_check	  posts_br[] = { post_vs, check_eq0, NULL };
+static	v_check	  posts_eq0[] = { check_eq0, NULL };
+static	v_check	  posts_eq2[] = { check_eq2, NULL };
+static	v_check	  posts_fi[] = { check_eq0, post_fi, NULL };
+static	v_check	  posts_ft[] = { post_ft, NULL };
+static	v_check	  posts_nf[] = { check_eq0, post_nf, NULL };
+static	v_check	  posts_par[] = { check_par, NULL };
+static	v_check	  posts_part[] = { check_part, NULL };
+static	v_check	  posts_sec[] = { post_sec, NULL };
+static	v_check	  posts_sp[] = { post_vs, check_le1, NULL };
+static	v_check	  posts_th[] = { check_ge2, check_le5, post_TH, NULL };
+static	v_check	  posts_uc[] = { post_UC, NULL };
+static	v_check	  pres_sec[] = { pre_sec, NULL };
+
+static	const struct man_valid man_valids[MAN_MAX] = {
+	{ NULL, posts_br }, /* br */
+	{ NULL, posts_th }, /* TH */
+	{ pres_sec, posts_sec }, /* SH */
+	{ pres_sec, posts_sec }, /* SS */
+	{ NULL, NULL }, /* TP */
+	{ NULL, posts_par }, /* LP */
+	{ NULL, posts_par }, /* PP */
+	{ NULL, posts_par }, /* P */
+	{ NULL, NULL }, /* IP */
+	{ NULL, NULL }, /* HP */
+	{ NULL, NULL }, /* SM */
+	{ NULL, NULL }, /* SB */
+	{ NULL, NULL }, /* BI */
+	{ NULL, NULL }, /* IB */
+	{ NULL, NULL }, /* BR */
+	{ NULL, NULL }, /* RB */
+	{ NULL, NULL }, /* R */
+	{ NULL, NULL }, /* B */
+	{ NULL, NULL }, /* I */
+	{ NULL, NULL }, /* IR */
+	{ NULL, NULL }, /* RI */
+	{ NULL, posts_eq0 }, /* na */
+	{ NULL, posts_sp }, /* sp */
+	{ NULL, posts_nf }, /* nf */
+	{ NULL, posts_fi }, /* fi */
+	{ NULL, NULL }, /* RE */
+	{ NULL, posts_part }, /* RS */
+	{ NULL, NULL }, /* DT */
+	{ NULL, posts_uc }, /* UC */
+	{ NULL, NULL }, /* PD */
+	{ NULL, posts_at }, /* AT */
+	{ NULL, NULL }, /* in */
+	{ NULL, posts_ft }, /* ft */
+	{ NULL, posts_eq2 }, /* OP */
+};
+
+
+int
+man_valid_pre(struct man *m, struct man_node *n)
+{
+	v_check		*cp;
+
+	switch (n->type) {
+	case (MAN_TEXT):
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+	case (MAN_ROOT):
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+	case (MAN_EQN):
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+	case (MAN_TBL):
+		return(1);
+	default:
+		break;
+	}
+
+	if (NULL == (cp = man_valids[n->tok].pres))
+		return(1);
+	for ( ; *cp; cp++)
+		if ( ! (*cp)(m, n)) 
+			return(0);
+	return(1);
+}
+
+
+int
+man_valid_post(struct man *m)
+{
+	v_check		*cp;
+
+	if (MAN_VALID & m->last->flags)
+		return(1);
+	m->last->flags |= MAN_VALID;
+
+	switch (m->last->type) {
+	case (MAN_TEXT): 
+		check_text(m, m->last);
+		return(1);
+	case (MAN_ROOT):
+		return(check_root(m, m->last));
+	case (MAN_EQN):
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+	case (MAN_TBL):
+		return(1);
+	default:
+		break;
+	}
+
+	if (NULL == (cp = man_valids[m->last->tok].posts))
+		return(1);
+	for ( ; *cp; cp++)
+		if ( ! (*cp)(m, m->last))
+			return(0);
+
+	return(1);
+}
+
+
+static int
+check_root(CHKARGS) 
+{
+
+	if (MAN_BLINE & m->flags)
+		man_nmsg(m, n, MANDOCERR_SCOPEEXIT);
+	else if (MAN_ELINE & m->flags)
+		man_nmsg(m, n, MANDOCERR_SCOPEEXIT);
+
+	m->flags &= ~MAN_BLINE;
+	m->flags &= ~MAN_ELINE;
+
+	if (NULL == m->first->child) {
+		man_nmsg(m, n, MANDOCERR_NODOCBODY);
+		return(0);
+	} else if (NULL == m->meta.title) {
+		man_nmsg(m, n, MANDOCERR_NOTITLE);
+
+		/*
+		 * If a title hasn't been set, do so now (by
+		 * implication, date and section also aren't set).
+		 */
+
+	        m->meta.title = mandoc_strdup("unknown");
+		m->meta.msec = mandoc_strdup("1");
+		m->meta.date = mandoc_normdate
+			(m->parse, NULL, n->line, n->pos);
+	}
+
+	return(1);
+}
+
+static void
+check_text(CHKARGS)
+{
+	char		*cp, *p;
+
+	if (MAN_LITERAL & m->flags)
+		return;
+
+	cp = n->string;
+	for (p = cp; NULL != (p = strchr(p, '\t')); p++)
+		man_pmsg(m, n->line, (int)(p - cp), MANDOCERR_BADTAB);
+}
+
+#define	INEQ_DEFINE(x, ineq, name) \
+static int \
+check_##name(CHKARGS) \
+{ \
+	if (n->nchild ineq (x)) \
+		return(1); \
+	mandoc_vmsg(MANDOCERR_ARGCOUNT, m->parse, n->line, n->pos, \
+			"line arguments %s %d (have %d)", \
+			#ineq, (x), n->nchild); \
+	return(1); \
+}
+
+INEQ_DEFINE(0, ==, eq0)
+INEQ_DEFINE(2, ==, eq2)
+INEQ_DEFINE(1, <=, le1)
+INEQ_DEFINE(2, >=, ge2)
+INEQ_DEFINE(5, <=, le5)
+
+static int
+post_ft(CHKARGS)
+{
+	char	*cp;
+	int	 ok;
+
+	if (0 == n->nchild)
+		return(1);
+
+	ok = 0;
+	cp = n->child->string;
+	switch (*cp) {
+	case ('1'):
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+	case ('2'):
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+	case ('3'):
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+	case ('4'):
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+	case ('I'):
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+	case ('P'):
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+	case ('R'):
+		if ('\0' == cp[1])
+			ok = 1;
+		break;
+	case ('B'):
+		if ('\0' == cp[1] || ('I' == cp[1] && '\0' == cp[2]))
+			ok = 1;
+		break;
+	case ('C'):
+		if ('W' == cp[1] && '\0' == cp[2])
+			ok = 1;
+		break;
+	default:
+		break;
+	}
+
+	if (0 == ok) {
+		mandoc_vmsg
+			(MANDOCERR_BADFONT, m->parse,
+			 n->line, n->pos, "%s", cp);
+		*cp = '\0';
+	}
+
+	if (1 < n->nchild)
+		mandoc_vmsg
+			(MANDOCERR_ARGCOUNT, m->parse, n->line, 
+			 n->pos, "want one child (have %d)", 
+			 n->nchild);
+
+	return(1);
+}
+
+static int
+pre_sec(CHKARGS)
+{
+
+	if (MAN_BLOCK == n->type)
+		m->flags &= ~MAN_LITERAL;
+	return(1);
+}
+
+static int
+post_sec(CHKARGS)
+{
+
+	if ( ! (MAN_HEAD == n->type && 0 == n->nchild)) 
+		return(1);
+
+	man_nmsg(m, n, MANDOCERR_SYNTARGCOUNT);
+	return(0);
+}
+
+static int
+check_part(CHKARGS)
+{
+
+	if (MAN_BODY == n->type && 0 == n->nchild)
+		mandoc_msg(MANDOCERR_ARGCWARN, m->parse, n->line, 
+				n->pos, "want children (have none)");
+
+	return(1);
+}
+
+
+static int
+check_par(CHKARGS)
+{
+
+	switch (n->type) {
+	case (MAN_BLOCK):
+		if (0 == n->body->nchild)
+			man_node_delete(m, n);
+		break;
+	case (MAN_BODY):
+		if (0 == n->nchild)
+			man_nmsg(m, n, MANDOCERR_IGNPAR);
+		break;
+	case (MAN_HEAD):
+		if (n->nchild)
+			man_nmsg(m, n, MANDOCERR_ARGSLOST);
+		break;
+	default:
+		break;
+	}
+
+	return(1);
+}
+
+
+static int
+post_TH(CHKARGS)
+{
+	const char	*p;
+	int		 line, pos;
+
+	if (m->meta.title)
+		free(m->meta.title);
+	if (m->meta.vol)
+		free(m->meta.vol);
+	if (m->meta.source)
+		free(m->meta.source);
+	if (m->meta.msec)
+		free(m->meta.msec);
+	if (m->meta.date)
+		free(m->meta.date);
+
+	line = n->line;
+	pos = n->pos;
+	m->meta.title = m->meta.vol = m->meta.date =
+		m->meta.msec = m->meta.source = NULL;
+
+	/* ->TITLE<- MSEC DATE SOURCE VOL */
+
+	n = n->child;
+	if (n && n->string) {
+		for (p = n->string; '\0' != *p; p++) {
+			/* Only warn about this once... */
+			if (isalpha((unsigned char)*p) && 
+					! isupper((unsigned char)*p)) {
+				man_nmsg(m, n, MANDOCERR_UPPERCASE);
+				break;
+			}
+		}
+		m->meta.title = mandoc_strdup(n->string);
+	} else
+		m->meta.title = mandoc_strdup("");
+
+	/* TITLE ->MSEC<- DATE SOURCE VOL */
+
+	if (n)
+		n = n->next;
+	if (n && n->string)
+		m->meta.msec = mandoc_strdup(n->string);
+	else
+		m->meta.msec = mandoc_strdup("");
+
+	/* TITLE MSEC ->DATE<- SOURCE VOL */
+
+	if (n)
+		n = n->next;
+	if (n && n->string && '\0' != n->string[0]) {
+		pos = n->pos;
+		m->meta.date = mandoc_normdate
+		    (m->parse, n->string, line, pos);
+	} else
+		m->meta.date = mandoc_strdup("");
+
+	/* TITLE MSEC DATE ->SOURCE<- VOL */
+
+	if (n && (n = n->next))
+		m->meta.source = mandoc_strdup(n->string);
+
+	/* TITLE MSEC DATE SOURCE ->VOL<- */
+	/* If missing, use the default VOL name for MSEC. */
+
+	if (n && (n = n->next))
+		m->meta.vol = mandoc_strdup(n->string);
+	else if ('\0' != m->meta.msec[0] &&
+	    (NULL != (p = mandoc_a2msec(m->meta.msec))))
+		m->meta.vol = mandoc_strdup(p);
+
+	/*
+	 * Remove the `TH' node after we've processed it for our
+	 * meta-data.
+	 */
+	man_node_delete(m, m->last);
+	return(1);
+}
+
+static int
+post_nf(CHKARGS)
+{
+
+	if (MAN_LITERAL & m->flags)
+		man_nmsg(m, n, MANDOCERR_SCOPEREP);
+
+	m->flags |= MAN_LITERAL;
+	return(1);
+}
+
+static int
+post_fi(CHKARGS)
+{
+
+	if ( ! (MAN_LITERAL & m->flags))
+		man_nmsg(m, n, MANDOCERR_WNOSCOPE);
+
+	m->flags &= ~MAN_LITERAL;
+	return(1);
+}
+
+static int
+post_UC(CHKARGS)
+{
+	static const char * const bsd_versions[] = {
+	    "3rd Berkeley Distribution",
+	    "4th Berkeley Distribution",
+	    "4.2 Berkeley Distribution",
+	    "4.3 Berkeley Distribution",
+	    "4.4 Berkeley Distribution",
+	};
+
+	const char	*p, *s;
+
+	n = n->child;
+
+	if (NULL == n || MAN_TEXT != n->type)
+		p = bsd_versions[0];
+	else {
+		s = n->string;
+		if (0 == strcmp(s, "3"))
+			p = bsd_versions[0];
+		else if (0 == strcmp(s, "4"))
+			p = bsd_versions[1];
+		else if (0 == strcmp(s, "5"))
+			p = bsd_versions[2];
+		else if (0 == strcmp(s, "6"))
+			p = bsd_versions[3];
+		else if (0 == strcmp(s, "7"))
+			p = bsd_versions[4];
+		else
+			p = bsd_versions[0];
+	}
+
+	if (m->meta.source)
+		free(m->meta.source);
+
+	m->meta.source = mandoc_strdup(p);
+	return(1);
+}
+
+static int
+post_AT(CHKARGS)
+{
+	static const char * const unix_versions[] = {
+	    "7th Edition",
+	    "System III",
+	    "System V",
+	    "System V Release 2",
+	};
+
+	const char	*p, *s;
+	struct man_node	*nn;
+
+	n = n->child;
+
+	if (NULL == n || MAN_TEXT != n->type)
+		p = unix_versions[0];
+	else {
+		s = n->string;
+		if (0 == strcmp(s, "3"))
+			p = unix_versions[0];
+		else if (0 == strcmp(s, "4"))
+			p = unix_versions[1];
+		else if (0 == strcmp(s, "5")) {
+			nn = n->next;
+			if (nn && MAN_TEXT == nn->type && nn->string[0])
+				p = unix_versions[3];
+			else
+				p = unix_versions[2];
+		} else
+			p = unix_versions[0];
+	}
+
+	if (m->meta.source)
+		free(m->meta.source);
+
+	m->meta.source = mandoc_strdup(p);
+	return(1);
+}
+
+static int
+post_vs(CHKARGS)
+{
+
+	/* 
+	 * Don't warn about this because it occurs in pod2man and would
+	 * cause considerable (unfixable) warnage.
+	 */
+	if (NULL == n->prev && MAN_ROOT == n->parent->type)
+		man_node_delete(m, n);
+
+	return(1);
+}
diff --git a/contrib/mdocml/mandoc.1 b/contrib/mdocml/mandoc.1
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..dbff0e3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/mdocml/mandoc.1
@@ -0,0 +1,669 @@
+.\"	$Id: mandoc.1,v 1.100 2011/12/25 19:35:44 kristaps Exp $
+.\"
+.\" Copyright (c) 2009, 2010, 2011 Kristaps Dzonsons <kristaps@bsd.lv>
+.\"
+.\" Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software for any
+.\" purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above
+.\" copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies.
+.\"
+.\" THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" AND THE AUTHOR DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES
+.\" WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
+.\" MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR
+.\" ANY SPECIAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES
+.\" WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN
+.\" ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF
+.\" OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
+.\"
+.Dd $Mdocdate: December 25 2011 $
+.Dt MANDOC 1
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm mandoc
+.Nd format and display UNIX manuals
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.Nm mandoc
+.Op Fl V
+.Op Fl m Ns Ar format
+.Op Fl O Ns Ar option
+.Op Fl T Ns Ar output
+.Op Fl W Ns Ar level
+.Op Ar
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+The
+.Nm
+utility formats
+.Ux
+manual pages for display.
+.Pp
+By default,
+.Nm
+reads
+.Xr mdoc 7
+or
+.Xr man 7
+text from stdin, implying
+.Fl m Ns Cm andoc ,
+and produces
+.Fl T Ns Cm ascii
+output.
+.Pp
+The arguments are as follows:
+.Bl -tag -width Ds
+.It Fl m Ns Ar format
+Input format.
+See
+.Sx Input Formats
+for available formats.
+Defaults to
+.Fl m Ns Cm andoc .
+.It Fl O Ns Ar option
+Comma-separated output options.
+.It Fl T Ns Ar output
+Output format.
+See
+.Sx Output Formats
+for available formats.
+Defaults to
+.Fl T Ns Cm ascii .
+.It Fl V
+Print version and exit.
+.It Fl W Ns Ar level
+Specify the minimum message
+.Ar level
+to be reported on the standard error output and to affect the exit status.
+The
+.Ar level
+can be
+.Cm warning ,
+.Cm error ,
+or
+.Cm fatal .
+The default is
+.Fl W Ns Cm fatal ;
+.Fl W Ns Cm all
+is an alias for
+.Fl W Ns Cm warning .
+See
+.Sx EXIT STATUS
+and
+.Sx DIAGNOSTICS
+for details.
+.Pp
+The special option
+.Fl W Ns Cm stop
+tells
+.Nm
+to exit after parsing a file that causes warnings or errors of at least
+the requested level.
+No formatted output will be produced from that file.
+If both a
+.Ar level
+and
+.Cm stop
+are requested, they can be joined with a comma, for example
+.Fl W Ns Cm error , Ns Cm stop .
+.It Ar file
+Read input from zero or more files.
+If unspecified, reads from stdin.
+If multiple files are specified,
+.Nm
+will halt with the first failed parse.
+.El
+.Ss Input Formats
+The
+.Nm
+utility accepts
+.Xr mdoc 7
+and
+.Xr man 7
+input with
+.Fl m Ns Cm doc
+and
+.Fl m Ns Cm an ,
+respectively.
+The
+.Xr mdoc 7
+format is
+.Em strongly
+recommended;
+.Xr man 7
+should only be used for legacy manuals.
+.Pp
+A third option,
+.Fl m Ns Cm andoc ,
+which is also the default, determines encoding on-the-fly: if the first
+non-comment macro is
+.Sq \&Dd
+or
+.Sq \&Dt ,
+the
+.Xr mdoc 7
+parser is used; otherwise, the
+.Xr man 7
+parser is used.
+.Pp
+If multiple
+files are specified with
+.Fl m Ns Cm andoc ,
+each has its file-type determined this way.
+If multiple files are
+specified and
+.Fl m Ns Cm doc
+or
+.Fl m Ns Cm an
+is specified, then this format is used exclusively.
+.Ss Output Formats
+The
+.Nm
+utility accepts the following
+.Fl T
+arguments, which correspond to output modes:
+.Bl -tag -width "-Tlocale"
+.It Fl T Ns Cm ascii
+Produce 7-bit ASCII output.
+This is the default.
+See
+.Sx ASCII Output .
+.It Fl T Ns Cm html
+Produce strict CSS1/HTML-4.01 output.
+See
+.Sx HTML Output .
+.It Fl T Ns Cm lint
+Parse only: produce no output.
+Implies
+.Fl W Ns Cm warning .
+.It Fl T Ns Cm locale
+Encode output using the current locale.
+See
+.Sx Locale Output .
+.It Fl T Ns Cm man
+Produce
+.Xr man 7
+format output.
+See
+.Sx Man Output .
+.It Fl T Ns Cm pdf
+Produce PDF output.
+See
+.Sx PDF Output .
+.It Fl T Ns Cm ps
+Produce PostScript output.
+See
+.Sx PostScript Output .
+.It Fl T Ns Cm tree
+Produce an indented parse tree.
+.It Fl T Ns Cm utf8
+Encode output in the UTF\-8 multi-byte format.
+See
+.Sx UTF\-8 Output .
+.It Fl T Ns Cm xhtml
+Produce strict CSS1/XHTML-1.0 output.
+See
+.Sx XHTML Output .
+.El
+.Pp
+If multiple input files are specified, these will be processed by the
+corresponding filter in-order.
+.Ss ASCII Output
+Output produced by
+.Fl T Ns Cm ascii ,
+which is the default, is rendered in standard 7-bit ASCII documented in
+.Xr ascii 7 .
+.Pp
+Font styles are applied by using back-spaced encoding such that an
+underlined character
+.Sq c
+is rendered as
+.Sq _ Ns \e[bs] Ns c ,
+where
+.Sq \e[bs]
+is the back-space character number 8.
+Emboldened characters are rendered as
+.Sq c Ns \e[bs] Ns c .
+.Pp
+The special characters documented in
+.Xr mandoc_char 7
+are rendered best-effort in an ASCII equivalent.
+If no equivalent is found,
+.Sq \&?
+is used instead.
+.Pp
+Output width is limited to 78 visible columns unless literal input lines
+exceed this limit.
+.Pp
+The following
+.Fl O
+arguments are accepted:
+.Bl -tag -width Ds
+.It Cm indent Ns = Ns Ar indent
+The left margin for normal text is set to
+.Ar indent
+blank characters instead of the default of five for
+.Xr mdoc 7
+and seven for
+.Xr man 7 .
+Increasing this is not recommended; it may result in degraded formatting,
+for example overfull lines or ugly line breaks.
+.It Cm width Ns = Ns Ar width
+The output width is set to
+.Ar width ,
+which will normalise to \(>=60.
+.El
+.Ss HTML Output
+Output produced by
+.Fl T Ns Cm html
+conforms to HTML-4.01 strict.
+.Pp
+The
+.Pa example.style.css
+file documents style-sheet classes available for customising output.
+If a style-sheet is not specified with
+.Fl O Ns Ar style ,
+.Fl T Ns Cm html
+defaults to simple output readable in any graphical or text-based web
+browser.
+.Pp
+Special characters are rendered in decimal-encoded UTF\-8.
+.Pp
+The following
+.Fl O
+arguments are accepted:
+.Bl -tag -width Ds
+.It Cm fragment
+Omit the
+.Aq !DOCTYPE
+declaration and the
+.Aq html ,
+.Aq head ,
+and
+.Aq body
+elements and only emit the subtree below the
+.Aq body
+element.
+The
+.Cm style
+argument will be ignored.
+This is useful when embedding manual content within existing documents.
+.It Cm includes Ns = Ns Ar fmt
+The string
+.Ar fmt ,
+for example,
+.Ar ../src/%I.html ,
+is used as a template for linked header files (usually via the
+.Sq \&In
+macro).
+Instances of
+.Sq \&%I
+are replaced with the include filename.
+The default is not to present a
+hyperlink.
+.It Cm man Ns = Ns Ar fmt
+The string
+.Ar fmt ,
+for example,
+.Ar ../html%S/%N.%S.html ,
+is used as a template for linked manuals (usually via the
+.Sq \&Xr
+macro).
+Instances of
+.Sq \&%N
+and
+.Sq %S
+are replaced with the linked manual's name and section, respectively.
+If no section is included, section 1 is assumed.
+The default is not to
+present a hyperlink.
+.It Cm style Ns = Ns Ar style.css
+The file
+.Ar style.css
+is used for an external style-sheet.
+This must be a valid absolute or
+relative URI.
+.El
+.Ss Locale Output
+Locale-depending output encoding is triggered with
+.Fl T Ns Cm locale .
+This option is not available on all systems: systems without locale
+support, or those whose internal representation is not natively UCS-4,
+will fall back to
+.Fl T Ns Cm ascii .
+See
+.Sx ASCII Output
+for font style specification and available command-line arguments.
+.Ss Man Output
+Translate input format into
+.Xr man 7
+output format.
+This is useful for distributing manual sources to legancy systems
+lacking
+.Xr mdoc 7
+formatters.
+.Pp
+If
+.Xr mdoc 7
+is passed as input, it is translated into
+.Xr man 7 .
+If the input format is
+.Xr man 7 ,
+the input is copied to the output, expanding any
+.Xr roff 7
+.Sq so
+requests.
+The parser is also run, and as usual, the
+.Fl W
+level controls which
+.Sx DIAGNOSTICS
+are displayed before copying the input to the output.
+.Ss PDF Output
+PDF-1.1 output may be generated by
+.Fl T Ns Cm pdf .
+See
+.Sx PostScript Output
+for
+.Fl O
+arguments and defaults.
+.Ss PostScript Output
+PostScript
+.Qq Adobe-3.0
+Level-2 pages may be generated by
+.Fl T Ns Cm ps .
+Output pages default to letter sized and are rendered in the Times font
+family, 11-point.
+Margins are calculated as 1/9 the page length and width.
+Line-height is 1.4m.
+.Pp
+Special characters are rendered as in
+.Sx ASCII Output .
+.Pp
+The following
+.Fl O
+arguments are accepted:
+.Bl -tag -width Ds
+.It Cm paper Ns = Ns Ar name
+The paper size
+.Ar name
+may be one of
+.Ar a3 ,
+.Ar a4 ,
+.Ar a5 ,
+.Ar legal ,
+or
+.Ar letter .
+You may also manually specify dimensions as
+.Ar NNxNN ,
+width by height in millimetres.
+If an unknown value is encountered,
+.Ar letter
+is used.
+.El
+.Ss UTF\-8 Output
+Use
+.Fl T Ns Cm utf8
+to force a UTF\-8 locale.
+See
+.Sx Locale Output
+for details and options.
+.Ss XHTML Output
+Output produced by
+.Fl T Ns Cm xhtml
+conforms to XHTML-1.0 strict.
+.Pp
+See
+.Sx HTML Output
+for details; beyond generating XHTML tags instead of HTML tags, these
+output modes are identical.
+.Sh EXIT STATUS
+The
+.Nm
+utility exits with one of the following values, controlled by the message
+.Ar level
+associated with the
+.Fl W
+option:
+.Pp
+.Bl -tag -width Ds -compact
+.It 0
+No warnings or errors occurred, or those that did were ignored because
+they were lower than the requested
+.Ar level .
+.It 2
+At least one warning occurred, but no error, and
+.Fl W Ns Cm warning
+was specified.
+.It 3
+At least one parsing error occurred, but no fatal error, and
+.Fl W Ns Cm error
+or
+.Fl W Ns Cm warning
+was specified.
+.It 4
+A fatal parsing error occurred.
+.It 5
+Invalid command line arguments were specified.
+No input files have been read.
+.It 6
+An operating system error occurred, for example memory exhaustion or an
+error accessing input files.
+Such errors cause
+.Nm
+to exit at once, possibly in the middle of parsing or formatting a file.
+.El
+.Pp
+Note that selecting
+.Fl T Ns Cm lint
+output mode implies
+.Fl W Ns Cm warning .
+.Sh EXAMPLES
+To page manuals to the terminal:
+.Pp
+.Dl $ mandoc \-Wall,stop mandoc.1 2\*(Gt&1 | less
+.Dl $ mandoc mandoc.1 mdoc.3 mdoc.7 | less
+.Pp
+To produce HTML manuals with
+.Ar style.css
+as the style-sheet:
+.Pp
+.Dl $ mandoc \-Thtml -Ostyle=style.css mdoc.7 \*(Gt mdoc.7.html
+.Pp
+To check over a large set of manuals:
+.Pp
+.Dl $ mandoc \-Tlint `find /usr/src -name \e*\e.[1-9]`
+.Pp
+To produce a series of PostScript manuals for A4 paper:
+.Pp
+.Dl $ mandoc \-Tps \-Opaper=a4 mdoc.7 man.7 \*(Gt manuals.ps
+.Pp
+Convert a modern
+.Xr mdoc 7
+manual to the older
+.Xr man 7
+format, for use on systems lacking an
+.Xr mdoc 7
+parser:
+.Pp
+.Dl $ mandoc \-Tman foo.mdoc \*(Gt foo.man
+.Sh DIAGNOSTICS
+Standard error messages reporting parsing errors are prefixed by
+.Pp
+.Sm off
+.D1 Ar file : line : column : \ level :
+.Sm on
+.Pp
+where the fields have the following meanings:
+.Bl -tag -width "column"
+.It Ar file
+The name of the input file causing the message.
+.It Ar line
+The line number in that input file.
+Line numbering starts at 1.
+.It Ar column
+The column number in that input file.
+Column numbering starts at 1.
+If the issue is caused by a word, the column number usually
+points to the first character of the word.
+.It Ar level
+The message level, printed in capital letters.
+.El
+.Pp
+Message levels have the following meanings:
+.Bl -tag -width "warning"
+.It Cm fatal
+The parser is unable to parse a given input file at all.
+No formatted output is produced from that input file.
+.It Cm error
+An input file contains syntax that cannot be safely interpreted,
+either because it is invalid or because
+.Nm
+does not implement it yet.
+By discarding part of the input or inserting missing tokens,
+the parser is able to continue, and the error does not prevent
+generation of formatted output, but typically, preparing that
+output involves information loss, broken document structure
+or unintended formatting.
+.It Cm warning
+An input file uses obsolete, discouraged or non-portable syntax.
+All the same, the meaning of the input is unambiguous and a correct
+rendering can be produced.
+Documents causing warnings may render poorly when using other
+formatting tools instead of
+.Nm .
+.El
+.Pp
+Messages of the
+.Cm warning
+and
+.Cm error
+levels are hidden unless their level, or a lower level, is requested using a
+.Fl W
+option or
+.Fl T Ns Cm lint
+output mode.
+.Pp
+The
+.Nm
+utility may also print messages related to invalid command line arguments
+or operating system errors, for example when memory is exhausted or
+input files cannot be read.
+Such messages do not carry the prefix described above.
+.Sh COMPATIBILITY
+This section summarises
+.Nm
+compatibility with GNU troff.
+Each input and output format is separately noted.
+.Ss ASCII Compatibility
+.Bl -bullet -compact
+.It
+Unrenderable unicode codepoints specified with
+.Sq \e[uNNNN]
+escapes are printed as
+.Sq \&?
+in mandoc.
+In GNU troff, these raise an error.
+.It
+The
+.Sq \&Bd \-literal
+and
+.Sq \&Bd \-unfilled
+macros of
+.Xr mdoc 7
+in
+.Fl T Ns Cm ascii
+are synonyms, as are \-filled and \-ragged.
+.It
+In historic GNU troff, the
+.Sq \&Pa
+.Xr mdoc 7
+macro does not underline when scoped under an
+.Sq \&It
+in the FILES section.
+This behaves correctly in
+.Nm .
+.It
+A list or display following the
+.Sq \&Ss
+.Xr mdoc 7
+macro in
+.Fl T Ns Cm ascii
+does not assert a prior vertical break, just as it doesn't with
+.Sq \&Sh .
+.It
+The
+.Sq \&na
+.Xr man 7
+macro in
+.Fl T Ns Cm ascii
+has no effect.
+.It
+Words aren't hyphenated.
+.El
+.Ss HTML/XHTML Compatibility
+.Bl -bullet -compact
+.It
+The
+.Sq \efP
+escape will revert the font to the previous
+.Sq \ef
+escape, not to the last rendered decoration, which is now dictated by
+CSS instead of hard-coded.
+It also will not span past the current scope,
+for the same reason.
+Note that in
+.Sx ASCII Output
+mode, this will work fine.
+.It
+The
+.Xr mdoc 7
+.Sq \&Bl \-hang
+and
+.Sq \&Bl \-tag
+list types render similarly (no break following overreached left-hand
+side) due to the expressive constraints of HTML.
+.It
+The
+.Xr man 7
+.Sq IP
+and
+.Sq TP
+lists render similarly.
+.El
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr eqn 7 ,
+.Xr man 7 ,
+.Xr mandoc_char 7 ,
+.Xr mdoc 7 ,
+.Xr roff 7 ,
+.Xr tbl 7
+.Sh AUTHORS
+The
+.Nm
+utility was written by
+.An Kristaps Dzonsons ,
+.Mt kristaps@bsd.lv .
+.Sh CAVEATS
+In
+.Fl T Ns Cm html
+and
+.Fl T Ns Cm xhtml ,
+the maximum size of an element attribute is determined by
+.Dv BUFSIZ ,
+which is usually 1024 bytes.
+Be aware of this when setting long link
+formats such as
+.Fl O Ns Cm style Ns = Ns Ar really/long/link .
+.Pp
+Nesting elements within next-line element scopes of
+.Fl m Ns Cm an ,
+such as
+.Sq br
+within an empty
+.Sq B ,
+will confuse
+.Fl T Ns Cm html
+and
+.Fl T Ns Cm xhtml
+and cause them to forget the formatting of the prior next-line scope.
+.Pp
+The
+.Sq \(aq
+control character is an alias for the standard macro control character
+and does not emit a line-break as stipulated in GNU troff.
diff --git a/contrib/mdocml/mandoc.3 b/contrib/mdocml/mandoc.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4d0b20d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/mdocml/mandoc.3
@@ -0,0 +1,600 @@
+.\"	$Id: mandoc.3,v 1.17 2012/01/13 15:27:14 joerg Exp $
+.\"
+.\" Copyright (c) 2009, 2010, 2011 Kristaps Dzonsons <kristaps@bsd.lv>
+.\" Copyright (c) 2010 Ingo Schwarze <schwarze@openbsd.org>
+.\"
+.\" Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software for any
+.\" purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above
+.\" copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies.
+.\"
+.\" THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" AND THE AUTHOR DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES
+.\" WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
+.\" MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR
+.\" ANY SPECIAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES
+.\" WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN
+.\" ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF
+.\" OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
+.\"
+.Dd $Mdocdate: January 13 2012 $
+.Dt MANDOC 3
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm mandoc ,
+.Nm mandoc_escape ,
+.Nm man_meta ,
+.Nm man_mparse ,
+.Nm man_node ,
+.Nm mchars_alloc ,
+.Nm mchars_free ,
+.Nm mchars_num2char ,
+.Nm mchars_num2uc ,
+.Nm mchars_spec2cp ,
+.Nm mchars_spec2str ,
+.Nm mdoc_meta ,
+.Nm mdoc_node ,
+.Nm mparse_alloc ,
+.Nm mparse_free ,
+.Nm mparse_getkeep ,
+.Nm mparse_keep ,
+.Nm mparse_readfd ,
+.Nm mparse_reset ,
+.Nm mparse_result ,
+.Nm mparse_strerror ,
+.Nm mparse_strlevel
+.Nd mandoc macro compiler library
+.Sh LIBRARY
+.Lb mandoc
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.In man.h
+.In mdoc.h
+.In mandoc.h
+.Ft "enum mandoc_esc"
+.Fo mandoc_escape
+.Fa "const char **end"
+.Fa "const char **start"
+.Fa "int *sz"
+.Fc
+.Ft "const struct man_meta *"
+.Fo man_meta
+.Fa "const struct man *man"
+.Fc
+.Ft "const struct mparse *"
+.Fo man_mparse
+.Fa "const struct man *man"
+.Fc
+.Ft "const struct man_node *"
+.Fo man_node
+.Fa "const struct man *man"
+.Fc
+.Ft "struct mchars *"
+.Fn mchars_alloc
+.Ft void
+.Fn mchars_free "struct mchars *p"
+.Ft char
+.Fn mchars_num2char "const char *cp" "size_t sz"
+.Ft int
+.Fn mchars_num2uc "const char *cp" "size_t sz"
+.Ft "const char *"
+.Fo mchars_spec2str
+.Fa "const struct mchars *p"
+.Fa "const char *cp"
+.Fa "size_t sz"
+.Fa "size_t *rsz"
+.Fc
+.Ft int
+.Fo mchars_spec2cp
+.Fa "const struct mchars *p"
+.Fa "const char *cp"
+.Fa "size_t sz"
+.Ft "const char *"
+.Fc
+.Ft "const struct mdoc_meta *"
+.Fo mdoc_meta
+.Fa "const struct mdoc *mdoc"
+.Fc
+.Ft "const struct mdoc_node *"
+.Fo mdoc_node
+.Fa "const struct mdoc *mdoc"
+.Fc
+.Ft void
+.Fo mparse_alloc
+.Fa "enum mparset type"
+.Fa "enum mandoclevel wlevel"
+.Fa "mandocmsg msg"
+.Fa "void *msgarg"
+.Fc
+.Ft void
+.Fo mparse_free
+.Fa "struct mparse *parse"
+.Fc
+.Ft void
+.Fo mparse_getkeep
+.Fa "const struct mparse *parse"
+.Fc
+.Ft void
+.Fo mparse_keep
+.Fa "struct mparse *parse"
+.Fc
+.Ft "enum mandoclevel"
+.Fo mparse_readfd
+.Fa "struct mparse *parse"
+.Fa "int fd"
+.Fa "const char *fname"
+.Fc
+.Ft void
+.Fo mparse_reset
+.Fa "struct mparse *parse"
+.Fc
+.Ft void
+.Fo mparse_result
+.Fa "struct mparse *parse"
+.Fa "struct mdoc **mdoc"
+.Fa "struct man **man"
+.Fc
+.Ft "const char *"
+.Fo mparse_strerror
+.Fa "enum mandocerr"
+.Fc
+.Ft "const char *"
+.Fo mparse_strlevel
+.Fa "enum mandoclevel"
+.Fc
+.Vt extern const char * const * man_macronames;
+.Vt extern const char * const * mdoc_argnames;
+.Vt extern const char * const * mdoc_macronames;
+.Fd "#define ASCII_NBRSP"
+.Fd "#define ASCII_HYPH"
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+The
+.Nm mandoc
+library parses a
+.Ux
+manual into an abstract syntax tree (AST).
+.Ux
+manuals are composed of
+.Xr mdoc 7
+or
+.Xr man 7 ,
+and may be mixed with
+.Xr roff 7 ,
+.Xr tbl 7 ,
+and
+.Xr eqn 7
+invocations.
+.Pp
+The following describes a general parse sequence:
+.Bl -enum
+.It
+initiate a parsing sequence with
+.Fn mparse_alloc ;
+.It
+parse files or file descriptors with
+.Fn mparse_readfd ;
+.It
+retrieve a parsed syntax tree, if the parse was successful, with
+.Fn mparse_result ;
+.It
+iterate over parse nodes with
+.Fn mdoc_node
+or
+.Fn man_node ;
+.It
+free all allocated memory with
+.Fn mparse_free ,
+or invoke
+.Fn mparse_reset
+and parse new files.
+.El
+.Pp
+The
+.Nm
+library also contains routines for translating character strings into glyphs
+.Pq see Fn mchars_alloc
+and parsing escape sequences from strings
+.Pq see Fn mandoc_escape .
+.Sh REFERENCE
+This section documents the functions, types, and variables available
+via
+.In mandoc.h .
+.Ss Types
+.Bl -ohang
+.It Vt "enum mandoc_esc"
+An escape sequence classification.
+.It Vt "enum mandocerr"
+A fatal error, error, or warning message during parsing.
+.It Vt "enum mandoclevel"
+A classification of an
+.Vt "enum mandoclevel"
+as regards system operation.
+.It Vt "struct mchars"
+An opaque pointer to an object allowing for translation between
+character strings and glyphs.
+See
+.Fn mchars_alloc .
+.It Vt "enum mparset"
+The type of parser when reading input.
+This should usually be
+.Dv MPARSE_AUTO
+for auto-detection.
+.It Vt "struct mparse"
+An opaque pointer to a running parse sequence.
+Created with
+.Fn mparse_alloc
+and freed with
+.Fn mparse_free .
+This may be used across parsed input if
+.Fn mparse_reset
+is called between parses.
+.It Vt "mandocmsg"
+A prototype for a function to handle fatal error, error, and warning
+messages emitted by the parser.
+.El
+.Ss Functions
+.Bl -ohang
+.It Fn mandoc_escape
+Scan an escape sequence, i.e., a character string beginning with
+.Sq \e .
+Pass a pointer to the character after the
+.Sq \e
+as
+.Va end ;
+it will be set to the supremum of the parsed escape sequence unless
+returning
+.Dv ESCAPE_ERROR ,
+in which case the string is bogus and should be
+thrown away.
+If not
+.Dv ESCAPE_ERROR
+or
+.Dv ESCAPE_IGNORE ,
+.Va start
+is set to the first relevant character of the substring (font, glyph,
+whatever) of length
+.Va sz .
+Both
+.Va start
+and
+.Va sz
+may be
+.Dv NULL .
+.It Fn man_meta
+Obtain the meta-data of a successful parse.
+This may only be used on a pointer returned by
+.Fn mparse_result .
+.It Fn man_mparse
+Get the parser used for the current output.
+.It Fn man_node
+Obtain the root node of a successful parse.
+This may only be used on a pointer returned by
+.Fn mparse_result .
+.It Fn mchars_alloc
+Allocate an
+.Vt "struct mchars *"
+object for translating special characters into glyphs.
+See
+.Xr mandoc_char 7
+for an overview of special characters.
+The object must be freed with
+.Fn mchars_free .
+.It Fn mchars_free
+Free an object created with
+.Fn mchars_alloc .
+.It Fn mchars_num2char
+Convert a character index (e.g., the \eN\(aq\(aq escape) into a
+printable ASCII character.
+Returns \e0 (the nil character) if the input sequence is malformed.
+.It Fn mchars_num2uc
+Convert a hexadecimal character index (e.g., the \e[uNNNN] escape) into
+a Unicode codepoint.
+Returns \e0 (the nil character) if the input sequence is malformed.
+.It Fn mchars_spec2cp
+Convert a special character into a valid Unicode codepoint.
+Returns \-1 on failure or a non-zero Unicode codepoint on success.
+.It Fn mchars_spec2str
+Convert a special character into an ASCII string.
+Returns
+.Dv NULL
+on failure.
+.It Fn mdoc_meta
+Obtain the meta-data of a successful parse.
+This may only be used on a pointer returned by
+.Fn mparse_result .
+.It Fn mdoc_node
+Obtain the root node of a successful parse.
+This may only be used on a pointer returned by
+.Fn mparse_result .
+.It Fn mparse_alloc
+Allocate a parser.
+The same parser may be used for multiple files so long as
+.Fn mparse_reset
+is called between parses.
+.Fn mparse_free
+must be called to free the memory allocated by this function.
+.It Fn mparse_free
+Free all memory allocated by
+.Fn mparse_alloc .
+.It Fn mparse_getkeep
+Acquire the keep buffer.
+Must follow a call of
+.Fn mparse_keep .
+.It Fn mparse_keep
+Instruct the parser to retain a copy of its parsed input.
+This can be acquired with subsequent
+.Fn mparse_getkeep
+calls.
+.It Fn mparse_readfd
+Parse a file or file descriptor.
+If
+.Va fd
+is -1,
+.Va fname
+is opened for reading.
+Otherwise,
+.Va fname
+is assumed to be the name associated with
+.Va fd .
+This may be called multiple times with different parameters; however,
+.Fn mparse_reset
+should be invoked between parses.
+.It Fn mparse_reset
+Reset a parser so that
+.Fn mparse_readfd
+may be used again.
+.It Fn mparse_result
+Obtain the result of a parse.
+Only successful parses
+.Po
+i.e., those where
+.Fn mparse_readfd
+returned less than MANDOCLEVEL_FATAL
+.Pc
+should invoke this function, in which case one of the two pointers will
+be filled in.
+.It Fn mparse_strerror
+Return a statically-allocated string representation of an error code.
+.It Fn mparse_strlevel
+Return a statically-allocated string representation of a level code.
+.El
+.Ss Variables
+.Bl -ohang
+.It Va man_macronames
+The string representation of a man macro as indexed by
+.Vt "enum mant" .
+.It Va mdoc_argnames
+The string representation of a mdoc macro argument as indexed by
+.Vt "enum mdocargt" .
+.It Va mdoc_macronames
+The string representation of a mdoc macro as indexed by
+.Vt "enum mdoct" .
+.El
+.Sh IMPLEMENTATION NOTES
+This section consists of structural documentation for
+.Xr mdoc 7
+and
+.Xr man 7
+syntax trees and strings.
+.Ss Man and Mdoc Strings
+Strings may be extracted from mdoc and man meta-data, or from text
+nodes (MDOC_TEXT and MAN_TEXT, respectively).
+These strings have special non-printing formatting cues embedded in the
+text itself, as well as
+.Xr roff 7
+escapes preserved from input.
+Implementing systems will need to handle both situations to produce
+human-readable text.
+In general, strings may be assumed to consist of 7-bit ASCII characters.
+.Pp
+The following non-printing characters may be embedded in text strings:
+.Bl -tag -width Ds
+.It Dv ASCII_NBRSP
+A non-breaking space character.
+.It Dv ASCII_HYPH
+A soft hyphen.
+.El
+.Pp
+Escape characters are also passed verbatim into text strings.
+An escape character is a sequence of characters beginning with the
+backslash
+.Pq Sq \e .
+To construct human-readable text, these should be intercepted with
+.Fn mandoc_escape
+and converted with one of
+.Fn mchars_num2char ,
+.Fn mchars_spec2str ,
+and so on.
+.Ss Man Abstract Syntax Tree
+This AST is governed by the ontological rules dictated in
+.Xr man 7
+and derives its terminology accordingly.
+.Pp
+The AST is composed of
+.Vt struct man_node
+nodes with element, root and text types as declared by the
+.Va type
+field.
+Each node also provides its parse point (the
+.Va line ,
+.Va sec ,
+and
+.Va pos
+fields), its position in the tree (the
+.Va parent ,
+.Va child ,
+.Va next
+and
+.Va prev
+fields) and some type-specific data.
+.Pp
+The tree itself is arranged according to the following normal form,
+where capitalised non-terminals represent nodes.
+.Pp
+.Bl -tag -width "ELEMENTXX" -compact
+.It ROOT
+\(<- mnode+
+.It mnode
+\(<- ELEMENT | TEXT | BLOCK
+.It BLOCK
+\(<- HEAD BODY
+.It HEAD
+\(<- mnode*
+.It BODY
+\(<- mnode*
+.It ELEMENT
+\(<- ELEMENT | TEXT*
+.It TEXT
+\(<- [[:ascii:]]*
+.El
+.Pp
+The only elements capable of nesting other elements are those with
+next-lint scope as documented in
+.Xr man 7 .
+.Ss Mdoc Abstract Syntax Tree
+This AST is governed by the ontological
+rules dictated in
+.Xr mdoc 7
+and derives its terminology accordingly.
+.Qq In-line
+elements described in
+.Xr mdoc 7
+are described simply as
+.Qq elements .
+.Pp
+The AST is composed of
+.Vt struct mdoc_node
+nodes with block, head, body, element, root and text types as declared
+by the
+.Va type
+field.
+Each node also provides its parse point (the
+.Va line ,
+.Va sec ,
+and
+.Va pos
+fields), its position in the tree (the
+.Va parent ,
+.Va child ,
+.Va nchild ,
+.Va next
+and
+.Va prev
+fields) and some type-specific data, in particular, for nodes generated
+from macros, the generating macro in the
+.Va tok
+field.
+.Pp
+The tree itself is arranged according to the following normal form,
+where capitalised non-terminals represent nodes.
+.Pp
+.Bl -tag -width "ELEMENTXX" -compact
+.It ROOT
+\(<- mnode+
+.It mnode
+\(<- BLOCK | ELEMENT | TEXT
+.It BLOCK
+\(<- HEAD [TEXT] (BODY [TEXT])+ [TAIL [TEXT]]
+.It ELEMENT
+\(<- TEXT*
+.It HEAD
+\(<- mnode*
+.It BODY
+\(<- mnode* [ENDBODY mnode*]
+.It TAIL
+\(<- mnode*
+.It TEXT
+\(<- [[:ascii:]]*
+.El
+.Pp
+Of note are the TEXT nodes following the HEAD, BODY and TAIL nodes of
+the BLOCK production: these refer to punctuation marks.
+Furthermore, although a TEXT node will generally have a non-zero-length
+string, in the specific case of
+.Sq \&.Bd \-literal ,
+an empty line will produce a zero-length string.
+Multiple body parts are only found in invocations of
+.Sq \&Bl \-column ,
+where a new body introduces a new phrase.
+.Pp
+The
+.Xr mdoc 7
+syntax tree accommodates for broken block structures as well.
+The ENDBODY node is available to end the formatting associated
+with a given block before the physical end of that block.
+It has a non-null
+.Va end
+field, is of the BODY
+.Va type ,
+has the same
+.Va tok
+as the BLOCK it is ending, and has a
+.Va pending
+field pointing to that BLOCK's BODY node.
+It is an indirect child of that BODY node
+and has no children of its own.
+.Pp
+An ENDBODY node is generated when a block ends while one of its child
+blocks is still open, like in the following example:
+.Bd -literal -offset indent
+\&.Ao ao
+\&.Bo bo ac
+\&.Ac bc
+\&.Bc end
+.Ed
+.Pp
+This example results in the following block structure:
+.Bd -literal -offset indent
+BLOCK Ao
+    HEAD Ao
+    BODY Ao
+        TEXT ao
+        BLOCK Bo, pending -> Ao
+            HEAD Bo
+            BODY Bo
+                TEXT bo
+                TEXT ac
+                ENDBODY Ao, pending -> Ao
+                TEXT bc
+TEXT end
+.Ed
+.Pp
+Here, the formatting of the
+.Sq \&Ao
+block extends from TEXT ao to TEXT ac,
+while the formatting of the
+.Sq \&Bo
+block extends from TEXT bo to TEXT bc.
+It renders as follows in
+.Fl T Ns Cm ascii
+mode:
+.Pp
+.Dl <ao [bo ac> bc] end
+.Pp
+Support for badly-nested blocks is only provided for backward
+compatibility with some older
+.Xr mdoc 7
+implementations.
+Using badly-nested blocks is
+.Em strongly discouraged ;
+for example, the
+.Fl T Ns Cm html
+and
+.Fl T Ns Cm xhtml
+front-ends to
+.Xr mandoc 1
+are unable to render them in any meaningful way.
+Furthermore, behaviour when encountering badly-nested blocks is not
+consistent across troff implementations, especially when using  multiple
+levels of badly-nested blocks.
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr mandoc 1 ,
+.Xr eqn 7 ,
+.Xr man 7 ,
+.Xr mandoc_char 7 ,
+.Xr mdoc 7 ,
+.Xr roff 7 ,
+.Xr tbl 7
+.Sh AUTHORS
+The
+.Nm
+library was written by
+.An Kristaps Dzonsons ,
+.Mt kristaps@bsd.lv .
diff --git a/contrib/mdocml/mandoc.c b/contrib/mdocml/mandoc.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..604bb67
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/mdocml/mandoc.c
@@ -0,0 +1,735 @@
+/*	$Id: mandoc.c,v 1.62 2011/12/03 16:08:51 schwarze Exp $ */
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011 Kristaps Dzonsons <kristaps@bsd.lv>
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Ingo Schwarze <schwarze@openbsd.org>
+ *
+ * Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software for any
+ * purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above
+ * copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies.
+ *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" AND THE AUTHORS DISCLAIM ALL WARRANTIES
+ * WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
+ * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS BE LIABLE FOR
+ * ANY SPECIAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES
+ * WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN
+ * ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF
+ * OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
+ */
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+#include "config.h"
+#endif
+
+#include <sys/types.h>
+
+#include <assert.h>
+#include <ctype.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <limits.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <time.h>
+
+#include "mandoc.h"
+#include "libmandoc.h"
+
+#define DATESIZE 32
+
+static	int	 a2time(time_t *, const char *, const char *);
+static	char	*time2a(time_t);
+static	int	 numescape(const char *);
+
+/*
+ * Pass over recursive numerical expressions.  This context of this
+ * function is important: it's only called within character-terminating
+ * escapes (e.g., \s[xxxyyy]), so all we need to do is handle initial
+ * recursion: we don't care about what's in these blocks. 
+ * This returns the number of characters skipped or -1 if an error
+ * occurs (the caller should bail).
+ */
+static int
+numescape(const char *start)
+{
+	int		 i;
+	size_t		 sz;
+	const char	*cp;
+
+	i = 0;
+
+	/* The expression consists of a subexpression. */
+
+	if ('\\' == start[i]) {
+		cp = &start[++i];
+		/*
+		 * Read past the end of the subexpression.
+		 * Bail immediately on errors.
+		 */
+		if (ESCAPE_ERROR == mandoc_escape(&cp, NULL, NULL))
+			return(-1);
+		return(i + cp - &start[i]);
+	} 
+
+	if ('(' != start[i++])
+		return(0);
+
+	/*
+	 * A parenthesised subexpression.  Read until the closing
+	 * parenthesis, making sure to handle any nested subexpressions
+	 * that might ruin our parse.
+	 */
+
+	while (')' != start[i]) {
+		sz = strcspn(&start[i], ")\\");
+		i += (int)sz;
+
+		if ('\0' == start[i])
+			return(-1);
+		else if ('\\' != start[i])
+			continue;
+
+		cp = &start[++i];
+		if (ESCAPE_ERROR == mandoc_escape(&cp, NULL, NULL))
+			return(-1);
+		i += cp - &start[i];
+	}
+
+	/* Read past the terminating ')'. */
+	return(++i);
+}
+
+enum mandoc_esc
+mandoc_escape(const char **end, const char **start, int *sz)
+{
+	char		 c, term, numeric;
+	int		 i, lim, ssz, rlim;
+	const char	*cp, *rstart;
+	enum mandoc_esc	 gly; 
+
+	cp = *end;
+	rstart = cp;
+	if (start)
+		*start = rstart;
+	i = lim = 0;
+	gly = ESCAPE_ERROR;
+	term = numeric = '\0';
+
+	switch ((c = cp[i++])) {
+	/*
+	 * First the glyphs.  There are several different forms of
+	 * these, but each eventually returns a substring of the glyph
+	 * name.
+	 */
+	case ('('):
+		gly = ESCAPE_SPECIAL;
+		lim = 2;
+		break;
+	case ('['):
+		gly = ESCAPE_SPECIAL;
+		/*
+		 * Unicode escapes are defined in groff as \[uXXXX] to
+		 * \[u10FFFF], where the contained value must be a valid
+		 * Unicode codepoint.  Here, however, only check whether
+		 * it's not a zero-width escape.
+		 */
+		if ('u' == cp[i] && ']' != cp[i + 1])
+			gly = ESCAPE_UNICODE;
+		term = ']';
+		break;
+	case ('C'):
+		if ('\'' != cp[i])
+			return(ESCAPE_ERROR);
+		gly = ESCAPE_SPECIAL;
+		term = '\'';
+		break;
+
+	/*
+	 * Handle all triggers matching \X(xy, \Xx, and \X[xxxx], where
+	 * 'X' is the trigger.  These have opaque sub-strings.
+	 */
+	case ('F'):
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+	case ('g'):
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+	case ('k'):
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+	case ('M'):
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+	case ('m'):
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+	case ('n'):
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+	case ('V'):
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+	case ('Y'):
+		gly = ESCAPE_IGNORE;
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+	case ('f'):
+		if (ESCAPE_ERROR == gly)
+			gly = ESCAPE_FONT;
+
+		rstart= &cp[i];
+		if (start) 
+			*start = rstart;
+
+		switch (cp[i++]) {
+		case ('('):
+			lim = 2;
+			break;
+		case ('['):
+			term = ']';
+			break;
+		default:
+			lim = 1;
+			i--;
+			break;
+		}
+		break;
+
+	/*
+	 * These escapes are of the form \X'Y', where 'X' is the trigger
+	 * and 'Y' is any string.  These have opaque sub-strings.
+	 */
+	case ('A'):
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+	case ('b'):
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+	case ('D'):
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+	case ('o'):
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+	case ('R'):
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+	case ('X'):
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+	case ('Z'):
+		if ('\'' != cp[i++])
+			return(ESCAPE_ERROR);
+		gly = ESCAPE_IGNORE;
+		term = '\'';
+		break;
+
+	/*
+	 * These escapes are of the form \X'N', where 'X' is the trigger
+	 * and 'N' resolves to a numerical expression.
+	 */
+	case ('B'):
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+	case ('h'):
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+	case ('H'):
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+	case ('L'):
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+	case ('l'):
+		gly = ESCAPE_NUMBERED;
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+	case ('S'):
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+	case ('v'):
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+	case ('w'):
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+	case ('x'):
+		if (ESCAPE_ERROR == gly)
+			gly = ESCAPE_IGNORE;
+		if ('\'' != cp[i++])
+			return(ESCAPE_ERROR);
+		term = numeric = '\'';
+		break;
+
+	/*
+	 * Special handling for the numbered character escape.
+	 * XXX Do any other escapes need similar handling?
+	 */
+	case ('N'):
+		if ('\0' == cp[i])
+			return(ESCAPE_ERROR);
+		*end = &cp[++i];
+		if (isdigit((unsigned char)cp[i-1]))
+			return(ESCAPE_IGNORE);
+		while (isdigit((unsigned char)**end))
+			(*end)++;
+		if (start)
+			*start = &cp[i];
+		if (sz)
+			*sz = *end - &cp[i];
+		if ('\0' != **end)
+			(*end)++;
+		return(ESCAPE_NUMBERED);
+
+	/* 
+	 * Sizes get a special category of their own.
+	 */
+	case ('s'):
+		gly = ESCAPE_IGNORE;
+
+		rstart = &cp[i];
+		if (start) 
+			*start = rstart;
+
+		/* See +/- counts as a sign. */
+		c = cp[i];
+		if ('+' == c || '-' == c || ASCII_HYPH == c)
+			++i;
+
+		switch (cp[i++]) {
+		case ('('):
+			lim = 2;
+			break;
+		case ('['):
+			term = numeric = ']';
+			break;
+		case ('\''):
+			term = numeric = '\'';
+			break;
+		default:
+			lim = 1;
+			i--;
+			break;
+		}
+
+		/* See +/- counts as a sign. */
+		c = cp[i];
+		if ('+' == c || '-' == c || ASCII_HYPH == c)
+			++i;
+
+		break;
+
+	/*
+	 * Anything else is assumed to be a glyph.
+	 */
+	default:
+		gly = ESCAPE_SPECIAL;
+		lim = 1;
+		i--;
+		break;
+	}
+
+	assert(ESCAPE_ERROR != gly);
+
+	rstart = &cp[i];
+	if (start)
+		*start = rstart;
+
+	/*
+	 * If a terminating block has been specified, we need to
+	 * handle the case of recursion, which could have their
+	 * own terminating blocks that mess up our parse.  This, by the
+	 * way, means that the "start" and "size" values will be
+	 * effectively meaningless.
+	 */
+
+	ssz = 0;
+	if (numeric && -1 == (ssz = numescape(&cp[i])))
+		return(ESCAPE_ERROR);
+
+	i += ssz;
+	rlim = -1;
+
+	/*
+	 * We have a character terminator.  Try to read up to that
+	 * character.  If we can't (i.e., we hit the nil), then return
+	 * an error; if we can, calculate our length, read past the
+	 * terminating character, and exit.
+	 */
+
+	if ('\0' != term) {
+		*end = strchr(&cp[i], term);
+		if ('\0' == *end)
+			return(ESCAPE_ERROR);
+
+		rlim = *end - &cp[i];
+		if (sz)
+			*sz = rlim;
+		(*end)++;
+		goto out;
+	}
+
+	assert(lim > 0);
+
+	/*
+	 * We have a numeric limit.  If the string is shorter than that,
+	 * stop and return an error.  Else adjust our endpoint, length,
+	 * and return the current glyph.
+	 */
+
+	if ((size_t)lim > strlen(&cp[i]))
+		return(ESCAPE_ERROR);
+
+	rlim = lim;
+	if (sz)
+		*sz = rlim;
+
+	*end = &cp[i] + lim;
+
+out:
+	assert(rlim >= 0 && rstart);
+
+	/* Run post-processors. */
+
+	switch (gly) {
+	case (ESCAPE_FONT):
+		/*
+		 * Pretend that the constant-width font modes are the
+		 * same as the regular font modes.
+		 */
+		if (2 == rlim && 'C' == *rstart)
+			rstart++;
+		else if (1 != rlim)
+			break;
+
+		switch (*rstart) {
+		case ('3'):
+			/* FALLTHROUGH */
+		case ('B'):
+			gly = ESCAPE_FONTBOLD;
+			break;
+		case ('2'):
+			/* FALLTHROUGH */
+		case ('I'):
+			gly = ESCAPE_FONTITALIC;
+			break;
+		case ('P'):
+			gly = ESCAPE_FONTPREV;
+			break;
+		case ('1'):
+			/* FALLTHROUGH */
+		case ('R'):
+			gly = ESCAPE_FONTROMAN;
+			break;
+		}
+		break;
+	case (ESCAPE_SPECIAL):
+		if (1 != rlim)
+			break;
+		if ('c' == *rstart)
+			gly = ESCAPE_NOSPACE;
+		break;
+	default:
+		break;
+	}
+
+	return(gly);
+}
+
+void *
+mandoc_calloc(size_t num, size_t size)
+{
+	void		*ptr;
+
+	ptr = calloc(num, size);
+	if (NULL == ptr) {
+		perror(NULL);
+		exit((int)MANDOCLEVEL_SYSERR);
+	}
+
+	return(ptr);
+}
+
+
+void *
+mandoc_malloc(size_t size)
+{
+	void		*ptr;
+
+	ptr = malloc(size);
+	if (NULL == ptr) {
+		perror(NULL);
+		exit((int)MANDOCLEVEL_SYSERR);
+	}
+
+	return(ptr);
+}
+
+
+void *
+mandoc_realloc(void *ptr, size_t size)
+{
+
+	ptr = realloc(ptr, size);
+	if (NULL == ptr) {
+		perror(NULL);
+		exit((int)MANDOCLEVEL_SYSERR);
+	}
+
+	return(ptr);
+}
+
+char *
+mandoc_strndup(const char *ptr, size_t sz)
+{
+	char		*p;
+
+	p = mandoc_malloc(sz + 1);
+	memcpy(p, ptr, sz);
+	p[(int)sz] = '\0';
+	return(p);
+}
+
+char *
+mandoc_strdup(const char *ptr)
+{
+	char		*p;
+
+	p = strdup(ptr);
+	if (NULL == p) {
+		perror(NULL);
+		exit((int)MANDOCLEVEL_SYSERR);
+	}
+
+	return(p);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Parse a quoted or unquoted roff-style request or macro argument.
+ * Return a pointer to the parsed argument, which is either the original
+ * pointer or advanced by one byte in case the argument is quoted.
+ * Null-terminate the argument in place.
+ * Collapse pairs of quotes inside quoted arguments.
+ * Advance the argument pointer to the next argument,
+ * or to the null byte terminating the argument line.
+ */
+char *
+mandoc_getarg(struct mparse *parse, char **cpp, int ln, int *pos)
+{
+	char	 *start, *cp;
+	int	  quoted, pairs, white;
+
+	/* Quoting can only start with a new word. */
+	start = *cpp;
+	quoted = 0;
+	if ('"' == *start) {
+		quoted = 1;
+		start++;
+	} 
+
+	pairs = 0;
+	white = 0;
+	for (cp = start; '\0' != *cp; cp++) {
+		/* Move left after quoted quotes and escaped backslashes. */
+		if (pairs)
+			cp[-pairs] = cp[0];
+		if ('\\' == cp[0]) {
+			if ('\\' == cp[1]) {
+				/* Poor man's copy mode. */
+				pairs++;
+				cp++;
+			} else if (0 == quoted && ' ' == cp[1])
+				/* Skip escaped blanks. */
+				cp++;
+		} else if (0 == quoted) {
+			if (' ' == cp[0]) {
+				/* Unescaped blanks end unquoted args. */
+				white = 1;
+				break;
+			}
+		} else if ('"' == cp[0]) {
+			if ('"' == cp[1]) {
+				/* Quoted quotes collapse. */
+				pairs++;
+				cp++;
+			} else {
+				/* Unquoted quotes end quoted args. */
+				quoted = 2;
+				break;
+			}
+		}
+	}
+
+	/* Quoted argument without a closing quote. */
+	if (1 == quoted)
+		mandoc_msg(MANDOCERR_BADQUOTE, parse, ln, *pos, NULL);
+
+	/* Null-terminate this argument and move to the next one. */
+	if (pairs)
+		cp[-pairs] = '\0';
+	if ('\0' != *cp) {
+		*cp++ = '\0';
+		while (' ' == *cp)
+			cp++;
+	}
+	*pos += (int)(cp - start) + (quoted ? 1 : 0);
+	*cpp = cp;
+
+	if ('\0' == *cp && (white || ' ' == cp[-1]))
+		mandoc_msg(MANDOCERR_EOLNSPACE, parse, ln, *pos, NULL);
+
+	return(start);
+}
+
+static int
+a2time(time_t *t, const char *fmt, const char *p)
+{
+	struct tm	 tm;
+	char		*pp;
+
+	memset(&tm, 0, sizeof(struct tm));
+
+	pp = NULL;
+#ifdef	HAVE_STRPTIME
+	pp = strptime(p, fmt, &tm);
+#endif
+	if (NULL != pp && '\0' == *pp) {
+		*t = mktime(&tm);
+		return(1);
+	}
+
+	return(0);
+}
+
+static char *
+time2a(time_t t)
+{
+	struct tm	*tm;
+	char		*buf, *p;
+	size_t		 ssz;
+	int		 isz;
+
+	tm = localtime(&t);
+
+	/*
+	 * Reserve space:
+	 * up to 9 characters for the month (September) + blank
+	 * up to 2 characters for the day + comma + blank
+	 * 4 characters for the year and a terminating '\0'
+	 */
+	p = buf = mandoc_malloc(10 + 4 + 4 + 1);
+
+	if (0 == (ssz = strftime(p, 10 + 1, "%B ", tm)))
+		goto fail;
+	p += (int)ssz;
+
+	if (-1 == (isz = snprintf(p, 4 + 1, "%d, ", tm->tm_mday)))
+		goto fail;
+	p += isz;
+
+	if (0 == strftime(p, 4 + 1, "%Y", tm))
+		goto fail;
+	return(buf);
+
+fail:
+	free(buf);
+	return(NULL);
+}
+
+char *
+mandoc_normdate(struct mparse *parse, char *in, int ln, int pos)
+{
+	char		*out;
+	time_t		 t;
+
+	if (NULL == in || '\0' == *in ||
+	    0 == strcmp(in, "$" "Mdocdate$")) {
+		mandoc_msg(MANDOCERR_NODATE, parse, ln, pos, NULL);
+		time(&t);
+	}
+	else if (a2time(&t, "%Y-%m-%d", in))
+		t = 0;
+	else if (!a2time(&t, "$" "Mdocdate: %b %d %Y $", in) &&
+	    !a2time(&t, "%b %d, %Y", in)) {
+		mandoc_msg(MANDOCERR_BADDATE, parse, ln, pos, NULL);
+		t = 0;
+	}
+	out = t ? time2a(t) : NULL;
+	return(out ? out : mandoc_strdup(in));
+}
+
+int
+mandoc_eos(const char *p, size_t sz, int enclosed)
+{
+	const char *q;
+	int found;
+
+	if (0 == sz)
+		return(0);
+
+	/*
+	 * End-of-sentence recognition must include situations where
+	 * some symbols, such as `)', allow prior EOS punctuation to
+	 * propagate outward.
+	 */
+
+	found = 0;
+	for (q = p + (int)sz - 1; q >= p; q--) {
+		switch (*q) {
+		case ('\"'):
+			/* FALLTHROUGH */
+		case ('\''):
+			/* FALLTHROUGH */
+		case (']'):
+			/* FALLTHROUGH */
+		case (')'):
+			if (0 == found)
+				enclosed = 1;
+			break;
+		case ('.'):
+			/* FALLTHROUGH */
+		case ('!'):
+			/* FALLTHROUGH */
+		case ('?'):
+			found = 1;
+			break;
+		default:
+			return(found && (!enclosed || isalnum((unsigned char)*q)));
+		}
+	}
+
+	return(found && !enclosed);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Find out whether a line is a macro line or not.  If it is, adjust the
+ * current position and return one; if it isn't, return zero and don't
+ * change the current position.
+ */
+int
+mandoc_getcontrol(const char *cp, int *ppos)
+{
+	int		pos;
+
+	pos = *ppos;
+
+	if ('\\' == cp[pos] && '.' == cp[pos + 1])
+		pos += 2;
+	else if ('.' == cp[pos] || '\'' == cp[pos])
+		pos++;
+	else
+		return(0);
+
+	while (' ' == cp[pos] || '\t' == cp[pos])
+		pos++;
+
+	*ppos = pos;
+	return(1);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Convert a string to a long that may not be <0.
+ * If the string is invalid, or is less than 0, return -1.
+ */
+int
+mandoc_strntoi(const char *p, size_t sz, int base)
+{
+	char		 buf[32];
+	char		*ep;
+	long		 v;
+
+	if (sz > 31)
+		return(-1);
+
+	memcpy(buf, p, sz);
+	buf[(int)sz] = '\0';
+
+	errno = 0;
+	v = strtol(buf, &ep, base);
+
+	if (buf[0] == '\0' || *ep != '\0')
+		return(-1);
+
+	if (v > INT_MAX)
+		v = INT_MAX;
+	if (v < INT_MIN)
+		v = INT_MIN;
+
+	return((int)v);
+}
diff --git a/contrib/mdocml/mandoc.h b/contrib/mdocml/mandoc.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a37effc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/mdocml/mandoc.h
@@ -0,0 +1,432 @@
+/*	$Id: mandoc.h,v 1.99 2012/02/16 20:51:31 joerg Exp $ */
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2010, 2011 Kristaps Dzonsons <kristaps@bsd.lv>
+ *
+ * Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software for any
+ * purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above
+ * copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies.
+ *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" AND THE AUTHOR DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES
+ * WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
+ * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR
+ * ANY SPECIAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES
+ * WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN
+ * ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF
+ * OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
+ */
+#ifndef MANDOC_H
+#define MANDOC_H
+
+#define ASCII_NBRSP	 31  /* non-breaking space */
+#define	ASCII_HYPH	 30  /* breakable hyphen */
+
+/*
+ * Status level.  This refers to both internal status (i.e., whilst
+ * running, when warnings/errors are reported) and an indicator of a
+ * threshold of when to halt (when said internal state exceeds the
+ * threshold).
+ */
+enum	mandoclevel {
+	MANDOCLEVEL_OK = 0,
+	MANDOCLEVEL_RESERVED,
+	MANDOCLEVEL_WARNING, /* warnings: syntax, whitespace, etc. */
+	MANDOCLEVEL_ERROR, /* input has been thrown away */
+	MANDOCLEVEL_FATAL, /* input is borked */
+	MANDOCLEVEL_BADARG, /* bad argument in invocation */
+	MANDOCLEVEL_SYSERR, /* system error */
+	MANDOCLEVEL_MAX
+};
+
+/*
+ * All possible things that can go wrong within a parse, be it libroff,
+ * libmdoc, or libman.
+ */
+enum	mandocerr {
+	MANDOCERR_OK,
+
+	MANDOCERR_WARNING, /* ===== start of warnings ===== */
+
+	/* related to the prologue */
+	MANDOCERR_NOTITLE, /* no title in document */
+	MANDOCERR_UPPERCASE, /* document title should be all caps */
+	MANDOCERR_BADMSEC, /* unknown manual section */
+	MANDOCERR_NODATE, /* date missing, using today's date */
+	MANDOCERR_BADDATE, /* cannot parse date, using it verbatim */
+	MANDOCERR_PROLOGOOO, /* prologue macros out of order */
+	MANDOCERR_PROLOGREP, /* duplicate prologue macro */
+	MANDOCERR_BADPROLOG, /* macro not allowed in prologue */
+	MANDOCERR_BADBODY, /* macro not allowed in body */
+
+	/* related to document structure */
+	MANDOCERR_SO, /* .so is fragile, better use ln(1) */
+	MANDOCERR_NAMESECFIRST, /* NAME section must come first */
+	MANDOCERR_BADNAMESEC, /* bad NAME section contents */
+	MANDOCERR_NONAME, /* manual name not yet set */
+	MANDOCERR_SECOOO, /* sections out of conventional order */
+	MANDOCERR_SECREP, /* duplicate section name */
+	MANDOCERR_SECMSEC, /* section not in conventional manual section */
+
+	/* related to macros and nesting */
+	MANDOCERR_MACROOBS, /* skipping obsolete macro */
+	MANDOCERR_IGNPAR, /* skipping paragraph macro */
+	MANDOCERR_IGNNS, /* skipping no-space macro */
+	MANDOCERR_SCOPENEST, /* blocks badly nested */
+	MANDOCERR_CHILD, /* child violates parent syntax */
+	MANDOCERR_NESTEDDISP, /* nested displays are not portable */
+	MANDOCERR_SCOPEREP, /* already in literal mode */
+	MANDOCERR_LINESCOPE, /* line scope broken */
+
+	/* related to missing macro arguments */
+	MANDOCERR_MACROEMPTY, /* skipping empty macro */
+	MANDOCERR_ARGCWARN, /* argument count wrong */
+	MANDOCERR_DISPTYPE, /* missing display type */
+	MANDOCERR_LISTFIRST, /* list type must come first */
+	MANDOCERR_NOWIDTHARG, /* tag lists require a width argument */
+	MANDOCERR_FONTTYPE, /* missing font type */
+	MANDOCERR_WNOSCOPE, /* skipping end of block that is not open */
+
+	/* related to bad macro arguments */
+	MANDOCERR_IGNARGV, /* skipping argument */
+	MANDOCERR_ARGVREP, /* duplicate argument */
+	MANDOCERR_DISPREP, /* duplicate display type */
+	MANDOCERR_LISTREP, /* duplicate list type */
+	MANDOCERR_BADATT, /* unknown AT&T UNIX version */
+	MANDOCERR_BADBOOL, /* bad Boolean value */
+	MANDOCERR_BADFONT, /* unknown font */
+	MANDOCERR_BADSTANDARD, /* unknown standard specifier */
+	MANDOCERR_BADWIDTH, /* bad width argument */
+
+	/* related to plain text */
+	MANDOCERR_NOBLANKLN, /* blank line in non-literal context */
+	MANDOCERR_BADTAB, /* tab in non-literal context */
+	MANDOCERR_EOLNSPACE, /* end of line whitespace */
+	MANDOCERR_BADCOMMENT, /* bad comment style */
+	MANDOCERR_BADESCAPE, /* unknown escape sequence */
+	MANDOCERR_BADQUOTE, /* unterminated quoted string */
+
+	/* related to equations */
+	MANDOCERR_EQNQUOTE, /* unexpected literal in equation */
+
+	MANDOCERR_ERROR, /* ===== start of errors ===== */
+
+	/* related to equations */
+	MANDOCERR_EQNNSCOPE, /* unexpected equation scope closure*/
+	MANDOCERR_EQNSCOPE, /* equation scope open on exit */
+	MANDOCERR_EQNBADSCOPE, /* overlapping equation scopes */
+	MANDOCERR_EQNEOF, /* unexpected end of equation */
+	MANDOCERR_EQNSYNT, /* equation syntax error */
+
+	/* related to tables */
+	MANDOCERR_TBL, /* bad table syntax */
+	MANDOCERR_TBLOPT, /* bad table option */
+	MANDOCERR_TBLLAYOUT, /* bad table layout */
+	MANDOCERR_TBLNOLAYOUT, /* no table layout cells specified */
+	MANDOCERR_TBLNODATA, /* no table data cells specified */
+	MANDOCERR_TBLIGNDATA, /* ignore data in cell */
+	MANDOCERR_TBLBLOCK, /* data block still open */
+	MANDOCERR_TBLEXTRADAT, /* ignoring extra data cells */
+
+	MANDOCERR_ROFFLOOP, /* input stack limit exceeded, infinite loop? */
+	MANDOCERR_BADCHAR, /* skipping bad character */
+	MANDOCERR_NAMESC, /* escaped character not allowed in a name */
+	MANDOCERR_NOTEXT, /* skipping text before the first section header */
+	MANDOCERR_MACRO, /* skipping unknown macro */
+	MANDOCERR_REQUEST, /* NOT IMPLEMENTED: skipping request */
+	MANDOCERR_ARGCOUNT, /* argument count wrong */
+	MANDOCERR_NOSCOPE, /* skipping end of block that is not open */
+	MANDOCERR_SCOPEBROKEN, /* missing end of block */
+	MANDOCERR_SCOPEEXIT, /* scope open on exit */
+	MANDOCERR_UNAME, /* uname(3) system call failed */
+	/* FIXME: merge following with MANDOCERR_ARGCOUNT */
+	MANDOCERR_NOARGS, /* macro requires line argument(s) */
+	MANDOCERR_NOBODY, /* macro requires body argument(s) */
+	MANDOCERR_NOARGV, /* macro requires argument(s) */
+	MANDOCERR_LISTTYPE, /* missing list type */
+	MANDOCERR_ARGSLOST, /* line argument(s) will be lost */
+	MANDOCERR_BODYLOST, /* body argument(s) will be lost */
+
+	MANDOCERR_FATAL, /* ===== start of fatal errors ===== */
+
+	MANDOCERR_NOTMANUAL, /* manual isn't really a manual */
+	MANDOCERR_COLUMNS, /* column syntax is inconsistent */
+	MANDOCERR_BADDISP, /* NOT IMPLEMENTED: .Bd -file */
+	MANDOCERR_SYNTARGVCOUNT, /* argument count wrong, violates syntax */
+	MANDOCERR_SYNTCHILD, /* child violates parent syntax */
+	MANDOCERR_SYNTARGCOUNT, /* argument count wrong, violates syntax */
+	MANDOCERR_SOPATH, /* NOT IMPLEMENTED: .so with absolute path or ".." */
+	MANDOCERR_NODOCBODY, /* no document body */
+	MANDOCERR_NODOCPROLOG, /* no document prologue */
+	MANDOCERR_MEM, /* static buffer exhausted */
+	MANDOCERR_MAX
+};
+
+struct	tbl {
+	char		  tab; /* cell-separator */
+	char		  decimal; /* decimal point */
+	int		  linesize;
+	int		  opts;
+#define	TBL_OPT_CENTRE	 (1 << 0)
+#define	TBL_OPT_EXPAND	 (1 << 1)
+#define	TBL_OPT_BOX	 (1 << 2)
+#define	TBL_OPT_DBOX	 (1 << 3)
+#define	TBL_OPT_ALLBOX	 (1 << 4)
+#define	TBL_OPT_NOKEEP	 (1 << 5)
+#define	TBL_OPT_NOSPACE	 (1 << 6)
+	int		  cols; /* number of columns */
+};
+
+enum	tbl_headt {
+	TBL_HEAD_DATA, /* plug in data from tbl_dat */
+	TBL_HEAD_VERT, /* vertical spacer */
+	TBL_HEAD_DVERT  /* double-vertical spacer */
+};
+
+/*
+ * The head of a table specifies all of its columns.  When formatting a
+ * tbl_span, iterate over these and plug in data from the tbl_span when
+ * appropriate, using tbl_cell as a guide to placement.
+ */
+struct	tbl_head {
+	enum tbl_headt	  pos;
+	int		  ident; /* 0 <= unique id < cols */
+	struct tbl_head	 *next;
+	struct tbl_head	 *prev;
+};
+
+enum	tbl_cellt {
+	TBL_CELL_CENTRE, /* c, C */
+	TBL_CELL_RIGHT, /* r, R */
+	TBL_CELL_LEFT, /* l, L */
+	TBL_CELL_NUMBER, /* n, N */
+	TBL_CELL_SPAN, /* s, S */
+	TBL_CELL_LONG, /* a, A */
+	TBL_CELL_DOWN, /* ^ */
+	TBL_CELL_HORIZ, /* _, - */
+	TBL_CELL_DHORIZ, /* = */
+	TBL_CELL_VERT, /* | */
+	TBL_CELL_DVERT, /* || */
+	TBL_CELL_MAX
+};
+
+/*
+ * A cell in a layout row.
+ */
+struct	tbl_cell {
+	struct tbl_cell	 *next;
+	enum tbl_cellt	  pos;
+	size_t		  spacing;
+	int		  flags;
+#define	TBL_CELL_TALIGN	 (1 << 0) /* t, T */
+#define	TBL_CELL_BALIGN	 (1 << 1) /* d, D */
+#define	TBL_CELL_BOLD	 (1 << 2) /* fB, B, b */
+#define	TBL_CELL_ITALIC	 (1 << 3) /* fI, I, i */
+#define	TBL_CELL_EQUAL	 (1 << 4) /* e, E */
+#define	TBL_CELL_UP	 (1 << 5) /* u, U */
+#define	TBL_CELL_WIGN	 (1 << 6) /* z, Z */
+	struct tbl_head	 *head;
+};
+
+/*
+ * A layout row.
+ */
+struct	tbl_row {
+	struct tbl_row	 *next;
+	struct tbl_cell	 *first;
+	struct tbl_cell	 *last;
+};
+
+enum	tbl_datt {
+	TBL_DATA_NONE, /* has no data */
+	TBL_DATA_DATA, /* consists of data/string */
+	TBL_DATA_HORIZ, /* horizontal line */
+	TBL_DATA_DHORIZ, /* double-horizontal line */
+	TBL_DATA_NHORIZ, /* squeezed horizontal line */
+	TBL_DATA_NDHORIZ /* squeezed double-horizontal line */
+};
+
+/*
+ * A cell within a row of data.  The "string" field contains the actual
+ * string value that's in the cell.  The rest is layout.
+ */
+struct	tbl_dat {
+	struct tbl_cell	 *layout; /* layout cell */
+	int		  spans; /* how many spans follow */
+	struct tbl_dat	 *next;
+	char		 *string; /* data (NULL if not TBL_DATA_DATA) */
+	enum tbl_datt	  pos;
+};
+
+enum	tbl_spant {
+	TBL_SPAN_DATA, /* span consists of data */
+	TBL_SPAN_HORIZ, /* span is horizontal line */
+	TBL_SPAN_DHORIZ /* span is double horizontal line */
+};
+
+/*
+ * A row of data in a table.
+ */
+struct	tbl_span {
+	struct tbl	 *tbl;
+	struct tbl_head	 *head;
+	struct tbl_row	 *layout; /* layout row */
+	struct tbl_dat	 *first;
+	struct tbl_dat	 *last;
+	int		  line; /* parse line */
+	int		  flags;
+#define	TBL_SPAN_FIRST	 (1 << 0)
+#define	TBL_SPAN_LAST	 (1 << 1)
+	enum tbl_spant	  pos;
+	struct tbl_span	 *next;
+};
+
+enum	eqn_boxt {
+	EQN_ROOT, /* root of parse tree */
+	EQN_TEXT, /* text (number, variable, whatever) */
+	EQN_SUBEXPR, /* nested `eqn' subexpression */
+	EQN_LIST, /* subexpressions list */
+	EQN_MATRIX /* matrix subexpression */
+};
+
+enum	eqn_markt {
+	EQNMARK_NONE = 0,
+	EQNMARK_DOT,
+	EQNMARK_DOTDOT,
+	EQNMARK_HAT,
+	EQNMARK_TILDE,
+	EQNMARK_VEC,
+	EQNMARK_DYAD,
+	EQNMARK_BAR,
+	EQNMARK_UNDER,
+	EQNMARK__MAX
+};
+
+enum	eqn_fontt {
+	EQNFONT_NONE = 0,
+	EQNFONT_ROMAN,
+	EQNFONT_BOLD,
+	EQNFONT_FAT,
+	EQNFONT_ITALIC,
+	EQNFONT__MAX
+};
+
+enum	eqn_post {
+	EQNPOS_NONE = 0,
+	EQNPOS_OVER,
+	EQNPOS_SUP,
+	EQNPOS_SUB,
+	EQNPOS_TO,
+	EQNPOS_FROM,
+	EQNPOS__MAX
+};
+
+enum	eqn_pilet {
+	EQNPILE_NONE = 0,
+	EQNPILE_PILE,
+	EQNPILE_CPILE,
+	EQNPILE_RPILE,
+	EQNPILE_LPILE,
+	EQNPILE_COL,
+	EQNPILE_CCOL,
+	EQNPILE_RCOL,
+	EQNPILE_LCOL,
+	EQNPILE__MAX
+};
+
+ /*
+ * A "box" is a parsed mathematical expression as defined by the eqn.7
+ * grammar.
+ */
+struct	eqn_box {
+	int		  size; /* font size of expression */
+#define	EQN_DEFSIZE	  INT_MIN
+	enum eqn_boxt	  type; /* type of node */
+	struct eqn_box	 *first; /* first child node */
+	struct eqn_box	 *last; /* last child node */
+	struct eqn_box	 *next; /* node sibling */
+	struct eqn_box	 *parent; /* node sibling */
+	char		 *text; /* text (or NULL) */
+	char		 *left;
+	char		 *right;
+	enum eqn_post	  pos; /* position of next box */
+	enum eqn_markt	  mark; /* a mark about the box */
+	enum eqn_fontt	  font; /* font of box */
+	enum eqn_pilet	  pile; /* equation piling */
+};
+
+/*
+ * An equation consists of a tree of expressions starting at a given
+ * line and position. 
+ */
+struct	eqn {
+	char		 *name; /* identifier (or NULL) */
+	struct eqn_box	 *root; /* root mathematical expression */
+	int		  ln; /* invocation line */
+	int		  pos; /* invocation position */
+};
+
+/*
+ * The type of parse sequence.  This value is usually passed via the
+ * mandoc(1) command line of -man and -mdoc.  It's almost exclusively
+ * -mandoc but the others have been retained for compatibility.
+ */
+enum	mparset {
+	MPARSE_AUTO, /* magically determine the document type */
+	MPARSE_MDOC, /* assume -mdoc */
+	MPARSE_MAN /* assume -man */
+};
+
+enum	mandoc_esc {
+	ESCAPE_ERROR = 0, /* bail! unparsable escape */
+	ESCAPE_IGNORE, /* escape to be ignored */
+	ESCAPE_SPECIAL, /* a regular special character */
+	ESCAPE_FONT, /* a generic font mode */
+	ESCAPE_FONTBOLD, /* bold font mode */
+	ESCAPE_FONTITALIC, /* italic font mode */
+	ESCAPE_FONTROMAN, /* roman font mode */
+	ESCAPE_FONTPREV, /* previous font mode */
+	ESCAPE_NUMBERED, /* a numbered glyph */
+	ESCAPE_UNICODE, /* a unicode codepoint */
+	ESCAPE_NOSPACE /* suppress space if the last on a line */
+};
+
+typedef	void	(*mandocmsg)(enum mandocerr, enum mandoclevel,
+			const char *, int, int, const char *);
+
+struct	mparse;
+struct	mchars;
+struct	mdoc;
+struct	man;
+
+__BEGIN_DECLS
+
+void		 *mandoc_calloc(size_t, size_t);
+enum mandoc_esc	  mandoc_escape(const char **, const char **, int *);
+void		 *mandoc_malloc(size_t);
+void		 *mandoc_realloc(void *, size_t);
+char		 *mandoc_strdup(const char *);
+char		 *mandoc_strndup(const char *, size_t);
+struct mchars	 *mchars_alloc(void);
+void		  mchars_free(struct mchars *);
+char	 	  mchars_num2char(const char *, size_t);
+int		  mchars_num2uc(const char *, size_t);
+int		  mchars_spec2cp(const struct mchars *, 
+			const char *, size_t);
+const char	 *mchars_spec2str(const struct mchars *, 
+			const char *, size_t, size_t *);
+struct mparse	 *mparse_alloc(enum mparset, 
+			enum mandoclevel, mandocmsg, void *);
+void		  mparse_free(struct mparse *);
+void		  mparse_keep(struct mparse *);
+enum mandoclevel  mparse_readfd(struct mparse *, int, const char *);
+enum mandoclevel  mparse_readmem(struct mparse *, const void *, size_t,
+			const char *);
+void		  mparse_reset(struct mparse *);
+void		  mparse_result(struct mparse *, 
+			struct mdoc **, struct man **);
+const char	 *mparse_getkeep(const struct mparse *);
+const char	 *mparse_strerror(enum mandocerr);
+const char	 *mparse_strlevel(enum mandoclevel);
+
+__END_DECLS
+
+#endif /*!MANDOC_H*/
diff --git a/contrib/mdocml/mandoc_char.7 b/contrib/mdocml/mandoc_char.7
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..acc1b61
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/mdocml/mandoc_char.7
@@ -0,0 +1,743 @@
+.\"	$Id: mandoc_char.7,v 1.51 2011/11/23 10:09:30 kristaps Exp $
+.\"
+.\" Copyright (c) 2003 Jason McIntyre <jmc@openbsd.org>
+.\" Copyright (c) 2009, 2010, 2011 Kristaps Dzonsons <kristaps@bsd.lv>
+.\" Copyright (c) 2011 Ingo Schwarze <schwarze@openbsd.org>
+.\"
+.\" Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software for any
+.\" purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above
+.\" copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies.
+.\"
+.\" THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" AND THE AUTHOR DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES
+.\" WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
+.\" MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR
+.\" ANY SPECIAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES
+.\" WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN
+.\" ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF
+.\" OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
+.\"
+.Dd $Mdocdate: November 23 2011 $
+.Dt MANDOC_CHAR 7
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm mandoc_char
+.Nd mandoc special characters
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+This page documents the
+.Xr roff 7
+escape sequences accepted by
+.Xr mandoc 1
+to represent special characters in
+.Xr mdoc 7
+and
+.Xr man 7
+documents.
+.Pp
+The rendering depends on the
+.Xr mandoc 1
+output mode; in ASCII output, most characters are completely
+unintelligible.
+For that reason, using any of the special characters documented here,
+except those discussed in the
+.Sx DESCRIPTION ,
+is strongly discouraged; they are supported merely for backwards
+compatibility with existing documents.
+.Pp
+In particular, in English manual pages, do not use special-character
+escape sequences to represent national language characters in author
+names; instead, provide ASCII transcriptions of the names.
+.Ss Dashes and Hyphens
+In typography there are different types of dashes of various width:
+the hyphen (-),
+the minus sign (\-),
+the en-dash (\(en),
+and the em-dash (\(em).
+.Pp
+Hyphens are used for adjectives;
+to separate the two parts of a compound word;
+or to separate a word across two successive lines of text.
+The hyphen does not need to be escaped:
+.Bd -unfilled -offset indent
+blue-eyed
+lorry-driver
+.Ed
+.Pp
+The mathematical minus sign is used for negative numbers or subtraction.
+It should be written as
+.Sq \e- :
+.Bd -unfilled -offset indent
+a = 3 \e- 1;
+b = \e-2;
+.Ed
+.Pp
+The en-dash is used to separate the two elements of a range,
+or can be used the same way as an em-dash.
+It should be written as
+.Sq \e(en :
+.Bd -unfilled -offset indent
+pp. 95\e(en97.
+Go away \e(en or else!
+.Ed
+.Pp
+The em-dash can be used to show an interruption
+or can be used the same way as colons, semi-colons, or parentheses.
+It should be written as
+.Sq \e(em :
+.Bd -unfilled -offset indent
+Three things \e(em apples, oranges, and bananas.
+This is not that \e(em rather, this is that.
+.Ed
+.Pp
+Note:
+hyphens, minus signs, and en-dashes look identical under normal ASCII output.
+Other formats, such as PostScript, render them correctly,
+with differing widths.
+.Ss Spaces
+To separate words in normal text, for indenting and alignment
+in literal context, and when none of the following special cases apply,
+just use the normal space character
+.Pq Sq \  .
+.Pp
+When filling text, lines may be broken between words, i.e. at space
+characters.
+To prevent a line break between two particular words,
+use the non-breaking space escape sequence
+.Pq Sq \e~
+instead of the normal space character.
+For example, the input string
+.Dq number\e~1
+will be kept together as
+.Dq number\~1
+on the same output line.
+.Pp
+On request and macro lines, the normal space character serves as an
+argument delimiter.
+To include whitespace into arguments, quoting is usually the best choice.
+In some cases, using either the non-breaking
+.Pq Sq \e~
+or the breaking
+.Pq Sq \e\ \&
+space escape sequence may be preferable.
+To escape macro names and to protect whitespace at the end
+of input lines, the zero-width space
+.Pq Sq \e&
+is often useful.
+For example, in
+.Xr mdoc 7 ,
+a normal space character can be displayed in single quotes in either
+of the following ways:
+.Pp
+.Dl .Sq \(dq \(dq
+.Dl .Sq \e \e&
+.Ss Quotes
+On request and macro lines, the double-quote character
+.Pq Sq \(dq
+is handled specially to allow quoting.
+One way to prevent this special handling is by using the
+.Sq \e(dq
+escape sequence.
+.Pp
+Note that on text lines, literal double-quote characters can be used
+verbatim.
+All other quote-like characters can be used verbatim as well,
+even on request and macro lines.
+.Ss Periods
+The period
+.Pq Sq \&.
+is handled specially at the beginning of an input line,
+where it introduces a
+.Xr roff 7
+request or a macro, and when appearing alone as a macro argument in
+.Xr mdoc 7 .
+In such situations, prepend a zero-width space
+.Pq Sq \e&.
+to make it behave like normal text.
+.Pp
+Do not use the
+.Sq \e.
+escape sequence.
+It does not prevent special handling of the period.
+.Ss Backslashes
+To include a literal backslash
+.Pq Sq \e
+into the output, use the
+.Pq Sq \ee
+escape sequence.
+.Pp
+Note that doubling it
+.Pq Sq \e\e
+is not the right way to output a backslash.
+Because
+.Xr mandoc 1
+does not implement full
+.Xr roff 7
+functionality, it may work with
+.Xr mandoc 1 ,
+but it may have weird effects on complete
+.Xr roff 7
+implementations.
+.Sh SPECIAL CHARACTERS
+Special characters are encoded as
+.Sq \eX
+.Pq for a one-character escape ,
+.Sq \e(XX
+.Pq two-character ,
+and
+.Sq \e[N]
+.Pq N-character .
+For details, see the
+.Em Special Characters
+subsection of the
+.Xr roff 7
+manual.
+.Pp
+Spacing:
+.Bl -column "Input" "Description" -offset indent -compact
+.It Em Input Ta Em Description
+.It \e~      Ta non-breaking, non-collapsing space
+.It \e       Ta breaking, non-collapsing n-width space
+.It \e^      Ta zero-width space
+.It \e%      Ta zero-width space
+.It \e&      Ta zero-width space
+.It \e|      Ta zero-width space
+.It \e0      Ta breaking, non-collapsing digit-width space
+.It \ec      Ta removes any trailing space (if applicable)
+.El
+.Pp
+Lines:
+.Bl -column "Input" "Rendered" "Description" -offset indent -compact
+.It Em Input Ta Em Rendered Ta Em Description
+.It \e(ba    Ta \(ba        Ta bar
+.It \e(br    Ta \(br        Ta box rule
+.It \e(ul    Ta \(ul        Ta underscore
+.It \e(rl    Ta \(rl        Ta overline
+.It \e(bb    Ta \(bb        Ta broken bar
+.It \e(sl    Ta \(sl        Ta forward slash
+.It \e(rs    Ta \(rs        Ta backward slash
+.El
+.Pp
+Text markers:
+.Bl -column "Input" "Rendered" "Description" -offset indent -compact
+.It Em Input Ta Em Rendered Ta Em Description
+.It \e(ci    Ta \(ci        Ta circle
+.It \e(bu    Ta \(bu        Ta bullet
+.It \e(dd    Ta \(dd        Ta double dagger
+.It \e(dg    Ta \(dg        Ta dagger
+.It \e(lz    Ta \(lz        Ta lozenge
+.It \e(sq    Ta \(sq        Ta white square
+.It \e(ps    Ta \(ps        Ta paragraph
+.It \e(sc    Ta \(sc        Ta section
+.It \e(lh    Ta \(lh        Ta left hand
+.It \e(rh    Ta \(rh        Ta right hand
+.It \e(at    Ta \(at        Ta at
+.It \e(sh    Ta \(sh        Ta hash (pound)
+.It \e(CR    Ta \(CR        Ta carriage return
+.It \e(OK    Ta \(OK        Ta check mark
+.El
+.Pp
+Legal symbols:
+.Bl -column "Input" "Rendered" "Description" -offset indent -compact
+.It Em Input Ta Em Rendered Ta Em Description
+.It \e(co    Ta \(co        Ta copyright
+.It \e(rg    Ta \(rg        Ta registered
+.It \e(tm    Ta \(tm        Ta trademarked
+.El
+.Pp
+Punctuation:
+.Bl -column "Input" "Rendered" "Description" -offset indent -compact
+.It Em Input Ta Em Rendered Ta Em Description
+.It \e(em    Ta \(em        Ta em-dash
+.It \e(en    Ta \(en        Ta en-dash
+.It \e(hy    Ta \(hy        Ta hyphen
+.It \ee      Ta \e          Ta back-slash
+.It \e.      Ta \.          Ta period
+.It \e(r!    Ta \(r!        Ta upside-down exclamation
+.It \e(r?    Ta \(r?        Ta upside-down question
+.El
+.Pp
+Quotes:
+.Bl -column "Input" "Rendered" "Description" -offset indent -compact
+.It Em Input Ta Em Rendered Ta Em Description
+.It \e(Bq    Ta \(Bq        Ta right low double-quote
+.It \e(bq    Ta \(bq        Ta right low single-quote
+.It \e(lq    Ta \(lq        Ta left double-quote
+.It \e(rq    Ta \(rq        Ta right double-quote
+.It \e(oq    Ta \(oq        Ta left single-quote
+.It \e(cq    Ta \(cq        Ta right single-quote
+.It \e(aq    Ta \(aq        Ta apostrophe quote (text)
+.It \e(dq    Ta \(dq        Ta double quote (text)
+.It \e(Fo    Ta \(Fo        Ta left guillemet
+.It \e(Fc    Ta \(Fc        Ta right guillemet
+.It \e(fo    Ta \(fo        Ta left single guillemet
+.It \e(fc    Ta \(fc        Ta right single guillemet
+.El
+.Pp
+Brackets:
+.Bl -column "xxbracketrightbpx" Rendered Description -offset indent -compact
+.It Em Input Ta Em Rendered Ta Em Description
+.It \e(lB    Ta \(lB        Ta left bracket
+.It \e(rB    Ta \(rB        Ta right bracket
+.It \e(lC    Ta \(lC        Ta left brace
+.It \e(rC    Ta \(rC        Ta right brace
+.It \e(la    Ta \(la        Ta left angle
+.It \e(ra    Ta \(ra        Ta right angle
+.It \e(bv    Ta \(bv        Ta brace extension
+.It \e[braceex] Ta \[braceex] Ta brace extension
+.It \e[bracketlefttp] Ta \[bracketlefttp] Ta top-left hooked bracket
+.It \e[bracketleftbp] Ta \[bracketleftbp] Ta bottom-left hooked bracket
+.It \e[bracketleftex] Ta \[bracketleftex] Ta left hooked bracket extension
+.It \e[bracketrighttp] Ta \[bracketrighttp] Ta top-right hooked bracket
+.It \e[bracketrightbp] Ta \[bracketrightbp] Ta bottom-right hooked bracket
+.It \e[bracketrightex] Ta \[bracketrightex] Ta right hooked bracket extension
+.It \e(lt    Ta \(lt        Ta top-left hooked brace
+.It \e[bracelefttp] Ta \[bracelefttp] Ta top-left hooked brace
+.It \e(lk    Ta \(lk        Ta mid-left hooked brace
+.It \e[braceleftmid] Ta \[braceleftmid] Ta mid-left hooked brace
+.It \e(lb    Ta \(lb        Ta bottom-left hooked brace
+.It \e[braceleftbp] Ta \[braceleftbp] Ta bottom-left hooked brace
+.It \e[braceleftex] Ta \[braceleftex] Ta left hooked brace extension
+.It \e(rt    Ta \(rt        Ta top-left hooked brace
+.It \e[bracerighttp] Ta \[bracerighttp] Ta top-right hooked brace
+.It \e(rk    Ta \(rk        Ta mid-right hooked brace
+.It \e[bracerightmid] Ta \[bracerightmid] Ta mid-right hooked brace
+.It \e(rb    Ta \(rb        Ta bottom-right hooked brace
+.It \e[bracerightbp] Ta \[bracerightbp] Ta bottom-right hooked brace
+.It \e[bracerightex] Ta \[bracerightex] Ta right hooked brace extension
+.It \e[parenlefttp] Ta \[parenlefttp] Ta top-left hooked parenthesis
+.It \e[parenleftbp] Ta \[parenleftbp] Ta bottom-left hooked parenthesis
+.It \e[parenleftex] Ta \[parenleftex] Ta left hooked parenthesis extension
+.It \e[parenrighttp] Ta \[parenrighttp] Ta top-right hooked parenthesis
+.It \e[parenrightbp] Ta \[parenrightbp] Ta bottom-right hooked parenthesis
+.It \e[parenrightex] Ta \[parenrightex] Ta right hooked parenthesis extension
+.El
+.Pp
+Arrows:
+.Bl -column "Input" "Rendered" "Description" -offset indent -compact
+.It Em Input Ta Em Rendered Ta Em Description
+.It \e(<-    Ta \(<-        Ta left arrow
+.It \e(->    Ta \(->        Ta right arrow
+.It \e(<>    Ta \(<>        Ta left-right arrow
+.It \e(da    Ta \(da        Ta down arrow
+.It \e(ua    Ta \(ua        Ta up arrow
+.It \e(va    Ta \(va        Ta up-down arrow
+.It \e(lA    Ta \(lA        Ta left double-arrow
+.It \e(rA    Ta \(rA        Ta right double-arrow
+.It \e(hA    Ta \(hA        Ta left-right double-arrow
+.It \e(uA    Ta \(uA        Ta up double-arrow
+.It \e(dA    Ta \(dA        Ta down double-arrow
+.It \e(vA    Ta \(vA        Ta up-down double-arrow
+.El
+.Pp
+Logical:
+.Bl -column "Input" "Rendered" "Description" -offset indent -compact
+.It Em Input Ta Em Rendered Ta Em Description
+.It \e(AN    Ta \(AN        Ta logical and
+.It \e(OR    Ta \(OR        Ta logical or
+.It \e(no    Ta \(no        Ta logical not
+.It \e[tno]  Ta \[tno]      Ta logical not (text)
+.It \e(te    Ta \(te        Ta existential quantifier
+.It \e(fa    Ta \(fa        Ta universal quantifier
+.It \e(st    Ta \(st        Ta such that
+.It \e(tf    Ta \(tf        Ta therefore
+.It \e(3d    Ta \(3d        Ta therefore
+.It \e(or    Ta \(or        Ta bitwise or
+.El
+.Pp
+Mathematical:
+.Bl -column "xxcoproductxx" "Rendered" "Description" -offset indent -compact
+.It Em Input Ta Em Rendered Ta Em Description
+.It \e(pl    Ta \(pl        Ta plus
+.It \e(mi    Ta \(mi        Ta minus
+.It \e-      Ta \-          Ta minus (text)
+.It \e(-+    Ta \(-+        Ta minus-plus
+.It \e(+-    Ta \(+-        Ta plus-minus
+.It \e[t+-]  Ta \[t+-]      Ta plus-minus (text)
+.It \e(pc    Ta \(pc        Ta centre-dot
+.It \e(mu    Ta \(mu        Ta multiply
+.It \e[tmu]  Ta \[tmu]      Ta multiply (text)
+.It \e(c*    Ta \(c*        Ta circle-multiply
+.It \e(c+    Ta \(c+        Ta circle-plus
+.It \e(di    Ta \(di        Ta divide
+.It \e[tdi]  Ta \[tdi]      Ta divide (text)
+.It \e(f/    Ta \(f/        Ta fraction
+.It \e(**    Ta \(**        Ta asterisk
+.It \e(<=    Ta \(<=        Ta less-than-equal
+.It \e(>=    Ta \(>=        Ta greater-than-equal
+.It \e(<<    Ta \(<<        Ta much less
+.It \e(>>    Ta \(>>        Ta much greater
+.It \e(eq    Ta \(eq        Ta equal
+.It \e(!=    Ta \(!=        Ta not equal
+.It \e(==    Ta \(==        Ta equivalent
+.It \e(ne    Ta \(ne        Ta not equivalent
+.It \e(=~    Ta \(=~        Ta congruent
+.It \e(-~    Ta \(-~        Ta asymptotically congruent
+.It \e(ap    Ta \(ap        Ta asymptotically similar
+.It \e(~~    Ta \(~~        Ta approximately similar
+.It \e(~=    Ta \(~=        Ta approximately equal
+.It \e(pt    Ta \(pt        Ta proportionate
+.It \e(es    Ta \(es        Ta empty set
+.It \e(mo    Ta \(mo        Ta element
+.It \e(nm    Ta \(nm        Ta not element
+.It \e(sb    Ta \(sb        Ta proper subset
+.It \e(nb    Ta \(nb        Ta not subset
+.It \e(sp    Ta \(sp        Ta proper superset
+.It \e(nc    Ta \(nc        Ta not superset
+.It \e(ib    Ta \(ib        Ta reflexive subset
+.It \e(ip    Ta \(ip        Ta reflexive superset
+.It \e(ca    Ta \(ca        Ta intersection
+.It \e(cu    Ta \(cu        Ta union
+.It \e(/_    Ta \(/_        Ta angle
+.It \e(pp    Ta \(pp        Ta perpendicular
+.It \e(is    Ta \(is        Ta integral
+.It \e[integral] Ta \[integral] Ta integral
+.It \e[sum]    Ta \[sum]   Ta summation
+.It \e[product] Ta \[product] Ta product
+.It \e[coproduct] Ta \[coproduct] Ta coproduct
+.It \e(gr    Ta \(gr        Ta gradient
+.It \e(sr    Ta \(sr        Ta square root
+.It \e[sqrt] Ta \[sqrt]     Ta square root
+.It \e(lc    Ta \(lc        Ta left-ceiling
+.It \e(rc    Ta \(rc        Ta right-ceiling
+.It \e(lf    Ta \(lf        Ta left-floor
+.It \e(rf    Ta \(rf        Ta right-floor
+.It \e(if    Ta \(if        Ta infinity
+.It \e(Ah    Ta \(Ah        Ta aleph
+.It \e(Im    Ta \(Im        Ta imaginary
+.It \e(Re    Ta \(Re        Ta real
+.It \e(pd    Ta \(pd        Ta partial differential
+.It \e(-h    Ta \(-h        Ta Planck constant over 2\(*p
+.It \e[12]   Ta \[12]       Ta one-half
+.It \e[14]   Ta \[14]       Ta one-fourth
+.It \e[34]   Ta \[34]       Ta three-fourths
+.El
+.Pp
+Ligatures:
+.Bl -column "Input" "Rendered" "Description" -offset indent -compact
+.It Em Input Ta Em Rendered Ta Em Description
+.It \e(ff    Ta \(ff        Ta ff ligature
+.It \e(fi    Ta \(fi        Ta fi ligature
+.It \e(fl    Ta \(fl        Ta fl ligature
+.It \e(Fi    Ta \(Fi        Ta ffi ligature
+.It \e(Fl    Ta \(Fl        Ta ffl ligature
+.It \e(AE    Ta \(AE        Ta AE
+.It \e(ae    Ta \(ae        Ta ae
+.It \e(OE    Ta \(OE        Ta OE
+.It \e(oe    Ta \(oe        Ta oe
+.It \e(ss    Ta \(ss        Ta German eszett
+.It \e(IJ    Ta \(IJ        Ta IJ ligature
+.It \e(ij    Ta \(ij        Ta ij ligature
+.El
+.Pp
+Accents:
+.Bl -column "Input" "Rendered" "Description" -offset indent -compact
+.It Em Input Ta Em Rendered Ta Em Description
+.It \e(a"    Ta \(a"        Ta Hungarian umlaut
+.It \e(a-    Ta \(a-        Ta macron
+.It \e(a.    Ta \(a.        Ta dotted
+.It \e(a^    Ta \(a^        Ta circumflex
+.It \e(aa    Ta \(aa        Ta acute
+.It \e'      Ta \'          Ta acute
+.It \e(ga    Ta \(ga        Ta grave
+.It \e`      Ta \`          Ta grave
+.It \e(ab    Ta \(ab        Ta breve
+.It \e(ac    Ta \(ac        Ta cedilla
+.It \e(ad    Ta \(ad        Ta dieresis
+.It \e(ah    Ta \(ah        Ta caron
+.It \e(ao    Ta \(ao        Ta ring
+.It \e(a~    Ta \(a~        Ta tilde
+.It \e(ho    Ta \(ho        Ta ogonek
+.It \e(ha    Ta \(ha        Ta hat (text)
+.It \e(ti    Ta \(ti        Ta tilde (text)
+.El
+.Pp
+Accented letters:
+.Bl -column "Input" "Rendered" "Description" -offset indent -compact
+.It Em Input Ta Em Rendered Ta Em Description
+.It \e('A    Ta \('A        Ta acute A
+.It \e('E    Ta \('E        Ta acute E
+.It \e('I    Ta \('I        Ta acute I
+.It \e('O    Ta \('O        Ta acute O
+.It \e('U    Ta \('U        Ta acute U
+.It \e('a    Ta \('a        Ta acute a
+.It \e('e    Ta \('e        Ta acute e
+.It \e('i    Ta \('i        Ta acute i
+.It \e('o    Ta \('o        Ta acute o
+.It \e('u    Ta \('u        Ta acute u
+.It \e(`A    Ta \(`A        Ta grave A
+.It \e(`E    Ta \(`E        Ta grave E
+.It \e(`I    Ta \(`I        Ta grave I
+.It \e(`O    Ta \(`O        Ta grave O
+.It \e(`U    Ta \(`U        Ta grave U
+.It \e(`a    Ta \(`a        Ta grave a
+.It \e(`e    Ta \(`e        Ta grave e
+.It \e(`i    Ta \(`i        Ta grave i
+.It \e(`o    Ta \(`i        Ta grave o
+.It \e(`u    Ta \(`u        Ta grave u
+.It \e(~A    Ta \(~A        Ta tilde A
+.It \e(~N    Ta \(~N        Ta tilde N
+.It \e(~O    Ta \(~O        Ta tilde O
+.It \e(~a    Ta \(~a        Ta tilde a
+.It \e(~n    Ta \(~n        Ta tilde n
+.It \e(~o    Ta \(~o        Ta tilde o
+.It \e(:A    Ta \(:A        Ta dieresis A
+.It \e(:E    Ta \(:E        Ta dieresis E
+.It \e(:I    Ta \(:I        Ta dieresis I
+.It \e(:O    Ta \(:O        Ta dieresis O
+.It \e(:U    Ta \(:U        Ta dieresis U
+.It \e(:a    Ta \(:a        Ta dieresis a
+.It \e(:e    Ta \(:e        Ta dieresis e
+.It \e(:i    Ta \(:i        Ta dieresis i
+.It \e(:o    Ta \(:o        Ta dieresis o
+.It \e(:u    Ta \(:u        Ta dieresis u
+.It \e(:y    Ta \(:y        Ta dieresis y
+.It \e(^A    Ta \(^A        Ta circumflex A
+.It \e(^E    Ta \(^E        Ta circumflex E
+.It \e(^I    Ta \(^I        Ta circumflex I
+.It \e(^O    Ta \(^O        Ta circumflex O
+.It \e(^U    Ta \(^U        Ta circumflex U
+.It \e(^a    Ta \(^a        Ta circumflex a
+.It \e(^e    Ta \(^e        Ta circumflex e
+.It \e(^i    Ta \(^i        Ta circumflex i
+.It \e(^o    Ta \(^o        Ta circumflex o
+.It \e(^u    Ta \(^u        Ta circumflex u
+.It \e(,C    Ta \(,C        Ta cedilla C
+.It \e(,c    Ta \(,c        Ta cedilla c
+.It \e(/L    Ta \(/L        Ta stroke L
+.It \e(/l    Ta \(/l        Ta stroke l
+.It \e(/O    Ta \(/O        Ta stroke O
+.It \e(/o    Ta \(/o        Ta stroke o
+.It \e(oA    Ta \(oA        Ta ring A
+.It \e(oa    Ta \(oa        Ta ring a
+.El
+.Pp
+Special letters:
+.Bl -column "Input" "Rendered" "Description" -offset indent -compact
+.It Em Input Ta Em Rendered Ta Em Description
+.It \e(-D    Ta \(-D        Ta Eth
+.It \e(Sd    Ta \(Sd        Ta eth
+.It \e(TP    Ta \(TP        Ta Thorn
+.It \e(Tp    Ta \(Tp        Ta thorn
+.It \e(.i    Ta \(.i        Ta dotless i
+.It \e(.j    Ta \(.j        Ta dotless j
+.El
+.Pp
+Currency:
+.Bl -column "Input" "Rendered" "Description" -offset indent -compact
+.It Em Input Ta Em Rendered Ta Em Description
+.It \e(Do    Ta \(Do        Ta dollar
+.It \e(ct    Ta \(ct        Ta cent
+.It \e(Eu    Ta \(Eu        Ta Euro symbol
+.It \e(eu    Ta \(eu        Ta Euro symbol
+.It \e(Ye    Ta \(Ye        Ta yen
+.It \e(Po    Ta \(Po        Ta pound
+.It \e(Cs    Ta \(Cs        Ta Scandinavian
+.It \e(Fn    Ta \(Fn        Ta florin
+.El
+.Pp
+Units:
+.Bl -column "Input" "Rendered" "Description" -offset indent -compact
+.It Em Input Ta Em Rendered Ta Em Description
+.It \e(de    Ta \(de        Ta degree
+.It \e(%0    Ta \(%0        Ta per-thousand
+.It \e(fm    Ta \(fm        Ta minute
+.It \e(sd    Ta \(sd        Ta second
+.It \e(mc    Ta \(mc        Ta micro
+.El
+.Pp
+Greek letters:
+.Bl -column "Input" "Rendered" "Description" -offset indent -compact
+.It Em Input Ta Em Rendered Ta Em Description
+.It \e(*A    Ta \(*A        Ta Alpha
+.It \e(*B    Ta \(*B        Ta Beta
+.It \e(*G    Ta \(*G        Ta Gamma
+.It \e(*D    Ta \(*D        Ta Delta
+.It \e(*E    Ta \(*E        Ta Epsilon
+.It \e(*Z    Ta \(*Z        Ta Zeta
+.It \e(*Y    Ta \(*Y        Ta Eta
+.It \e(*H    Ta \(*H        Ta Theta
+.It \e(*I    Ta \(*I        Ta Iota
+.It \e(*K    Ta \(*K        Ta Kappa
+.It \e(*L    Ta \(*L        Ta Lambda
+.It \e(*M    Ta \(*M        Ta Mu
+.It \e(*N    Ta \(*N        Ta Nu
+.It \e(*C    Ta \(*C        Ta Xi
+.It \e(*O    Ta \(*O        Ta Omicron
+.It \e(*P    Ta \(*P        Ta Pi
+.It \e(*R    Ta \(*R        Ta Rho
+.It \e(*S    Ta \(*S        Ta Sigma
+.It \e(*T    Ta \(*T        Ta Tau
+.It \e(*U    Ta \(*U        Ta Upsilon
+.It \e(*F    Ta \(*F        Ta Phi
+.It \e(*X    Ta \(*X        Ta Chi
+.It \e(*Q    Ta \(*Q        Ta Psi
+.It \e(*W    Ta \(*W        Ta Omega
+.It \e(*a    Ta \(*a        Ta alpha
+.It \e(*b    Ta \(*b        Ta beta
+.It \e(*g    Ta \(*g        Ta gamma
+.It \e(*d    Ta \(*d        Ta delta
+.It \e(*e    Ta \(*e        Ta epsilon
+.It \e(*z    Ta \(*z        Ta zeta
+.It \e(*y    Ta \(*y        Ta eta
+.It \e(*h    Ta \(*h        Ta theta
+.It \e(*i    Ta \(*i        Ta iota
+.It \e(*k    Ta \(*k        Ta kappa
+.It \e(*l    Ta \(*l        Ta lambda
+.It \e(*m    Ta \(*m        Ta mu
+.It \e(*n    Ta \(*n        Ta nu
+.It \e(*c    Ta \(*c        Ta xi
+.It \e(*o    Ta \(*o        Ta omicron
+.It \e(*p    Ta \(*p        Ta pi
+.It \e(*r    Ta \(*r        Ta rho
+.It \e(*s    Ta \(*s        Ta sigma
+.It \e(*t    Ta \(*t        Ta tau
+.It \e(*u    Ta \(*u        Ta upsilon
+.It \e(*f    Ta \(*f        Ta phi
+.It \e(*x    Ta \(*x        Ta chi
+.It \e(*q    Ta \(*q        Ta psi
+.It \e(*w    Ta \(*w        Ta omega
+.It \e(+h    Ta \(+h        Ta theta variant
+.It \e(+f    Ta \(+f        Ta phi variant
+.It \e(+p    Ta \(+p        Ta pi variant
+.It \e(+e    Ta \(+e        Ta epsilon variant
+.It \e(ts    Ta \(ts        Ta sigma terminal
+.El
+.Sh PREDEFINED STRINGS
+Predefined strings are inherited from the macro packages of historical
+troff implementations.
+They are
+.Em not recommended
+for use, as they differ across implementations.
+Manuals using these predefined strings are almost certainly not
+portable.
+.Pp
+Their syntax is similar to special characters, using
+.Sq \e*X
+.Pq for a one-character escape ,
+.Sq \e*(XX
+.Pq two-character ,
+and
+.Sq \e*[N]
+.Pq N-character .
+For details, see the
+.Em Predefined Strings
+subsection of the
+.Xr roff 7
+manual.
+.Bl -column "Input" "Rendered" "Description" -offset indent
+.It Em Input Ta Em Rendered Ta Em Description
+.It \e*(Ba   Ta \*(Ba       Ta vertical bar
+.It \e*(Ne   Ta \*(Ne       Ta not equal
+.It \e*(Ge   Ta \*(Ge       Ta greater-than-equal
+.It \e*(Le   Ta \*(Le       Ta less-than-equal
+.It \e*(Gt   Ta \*(Gt       Ta greater-than
+.It \e*(Lt   Ta \*(Lt       Ta less-than
+.It \e*(Pm   Ta \*(Pm       Ta plus-minus
+.It \e*(If   Ta \*(If       Ta infinity
+.It \e*(Pi   Ta \*(Pi       Ta pi
+.It \e*(Na   Ta \*(Na       Ta NaN
+.It \e*(Am   Ta \*(Am       Ta ampersand
+.It \e*R     Ta \*R         Ta restricted mark
+.It \e*(Tm   Ta \*(Tm       Ta trade mark
+.It \e*q     Ta \*q         Ta double-quote
+.It \e*(Rq   Ta \*(Rq       Ta right-double-quote
+.It \e*(Lq   Ta \*(Lq       Ta left-double-quote
+.It \e*(lp   Ta \*(lp       Ta right-parenthesis
+.It \e*(rp   Ta \*(rp       Ta left-parenthesis
+.It \e*(lq   Ta \*(lq       Ta left double-quote
+.It \e*(rq   Ta \*(rq       Ta right double-quote
+.It \e*(ua   Ta \*(ua       Ta up arrow
+.It \e*(va   Ta \*(va       Ta up-down arrow
+.It \e*(<=   Ta \*(<=       Ta less-than-equal
+.It \e*(>=   Ta \*(>=       Ta greater-than-equal
+.It \e*(aa   Ta \*(aa       Ta acute
+.It \e*(ga   Ta \*(ga       Ta grave
+.It \e*(Px   Ta \*(Px       Ta POSIX standard name
+.It \e*(Ai   Ta \*(Ai       Ta ANSI standard name
+.El
+.Sh UNICODE CHARACTERS
+The escape sequence
+.Pp
+.Dl \e[uXXXX]
+.Pp
+is interpreted as a Unicode codepoint.
+The codepoint must be in the range above U+0080 and less than U+10FFFF.
+For compatibility, points must be zero-padded to four characters; if
+greater than four characters, no zero padding is allowed.
+Unicode surrogates are not allowed.
+.\" .Pp
+.\" Unicode glyphs attenuate to the
+.\" .Sq \&?
+.\" character if invalid or not rendered by current output media.
+.Sh NUMBERED CHARACTERS
+For backward compatibility with existing manuals,
+.Xr mandoc 1
+also supports the
+.Pp
+.Dl \eN\(aq Ns Ar number Ns \(aq
+.Pp
+escape sequence, inserting the character
+.Ar number
+from the current character set into the output.
+Of course, this is inherently non-portable and is already marked
+as deprecated in the Heirloom roff manual.
+For example, do not use \eN'34', use \e(dq, or even the plain
+.Sq \(dq
+character where possible.
+.Sh COMPATIBILITY
+This section documents compatibility between mandoc and other other
+troff implementations, at this time limited to GNU troff
+.Pq Qq groff .
+.Pp
+.Bl -dash -compact
+.It
+The \eN\(aq\(aq escape sequence is limited to printable characters; in
+groff, it accepts arbitrary character numbers.
+.It
+In
+.Fl T Ns Cm ascii ,
+the
+\e(ss, \e(nm, \e(nb, \e(nc, \e(ib, \e(ip, \e(pp, \e[sum], \e[product],
+\e[coproduct], \e(gr, \e(\-h, and \e(a. special characters render
+differently between mandoc and groff.
+.It
+In
+.Fl T Ns Cm html
+and
+.Fl T Ns Cm xhtml ,
+the \e(~=, \e(nb, and \e(nc special characters render differently
+between mandoc and groff.
+.It
+The
+.Fl T Ns Cm ps
+and
+.Fl T Ns Cm pdf
+modes format like
+.Fl T Ns Cm ascii
+instead of rendering glyphs as in groff.
+.It
+The \e[radicalex], \e[sqrtex], and \e(ru special characters have been omitted
+from mandoc either because they are poorly documented or they have no
+known representation.
+.El
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr mandoc 1 ,
+.Xr man 7 ,
+.Xr mdoc 7 ,
+.Xr roff 7
+.Sh AUTHORS
+The
+.Nm
+manual page was written by
+.An Kristaps Dzonsons ,
+.Mt kristaps@bsd.lv .
+.Sh CAVEATS
+The
+.Sq \e*(Ba
+escape mimics the behaviour of the
+.Sq \&|
+character in
+.Xr mdoc 7 ;
+thus, if you wish to render a vertical bar with no side effects, use
+the
+.Sq \e(ba
+escape.
diff --git a/contrib/mdocml/mdoc.7 b/contrib/mdocml/mdoc.7
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..44d927b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/mdocml/mdoc.7
@@ -0,0 +1,3172 @@
+.\"	$Id: mdoc.7,v 1.214 2012/01/03 10:18:05 kristaps Exp $
+.\"
+.\" Copyright (c) 2009, 2010, 2011 Kristaps Dzonsons <kristaps@bsd.lv>
+.\" Copyright (c) 2010, 2011 Ingo Schwarze <schwarze@openbsd.org>
+.\"
+.\" Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software for any
+.\" purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above
+.\" copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies.
+.\"
+.\" THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" AND THE AUTHOR DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES
+.\" WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
+.\" MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR
+.\" ANY SPECIAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES
+.\" WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN
+.\" ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF
+.\" OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
+.\"
+.Dd $Mdocdate: January 3 2012 $
+.Dt MDOC 7
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm mdoc
+.Nd semantic markup language for formatting manual pages
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+The
+.Nm mdoc
+language supports authoring of manual pages for the
+.Xr man 1
+utility by allowing semantic annotations of words, phrases,
+page sections and complete manual pages.
+Such annotations are used by formatting tools to achieve a uniform
+presentation across all manuals written in
+.Nm ,
+and to support hyperlinking if supported by the output medium.
+.Pp
+This reference document describes the structure of manual pages
+and the syntax and usage of the
+.Nm
+language.
+The reference implementation of a parsing and formatting tool is
+.Xr mandoc 1 ;
+the
+.Sx COMPATIBILITY
+section describes compatibility with other implementations.
+.Pp
+In an
+.Nm
+document, lines beginning with the control character
+.Sq \&.
+are called
+.Dq macro lines .
+The first word is the macro name.
+It consists of two or three letters.
+Most macro names begin with a capital letter.
+For a list of available macros, see
+.Sx MACRO OVERVIEW .
+The words following the macro name are arguments to the macro, optionally
+including the names of other, callable macros; see
+.Sx MACRO SYNTAX
+for details.
+.Pp
+Lines not beginning with the control character are called
+.Dq text lines .
+They provide free-form text to be printed; the formatting of the text
+depends on the respective processing context:
+.Bd -literal -offset indent
+\&.Sh Macro lines change control state.
+Text lines are interpreted within the current state.
+.Ed
+.Pp
+Many aspects of the basic syntax of the
+.Nm
+language are based on the
+.Xr roff 7
+language; see the
+.Em LANGUAGE SYNTAX
+and
+.Em MACRO SYNTAX
+sections in the
+.Xr roff 7
+manual for details, in particular regarding
+comments, escape sequences, whitespace, and quoting.
+However, using
+.Xr roff 7
+requests in
+.Nm
+documents is discouraged;
+.Xr mandoc 1
+supports some of them merely for backward compatibility.
+.Sh MANUAL STRUCTURE
+A well-formed
+.Nm
+document consists of a document prologue followed by one or more
+sections.
+.Pp
+The prologue, which consists of the
+.Sx \&Dd ,
+.Sx \&Dt ,
+and
+.Sx \&Os
+macros in that order, is required for every document.
+.Pp
+The first section (sections are denoted by
+.Sx \&Sh )
+must be the NAME section, consisting of at least one
+.Sx \&Nm
+followed by
+.Sx \&Nd .
+.Pp
+Following that, convention dictates specifying at least the
+.Em SYNOPSIS
+and
+.Em DESCRIPTION
+sections, although this varies between manual sections.
+.Pp
+The following is a well-formed skeleton
+.Nm
+file for a utility
+.Qq progname :
+.Bd -literal -offset indent
+\&.Dd $\&Mdocdate$
+\&.Dt PROGNAME section
+\&.Os
+\&.Sh NAME
+\&.Nm progname
+\&.Nd one line about what it does
+\&.\e\(dq .Sh LIBRARY
+\&.\e\(dq For sections 2, 3, & 9 only.
+\&.\e\(dq Not used in OpenBSD.
+\&.Sh SYNOPSIS
+\&.Nm progname
+\&.Op Fl options
+\&.Ar
+\&.Sh DESCRIPTION
+The
+\&.Nm
+utility processes files ...
+\&.\e\(dq .Sh IMPLEMENTATION NOTES
+\&.\e\(dq Not used in OpenBSD.
+\&.\e\(dq .Sh RETURN VALUES
+\&.\e\(dq For sections 2, 3, & 9 only.
+\&.\e\(dq .Sh ENVIRONMENT
+\&.\e\(dq For sections 1, 6, 7, & 8 only.
+\&.\e\(dq .Sh FILES
+\&.\e\(dq .Sh EXIT STATUS
+\&.\e\(dq For sections 1, 6, & 8 only.
+\&.\e\(dq .Sh EXAMPLES
+\&.\e\(dq .Sh DIAGNOSTICS
+\&.\e\(dq For sections 1, 4, 6, 7, & 8 only.
+\&.\e\(dq .Sh ERRORS
+\&.\e\(dq For sections 2, 3, & 9 only.
+\&.\e\(dq .Sh SEE ALSO
+\&.\e\(dq .Xr foobar 1
+\&.\e\(dq .Sh STANDARDS
+\&.\e\(dq .Sh HISTORY
+\&.\e\(dq .Sh AUTHORS
+\&.\e\(dq .Sh CAVEATS
+\&.\e\(dq .Sh BUGS
+\&.\e\(dq .Sh SECURITY CONSIDERATIONS
+\&.\e\(dq Not used in OpenBSD.
+.Ed
+.Pp
+The sections in an
+.Nm
+document are conventionally ordered as they appear above.
+Sections should be composed as follows:
+.Bl -ohang -offset Ds
+.It Em NAME
+The name(s) and a one line description of the documented material.
+The syntax for this as follows:
+.Bd -literal -offset indent
+\&.Nm name0 ,
+\&.Nm name1 ,
+\&.Nm name2
+\&.Nd a one line description
+.Ed
+.Pp
+Multiple
+.Sq \&Nm
+names should be separated by commas.
+.Pp
+The
+.Sx \&Nm
+macro(s) must precede the
+.Sx \&Nd
+macro.
+.Pp
+See
+.Sx \&Nm
+and
+.Sx \&Nd .
+.It Em LIBRARY
+The name of the library containing the documented material, which is
+assumed to be a function in a section 2, 3, or 9 manual.
+The syntax for this is as follows:
+.Bd -literal -offset indent
+\&.Lb libarm
+.Ed
+.Pp
+See
+.Sx \&Lb .
+.It Em SYNOPSIS
+Documents the utility invocation syntax, function call syntax, or device
+configuration.
+.Pp
+For the first, utilities (sections 1, 6, and 8), this is
+generally structured as follows:
+.Bd -literal -offset indent
+\&.Nm bar
+\&.Op Fl v
+\&.Op Fl o Ar file
+\&.Op Ar
+\&.Nm foo
+\&.Op Fl v
+\&.Op Fl o Ar file
+\&.Op Ar
+.Ed
+.Pp
+Commands should be ordered alphabetically.
+.Pp
+For the second, function calls (sections 2, 3, 9):
+.Bd -literal -offset indent
+\&.In header.h
+\&.Vt extern const char *global;
+\&.Ft "char *"
+\&.Fn foo "const char *src"
+\&.Ft "char *"
+\&.Fn bar "const char *src"
+.Ed
+.Pp
+Ordering of
+.Sx \&In ,
+.Sx \&Vt ,
+.Sx \&Fn ,
+and
+.Sx \&Fo
+macros should follow C header-file conventions.
+.Pp
+And for the third, configurations (section 4):
+.Bd -literal -offset indent
+\&.Cd \(dqit* at isa? port 0x2e\(dq
+\&.Cd \(dqit* at isa? port 0x4e\(dq
+.Ed
+.Pp
+Manuals not in these sections generally don't need a
+.Em SYNOPSIS .
+.Pp
+Some macros are displayed differently in the
+.Em SYNOPSIS
+section, particularly
+.Sx \&Nm ,
+.Sx \&Cd ,
+.Sx \&Fd ,
+.Sx \&Fn ,
+.Sx \&Fo ,
+.Sx \&In ,
+.Sx \&Vt ,
+and
+.Sx \&Ft .
+All of these macros are output on their own line.
+If two such dissimilar macros are pairwise invoked (except for
+.Sx \&Ft
+before
+.Sx \&Fo
+or
+.Sx \&Fn ) ,
+they are separated by a vertical space, unless in the case of
+.Sx \&Fo ,
+.Sx \&Fn ,
+and
+.Sx \&Ft ,
+which are always separated by vertical space.
+.Pp
+When text and macros following an
+.Sx \&Nm
+macro starting an input line span multiple output lines,
+all output lines but the first will be indented to align
+with the text immediately following the
+.Sx \&Nm
+macro, up to the next
+.Sx \&Nm ,
+.Sx \&Sh ,
+or
+.Sx \&Ss
+macro or the end of an enclosing block, whichever comes first.
+.It Em DESCRIPTION
+This begins with an expansion of the brief, one line description in
+.Em NAME :
+.Bd -literal -offset indent
+The
+\&.Nm
+utility does this, that, and the other.
+.Ed
+.Pp
+It usually follows with a breakdown of the options (if documenting a
+command), such as:
+.Bd -literal -offset indent
+The arguments are as follows:
+\&.Bl \-tag \-width Ds
+\&.It Fl v
+Print verbose information.
+\&.El
+.Ed
+.Pp
+Manuals not documenting a command won't include the above fragment.
+.Pp
+Since the
+.Em DESCRIPTION
+section usually contains most of the text of a manual, longer manuals
+often use the
+.Sx \&Ss
+macro to form subsections.
+In very long manuals, the
+.Em DESCRIPTION
+may be split into multiple sections, each started by an
+.Sx \&Sh
+macro followed by a non-standard section name, and each having
+several subsections, like in the present
+.Nm
+manual.
+.It Em IMPLEMENTATION NOTES
+Implementation-specific notes should be kept here.
+This is useful when implementing standard functions that may have side
+effects or notable algorithmic implications.
+.It Em RETURN VALUES
+This section documents the
+return values of functions in sections 2, 3, and 9.
+.Pp
+See
+.Sx \&Rv .
+.It Em ENVIRONMENT
+Lists the environment variables used by the utility,
+and explains the syntax and semantics of their values.
+The
+.Xr environ 7
+manual provides examples of typical content and formatting.
+.Pp
+See
+.Sx \&Ev .
+.It Em FILES
+Documents files used.
+It's helpful to document both the file name and a short description of how
+the file is used (created, modified, etc.).
+.Pp
+See
+.Sx \&Pa .
+.It Em EXIT STATUS
+This section documents the
+command exit status for section 1, 6, and 8 utilities.
+Historically, this information was described in
+.Em DIAGNOSTICS ,
+a practise that is now discouraged.
+.Pp
+See
+.Sx \&Ex .
+.It Em EXAMPLES
+Example usages.
+This often contains snippets of well-formed, well-tested invocations.
+Make sure that examples work properly!
+.It Em DIAGNOSTICS
+Documents error conditions.
+This is most useful in section 4 manuals.
+Historically, this section was used in place of
+.Em EXIT STATUS
+for manuals in sections 1, 6, and 8; however, this practise is
+discouraged.
+.Pp
+See
+.Sx \&Bl
+.Fl diag .
+.It Em ERRORS
+Documents error handling in sections 2, 3, and 9.
+.Pp
+See
+.Sx \&Er .
+.It Em SEE ALSO
+References other manuals with related topics.
+This section should exist for most manuals.
+Cross-references should conventionally be ordered first by section, then
+alphabetically.
+.Pp
+References to other documentation concerning the topic of the manual page,
+for example authoritative books or journal articles, may also be
+provided in this section.
+.Pp
+See
+.Sx \&Rs
+and
+.Sx \&Xr .
+.It Em STANDARDS
+References any standards implemented or used.
+If not adhering to any standards, the
+.Em HISTORY
+section should be used instead.
+.Pp
+See
+.Sx \&St .
+.It Em HISTORY
+A brief history of the subject, including where it was first implemented,
+and when it was ported to or reimplemented for the operating system at hand.
+.It Em AUTHORS
+Credits to the person or persons who wrote the code and/or documentation.
+Authors should generally be noted by both name and email address.
+.Pp
+See
+.Sx \&An .
+.It Em CAVEATS
+Common misuses and misunderstandings should be explained
+in this section.
+.It Em BUGS
+Known bugs, limitations, and work-arounds should be described
+in this section.
+.It Em SECURITY CONSIDERATIONS
+Documents any security precautions that operators should consider.
+.El
+.Sh MACRO OVERVIEW
+This overview is sorted such that macros of similar purpose are listed
+together, to help find the best macro for any given purpose.
+Deprecated macros are not included in the overview, but can be found below
+in the alphabetical
+.Sx MACRO REFERENCE .
+.Ss Document preamble and NAME section macros
+.Bl -column "Brq, Bro, Brc" description
+.It Sx \&Dd Ta document date: Cm $\&Mdocdate$ | Ar month day , year
+.It Sx \&Dt Ta document title: Ar TITLE section Op Ar volume | arch
+.It Sx \&Os Ta operating system version: Op Ar system Op Ar version
+.It Sx \&Nm Ta document name (one argument)
+.It Sx \&Nd Ta document description (one line)
+.El
+.Ss Sections and cross references
+.Bl -column "Brq, Bro, Brc" description
+.It Sx \&Sh Ta section header (one line)
+.It Sx \&Ss Ta subsection header (one line)
+.It Sx \&Sx Ta internal cross reference to a section or subsection
+.It Sx \&Xr Ta cross reference to another manual page: Ar name section
+.It Sx \&Pp , \&Lp Ta start a text paragraph (no arguments)
+.El
+.Ss Displays and lists
+.Bl -column "Brq, Bro, Brc" description
+.It Sx \&Bd , \&Ed Ta display block:
+.Fl Ar type
+.Op Fl offset Ar width
+.Op Fl compact
+.It Sx \&D1 Ta indented display (one line)
+.It Sx \&Dl Ta indented literal display (one line)
+.It Sx \&Bl , \&El Ta list block:
+.Fl Ar type
+.Op Fl width Ar val
+.Op Fl offset Ar val
+.Op Fl compact
+.It Sx \&It Ta list item (syntax depends on Fl Ar type )
+.It Sx \&Ta Ta table cell separator in Sx \&Bl Fl column No lists
+.It Sx \&Rs , \&%* , \&Re Ta bibliographic block (references)
+.El
+.Ss Spacing control
+.Bl -column "Brq, Bro, Brc" description
+.It Sx \&Pf Ta prefix, no following horizontal space (one argument)
+.It Sx \&Ns Ta roman font, no preceding horizontal space (no arguments)
+.It Sx \&Ap Ta apostrophe without surrounding whitespace (no arguments)
+.It Sx \&Sm Ta switch horizontal spacing mode: Cm on | off
+.It Sx \&Bk , \&Ek Ta keep block: Fl words
+.It Sx \&br Ta force output line break in text mode (no arguments)
+.It Sx \&sp Ta force vertical space: Op Ar height
+.El
+.Ss Semantic markup for command line utilities:
+.Bl -column "Brq, Bro, Brc" description
+.It Sx \&Nm Ta start a SYNOPSIS block with the name of a utility
+.It Sx \&Fl Ta command line options (flags) (>=0 arguments)
+.It Sx \&Cm Ta command modifier (>0 arguments)
+.It Sx \&Ar Ta command arguments (>=0 arguments)
+.It Sx \&Op , \&Oo , \&Oc Ta optional syntax elements (enclosure)
+.It Sx \&Ic Ta internal or interactive command (>0 arguments)
+.It Sx \&Ev Ta environmental variable (>0 arguments)
+.It Sx \&Pa Ta file system path (>=0 arguments)
+.El
+.Ss Semantic markup for function libraries:
+.Bl -column "Brq, Bro, Brc" description
+.It Sx \&Lb Ta function library (one argument)
+.It Sx \&In Ta include file (one argument)
+.It Sx \&Ft Ta function type (>0 arguments)
+.It Sx \&Fo , \&Fc Ta function block: Ar funcname
+.It Sx \&Fn Ta function name:
+.Op Ar functype
+.Ar funcname
+.Oo
+.Op Ar argtype
+.Ar argname
+.Oc
+.It Sx \&Fa Ta function argument (>0 arguments)
+.It Sx \&Vt Ta variable type (>0 arguments)
+.It Sx \&Va Ta variable name (>0 arguments)
+.It Sx \&Dv Ta defined variable or preprocessor constant (>0 arguments)
+.It Sx \&Er Ta error constant (>0 arguments)
+.It Sx \&Ev Ta environmental variable (>0 arguments)
+.El
+.Ss Various semantic markup:
+.Bl -column "Brq, Bro, Brc" description
+.It Sx \&An Ta author name (>0 arguments)
+.It Sx \&Lk Ta hyperlink: Ar uri Op Ar name
+.It Sx \&Mt Ta Do mailto Dc hyperlink: Ar address
+.It Sx \&Cd Ta kernel configuration declaration (>0 arguments)
+.It Sx \&Ad Ta memory address (>0 arguments)
+.It Sx \&Ms Ta mathematical symbol (>0 arguments)
+.It Sx \&Tn Ta tradename (>0 arguments)
+.El
+.Ss Physical markup
+.Bl -column "Brq, Bro, Brc" description
+.It Sx \&Em Ta italic font or underline (emphasis) (>0 arguments)
+.It Sx \&Sy Ta boldface font (symbolic) (>0 arguments)
+.It Sx \&Li Ta typewriter font (literal) (>0 arguments)
+.It Sx \&No Ta return to roman font (normal) (no arguments)
+.It Sx \&Bf , \&Ef Ta font block:
+.Op Fl Ar type | Cm \&Em | \&Li | \&Sy
+.El
+.Ss Physical enclosures
+.Bl -column "Brq, Bro, Brc" description
+.It Sx \&Dq , \&Do , \&Dc Ta enclose in typographic double quotes: Dq text
+.It Sx \&Qq , \&Qo , \&Qc Ta enclose in typewriter double quotes: Qq text
+.It Sx \&Sq , \&So , \&Sc Ta enclose in single quotes: Sq text
+.It Sx \&Ql Ta single-quoted literal text: Ql text
+.It Sx \&Pq , \&Po , \&Pc Ta enclose in parentheses: Pq text
+.It Sx \&Bq , \&Bo , \&Bc Ta enclose in square brackets: Bq text
+.It Sx \&Brq , \&Bro , \&Brc Ta enclose in curly braces: Brq text
+.It Sx \&Aq , \&Ao , \&Ac Ta enclose in angle brackets: Aq text
+.It Sx \&Eo , \&Ec Ta generic enclosure
+.El
+.Ss Text production
+.Bl -column "Brq, Bro, Brc" description
+.It Sx \&Ex Fl std Ta standard command exit values: Op Ar utility ...
+.It Sx \&Rv Fl std Ta standard function return values: Op Ar function ...
+.It Sx \&St Ta reference to a standards document (one argument)
+.It Sx \&Ux Ta Ux
+.It Sx \&At Ta At
+.It Sx \&Bx Ta Bx
+.It Sx \&Bsx Ta Bsx
+.It Sx \&Nx Ta Nx
+.It Sx \&Fx Ta Fx
+.It Sx \&Ox Ta Ox
+.It Sx \&Dx Ta Dx
+.El
+.Sh MACRO REFERENCE
+This section is a canonical reference of all macros, arranged
+alphabetically.
+For the scoping of individual macros, see
+.Sx MACRO SYNTAX .
+.Ss \&%A
+Author name of an
+.Sx \&Rs
+block.
+Multiple authors should each be accorded their own
+.Sx \%%A
+line.
+Author names should be ordered with full or abbreviated forename(s)
+first, then full surname.
+.Ss \&%B
+Book title of an
+.Sx \&Rs
+block.
+This macro may also be used in a non-bibliographic context when
+referring to book titles.
+.Ss \&%C
+Publication city or location of an
+.Sx \&Rs
+block.
+.Ss \&%D
+Publication date of an
+.Sx \&Rs
+block.
+Recommended formats of arguments are
+.Ar month day , year
+or just
+.Ar year .
+.Ss \&%I
+Publisher or issuer name of an
+.Sx \&Rs
+block.
+.Ss \&%J
+Journal name of an
+.Sx \&Rs
+block.
+.Ss \&%N
+Issue number (usually for journals) of an
+.Sx \&Rs
+block.
+.Ss \&%O
+Optional information of an
+.Sx \&Rs
+block.
+.Ss \&%P
+Book or journal page number of an
+.Sx \&Rs
+block.
+.Ss \&%Q
+Institutional author (school, government, etc.) of an
+.Sx \&Rs
+block.
+Multiple institutional authors should each be accorded their own
+.Sx \&%Q
+line.
+.Ss \&%R
+Technical report name of an
+.Sx \&Rs
+block.
+.Ss \&%T
+Article title of an
+.Sx \&Rs
+block.
+This macro may also be used in a non-bibliographical context when
+referring to article titles.
+.Ss \&%U
+URI of reference document.
+.Ss \&%V
+Volume number of an
+.Sx \&Rs
+block.
+.Ss \&Ac
+Close an
+.Sx \&Ao
+block.
+Does not have any tail arguments.
+.Ss \&Ad
+Memory address.
+Do not use this for postal addresses.
+.Pp
+Examples:
+.Dl \&.Ad [0,$]
+.Dl \&.Ad 0x00000000
+.Ss \&An
+Author name.
+Can be used both for the authors of the program, function, or driver
+documented in the manual, or for the authors of the manual itself.
+Requires either the name of an author or one of the following arguments:
+.Pp
+.Bl -tag -width "-nosplitX" -offset indent -compact
+.It Fl split
+Start a new output line before each subsequent invocation of
+.Sx \&An .
+.It Fl nosplit
+The opposite of
+.Fl split .
+.El
+.Pp
+The default is
+.Fl nosplit .
+The effect of selecting either of the
+.Fl split
+modes ends at the beginning of the
+.Em AUTHORS
+section.
+In the
+.Em AUTHORS
+section, the default is
+.Fl nosplit
+for the first author listing and
+.Fl split
+for all other author listings.
+.Pp
+Examples:
+.Dl \&.An -nosplit
+.Dl \&.An Kristaps Dzonsons \&Aq kristaps@bsd.lv
+.Ss \&Ao
+Begin a block enclosed by angle brackets.
+Does not have any head arguments.
+.Pp
+Examples:
+.Dl \&.Fl -key= \&Ns \&Ao \&Ar val \&Ac
+.Pp
+See also
+.Sx \&Aq .
+.Ss \&Ap
+Inserts an apostrophe without any surrounding whitespace.
+This is generally used as a grammatical device when referring to the verb
+form of a function.
+.Pp
+Examples:
+.Dl \&.Fn execve \&Ap d
+.Ss \&Aq
+Encloses its arguments in angle brackets.
+.Pp
+Examples:
+.Dl \&.Fl -key= \&Ns \&Aq \&Ar val
+.Pp
+.Em Remarks :
+this macro is often abused for rendering URIs, which should instead use
+.Sx \&Lk
+or
+.Sx \&Mt ,
+or to note pre-processor
+.Dq Li #include
+statements, which should use
+.Sx \&In .
+.Pp
+See also
+.Sx \&Ao .
+.Ss \&Ar
+Command arguments.
+If an argument is not provided, the string
+.Dq file ...\&
+is used as a default.
+.Pp
+Examples:
+.Dl ".Fl o Ar file"
+.Dl ".Ar"
+.Dl ".Ar arg1 , arg2 ."
+.Pp
+The arguments to the
+.Sx \&Ar
+macro are names and placeholders for command arguments;
+for fixed strings to be passed verbatim as arguments, use
+.Sx \&Fl
+or
+.Sx \&Cm .
+.Ss \&At
+Formats an AT&T version.
+Accepts one optional argument:
+.Pp
+.Bl -tag -width "v[1-7] | 32vX" -offset indent -compact
+.It Cm v[1-7] | 32v
+A version of
+.At .
+.It Cm III
+.At III .
+.It Cm V[.[1-4]]?
+A version of
+.At V .
+.El
+.Pp
+Note that these arguments do not begin with a hyphen.
+.Pp
+Examples:
+.Dl \&.At
+.Dl \&.At III
+.Dl \&.At V.1
+.Pp
+See also
+.Sx \&Bsx ,
+.Sx \&Bx ,
+.Sx \&Dx ,
+.Sx \&Fx ,
+.Sx \&Nx ,
+.Sx \&Ox ,
+and
+.Sx \&Ux .
+.Ss \&Bc
+Close a
+.Sx \&Bo
+block.
+Does not have any tail arguments.
+.Ss \&Bd
+Begin a display block.
+Its syntax is as follows:
+.Bd -ragged -offset indent
+.Pf \. Sx \&Bd
+.Fl Ns Ar type
+.Op Fl offset Ar width
+.Op Fl compact
+.Ed
+.Pp
+Display blocks are used to select a different indentation and
+justification than the one used by the surrounding text.
+They may contain both macro lines and text lines.
+By default, a display block is preceded by a vertical space.
+.Pp
+The
+.Ar type
+must be one of the following:
+.Bl -tag -width 13n -offset indent
+.It Fl centered
+Produce one output line from each input line, and centre-justify each line.
+Using this display type is not recommended; many
+.Nm
+implementations render it poorly.
+.It Fl filled
+Change the positions of line breaks to fill each line, and left- and
+right-justify the resulting block.
+.It Fl literal
+Produce one output line from each input line,
+and do not justify the block at all.
+Preserve white space as it appears in the input.
+Always use a constant-width font.
+Use this for displaying source code.
+.It Fl ragged
+Change the positions of line breaks to fill each line, and left-justify
+the resulting block.
+.It Fl unfilled
+The same as
+.Fl literal ,
+but using the same font as for normal text, which is a variable width font
+if supported by the output device.
+.El
+.Pp
+The
+.Ar type
+must be provided first.
+Additional arguments may follow:
+.Bl -tag -width 13n -offset indent
+.It Fl offset Ar width
+Indent the display by the
+.Ar width ,
+which may be one of the following:
+.Bl -item
+.It
+One of the pre-defined strings
+.Cm indent ,
+the width of a standard indentation (six constant width characters);
+.Cm indent-two ,
+twice
+.Cm indent ;
+.Cm left ,
+which has no effect;
+.Cm right ,
+which justifies to the right margin; or
+.Cm center ,
+which aligns around an imagined centre axis.
+.It
+A macro invocation, which selects a predefined width
+associated with that macro.
+The most popular is the imaginary macro
+.Ar \&Ds ,
+which resolves to
+.Sy 6n .
+.It
+A width using the syntax described in
+.Sx Scaling Widths .
+.It
+An arbitrary string, which indents by the length of this string.
+.El
+.Pp
+When the argument is missing,
+.Fl offset
+is ignored.
+.It Fl compact
+Do not assert vertical space before the display.
+.El
+.Pp
+Examples:
+.Bd -literal -offset indent
+\&.Bd \-literal \-offset indent \-compact
+   Hello       world.
+\&.Ed
+.Ed
+.Pp
+See also
+.Sx \&D1
+and
+.Sx \&Dl .
+.Ss \&Bf
+Change the font mode for a scoped block of text.
+Its syntax is as follows:
+.Bd -ragged -offset indent
+.Pf \. Sx \&Bf
+.Oo
+.Fl emphasis | literal | symbolic |
+.Cm \&Em | \&Li | \&Sy
+.Oc
+.Ed
+.Pp
+The
+.Fl emphasis
+and
+.Cm \&Em
+argument are equivalent, as are
+.Fl symbolic
+and
+.Cm \&Sy ,
+and
+.Fl literal
+and
+.Cm \&Li .
+Without an argument, this macro does nothing.
+The font mode continues until broken by a new font mode in a nested
+scope or
+.Sx \&Ef
+is encountered.
+.Pp
+See also
+.Sx \&Li ,
+.Sx \&Ef ,
+.Sx \&Em ,
+and
+.Sx \&Sy .
+.Ss \&Bk
+For each macro, keep its output together on the same output line,
+until the end of the macro or the end of the input line is reached,
+whichever comes first.
+Line breaks in text lines are unaffected.
+The syntax is as follows:
+.Pp
+.D1 Pf \. Sx \&Bk Fl words
+.Pp
+The
+.Fl words
+argument is required; additional arguments are ignored.
+.Pp
+The following example will not break within each
+.Sx \&Op
+macro line:
+.Bd -literal -offset indent
+\&.Bk \-words
+\&.Op Fl f Ar flags
+\&.Op Fl o Ar output
+\&.Ek
+.Ed
+.Pp
+Be careful in using over-long lines within a keep block!
+Doing so will clobber the right margin.
+.Ss \&Bl
+Begin a list.
+Lists consist of items specified using the
+.Sx \&It
+macro, containing a head or a body or both.
+The list syntax is as follows:
+.Bd -ragged -offset indent
+.Pf \. Sx \&Bl
+.Fl Ns Ar type
+.Op Fl width Ar val
+.Op Fl offset Ar val
+.Op Fl compact
+.Op HEAD ...
+.Ed
+.Pp
+The list
+.Ar type
+is mandatory and must be specified first.
+The
+.Fl width
+and
+.Fl offset
+arguments accept
+.Sx Scaling Widths
+or use the length of the given string.
+The
+.Fl offset
+is a global indentation for the whole list, affecting both item heads
+and bodies.
+For those list types supporting it, the
+.Fl width
+argument requests an additional indentation of item bodies,
+to be added to the
+.Fl offset .
+Unless the
+.Fl compact
+argument is specified, list entries are separated by vertical space.
+.Pp
+A list must specify one of the following list types:
+.Bl -tag -width 12n -offset indent
+.It Fl bullet
+No item heads can be specified, but a bullet will be printed at the head
+of each item.
+Item bodies start on the same output line as the bullet
+and are indented according to the
+.Fl width
+argument.
+.It Fl column
+A columnated list.
+The
+.Fl width
+argument has no effect; instead, each argument specifies the width
+of one column, using either the
+.Sx Scaling Widths
+syntax or the string length of the argument.
+If the first line of the body of a
+.Fl column
+list is not an
+.Sx \&It
+macro line,
+.Sx \&It
+contexts spanning one input line each are implied until an
+.Sx \&It
+macro line is encountered, at which point items start being interpreted as
+described in the
+.Sx \&It
+documentation.
+.It Fl dash
+Like
+.Fl bullet ,
+except that dashes are used in place of bullets.
+.It Fl diag
+Like
+.Fl inset ,
+except that item heads are not parsed for macro invocations.
+Most often used in the
+.Em DIAGNOSTICS
+section with error constants in the item heads.
+.It Fl enum
+A numbered list.
+No item heads can be specified.
+Formatted like
+.Fl bullet ,
+except that cardinal numbers are used in place of bullets,
+starting at 1.
+.It Fl hang
+Like
+.Fl tag ,
+except that the first lines of item bodies are not indented, but follow
+the item heads like in
+.Fl inset
+lists.
+.It Fl hyphen
+Synonym for
+.Fl dash .
+.It Fl inset
+Item bodies follow items heads on the same line, using normal inter-word
+spacing.
+Bodies are not indented, and the
+.Fl width
+argument is ignored.
+.It Fl item
+No item heads can be specified, and none are printed.
+Bodies are not indented, and the
+.Fl width
+argument is ignored.
+.It Fl ohang
+Item bodies start on the line following item heads and are not indented.
+The
+.Fl width
+argument is ignored.
+.It Fl tag
+Item bodies are indented according to the
+.Fl width
+argument.
+When an item head fits inside the indentation, the item body follows
+this head on the same output line.
+Otherwise, the body starts on the output line following the head.
+.El
+.Pp
+Lists may be nested within lists and displays.
+Nesting of
+.Fl column
+and
+.Fl enum
+lists may not be portable.
+.Pp
+See also
+.Sx \&El
+and
+.Sx \&It .
+.Ss \&Bo
+Begin a block enclosed by square brackets.
+Does not have any head arguments.
+.Pp
+Examples:
+.Bd -literal -offset indent -compact
+\&.Bo 1 ,
+\&.Dv BUFSIZ \&Bc
+.Ed
+.Pp
+See also
+.Sx \&Bq .
+.Ss \&Bq
+Encloses its arguments in square brackets.
+.Pp
+Examples:
+.Dl \&.Bq 1 , \&Dv BUFSIZ
+.Pp
+.Em Remarks :
+this macro is sometimes abused to emulate optional arguments for
+commands; the correct macros to use for this purpose are
+.Sx \&Op ,
+.Sx \&Oo ,
+and
+.Sx \&Oc .
+.Pp
+See also
+.Sx \&Bo .
+.Ss \&Brc
+Close a
+.Sx \&Bro
+block.
+Does not have any tail arguments.
+.Ss \&Bro
+Begin a block enclosed by curly braces.
+Does not have any head arguments.
+.Pp
+Examples:
+.Bd -literal -offset indent -compact
+\&.Bro 1 , ... ,
+\&.Va n \&Brc
+.Ed
+.Pp
+See also
+.Sx \&Brq .
+.Ss \&Brq
+Encloses its arguments in curly braces.
+.Pp
+Examples:
+.Dl \&.Brq 1 , ... , \&Va n
+.Pp
+See also
+.Sx \&Bro .
+.Ss \&Bsx
+Format the BSD/OS version provided as an argument, or a default value if
+no argument is provided.
+.Pp
+Examples:
+.Dl \&.Bsx 1.0
+.Dl \&.Bsx
+.Pp
+See also
+.Sx \&At ,
+.Sx \&Bx ,
+.Sx \&Dx ,
+.Sx \&Fx ,
+.Sx \&Nx ,
+.Sx \&Ox ,
+and
+.Sx \&Ux .
+.Ss \&Bt
+Prints
+.Dq is currently in beta test.
+.Ss \&Bx
+Format the BSD version provided as an argument, or a default value if no
+argument is provided.
+.Pp
+Examples:
+.Dl \&.Bx 4.3 Tahoe
+.Dl \&.Bx 4.4
+.Dl \&.Bx
+.Pp
+See also
+.Sx \&At ,
+.Sx \&Bsx ,
+.Sx \&Dx ,
+.Sx \&Fx ,
+.Sx \&Nx ,
+.Sx \&Ox ,
+and
+.Sx \&Ux .
+.Ss \&Cd
+Kernel configuration declaration.
+This denotes strings accepted by
+.Xr config 8 .
+It is most often used in section 4 manual pages.
+.Pp
+Examples:
+.Dl \&.Cd device le0 at scode?
+.Pp
+.Em Remarks :
+this macro is commonly abused by using quoted literals to retain
+whitespace and align consecutive
+.Sx \&Cd
+declarations.
+This practise is discouraged.
+.Ss \&Cm
+Command modifiers.
+Typically used for fixed strings passed as arguments, unless
+.Sx \&Fl
+is more appropriate.
+Also useful when specifying configuration options or keys.
+.Pp
+Examples:
+.Dl ".Nm mt Fl f Ar device Cm rewind"
+.Dl ".Nm ps Fl o Cm pid , Ns Cm command"
+.Dl ".Nm dd Cm if= Ns Ar file1 Cm of= Ns Ar file2"
+.Dl ".Cm IdentityFile Pa ~/.ssh/id_rsa"
+.Dl ".Cm LogLevel Dv DEBUG"
+.Ss \&D1
+One-line indented display.
+This is formatted by the default rules and is useful for simple indented
+statements.
+It is followed by a newline.
+.Pp
+Examples:
+.Dl \&.D1 \&Fl abcdefgh
+.Pp
+See also
+.Sx \&Bd
+and
+.Sx \&Dl .
+.Ss \&Db
+Switch debugging mode.
+Its syntax is as follows:
+.Pp
+.D1 Pf \. Sx \&Db Cm on | off
+.Pp
+This macro is ignored by
+.Xr mandoc 1 .
+.Ss \&Dc
+Close a
+.Sx \&Do
+block.
+Does not have any tail arguments.
+.Ss \&Dd
+Document date.
+This is the mandatory first macro of any
+.Nm
+manual.
+Its syntax is as follows:
+.Pp
+.D1 Pf \. Sx \&Dd Ar month day , year
+.Pp
+The
+.Ar month
+is the full English month name, the
+.Ar day
+is an optionally zero-padded numeral, and the
+.Ar year
+is the full four-digit year.
+.Pp
+Other arguments are not portable; the
+.Xr mandoc 1
+utility handles them as follows:
+.Bl -dash -offset 3n -compact
+.It
+To have the date automatically filled in by the
+.Ox
+version of
+.Xr cvs 1 ,
+the special string
+.Dq $\&Mdocdate$
+can be given as an argument.
+.It
+A few alternative date formats are accepted as well
+and converted to the standard form.
+.It
+If a date string cannot be parsed, it is used verbatim.
+.It
+If no date string is given, the current date is used.
+.El
+.Pp
+Examples:
+.Dl \&.Dd $\&Mdocdate$
+.Dl \&.Dd $\&Mdocdate: July 21 2007$
+.Dl \&.Dd July 21, 2007
+.Pp
+See also
+.Sx \&Dt
+and
+.Sx \&Os .
+.Ss \&Dl
+One-line intended display.
+This is formatted as literal text and is useful for commands and
+invocations.
+It is followed by a newline.
+.Pp
+Examples:
+.Dl \&.Dl % mandoc mdoc.7 \e(ba less
+.Pp
+See also
+.Sx \&Bd
+and
+.Sx \&D1 .
+.Ss \&Do
+Begin a block enclosed by double quotes.
+Does not have any head arguments.
+.Pp
+Examples:
+.Bd -literal -offset indent -compact
+\&.Do
+April is the cruellest month
+\&.Dc
+\e(em T.S. Eliot
+.Ed
+.Pp
+See also
+.Sx \&Dq .
+.Ss \&Dq
+Encloses its arguments in
+.Dq typographic
+double-quotes.
+.Pp
+Examples:
+.Bd -literal -offset indent -compact
+\&.Dq April is the cruellest month
+\e(em T.S. Eliot
+.Ed
+.Pp
+See also
+.Sx \&Qq ,
+.Sx \&Sq ,
+and
+.Sx \&Do .
+.Ss \&Dt
+Document title.
+This is the mandatory second macro of any
+.Nm
+file.
+Its syntax is as follows:
+.Bd -ragged -offset indent
+.Pf \. Sx \&Dt
+.Oo
+.Ar title
+.Oo
+.Ar section
+.Op Ar volume
+.Op Ar arch
+.Oc
+.Oc
+.Ed
+.Pp
+Its arguments are as follows:
+.Bl -tag -width Ds -offset Ds
+.It Ar title
+The document's title (name), defaulting to
+.Dq UNKNOWN
+if unspecified.
+It should be capitalised.
+.It Ar section
+The manual section.
+This may be one of
+.Ar 1
+.Pq utilities ,
+.Ar 2
+.Pq system calls ,
+.Ar 3
+.Pq libraries ,
+.Ar 3p
+.Pq Perl libraries ,
+.Ar 4
+.Pq devices ,
+.Ar 5
+.Pq file formats ,
+.Ar 6
+.Pq games ,
+.Ar 7
+.Pq miscellaneous ,
+.Ar 8
+.Pq system utilities ,
+.Ar 9
+.Pq kernel functions ,
+.Ar X11
+.Pq X Window System ,
+.Ar X11R6
+.Pq X Window System ,
+.Ar unass
+.Pq unassociated ,
+.Ar local
+.Pq local system ,
+.Ar draft
+.Pq draft manual ,
+or
+.Ar paper
+.Pq paper .
+It should correspond to the manual's filename suffix and defaults to
+.Dq 1
+if unspecified.
+.It Ar volume
+This overrides the volume inferred from
+.Ar section .
+This field is optional, and if specified, must be one of
+.Ar USD
+.Pq users' supplementary documents ,
+.Ar PS1
+.Pq programmers' supplementary documents ,
+.Ar AMD
+.Pq administrators' supplementary documents ,
+.Ar SMM
+.Pq system managers' manuals ,
+.Ar URM
+.Pq users' reference manuals ,
+.Ar PRM
+.Pq programmers' reference manuals ,
+.Ar KM
+.Pq kernel manuals ,
+.Ar IND
+.Pq master index ,
+.Ar MMI
+.Pq master index ,
+.Ar LOCAL
+.Pq local manuals ,
+.Ar LOC
+.Pq local manuals ,
+or
+.Ar CON
+.Pq contributed manuals .
+.It Ar arch
+This specifies the machine architecture a manual page applies to,
+where relevant, for example
+.Cm alpha ,
+.Cm amd64 ,
+.Cm i386 ,
+or
+.Cm sparc64 .
+The list of supported architectures varies by operating system.
+For the full list of all architectures recognized by
+.Xr mandoc 1 ,
+see the file
+.Pa arch.in
+in the source distribution.
+.El
+.Pp
+Examples:
+.Dl \&.Dt FOO 1
+.Dl \&.Dt FOO 4 KM
+.Dl \&.Dt FOO 9 i386
+.Pp
+See also
+.Sx \&Dd
+and
+.Sx \&Os .
+.Ss \&Dv
+Defined variables such as preprocessor constants, constant symbols,
+enumeration values, and so on.
+.Pp
+Examples:
+.Dl \&.Dv NULL
+.Dl \&.Dv BUFSIZ
+.Dl \&.Dv STDOUT_FILENO
+.Pp
+See also
+.Sx \&Er
+and
+.Sx \&Ev
+for special-purpose constants and
+.Sx \&Va
+for variable symbols.
+.Ss \&Dx
+Format the DragonFly BSD version provided as an argument, or a default
+value if no argument is provided.
+.Pp
+Examples:
+.Dl \&.Dx 2.4.1
+.Dl \&.Dx
+.Pp
+See also
+.Sx \&At ,
+.Sx \&Bsx ,
+.Sx \&Bx ,
+.Sx \&Fx ,
+.Sx \&Nx ,
+.Sx \&Ox ,
+and
+.Sx \&Ux .
+.Ss \&Ec
+Close a scope started by
+.Sx \&Eo .
+Its syntax is as follows:
+.Pp
+.D1 Pf \. Sx \&Ec Op Ar TERM
+.Pp
+The
+.Ar TERM
+argument is used as the enclosure tail, for example, specifying \e(rq
+will emulate
+.Sx \&Dc .
+.Ss \&Ed
+End a display context started by
+.Sx \&Bd .
+.Ss \&Ef
+End a font mode context started by
+.Sx \&Bf .
+.Ss \&Ek
+End a keep context started by
+.Sx \&Bk .
+.Ss \&El
+End a list context started by
+.Sx \&Bl .
+.Pp
+See also
+.Sx \&Bl
+and
+.Sx \&It .
+.Ss \&Em
+Denotes text that should be
+.Em emphasised .
+Note that this is a presentation term and should not be used for
+stylistically decorating technical terms.
+Depending on the output device, this is usually represented
+using an italic font or underlined characters.
+.Pp
+Examples:
+.Dl \&.Em Warnings!
+.Dl \&.Em Remarks :
+.Pp
+See also
+.Sx \&Bf ,
+.Sx \&Li ,
+.Sx \&No ,
+and
+.Sx \&Sy .
+.Ss \&En
+This macro is obsolete and not implemented in
+.Xr mandoc 1 .
+.Ss \&Eo
+An arbitrary enclosure.
+Its syntax is as follows:
+.Pp
+.D1 Pf \. Sx \&Eo Op Ar TERM
+.Pp
+The
+.Ar TERM
+argument is used as the enclosure head, for example, specifying \e(lq
+will emulate
+.Sx \&Do .
+.Ss \&Er
+Error constants for definitions of the
+.Va errno
+libc global variable.
+This is most often used in section 2 and 3 manual pages.
+.Pp
+Examples:
+.Dl \&.Er EPERM
+.Dl \&.Er ENOENT
+.Pp
+See also
+.Sx \&Dv
+for general constants.
+.Ss \&Es
+This macro is obsolete and not implemented.
+.Ss \&Ev
+Environmental variables such as those specified in
+.Xr environ 7 .
+.Pp
+Examples:
+.Dl \&.Ev DISPLAY
+.Dl \&.Ev PATH
+.Pp
+See also
+.Sx \&Dv
+for general constants.
+.Ss \&Ex
+Insert a standard sentence regarding command exit values of 0 on success
+and >0 on failure.
+This is most often used in section 1, 6, and 8 manual pages.
+Its syntax is as follows:
+.Pp
+.D1 Pf \. Sx \&Ex Fl std Op Ar utility ...
+.Pp
+If
+.Ar utility
+is not specified, the document's name set by
+.Sx \&Nm
+is used.
+Multiple
+.Ar utility
+arguments are treated as separate utilities.
+.Pp
+See also
+.Sx \&Rv .
+.Ss \&Fa
+Function argument.
+Its syntax is as follows:
+.Bd -ragged -offset indent
+.Pf \. Sx \&Fa
+.Op Cm argtype
+.Cm argname
+.Ed
+.Pp
+This may be invoked for names with or without the corresponding type.
+It is also used to specify the field name of a structure.
+Most often, the
+.Sx \&Fa
+macro is used in the
+.Em SYNOPSIS
+within
+.Sx \&Fo
+section when documenting multi-line function prototypes.
+If invoked with multiple arguments, the arguments are separated by a
+comma.
+Furthermore, if the following macro is another
+.Sx \&Fa ,
+the last argument will also have a trailing comma.
+.Pp
+Examples:
+.Dl \&.Fa \(dqconst char *p\(dq
+.Dl \&.Fa \(dqint a\(dq \(dqint b\(dq \(dqint c\(dq
+.Dl \&.Fa foo
+.Pp
+See also
+.Sx \&Fo .
+.Ss \&Fc
+End a function context started by
+.Sx \&Fo .
+.Ss \&Fd
+Historically used to document include files.
+This usage has been deprecated in favour of
+.Sx \&In .
+Do not use this macro.
+.Pp
+See also
+.Sx MANUAL STRUCTURE
+and
+.Sx \&In .
+.Ss \&Fl
+Command-line flag or option.
+Used when listing arguments to command-line utilities.
+Prints a fixed-width hyphen
+.Sq \-
+directly followed by each argument.
+If no arguments are provided, a hyphen is printed followed by a space.
+If the argument is a macro, a hyphen is prefixed to the subsequent macro
+output.
+.Pp
+Examples:
+.Dl ".Fl R Op Fl H | L | P"
+.Dl ".Op Fl 1AaCcdFfgHhikLlmnopqRrSsTtux"
+.Dl ".Fl type Cm d Fl name Pa CVS"
+.Dl ".Fl Ar signal_number"
+.Dl ".Fl o Fl"
+.Pp
+See also
+.Sx \&Cm .
+.Ss \&Fn
+A function name.
+Its syntax is as follows:
+.Bd -ragged -offset indent
+.Pf \. Ns Sx \&Fn
+.Op Ar functype
+.Ar funcname
+.Op Oo Ar argtype Oc Ar argname
+.Ed
+.Pp
+Function arguments are surrounded in parenthesis and
+are delimited by commas.
+If no arguments are specified, blank parenthesis are output.
+In the
+.Em SYNOPSIS
+section, this macro starts a new output line,
+and a blank line is automatically inserted between function definitions.
+.Pp
+Examples:
+.Dl \&.Fn \(dqint funcname\(dq \(dqint arg0\(dq \(dqint arg1\(dq
+.Dl \&.Fn funcname \(dqint arg0\(dq
+.Dl \&.Fn funcname arg0
+.Pp
+.Bd -literal -offset indent -compact
+\&.Ft functype
+\&.Fn funcname
+.Ed
+.Pp
+When referring to a function documented in another manual page, use
+.Sx \&Xr
+instead.
+See also
+.Sx MANUAL STRUCTURE ,
+.Sx \&Fo ,
+and
+.Sx \&Ft .
+.Ss \&Fo
+Begin a function block.
+This is a multi-line version of
+.Sx \&Fn .
+Its syntax is as follows:
+.Pp
+.D1 Pf \. Sx \&Fo Ar funcname
+.Pp
+Invocations usually occur in the following context:
+.Bd -ragged -offset indent
+.Pf \. Sx \&Ft Ar functype
+.br
+.Pf \. Sx \&Fo Ar funcname
+.br
+.Pf \. Sx \&Fa Oo Ar argtype Oc Ar argname
+.br
+\&.\.\.
+.br
+.Pf \. Sx \&Fc
+.Ed
+.Pp
+A
+.Sx \&Fo
+scope is closed by
+.Sx \&Fc .
+.Pp
+See also
+.Sx MANUAL STRUCTURE ,
+.Sx \&Fa ,
+.Sx \&Fc ,
+and
+.Sx \&Ft .
+.Ss \&Fr
+This macro is obsolete and not implemented in
+.Xr mandoc 1 .
+.Pp
+It was used to show function return values.
+The syntax was:
+.Pp
+.Dl Pf . Sx \&Fr Ar value
+.Ss \&Ft
+A function type.
+Its syntax is as follows:
+.Pp
+.D1 Pf \. Sx \&Ft Ar functype
+.Pp
+In the
+.Em SYNOPSIS
+section, a new output line is started after this macro.
+.Pp
+Examples:
+.Dl \&.Ft int
+.Bd -literal -offset indent -compact
+\&.Ft functype
+\&.Fn funcname
+.Ed
+.Pp
+See also
+.Sx MANUAL STRUCTURE ,
+.Sx \&Fn ,
+and
+.Sx \&Fo .
+.Ss \&Fx
+Format the
+.Fx
+version provided as an argument, or a default value
+if no argument is provided.
+.Pp
+Examples:
+.Dl \&.Fx 7.1
+.Dl \&.Fx
+.Pp
+See also
+.Sx \&At ,
+.Sx \&Bsx ,
+.Sx \&Bx ,
+.Sx \&Dx ,
+.Sx \&Nx ,
+.Sx \&Ox ,
+and
+.Sx \&Ux .
+.Ss \&Hf
+This macro is not implemented in
+.Xr mandoc 1 .
+.Pp
+It was used to include the contents of a (header) file literally.
+The syntax was:
+.Pp
+.Dl Pf . Sx \&Hf Ar filename
+.Ss \&Ic
+Designate an internal or interactive command.
+This is similar to
+.Sx \&Cm
+but used for instructions rather than values.
+.Pp
+Examples:
+.Dl \&.Ic :wq
+.Dl \&.Ic hash
+.Dl \&.Ic alias
+.Pp
+Note that using
+.Sx \&Bd Fl literal
+or
+.Sx \&D1
+is preferred for displaying code; the
+.Sx \&Ic
+macro is used when referring to specific instructions.
+.Ss \&In
+An
+.Dq include
+file.
+When invoked as the first macro on an input line in the
+.Em SYNOPSIS
+section, the argument is displayed in angle brackets
+and preceded by
+.Dq #include ,
+and a blank line is inserted in front if there is a preceding
+function declaration.
+This is most often used in section 2, 3, and 9 manual pages.
+.Pp
+Examples:
+.Dl \&.In sys/types.h
+.Pp
+See also
+.Sx MANUAL STRUCTURE .
+.Ss \&It
+A list item.
+The syntax of this macro depends on the list type.
+.Pp
+Lists
+of type
+.Fl hang ,
+.Fl ohang ,
+.Fl inset ,
+and
+.Fl diag
+have the following syntax:
+.Pp
+.D1 Pf \. Sx \&It Ar args
+.Pp
+Lists of type
+.Fl bullet ,
+.Fl dash ,
+.Fl enum ,
+.Fl hyphen
+and
+.Fl item
+have the following syntax:
+.Pp
+.D1 Pf \. Sx \&It
+.Pp
+with subsequent lines interpreted within the scope of the
+.Sx \&It
+until either a closing
+.Sx \&El
+or another
+.Sx \&It .
+.Pp
+The
+.Fl tag
+list has the following syntax:
+.Pp
+.D1 Pf \. Sx \&It Op Cm args
+.Pp
+Subsequent lines are interpreted as with
+.Fl bullet
+and family.
+The line arguments correspond to the list's left-hand side; body
+arguments correspond to the list's contents.
+.Pp
+The
+.Fl column
+list is the most complicated.
+Its syntax is as follows:
+.Pp
+.D1 Pf \. Sx \&It Ar cell Op <TAB> Ar cell ...
+.D1 Pf \. Sx \&It Ar cell Op Sx \&Ta Ar cell ...
+.Pp
+The arguments consist of one or more lines of text and macros
+representing a complete table line.
+Cells within the line are delimited by tabs or by the special
+.Sx \&Ta
+block macro.
+The tab cell delimiter may only be used within the
+.Sx \&It
+line itself; on following lines, only the
+.Sx \&Ta
+macro can be used to delimit cells, and
+.Sx \&Ta
+is only recognised as a macro when called by other macros,
+not as the first macro on a line.
+.Pp
+Note that quoted strings may span tab-delimited cells on an
+.Sx \&It
+line.
+For example,
+.Pp
+.Dl .It \(dqcol1 ; <TAB> col2 ;\(dq \&;
+.Pp
+will preserve the semicolon whitespace except for the last.
+.Pp
+See also
+.Sx \&Bl .
+.Ss \&Lb
+Specify a library.
+The syntax is as follows:
+.Pp
+.D1 Pf \. Sx \&Lb Ar library
+.Pp
+The
+.Ar library
+parameter may be a system library, such as
+.Cm libz
+or
+.Cm libpam ,
+in which case a small library description is printed next to the linker
+invocation; or a custom library, in which case the library name is
+printed in quotes.
+This is most commonly used in the
+.Em SYNOPSIS
+section as described in
+.Sx MANUAL STRUCTURE .
+.Pp
+Examples:
+.Dl \&.Lb libz
+.Dl \&.Lb mdoc
+.Ss \&Li
+Denotes text that should be in a
+.Li literal
+font mode.
+Note that this is a presentation term and should not be used for
+stylistically decorating technical terms.
+.Pp
+On terminal output devices, this is often indistinguishable from
+normal text.
+.Pp
+See also
+.Sx \&Bf ,
+.Sx \&Em ,
+.Sx \&No ,
+and
+.Sx \&Sy .
+.Ss \&Lk
+Format a hyperlink.
+Its syntax is as follows:
+.Pp
+.D1 Pf \. Sx \&Lk Ar uri Op Ar name
+.Pp
+Examples:
+.Dl \&.Lk http://bsd.lv \(dqThe BSD.lv Project\(dq
+.Dl \&.Lk http://bsd.lv
+.Pp
+See also
+.Sx \&Mt .
+.Ss \&Lp
+Synonym for
+.Sx \&Pp .
+.Ss \&Ms
+Display a mathematical symbol.
+Its syntax is as follows:
+.Pp
+.D1 Pf \. Sx \&Ms Ar symbol
+.Pp
+Examples:
+.Dl \&.Ms sigma
+.Dl \&.Ms aleph
+.Ss \&Mt
+Format a
+.Dq mailto:
+hyperlink.
+Its syntax is as follows:
+.Pp
+.D1 Pf \. Sx \&Mt Ar address
+.Pp
+Examples:
+.Dl \&.Mt discuss@manpages.bsd.lv
+.Ss \&Nd
+A one line description of the manual's content.
+This may only be invoked in the
+.Em SYNOPSIS
+section subsequent the
+.Sx \&Nm
+macro.
+.Pp
+Examples:
+.Dl Pf . Sx \&Nd mdoc language reference
+.Dl Pf . Sx \&Nd format and display UNIX manuals
+.Pp
+The
+.Sx \&Nd
+macro technically accepts child macros and terminates with a subsequent
+.Sx \&Sh
+invocation.
+Do not assume this behaviour: some
+.Xr whatis 1
+database generators are not smart enough to parse more than the line
+arguments and will display macros verbatim.
+.Pp
+See also
+.Sx \&Nm .
+.Ss \&Nm
+The name of the manual page, or \(em in particular in section 1, 6,
+and 8 pages \(em of an additional command or feature documented in
+the manual page.
+When first invoked, the
+.Sx \&Nm
+macro expects a single argument, the name of the manual page.
+Usually, the first invocation happens in the
+.Em NAME
+section of the page.
+The specified name will be remembered and used whenever the macro is
+called again without arguments later in the page.
+The
+.Sx \&Nm
+macro uses
+.Sx Block full-implicit
+semantics when invoked as the first macro on an input line in the
+.Em SYNOPSIS
+section; otherwise, it uses ordinary
+.Sx In-line
+semantics.
+.Pp
+Examples:
+.Bd -literal -offset indent
+\&.Sh SYNOPSIS
+\&.Nm cat
+\&.Op Fl benstuv
+\&.Op Ar
+.Ed
+.Pp
+In the
+.Em SYNOPSIS
+of section 2, 3 and 9 manual pages, use the
+.Sx \&Fn
+macro rather than
+.Sx \&Nm
+to mark up the name of the manual page.
+.Ss \&No
+Normal text.
+Closes the scope of any preceding in-line macro.
+When used after physical formatting macros like
+.Sx \&Em
+or
+.Sx \&Sy ,
+switches back to the standard font face and weight.
+Can also be used to embed plain text strings in macro lines
+using semantic annotation macros.
+.Pp
+Examples:
+.Dl ".Em italic , Sy bold , No and roman"
+.Pp
+.Bd -literal -offset indent -compact
+\&.Sm off
+\&.Cm :C No / Ar pattern No / Ar replacement No /
+\&.Sm on
+.Ed
+.Pp
+See also
+.Sx \&Em ,
+.Sx \&Li ,
+and
+.Sx \&Sy .
+.Ss \&Ns
+Suppress a space between the output of the preceding macro
+and the following text or macro.
+Following invocation, input is interpreted as normal text
+just like after an
+.Sx \&No
+macro.
+.Pp
+This has no effect when invoked at the start of a macro line.
+.Pp
+Examples:
+.Dl ".Ar name Ns = Ns Ar value"
+.Dl ".Cm :M Ns Ar pattern"
+.Dl ".Fl o Ns Ar output"
+.Pp
+See also
+.Sx \&No
+and
+.Sx \&Sm .
+.Ss \&Nx
+Format the
+.Nx
+version provided as an argument, or a default value if
+no argument is provided.
+.Pp
+Examples:
+.Dl \&.Nx 5.01
+.Dl \&.Nx
+.Pp
+See also
+.Sx \&At ,
+.Sx \&Bsx ,
+.Sx \&Bx ,
+.Sx \&Dx ,
+.Sx \&Fx ,
+.Sx \&Ox ,
+and
+.Sx \&Ux .
+.Ss \&Oc
+Close multi-line
+.Sx \&Oo
+context.
+.Ss \&Oo
+Multi-line version of
+.Sx \&Op .
+.Pp
+Examples:
+.Bd -literal -offset indent -compact
+\&.Oo
+\&.Op Fl flag Ns Ar value
+\&.Oc
+.Ed
+.Ss \&Op
+Optional part of a command line.
+Prints the argument(s) in brackets.
+This is most often used in the
+.Em SYNOPSIS
+section of section 1 and 8 manual pages.
+.Pp
+Examples:
+.Dl \&.Op \&Fl a \&Ar b
+.Dl \&.Op \&Ar a | b
+.Pp
+See also
+.Sx \&Oo .
+.Ss \&Os
+Document operating system version.
+This is the mandatory third macro of
+any
+.Nm
+file.
+Its syntax is as follows:
+.Pp
+.D1 Pf \. Sx \&Os Op Ar system Op Ar version
+.Pp
+The optional
+.Ar system
+parameter specifies the relevant operating system or environment.
+Left unspecified, it defaults to the local operating system version.
+This is the suggested form.
+.Pp
+Examples:
+.Dl \&.Os
+.Dl \&.Os KTH/CSC/TCS
+.Dl \&.Os BSD 4.3
+.Pp
+See also
+.Sx \&Dd
+and
+.Sx \&Dt .
+.Ss \&Ot
+This macro is obsolete and not implemented in
+.Xr mandoc 1 .
+.Pp
+Historical
+.Xr mdoc 7
+packages described it as
+.Dq "old function type (FORTRAN)" .
+.Ss \&Ox
+Format the
+.Ox
+version provided as an argument, or a default value
+if no argument is provided.
+.Pp
+Examples:
+.Dl \&.Ox 4.5
+.Dl \&.Ox
+.Pp
+See also
+.Sx \&At ,
+.Sx \&Bsx ,
+.Sx \&Bx ,
+.Sx \&Dx ,
+.Sx \&Fx ,
+.Sx \&Nx ,
+and
+.Sx \&Ux .
+.Ss \&Pa
+An absolute or relative file system path, or a file or directory name.
+If an argument is not provided, the character
+.Sq \(ti
+is used as a default.
+.Pp
+Examples:
+.Dl \&.Pa /usr/bin/mandoc
+.Dl \&.Pa /usr/share/man/man7/mdoc.7
+.Pp
+See also
+.Sx \&Lk .
+.Ss \&Pc
+Close parenthesised context opened by
+.Sx \&Po .
+.Ss \&Pf
+Removes the space between its argument
+.Pq Dq prefix
+and the following macro.
+Its syntax is as follows:
+.Pp
+.D1 .Pf Ar prefix macro arguments ...
+.Pp
+This is equivalent to:
+.Pp
+.D1 .No Ar prefix No \&Ns Ar macro arguments ...
+.Pp
+Examples:
+.Dl ".Pf $ Ar variable_name"
+.Dl ".Pf 0x Ar hex_digits"
+.Pp
+See also
+.Sx \&Ns
+and
+.Sx \&Sm .
+.Ss \&Po
+Multi-line version of
+.Sx \&Pq .
+.Ss \&Pp
+Break a paragraph.
+This will assert vertical space between prior and subsequent macros
+and/or text.
+.Pp
+Paragraph breaks are not needed before or after
+.Sx \&Sh
+or
+.Sx \&Ss
+macros or before displays
+.Pq Sx \&Bd
+or lists
+.Pq Sx \&Bl
+unless the
+.Fl compact
+flag is given.
+.Ss \&Pq
+Parenthesised enclosure.
+.Pp
+See also
+.Sx \&Po .
+.Ss \&Qc
+Close quoted context opened by
+.Sx \&Qo .
+.Ss \&Ql
+Format a single-quoted literal.
+See also
+.Sx \&Qq
+and
+.Sx \&Sq .
+.Ss \&Qo
+Multi-line version of
+.Sx \&Qq .
+.Ss \&Qq
+Encloses its arguments in
+.Qq typewriter
+double-quotes.
+Consider using
+.Sx \&Dq .
+.Pp
+See also
+.Sx \&Dq ,
+.Sx \&Sq ,
+and
+.Sx \&Qo .
+.Ss \&Re
+Close an
+.Sx \&Rs
+block.
+Does not have any tail arguments.
+.Ss \&Rs
+Begin a bibliographic
+.Pq Dq reference
+block.
+Does not have any head arguments.
+The block macro may only contain
+.Sx \&%A ,
+.Sx \&%B ,
+.Sx \&%C ,
+.Sx \&%D ,
+.Sx \&%I ,
+.Sx \&%J ,
+.Sx \&%N ,
+.Sx \&%O ,
+.Sx \&%P ,
+.Sx \&%Q ,
+.Sx \&%R ,
+.Sx \&%T ,
+.Sx \&%U ,
+and
+.Sx \&%V
+child macros (at least one must be specified).
+.Pp
+Examples:
+.Bd -literal -offset indent -compact
+\&.Rs
+\&.%A J. E. Hopcroft
+\&.%A J. D. Ullman
+\&.%B Introduction to Automata Theory, Languages, and Computation
+\&.%I Addison-Wesley
+\&.%C Reading, Massachusettes
+\&.%D 1979
+\&.Re
+.Ed
+.Pp
+If an
+.Sx \&Rs
+block is used within a SEE ALSO section, a vertical space is asserted
+before the rendered output, else the block continues on the current
+line.
+.Ss \&Rv
+Insert a standard sentence regarding a function call's return value of 0
+on success and \-1 on error, with the
+.Va errno
+libc global variable set on error.
+Its syntax is as follows:
+.Pp
+.D1 Pf \. Sx \&Rv Fl std Op Ar function ...
+.Pp
+If
+.Ar function
+is not specified, the document's name set by
+.Sx \&Nm
+is used.
+Multiple
+.Ar function
+arguments are treated as separate functions.
+.Pp
+See also
+.Sx \&Ex .
+.Ss \&Sc
+Close single-quoted context opened by
+.Sx \&So .
+.Ss \&Sh
+Begin a new section.
+For a list of conventional manual sections, see
+.Sx MANUAL STRUCTURE .
+These sections should be used unless it's absolutely necessary that
+custom sections be used.
+.Pp
+Section names should be unique so that they may be keyed by
+.Sx \&Sx .
+Although this macro is parsed, it should not consist of child node or it
+may not be linked with
+.Sx \&Sx .
+.Pp
+See also
+.Sx \&Pp ,
+.Sx \&Ss ,
+and
+.Sx \&Sx .
+.Ss \&Sm
+Switches the spacing mode for output generated from macros.
+Its syntax is as follows:
+.Pp
+.D1 Pf \. Sx \&Sm Cm on | off
+.Pp
+By default, spacing is
+.Cm on .
+When switched
+.Cm off ,
+no white space is inserted between macro arguments and between the
+output generated from adjacent macros, but text lines
+still get normal spacing between words and sentences.
+.Ss \&So
+Multi-line version of
+.Sx \&Sq .
+.Ss \&Sq
+Encloses its arguments in
+.Sq typewriter
+single-quotes.
+.Pp
+See also
+.Sx \&Dq ,
+.Sx \&Qq ,
+and
+.Sx \&So .
+.Ss \&Ss
+Begin a new subsection.
+Unlike with
+.Sx \&Sh ,
+there is no convention for the naming of subsections.
+Except
+.Em DESCRIPTION ,
+the conventional sections described in
+.Sx MANUAL STRUCTURE
+rarely have subsections.
+.Pp
+Sub-section names should be unique so that they may be keyed by
+.Sx \&Sx .
+Although this macro is parsed, it should not consist of child node or it
+may not be linked with
+.Sx \&Sx .
+.Pp
+See also
+.Sx \&Pp ,
+.Sx \&Sh ,
+and
+.Sx \&Sx .
+.Ss \&St
+Replace an abbreviation for a standard with the full form.
+The following standards are recognised:
+.Pp
+.Bl -tag -width "-p1003.1g-2000X" -compact
+.It \-p1003.1-88
+.St -p1003.1-88
+.It \-p1003.1-90
+.St -p1003.1-90
+.It \-p1003.1-96
+.St -p1003.1-96
+.It \-p1003.1-2001
+.St -p1003.1-2001
+.It \-p1003.1-2004
+.St -p1003.1-2004
+.It \-p1003.1-2008
+.St -p1003.1-2008
+.It \-p1003.1
+.St -p1003.1
+.It \-p1003.1b
+.St -p1003.1b
+.It \-p1003.1b-93
+.St -p1003.1b-93
+.It \-p1003.1c-95
+.St -p1003.1c-95
+.It \-p1003.1g-2000
+.St -p1003.1g-2000
+.It \-p1003.1i-95
+.St -p1003.1i-95
+.It \-p1003.2-92
+.St -p1003.2-92
+.It \-p1003.2a-92
+.St -p1003.2a-92
+.It \-p1387.2-95
+.St -p1387.2-95
+.It \-p1003.2
+.St -p1003.2
+.It \-p1387.2
+.St -p1387.2
+.It \-isoC
+.St -isoC
+.It \-isoC-90
+.St -isoC-90
+.It \-isoC-amd1
+.St -isoC-amd1
+.It \-isoC-tcor1
+.St -isoC-tcor1
+.It \-isoC-tcor2
+.St -isoC-tcor2
+.It \-isoC-99
+.St -isoC-99
+.It \-isoC-2011
+.St -isoC-2011
+.It \-iso9945-1-90
+.St -iso9945-1-90
+.It \-iso9945-1-96
+.St -iso9945-1-96
+.It \-iso9945-2-93
+.St -iso9945-2-93
+.It \-ansiC
+.St -ansiC
+.It \-ansiC-89
+.St -ansiC-89
+.It \-ansiC-99
+.St -ansiC-99
+.It \-ieee754
+.St -ieee754
+.It \-iso8802-3
+.St -iso8802-3
+.It \-iso8601
+.St -iso8601
+.It \-ieee1275-94
+.St -ieee1275-94
+.It \-xpg3
+.St -xpg3
+.It \-xpg4
+.St -xpg4
+.It \-xpg4.2
+.St -xpg4.2
+.It \-xpg4.3
+.St -xpg4.3
+.It \-xbd5
+.St -xbd5
+.It \-xcu5
+.St -xcu5
+.It \-xsh5
+.St -xsh5
+.It \-xns5
+.St -xns5
+.It \-xns5.2
+.St -xns5.2
+.It \-xns5.2d2.0
+.St -xns5.2d2.0
+.It \-xcurses4.2
+.St -xcurses4.2
+.It \-susv2
+.St -susv2
+.It \-susv3
+.St -susv3
+.It \-svid4
+.St -svid4
+.El
+.Ss \&Sx
+Reference a section or subsection in the same manual page.
+The referenced section or subsection name must be identical to the
+enclosed argument, including whitespace.
+.Pp
+Examples:
+.Dl \&.Sx MANUAL STRUCTURE
+.Pp
+See also
+.Sx \&Sh
+and
+.Sx \&Ss .
+.Ss \&Sy
+Format enclosed arguments in symbolic
+.Pq Dq boldface .
+Note that this is a presentation term and should not be used for
+stylistically decorating technical terms.
+.Pp
+See also
+.Sx \&Bf ,
+.Sx \&Em ,
+.Sx \&Li ,
+and
+.Sx \&No .
+.Ss \&Ta
+Table cell separator in
+.Sx \&Bl Fl column
+lists; can only be used below
+.Sx \&It .
+.Ss \&Tn
+Format a tradename.
+.Pp
+Since this macro is often implemented to use a small caps font,
+it has historically been used for acronyms (like ASCII) as well.
+Such usage is not recommended because it would use the same macro
+sometimes for semantical annotation, sometimes for physical formatting.
+.Pp
+Examples:
+.Dl \&.Tn IBM
+.Ss \&Ud
+Prints out
+.Dq currently under development.
+.Ss \&Ux
+Format the UNIX name.
+Accepts no argument.
+.Pp
+Examples:
+.Dl \&.Ux
+.Pp
+See also
+.Sx \&At ,
+.Sx \&Bsx ,
+.Sx \&Bx ,
+.Sx \&Dx ,
+.Sx \&Fx ,
+.Sx \&Nx ,
+and
+.Sx \&Ox .
+.Ss \&Va
+A variable name.
+.Pp
+Examples:
+.Dl \&.Va foo
+.Dl \&.Va const char *bar ;
+.Ss \&Vt
+A variable type.
+This is also used for indicating global variables in the
+.Em SYNOPSIS
+section, in which case a variable name is also specified.
+Note that it accepts
+.Sx Block partial-implicit
+syntax when invoked as the first macro on an input line in the
+.Em SYNOPSIS
+section, else it accepts ordinary
+.Sx In-line
+syntax.
+In the former case, this macro starts a new output line,
+and a blank line is inserted in front if there is a preceding
+function definition or include directive.
+.Pp
+Note that this should not be confused with
+.Sx \&Ft ,
+which is used for function return types.
+.Pp
+Examples:
+.Dl \&.Vt unsigned char
+.Dl \&.Vt extern const char * const sys_signame[] \&;
+.Pp
+See also
+.Sx MANUAL STRUCTURE
+and
+.Sx \&Va .
+.Ss \&Xc
+Close a scope opened by
+.Sx \&Xo .
+.Ss \&Xo
+Extend the header of an
+.Sx \&It
+macro or the body of a partial-implicit block macro
+beyond the end of the input line.
+This macro originally existed to work around the 9-argument limit
+of historic
+.Xr roff 7 .
+.Ss \&Xr
+Link to another manual
+.Pq Qq cross-reference .
+Its syntax is as follows:
+.Pp
+.D1 Pf \. Sx \&Xr Ar name section
+.Pp
+The
+.Ar name
+and
+.Ar section
+are the name and section of the linked manual.
+If
+.Ar section
+is followed by non-punctuation, an
+.Sx \&Ns
+is inserted into the token stream.
+This behaviour is for compatibility with
+GNU troff.
+.Pp
+Examples:
+.Dl \&.Xr mandoc 1
+.Dl \&.Xr mandoc 1 \&;
+.Dl \&.Xr mandoc 1 \&Ns s behaviour
+.Ss \&br
+Emits a line-break.
+This macro should not be used; it is implemented for compatibility with
+historical manuals.
+.Pp
+Consider using
+.Sx \&Pp
+in the event of natural paragraph breaks.
+.Ss \&sp
+Emits vertical space.
+This macro should not be used; it is implemented for compatibility with
+historical manuals.
+Its syntax is as follows:
+.Pp
+.D1 Pf \. Sx \&sp Op Ar height
+.Pp
+The
+.Ar height
+argument must be formatted as described in
+.Sx Scaling Widths .
+If unspecified,
+.Sx \&sp
+asserts a single vertical space.
+.Sh MACRO SYNTAX
+The syntax of a macro depends on its classification.
+In this section,
+.Sq \-arg
+refers to macro arguments, which may be followed by zero or more
+.Sq parm
+parameters;
+.Sq \&Yo
+opens the scope of a macro; and if specified,
+.Sq \&Yc
+closes it out.
+.Pp
+The
+.Em Callable
+column indicates that the macro may also be called by passing its name
+as an argument to another macro.
+For example,
+.Sq \&.Op \&Fl O \&Ar file
+produces
+.Sq Op Fl O Ar file .
+To prevent a macro call and render the macro name literally,
+escape it by prepending a zero-width space,
+.Sq \e& .
+For example,
+.Sq \&Op \e&Fl O
+produces
+.Sq Op \&Fl O .
+If a macro is not callable but its name appears as an argument
+to another macro, it is interpreted as opaque text.
+For example,
+.Sq \&.Fl \&Sh
+produces
+.Sq Fl \&Sh .
+.Pp
+The
+.Em Parsed
+column indicates whether the macro may call other macros by receiving
+their names as arguments.
+If a macro is not parsed but the name of another macro appears
+as an argument, it is interpreted as opaque text.
+.Pp
+The
+.Em Scope
+column, if applicable, describes closure rules.
+.Ss Block full-explicit
+Multi-line scope closed by an explicit closing macro.
+All macros contains bodies; only
+.Sx \&Bf
+and
+.Pq optionally
+.Sx \&Bl
+contain a head.
+.Bd -literal -offset indent
+\&.Yo \(lB\-arg \(lBparm...\(rB\(rB \(lBhead...\(rB
+\(lBbody...\(rB
+\&.Yc
+.Ed
+.Bl -column "MacroX" "CallableX" "ParsedX" "closed by XXX" -offset indent
+.It Em Macro Ta Em Callable Ta Em Parsed Ta Em Scope
+.It Sx \&Bd  Ta    \&No     Ta    \&No     Ta    closed by Sx \&Ed
+.It Sx \&Bf  Ta    \&No     Ta    \&No     Ta    closed by Sx \&Ef
+.It Sx \&Bk  Ta    \&No     Ta    \&No     Ta    closed by Sx \&Ek
+.It Sx \&Bl  Ta    \&No     Ta    \&No     Ta    closed by Sx \&El
+.It Sx \&Ed  Ta    \&No     Ta    \&No     Ta    opened by Sx \&Bd
+.It Sx \&Ef  Ta    \&No     Ta    \&No     Ta    opened by Sx \&Bf
+.It Sx \&Ek  Ta    \&No     Ta    \&No     Ta    opened by Sx \&Bk
+.It Sx \&El  Ta    \&No     Ta    \&No     Ta    opened by Sx \&Bl
+.El
+.Ss Block full-implicit
+Multi-line scope closed by end-of-file or implicitly by another macro.
+All macros have bodies; some
+.Po
+.Sx \&It Fl bullet ,
+.Fl hyphen ,
+.Fl dash ,
+.Fl enum ,
+.Fl item
+.Pc
+don't have heads; only one
+.Po
+.Sx \&It
+in
+.Sx \&Bl Fl column
+.Pc
+has multiple heads.
+.Bd -literal -offset indent
+\&.Yo \(lB\-arg \(lBparm...\(rB\(rB \(lBhead... \(lBTa head...\(rB\(rB
+\(lBbody...\(rB
+.Ed
+.Bl -column "MacroX" "CallableX" "ParsedX" "closed by XXXXXXXXXXX" -offset indent
+.It Em Macro Ta Em Callable Ta Em Parsed Ta Em Scope
+.It Sx \&It Ta \&No Ta Yes  Ta closed by Sx \&It , Sx \&El
+.It Sx \&Nd Ta \&No Ta \&No Ta closed by Sx \&Sh
+.It Sx \&Nm Ta \&No Ta Yes  Ta closed by Sx \&Nm , Sx \&Sh , Sx \&Ss
+.It Sx \&Sh Ta \&No Ta Yes  Ta closed by Sx \&Sh
+.It Sx \&Ss Ta \&No Ta Yes  Ta closed by Sx \&Sh , Sx \&Ss
+.El
+.Pp
+Note that the
+.Sx \&Nm
+macro is a
+.Sx Block full-implicit
+macro only when invoked as the first macro
+in a
+.Em SYNOPSIS
+section line, else it is
+.Sx In-line .
+.Ss Block partial-explicit
+Like block full-explicit, but also with single-line scope.
+Each has at least a body and, in limited circumstances, a head
+.Po
+.Sx \&Fo ,
+.Sx \&Eo
+.Pc
+and/or tail
+.Pq Sx \&Ec .
+.Bd -literal -offset indent
+\&.Yo \(lB\-arg \(lBparm...\(rB\(rB \(lBhead...\(rB
+\(lBbody...\(rB
+\&.Yc \(lBtail...\(rB
+
+\&.Yo \(lB\-arg \(lBparm...\(rB\(rB \(lBhead...\(rB \
+\(lBbody...\(rB \&Yc \(lBtail...\(rB
+.Ed
+.Bl -column "MacroX" "CallableX" "ParsedX" "closed by XXXX" -offset indent
+.It Em Macro Ta Em Callable Ta Em Parsed Ta Em Scope
+.It Sx \&Ac  Ta    Yes      Ta    Yes      Ta    opened by Sx \&Ao
+.It Sx \&Ao  Ta    Yes      Ta    Yes      Ta    closed by Sx \&Ac
+.It Sx \&Bc  Ta    Yes      Ta    Yes      Ta    closed by Sx \&Bo
+.It Sx \&Bo  Ta    Yes      Ta    Yes      Ta    opened by Sx \&Bc
+.It Sx \&Brc Ta    Yes      Ta    Yes      Ta    opened by Sx \&Bro
+.It Sx \&Bro Ta    Yes      Ta    Yes      Ta    closed by Sx \&Brc
+.It Sx \&Dc  Ta    Yes      Ta    Yes      Ta    opened by Sx \&Do
+.It Sx \&Do  Ta    Yes      Ta    Yes      Ta    closed by Sx \&Dc
+.It Sx \&Ec  Ta    Yes      Ta    Yes      Ta    opened by Sx \&Eo
+.It Sx \&Eo  Ta    Yes      Ta    Yes      Ta    closed by Sx \&Ec
+.It Sx \&Fc  Ta    Yes      Ta    Yes      Ta    opened by Sx \&Fo
+.It Sx \&Fo  Ta    \&No     Ta    \&No     Ta    closed by Sx \&Fc
+.It Sx \&Oc  Ta    Yes      Ta    Yes      Ta    closed by Sx \&Oo
+.It Sx \&Oo  Ta    Yes      Ta    Yes      Ta    opened by Sx \&Oc
+.It Sx \&Pc  Ta    Yes      Ta    Yes      Ta    closed by Sx \&Po
+.It Sx \&Po  Ta    Yes      Ta    Yes      Ta    opened by Sx \&Pc
+.It Sx \&Qc  Ta    Yes      Ta    Yes      Ta    opened by Sx \&Oo
+.It Sx \&Qo  Ta    Yes      Ta    Yes      Ta    closed by Sx \&Oc
+.It Sx \&Re  Ta    \&No     Ta    \&No     Ta    opened by Sx \&Rs
+.It Sx \&Rs  Ta    \&No     Ta    \&No     Ta    closed by Sx \&Re
+.It Sx \&Sc  Ta    Yes      Ta    Yes      Ta    opened by Sx \&So
+.It Sx \&So  Ta    Yes      Ta    Yes      Ta    closed by Sx \&Sc
+.It Sx \&Xc  Ta    Yes      Ta    Yes      Ta    opened by Sx \&Xo
+.It Sx \&Xo  Ta    Yes      Ta    Yes      Ta    closed by Sx \&Xc
+.El
+.Ss Block partial-implicit
+Like block full-implicit, but with single-line scope closed by the
+end of the line.
+.Bd -literal -offset indent
+\&.Yo \(lB\-arg \(lBval...\(rB\(rB \(lBbody...\(rB \(lBres...\(rB
+.Ed
+.Bl -column "MacroX" "CallableX" "ParsedX" -offset indent
+.It Em Macro Ta Em Callable Ta Em Parsed
+.It Sx \&Aq  Ta    Yes      Ta    Yes
+.It Sx \&Bq  Ta    Yes      Ta    Yes
+.It Sx \&Brq Ta    Yes      Ta    Yes
+.It Sx \&D1  Ta    \&No     Ta    \&Yes
+.It Sx \&Dl  Ta    \&No     Ta    Yes
+.It Sx \&Dq  Ta    Yes      Ta    Yes
+.It Sx \&Op  Ta    Yes      Ta    Yes
+.It Sx \&Pq  Ta    Yes      Ta    Yes
+.It Sx \&Ql  Ta    Yes      Ta    Yes
+.It Sx \&Qq  Ta    Yes      Ta    Yes
+.It Sx \&Sq  Ta    Yes      Ta    Yes
+.It Sx \&Vt  Ta    Yes      Ta    Yes
+.El
+.Pp
+Note that the
+.Sx \&Vt
+macro is a
+.Sx Block partial-implicit
+only when invoked as the first macro
+in a
+.Em SYNOPSIS
+section line, else it is
+.Sx In-line .
+.Ss Special block macro
+The
+.Sx \&Ta
+macro can only be used below
+.Sx \&It
+in
+.Sx \&Bl Fl column
+lists.
+It delimits blocks representing table cells;
+these blocks have bodies, but no heads.
+.Bl -column "MacroX" "CallableX" "ParsedX" "closed by XXXX" -offset indent
+.It Em Macro Ta Em Callable Ta Em Parsed Ta Em Scope
+.It Sx \&Ta  Ta    Yes      Ta    Yes    Ta closed by Sx \&Ta , Sx \&It
+.El
+.Ss In-line
+Closed by the end of the line, fixed argument lengths,
+and/or subsequent macros.
+In-line macros have only text children.
+If a number (or inequality) of arguments is
+.Pq n ,
+then the macro accepts an arbitrary number of arguments.
+.Bd -literal -offset indent
+\&.Yo \(lB\-arg \(lBval...\(rB\(rB \(lBargs...\(rB \(lBres...\(rB
+
+\&.Yo \(lB\-arg \(lBval...\(rB\(rB \(lBargs...\(rB Yc...
+
+\&.Yo \(lB\-arg \(lBval...\(rB\(rB arg0 arg1 argN
+.Ed
+.Bl -column "MacroX" "CallableX" "ParsedX" "Arguments" -offset indent
+.It Em Macro Ta Em Callable Ta Em Parsed Ta Em Arguments
+.It Sx \&%A  Ta    \&No     Ta    \&No     Ta    >0
+.It Sx \&%B  Ta    \&No     Ta    \&No     Ta    >0
+.It Sx \&%C  Ta    \&No     Ta    \&No     Ta    >0
+.It Sx \&%D  Ta    \&No     Ta    \&No     Ta    >0
+.It Sx \&%I  Ta    \&No     Ta    \&No     Ta    >0
+.It Sx \&%J  Ta    \&No     Ta    \&No     Ta    >0
+.It Sx \&%N  Ta    \&No     Ta    \&No     Ta    >0
+.It Sx \&%O  Ta    \&No     Ta    \&No     Ta    >0
+.It Sx \&%P  Ta    \&No     Ta    \&No     Ta    >0
+.It Sx \&%Q  Ta    \&No     Ta    \&No     Ta    >0
+.It Sx \&%R  Ta    \&No     Ta    \&No     Ta    >0
+.It Sx \&%T  Ta    \&No     Ta    \&No     Ta    >0
+.It Sx \&%U  Ta    \&No     Ta    \&No     Ta    >0
+.It Sx \&%V  Ta    \&No     Ta    \&No     Ta    >0
+.It Sx \&Ad  Ta    Yes      Ta    Yes      Ta    >0
+.It Sx \&An  Ta    Yes      Ta    Yes      Ta    >0
+.It Sx \&Ap  Ta    Yes      Ta    Yes      Ta    0
+.It Sx \&Ar  Ta    Yes      Ta    Yes      Ta    n
+.It Sx \&At  Ta    Yes      Ta    Yes      Ta    1
+.It Sx \&Bsx Ta    Yes      Ta    Yes      Ta    n
+.It Sx \&Bt  Ta    \&No     Ta    \&No     Ta    0
+.It Sx \&Bx  Ta    Yes      Ta    Yes      Ta    n
+.It Sx \&Cd  Ta    Yes      Ta    Yes      Ta    >0
+.It Sx \&Cm  Ta    Yes      Ta    Yes      Ta    >0
+.It Sx \&Db  Ta    \&No     Ta    \&No     Ta    1
+.It Sx \&Dd  Ta    \&No     Ta    \&No     Ta    n
+.It Sx \&Dt  Ta    \&No     Ta    \&No     Ta    n
+.It Sx \&Dv  Ta    Yes      Ta    Yes      Ta    >0
+.It Sx \&Dx  Ta    Yes      Ta    Yes      Ta    n
+.It Sx \&Em  Ta    Yes      Ta    Yes      Ta    >0
+.It Sx \&En  Ta    \&No     Ta    \&No     Ta    0
+.It Sx \&Er  Ta    Yes      Ta    Yes      Ta    >0
+.It Sx \&Es  Ta    \&No     Ta    \&No     Ta    0
+.It Sx \&Ev  Ta    Yes      Ta    Yes      Ta    >0
+.It Sx \&Ex  Ta    \&No     Ta    \&No     Ta    n
+.It Sx \&Fa  Ta    Yes      Ta    Yes      Ta    >0
+.It Sx \&Fd  Ta    \&No     Ta    \&No     Ta    >0
+.It Sx \&Fl  Ta    Yes      Ta    Yes      Ta    n
+.It Sx \&Fn  Ta    Yes      Ta    Yes      Ta    >0
+.It Sx \&Fr  Ta    \&No     Ta    \&No     Ta    n
+.It Sx \&Ft  Ta    Yes      Ta    Yes      Ta    >0
+.It Sx \&Fx  Ta    Yes      Ta    Yes      Ta    n
+.It Sx \&Hf  Ta    \&No     Ta    \&No     Ta    n
+.It Sx \&Ic  Ta    Yes      Ta    Yes      Ta    >0
+.It Sx \&In  Ta    \&No     Ta    \&No     Ta    1
+.It Sx \&Lb  Ta    \&No     Ta    \&No     Ta    1
+.It Sx \&Li  Ta    Yes      Ta    Yes      Ta    >0
+.It Sx \&Lk  Ta    Yes      Ta    Yes      Ta    >0
+.It Sx \&Lp  Ta    \&No     Ta    \&No     Ta    0
+.It Sx \&Ms  Ta    Yes      Ta    Yes      Ta    >0
+.It Sx \&Mt  Ta    Yes      Ta    Yes      Ta    >0
+.It Sx \&Nm  Ta    Yes      Ta    Yes      Ta    n
+.It Sx \&No  Ta    Yes      Ta    Yes      Ta    0
+.It Sx \&Ns  Ta    Yes      Ta    Yes      Ta    0
+.It Sx \&Nx  Ta    Yes      Ta    Yes      Ta    n
+.It Sx \&Os  Ta    \&No     Ta    \&No     Ta    n
+.It Sx \&Ot  Ta    \&No     Ta    \&No     Ta    n
+.It Sx \&Ox  Ta    Yes      Ta    Yes      Ta    n
+.It Sx \&Pa  Ta    Yes      Ta    Yes      Ta    n
+.It Sx \&Pf  Ta    Yes      Ta    Yes      Ta    1
+.It Sx \&Pp  Ta    \&No     Ta    \&No     Ta    0
+.It Sx \&Rv  Ta    \&No     Ta    \&No     Ta    n
+.It Sx \&Sm  Ta    \&No     Ta    \&No     Ta    1
+.It Sx \&St  Ta    \&No     Ta    Yes      Ta    1
+.It Sx \&Sx  Ta    Yes      Ta    Yes      Ta    >0
+.It Sx \&Sy  Ta    Yes      Ta    Yes      Ta    >0
+.It Sx \&Tn  Ta    Yes      Ta    Yes      Ta    >0
+.It Sx \&Ud  Ta    \&No     Ta    \&No     Ta    0
+.It Sx \&Ux  Ta    Yes      Ta    Yes      Ta    n
+.It Sx \&Va  Ta    Yes      Ta    Yes      Ta    n
+.It Sx \&Vt  Ta    Yes      Ta    Yes      Ta    >0
+.It Sx \&Xr  Ta    Yes      Ta    Yes      Ta    >0
+.It Sx \&br  Ta    \&No     Ta    \&No     Ta    0
+.It Sx \&sp  Ta    \&No     Ta    \&No     Ta    1
+.El
+.Ss Delimiters
+When a macro argument consists of one single input character
+considered as a delimiter, the argument gets special handling.
+This does not apply when delimiters appear in arguments containing
+more than one character.
+Consequently, to prevent special handling and just handle it
+like any other argument, a delimiter can be escaped by prepending
+a zero-width space
+.Pq Sq \e& .
+In text lines, delimiters never need escaping, but may be used
+as normal punctuation.
+.Pp
+For many macros, when the leading arguments are opening delimiters,
+these delimiters are put before the macro scope,
+and when the trailing arguments are closing delimiters,
+these delimiters are put after the macro scope.
+For example,
+.Pp
+.D1 Pf \. \&Aq "( [ word ] ) ."
+.Pp
+renders as:
+.Pp
+.D1 Aq ( [ word ] ) .
+.Pp
+Opening delimiters are:
+.Pp
+.Bl -tag -width Ds -offset indent -compact
+.It \&(
+left parenthesis
+.It \&[
+left bracket
+.El
+.Pp
+Closing delimiters are:
+.Pp
+.Bl -tag -width Ds -offset indent -compact
+.It \&.
+period
+.It \&,
+comma
+.It \&:
+colon
+.It \&;
+semicolon
+.It \&)
+right parenthesis
+.It \&]
+right bracket
+.It \&?
+question mark
+.It \&!
+exclamation mark
+.El
+.Pp
+Note that even a period preceded by a backslash
+.Pq Sq \e.\&
+gets this special handling; use
+.Sq \e&.
+to prevent that.
+.Pp
+Many in-line macros interrupt their scope when they encounter
+delimiters, and resume their scope when more arguments follow that
+are not delimiters.
+For example,
+.Pp
+.D1 Pf \. \&Fl "a ( b | c \e*(Ba d ) e"
+.Pp
+renders as:
+.Pp
+.D1 Fl a ( b | c \*(Ba d ) e
+.Pp
+This applies to both opening and closing delimiters,
+and also to the middle delimiter:
+.Pp
+.Bl -tag -width Ds -offset indent -compact
+.It \&|
+vertical bar
+.El
+.Pp
+As a special case, the predefined string \e*(Ba is handled and rendered
+in the same way as a plain
+.Sq \&|
+character.
+Using this predefined string is not recommended in new manuals.
+.Ss Font handling
+In
+.Nm
+documents, usage of semantic markup is recommended in order to have
+proper fonts automatically selected; only when no fitting semantic markup
+is available, consider falling back to
+.Sx Physical markup
+macros.
+Whenever any
+.Nm
+macro switches the
+.Xr roff 7
+font mode, it will automatically restore the previous font when exiting
+its scope.
+Manually switching the font using the
+.Xr roff 7
+.Ql \ef
+font escape sequences is never required.
+.Sh COMPATIBILITY
+This section documents compatibility between mandoc and other other
+troff implementations, at this time limited to GNU troff
+.Pq Qq groff .
+The term
+.Qq historic groff
+refers to groff versions before 1.17,
+which featured a significant update of the
+.Pa doc.tmac
+file.
+.Pp
+Heirloom troff, the other significant troff implementation accepting
+\-mdoc, is similar to historic groff.
+.Pp
+The following problematic behaviour is found in groff:
+.ds hist (Historic groff only.)
+.Pp
+.Bl -dash -compact
+.It
+Display macros
+.Po
+.Sx \&Bd ,
+.Sx \&Dl ,
+and
+.Sx \&D1
+.Pc
+may not be nested.
+\*[hist]
+.It
+.Sx \&At
+with unknown arguments produces no output at all.
+\*[hist]
+Newer groff and mandoc print
+.Qq AT&T UNIX
+and the arguments.
+.It
+.Sx \&Bl Fl column
+does not recognise trailing punctuation characters when they immediately
+precede tabulator characters, but treats them as normal text and
+outputs a space before them.
+.It
+.Sx \&Bd Fl ragged compact
+does not start a new line.
+\*[hist]
+.It
+.Sx \&Dd
+with non-standard arguments behaves very strangely.
+When there are three arguments, they are printed verbatim.
+Any other number of arguments is replaced by the current date,
+but without any arguments the string
+.Dq Epoch
+is printed.
+.It
+.Sx \&Fl
+does not print a dash for an empty argument.
+\*[hist]
+.It
+.Sx \&Fn
+does not start a new line unless invoked as the line macro in the
+.Em SYNOPSIS
+section.
+\*[hist]
+.It
+.Sx \&Fo
+with
+.Pf non- Sx \&Fa
+children causes inconsistent spacing between arguments.
+In mandoc, a single space is always inserted between arguments.
+.It
+.Sx \&Ft
+in the
+.Em SYNOPSIS
+causes inconsistent vertical spacing, depending on whether a prior
+.Sx \&Fn
+has been invoked.
+See
+.Sx \&Ft
+and
+.Sx \&Fn
+for the normalised behaviour in mandoc.
+.It
+.Sx \&In
+ignores additional arguments and is not treated specially in the
+.Em SYNOPSIS .
+\*[hist]
+.It
+.Sx \&It
+sometimes requires a
+.Fl nested
+flag.
+\*[hist]
+In new groff and mandoc, any list may be nested by default and
+.Fl enum
+lists will restart the sequence only for the sub-list.
+.It
+.Sx \&Li
+followed by a delimiter is incorrectly used in some manuals
+instead of properly quoting that character, which sometimes works with
+historic groff.
+.It
+.Sx \&Lk
+only accepts a single link-name argument; the remainder is misformatted.
+.It
+.Sx \&Pa
+does not format its arguments when used in the FILES section under
+certain list types.
+.It
+.Sx \&Ta
+can only be called by other macros, but not at the beginning of a line.
+.It
+.Sx \&%C
+is not implemented.
+.It
+Historic groff only allows up to eight or nine arguments per macro input
+line, depending on the exact situation.
+Providing more arguments causes garbled output.
+The number of arguments on one input line is not limited with mandoc.
+.It
+Historic groff has many un-callable macros.
+Most of these (excluding some block-level macros) are callable
+in new groff and mandoc.
+.It
+.Sq \(ba
+(vertical bar) is not fully supported as a delimiter.
+\*[hist]
+.It
+.Sq \ef
+.Pq font face
+and
+.Sq \ef
+.Pq font family face
+.Sx Text Decoration
+escapes behave irregularly when specified within line-macro scopes.
+.It
+Negative scaling units return to prior lines.
+Instead, mandoc truncates them to zero.
+.El
+.Pp
+The following features are unimplemented in mandoc:
+.Pp
+.Bl -dash -compact
+.It
+.Sx \&Bd
+.Fl file Ar file .
+.It
+.Sx \&Bd
+.Fl offset Ar center
+and
+.Fl offset Ar right .
+Groff does not implement centred and flush-right rendering either,
+but produces large indentations.
+.It
+The
+.Sq \eh
+.Pq horizontal position ,
+.Sq \ev
+.Pq vertical position ,
+.Sq \em
+.Pq text colour ,
+.Sq \eM
+.Pq text filling colour ,
+.Sq \ez
+.Pq zero-length character ,
+.Sq \ew
+.Pq string length ,
+.Sq \ek
+.Pq horizontal position marker ,
+.Sq \eo
+.Pq text overstrike ,
+and
+.Sq \es
+.Pq text size
+escape sequences are all discarded in mandoc.
+.It
+The
+.Sq \ef
+scaling unit is accepted by mandoc, but rendered as the default unit.
+.It
+In quoted literals, groff allows pairwise double-quotes to produce a
+standalone double-quote in formatted output.
+This is not supported by mandoc.
+.El
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr man 1 ,
+.Xr mandoc 1 ,
+.Xr eqn 7 ,
+.Xr man 7 ,
+.Xr mandoc_char 7 ,
+.Xr roff 7 ,
+.Xr tbl 7
+.Sh HISTORY
+The
+.Nm
+language first appeared as a troff macro package in
+.Bx 4.4 .
+It was later significantly updated by Werner Lemberg and Ruslan Ermilov
+in groff-1.17.
+The standalone implementation that is part of the
+.Xr mandoc 1
+utility written by Kristaps Dzonsons appeared in
+.Ox 4.6 .
+.Sh AUTHORS
+The
+.Nm
+reference was written by
+.An Kristaps Dzonsons ,
+.Mt kristaps@bsd.lv .
diff --git a/contrib/mdocml/mdoc.c b/contrib/mdocml/mdoc.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..81a4ffc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/mdocml/mdoc.c
@@ -0,0 +1,987 @@
+/*	$Id: mdoc.c,v 1.196 2011/09/30 00:13:28 schwarze Exp $ */
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011 Kristaps Dzonsons <kristaps@bsd.lv>
+ * Copyright (c) 2010 Ingo Schwarze <schwarze@openbsd.org>
+ *
+ * Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software for any
+ * purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above
+ * copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies.
+ *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" AND THE AUTHOR DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES
+ * WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
+ * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR
+ * ANY SPECIAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES
+ * WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN
+ * ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF
+ * OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
+ */
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+#include "config.h"
+#endif
+
+#include <sys/types.h>
+
+#include <assert.h>
+#include <stdarg.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <time.h>
+
+#include "mdoc.h"
+#include "mandoc.h"
+#include "libmdoc.h"
+#include "libmandoc.h"
+
+const	char *const __mdoc_macronames[MDOC_MAX] = {		 
+	"Ap",		"Dd",		"Dt",		"Os",
+	"Sh",		"Ss",		"Pp",		"D1",
+	"Dl",		"Bd",		"Ed",		"Bl",
+	"El",		"It",		"Ad",		"An",
+	"Ar",		"Cd",		"Cm",		"Dv",
+	"Er",		"Ev",		"Ex",		"Fa",
+	"Fd",		"Fl",		"Fn",		"Ft",
+	"Ic",		"In",		"Li",		"Nd",
+	"Nm",		"Op",		"Ot",		"Pa",
+	"Rv",		"St",		"Va",		"Vt",
+	/* LINTED */
+	"Xr",		"%A",		"%B",		"%D",
+	/* LINTED */
+	"%I",		"%J",		"%N",		"%O",
+	/* LINTED */
+	"%P",		"%R",		"%T",		"%V",
+	"Ac",		"Ao",		"Aq",		"At",
+	"Bc",		"Bf",		"Bo",		"Bq",
+	"Bsx",		"Bx",		"Db",		"Dc",
+	"Do",		"Dq",		"Ec",		"Ef",
+	"Em",		"Eo",		"Fx",		"Ms",
+	"No",		"Ns",		"Nx",		"Ox",
+	"Pc",		"Pf",		"Po",		"Pq",
+	"Qc",		"Ql",		"Qo",		"Qq",
+	"Re",		"Rs",		"Sc",		"So",
+	"Sq",		"Sm",		"Sx",		"Sy",
+	"Tn",		"Ux",		"Xc",		"Xo",
+	"Fo",		"Fc",		"Oo",		"Oc",
+	"Bk",		"Ek",		"Bt",		"Hf",
+	"Fr",		"Ud",		"Lb",		"Lp",
+	"Lk",		"Mt",		"Brq",		"Bro",
+	/* LINTED */
+	"Brc",		"%C",		"Es",		"En",
+	/* LINTED */
+	"Dx",		"%Q",		"br",		"sp",
+	/* LINTED */
+	"%U",		"Ta"
+	};
+
+const	char *const __mdoc_argnames[MDOC_ARG_MAX] = {		 
+	"split",		"nosplit",		"ragged",
+	"unfilled",		"literal",		"file",		 
+	"offset",		"bullet",		"dash",		 
+	"hyphen",		"item",			"enum",		 
+	"tag",			"diag",			"hang",		 
+	"ohang",		"inset",		"column",	 
+	"width",		"compact",		"std",	 
+	"filled",		"words",		"emphasis",
+	"symbolic",		"nested",		"centered"
+	};
+
+const	char * const *mdoc_macronames = __mdoc_macronames;
+const	char * const *mdoc_argnames = __mdoc_argnames;
+
+static	void		  mdoc_node_free(struct mdoc_node *);
+static	void		  mdoc_node_unlink(struct mdoc *, 
+				struct mdoc_node *);
+static	void		  mdoc_free1(struct mdoc *);
+static	void		  mdoc_alloc1(struct mdoc *);
+static	struct mdoc_node *node_alloc(struct mdoc *, int, int, 
+				enum mdoct, enum mdoc_type);
+static	int		  node_append(struct mdoc *, 
+				struct mdoc_node *);
+#if 0
+static	int		  mdoc_preptext(struct mdoc *, int, char *, int);
+#endif
+static	int		  mdoc_ptext(struct mdoc *, int, char *, int);
+static	int		  mdoc_pmacro(struct mdoc *, int, char *, int);
+
+const struct mdoc_node *
+mdoc_node(const struct mdoc *m)
+{
+
+	assert( ! (MDOC_HALT & m->flags));
+	return(m->first);
+}
+
+
+const struct mdoc_meta *
+mdoc_meta(const struct mdoc *m)
+{
+
+	assert( ! (MDOC_HALT & m->flags));
+	return(&m->meta);
+}
+
+
+/*
+ * Frees volatile resources (parse tree, meta-data, fields).
+ */
+static void
+mdoc_free1(struct mdoc *mdoc)
+{
+
+	if (mdoc->first)
+		mdoc_node_delete(mdoc, mdoc->first);
+	if (mdoc->meta.title)
+		free(mdoc->meta.title);
+	if (mdoc->meta.os)
+		free(mdoc->meta.os);
+	if (mdoc->meta.name)
+		free(mdoc->meta.name);
+	if (mdoc->meta.arch)
+		free(mdoc->meta.arch);
+	if (mdoc->meta.vol)
+		free(mdoc->meta.vol);
+	if (mdoc->meta.msec)
+		free(mdoc->meta.msec);
+	if (mdoc->meta.date)
+		free(mdoc->meta.date);
+}
+
+
+/*
+ * Allocate all volatile resources (parse tree, meta-data, fields).
+ */
+static void
+mdoc_alloc1(struct mdoc *mdoc)
+{
+
+	memset(&mdoc->meta, 0, sizeof(struct mdoc_meta));
+	mdoc->flags = 0;
+	mdoc->lastnamed = mdoc->lastsec = SEC_NONE;
+	mdoc->last = mandoc_calloc(1, sizeof(struct mdoc_node));
+	mdoc->first = mdoc->last;
+	mdoc->last->type = MDOC_ROOT;
+	mdoc->last->tok = MDOC_MAX;
+	mdoc->next = MDOC_NEXT_CHILD;
+}
+
+
+/*
+ * Free up volatile resources (see mdoc_free1()) then re-initialises the
+ * data with mdoc_alloc1().  After invocation, parse data has been reset
+ * and the parser is ready for re-invocation on a new tree; however,
+ * cross-parse non-volatile data is kept intact.
+ */
+void
+mdoc_reset(struct mdoc *mdoc)
+{
+
+	mdoc_free1(mdoc);
+	mdoc_alloc1(mdoc);
+}
+
+
+/*
+ * Completely free up all volatile and non-volatile parse resources.
+ * After invocation, the pointer is no longer usable.
+ */
+void
+mdoc_free(struct mdoc *mdoc)
+{
+
+	mdoc_free1(mdoc);
+	free(mdoc);
+}
+
+
+/*
+ * Allocate volatile and non-volatile parse resources.  
+ */
+struct mdoc *
+mdoc_alloc(struct roff *roff, struct mparse *parse)
+{
+	struct mdoc	*p;
+
+	p = mandoc_calloc(1, sizeof(struct mdoc));
+
+	p->parse = parse;
+	p->roff = roff;
+
+	mdoc_hash_init();
+	mdoc_alloc1(p);
+	return(p);
+}
+
+
+/*
+ * Climb back up the parse tree, validating open scopes.  Mostly calls
+ * through to macro_end() in macro.c.
+ */
+int
+mdoc_endparse(struct mdoc *m)
+{
+
+	assert( ! (MDOC_HALT & m->flags));
+	if (mdoc_macroend(m))
+		return(1);
+	m->flags |= MDOC_HALT;
+	return(0);
+}
+
+int
+mdoc_addeqn(struct mdoc *m, const struct eqn *ep)
+{
+	struct mdoc_node *n;
+
+	assert( ! (MDOC_HALT & m->flags));
+
+	/* No text before an initial macro. */
+
+	if (SEC_NONE == m->lastnamed) {
+		mdoc_pmsg(m, ep->ln, ep->pos, MANDOCERR_NOTEXT);
+		return(1);
+	}
+
+	n = node_alloc(m, ep->ln, ep->pos, MDOC_MAX, MDOC_EQN);
+	n->eqn = ep;
+
+	if ( ! node_append(m, n))
+		return(0);
+
+	m->next = MDOC_NEXT_SIBLING;
+	return(1);
+}
+
+int
+mdoc_addspan(struct mdoc *m, const struct tbl_span *sp)
+{
+	struct mdoc_node *n;
+
+	assert( ! (MDOC_HALT & m->flags));
+
+	/* No text before an initial macro. */
+
+	if (SEC_NONE == m->lastnamed) {
+		mdoc_pmsg(m, sp->line, 0, MANDOCERR_NOTEXT);
+		return(1);
+	}
+
+	n = node_alloc(m, sp->line, 0, MDOC_MAX, MDOC_TBL);
+	n->span = sp;
+
+	if ( ! node_append(m, n))
+		return(0);
+
+	m->next = MDOC_NEXT_SIBLING;
+	return(1);
+}
+
+
+/*
+ * Main parse routine.  Parses a single line -- really just hands off to
+ * the macro (mdoc_pmacro()) or text parser (mdoc_ptext()).
+ */
+int
+mdoc_parseln(struct mdoc *m, int ln, char *buf, int offs)
+{
+
+	assert( ! (MDOC_HALT & m->flags));
+
+	m->flags |= MDOC_NEWLINE;
+
+	/*
+	 * Let the roff nS register switch SYNOPSIS mode early,
+	 * such that the parser knows at all times
+	 * whether this mode is on or off.
+	 * Note that this mode is also switched by the Sh macro.
+	 */
+	if (roff_regisset(m->roff, REG_nS)) {
+		if (roff_regget(m->roff, REG_nS))
+			m->flags |= MDOC_SYNOPSIS;
+		else
+			m->flags &= ~MDOC_SYNOPSIS;
+	}
+
+	return(mandoc_getcontrol(buf, &offs) ?
+			mdoc_pmacro(m, ln, buf, offs) :
+			mdoc_ptext(m, ln, buf, offs));
+}
+
+int
+mdoc_macro(MACRO_PROT_ARGS)
+{
+	assert(tok < MDOC_MAX);
+
+	/* If we're in the body, deny prologue calls. */
+
+	if (MDOC_PROLOGUE & mdoc_macros[tok].flags && 
+			MDOC_PBODY & m->flags) {
+		mdoc_pmsg(m, line, ppos, MANDOCERR_BADBODY);
+		return(1);
+	}
+
+	/* If we're in the prologue, deny "body" macros.  */
+
+	if ( ! (MDOC_PROLOGUE & mdoc_macros[tok].flags) && 
+			! (MDOC_PBODY & m->flags)) {
+		mdoc_pmsg(m, line, ppos, MANDOCERR_BADPROLOG);
+		if (NULL == m->meta.msec)
+			m->meta.msec = mandoc_strdup("1");
+		if (NULL == m->meta.title)
+			m->meta.title = mandoc_strdup("UNKNOWN");
+		if (NULL == m->meta.vol)
+			m->meta.vol = mandoc_strdup("LOCAL");
+		if (NULL == m->meta.os)
+			m->meta.os = mandoc_strdup("LOCAL");
+		if (NULL == m->meta.date)
+			m->meta.date = mandoc_normdate
+				(m->parse, NULL, line, ppos);
+		m->flags |= MDOC_PBODY;
+	}
+
+	return((*mdoc_macros[tok].fp)(m, tok, line, ppos, pos, buf));
+}
+
+
+static int
+node_append(struct mdoc *mdoc, struct mdoc_node *p)
+{
+
+	assert(mdoc->last);
+	assert(mdoc->first);
+	assert(MDOC_ROOT != p->type);
+
+	switch (mdoc->next) {
+	case (MDOC_NEXT_SIBLING):
+		mdoc->last->next = p;
+		p->prev = mdoc->last;
+		p->parent = mdoc->last->parent;
+		break;
+	case (MDOC_NEXT_CHILD):
+		mdoc->last->child = p;
+		p->parent = mdoc->last;
+		break;
+	default:
+		abort();
+		/* NOTREACHED */
+	}
+
+	p->parent->nchild++;
+
+	/*
+	 * Copy over the normalised-data pointer of our parent.  Not
+	 * everybody has one, but copying a null pointer is fine.
+	 */
+
+	switch (p->type) {
+	case (MDOC_BODY):
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+	case (MDOC_TAIL):
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+	case (MDOC_HEAD):
+		p->norm = p->parent->norm;
+		break;
+	default:
+		break;
+	}
+
+	if ( ! mdoc_valid_pre(mdoc, p))
+		return(0);
+
+	switch (p->type) {
+	case (MDOC_HEAD):
+		assert(MDOC_BLOCK == p->parent->type);
+		p->parent->head = p;
+		break;
+	case (MDOC_TAIL):
+		assert(MDOC_BLOCK == p->parent->type);
+		p->parent->tail = p;
+		break;
+	case (MDOC_BODY):
+		if (p->end)
+			break;
+		assert(MDOC_BLOCK == p->parent->type);
+		p->parent->body = p;
+		break;
+	default:
+		break;
+	}
+
+	mdoc->last = p;
+
+	switch (p->type) {
+	case (MDOC_TBL):
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+	case (MDOC_TEXT):
+		if ( ! mdoc_valid_post(mdoc))
+			return(0);
+		break;
+	default:
+		break;
+	}
+
+	return(1);
+}
+
+
+static struct mdoc_node *
+node_alloc(struct mdoc *m, int line, int pos, 
+		enum mdoct tok, enum mdoc_type type)
+{
+	struct mdoc_node *p;
+
+	p = mandoc_calloc(1, sizeof(struct mdoc_node));
+	p->sec = m->lastsec;
+	p->line = line;
+	p->pos = pos;
+	p->tok = tok;
+	p->type = type;
+
+	/* Flag analysis. */
+
+	if (MDOC_SYNOPSIS & m->flags)
+		p->flags |= MDOC_SYNPRETTY;
+	else
+		p->flags &= ~MDOC_SYNPRETTY;
+	if (MDOC_NEWLINE & m->flags)
+		p->flags |= MDOC_LINE;
+	m->flags &= ~MDOC_NEWLINE;
+
+	return(p);
+}
+
+
+int
+mdoc_tail_alloc(struct mdoc *m, int line, int pos, enum mdoct tok)
+{
+	struct mdoc_node *p;
+
+	p = node_alloc(m, line, pos, tok, MDOC_TAIL);
+	if ( ! node_append(m, p))
+		return(0);
+	m->next = MDOC_NEXT_CHILD;
+	return(1);
+}
+
+
+int
+mdoc_head_alloc(struct mdoc *m, int line, int pos, enum mdoct tok)
+{
+	struct mdoc_node *p;
+
+	assert(m->first);
+	assert(m->last);
+
+	p = node_alloc(m, line, pos, tok, MDOC_HEAD);
+	if ( ! node_append(m, p))
+		return(0);
+	m->next = MDOC_NEXT_CHILD;
+	return(1);
+}
+
+
+int
+mdoc_body_alloc(struct mdoc *m, int line, int pos, enum mdoct tok)
+{
+	struct mdoc_node *p;
+
+	p = node_alloc(m, line, pos, tok, MDOC_BODY);
+	if ( ! node_append(m, p))
+		return(0);
+	m->next = MDOC_NEXT_CHILD;
+	return(1);
+}
+
+
+int
+mdoc_endbody_alloc(struct mdoc *m, int line, int pos, enum mdoct tok,
+		struct mdoc_node *body, enum mdoc_endbody end)
+{
+	struct mdoc_node *p;
+
+	p = node_alloc(m, line, pos, tok, MDOC_BODY);
+	p->pending = body;
+	p->end = end;
+	if ( ! node_append(m, p))
+		return(0);
+	m->next = MDOC_NEXT_SIBLING;
+	return(1);
+}
+
+
+int
+mdoc_block_alloc(struct mdoc *m, int line, int pos, 
+		enum mdoct tok, struct mdoc_arg *args)
+{
+	struct mdoc_node *p;
+
+	p = node_alloc(m, line, pos, tok, MDOC_BLOCK);
+	p->args = args;
+	if (p->args)
+		(args->refcnt)++;
+
+	switch (tok) {
+	case (MDOC_Bd):
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+	case (MDOC_Bf):
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+	case (MDOC_Bl):
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+	case (MDOC_Rs):
+		p->norm = mandoc_calloc(1, sizeof(union mdoc_data));
+		break;
+	default:
+		break;
+	}
+
+	if ( ! node_append(m, p))
+		return(0);
+	m->next = MDOC_NEXT_CHILD;
+	return(1);
+}
+
+
+int
+mdoc_elem_alloc(struct mdoc *m, int line, int pos, 
+		enum mdoct tok, struct mdoc_arg *args)
+{
+	struct mdoc_node *p;
+
+	p = node_alloc(m, line, pos, tok, MDOC_ELEM);
+	p->args = args;
+	if (p->args)
+		(args->refcnt)++;
+
+	switch (tok) {
+	case (MDOC_An):
+		p->norm = mandoc_calloc(1, sizeof(union mdoc_data));
+		break;
+	default:
+		break;
+	}
+
+	if ( ! node_append(m, p))
+		return(0);
+	m->next = MDOC_NEXT_CHILD;
+	return(1);
+}
+
+int
+mdoc_word_alloc(struct mdoc *m, int line, int pos, const char *p)
+{
+	struct mdoc_node *n;
+
+	n = node_alloc(m, line, pos, MDOC_MAX, MDOC_TEXT);
+	n->string = roff_strdup(m->roff, p);
+
+	if ( ! node_append(m, n))
+		return(0);
+
+	m->next = MDOC_NEXT_SIBLING;
+	return(1);
+}
+
+
+static void
+mdoc_node_free(struct mdoc_node *p)
+{
+
+	if (MDOC_BLOCK == p->type || MDOC_ELEM == p->type)
+		free(p->norm);
+	if (p->string)
+		free(p->string);
+	if (p->args)
+		mdoc_argv_free(p->args);
+	free(p);
+}
+
+
+static void
+mdoc_node_unlink(struct mdoc *m, struct mdoc_node *n)
+{
+
+	/* Adjust siblings. */
+
+	if (n->prev)
+		n->prev->next = n->next;
+	if (n->next)
+		n->next->prev = n->prev;
+
+	/* Adjust parent. */
+
+	if (n->parent) {
+		n->parent->nchild--;
+		if (n->parent->child == n)
+			n->parent->child = n->prev ? n->prev : n->next;
+		if (n->parent->last == n)
+			n->parent->last = n->prev ? n->prev : NULL;
+	}
+
+	/* Adjust parse point, if applicable. */
+
+	if (m && m->last == n) {
+		if (n->prev) {
+			m->last = n->prev;
+			m->next = MDOC_NEXT_SIBLING;
+		} else {
+			m->last = n->parent;
+			m->next = MDOC_NEXT_CHILD;
+		}
+	}
+
+	if (m && m->first == n)
+		m->first = NULL;
+}
+
+
+void
+mdoc_node_delete(struct mdoc *m, struct mdoc_node *p)
+{
+
+	while (p->child) {
+		assert(p->nchild);
+		mdoc_node_delete(m, p->child);
+	}
+	assert(0 == p->nchild);
+
+	mdoc_node_unlink(m, p);
+	mdoc_node_free(p);
+}
+
+#if 0
+/*
+ * Pre-treat a text line.
+ * Text lines can consist of equations, which must be handled apart from
+ * the regular text.
+ * Thus, use this function to step through a line checking if it has any
+ * equations embedded in it.
+ * This must handle multiple equations AND equations that do not end at
+ * the end-of-line, i.e., will re-enter in the next roff parse.
+ */
+static int
+mdoc_preptext(struct mdoc *m, int line, char *buf, int offs)
+{
+	char		*start, *end;
+	char		 delim;
+
+	while ('\0' != buf[offs]) {
+		/* Mark starting position if eqn is set. */
+		start = NULL;
+		if ('\0' != (delim = roff_eqndelim(m->roff)))
+			if (NULL != (start = strchr(buf + offs, delim)))
+				*start++ = '\0';
+
+		/* Parse text as normal. */
+		if ( ! mdoc_ptext(m, line, buf, offs))
+			return(0);
+
+		/* Continue only if an equation exists. */
+		if (NULL == start)
+			break;
+
+		/* Read past the end of the equation. */
+		offs += start - (buf + offs);
+		assert(start == &buf[offs]);
+		if (NULL != (end = strchr(buf + offs, delim))) {
+			*end++ = '\0';
+			while (' ' == *end)
+				end++;
+		}
+
+		/* Parse the equation itself. */
+		roff_openeqn(m->roff, NULL, line, offs, buf);
+
+		/* Process a finished equation? */
+		if (roff_closeeqn(m->roff))
+			if ( ! mdoc_addeqn(m, roff_eqn(m->roff)))
+				return(0);
+		offs += (end - (buf + offs));
+	} 
+
+	return(1);
+}
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * Parse free-form text, that is, a line that does not begin with the
+ * control character.
+ */
+static int
+mdoc_ptext(struct mdoc *m, int line, char *buf, int offs)
+{
+	char		 *c, *ws, *end;
+	struct mdoc_node *n;
+
+	/* No text before an initial macro. */
+
+	if (SEC_NONE == m->lastnamed) {
+		mdoc_pmsg(m, line, offs, MANDOCERR_NOTEXT);
+		return(1);
+	}
+
+	assert(m->last);
+	n = m->last;
+
+	/*
+	 * Divert directly to list processing if we're encountering a
+	 * columnar MDOC_BLOCK with or without a prior MDOC_BLOCK entry
+	 * (a MDOC_BODY means it's already open, in which case we should
+	 * process within its context in the normal way).
+	 */
+
+	if (MDOC_Bl == n->tok && MDOC_BODY == n->type &&
+			LIST_column == n->norm->Bl.type) {
+		/* `Bl' is open without any children. */
+		m->flags |= MDOC_FREECOL;
+		return(mdoc_macro(m, MDOC_It, line, offs, &offs, buf));
+	}
+
+	if (MDOC_It == n->tok && MDOC_BLOCK == n->type &&
+			NULL != n->parent &&
+			MDOC_Bl == n->parent->tok &&
+			LIST_column == n->parent->norm->Bl.type) {
+		/* `Bl' has block-level `It' children. */
+		m->flags |= MDOC_FREECOL;
+		return(mdoc_macro(m, MDOC_It, line, offs, &offs, buf));
+	}
+
+	/*
+	 * Search for the beginning of unescaped trailing whitespace (ws)
+	 * and for the first character not to be output (end).
+	 */
+
+	/* FIXME: replace with strcspn(). */
+	ws = NULL;
+	for (c = end = buf + offs; *c; c++) {
+		switch (*c) {
+		case ' ':
+			if (NULL == ws)
+				ws = c;
+			continue;
+		case '\t':
+			/*
+			 * Always warn about trailing tabs,
+			 * even outside literal context,
+			 * where they should be put on the next line.
+			 */
+			if (NULL == ws)
+				ws = c;
+			/*
+			 * Strip trailing tabs in literal context only;
+			 * outside, they affect the next line.
+			 */
+			if (MDOC_LITERAL & m->flags)
+				continue;
+			break;
+		case '\\':
+			/* Skip the escaped character, too, if any. */
+			if (c[1])
+				c++;
+			/* FALLTHROUGH */
+		default:
+			ws = NULL;
+			break;
+		}
+		end = c + 1;
+	}
+	*end = '\0';
+
+	if (ws)
+		mdoc_pmsg(m, line, (int)(ws-buf), MANDOCERR_EOLNSPACE);
+
+	if ('\0' == buf[offs] && ! (MDOC_LITERAL & m->flags)) {
+		mdoc_pmsg(m, line, (int)(c-buf), MANDOCERR_NOBLANKLN);
+
+		/*
+		 * Insert a `sp' in the case of a blank line.  Technically,
+		 * blank lines aren't allowed, but enough manuals assume this
+		 * behaviour that we want to work around it.
+		 */
+		if ( ! mdoc_elem_alloc(m, line, offs, MDOC_sp, NULL))
+			return(0);
+
+		m->next = MDOC_NEXT_SIBLING;
+		return(1);
+	}
+
+	if ( ! mdoc_word_alloc(m, line, offs, buf+offs))
+		return(0);
+
+	if (MDOC_LITERAL & m->flags)
+		return(1);
+
+	/*
+	 * End-of-sentence check.  If the last character is an unescaped
+	 * EOS character, then flag the node as being the end of a
+	 * sentence.  The front-end will know how to interpret this.
+	 */
+
+	assert(buf < end);
+
+	if (mandoc_eos(buf+offs, (size_t)(end-buf-offs), 0))
+		m->last->flags |= MDOC_EOS;
+
+	return(1);
+}
+
+
+/*
+ * Parse a macro line, that is, a line beginning with the control
+ * character.
+ */
+static int
+mdoc_pmacro(struct mdoc *m, int ln, char *buf, int offs)
+{
+	enum mdoct	  tok;
+	int		  i, sv;
+	char		  mac[5];
+	struct mdoc_node *n;
+
+	/* Empty post-control lines are ignored. */
+
+	if ('"' == buf[offs]) {
+		mdoc_pmsg(m, ln, offs, MANDOCERR_BADCOMMENT);
+		return(1);
+	} else if ('\0' == buf[offs])
+		return(1);
+
+	sv = offs;
+
+	/* 
+	 * Copy the first word into a nil-terminated buffer.
+	 * Stop copying when a tab, space, or eoln is encountered.
+	 */
+
+	i = 0;
+	while (i < 4 && '\0' != buf[offs] && 
+			' ' != buf[offs] && '\t' != buf[offs])
+		mac[i++] = buf[offs++];
+
+	mac[i] = '\0';
+
+	tok = (i > 1 || i < 4) ? mdoc_hash_find(mac) : MDOC_MAX;
+
+	if (MDOC_MAX == tok) {
+		mandoc_vmsg(MANDOCERR_MACRO, m->parse, 
+				ln, sv, "%s", buf + sv - 1);
+		return(1);
+	}
+
+	/* Disregard the first trailing tab, if applicable. */
+
+	if ('\t' == buf[offs])
+		offs++;
+
+	/* Jump to the next non-whitespace word. */
+
+	while (buf[offs] && ' ' == buf[offs])
+		offs++;
+
+	/* 
+	 * Trailing whitespace.  Note that tabs are allowed to be passed
+	 * into the parser as "text", so we only warn about spaces here.
+	 */
+
+	if ('\0' == buf[offs] && ' ' == buf[offs - 1])
+		mdoc_pmsg(m, ln, offs - 1, MANDOCERR_EOLNSPACE);
+
+	/*
+	 * If an initial macro or a list invocation, divert directly
+	 * into macro processing.
+	 */
+
+	if (NULL == m->last || MDOC_It == tok || MDOC_El == tok) {
+		if ( ! mdoc_macro(m, tok, ln, sv, &offs, buf)) 
+			goto err;
+		return(1);
+	}
+
+	n = m->last;
+	assert(m->last);
+
+	/*
+	 * If the first macro of a `Bl -column', open an `It' block
+	 * context around the parsed macro.
+	 */
+
+	if (MDOC_Bl == n->tok && MDOC_BODY == n->type &&
+			LIST_column == n->norm->Bl.type) {
+		m->flags |= MDOC_FREECOL;
+		if ( ! mdoc_macro(m, MDOC_It, ln, sv, &sv, buf))
+			goto err;
+		return(1);
+	}
+
+	/*
+	 * If we're following a block-level `It' within a `Bl -column'
+	 * context (perhaps opened in the above block or in ptext()),
+	 * then open an `It' block context around the parsed macro.
+	 */
+
+	if (MDOC_It == n->tok && MDOC_BLOCK == n->type &&
+			NULL != n->parent &&
+			MDOC_Bl == n->parent->tok &&
+			LIST_column == n->parent->norm->Bl.type) {
+		m->flags |= MDOC_FREECOL;
+		if ( ! mdoc_macro(m, MDOC_It, ln, sv, &sv, buf)) 
+			goto err;
+		return(1);
+	}
+
+	/* Normal processing of a macro. */
+
+	if ( ! mdoc_macro(m, tok, ln, sv, &offs, buf)) 
+		goto err;
+
+	return(1);
+
+err:	/* Error out. */
+
+	m->flags |= MDOC_HALT;
+	return(0);
+}
+
+enum mdelim
+mdoc_isdelim(const char *p)
+{
+
+	if ('\0' == p[0])
+		return(DELIM_NONE);
+
+	if ('\0' == p[1])
+		switch (p[0]) {
+		case('('):
+			/* FALLTHROUGH */
+		case('['):
+			return(DELIM_OPEN);
+		case('|'):
+			return(DELIM_MIDDLE);
+		case('.'):
+			/* FALLTHROUGH */
+		case(','):
+			/* FALLTHROUGH */
+		case(';'):
+			/* FALLTHROUGH */
+		case(':'):
+			/* FALLTHROUGH */
+		case('?'):
+			/* FALLTHROUGH */
+		case('!'):
+			/* FALLTHROUGH */
+		case(')'):
+			/* FALLTHROUGH */
+		case(']'):
+			return(DELIM_CLOSE);
+		default:
+			return(DELIM_NONE);
+		}
+
+	if ('\\' != p[0])
+		return(DELIM_NONE);
+
+	if (0 == strcmp(p + 1, "."))
+		return(DELIM_CLOSE);
+	if (0 == strcmp(p + 1, "*(Ba"))
+		return(DELIM_MIDDLE);
+
+	return(DELIM_NONE);
+}
diff --git a/contrib/mdocml/mdoc.h b/contrib/mdocml/mdoc.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9cee098
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/mdocml/mdoc.h
@@ -0,0 +1,392 @@
+/*	$Id: mdoc.h,v 1.122 2011/03/22 14:05:45 kristaps Exp $ */
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011 Kristaps Dzonsons <kristaps@bsd.lv>
+ *
+ * Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software for any
+ * purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above
+ * copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies.
+ *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" AND THE AUTHOR DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES
+ * WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
+ * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR
+ * ANY SPECIAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES
+ * WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN
+ * ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF
+ * OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
+ */
+#ifndef MDOC_H
+#define MDOC_H
+
+enum	mdoct {
+	MDOC_Ap = 0,
+	MDOC_Dd,
+	MDOC_Dt,
+	MDOC_Os,
+	MDOC_Sh,
+	MDOC_Ss,
+	MDOC_Pp,
+	MDOC_D1,
+	MDOC_Dl,
+	MDOC_Bd,
+	MDOC_Ed,
+	MDOC_Bl,
+	MDOC_El,
+	MDOC_It,
+	MDOC_Ad,
+	MDOC_An,
+	MDOC_Ar,
+	MDOC_Cd,
+	MDOC_Cm,
+	MDOC_Dv,
+	MDOC_Er,
+	MDOC_Ev,
+	MDOC_Ex,
+	MDOC_Fa,
+	MDOC_Fd,
+	MDOC_Fl,
+	MDOC_Fn,
+	MDOC_Ft,
+	MDOC_Ic,
+	MDOC_In,
+	MDOC_Li,
+	MDOC_Nd,
+	MDOC_Nm,
+	MDOC_Op,
+	MDOC_Ot,
+	MDOC_Pa,
+	MDOC_Rv,
+	MDOC_St,
+	MDOC_Va,
+	MDOC_Vt,
+	MDOC_Xr,
+	MDOC__A,
+	MDOC__B,
+	MDOC__D,
+	MDOC__I,
+	MDOC__J,
+	MDOC__N,
+	MDOC__O,
+	MDOC__P,
+	MDOC__R,
+	MDOC__T,
+	MDOC__V,
+	MDOC_Ac,
+	MDOC_Ao,
+	MDOC_Aq,
+	MDOC_At,
+	MDOC_Bc,
+	MDOC_Bf,
+	MDOC_Bo,
+	MDOC_Bq,
+	MDOC_Bsx,
+	MDOC_Bx,
+	MDOC_Db,
+	MDOC_Dc,
+	MDOC_Do,
+	MDOC_Dq,
+	MDOC_Ec,
+	MDOC_Ef,
+	MDOC_Em,
+	MDOC_Eo,
+	MDOC_Fx,
+	MDOC_Ms,
+	MDOC_No,
+	MDOC_Ns,
+	MDOC_Nx,
+	MDOC_Ox,
+	MDOC_Pc,
+	MDOC_Pf,
+	MDOC_Po,
+	MDOC_Pq,
+	MDOC_Qc,
+	MDOC_Ql,
+	MDOC_Qo,
+	MDOC_Qq,
+	MDOC_Re,
+	MDOC_Rs,
+	MDOC_Sc,
+	MDOC_So,
+	MDOC_Sq,
+	MDOC_Sm,
+	MDOC_Sx,
+	MDOC_Sy,
+	MDOC_Tn,
+	MDOC_Ux,
+	MDOC_Xc,
+	MDOC_Xo,
+	MDOC_Fo,
+	MDOC_Fc,
+	MDOC_Oo,
+	MDOC_Oc,
+	MDOC_Bk,
+	MDOC_Ek,
+	MDOC_Bt,
+	MDOC_Hf,
+	MDOC_Fr,
+	MDOC_Ud,
+	MDOC_Lb,
+	MDOC_Lp,
+	MDOC_Lk,
+	MDOC_Mt,
+	MDOC_Brq,
+	MDOC_Bro,
+	MDOC_Brc,
+	MDOC__C,
+	MDOC_Es,
+	MDOC_En,
+	MDOC_Dx,
+	MDOC__Q,
+	MDOC_br,
+	MDOC_sp,
+	MDOC__U,
+	MDOC_Ta,
+	MDOC_MAX
+};
+
+enum	mdocargt {
+	MDOC_Split, /* -split */
+	MDOC_Nosplit, /* -nospli */
+	MDOC_Ragged, /* -ragged */
+	MDOC_Unfilled, /* -unfilled */
+	MDOC_Literal, /* -literal */
+	MDOC_File, /* -file */
+	MDOC_Offset, /* -offset */
+	MDOC_Bullet, /* -bullet */
+	MDOC_Dash, /* -dash */
+	MDOC_Hyphen, /* -hyphen */
+	MDOC_Item, /* -item */
+	MDOC_Enum, /* -enum */
+	MDOC_Tag, /* -tag */
+	MDOC_Diag, /* -diag */
+	MDOC_Hang, /* -hang */
+	MDOC_Ohang, /* -ohang */
+	MDOC_Inset, /* -inset */
+	MDOC_Column, /* -column */
+	MDOC_Width, /* -width */
+	MDOC_Compact, /* -compact */
+	MDOC_Std, /* -std */
+	MDOC_Filled, /* -filled */
+	MDOC_Words, /* -words */
+	MDOC_Emphasis, /* -emphasis */
+	MDOC_Symbolic, /* -symbolic */
+	MDOC_Nested, /* -nested */
+	MDOC_Centred, /* -centered */
+	MDOC_ARG_MAX
+};
+
+enum	mdoc_type {
+	MDOC_TEXT,
+	MDOC_ELEM,
+	MDOC_HEAD,
+	MDOC_TAIL,
+	MDOC_BODY,
+	MDOC_BLOCK,
+	MDOC_TBL,
+	MDOC_EQN,
+	MDOC_ROOT
+};
+
+/* 
+ * Section (named/unnamed) of `Sh'.   Note that these appear in the
+ * conventional order imposed by mdoc.7.  In the case of SEC_NONE, no
+ * section has been invoked (this shouldn't happen).  SEC_CUSTOM refers
+ * to other sections.
+ */
+enum	mdoc_sec {
+	SEC_NONE = 0,
+	SEC_NAME, /* NAME */
+	SEC_LIBRARY, /* LIBRARY */
+	SEC_SYNOPSIS, /* SYNOPSIS */
+	SEC_DESCRIPTION, /* DESCRIPTION */
+	SEC_IMPLEMENTATION, /* IMPLEMENTATION NOTES */
+	SEC_RETURN_VALUES, /* RETURN VALUES */
+	SEC_ENVIRONMENT,  /* ENVIRONMENT */
+	SEC_FILES, /* FILES */
+	SEC_EXIT_STATUS, /* EXIT STATUS */
+	SEC_EXAMPLES, /* EXAMPLES */
+	SEC_DIAGNOSTICS, /* DIAGNOSTICS */
+	SEC_COMPATIBILITY, /* COMPATIBILITY */
+	SEC_ERRORS, /* ERRORS */
+	SEC_SEE_ALSO, /* SEE ALSO */
+	SEC_STANDARDS, /* STANDARDS */
+	SEC_HISTORY, /* HISTORY */
+	SEC_AUTHORS, /* AUTHORS */
+	SEC_CAVEATS, /* CAVEATS */
+	SEC_BUGS, /* BUGS */
+	SEC_SECURITY, /* SECURITY */
+	SEC_CUSTOM, 
+	SEC__MAX
+};
+
+struct	mdoc_meta {
+	char		 *msec; /* `Dt' section (1, 3p, etc.) */
+	char		 *vol; /* `Dt' volume (implied) */
+	char		 *arch; /* `Dt' arch (i386, etc.) */
+	char		 *date; /* `Dd' normalised date */
+	char		 *title; /* `Dt' title (FOO, etc.) */
+	char		 *os; /* `Os' system (OpenBSD, etc.) */
+	char		 *name; /* leading `Nm' name */
+};
+
+/* 
+ * An argument to a macro (multiple values = `-column xxx yyy'). 
+ */
+struct	mdoc_argv {
+	enum mdocargt  	  arg; /* type of argument */
+	int		  line;
+	int		  pos;
+	size_t		  sz; /* elements in "value" */
+	char		**value; /* argument strings */
+};
+
+/*
+ * Reference-counted macro arguments.  These are refcounted because
+ * blocks have multiple instances of the same arguments spread across
+ * the HEAD, BODY, TAIL, and BLOCK node types.
+ */
+struct 	mdoc_arg {
+	size_t		  argc;
+	struct mdoc_argv *argv;
+	unsigned int	  refcnt;
+};
+
+/*
+ * Indicates that a BODY's formatting has ended, but the scope is still
+ * open.  Used for syntax-broken blocks.
+ */
+enum	mdoc_endbody {
+	ENDBODY_NOT = 0,
+	ENDBODY_SPACE, /* is broken: append a space */
+	ENDBODY_NOSPACE /* is broken: don't append a space */
+};
+
+enum	mdoc_list {
+	LIST__NONE = 0,
+	LIST_bullet, /* -bullet */
+	LIST_column, /* -column */
+	LIST_dash, /* -dash */
+	LIST_diag, /* -diag */
+	LIST_enum, /* -enum */
+	LIST_hang, /* -hang */
+	LIST_hyphen, /* -hyphen */
+	LIST_inset, /* -inset */
+	LIST_item, /* -item */
+	LIST_ohang, /* -ohang */
+	LIST_tag, /* -tag */
+	LIST_MAX
+};
+
+enum	mdoc_disp {
+	DISP__NONE = 0,
+	DISP_centred, /* -centered */
+	DISP_ragged, /* -ragged */
+	DISP_unfilled, /* -unfilled */
+	DISP_filled, /* -filled */
+	DISP_literal /* -literal */
+};
+
+enum	mdoc_auth {
+	AUTH__NONE = 0,
+	AUTH_split, /* -split */
+	AUTH_nosplit /* -nosplit */
+};
+
+enum	mdoc_font {
+	FONT__NONE = 0,
+	FONT_Em, /* Em, -emphasis */
+	FONT_Li, /* Li, -literal */
+	FONT_Sy /* Sy, -symbolic */
+};
+
+struct	mdoc_bd {
+	const char	 *offs; /* -offset */
+	enum mdoc_disp	  type; /* -ragged, etc. */
+	int		  comp; /* -compact */
+};
+
+struct	mdoc_bl {
+	const char	 *width; /* -width */
+	const char	 *offs; /* -offset */
+	enum mdoc_list	  type; /* -tag, -enum, etc. */
+	int		  comp; /* -compact */
+	size_t		  ncols; /* -column arg count */
+	const char	**cols; /* -column val ptr */
+};
+
+struct	mdoc_bf {
+	enum mdoc_font	  font; /* font */
+};
+
+struct	mdoc_an {
+	enum mdoc_auth	  auth; /* -split, etc. */
+};
+
+struct	mdoc_rs {
+	int		  quote_T; /* whether to quote %T */
+};
+
+/*
+ * Consists of normalised node arguments.  These should be used instead
+ * of iterating through the mdoc_arg pointers of a node: defaults are
+ * provided, etc.
+ */
+union	mdoc_data {
+	struct mdoc_an 	  An;
+	struct mdoc_bd	  Bd;
+	struct mdoc_bf	  Bf;
+	struct mdoc_bl	  Bl;
+	struct mdoc_rs	  Rs;
+};
+
+/* 
+ * Single node in tree-linked AST. 
+ */
+struct	mdoc_node {
+	struct mdoc_node *parent; /* parent AST node */
+	struct mdoc_node *child; /* first child AST node */
+	struct mdoc_node *last; /* last child AST node */
+	struct mdoc_node *next; /* sibling AST node */
+	struct mdoc_node *prev; /* prior sibling AST node */
+	int		  nchild; /* number children */
+	int		  line; /* parse line */
+	int		  pos; /* parse column */
+	enum mdoct	  tok; /* tok or MDOC__MAX if none */
+	int		  flags;
+#define	MDOC_VALID	 (1 << 0) /* has been validated */
+#define	MDOC_EOS	 (1 << 2) /* at sentence boundary */
+#define	MDOC_LINE	 (1 << 3) /* first macro/text on line */
+#define	MDOC_SYNPRETTY	 (1 << 4) /* SYNOPSIS-style formatting */
+#define	MDOC_ENDED	 (1 << 5) /* rendering has been ended */
+#define	MDOC_DELIMO	 (1 << 6)
+#define	MDOC_DELIMC	 (1 << 7)
+	enum mdoc_type	  type; /* AST node type */
+	enum mdoc_sec	  sec; /* current named section */
+	union mdoc_data	 *norm; /* normalised args */
+	/* FIXME: these can be union'd to shave a few bytes. */
+	struct mdoc_arg	 *args; /* BLOCK/ELEM */
+	struct mdoc_node *pending; /* BLOCK */
+	struct mdoc_node *head; /* BLOCK */
+	struct mdoc_node *body; /* BLOCK */
+	struct mdoc_node *tail; /* BLOCK */
+	char		 *string; /* TEXT */
+	const struct tbl_span *span; /* TBL */
+	const struct eqn *eqn; /* EQN */
+	enum mdoc_endbody end; /* BODY */
+};
+
+/* Names of macros.  Index is enum mdoct. */
+extern	const char *const *mdoc_macronames;
+
+/* Names of macro args.  Index is enum mdocargt. */
+extern	const char *const *mdoc_argnames;
+
+__BEGIN_DECLS
+
+struct	mdoc;
+
+const struct mdoc_node *mdoc_node(const struct mdoc *);
+const struct mdoc_meta *mdoc_meta(const struct mdoc *);
+
+__END_DECLS
+
+#endif /*!MDOC_H*/
diff --git a/contrib/mdocml/mdoc_argv.c b/contrib/mdocml/mdoc_argv.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..08386e0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/mdocml/mdoc_argv.c
@@ -0,0 +1,716 @@
+/*	$Id: mdoc_argv.c,v 1.82 2012/03/23 05:50:24 kristaps Exp $ */
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011 Kristaps Dzonsons <kristaps@bsd.lv>
+ *
+ * Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software for any
+ * purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above
+ * copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies.
+ *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" AND THE AUTHOR DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES
+ * WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
+ * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR
+ * ANY SPECIAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES
+ * WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN
+ * ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF
+ * OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
+ */
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+#include "config.h"
+#endif
+
+#include <sys/types.h>
+
+#include <assert.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <string.h>
+
+#include "mdoc.h"
+#include "mandoc.h"
+#include "libmdoc.h"
+#include "libmandoc.h"
+
+#define	MULTI_STEP	 5 /* pre-allocate argument values */
+#define	DELIMSZ	  	 6 /* max possible size of a delimiter */
+
+enum	argsflag {
+	ARGSFL_NONE = 0,
+	ARGSFL_DELIM, /* handle delimiters of [[::delim::][ ]+]+ */
+	ARGSFL_TABSEP /* handle tab/`Ta' separated phrases */
+};
+
+enum	argvflag {
+	ARGV_NONE, /* no args to flag (e.g., -split) */
+	ARGV_SINGLE, /* one arg to flag (e.g., -file xxx)  */
+	ARGV_MULTI, /* multiple args (e.g., -column xxx yyy) */
+	ARGV_OPT_SINGLE /* optional arg (e.g., -offset [xxx]) */
+};
+
+struct	mdocarg {
+	enum argsflag	 flags;
+	const enum mdocargt *argvs;
+};
+
+static	void		 argn_free(struct mdoc_arg *, int);
+static	enum margserr	 args(struct mdoc *, int, int *, 
+				char *, enum argsflag, char **);
+static	int		 args_checkpunct(const char *, int);
+static	int		 argv_multi(struct mdoc *, int, 
+				struct mdoc_argv *, int *, char *);
+static	int		 argv_opt_single(struct mdoc *, int, 
+				struct mdoc_argv *, int *, char *);
+static	int		 argv_single(struct mdoc *, int, 
+				struct mdoc_argv *, int *, char *);
+
+static	const enum argvflag argvflags[MDOC_ARG_MAX] = {
+	ARGV_NONE,	/* MDOC_Split */
+	ARGV_NONE,	/* MDOC_Nosplit */
+	ARGV_NONE,	/* MDOC_Ragged */
+	ARGV_NONE,	/* MDOC_Unfilled */
+	ARGV_NONE,	/* MDOC_Literal */
+	ARGV_SINGLE,	/* MDOC_File */
+	ARGV_OPT_SINGLE, /* MDOC_Offset */
+	ARGV_NONE,	/* MDOC_Bullet */
+	ARGV_NONE,	/* MDOC_Dash */
+	ARGV_NONE,	/* MDOC_Hyphen */
+	ARGV_NONE,	/* MDOC_Item */
+	ARGV_NONE,	/* MDOC_Enum */
+	ARGV_NONE,	/* MDOC_Tag */
+	ARGV_NONE,	/* MDOC_Diag */
+	ARGV_NONE,	/* MDOC_Hang */
+	ARGV_NONE,	/* MDOC_Ohang */
+	ARGV_NONE,	/* MDOC_Inset */
+	ARGV_MULTI,	/* MDOC_Column */
+	ARGV_OPT_SINGLE, /* MDOC_Width */
+	ARGV_NONE,	/* MDOC_Compact */
+	ARGV_NONE,	/* MDOC_Std */
+	ARGV_NONE,	/* MDOC_Filled */
+	ARGV_NONE,	/* MDOC_Words */
+	ARGV_NONE,	/* MDOC_Emphasis */
+	ARGV_NONE,	/* MDOC_Symbolic */
+	ARGV_NONE	/* MDOC_Symbolic */
+};
+
+static	const enum mdocargt args_Ex[] = {
+	MDOC_Std,
+	MDOC_ARG_MAX
+};
+
+static	const enum mdocargt args_An[] = {
+	MDOC_Split,
+	MDOC_Nosplit,
+	MDOC_ARG_MAX
+};
+
+static	const enum mdocargt args_Bd[] = {
+	MDOC_Ragged,
+	MDOC_Unfilled,
+	MDOC_Filled,
+	MDOC_Literal,
+	MDOC_File,
+	MDOC_Offset,
+	MDOC_Compact,
+	MDOC_Centred,
+	MDOC_ARG_MAX
+};
+
+static	const enum mdocargt args_Bf[] = {
+	MDOC_Emphasis,
+	MDOC_Literal,
+	MDOC_Symbolic,
+	MDOC_ARG_MAX
+};
+
+static	const enum mdocargt args_Bk[] = {
+	MDOC_Words,
+	MDOC_ARG_MAX
+};
+
+static	const enum mdocargt args_Bl[] = {
+	MDOC_Bullet,
+	MDOC_Dash,
+	MDOC_Hyphen,
+	MDOC_Item,
+	MDOC_Enum,
+	MDOC_Tag,
+	MDOC_Diag,
+	MDOC_Hang,
+	MDOC_Ohang,
+	MDOC_Inset,
+	MDOC_Column,
+	MDOC_Width,
+	MDOC_Offset,
+	MDOC_Compact,
+	MDOC_Nested,
+	MDOC_ARG_MAX
+};
+
+static	const struct mdocarg mdocargs[MDOC_MAX] = {
+	{ ARGSFL_NONE, NULL }, /* Ap */
+	{ ARGSFL_NONE, NULL }, /* Dd */
+	{ ARGSFL_NONE, NULL }, /* Dt */
+	{ ARGSFL_NONE, NULL }, /* Os */
+	{ ARGSFL_NONE, NULL }, /* Sh */
+	{ ARGSFL_NONE, NULL }, /* Ss */ 
+	{ ARGSFL_NONE, NULL }, /* Pp */ 
+	{ ARGSFL_DELIM, NULL }, /* D1 */
+	{ ARGSFL_DELIM, NULL }, /* Dl */
+	{ ARGSFL_NONE, args_Bd }, /* Bd */
+	{ ARGSFL_NONE, NULL }, /* Ed */
+	{ ARGSFL_NONE, args_Bl }, /* Bl */
+	{ ARGSFL_NONE, NULL }, /* El */
+	{ ARGSFL_NONE, NULL }, /* It */
+	{ ARGSFL_DELIM, NULL }, /* Ad */ 
+	{ ARGSFL_DELIM, args_An }, /* An */
+	{ ARGSFL_DELIM, NULL }, /* Ar */
+	{ ARGSFL_NONE, NULL }, /* Cd */
+	{ ARGSFL_DELIM, NULL }, /* Cm */
+	{ ARGSFL_DELIM, NULL }, /* Dv */ 
+	{ ARGSFL_DELIM, NULL }, /* Er */ 
+	{ ARGSFL_DELIM, NULL }, /* Ev */ 
+	{ ARGSFL_NONE, args_Ex }, /* Ex */
+	{ ARGSFL_DELIM, NULL }, /* Fa */ 
+	{ ARGSFL_NONE, NULL }, /* Fd */ 
+	{ ARGSFL_DELIM, NULL }, /* Fl */
+	{ ARGSFL_DELIM, NULL }, /* Fn */ 
+	{ ARGSFL_DELIM, NULL }, /* Ft */ 
+	{ ARGSFL_DELIM, NULL }, /* Ic */ 
+	{ ARGSFL_NONE, NULL }, /* In */ 
+	{ ARGSFL_DELIM, NULL }, /* Li */
+	{ ARGSFL_NONE, NULL }, /* Nd */ 
+	{ ARGSFL_DELIM, NULL }, /* Nm */ 
+	{ ARGSFL_DELIM, NULL }, /* Op */
+	{ ARGSFL_NONE, NULL }, /* Ot */
+	{ ARGSFL_DELIM, NULL }, /* Pa */
+	{ ARGSFL_NONE, args_Ex }, /* Rv */
+	{ ARGSFL_DELIM, NULL }, /* St */ 
+	{ ARGSFL_DELIM, NULL }, /* Va */
+	{ ARGSFL_DELIM, NULL }, /* Vt */ 
+	{ ARGSFL_DELIM, NULL }, /* Xr */
+	{ ARGSFL_NONE, NULL }, /* %A */
+	{ ARGSFL_NONE, NULL }, /* %B */
+	{ ARGSFL_NONE, NULL }, /* %D */
+	{ ARGSFL_NONE, NULL }, /* %I */
+	{ ARGSFL_NONE, NULL }, /* %J */
+	{ ARGSFL_NONE, NULL }, /* %N */
+	{ ARGSFL_NONE, NULL }, /* %O */
+	{ ARGSFL_NONE, NULL }, /* %P */
+	{ ARGSFL_NONE, NULL }, /* %R */
+	{ ARGSFL_NONE, NULL }, /* %T */
+	{ ARGSFL_NONE, NULL }, /* %V */
+	{ ARGSFL_DELIM, NULL }, /* Ac */
+	{ ARGSFL_NONE, NULL }, /* Ao */
+	{ ARGSFL_DELIM, NULL }, /* Aq */
+	{ ARGSFL_DELIM, NULL }, /* At */
+	{ ARGSFL_DELIM, NULL }, /* Bc */
+	{ ARGSFL_NONE, args_Bf }, /* Bf */ 
+	{ ARGSFL_NONE, NULL }, /* Bo */
+	{ ARGSFL_DELIM, NULL }, /* Bq */
+	{ ARGSFL_DELIM, NULL }, /* Bsx */
+	{ ARGSFL_DELIM, NULL }, /* Bx */
+	{ ARGSFL_NONE, NULL }, /* Db */
+	{ ARGSFL_DELIM, NULL }, /* Dc */
+	{ ARGSFL_NONE, NULL }, /* Do */
+	{ ARGSFL_DELIM, NULL }, /* Dq */
+	{ ARGSFL_DELIM, NULL }, /* Ec */
+	{ ARGSFL_NONE, NULL }, /* Ef */
+	{ ARGSFL_DELIM, NULL }, /* Em */ 
+	{ ARGSFL_NONE, NULL }, /* Eo */
+	{ ARGSFL_DELIM, NULL }, /* Fx */
+	{ ARGSFL_DELIM, NULL }, /* Ms */
+	{ ARGSFL_DELIM, NULL }, /* No */
+	{ ARGSFL_DELIM, NULL }, /* Ns */
+	{ ARGSFL_DELIM, NULL }, /* Nx */
+	{ ARGSFL_DELIM, NULL }, /* Ox */
+	{ ARGSFL_DELIM, NULL }, /* Pc */
+	{ ARGSFL_DELIM, NULL }, /* Pf */
+	{ ARGSFL_NONE, NULL }, /* Po */
+	{ ARGSFL_DELIM, NULL }, /* Pq */
+	{ ARGSFL_DELIM, NULL }, /* Qc */
+	{ ARGSFL_DELIM, NULL }, /* Ql */
+	{ ARGSFL_NONE, NULL }, /* Qo */
+	{ ARGSFL_DELIM, NULL }, /* Qq */
+	{ ARGSFL_NONE, NULL }, /* Re */
+	{ ARGSFL_NONE, NULL }, /* Rs */
+	{ ARGSFL_DELIM, NULL }, /* Sc */
+	{ ARGSFL_NONE, NULL }, /* So */
+	{ ARGSFL_DELIM, NULL }, /* Sq */
+	{ ARGSFL_NONE, NULL }, /* Sm */
+	{ ARGSFL_DELIM, NULL }, /* Sx */
+	{ ARGSFL_DELIM, NULL }, /* Sy */
+	{ ARGSFL_DELIM, NULL }, /* Tn */
+	{ ARGSFL_DELIM, NULL }, /* Ux */
+	{ ARGSFL_DELIM, NULL }, /* Xc */
+	{ ARGSFL_NONE, NULL }, /* Xo */
+	{ ARGSFL_NONE, NULL }, /* Fo */ 
+	{ ARGSFL_NONE, NULL }, /* Fc */ 
+	{ ARGSFL_NONE, NULL }, /* Oo */
+	{ ARGSFL_DELIM, NULL }, /* Oc */
+	{ ARGSFL_NONE, args_Bk }, /* Bk */
+	{ ARGSFL_NONE, NULL }, /* Ek */
+	{ ARGSFL_NONE, NULL }, /* Bt */
+	{ ARGSFL_NONE, NULL }, /* Hf */
+	{ ARGSFL_NONE, NULL }, /* Fr */
+	{ ARGSFL_NONE, NULL }, /* Ud */
+	{ ARGSFL_NONE, NULL }, /* Lb */
+	{ ARGSFL_NONE, NULL }, /* Lp */
+	{ ARGSFL_DELIM, NULL }, /* Lk */
+	{ ARGSFL_DELIM, NULL }, /* Mt */
+	{ ARGSFL_DELIM, NULL }, /* Brq */
+	{ ARGSFL_NONE, NULL }, /* Bro */
+	{ ARGSFL_DELIM, NULL }, /* Brc */
+	{ ARGSFL_NONE, NULL }, /* %C */
+	{ ARGSFL_NONE, NULL }, /* Es */
+	{ ARGSFL_NONE, NULL }, /* En */
+	{ ARGSFL_NONE, NULL }, /* Dx */
+	{ ARGSFL_NONE, NULL }, /* %Q */
+	{ ARGSFL_NONE, NULL }, /* br */
+	{ ARGSFL_NONE, NULL }, /* sp */
+	{ ARGSFL_NONE, NULL }, /* %U */
+	{ ARGSFL_NONE, NULL }, /* Ta */
+};
+
+
+/*
+ * Parse an argument from line text.  This comes in the form of -key
+ * [value0...], which may either have a single mandatory value, at least
+ * one mandatory value, an optional single value, or no value.
+ */
+enum margverr
+mdoc_argv(struct mdoc *m, int line, enum mdoct tok,
+		struct mdoc_arg **v, int *pos, char *buf)
+{
+	char		 *p, sv;
+	struct mdoc_argv tmp;
+	struct mdoc_arg	 *arg;
+	const enum mdocargt *ap;
+
+	if ('\0' == buf[*pos])
+		return(ARGV_EOLN);
+	else if (NULL == (ap = mdocargs[tok].argvs))
+		return(ARGV_WORD);
+	else if ('-' != buf[*pos])
+		return(ARGV_WORD);
+
+	/* Seek to the first unescaped space. */
+
+	p = &buf[++(*pos)];
+
+	assert(*pos > 0);
+
+	for ( ; buf[*pos] ; (*pos)++)
+		if (' ' == buf[*pos] && '\\' != buf[*pos - 1])
+			break;
+
+	/* 
+	 * We want to nil-terminate the word to look it up (it's easier
+	 * that way).  But we may not have a flag, in which case we need
+	 * to restore the line as-is.  So keep around the stray byte,
+	 * which we'll reset upon exiting (if necessary).
+	 */
+
+	if ('\0' != (sv = buf[*pos])) 
+		buf[(*pos)++] = '\0';
+
+	/*
+	 * Now look up the word as a flag.  Use temporary storage that
+	 * we'll copy into the node's flags, if necessary.
+	 */
+
+	memset(&tmp, 0, sizeof(struct mdoc_argv));
+
+	tmp.line = line;
+	tmp.pos = *pos;
+	tmp.arg = MDOC_ARG_MAX;
+
+	while (MDOC_ARG_MAX != (tmp.arg = *ap++))
+		if (0 == strcmp(p, mdoc_argnames[tmp.arg]))
+			break;
+
+	if (MDOC_ARG_MAX == tmp.arg) {
+		/* 
+		 * The flag was not found.
+		 * Restore saved zeroed byte and return as a word.
+		 */
+		if (sv)
+			buf[*pos - 1] = sv;
+		return(ARGV_WORD);
+	}
+
+	/* Read to the next word (the argument). */
+
+	while (buf[*pos] && ' ' == buf[*pos])
+		(*pos)++;
+
+	switch (argvflags[tmp.arg]) {
+	case (ARGV_SINGLE):
+		if ( ! argv_single(m, line, &tmp, pos, buf))
+			return(ARGV_ERROR);
+		break;
+	case (ARGV_MULTI):
+		if ( ! argv_multi(m, line, &tmp, pos, buf))
+			return(ARGV_ERROR);
+		break;
+	case (ARGV_OPT_SINGLE):
+		if ( ! argv_opt_single(m, line, &tmp, pos, buf))
+			return(ARGV_ERROR);
+		break;
+	case (ARGV_NONE):
+		break;
+	}
+
+	if (NULL == (arg = *v))
+		arg = *v = mandoc_calloc(1, sizeof(struct mdoc_arg));
+
+	arg->argc++;
+	arg->argv = mandoc_realloc
+		(arg->argv, arg->argc * sizeof(struct mdoc_argv));
+
+	memcpy(&arg->argv[(int)arg->argc - 1], 
+			&tmp, sizeof(struct mdoc_argv));
+
+	return(ARGV_ARG);
+}
+
+void
+mdoc_argv_free(struct mdoc_arg *p)
+{
+	int		 i;
+
+	if (NULL == p)
+		return;
+
+	if (p->refcnt) {
+		--(p->refcnt);
+		if (p->refcnt)
+			return;
+	}
+	assert(p->argc);
+
+	for (i = (int)p->argc - 1; i >= 0; i--)
+		argn_free(p, i);
+
+	free(p->argv);
+	free(p);
+}
+
+static void
+argn_free(struct mdoc_arg *p, int iarg)
+{
+	struct mdoc_argv *arg;
+	int		  j;
+
+	arg = &p->argv[iarg];
+
+	if (arg->sz && arg->value) {
+		for (j = (int)arg->sz - 1; j >= 0; j--) 
+			free(arg->value[j]);
+		free(arg->value);
+	}
+
+	for (--p->argc; iarg < (int)p->argc; iarg++)
+		p->argv[iarg] = p->argv[iarg+1];
+}
+
+enum margserr
+mdoc_zargs(struct mdoc *m, int line, int *pos, char *buf, char **v)
+{
+
+	return(args(m, line, pos, buf, ARGSFL_NONE, v));
+}
+
+enum margserr
+mdoc_args(struct mdoc *m, int line, int *pos, 
+		char *buf, enum mdoct tok, char **v)
+{
+	enum argsflag	  fl;
+	struct mdoc_node *n;
+
+	fl = mdocargs[tok].flags;
+
+	if (MDOC_It != tok)
+		return(args(m, line, pos, buf, fl, v));
+
+	/*
+	 * We know that we're in an `It', so it's reasonable to expect
+	 * us to be sitting in a `Bl'.  Someday this may not be the case
+	 * (if we allow random `It's sitting out there), so provide a
+	 * safe fall-back into the default behaviour.
+	 */
+
+	for (n = m->last; n; n = n->parent)
+		if (MDOC_Bl == n->tok)
+			if (LIST_column == n->norm->Bl.type) {
+				fl = ARGSFL_TABSEP;
+				break;
+			}
+
+	return(args(m, line, pos, buf, fl, v));
+}
+
+static enum margserr
+args(struct mdoc *m, int line, int *pos, 
+		char *buf, enum argsflag fl, char **v)
+{
+	char		*p, *pp;
+	enum margserr	 rc;
+
+	if ('\0' == buf[*pos]) {
+		if (MDOC_PPHRASE & m->flags)
+			return(ARGS_EOLN);
+		/*
+		 * If we're not in a partial phrase and the flag for
+		 * being a phrase literal is still set, the punctuation
+		 * is unterminated.
+		 */
+		if (MDOC_PHRASELIT & m->flags)
+			mdoc_pmsg(m, line, *pos, MANDOCERR_BADQUOTE);
+
+		m->flags &= ~MDOC_PHRASELIT;
+		return(ARGS_EOLN);
+	}
+
+	*v = &buf[*pos];
+
+	if (ARGSFL_DELIM == fl)
+		if (args_checkpunct(buf, *pos))
+			return(ARGS_PUNCT);
+
+	/*
+	 * First handle TABSEP items, restricted to `Bl -column'.  This
+	 * ignores conventional token parsing and instead uses tabs or
+	 * `Ta' macros to separate phrases.  Phrases are parsed again
+	 * for arguments at a later phase.
+	 */
+
+	if (ARGSFL_TABSEP == fl) {
+		/* Scan ahead to tab (can't be escaped). */
+		p = strchr(*v, '\t');
+		pp = NULL;
+
+		/* Scan ahead to unescaped `Ta'. */
+		if ( ! (MDOC_PHRASELIT & m->flags)) 
+			for (pp = *v; ; pp++) {
+				if (NULL == (pp = strstr(pp, "Ta")))
+					break;
+				if (pp > *v && ' ' != *(pp - 1))
+					continue;
+				if (' ' == *(pp + 2) || '\0' == *(pp + 2))
+					break;
+			}
+
+		/* By default, assume a phrase. */
+		rc = ARGS_PHRASE;
+
+		/* 
+		 * Adjust new-buffer position to be beyond delimiter
+		 * mark (e.g., Ta -> end + 2).
+		 */
+		if (p && pp) {
+			*pos += pp < p ? 2 : 1;
+			rc = pp < p ? ARGS_PHRASE : ARGS_PPHRASE;
+			p = pp < p ? pp : p;
+		} else if (p && ! pp) {
+			rc = ARGS_PPHRASE;
+			*pos += 1;
+		} else if (pp && ! p) {
+			p = pp;
+			*pos += 2;
+		} else {
+			rc = ARGS_PEND;
+			p = strchr(*v, 0);
+		}
+
+		/* Whitespace check for eoln case... */
+		if ('\0' == *p && ' ' == *(p - 1))
+			mdoc_pmsg(m, line, *pos, MANDOCERR_EOLNSPACE);
+
+		*pos += (int)(p - *v);
+
+		/* Strip delimiter's preceding whitespace. */
+		pp = p - 1;
+		while (pp > *v && ' ' == *pp) {
+			if (pp > *v && '\\' == *(pp - 1))
+				break;
+			pp--;
+		}
+		*(pp + 1) = 0;
+
+		/* Strip delimiter's proceeding whitespace. */
+		for (pp = &buf[*pos]; ' ' == *pp; pp++, (*pos)++)
+			/* Skip ahead. */ ;
+
+		return(rc);
+	} 
+
+	/* 
+	 * Process a quoted literal.  A quote begins with a double-quote
+	 * and ends with a double-quote NOT preceded by a double-quote.
+	 * Whitespace is NOT involved in literal termination.
+	 */
+
+	if (MDOC_PHRASELIT & m->flags || '\"' == buf[*pos]) {
+		if ( ! (MDOC_PHRASELIT & m->flags))
+			*v = &buf[++(*pos)];
+
+		if (MDOC_PPHRASE & m->flags)
+			m->flags |= MDOC_PHRASELIT;
+
+		for ( ; buf[*pos]; (*pos)++) {
+			if ('\"' != buf[*pos])
+				continue;
+			if ('\"' != buf[*pos + 1])
+				break;
+			(*pos)++;
+		}
+
+		if ('\0' == buf[*pos]) {
+			if (MDOC_PPHRASE & m->flags)
+				return(ARGS_QWORD);
+			mdoc_pmsg(m, line, *pos, MANDOCERR_BADQUOTE);
+			return(ARGS_QWORD);
+		}
+
+		m->flags &= ~MDOC_PHRASELIT;
+		buf[(*pos)++] = '\0';
+
+		if ('\0' == buf[*pos])
+			return(ARGS_QWORD);
+
+		while (' ' == buf[*pos])
+			(*pos)++;
+
+		if ('\0' == buf[*pos])
+			mdoc_pmsg(m, line, *pos, MANDOCERR_EOLNSPACE);
+
+		return(ARGS_QWORD);
+	}
+
+	p = &buf[*pos];
+	*v = mandoc_getarg(m->parse, &p, line, pos);
+
+	return(ARGS_WORD);
+}
+
+/* 
+ * Check if the string consists only of space-separated closing
+ * delimiters.  This is a bit of a dance: the first must be a close
+ * delimiter, but it may be followed by middle delimiters.  Arbitrary
+ * whitespace may separate these tokens.
+ */
+static int
+args_checkpunct(const char *buf, int i)
+{
+	int		 j;
+	char		 dbuf[DELIMSZ];
+	enum mdelim	 d;
+
+	/* First token must be a close-delimiter. */
+
+	for (j = 0; buf[i] && ' ' != buf[i] && j < DELIMSZ; j++, i++)
+		dbuf[j] = buf[i];
+
+	if (DELIMSZ == j)
+		return(0);
+
+	dbuf[j] = '\0';
+	if (DELIM_CLOSE != mdoc_isdelim(dbuf))
+		return(0);
+
+	while (' ' == buf[i])
+		i++;
+
+	/* Remaining must NOT be open/none. */
+	
+	while (buf[i]) {
+		j = 0;
+		while (buf[i] && ' ' != buf[i] && j < DELIMSZ)
+			dbuf[j++] = buf[i++];
+
+		if (DELIMSZ == j)
+			return(0);
+
+		dbuf[j] = '\0';
+		d = mdoc_isdelim(dbuf);
+		if (DELIM_NONE == d || DELIM_OPEN == d)
+			return(0);
+
+		while (' ' == buf[i])
+			i++;
+	}
+
+	return('\0' == buf[i]);
+}
+
+static int
+argv_multi(struct mdoc *m, int line, 
+		struct mdoc_argv *v, int *pos, char *buf)
+{
+	enum margserr	 ac;
+	char		*p;
+
+	for (v->sz = 0; ; v->sz++) {
+		if ('-' == buf[*pos])
+			break;
+		ac = args(m, line, pos, buf, ARGSFL_NONE, &p);
+		if (ARGS_ERROR == ac)
+			return(0);
+		else if (ARGS_EOLN == ac)
+			break;
+
+		if (0 == v->sz % MULTI_STEP)
+			v->value = mandoc_realloc(v->value, 
+				(v->sz + MULTI_STEP) * sizeof(char *));
+
+		v->value[(int)v->sz] = mandoc_strdup(p);
+	}
+
+	return(1);
+}
+
+static int
+argv_opt_single(struct mdoc *m, int line, 
+		struct mdoc_argv *v, int *pos, char *buf)
+{
+	enum margserr	 ac;
+	char		*p;
+
+	if ('-' == buf[*pos])
+		return(1);
+
+	ac = args(m, line, pos, buf, ARGSFL_NONE, &p);
+	if (ARGS_ERROR == ac)
+		return(0);
+	if (ARGS_EOLN == ac)
+		return(1);
+
+	v->sz = 1;
+	v->value = mandoc_malloc(sizeof(char *));
+	v->value[0] = mandoc_strdup(p);
+
+	return(1);
+}
+
+static int
+argv_single(struct mdoc *m, int line, 
+		struct mdoc_argv *v, int *pos, char *buf)
+{
+	int		 ppos;
+	enum margserr	 ac;
+	char		*p;
+
+	ppos = *pos;
+
+	ac = args(m, line, pos, buf, ARGSFL_NONE, &p);
+	if (ARGS_EOLN == ac) {
+		mdoc_pmsg(m, line, ppos, MANDOCERR_SYNTARGVCOUNT);
+		return(0);
+	} else if (ARGS_ERROR == ac)
+		return(0);
+
+	v->sz = 1;
+	v->value = mandoc_malloc(sizeof(char *));
+	v->value[0] = mandoc_strdup(p);
+
+	return(1);
+}
diff --git a/contrib/mdocml/mdoc_hash.c b/contrib/mdocml/mdoc_hash.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..59a8d26
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/mdocml/mdoc_hash.c
@@ -0,0 +1,94 @@
+/*	$Id: mdoc_hash.c,v 1.18 2011/07/24 18:15:14 kristaps Exp $ */
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2008, 2009 Kristaps Dzonsons <kristaps@bsd.lv>
+ *
+ * Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software for any
+ * purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above
+ * copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies.
+ *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" AND THE AUTHOR DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES
+ * WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
+ * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR
+ * ANY SPECIAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES
+ * WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN
+ * ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF
+ * OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
+ */
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+#include "config.h"
+#endif
+
+#include <sys/types.h>
+
+#include <assert.h>
+#include <ctype.h>
+#include <limits.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <string.h>
+
+#include "mdoc.h"
+#include "mandoc.h"
+#include "libmdoc.h"
+
+static	unsigned char	 table[27 * 12];
+
+/*
+ * XXX - this hash has global scope, so if intended for use as a library
+ * with multiple callers, it will need re-invocation protection.
+ */
+void
+mdoc_hash_init(void)
+{
+	int		 i, j, major;
+	const char	*p;
+
+	memset(table, UCHAR_MAX, sizeof(table));
+
+	for (i = 0; i < (int)MDOC_MAX; i++) {
+		p = mdoc_macronames[i];
+
+		if (isalpha((unsigned char)p[1]))
+			major = 12 * (tolower((unsigned char)p[1]) - 97);
+		else
+			major = 12 * 26;
+
+		for (j = 0; j < 12; j++)
+			if (UCHAR_MAX == table[major + j]) {
+				table[major + j] = (unsigned char)i;
+				break;
+			}
+
+		assert(j < 12);
+	}
+}
+
+enum mdoct
+mdoc_hash_find(const char *p)
+{
+	int		  major, i, j;
+
+	if (0 == p[0])
+		return(MDOC_MAX);
+	if ( ! isalpha((unsigned char)p[0]) && '%' != p[0])
+		return(MDOC_MAX);
+
+	if (isalpha((unsigned char)p[1]))
+		major = 12 * (tolower((unsigned char)p[1]) - 97);
+	else if ('1' == p[1])
+		major = 12 * 26;
+	else 
+		return(MDOC_MAX);
+
+	if (p[2] && p[3])
+		return(MDOC_MAX);
+
+	for (j = 0; j < 12; j++) {
+		if (UCHAR_MAX == (i = table[major + j]))
+			break;
+		if (0 == strcmp(p, mdoc_macronames[i]))
+			return((enum mdoct)i);
+	}
+
+	return(MDOC_MAX);
+}
diff --git a/contrib/mdocml/mdoc_html.c b/contrib/mdocml/mdoc_html.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..60ea6dc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/mdocml/mdoc_html.c
@@ -0,0 +1,2284 @@
+/*	$Id: mdoc_html.c,v 1.182 2011/11/03 20:37:00 schwarze Exp $ */
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011 Kristaps Dzonsons <kristaps@bsd.lv>
+ *
+ * Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software for any
+ * purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above
+ * copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies.
+ *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" AND THE AUTHOR DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES
+ * WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
+ * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR
+ * ANY SPECIAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES
+ * WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN
+ * ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF
+ * OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
+ */
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+#include "config.h"
+#endif
+
+#include <sys/types.h>
+
+#include <assert.h>
+#include <ctype.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+
+#include "mandoc.h"
+#include "out.h"
+#include "html.h"
+#include "mdoc.h"
+#include "main.h"
+
+#define	INDENT		 5
+
+#define	MDOC_ARGS	  const struct mdoc_meta *m, \
+			  const struct mdoc_node *n, \
+			  struct html *h
+
+#ifndef MIN
+#define	MIN(a,b)	((/*CONSTCOND*/(a)<(b))?(a):(b))
+#endif
+
+struct	htmlmdoc {
+	int		(*pre)(MDOC_ARGS);
+	void		(*post)(MDOC_ARGS);
+};
+
+static	void		  print_mdoc(MDOC_ARGS);
+static	void		  print_mdoc_head(MDOC_ARGS);
+static	void		  print_mdoc_node(MDOC_ARGS);
+static	void		  print_mdoc_nodelist(MDOC_ARGS);
+static	void	  	  synopsis_pre(struct html *, 
+				const struct mdoc_node *);
+
+static	void		  a2width(const char *, struct roffsu *);
+static	void		  a2offs(const char *, struct roffsu *);
+
+static	void		  mdoc_root_post(MDOC_ARGS);
+static	int		  mdoc_root_pre(MDOC_ARGS);
+
+static	void		  mdoc__x_post(MDOC_ARGS);
+static	int		  mdoc__x_pre(MDOC_ARGS);
+static	int		  mdoc_ad_pre(MDOC_ARGS);
+static	int		  mdoc_an_pre(MDOC_ARGS);
+static	int		  mdoc_ap_pre(MDOC_ARGS);
+static	int		  mdoc_ar_pre(MDOC_ARGS);
+static	int		  mdoc_bd_pre(MDOC_ARGS);
+static	int		  mdoc_bf_pre(MDOC_ARGS);
+static	void		  mdoc_bk_post(MDOC_ARGS);
+static	int		  mdoc_bk_pre(MDOC_ARGS);
+static	int		  mdoc_bl_pre(MDOC_ARGS);
+static	int		  mdoc_bt_pre(MDOC_ARGS);
+static	int		  mdoc_bx_pre(MDOC_ARGS);
+static	int		  mdoc_cd_pre(MDOC_ARGS);
+static	int		  mdoc_d1_pre(MDOC_ARGS);
+static	int		  mdoc_dv_pre(MDOC_ARGS);
+static	int		  mdoc_fa_pre(MDOC_ARGS);
+static	int		  mdoc_fd_pre(MDOC_ARGS);
+static	int		  mdoc_fl_pre(MDOC_ARGS);
+static	int		  mdoc_fn_pre(MDOC_ARGS);
+static	int		  mdoc_ft_pre(MDOC_ARGS);
+static	int		  mdoc_em_pre(MDOC_ARGS);
+static	int		  mdoc_er_pre(MDOC_ARGS);
+static	int		  mdoc_ev_pre(MDOC_ARGS);
+static	int		  mdoc_ex_pre(MDOC_ARGS);
+static	void		  mdoc_fo_post(MDOC_ARGS);
+static	int		  mdoc_fo_pre(MDOC_ARGS);
+static	int		  mdoc_ic_pre(MDOC_ARGS);
+static	int		  mdoc_igndelim_pre(MDOC_ARGS);
+static	int		  mdoc_in_pre(MDOC_ARGS);
+static	int		  mdoc_it_pre(MDOC_ARGS);
+static	int		  mdoc_lb_pre(MDOC_ARGS);
+static	int		  mdoc_li_pre(MDOC_ARGS);
+static	int		  mdoc_lk_pre(MDOC_ARGS);
+static	int		  mdoc_mt_pre(MDOC_ARGS);
+static	int		  mdoc_ms_pre(MDOC_ARGS);
+static	int		  mdoc_nd_pre(MDOC_ARGS);
+static	int		  mdoc_nm_pre(MDOC_ARGS);
+static	int		  mdoc_ns_pre(MDOC_ARGS);
+static	int		  mdoc_pa_pre(MDOC_ARGS);
+static	void		  mdoc_pf_post(MDOC_ARGS);
+static	int		  mdoc_pp_pre(MDOC_ARGS);
+static	void		  mdoc_quote_post(MDOC_ARGS);
+static	int		  mdoc_quote_pre(MDOC_ARGS);
+static	int		  mdoc_rs_pre(MDOC_ARGS);
+static	int		  mdoc_rv_pre(MDOC_ARGS);
+static	int		  mdoc_sh_pre(MDOC_ARGS);
+static	int		  mdoc_sm_pre(MDOC_ARGS);
+static	int		  mdoc_sp_pre(MDOC_ARGS);
+static	int		  mdoc_ss_pre(MDOC_ARGS);
+static	int		  mdoc_sx_pre(MDOC_ARGS);
+static	int		  mdoc_sy_pre(MDOC_ARGS);
+static	int		  mdoc_ud_pre(MDOC_ARGS);
+static	int		  mdoc_va_pre(MDOC_ARGS);
+static	int		  mdoc_vt_pre(MDOC_ARGS);
+static	int		  mdoc_xr_pre(MDOC_ARGS);
+static	int		  mdoc_xx_pre(MDOC_ARGS);
+
+static	const struct htmlmdoc mdocs[MDOC_MAX] = {
+	{mdoc_ap_pre, NULL}, /* Ap */
+	{NULL, NULL}, /* Dd */
+	{NULL, NULL}, /* Dt */
+	{NULL, NULL}, /* Os */
+	{mdoc_sh_pre, NULL }, /* Sh */
+	{mdoc_ss_pre, NULL }, /* Ss */ 
+	{mdoc_pp_pre, NULL}, /* Pp */ 
+	{mdoc_d1_pre, NULL}, /* D1 */
+	{mdoc_d1_pre, NULL}, /* Dl */
+	{mdoc_bd_pre, NULL}, /* Bd */
+	{NULL, NULL}, /* Ed */
+	{mdoc_bl_pre, NULL}, /* Bl */
+	{NULL, NULL}, /* El */
+	{mdoc_it_pre, NULL}, /* It */
+	{mdoc_ad_pre, NULL}, /* Ad */ 
+	{mdoc_an_pre, NULL}, /* An */
+	{mdoc_ar_pre, NULL}, /* Ar */
+	{mdoc_cd_pre, NULL}, /* Cd */
+	{mdoc_fl_pre, NULL}, /* Cm */
+	{mdoc_dv_pre, NULL}, /* Dv */ 
+	{mdoc_er_pre, NULL}, /* Er */ 
+	{mdoc_ev_pre, NULL}, /* Ev */ 
+	{mdoc_ex_pre, NULL}, /* Ex */
+	{mdoc_fa_pre, NULL}, /* Fa */ 
+	{mdoc_fd_pre, NULL}, /* Fd */ 
+	{mdoc_fl_pre, NULL}, /* Fl */
+	{mdoc_fn_pre, NULL}, /* Fn */ 
+	{mdoc_ft_pre, NULL}, /* Ft */ 
+	{mdoc_ic_pre, NULL}, /* Ic */ 
+	{mdoc_in_pre, NULL}, /* In */ 
+	{mdoc_li_pre, NULL}, /* Li */
+	{mdoc_nd_pre, NULL}, /* Nd */ 
+	{mdoc_nm_pre, NULL}, /* Nm */ 
+	{mdoc_quote_pre, mdoc_quote_post}, /* Op */
+	{NULL, NULL}, /* Ot */
+	{mdoc_pa_pre, NULL}, /* Pa */
+	{mdoc_rv_pre, NULL}, /* Rv */
+	{NULL, NULL}, /* St */ 
+	{mdoc_va_pre, NULL}, /* Va */
+	{mdoc_vt_pre, NULL}, /* Vt */ 
+	{mdoc_xr_pre, NULL}, /* Xr */
+	{mdoc__x_pre, mdoc__x_post}, /* %A */
+	{mdoc__x_pre, mdoc__x_post}, /* %B */
+	{mdoc__x_pre, mdoc__x_post}, /* %D */
+	{mdoc__x_pre, mdoc__x_post}, /* %I */
+	{mdoc__x_pre, mdoc__x_post}, /* %J */
+	{mdoc__x_pre, mdoc__x_post}, /* %N */
+	{mdoc__x_pre, mdoc__x_post}, /* %O */
+	{mdoc__x_pre, mdoc__x_post}, /* %P */
+	{mdoc__x_pre, mdoc__x_post}, /* %R */
+	{mdoc__x_pre, mdoc__x_post}, /* %T */
+	{mdoc__x_pre, mdoc__x_post}, /* %V */
+	{NULL, NULL}, /* Ac */
+	{mdoc_quote_pre, mdoc_quote_post}, /* Ao */
+	{mdoc_quote_pre, mdoc_quote_post}, /* Aq */
+	{NULL, NULL}, /* At */
+	{NULL, NULL}, /* Bc */
+	{mdoc_bf_pre, NULL}, /* Bf */ 
+	{mdoc_quote_pre, mdoc_quote_post}, /* Bo */
+	{mdoc_quote_pre, mdoc_quote_post}, /* Bq */
+	{mdoc_xx_pre, NULL}, /* Bsx */
+	{mdoc_bx_pre, NULL}, /* Bx */
+	{NULL, NULL}, /* Db */
+	{NULL, NULL}, /* Dc */
+	{mdoc_quote_pre, mdoc_quote_post}, /* Do */
+	{mdoc_quote_pre, mdoc_quote_post}, /* Dq */
+	{NULL, NULL}, /* Ec */ /* FIXME: no space */
+	{NULL, NULL}, /* Ef */
+	{mdoc_em_pre, NULL}, /* Em */ 
+	{mdoc_quote_pre, mdoc_quote_post}, /* Eo */
+	{mdoc_xx_pre, NULL}, /* Fx */
+	{mdoc_ms_pre, NULL}, /* Ms */
+	{mdoc_igndelim_pre, NULL}, /* No */
+	{mdoc_ns_pre, NULL}, /* Ns */
+	{mdoc_xx_pre, NULL}, /* Nx */
+	{mdoc_xx_pre, NULL}, /* Ox */
+	{NULL, NULL}, /* Pc */
+	{mdoc_igndelim_pre, mdoc_pf_post}, /* Pf */
+	{mdoc_quote_pre, mdoc_quote_post}, /* Po */
+	{mdoc_quote_pre, mdoc_quote_post}, /* Pq */
+	{NULL, NULL}, /* Qc */
+	{mdoc_quote_pre, mdoc_quote_post}, /* Ql */
+	{mdoc_quote_pre, mdoc_quote_post}, /* Qo */
+	{mdoc_quote_pre, mdoc_quote_post}, /* Qq */
+	{NULL, NULL}, /* Re */
+	{mdoc_rs_pre, NULL}, /* Rs */
+	{NULL, NULL}, /* Sc */
+	{mdoc_quote_pre, mdoc_quote_post}, /* So */
+	{mdoc_quote_pre, mdoc_quote_post}, /* Sq */
+	{mdoc_sm_pre, NULL}, /* Sm */ 
+	{mdoc_sx_pre, NULL}, /* Sx */
+	{mdoc_sy_pre, NULL}, /* Sy */
+	{NULL, NULL}, /* Tn */
+	{mdoc_xx_pre, NULL}, /* Ux */
+	{NULL, NULL}, /* Xc */
+	{NULL, NULL}, /* Xo */
+	{mdoc_fo_pre, mdoc_fo_post}, /* Fo */ 
+	{NULL, NULL}, /* Fc */ 
+	{mdoc_quote_pre, mdoc_quote_post}, /* Oo */
+	{NULL, NULL}, /* Oc */
+	{mdoc_bk_pre, mdoc_bk_post}, /* Bk */
+	{NULL, NULL}, /* Ek */
+	{mdoc_bt_pre, NULL}, /* Bt */
+	{NULL, NULL}, /* Hf */
+	{NULL, NULL}, /* Fr */
+	{mdoc_ud_pre, NULL}, /* Ud */
+	{mdoc_lb_pre, NULL}, /* Lb */
+	{mdoc_pp_pre, NULL}, /* Lp */ 
+	{mdoc_lk_pre, NULL}, /* Lk */ 
+	{mdoc_mt_pre, NULL}, /* Mt */ 
+	{mdoc_quote_pre, mdoc_quote_post}, /* Brq */ 
+	{mdoc_quote_pre, mdoc_quote_post}, /* Bro */ 
+	{NULL, NULL}, /* Brc */ 
+	{mdoc__x_pre, mdoc__x_post}, /* %C */ 
+	{NULL, NULL}, /* Es */  /* TODO */
+	{NULL, NULL}, /* En */  /* TODO */
+	{mdoc_xx_pre, NULL}, /* Dx */ 
+	{mdoc__x_pre, mdoc__x_post}, /* %Q */ 
+	{mdoc_sp_pre, NULL}, /* br */
+	{mdoc_sp_pre, NULL}, /* sp */ 
+	{mdoc__x_pre, mdoc__x_post}, /* %U */ 
+	{NULL, NULL}, /* Ta */ 
+};
+
+static	const char * const lists[LIST_MAX] = {
+	NULL,
+	"list-bul",
+	"list-col",
+	"list-dash",
+	"list-diag",
+	"list-enum",
+	"list-hang",
+	"list-hyph",
+	"list-inset",
+	"list-item",
+	"list-ohang",
+	"list-tag"
+};
+
+void
+html_mdoc(void *arg, const struct mdoc *m)
+{
+
+	print_mdoc(mdoc_meta(m), mdoc_node(m), (struct html *)arg);
+	putchar('\n');
+}
+
+
+/*
+ * Calculate the scaling unit passed in a `-width' argument.  This uses
+ * either a native scaling unit (e.g., 1i, 2m) or the string length of
+ * the value.
+ */
+static void
+a2width(const char *p, struct roffsu *su)
+{
+
+	if ( ! a2roffsu(p, su, SCALE_MAX)) {
+		su->unit = SCALE_BU;
+		su->scale = html_strlen(p);
+	}
+}
+
+
+/*
+ * See the same function in mdoc_term.c for documentation.
+ */
+static void
+synopsis_pre(struct html *h, const struct mdoc_node *n)
+{
+
+	if (NULL == n->prev || ! (MDOC_SYNPRETTY & n->flags))
+		return;
+
+	if (n->prev->tok == n->tok && 
+			MDOC_Fo != n->tok && 
+			MDOC_Ft != n->tok && 
+			MDOC_Fn != n->tok) {
+		print_otag(h, TAG_BR, 0, NULL);
+		return;
+	}
+
+	switch (n->prev->tok) {
+	case (MDOC_Fd):
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+	case (MDOC_Fn):
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+	case (MDOC_Fo):
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+	case (MDOC_In):
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+	case (MDOC_Vt):
+		print_otag(h, TAG_P, 0, NULL);
+		break;
+	case (MDOC_Ft):
+		if (MDOC_Fn != n->tok && MDOC_Fo != n->tok) {
+			print_otag(h, TAG_P, 0, NULL);
+			break;
+		}
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+	default:
+		print_otag(h, TAG_BR, 0, NULL);
+		break;
+	}
+}
+
+
+/*
+ * Calculate the scaling unit passed in an `-offset' argument.  This
+ * uses either a native scaling unit (e.g., 1i, 2m), one of a set of
+ * predefined strings (indent, etc.), or the string length of the value.
+ */
+static void
+a2offs(const char *p, struct roffsu *su)
+{
+
+	/* FIXME: "right"? */
+
+	if (0 == strcmp(p, "left"))
+		SCALE_HS_INIT(su, 0);
+	else if (0 == strcmp(p, "indent"))
+		SCALE_HS_INIT(su, INDENT);
+	else if (0 == strcmp(p, "indent-two"))
+		SCALE_HS_INIT(su, INDENT * 2);
+	else if ( ! a2roffsu(p, su, SCALE_MAX))
+		SCALE_HS_INIT(su, html_strlen(p));
+}
+
+
+static void
+print_mdoc(MDOC_ARGS)
+{
+	struct tag	*t, *tt;
+	struct htmlpair	 tag;
+
+	PAIR_CLASS_INIT(&tag, "mandoc");
+
+	if ( ! (HTML_FRAGMENT & h->oflags)) {
+		print_gen_decls(h);
+		t = print_otag(h, TAG_HTML, 0, NULL);
+		tt = print_otag(h, TAG_HEAD, 0, NULL);
+		print_mdoc_head(m, n, h);
+		print_tagq(h, tt);
+		print_otag(h, TAG_BODY, 0, NULL);
+		print_otag(h, TAG_DIV, 1, &tag);
+	} else 
+		t = print_otag(h, TAG_DIV, 1, &tag);
+
+	print_mdoc_nodelist(m, n, h);
+	print_tagq(h, t);
+}
+
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+static void
+print_mdoc_head(MDOC_ARGS)
+{
+
+	print_gen_head(h);
+	bufinit(h);
+	bufcat_fmt(h, "%s(%s)", m->title, m->msec);
+
+	if (m->arch)
+		bufcat_fmt(h, " (%s)", m->arch);
+
+	print_otag(h, TAG_TITLE, 0, NULL);
+	print_text(h, h->buf);
+}
+
+
+static void
+print_mdoc_nodelist(MDOC_ARGS)
+{
+
+	print_mdoc_node(m, n, h);
+	if (n->next)
+		print_mdoc_nodelist(m, n->next, h);
+}
+
+
+static void
+print_mdoc_node(MDOC_ARGS)
+{
+	int		 child;
+	struct tag	*t;
+
+	child = 1;
+	t = h->tags.head;
+
+	switch (n->type) {
+	case (MDOC_ROOT):
+		child = mdoc_root_pre(m, n, h);
+		break;
+	case (MDOC_TEXT):
+		/* No tables in this mode... */
+		assert(NULL == h->tblt);
+
+		/*
+		 * Make sure that if we're in a literal mode already
+		 * (i.e., within a <PRE>) don't print the newline.
+		 */
+		if (' ' == *n->string && MDOC_LINE & n->flags)
+			if ( ! (HTML_LITERAL & h->flags))
+				print_otag(h, TAG_BR, 0, NULL);
+		if (MDOC_DELIMC & n->flags)
+			h->flags |= HTML_NOSPACE;
+		print_text(h, n->string);
+		if (MDOC_DELIMO & n->flags)
+			h->flags |= HTML_NOSPACE;
+		return;
+	case (MDOC_EQN):
+		print_eqn(h, n->eqn);
+		break;
+	case (MDOC_TBL):
+		/*
+		 * This will take care of initialising all of the table
+		 * state data for the first table, then tearing it down
+		 * for the last one.
+		 */
+		print_tbl(h, n->span);
+		return;
+	default:
+		/*
+		 * Close out the current table, if it's open, and unset
+		 * the "meta" table state.  This will be reopened on the
+		 * next table element.
+		 */
+		if (h->tblt) {
+			print_tblclose(h);
+			t = h->tags.head;
+		}
+
+		assert(NULL == h->tblt);
+		if (mdocs[n->tok].pre && ENDBODY_NOT == n->end)
+			child = (*mdocs[n->tok].pre)(m, n, h);
+		break;
+	}
+
+	if (HTML_KEEP & h->flags) {
+		if (n->prev && n->prev->line != n->line) {
+			h->flags &= ~HTML_KEEP;
+			h->flags |= HTML_PREKEEP;
+		} else if (NULL == n->prev) {
+			if (n->parent && n->parent->line != n->line) {
+				h->flags &= ~HTML_KEEP;
+				h->flags |= HTML_PREKEEP;
+			}
+		}
+	}
+
+	if (child && n->child)
+		print_mdoc_nodelist(m, n->child, h);
+
+	print_stagq(h, t);
+
+	switch (n->type) {
+	case (MDOC_ROOT):
+		mdoc_root_post(m, n, h);
+		break;
+	case (MDOC_EQN):
+		break;
+	default:
+		if (mdocs[n->tok].post && ENDBODY_NOT == n->end)
+			(*mdocs[n->tok].post)(m, n, h);
+		break;
+	}
+}
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+static void
+mdoc_root_post(MDOC_ARGS)
+{
+	struct htmlpair	 tag[3];
+	struct tag	*t, *tt;
+
+	PAIR_SUMMARY_INIT(&tag[0], "Document Footer");
+	PAIR_CLASS_INIT(&tag[1], "foot");
+	PAIR_INIT(&tag[2], ATTR_WIDTH, "100%");
+	t = print_otag(h, TAG_TABLE, 3, tag);
+	PAIR_INIT(&tag[0], ATTR_WIDTH, "50%");
+	print_otag(h, TAG_COL, 1, tag);
+	print_otag(h, TAG_COL, 1, tag);
+
+	print_otag(h, TAG_TBODY, 0, NULL);
+
+	tt = print_otag(h, TAG_TR, 0, NULL);
+
+	PAIR_CLASS_INIT(&tag[0], "foot-date");
+	print_otag(h, TAG_TD, 1, tag);
+	print_text(h, m->date);
+	print_stagq(h, tt);
+
+	PAIR_CLASS_INIT(&tag[0], "foot-os");
+	PAIR_INIT(&tag[1], ATTR_ALIGN, "right");
+	print_otag(h, TAG_TD, 2, tag);
+	print_text(h, m->os);
+	print_tagq(h, t);
+}
+
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+static int
+mdoc_root_pre(MDOC_ARGS)
+{
+	struct htmlpair	 tag[3];
+	struct tag	*t, *tt;
+	char		 b[BUFSIZ], title[BUFSIZ];
+
+	strlcpy(b, m->vol, BUFSIZ);
+
+	if (m->arch) {
+		strlcat(b, " (", BUFSIZ);
+		strlcat(b, m->arch, BUFSIZ);
+		strlcat(b, ")", BUFSIZ);
+	}
+
+	snprintf(title, BUFSIZ - 1, "%s(%s)", m->title, m->msec);
+
+	PAIR_SUMMARY_INIT(&tag[0], "Document Header");
+	PAIR_CLASS_INIT(&tag[1], "head");
+	PAIR_INIT(&tag[2], ATTR_WIDTH, "100%");
+	t = print_otag(h, TAG_TABLE, 3, tag);
+	PAIR_INIT(&tag[0], ATTR_WIDTH, "30%");
+	print_otag(h, TAG_COL, 1, tag);
+	print_otag(h, TAG_COL, 1, tag);
+	print_otag(h, TAG_COL, 1, tag);
+
+	print_otag(h, TAG_TBODY, 0, NULL);
+
+	tt = print_otag(h, TAG_TR, 0, NULL);
+
+	PAIR_CLASS_INIT(&tag[0], "head-ltitle");
+	print_otag(h, TAG_TD, 1, tag);
+	print_text(h, title);
+	print_stagq(h, tt);
+
+	PAIR_CLASS_INIT(&tag[0], "head-vol");
+	PAIR_INIT(&tag[1], ATTR_ALIGN, "center");
+	print_otag(h, TAG_TD, 2, tag);
+	print_text(h, b);
+	print_stagq(h, tt);
+
+	PAIR_CLASS_INIT(&tag[0], "head-rtitle");
+	PAIR_INIT(&tag[1], ATTR_ALIGN, "right");
+	print_otag(h, TAG_TD, 2, tag);
+	print_text(h, title);
+	print_tagq(h, t);
+	return(1);
+}
+
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+static int
+mdoc_sh_pre(MDOC_ARGS)
+{
+	struct htmlpair	 tag;
+
+	if (MDOC_BLOCK == n->type) {
+		PAIR_CLASS_INIT(&tag, "section");
+		print_otag(h, TAG_DIV, 1, &tag);
+		return(1);
+	} else if (MDOC_BODY == n->type)
+		return(1);
+
+	bufinit(h);
+	bufcat(h, "x");
+
+	for (n = n->child; n && MDOC_TEXT == n->type; ) {
+		bufcat_id(h, n->string);
+		if (NULL != (n = n->next))
+			bufcat_id(h, " ");
+	}
+
+	if (NULL == n) {
+		PAIR_ID_INIT(&tag, h->buf);
+		print_otag(h, TAG_H1, 1, &tag);
+	} else
+		print_otag(h, TAG_H1, 0, NULL);
+
+	return(1);
+}
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+static int
+mdoc_ss_pre(MDOC_ARGS)
+{
+	struct htmlpair	 tag;
+
+	if (MDOC_BLOCK == n->type) {
+		PAIR_CLASS_INIT(&tag, "subsection");
+		print_otag(h, TAG_DIV, 1, &tag);
+		return(1);
+	} else if (MDOC_BODY == n->type)
+		return(1);
+
+	bufinit(h);
+	bufcat(h, "x");
+
+	for (n = n->child; n && MDOC_TEXT == n->type; ) {
+		bufcat_id(h, n->string);
+		if (NULL != (n = n->next))
+			bufcat_id(h, " ");
+	}
+
+	if (NULL == n) {
+		PAIR_ID_INIT(&tag, h->buf);
+		print_otag(h, TAG_H2, 1, &tag);
+	} else
+		print_otag(h, TAG_H2, 0, NULL);
+
+	return(1);
+}
+
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+static int
+mdoc_fl_pre(MDOC_ARGS)
+{
+	struct htmlpair	 tag;
+
+	PAIR_CLASS_INIT(&tag, "flag");
+	print_otag(h, TAG_B, 1, &tag);
+
+	/* `Cm' has no leading hyphen. */
+
+	if (MDOC_Cm == n->tok)
+		return(1);
+
+	print_text(h, "\\-");
+
+	if (n->child)
+		h->flags |= HTML_NOSPACE;
+	else if (n->next && n->next->line == n->line)
+		h->flags |= HTML_NOSPACE;
+
+	return(1);
+}
+
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+static int
+mdoc_nd_pre(MDOC_ARGS)
+{
+	struct htmlpair	 tag;
+
+	if (MDOC_BODY != n->type)
+		return(1);
+
+	/* XXX: this tag in theory can contain block elements. */
+
+	print_text(h, "\\(em");
+	PAIR_CLASS_INIT(&tag, "desc");
+	print_otag(h, TAG_SPAN, 1, &tag);
+	return(1);
+}
+
+
+static int
+mdoc_nm_pre(MDOC_ARGS)
+{
+	struct htmlpair	 tag;
+	struct roffsu	 su;
+	int		 len;
+
+	switch (n->type) {
+	case (MDOC_ELEM):
+		synopsis_pre(h, n);
+		PAIR_CLASS_INIT(&tag, "name");
+		print_otag(h, TAG_B, 1, &tag);
+		if (NULL == n->child && m->name)
+			print_text(h, m->name);
+		return(1);
+	case (MDOC_HEAD):
+		print_otag(h, TAG_TD, 0, NULL);
+		if (NULL == n->child && m->name)
+			print_text(h, m->name);
+		return(1);
+	case (MDOC_BODY):
+		print_otag(h, TAG_TD, 0, NULL);
+		return(1);
+	default:
+		break;
+	}
+
+	synopsis_pre(h, n);
+	PAIR_CLASS_INIT(&tag, "synopsis");
+	print_otag(h, TAG_TABLE, 1, &tag);
+
+	for (len = 0, n = n->child; n; n = n->next)
+		if (MDOC_TEXT == n->type)
+			len += html_strlen(n->string);
+
+	if (0 == len && m->name)
+		len = html_strlen(m->name);
+
+	SCALE_HS_INIT(&su, (double)len);
+	bufinit(h);
+	bufcat_su(h, "width", &su);
+	PAIR_STYLE_INIT(&tag, h);
+	print_otag(h, TAG_COL, 1, &tag);
+	print_otag(h, TAG_COL, 0, NULL);
+	print_otag(h, TAG_TBODY, 0, NULL);
+	print_otag(h, TAG_TR, 0, NULL);
+	return(1);
+}
+
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+static int
+mdoc_xr_pre(MDOC_ARGS)
+{
+	struct htmlpair	 tag[2];
+
+	if (NULL == n->child)
+		return(0);
+
+	PAIR_CLASS_INIT(&tag[0], "link-man");
+
+	if (h->base_man) {
+		buffmt_man(h, n->child->string, 
+				n->child->next ? 
+				n->child->next->string : NULL);
+		PAIR_HREF_INIT(&tag[1], h->buf);
+		print_otag(h, TAG_A, 2, tag);
+	} else
+		print_otag(h, TAG_A, 1, tag);
+
+	n = n->child;
+	print_text(h, n->string);
+
+	if (NULL == (n = n->next))
+		return(0);
+
+	h->flags |= HTML_NOSPACE;
+	print_text(h, "(");
+	h->flags |= HTML_NOSPACE;
+	print_text(h, n->string);
+	h->flags |= HTML_NOSPACE;
+	print_text(h, ")");
+	return(0);
+}
+
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+static int
+mdoc_ns_pre(MDOC_ARGS)
+{
+
+	if ( ! (MDOC_LINE & n->flags))
+		h->flags |= HTML_NOSPACE;
+	return(1);
+}
+
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+static int
+mdoc_ar_pre(MDOC_ARGS)
+{
+	struct htmlpair tag;
+
+	PAIR_CLASS_INIT(&tag, "arg");
+	print_otag(h, TAG_I, 1, &tag);
+	return(1);
+}
+
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+static int
+mdoc_xx_pre(MDOC_ARGS)
+{
+	const char	*pp;
+	struct htmlpair	 tag;
+	int		 flags;
+
+	switch (n->tok) {
+	case (MDOC_Bsx):
+		pp = "BSD/OS";
+		break;
+	case (MDOC_Dx):
+		pp = "DragonFly";
+		break;
+	case (MDOC_Fx):
+		pp = "FreeBSD";
+		break;
+	case (MDOC_Nx):
+		pp = "NetBSD";
+		break;
+	case (MDOC_Ox):
+		pp = "OpenBSD";
+		break;
+	case (MDOC_Ux):
+		pp = "UNIX";
+		break;
+	default:
+		return(1);
+	}
+
+	PAIR_CLASS_INIT(&tag, "unix");
+	print_otag(h, TAG_SPAN, 1, &tag);
+
+	print_text(h, pp);
+	if (n->child) {
+		flags = h->flags;
+		h->flags |= HTML_KEEP;
+		print_text(h, n->child->string);
+		h->flags = flags;
+	}
+	return(0);
+}
+
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+static int
+mdoc_bx_pre(MDOC_ARGS)
+{
+	struct htmlpair	 tag;
+
+	PAIR_CLASS_INIT(&tag, "unix");
+	print_otag(h, TAG_SPAN, 1, &tag);
+
+	if (NULL != (n = n->child)) {
+		print_text(h, n->string);
+		h->flags |= HTML_NOSPACE;
+		print_text(h, "BSD");
+	} else {
+		print_text(h, "BSD");
+		return(0);
+	}
+
+	if (NULL != (n = n->next)) {
+		h->flags |= HTML_NOSPACE;
+		print_text(h, "-");
+		h->flags |= HTML_NOSPACE;
+		print_text(h, n->string);
+	}
+
+	return(0);
+}
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+static int
+mdoc_it_pre(MDOC_ARGS)
+{
+	struct roffsu	 su;
+	enum mdoc_list	 type;
+	struct htmlpair	 tag[2];
+	const struct mdoc_node *bl;
+
+	bl = n->parent;
+	while (bl && MDOC_Bl != bl->tok)
+		bl = bl->parent;
+
+	assert(bl);
+
+	type = bl->norm->Bl.type;
+
+	assert(lists[type]);
+	PAIR_CLASS_INIT(&tag[0], lists[type]);
+
+	bufinit(h);
+
+	if (MDOC_HEAD == n->type) {
+		switch (type) {
+		case(LIST_bullet):
+			/* FALLTHROUGH */
+		case(LIST_dash):
+			/* FALLTHROUGH */
+		case(LIST_item):
+			/* FALLTHROUGH */
+		case(LIST_hyphen):
+			/* FALLTHROUGH */
+		case(LIST_enum):
+			return(0);
+		case(LIST_diag):
+			/* FALLTHROUGH */
+		case(LIST_hang):
+			/* FALLTHROUGH */
+		case(LIST_inset):
+			/* FALLTHROUGH */
+		case(LIST_ohang):
+			/* FALLTHROUGH */
+		case(LIST_tag):
+			SCALE_VS_INIT(&su, ! bl->norm->Bl.comp);
+			bufcat_su(h, "margin-top", &su);
+			PAIR_STYLE_INIT(&tag[1], h);
+			print_otag(h, TAG_DT, 2, tag);
+			if (LIST_diag != type)
+				break;
+			PAIR_CLASS_INIT(&tag[0], "diag");
+			print_otag(h, TAG_B, 1, tag);
+			break;
+		case(LIST_column):
+			break;
+		default:
+			break;
+		}
+	} else if (MDOC_BODY == n->type) {
+		switch (type) {
+		case(LIST_bullet):
+			/* FALLTHROUGH */
+		case(LIST_hyphen):
+			/* FALLTHROUGH */
+		case(LIST_dash):
+			/* FALLTHROUGH */
+		case(LIST_enum):
+			/* FALLTHROUGH */
+		case(LIST_item):
+			SCALE_VS_INIT(&su, ! bl->norm->Bl.comp);
+			bufcat_su(h, "margin-top", &su);
+			PAIR_STYLE_INIT(&tag[1], h);
+			print_otag(h, TAG_LI, 2, tag);
+			break;
+		case(LIST_diag):
+			/* FALLTHROUGH */
+		case(LIST_hang):
+			/* FALLTHROUGH */
+		case(LIST_inset):
+			/* FALLTHROUGH */
+		case(LIST_ohang):
+			/* FALLTHROUGH */
+		case(LIST_tag):
+			if (NULL == bl->norm->Bl.width) {
+				print_otag(h, TAG_DD, 1, tag);
+				break;
+			}
+			a2width(bl->norm->Bl.width, &su);
+			bufcat_su(h, "margin-left", &su);
+			PAIR_STYLE_INIT(&tag[1], h);
+			print_otag(h, TAG_DD, 2, tag);
+			break;
+		case(LIST_column):
+			SCALE_VS_INIT(&su, ! bl->norm->Bl.comp);
+			bufcat_su(h, "margin-top", &su);
+			PAIR_STYLE_INIT(&tag[1], h);
+			print_otag(h, TAG_TD, 2, tag);
+			break;
+		default:
+			break;
+		}
+	} else {
+		switch (type) {
+		case (LIST_column):
+			print_otag(h, TAG_TR, 1, tag);
+			break;
+		default:
+			break;
+		}
+	}
+
+	return(1);
+}
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+static int
+mdoc_bl_pre(MDOC_ARGS)
+{
+	int		 i;
+	struct htmlpair	 tag[3];
+	struct roffsu	 su;
+	char		 buf[BUFSIZ];
+
+	bufinit(h);
+
+	if (MDOC_BODY == n->type) {
+		if (LIST_column == n->norm->Bl.type)
+			print_otag(h, TAG_TBODY, 0, NULL);
+		return(1);
+	}
+
+	if (MDOC_HEAD == n->type) {
+		if (LIST_column != n->norm->Bl.type)
+			return(0);
+
+		/*
+		 * For each column, print out the <COL> tag with our
+		 * suggested width.  The last column gets min-width, as
+		 * in terminal mode it auto-sizes to the width of the
+		 * screen and we want to preserve that behaviour.
+		 */
+
+		for (i = 0; i < (int)n->norm->Bl.ncols; i++) {
+			a2width(n->norm->Bl.cols[i], &su);
+			if (i < (int)n->norm->Bl.ncols - 1)
+				bufcat_su(h, "width", &su);
+			else
+				bufcat_su(h, "min-width", &su);
+			PAIR_STYLE_INIT(&tag[0], h);
+			print_otag(h, TAG_COL, 1, tag);
+		}
+
+		return(0);
+	}
+
+	SCALE_VS_INIT(&su, 0);
+	bufcat_su(h, "margin-top", &su);
+	bufcat_su(h, "margin-bottom", &su);
+	PAIR_STYLE_INIT(&tag[0], h);
+
+	assert(lists[n->norm->Bl.type]);
+	strlcpy(buf, "list ", BUFSIZ);
+	strlcat(buf, lists[n->norm->Bl.type], BUFSIZ);
+	PAIR_INIT(&tag[1], ATTR_CLASS, buf);
+
+	/* Set the block's left-hand margin. */
+
+	if (n->norm->Bl.offs) {
+		a2offs(n->norm->Bl.offs, &su);
+		bufcat_su(h, "margin-left", &su);
+	}
+
+	switch (n->norm->Bl.type) {
+	case(LIST_bullet):
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+	case(LIST_dash):
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+	case(LIST_hyphen):
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+	case(LIST_item):
+		print_otag(h, TAG_UL, 2, tag);
+		break;
+	case(LIST_enum):
+		print_otag(h, TAG_OL, 2, tag);
+		break;
+	case(LIST_diag):
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+	case(LIST_hang):
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+	case(LIST_inset):
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+	case(LIST_ohang):
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+	case(LIST_tag):
+		print_otag(h, TAG_DL, 2, tag);
+		break;
+	case(LIST_column):
+		print_otag(h, TAG_TABLE, 2, tag);
+		break;
+	default:
+		abort();
+		/* NOTREACHED */
+	}
+
+	return(1);
+}
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+static int
+mdoc_ex_pre(MDOC_ARGS)
+{
+	struct tag	*t;
+	struct htmlpair	 tag;
+	int		 nchild;
+
+	if (n->prev)
+		print_otag(h, TAG_BR, 0, NULL);
+
+	PAIR_CLASS_INIT(&tag, "utility");
+
+	print_text(h, "The");
+
+	nchild = n->nchild;
+	for (n = n->child; n; n = n->next) {
+		assert(MDOC_TEXT == n->type);
+
+		t = print_otag(h, TAG_B, 1, &tag);
+		print_text(h, n->string);
+		print_tagq(h, t);
+
+		if (nchild > 2 && n->next) {
+			h->flags |= HTML_NOSPACE;
+			print_text(h, ",");
+		}
+
+		if (n->next && NULL == n->next->next)
+			print_text(h, "and");
+	}
+
+	if (nchild > 1)
+		print_text(h, "utilities exit");
+	else
+		print_text(h, "utility exits");
+
+       	print_text(h, "0 on success, and >0 if an error occurs.");
+	return(0);
+}
+
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+static int
+mdoc_em_pre(MDOC_ARGS)
+{
+	struct htmlpair	tag;
+
+	PAIR_CLASS_INIT(&tag, "emph");
+	print_otag(h, TAG_SPAN, 1, &tag);
+	return(1);
+}
+
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+static int
+mdoc_d1_pre(MDOC_ARGS)
+{
+	struct htmlpair	 tag[2];
+	struct roffsu	 su;
+
+	if (MDOC_BLOCK != n->type)
+		return(1);
+
+	SCALE_VS_INIT(&su, 0);
+	bufinit(h);
+	bufcat_su(h, "margin-top", &su);
+	bufcat_su(h, "margin-bottom", &su);
+	PAIR_STYLE_INIT(&tag[0], h);
+	print_otag(h, TAG_BLOCKQUOTE, 1, tag);
+
+	/* BLOCKQUOTE needs a block body. */
+
+	PAIR_CLASS_INIT(&tag[0], "display");
+	print_otag(h, TAG_DIV, 1, tag);
+
+	if (MDOC_Dl == n->tok) {
+		PAIR_CLASS_INIT(&tag[0], "lit");
+		print_otag(h, TAG_CODE, 1, tag);
+	} 
+
+	return(1);
+}
+
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+static int
+mdoc_sx_pre(MDOC_ARGS)
+{
+	struct htmlpair	 tag[2];
+
+	bufinit(h);
+	bufcat(h, "#x");
+
+	for (n = n->child; n; ) {
+		bufcat_id(h, n->string);
+		if (NULL != (n = n->next))
+			bufcat_id(h, " ");
+	}
+
+	PAIR_CLASS_INIT(&tag[0], "link-sec");
+	PAIR_HREF_INIT(&tag[1], h->buf);
+
+	print_otag(h, TAG_I, 1, tag);
+	print_otag(h, TAG_A, 2, tag);
+	return(1);
+}
+
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+static int
+mdoc_bd_pre(MDOC_ARGS)
+{
+	struct htmlpair	 	 tag[2];
+	int		 	 comp, sv;
+	const struct mdoc_node	*nn;
+	struct roffsu		 su;
+
+	if (MDOC_HEAD == n->type)
+		return(0);
+
+	if (MDOC_BLOCK == n->type) {
+		comp = n->norm->Bd.comp;
+		for (nn = n; nn && ! comp; nn = nn->parent) {
+			if (MDOC_BLOCK != nn->type)
+				continue;
+			if (MDOC_Ss == nn->tok || MDOC_Sh == nn->tok)
+				comp = 1;
+			if (nn->prev)
+				break;
+		}
+		if ( ! comp)
+			print_otag(h, TAG_P, 0, NULL);
+		return(1);
+	}
+
+	SCALE_HS_INIT(&su, 0);
+	if (n->norm->Bd.offs)
+		a2offs(n->norm->Bd.offs, &su);
+	
+	bufinit(h);
+	bufcat_su(h, "margin-left", &su);
+	PAIR_STYLE_INIT(&tag[0], h);
+
+	if (DISP_unfilled != n->norm->Bd.type && 
+			DISP_literal != n->norm->Bd.type) {
+		PAIR_CLASS_INIT(&tag[1], "display");
+		print_otag(h, TAG_DIV, 2, tag);
+		return(1);
+	}
+
+	PAIR_CLASS_INIT(&tag[1], "lit display");
+	print_otag(h, TAG_PRE, 2, tag);
+
+	/* This can be recursive: save & set our literal state. */
+
+	sv = h->flags & HTML_LITERAL;
+	h->flags |= HTML_LITERAL;
+
+	for (nn = n->child; nn; nn = nn->next) {
+		print_mdoc_node(m, nn, h);
+		/*
+		 * If the printed node flushes its own line, then we
+		 * needn't do it here as well.  This is hacky, but the
+		 * notion of selective eoln whitespace is pretty dumb
+		 * anyway, so don't sweat it.
+		 */
+		switch (nn->tok) {
+		case (MDOC_Sm):
+			/* FALLTHROUGH */
+		case (MDOC_br):
+			/* FALLTHROUGH */
+		case (MDOC_sp):
+			/* FALLTHROUGH */
+		case (MDOC_Bl):
+			/* FALLTHROUGH */
+		case (MDOC_D1):
+			/* FALLTHROUGH */
+		case (MDOC_Dl):
+			/* FALLTHROUGH */
+		case (MDOC_Lp):
+			/* FALLTHROUGH */
+		case (MDOC_Pp):
+			continue;
+		default:
+			break;
+		}
+		if (nn->next && nn->next->line == nn->line)
+			continue;
+		else if (nn->next)
+			print_text(h, "\n");
+
+		h->flags |= HTML_NOSPACE;
+	}
+
+	if (0 == sv)
+		h->flags &= ~HTML_LITERAL;
+
+	return(0);
+}
+
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+static int
+mdoc_pa_pre(MDOC_ARGS)
+{
+	struct htmlpair	tag;
+
+	PAIR_CLASS_INIT(&tag, "file");
+	print_otag(h, TAG_I, 1, &tag);
+	return(1);
+}
+
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+static int
+mdoc_ad_pre(MDOC_ARGS)
+{
+	struct htmlpair	tag;
+
+	PAIR_CLASS_INIT(&tag, "addr");
+	print_otag(h, TAG_I, 1, &tag);
+	return(1);
+}
+
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+static int
+mdoc_an_pre(MDOC_ARGS)
+{
+	struct htmlpair	tag;
+
+	/* TODO: -split and -nosplit (see termp_an_pre()). */
+
+	PAIR_CLASS_INIT(&tag, "author");
+	print_otag(h, TAG_SPAN, 1, &tag);
+	return(1);
+}
+
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+static int
+mdoc_cd_pre(MDOC_ARGS)
+{
+	struct htmlpair	tag;
+
+	synopsis_pre(h, n);
+	PAIR_CLASS_INIT(&tag, "config");
+	print_otag(h, TAG_B, 1, &tag);
+	return(1);
+}
+
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+static int
+mdoc_dv_pre(MDOC_ARGS)
+{
+	struct htmlpair	tag;
+
+	PAIR_CLASS_INIT(&tag, "define");
+	print_otag(h, TAG_SPAN, 1, &tag);
+	return(1);
+}
+
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+static int
+mdoc_ev_pre(MDOC_ARGS)
+{
+	struct htmlpair	tag;
+
+	PAIR_CLASS_INIT(&tag, "env");
+	print_otag(h, TAG_SPAN, 1, &tag);
+	return(1);
+}
+
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+static int
+mdoc_er_pre(MDOC_ARGS)
+{
+	struct htmlpair	tag;
+
+	PAIR_CLASS_INIT(&tag, "errno");
+	print_otag(h, TAG_SPAN, 1, &tag);
+	return(1);
+}
+
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+static int
+mdoc_fa_pre(MDOC_ARGS)
+{
+	const struct mdoc_node	*nn;
+	struct htmlpair		 tag;
+	struct tag		*t;
+
+	PAIR_CLASS_INIT(&tag, "farg");
+	if (n->parent->tok != MDOC_Fo) {
+		print_otag(h, TAG_I, 1, &tag);
+		return(1);
+	}
+
+	for (nn = n->child; nn; nn = nn->next) {
+		t = print_otag(h, TAG_I, 1, &tag);
+		print_text(h, nn->string);
+		print_tagq(h, t);
+		if (nn->next) {
+			h->flags |= HTML_NOSPACE;
+			print_text(h, ",");
+		}
+	}
+
+	if (n->child && n->next && n->next->tok == MDOC_Fa) {
+		h->flags |= HTML_NOSPACE;
+		print_text(h, ",");
+	}
+
+	return(0);
+}
+
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+static int
+mdoc_fd_pre(MDOC_ARGS)
+{
+	struct htmlpair	 tag[2];
+	char		 buf[BUFSIZ];
+	size_t		 sz;
+	int		 i;
+	struct tag	*t;
+
+	synopsis_pre(h, n);
+
+	if (NULL == (n = n->child))
+		return(0);
+
+	assert(MDOC_TEXT == n->type);
+
+	if (strcmp(n->string, "#include")) {
+		PAIR_CLASS_INIT(&tag[0], "macro");
+		print_otag(h, TAG_B, 1, tag);
+		return(1);
+	}
+
+	PAIR_CLASS_INIT(&tag[0], "includes");
+	print_otag(h, TAG_B, 1, tag);
+	print_text(h, n->string);
+
+	if (NULL != (n = n->next)) {
+		assert(MDOC_TEXT == n->type);
+		strlcpy(buf, '<' == *n->string || '"' == *n->string ? 
+				n->string + 1 : n->string, BUFSIZ);
+
+		sz = strlen(buf);
+		if (sz && ('>' == buf[sz - 1] || '"' == buf[sz - 1]))
+			buf[sz - 1] = '\0';
+
+		PAIR_CLASS_INIT(&tag[0], "link-includes");
+		
+		i = 1;
+		if (h->base_includes) {
+			buffmt_includes(h, buf);
+			PAIR_HREF_INIT(&tag[i], h->buf);
+			i++;
+		} 
+
+		t = print_otag(h, TAG_A, i, tag);
+		print_text(h, n->string);
+		print_tagq(h, t);
+
+		n = n->next;
+	}
+
+	for ( ; n; n = n->next) {
+		assert(MDOC_TEXT == n->type);
+		print_text(h, n->string);
+	}
+
+	return(0);
+}
+
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+static int
+mdoc_vt_pre(MDOC_ARGS)
+{
+	struct htmlpair	 tag;
+
+	if (MDOC_BLOCK == n->type) {
+		synopsis_pre(h, n);
+		return(1);
+	} else if (MDOC_ELEM == n->type) {
+		synopsis_pre(h, n);
+	} else if (MDOC_HEAD == n->type)
+		return(0);
+
+	PAIR_CLASS_INIT(&tag, "type");
+	print_otag(h, TAG_SPAN, 1, &tag);
+	return(1);
+}
+
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+static int
+mdoc_ft_pre(MDOC_ARGS)
+{
+	struct htmlpair	 tag;
+
+	synopsis_pre(h, n);
+	PAIR_CLASS_INIT(&tag, "ftype");
+	print_otag(h, TAG_I, 1, &tag);
+	return(1);
+}
+
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+static int
+mdoc_fn_pre(MDOC_ARGS)
+{
+	struct tag	*t;
+	struct htmlpair	 tag[2];
+	char		 nbuf[BUFSIZ];
+	const char	*sp, *ep;
+	int		 sz, i, pretty;
+
+	pretty = MDOC_SYNPRETTY & n->flags;
+	synopsis_pre(h, n);
+
+	/* Split apart into type and name. */
+	assert(n->child->string);
+	sp = n->child->string;
+
+	ep = strchr(sp, ' ');
+	if (NULL != ep) {
+		PAIR_CLASS_INIT(&tag[0], "ftype");
+		t = print_otag(h, TAG_I, 1, tag);
+	
+		while (ep) {
+			sz = MIN((int)(ep - sp), BUFSIZ - 1);
+			(void)memcpy(nbuf, sp, (size_t)sz);
+			nbuf[sz] = '\0';
+			print_text(h, nbuf);
+			sp = ++ep;
+			ep = strchr(sp, ' ');
+		}
+		print_tagq(h, t);
+	}
+
+	PAIR_CLASS_INIT(&tag[0], "fname");
+
+	/*
+	 * FIXME: only refer to IDs that we know exist.
+	 */
+
+#if 0
+	if (MDOC_SYNPRETTY & n->flags) {
+		nbuf[0] = '\0';
+		html_idcat(nbuf, sp, BUFSIZ);
+		PAIR_ID_INIT(&tag[1], nbuf);
+	} else {
+		strlcpy(nbuf, "#", BUFSIZ);
+		html_idcat(nbuf, sp, BUFSIZ);
+		PAIR_HREF_INIT(&tag[1], nbuf);
+	}
+#endif
+
+	t = print_otag(h, TAG_B, 1, tag);
+
+	if (sp) {
+		strlcpy(nbuf, sp, BUFSIZ);
+		print_text(h, nbuf);
+	}
+
+	print_tagq(h, t);
+
+	h->flags |= HTML_NOSPACE;
+	print_text(h, "(");
+	h->flags |= HTML_NOSPACE;
+
+	PAIR_CLASS_INIT(&tag[0], "farg");
+	bufinit(h);
+	bufcat_style(h, "white-space", "nowrap");
+	PAIR_STYLE_INIT(&tag[1], h);
+
+	for (n = n->child->next; n; n = n->next) {
+		i = 1;
+		if (MDOC_SYNPRETTY & n->flags)
+			i = 2;
+		t = print_otag(h, TAG_I, i, tag);
+		print_text(h, n->string);
+		print_tagq(h, t);
+		if (n->next) {
+			h->flags |= HTML_NOSPACE;
+			print_text(h, ",");
+		}
+	}
+
+	h->flags |= HTML_NOSPACE;
+	print_text(h, ")");
+
+	if (pretty) {
+		h->flags |= HTML_NOSPACE;
+		print_text(h, ";");
+	}
+
+	return(0);
+}
+
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+static int
+mdoc_sm_pre(MDOC_ARGS)
+{
+
+	assert(n->child && MDOC_TEXT == n->child->type);
+	if (0 == strcmp("on", n->child->string)) {
+		/* 
+		 * FIXME: no p->col to check.  Thus, if we have
+		 *  .Bd -literal
+		 *  .Sm off
+		 *  1 2
+		 *  .Sm on
+		 *  3
+		 *  .Ed
+		 * the "3" is preceded by a space.
+		 */
+		h->flags &= ~HTML_NOSPACE;
+		h->flags &= ~HTML_NONOSPACE;
+	} else
+		h->flags |= HTML_NONOSPACE;
+
+	return(0);
+}
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+static int
+mdoc_pp_pre(MDOC_ARGS)
+{
+
+	print_otag(h, TAG_P, 0, NULL);
+	return(0);
+
+}
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+static int
+mdoc_sp_pre(MDOC_ARGS)
+{
+	struct roffsu	 su;
+	struct htmlpair	 tag;
+
+	SCALE_VS_INIT(&su, 1);
+
+	if (MDOC_sp == n->tok) {
+		if (NULL != (n = n->child))
+			if ( ! a2roffsu(n->string, &su, SCALE_VS))
+				SCALE_VS_INIT(&su, atoi(n->string));
+	} else
+		su.scale = 0;
+
+	bufinit(h);
+	bufcat_su(h, "height", &su);
+	PAIR_STYLE_INIT(&tag, h);
+	print_otag(h, TAG_DIV, 1, &tag);
+
+	/* So the div isn't empty: */
+	print_text(h, "\\~");
+
+	return(0);
+
+}
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+static int
+mdoc_lk_pre(MDOC_ARGS)
+{
+	struct htmlpair	 tag[2];
+
+	if (NULL == (n = n->child))
+		return(0);
+
+	assert(MDOC_TEXT == n->type);
+
+	PAIR_CLASS_INIT(&tag[0], "link-ext");
+	PAIR_HREF_INIT(&tag[1], n->string);
+
+	print_otag(h, TAG_A, 2, tag);
+
+	if (NULL == n->next)
+		print_text(h, n->string);
+
+	for (n = n->next; n; n = n->next)
+		print_text(h, n->string);
+
+	return(0);
+}
+
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+static int
+mdoc_mt_pre(MDOC_ARGS)
+{
+	struct htmlpair	 tag[2];
+	struct tag	*t;
+
+	PAIR_CLASS_INIT(&tag[0], "link-mail");
+
+	for (n = n->child; n; n = n->next) {
+		assert(MDOC_TEXT == n->type);
+
+		bufinit(h);
+		bufcat(h, "mailto:");
+		bufcat(h, n->string);
+
+		PAIR_HREF_INIT(&tag[1], h->buf);
+		t = print_otag(h, TAG_A, 2, tag);
+		print_text(h, n->string);
+		print_tagq(h, t);
+	}
+	
+	return(0);
+}
+
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+static int
+mdoc_fo_pre(MDOC_ARGS)
+{
+	struct htmlpair	 tag;
+	struct tag	*t;
+
+	if (MDOC_BODY == n->type) {
+		h->flags |= HTML_NOSPACE;
+		print_text(h, "(");
+		h->flags |= HTML_NOSPACE;
+		return(1);
+	} else if (MDOC_BLOCK == n->type) {
+		synopsis_pre(h, n);
+		return(1);
+	}
+
+	/* XXX: we drop non-initial arguments as per groff. */
+
+	assert(n->child);
+	assert(n->child->string);
+
+	PAIR_CLASS_INIT(&tag, "fname");
+	t = print_otag(h, TAG_B, 1, &tag);
+	print_text(h, n->child->string);
+	print_tagq(h, t);
+	return(0);
+}
+
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+static void
+mdoc_fo_post(MDOC_ARGS)
+{
+
+	if (MDOC_BODY != n->type)
+		return;
+	h->flags |= HTML_NOSPACE;
+	print_text(h, ")");
+	h->flags |= HTML_NOSPACE;
+	print_text(h, ";");
+}
+
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+static int
+mdoc_in_pre(MDOC_ARGS)
+{
+	struct tag	*t;
+	struct htmlpair	 tag[2];
+	int		 i;
+
+	synopsis_pre(h, n);
+
+	PAIR_CLASS_INIT(&tag[0], "includes");
+	print_otag(h, TAG_B, 1, tag);
+
+	/*
+	 * The first argument of the `In' gets special treatment as
+	 * being a linked value.  Subsequent values are printed
+	 * afterward.  groff does similarly.  This also handles the case
+	 * of no children.
+	 */
+
+	if (MDOC_SYNPRETTY & n->flags && MDOC_LINE & n->flags)
+		print_text(h, "#include");
+
+	print_text(h, "<");
+	h->flags |= HTML_NOSPACE;
+
+	if (NULL != (n = n->child)) {
+		assert(MDOC_TEXT == n->type);
+
+		PAIR_CLASS_INIT(&tag[0], "link-includes");
+
+		i = 1;
+		if (h->base_includes) {
+			buffmt_includes(h, n->string);
+			PAIR_HREF_INIT(&tag[i], h->buf);
+			i++;
+		} 
+
+		t = print_otag(h, TAG_A, i, tag);
+		print_text(h, n->string);
+		print_tagq(h, t);
+
+		n = n->next;
+	}
+
+	h->flags |= HTML_NOSPACE;
+	print_text(h, ">");
+
+	for ( ; n; n = n->next) {
+		assert(MDOC_TEXT == n->type);
+		print_text(h, n->string);
+	}
+
+	return(0);
+}
+
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+static int
+mdoc_ic_pre(MDOC_ARGS)
+{
+	struct htmlpair	tag;
+
+	PAIR_CLASS_INIT(&tag, "cmd");
+	print_otag(h, TAG_B, 1, &tag);
+	return(1);
+}
+
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+static int
+mdoc_rv_pre(MDOC_ARGS)
+{
+	struct htmlpair	 tag;
+	struct tag	*t;
+	int		 nchild;
+
+	if (n->prev)
+		print_otag(h, TAG_BR, 0, NULL);
+
+	PAIR_CLASS_INIT(&tag, "fname");
+
+	print_text(h, "The");
+
+	nchild = n->nchild;
+	for (n = n->child; n; n = n->next) {
+		assert(MDOC_TEXT == n->type);
+
+		t = print_otag(h, TAG_B, 1, &tag);
+		print_text(h, n->string);
+		print_tagq(h, t);
+
+		h->flags |= HTML_NOSPACE;
+		print_text(h, "()");
+
+		if (nchild > 2 && n->next) {
+			h->flags |= HTML_NOSPACE;
+			print_text(h, ",");
+		}
+
+		if (n->next && NULL == n->next->next)
+			print_text(h, "and");
+	}
+
+	if (nchild > 1)
+		print_text(h, "functions return");
+	else
+		print_text(h, "function returns");
+
+       	print_text(h, "the value 0 if successful; otherwise the value "
+			"-1 is returned and the global variable");
+
+	PAIR_CLASS_INIT(&tag, "var");
+	t = print_otag(h, TAG_B, 1, &tag);
+	print_text(h, "errno");
+	print_tagq(h, t);
+       	print_text(h, "is set to indicate the error.");
+	return(0);
+}
+
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+static int
+mdoc_va_pre(MDOC_ARGS)
+{
+	struct htmlpair	tag;
+
+	PAIR_CLASS_INIT(&tag, "var");
+	print_otag(h, TAG_B, 1, &tag);
+	return(1);
+}
+
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+static int
+mdoc_ap_pre(MDOC_ARGS)
+{
+	
+	h->flags |= HTML_NOSPACE;
+	print_text(h, "\\(aq");
+	h->flags |= HTML_NOSPACE;
+	return(1);
+}
+
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+static int
+mdoc_bf_pre(MDOC_ARGS)
+{
+	struct htmlpair	 tag[2];
+	struct roffsu	 su;
+
+	if (MDOC_HEAD == n->type)
+		return(0);
+	else if (MDOC_BODY != n->type)
+		return(1);
+
+	if (FONT_Em == n->norm->Bf.font) 
+		PAIR_CLASS_INIT(&tag[0], "emph");
+	else if (FONT_Sy == n->norm->Bf.font) 
+		PAIR_CLASS_INIT(&tag[0], "symb");
+	else if (FONT_Li == n->norm->Bf.font) 
+		PAIR_CLASS_INIT(&tag[0], "lit");
+	else
+		PAIR_CLASS_INIT(&tag[0], "none");
+
+	/* 
+	 * We want this to be inline-formatted, but needs to be div to
+	 * accept block children. 
+	 */
+	bufinit(h);
+	bufcat_style(h, "display", "inline");
+	SCALE_HS_INIT(&su, 1);
+	/* Needs a left-margin for spacing. */
+	bufcat_su(h, "margin-left", &su);
+	PAIR_STYLE_INIT(&tag[1], h);
+	print_otag(h, TAG_DIV, 2, tag);
+	return(1);
+}
+
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+static int
+mdoc_ms_pre(MDOC_ARGS)
+{
+	struct htmlpair	tag;
+
+	PAIR_CLASS_INIT(&tag, "symb");
+	print_otag(h, TAG_SPAN, 1, &tag);
+	return(1);
+}
+
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+static int
+mdoc_igndelim_pre(MDOC_ARGS)
+{
+
+	h->flags |= HTML_IGNDELIM;
+	return(1);
+}
+
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+static void
+mdoc_pf_post(MDOC_ARGS)
+{
+
+	h->flags |= HTML_NOSPACE;
+}
+
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+static int
+mdoc_rs_pre(MDOC_ARGS)
+{
+	struct htmlpair	 tag;
+
+	if (MDOC_BLOCK != n->type)
+		return(1);
+
+	if (n->prev && SEC_SEE_ALSO == n->sec)
+		print_otag(h, TAG_P, 0, NULL);
+
+	PAIR_CLASS_INIT(&tag, "ref");
+	print_otag(h, TAG_SPAN, 1, &tag);
+	return(1);
+}
+
+
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+static int
+mdoc_li_pre(MDOC_ARGS)
+{
+	struct htmlpair	tag;
+
+	PAIR_CLASS_INIT(&tag, "lit");
+	print_otag(h, TAG_CODE, 1, &tag);
+	return(1);
+}
+
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+static int
+mdoc_sy_pre(MDOC_ARGS)
+{
+	struct htmlpair	tag;
+
+	PAIR_CLASS_INIT(&tag, "symb");
+	print_otag(h, TAG_SPAN, 1, &tag);
+	return(1);
+}
+
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+static int
+mdoc_bt_pre(MDOC_ARGS)
+{
+
+	print_text(h, "is currently in beta test.");
+	return(0);
+}
+
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+static int
+mdoc_ud_pre(MDOC_ARGS)
+{
+
+	print_text(h, "currently under development.");
+	return(0);
+}
+
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+static int
+mdoc_lb_pre(MDOC_ARGS)
+{
+	struct htmlpair	tag;
+
+	if (SEC_LIBRARY == n->sec && MDOC_LINE & n->flags && n->prev)
+		print_otag(h, TAG_BR, 0, NULL);
+
+	PAIR_CLASS_INIT(&tag, "lib");
+	print_otag(h, TAG_SPAN, 1, &tag);
+	return(1);
+}
+
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+static int
+mdoc__x_pre(MDOC_ARGS)
+{
+	struct htmlpair	tag[2];
+	enum htmltag	t;
+
+	t = TAG_SPAN;
+
+	switch (n->tok) {
+	case(MDOC__A):
+		PAIR_CLASS_INIT(&tag[0], "ref-auth");
+		if (n->prev && MDOC__A == n->prev->tok)
+			if (NULL == n->next || MDOC__A != n->next->tok)
+				print_text(h, "and");
+		break;
+	case(MDOC__B):
+		PAIR_CLASS_INIT(&tag[0], "ref-book");
+		t = TAG_I;
+		break;
+	case(MDOC__C):
+		PAIR_CLASS_INIT(&tag[0], "ref-city");
+		break;
+	case(MDOC__D):
+		PAIR_CLASS_INIT(&tag[0], "ref-date");
+		break;
+	case(MDOC__I):
+		PAIR_CLASS_INIT(&tag[0], "ref-issue");
+		t = TAG_I;
+		break;
+	case(MDOC__J):
+		PAIR_CLASS_INIT(&tag[0], "ref-jrnl");
+		t = TAG_I;
+		break;
+	case(MDOC__N):
+		PAIR_CLASS_INIT(&tag[0], "ref-num");
+		break;
+	case(MDOC__O):
+		PAIR_CLASS_INIT(&tag[0], "ref-opt");
+		break;
+	case(MDOC__P):
+		PAIR_CLASS_INIT(&tag[0], "ref-page");
+		break;
+	case(MDOC__Q):
+		PAIR_CLASS_INIT(&tag[0], "ref-corp");
+		break;
+	case(MDOC__R):
+		PAIR_CLASS_INIT(&tag[0], "ref-rep");
+		break;
+	case(MDOC__T):
+		PAIR_CLASS_INIT(&tag[0], "ref-title");
+		break;
+	case(MDOC__U):
+		PAIR_CLASS_INIT(&tag[0], "link-ref");
+		break;
+	case(MDOC__V):
+		PAIR_CLASS_INIT(&tag[0], "ref-vol");
+		break;
+	default:
+		abort();
+		/* NOTREACHED */
+	}
+
+	if (MDOC__U != n->tok) {
+		print_otag(h, t, 1, tag);
+		return(1);
+	}
+
+	PAIR_HREF_INIT(&tag[1], n->child->string);
+	print_otag(h, TAG_A, 2, tag);
+
+	return(1);
+}
+
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+static void
+mdoc__x_post(MDOC_ARGS)
+{
+
+	if (MDOC__A == n->tok && n->next && MDOC__A == n->next->tok)
+		if (NULL == n->next->next || MDOC__A != n->next->next->tok)
+			if (NULL == n->prev || MDOC__A != n->prev->tok)
+				return;
+
+	/* TODO: %U */
+
+	if (NULL == n->parent || MDOC_Rs != n->parent->tok)
+		return;
+
+	h->flags |= HTML_NOSPACE;
+	print_text(h, n->next ? "," : ".");
+}
+
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+static int
+mdoc_bk_pre(MDOC_ARGS)
+{
+
+	switch (n->type) {
+	case (MDOC_BLOCK):
+		break;
+	case (MDOC_HEAD):
+		return(0);
+	case (MDOC_BODY):
+		if (n->parent->args || 0 == n->prev->nchild)
+			h->flags |= HTML_PREKEEP;
+		break;
+	default:
+		abort();
+		/* NOTREACHED */
+	}
+
+	return(1);
+}
+
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+static void
+mdoc_bk_post(MDOC_ARGS)
+{
+
+	if (MDOC_BODY == n->type)
+		h->flags &= ~(HTML_KEEP | HTML_PREKEEP);
+}
+
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+static int
+mdoc_quote_pre(MDOC_ARGS)
+{
+	struct htmlpair	tag;
+
+	if (MDOC_BODY != n->type)
+		return(1);
+
+	switch (n->tok) {
+	case (MDOC_Ao):
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+	case (MDOC_Aq):
+		print_text(h, "\\(la");
+		break;
+	case (MDOC_Bro):
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+	case (MDOC_Brq):
+		print_text(h, "\\(lC");
+		break;
+	case (MDOC_Bo):
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+	case (MDOC_Bq):
+		print_text(h, "\\(lB");
+		break;
+	case (MDOC_Oo):
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+	case (MDOC_Op):
+		print_text(h, "\\(lB");
+		h->flags |= HTML_NOSPACE;
+		PAIR_CLASS_INIT(&tag, "opt");
+		print_otag(h, TAG_SPAN, 1, &tag);
+		break;
+	case (MDOC_Eo):
+		break;
+	case (MDOC_Do):
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+	case (MDOC_Dq):
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+	case (MDOC_Qo):
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+	case (MDOC_Qq):
+		print_text(h, "\\(lq");
+		break;
+	case (MDOC_Po):
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+	case (MDOC_Pq):
+		print_text(h, "(");
+		break;
+	case (MDOC_Ql):
+		print_text(h, "\\(oq");
+		h->flags |= HTML_NOSPACE;
+		PAIR_CLASS_INIT(&tag, "lit");
+		print_otag(h, TAG_CODE, 1, &tag);
+		break;
+	case (MDOC_So):
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+	case (MDOC_Sq):
+		print_text(h, "\\(oq");
+		break;
+	default:
+		abort();
+		/* NOTREACHED */
+	}
+
+	h->flags |= HTML_NOSPACE;
+	return(1);
+}
+
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+static void
+mdoc_quote_post(MDOC_ARGS)
+{
+
+	if (MDOC_BODY != n->type)
+		return;
+
+	h->flags |= HTML_NOSPACE;
+
+	switch (n->tok) {
+	case (MDOC_Ao):
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+	case (MDOC_Aq):
+		print_text(h, "\\(ra");
+		break;
+	case (MDOC_Bro):
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+	case (MDOC_Brq):
+		print_text(h, "\\(rC");
+		break;
+	case (MDOC_Oo):
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+	case (MDOC_Op):
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+	case (MDOC_Bo):
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+	case (MDOC_Bq):
+		print_text(h, "\\(rB");
+		break;
+	case (MDOC_Eo):
+		break;
+	case (MDOC_Qo):
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+	case (MDOC_Qq):
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+	case (MDOC_Do):
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+	case (MDOC_Dq):
+		print_text(h, "\\(rq");
+		break;
+	case (MDOC_Po):
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+	case (MDOC_Pq):
+		print_text(h, ")");
+		break;
+	case (MDOC_Ql):
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+	case (MDOC_So):
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+	case (MDOC_Sq):
+		print_text(h, "\\(aq");
+		break;
+	default:
+		abort();
+		/* NOTREACHED */
+	}
+}
+
+
diff --git a/contrib/mdocml/mdoc_macro.c b/contrib/mdocml/mdoc_macro.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..11d1473
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/mdocml/mdoc_macro.c
@@ -0,0 +1,1787 @@
+/*	$Id: mdoc_macro.c,v 1.115 2012/01/05 00:43:51 schwarze Exp $ */
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011 Kristaps Dzonsons <kristaps@bsd.lv>
+ * Copyright (c) 2010 Ingo Schwarze <schwarze@openbsd.org>
+ *
+ * Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software for any
+ * purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above
+ * copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies.
+ *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" AND THE AUTHOR DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES
+ * WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
+ * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR
+ * ANY SPECIAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES
+ * WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN
+ * ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF
+ * OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
+ */
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+#include "config.h"
+#endif
+
+#include <assert.h>
+#include <ctype.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <time.h>
+
+#include "mdoc.h"
+#include "mandoc.h"
+#include "libmdoc.h"
+#include "libmandoc.h"
+
+enum	rew {	/* see rew_dohalt() */
+	REWIND_NONE,
+	REWIND_THIS,
+	REWIND_MORE,
+	REWIND_FORCE,
+	REWIND_LATER,
+	REWIND_ERROR
+};
+
+static	int	  	blk_full(MACRO_PROT_ARGS);
+static	int	  	blk_exp_close(MACRO_PROT_ARGS);
+static	int	  	blk_part_exp(MACRO_PROT_ARGS);
+static	int	  	blk_part_imp(MACRO_PROT_ARGS);
+static	int	  	ctx_synopsis(MACRO_PROT_ARGS);
+static	int	  	in_line_eoln(MACRO_PROT_ARGS);
+static	int	  	in_line_argn(MACRO_PROT_ARGS);
+static	int	  	in_line(MACRO_PROT_ARGS);
+static	int	  	obsolete(MACRO_PROT_ARGS);
+static	int	  	phrase_ta(MACRO_PROT_ARGS);
+
+static	int		dword(struct mdoc *, int, int, 
+				const char *, enum mdelim);
+static	int	  	append_delims(struct mdoc *, 
+				int, int *, char *);
+static	enum mdoct	lookup(enum mdoct, const char *);
+static	enum mdoct	lookup_raw(const char *);
+static	int		make_pending(struct mdoc_node *, enum mdoct,
+				struct mdoc *, int, int);
+static	int	  	phrase(struct mdoc *, int, int, char *);
+static	enum mdoct 	rew_alt(enum mdoct);
+static	enum rew  	rew_dohalt(enum mdoct, enum mdoc_type, 
+				const struct mdoc_node *);
+static	int	  	rew_elem(struct mdoc *, enum mdoct);
+static	int	  	rew_last(struct mdoc *, 
+				const struct mdoc_node *);
+static	int	  	rew_sub(enum mdoc_type, struct mdoc *, 
+				enum mdoct, int, int);
+
+const	struct mdoc_macro __mdoc_macros[MDOC_MAX] = {
+	{ in_line_argn, MDOC_CALLABLE | MDOC_PARSED }, /* Ap */
+	{ in_line_eoln, MDOC_PROLOGUE }, /* Dd */
+	{ in_line_eoln, MDOC_PROLOGUE }, /* Dt */
+	{ in_line_eoln, MDOC_PROLOGUE }, /* Os */
+	{ blk_full, MDOC_PARSED }, /* Sh */
+	{ blk_full, MDOC_PARSED }, /* Ss */ 
+	{ in_line_eoln, 0 }, /* Pp */ 
+	{ blk_part_imp, MDOC_PARSED }, /* D1 */
+	{ blk_part_imp, MDOC_PARSED }, /* Dl */
+	{ blk_full, MDOC_EXPLICIT }, /* Bd */
+	{ blk_exp_close, MDOC_EXPLICIT }, /* Ed */
+	{ blk_full, MDOC_EXPLICIT }, /* Bl */
+	{ blk_exp_close, MDOC_EXPLICIT }, /* El */
+	{ blk_full, MDOC_PARSED }, /* It */
+	{ in_line, MDOC_CALLABLE | MDOC_PARSED }, /* Ad */ 
+	{ in_line, MDOC_CALLABLE | MDOC_PARSED }, /* An */
+	{ in_line, MDOC_CALLABLE | MDOC_PARSED }, /* Ar */
+	{ in_line, MDOC_CALLABLE | MDOC_PARSED }, /* Cd */
+	{ in_line, MDOC_CALLABLE | MDOC_PARSED }, /* Cm */
+	{ in_line, MDOC_CALLABLE | MDOC_PARSED }, /* Dv */ 
+	{ in_line, MDOC_CALLABLE | MDOC_PARSED }, /* Er */ 
+	{ in_line, MDOC_CALLABLE | MDOC_PARSED }, /* Ev */ 
+	{ in_line_eoln, 0 }, /* Ex */
+	{ in_line, MDOC_CALLABLE | MDOC_PARSED }, /* Fa */ 
+	{ in_line_eoln, 0 }, /* Fd */ 
+	{ in_line, MDOC_CALLABLE | MDOC_PARSED }, /* Fl */
+	{ in_line, MDOC_CALLABLE | MDOC_PARSED }, /* Fn */ 
+	{ in_line, MDOC_CALLABLE | MDOC_PARSED }, /* Ft */ 
+	{ in_line, MDOC_CALLABLE | MDOC_PARSED }, /* Ic */ 
+	{ in_line_argn, MDOC_CALLABLE | MDOC_PARSED }, /* In */
+	{ in_line, MDOC_CALLABLE | MDOC_PARSED }, /* Li */
+	{ blk_full, 0 }, /* Nd */ 
+	{ ctx_synopsis, MDOC_CALLABLE | MDOC_PARSED }, /* Nm */ 
+	{ blk_part_imp, MDOC_CALLABLE | MDOC_PARSED }, /* Op */
+	{ obsolete, 0 }, /* Ot */
+	{ in_line, MDOC_CALLABLE | MDOC_PARSED }, /* Pa */
+	{ in_line_eoln, 0 }, /* Rv */
+	{ in_line_argn, MDOC_CALLABLE | MDOC_PARSED }, /* St */ 
+	{ in_line, MDOC_CALLABLE | MDOC_PARSED }, /* Va */
+	{ ctx_synopsis, MDOC_CALLABLE | MDOC_PARSED }, /* Vt */ 
+	{ in_line_argn, MDOC_CALLABLE | MDOC_PARSED }, /* Xr */
+	{ in_line_eoln, 0 }, /* %A */
+	{ in_line_eoln, 0 }, /* %B */
+	{ in_line_eoln, 0 }, /* %D */
+	{ in_line_eoln, 0 }, /* %I */
+	{ in_line_eoln, 0 }, /* %J */
+	{ in_line_eoln, 0 }, /* %N */
+	{ in_line_eoln, 0 }, /* %O */
+	{ in_line_eoln, 0 }, /* %P */
+	{ in_line_eoln, 0 }, /* %R */
+	{ in_line_eoln, 0 }, /* %T */
+	{ in_line_eoln, 0 }, /* %V */
+	{ blk_exp_close, MDOC_EXPLICIT | MDOC_CALLABLE | MDOC_PARSED }, /* Ac */
+	{ blk_part_exp, MDOC_CALLABLE | MDOC_PARSED | MDOC_EXPLICIT }, /* Ao */
+	{ blk_part_imp, MDOC_CALLABLE | MDOC_PARSED }, /* Aq */
+	{ in_line_argn, MDOC_CALLABLE | MDOC_PARSED }, /* At */
+	{ blk_exp_close, MDOC_EXPLICIT | MDOC_CALLABLE | MDOC_PARSED }, /* Bc */
+	{ blk_full, MDOC_EXPLICIT }, /* Bf */ 
+	{ blk_part_exp, MDOC_CALLABLE | MDOC_PARSED | MDOC_EXPLICIT }, /* Bo */
+	{ blk_part_imp, MDOC_CALLABLE | MDOC_PARSED }, /* Bq */
+	{ in_line_argn, MDOC_CALLABLE | MDOC_PARSED }, /* Bsx */
+	{ in_line_argn, MDOC_CALLABLE | MDOC_PARSED }, /* Bx */
+	{ in_line_eoln, 0 }, /* Db */
+	{ blk_exp_close, MDOC_EXPLICIT | MDOC_CALLABLE | MDOC_PARSED }, /* Dc */
+	{ blk_part_exp, MDOC_CALLABLE | MDOC_PARSED | MDOC_EXPLICIT }, /* Do */
+	{ blk_part_imp, MDOC_CALLABLE | MDOC_PARSED }, /* Dq */
+	{ blk_exp_close, MDOC_EXPLICIT | MDOC_CALLABLE | MDOC_PARSED }, /* Ec */
+	{ blk_exp_close, MDOC_EXPLICIT }, /* Ef */
+	{ in_line, MDOC_CALLABLE | MDOC_PARSED }, /* Em */ 
+	{ blk_part_exp, MDOC_CALLABLE | MDOC_PARSED | MDOC_EXPLICIT }, /* Eo */
+	{ in_line_argn, MDOC_CALLABLE | MDOC_PARSED }, /* Fx */
+	{ in_line, MDOC_CALLABLE | MDOC_PARSED }, /* Ms */
+	{ in_line_argn, MDOC_CALLABLE | MDOC_PARSED | MDOC_IGNDELIM }, /* No */
+	{ in_line_argn, MDOC_CALLABLE | MDOC_PARSED | MDOC_IGNDELIM }, /* Ns */
+	{ in_line_argn, MDOC_CALLABLE | MDOC_PARSED }, /* Nx */
+	{ in_line_argn, MDOC_CALLABLE | MDOC_PARSED }, /* Ox */
+	{ blk_exp_close, MDOC_EXPLICIT | MDOC_CALLABLE | MDOC_PARSED }, /* Pc */
+	{ in_line_argn, MDOC_CALLABLE | MDOC_PARSED | MDOC_IGNDELIM }, /* Pf */
+	{ blk_part_exp, MDOC_CALLABLE | MDOC_PARSED | MDOC_EXPLICIT }, /* Po */
+	{ blk_part_imp, MDOC_CALLABLE | MDOC_PARSED }, /* Pq */
+	{ blk_exp_close, MDOC_EXPLICIT | MDOC_CALLABLE | MDOC_PARSED }, /* Qc */
+	{ blk_part_imp, MDOC_CALLABLE | MDOC_PARSED }, /* Ql */
+	{ blk_part_exp, MDOC_CALLABLE | MDOC_PARSED | MDOC_EXPLICIT }, /* Qo */
+	{ blk_part_imp, MDOC_CALLABLE | MDOC_PARSED }, /* Qq */
+	{ blk_exp_close, MDOC_EXPLICIT }, /* Re */
+	{ blk_full, MDOC_EXPLICIT }, /* Rs */
+	{ blk_exp_close, MDOC_EXPLICIT | MDOC_CALLABLE | MDOC_PARSED }, /* Sc */
+	{ blk_part_exp, MDOC_CALLABLE | MDOC_PARSED | MDOC_EXPLICIT }, /* So */
+	{ blk_part_imp, MDOC_CALLABLE | MDOC_PARSED }, /* Sq */
+	{ in_line_eoln, 0 }, /* Sm */
+	{ in_line, MDOC_CALLABLE | MDOC_PARSED }, /* Sx */
+	{ in_line, MDOC_CALLABLE | MDOC_PARSED }, /* Sy */
+	{ in_line, MDOC_CALLABLE | MDOC_PARSED }, /* Tn */
+	{ in_line_argn, MDOC_CALLABLE | MDOC_PARSED }, /* Ux */
+	{ blk_exp_close, MDOC_EXPLICIT | MDOC_CALLABLE | MDOC_PARSED }, /* Xc */
+	{ blk_part_exp, MDOC_CALLABLE | MDOC_PARSED | MDOC_EXPLICIT }, /* Xo */
+	{ blk_full, MDOC_EXPLICIT | MDOC_CALLABLE }, /* Fo */ 
+	{ blk_exp_close, MDOC_EXPLICIT | MDOC_CALLABLE | MDOC_PARSED }, /* Fc */ 
+	{ blk_part_exp, MDOC_CALLABLE | MDOC_PARSED | MDOC_EXPLICIT }, /* Oo */
+	{ blk_exp_close, MDOC_EXPLICIT | MDOC_CALLABLE | MDOC_PARSED }, /* Oc */
+	{ blk_full, MDOC_EXPLICIT }, /* Bk */
+	{ blk_exp_close, MDOC_EXPLICIT }, /* Ek */
+	{ in_line_eoln, 0 }, /* Bt */
+	{ in_line_eoln, 0 }, /* Hf */
+	{ obsolete, 0 }, /* Fr */
+	{ in_line_eoln, 0 }, /* Ud */
+	{ in_line, 0 }, /* Lb */
+	{ in_line_eoln, 0 }, /* Lp */ 
+	{ in_line, MDOC_CALLABLE | MDOC_PARSED }, /* Lk */ 
+	{ in_line, MDOC_CALLABLE | MDOC_PARSED }, /* Mt */ 
+	{ blk_part_imp, MDOC_CALLABLE | MDOC_PARSED }, /* Brq */
+	{ blk_part_exp, MDOC_CALLABLE | MDOC_PARSED | MDOC_EXPLICIT }, /* Bro */
+	{ blk_exp_close, MDOC_EXPLICIT | MDOC_CALLABLE | MDOC_PARSED }, /* Brc */
+	{ in_line_eoln, 0 }, /* %C */
+	{ obsolete, 0 }, /* Es */
+	{ obsolete, 0 }, /* En */
+	{ in_line_argn, MDOC_CALLABLE | MDOC_PARSED }, /* Dx */
+	{ in_line_eoln, 0 }, /* %Q */
+	{ in_line_eoln, 0 }, /* br */
+	{ in_line_eoln, 0 }, /* sp */
+	{ in_line_eoln, 0 }, /* %U */
+	{ phrase_ta, MDOC_CALLABLE | MDOC_PARSED }, /* Ta */
+};
+
+const	struct mdoc_macro * const mdoc_macros = __mdoc_macros;
+
+
+/*
+ * This is called at the end of parsing.  It must traverse up the tree,
+ * closing out open [implicit] scopes.  Obviously, open explicit scopes
+ * are errors.
+ */
+int
+mdoc_macroend(struct mdoc *m)
+{
+	struct mdoc_node *n;
+
+	/* Scan for open explicit scopes. */
+
+	n = MDOC_VALID & m->last->flags ?  m->last->parent : m->last;
+
+	for ( ; n; n = n->parent)
+		if (MDOC_BLOCK == n->type &&
+		    MDOC_EXPLICIT & mdoc_macros[n->tok].flags)
+			mdoc_nmsg(m, n, MANDOCERR_SCOPEEXIT);
+
+	/* Rewind to the first. */
+
+	return(rew_last(m, m->first));
+}
+
+
+/*
+ * Look up a macro from within a subsequent context.
+ */
+static enum mdoct
+lookup(enum mdoct from, const char *p)
+{
+
+	if ( ! (MDOC_PARSED & mdoc_macros[from].flags))
+		return(MDOC_MAX);
+	return(lookup_raw(p));
+}
+
+
+/*
+ * Lookup a macro following the initial line macro.
+ */
+static enum mdoct
+lookup_raw(const char *p)
+{
+	enum mdoct	 res;
+
+	if (MDOC_MAX == (res = mdoc_hash_find(p)))
+		return(MDOC_MAX);
+	if (MDOC_CALLABLE & mdoc_macros[res].flags)
+		return(res);
+	return(MDOC_MAX);
+}
+
+
+static int
+rew_last(struct mdoc *mdoc, const struct mdoc_node *to)
+{
+	struct mdoc_node *n, *np;
+
+	assert(to);
+	mdoc->next = MDOC_NEXT_SIBLING;
+
+	/* LINTED */
+	while (mdoc->last != to) {
+		/*
+		 * Save the parent here, because we may delete the
+		 * m->last node in the post-validation phase and reset
+		 * it to m->last->parent, causing a step in the closing
+		 * out to be lost.
+		 */
+		np = mdoc->last->parent;
+		if ( ! mdoc_valid_post(mdoc))
+			return(0);
+		n = mdoc->last;
+		mdoc->last = np;
+		assert(mdoc->last);
+		mdoc->last->last = n;
+	}
+
+	return(mdoc_valid_post(mdoc));
+}
+
+
+/*
+ * For a block closing macro, return the corresponding opening one.
+ * Otherwise, return the macro itself.
+ */
+static enum mdoct
+rew_alt(enum mdoct tok)
+{
+	switch (tok) {
+	case (MDOC_Ac):
+		return(MDOC_Ao);
+	case (MDOC_Bc):
+		return(MDOC_Bo);
+	case (MDOC_Brc):
+		return(MDOC_Bro);
+	case (MDOC_Dc):
+		return(MDOC_Do);
+	case (MDOC_Ec):
+		return(MDOC_Eo);
+	case (MDOC_Ed):
+		return(MDOC_Bd);
+	case (MDOC_Ef):
+		return(MDOC_Bf);
+	case (MDOC_Ek):
+		return(MDOC_Bk);
+	case (MDOC_El):
+		return(MDOC_Bl);
+	case (MDOC_Fc):
+		return(MDOC_Fo);
+	case (MDOC_Oc):
+		return(MDOC_Oo);
+	case (MDOC_Pc):
+		return(MDOC_Po);
+	case (MDOC_Qc):
+		return(MDOC_Qo);
+	case (MDOC_Re):
+		return(MDOC_Rs);
+	case (MDOC_Sc):
+		return(MDOC_So);
+	case (MDOC_Xc):
+		return(MDOC_Xo);
+	default:
+		return(tok);
+	}
+	/* NOTREACHED */
+}
+
+
+/*
+ * Rewinding to tok, how do we have to handle *p?
+ * REWIND_NONE: *p would delimit tok, but no tok scope is open
+ *   inside *p, so there is no need to rewind anything at all.
+ * REWIND_THIS: *p matches tok, so rewind *p and nothing else.
+ * REWIND_MORE: *p is implicit, rewind it and keep searching for tok.
+ * REWIND_FORCE: *p is explicit, but tok is full, force rewinding *p.
+ * REWIND_LATER: *p is explicit and still open, postpone rewinding.
+ * REWIND_ERROR: No tok block is open at all.
+ */
+static enum rew
+rew_dohalt(enum mdoct tok, enum mdoc_type type, 
+		const struct mdoc_node *p)
+{
+
+	/*
+	 * No matching token, no delimiting block, no broken block.
+	 * This can happen when full implicit macros are called for
+	 * the first time but try to rewind their previous
+	 * instance anyway.
+	 */
+	if (MDOC_ROOT == p->type)
+		return(MDOC_BLOCK == type &&
+		    MDOC_EXPLICIT & mdoc_macros[tok].flags ?
+		    REWIND_ERROR : REWIND_NONE);
+
+	/*
+	 * When starting to rewind, skip plain text 
+	 * and nodes that have already been rewound.
+	 */
+	if (MDOC_TEXT == p->type || MDOC_VALID & p->flags)
+		return(REWIND_MORE);
+
+	/*
+	 * The easiest case:  Found a matching token.
+	 * This applies to both blocks and elements.
+	 */
+	tok = rew_alt(tok);
+	if (tok == p->tok)
+		return(p->end ? REWIND_NONE :
+		    type == p->type ? REWIND_THIS : REWIND_MORE);
+
+	/*
+	 * While elements do require rewinding for themselves,
+	 * they never affect rewinding of other nodes.
+	 */
+	if (MDOC_ELEM == p->type)
+		return(REWIND_MORE);
+
+	/*
+	 * Blocks delimited by our target token get REWIND_MORE.
+	 * Blocks delimiting our target token get REWIND_NONE. 
+	 */
+	switch (tok) {
+	case (MDOC_Bl):
+		if (MDOC_It == p->tok)
+			return(REWIND_MORE);
+		break;
+	case (MDOC_It):
+		if (MDOC_BODY == p->type && MDOC_Bl == p->tok)
+			return(REWIND_NONE);
+		break;
+	/*
+	 * XXX Badly nested block handling still fails badly
+	 * when one block is breaking two blocks of the same type.
+	 * This is an incomplete and extremely ugly workaround,
+	 * required to let the OpenBSD tree build.
+	 */
+	case (MDOC_Oo):
+		if (MDOC_Op == p->tok)
+			return(REWIND_MORE);
+		break;
+	case (MDOC_Nm):
+		return(REWIND_NONE);
+	case (MDOC_Nd):
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+	case (MDOC_Ss):
+		if (MDOC_BODY == p->type && MDOC_Sh == p->tok)
+			return(REWIND_NONE);
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+	case (MDOC_Sh):
+		if (MDOC_Nd == p->tok || MDOC_Ss == p->tok ||
+		    MDOC_Sh == p->tok)
+			return(REWIND_MORE);
+		break;
+	default:
+		break;
+	}
+
+	/*
+	 * Default block rewinding rules.
+	 * In particular, always skip block end markers,
+	 * and let all blocks rewind Nm children.
+	 */
+	if (ENDBODY_NOT != p->end || MDOC_Nm == p->tok ||
+	    (MDOC_BLOCK == p->type &&
+	    ! (MDOC_EXPLICIT & mdoc_macros[tok].flags)))
+		return(REWIND_MORE);
+
+	/*
+	 * By default, closing out full blocks
+	 * forces closing of broken explicit blocks,
+	 * while closing out partial blocks
+	 * allows delayed rewinding by default.
+	 */
+	return (&blk_full == mdoc_macros[tok].fp ?
+	    REWIND_FORCE : REWIND_LATER);
+}
+
+
+static int
+rew_elem(struct mdoc *mdoc, enum mdoct tok)
+{
+	struct mdoc_node *n;
+
+	n = mdoc->last;
+	if (MDOC_ELEM != n->type)
+		n = n->parent;
+	assert(MDOC_ELEM == n->type);
+	assert(tok == n->tok);
+
+	return(rew_last(mdoc, n));
+}
+
+
+/*
+ * We are trying to close a block identified by tok,
+ * but the child block *broken is still open.
+ * Thus, postpone closing the tok block
+ * until the rew_sub call closing *broken.
+ */
+static int
+make_pending(struct mdoc_node *broken, enum mdoct tok,
+		struct mdoc *m, int line, int ppos)
+{
+	struct mdoc_node *breaker;
+
+	/*
+	 * Iterate backwards, searching for the block matching tok,
+	 * that is, the block breaking the *broken block.
+	 */
+	for (breaker = broken->parent; breaker; breaker = breaker->parent) {
+
+		/*
+		 * If the *broken block had already been broken before
+		 * and we encounter its breaker, make the tok block
+		 * pending on the inner breaker.
+		 * Graphically, "[A breaker=[B broken=[C->B B] tok=A] C]"
+		 * becomes "[A broken=[B [C->B B] tok=A] C]"
+		 * and finally "[A [B->A [C->B B] A] C]".
+		 */
+		if (breaker == broken->pending) {
+			broken = breaker;
+			continue;
+		}
+
+		if (REWIND_THIS != rew_dohalt(tok, MDOC_BLOCK, breaker))
+			continue;
+		if (MDOC_BODY == broken->type)
+			broken = broken->parent;
+
+		/*
+		 * Found the breaker.
+		 * If another, outer breaker is already pending on
+		 * the *broken block, we must not clobber the link
+		 * to the outer breaker, but make it pending on the
+		 * new, now inner breaker.
+		 * Graphically, "[A breaker=[B broken=[C->A A] tok=B] C]"
+		 * becomes "[A breaker=[B->A broken=[C A] tok=B] C]"
+		 * and finally "[A [B->A [C->B A] B] C]".
+		 */
+		if (broken->pending) {
+			struct mdoc_node *taker;
+
+			/*
+			 * If the breaker had also been broken before,
+			 * it cannot take on the outer breaker itself,
+			 * but must hand it on to its own breakers.
+			 * Graphically, this is the following situation:
+			 * "[A [B breaker=[C->B B] broken=[D->A A] tok=C] D]"
+			 * "[A taker=[B->A breaker=[C->B B] [D->C A] C] D]"
+			 */
+			taker = breaker;
+			while (taker->pending)
+				taker = taker->pending;
+			taker->pending = broken->pending;
+		}
+		broken->pending = breaker;
+		mandoc_vmsg(MANDOCERR_SCOPENEST, m->parse, line, ppos,
+				"%s breaks %s", mdoc_macronames[tok],
+				mdoc_macronames[broken->tok]);
+		return(1);
+	}
+
+	/*
+	 * Found no matching block for tok.
+	 * Are you trying to close a block that is not open?
+	 */
+	return(0);
+}
+
+
+static int
+rew_sub(enum mdoc_type t, struct mdoc *m, 
+		enum mdoct tok, int line, int ppos)
+{
+	struct mdoc_node *n;
+
+	n = m->last;
+	while (n) {
+		switch (rew_dohalt(tok, t, n)) {
+		case (REWIND_NONE):
+			return(1);
+		case (REWIND_THIS):
+			break;
+		case (REWIND_FORCE):
+			mandoc_vmsg(MANDOCERR_SCOPEBROKEN, m->parse, 
+					line, ppos, "%s breaks %s", 
+					mdoc_macronames[tok],
+					mdoc_macronames[n->tok]);
+			/* FALLTHROUGH */
+		case (REWIND_MORE):
+			n = n->parent;
+			continue;
+		case (REWIND_LATER):
+			if (make_pending(n, tok, m, line, ppos) ||
+			    MDOC_BLOCK != t)
+				return(1);
+			/* FALLTHROUGH */
+		case (REWIND_ERROR):
+			mdoc_pmsg(m, line, ppos, MANDOCERR_NOSCOPE);
+			return(1);
+		}
+		break;
+	}
+
+	assert(n);
+	if ( ! rew_last(m, n))
+		return(0);
+
+	/*
+	 * The current block extends an enclosing block.
+	 * Now that the current block ends, close the enclosing block, too.
+	 */
+	while (NULL != (n = n->pending)) {
+		if ( ! rew_last(m, n))
+			return(0);
+		if (MDOC_HEAD == n->type &&
+		    ! mdoc_body_alloc(m, n->line, n->pos, n->tok))
+			return(0);
+	}
+
+	return(1);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Allocate a word and check whether it's punctuation or not.
+ * Punctuation consists of those tokens found in mdoc_isdelim().
+ */
+static int
+dword(struct mdoc *m, int line, 
+		int col, const char *p, enum mdelim d)
+{
+	
+	if (DELIM_MAX == d)
+		d = mdoc_isdelim(p);
+
+	if ( ! mdoc_word_alloc(m, line, col, p))
+		return(0);
+
+	if (DELIM_OPEN == d)
+		m->last->flags |= MDOC_DELIMO;
+
+	/*
+	 * Closing delimiters only suppress the preceding space
+	 * when they follow something, not when they start a new
+	 * block or element, and not when they follow `No'.
+	 *
+	 * XXX	Explicitly special-casing MDOC_No here feels
+	 *	like a layering violation.  Find a better way
+	 *	and solve this in the code related to `No'!
+	 */
+
+	else if (DELIM_CLOSE == d && m->last->prev &&
+			m->last->prev->tok != MDOC_No)
+		m->last->flags |= MDOC_DELIMC;
+
+	return(1);
+}
+
+static int
+append_delims(struct mdoc *m, int line, int *pos, char *buf)
+{
+	int		 la;
+	enum margserr	 ac;
+	char		*p;
+
+	if ('\0' == buf[*pos])
+		return(1);
+
+	for (;;) {
+		la = *pos;
+		ac = mdoc_zargs(m, line, pos, buf, &p);
+
+		if (ARGS_ERROR == ac)
+			return(0);
+		else if (ARGS_EOLN == ac)
+			break;
+
+		dword(m, line, la, p, DELIM_MAX);
+
+		/*
+		 * If we encounter end-of-sentence symbols, then trigger
+		 * the double-space.
+		 *
+		 * XXX: it's easy to allow this to propagate outward to
+		 * the last symbol, such that `. )' will cause the
+		 * correct double-spacing.  However, (1) groff isn't
+		 * smart enough to do this and (2) it would require
+		 * knowing which symbols break this behaviour, for
+		 * example, `.  ;' shouldn't propagate the double-space.
+		 */
+		if (mandoc_eos(p, strlen(p), 0))
+			m->last->flags |= MDOC_EOS;
+	}
+
+	return(1);
+}
+
+
+/*
+ * Close out block partial/full explicit.  
+ */
+static int
+blk_exp_close(MACRO_PROT_ARGS)
+{
+	struct mdoc_node *body;		/* Our own body. */
+	struct mdoc_node *later;	/* A sub-block starting later. */
+	struct mdoc_node *n;		/* For searching backwards. */
+
+	int	 	 j, lastarg, maxargs, flushed, nl;
+	enum margserr	 ac;
+	enum mdoct	 atok, ntok;
+	char		*p;
+
+	nl = MDOC_NEWLINE & m->flags;
+
+	switch (tok) {
+	case (MDOC_Ec):
+		maxargs = 1;
+		break;
+	default:
+		maxargs = 0;
+		break;
+	}
+
+	/*
+	 * Search backwards for beginnings of blocks,
+	 * both of our own and of pending sub-blocks.
+	 */
+	atok = rew_alt(tok);
+	body = later = NULL;
+	for (n = m->last; n; n = n->parent) {
+		if (MDOC_VALID & n->flags)
+			continue;
+
+		/* Remember the start of our own body. */
+		if (MDOC_BODY == n->type && atok == n->tok) {
+			if (ENDBODY_NOT == n->end)
+				body = n;
+			continue;
+		}
+
+		if (MDOC_BLOCK != n->type || MDOC_Nm == n->tok)
+			continue;
+		if (atok == n->tok) {
+			assert(body);
+
+			/*
+			 * Found the start of our own block.
+			 * When there is no pending sub block,
+			 * just proceed to closing out.
+			 */
+			if (NULL == later)
+				break;
+
+			/* 
+			 * When there is a pending sub block,
+			 * postpone closing out the current block
+			 * until the rew_sub() closing out the sub-block.
+			 */
+			make_pending(later, tok, m, line, ppos);
+
+			/*
+			 * Mark the place where the formatting - but not
+			 * the scope - of the current block ends.
+			 */
+			if ( ! mdoc_endbody_alloc(m, line, ppos,
+			    atok, body, ENDBODY_SPACE))
+				return(0);
+			break;
+		}
+
+		/*
+		 * When finding an open sub block, remember the last
+		 * open explicit block, or, in case there are only
+		 * implicit ones, the first open implicit block.
+		 */
+		if (later &&
+		    MDOC_EXPLICIT & mdoc_macros[later->tok].flags)
+			continue;
+		if (MDOC_CALLABLE & mdoc_macros[n->tok].flags)
+			later = n;
+	}
+
+	if ( ! (MDOC_CALLABLE & mdoc_macros[tok].flags)) {
+		/* FIXME: do this in validate */
+		if (buf[*pos]) 
+			mdoc_pmsg(m, line, ppos, MANDOCERR_ARGSLOST);
+
+		if ( ! rew_sub(MDOC_BODY, m, tok, line, ppos))
+			return(0);
+		return(rew_sub(MDOC_BLOCK, m, tok, line, ppos));
+	}
+
+	if ( ! rew_sub(MDOC_BODY, m, tok, line, ppos))
+		return(0);
+
+	if (NULL == later && maxargs > 0) 
+		if ( ! mdoc_tail_alloc(m, line, ppos, rew_alt(tok)))
+			return(0);
+
+	for (flushed = j = 0; ; j++) {
+		lastarg = *pos;
+
+		if (j == maxargs && ! flushed) {
+			if ( ! rew_sub(MDOC_BLOCK, m, tok, line, ppos))
+				return(0);
+			flushed = 1;
+		}
+
+		ac = mdoc_args(m, line, pos, buf, tok, &p);
+
+		if (ARGS_ERROR == ac)
+			return(0);
+		if (ARGS_PUNCT == ac)
+			break;
+		if (ARGS_EOLN == ac)
+			break;
+
+		ntok = ARGS_QWORD == ac ? MDOC_MAX : lookup(tok, p);
+
+		if (MDOC_MAX == ntok) {
+			if ( ! dword(m, line, lastarg, p, DELIM_MAX))
+				return(0);
+			continue;
+		}
+
+		if ( ! flushed) {
+			if ( ! rew_sub(MDOC_BLOCK, m, tok, line, ppos))
+				return(0);
+			flushed = 1;
+		}
+		if ( ! mdoc_macro(m, ntok, line, lastarg, pos, buf))
+			return(0);
+		break;
+	}
+
+	if ( ! flushed && ! rew_sub(MDOC_BLOCK, m, tok, line, ppos))
+		return(0);
+
+	if ( ! nl)
+		return(1);
+	return(append_delims(m, line, pos, buf));
+}
+
+
+static int
+in_line(MACRO_PROT_ARGS)
+{
+	int		 la, scope, cnt, nc, nl;
+	enum margverr	 av;
+	enum mdoct	 ntok;
+	enum margserr	 ac;
+	enum mdelim	 d;
+	struct mdoc_arg	*arg;
+	char		*p;
+
+	nl = MDOC_NEWLINE & m->flags;
+
+	/*
+	 * Whether we allow ignored elements (those without content,
+	 * usually because of reserved words) to squeak by.
+	 */
+
+	switch (tok) {
+	case (MDOC_An):
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+	case (MDOC_Ar):
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+	case (MDOC_Fl):
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+	case (MDOC_Mt):
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+	case (MDOC_Nm):
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+	case (MDOC_Pa):
+		nc = 1;
+		break;
+	default:
+		nc = 0;
+		break;
+	}
+
+	for (arg = NULL;; ) {
+		la = *pos;
+		av = mdoc_argv(m, line, tok, &arg, pos, buf);
+
+		if (ARGV_WORD == av) {
+			*pos = la;
+			break;
+		} 
+		if (ARGV_EOLN == av)
+			break;
+		if (ARGV_ARG == av)
+			continue;
+
+		mdoc_argv_free(arg);
+		return(0);
+	}
+
+	for (cnt = scope = 0;; ) {
+		la = *pos;
+		ac = mdoc_args(m, line, pos, buf, tok, &p);
+
+		if (ARGS_ERROR == ac)
+			return(0);
+		if (ARGS_EOLN == ac)
+			break;
+		if (ARGS_PUNCT == ac)
+			break;
+
+		ntok = ARGS_QWORD == ac ? MDOC_MAX : lookup(tok, p);
+
+		/* 
+		 * In this case, we've located a submacro and must
+		 * execute it.  Close out scope, if open.  If no
+		 * elements have been generated, either create one (nc)
+		 * or raise a warning.
+		 */
+
+		if (MDOC_MAX != ntok) {
+			if (scope && ! rew_elem(m, tok))
+				return(0);
+			if (nc && 0 == cnt) {
+				if ( ! mdoc_elem_alloc(m, line, ppos, tok, arg))
+					return(0);
+				if ( ! rew_last(m, m->last))
+					return(0);
+			} else if ( ! nc && 0 == cnt) {
+				mdoc_argv_free(arg);
+				mdoc_pmsg(m, line, ppos, MANDOCERR_MACROEMPTY);
+			}
+
+			if ( ! mdoc_macro(m, ntok, line, la, pos, buf))
+				return(0);
+			if ( ! nl)
+				return(1);
+			return(append_delims(m, line, pos, buf));
+		} 
+
+		/* 
+		 * Non-quote-enclosed punctuation.  Set up our scope, if
+		 * a word; rewind the scope, if a delimiter; then append
+		 * the word. 
+		 */
+
+		d = ARGS_QWORD == ac ? DELIM_NONE : mdoc_isdelim(p);
+
+		if (DELIM_NONE != d) {
+			/*
+			 * If we encounter closing punctuation, no word
+			 * has been omitted, no scope is open, and we're
+			 * allowed to have an empty element, then start
+			 * a new scope.  `Ar', `Fl', and `Li', only do
+			 * this once per invocation.  There may be more
+			 * of these (all of them?).
+			 */
+			if (0 == cnt && (nc || MDOC_Li == tok) && 
+					DELIM_CLOSE == d && ! scope) {
+				if ( ! mdoc_elem_alloc(m, line, ppos, tok, arg))
+					return(0);
+				if (MDOC_Ar == tok || MDOC_Li == tok || 
+						MDOC_Fl == tok)
+					cnt++;
+				scope = 1;
+			}
+			/*
+			 * Close out our scope, if one is open, before
+			 * any punctuation.
+			 */
+			if (scope && ! rew_elem(m, tok))
+				return(0);
+			scope = 0;
+		} else if ( ! scope) {
+			if ( ! mdoc_elem_alloc(m, line, ppos, tok, arg))
+				return(0);
+			scope = 1;
+		}
+
+		if (DELIM_NONE == d)
+			cnt++;
+
+		if ( ! dword(m, line, la, p, d))
+			return(0);
+
+		/*
+		 * `Fl' macros have their scope re-opened with each new
+		 * word so that the `-' can be added to each one without
+		 * having to parse out spaces.
+		 */
+		if (scope && MDOC_Fl == tok) {
+			if ( ! rew_elem(m, tok))
+				return(0);
+			scope = 0;
+		}
+	}
+
+	if (scope && ! rew_elem(m, tok))
+		return(0);
+
+	/*
+	 * If no elements have been collected and we're allowed to have
+	 * empties (nc), open a scope and close it out.  Otherwise,
+	 * raise a warning.
+	 */
+
+	if (nc && 0 == cnt) {
+		if ( ! mdoc_elem_alloc(m, line, ppos, tok, arg))
+			return(0);
+		if ( ! rew_last(m, m->last))
+			return(0);
+	} else if ( ! nc && 0 == cnt) {
+		mdoc_argv_free(arg);
+		mdoc_pmsg(m, line, ppos, MANDOCERR_MACROEMPTY);
+	}
+
+	if ( ! nl)
+		return(1);
+	return(append_delims(m, line, pos, buf));
+}
+
+
+static int
+blk_full(MACRO_PROT_ARGS)
+{
+	int		  la, nl, nparsed;
+	struct mdoc_arg	 *arg;
+	struct mdoc_node *head; /* save of head macro */
+	struct mdoc_node *body; /* save of body macro */
+	struct mdoc_node *n;
+	enum mdoc_type	  mtt;
+	enum mdoct	  ntok;
+	enum margserr	  ac, lac;
+	enum margverr	  av;
+	char		 *p;
+
+	nl = MDOC_NEWLINE & m->flags;
+
+	/* Close out prior implicit scope. */
+
+	if ( ! (MDOC_EXPLICIT & mdoc_macros[tok].flags)) {
+		if ( ! rew_sub(MDOC_BODY, m, tok, line, ppos))
+			return(0);
+		if ( ! rew_sub(MDOC_BLOCK, m, tok, line, ppos))
+			return(0);
+	}
+
+	/*
+	 * This routine accommodates implicitly- and explicitly-scoped
+	 * macro openings.  Implicit ones first close out prior scope
+	 * (seen above).  Delay opening the head until necessary to
+	 * allow leading punctuation to print.  Special consideration
+	 * for `It -column', which has phrase-part syntax instead of
+	 * regular child nodes.
+	 */
+
+	for (arg = NULL;; ) {
+		la = *pos;
+		av = mdoc_argv(m, line, tok, &arg, pos, buf);
+
+		if (ARGV_WORD == av) {
+			*pos = la;
+			break;
+		} 
+
+		if (ARGV_EOLN == av)
+			break;
+		if (ARGV_ARG == av)
+			continue;
+
+		mdoc_argv_free(arg);
+		return(0);
+	}
+
+	if ( ! mdoc_block_alloc(m, line, ppos, tok, arg))
+		return(0);
+
+	head = body = NULL;
+
+	/*
+	 * Exception: Heads of `It' macros in `-diag' lists are not
+	 * parsed, even though `It' macros in general are parsed.
+	 */
+	nparsed = MDOC_It == tok &&
+		MDOC_Bl == m->last->parent->tok &&
+		LIST_diag == m->last->parent->norm->Bl.type;
+
+	/*
+	 * The `Nd' macro has all arguments in its body: it's a hybrid
+	 * of block partial-explicit and full-implicit.  Stupid.
+	 */
+
+	if (MDOC_Nd == tok) {
+		if ( ! mdoc_head_alloc(m, line, ppos, tok))
+			return(0);
+		head = m->last;
+		if ( ! rew_sub(MDOC_HEAD, m, tok, line, ppos))
+			return(0);
+		if ( ! mdoc_body_alloc(m, line, ppos, tok))
+			return(0);
+		body = m->last;
+	} 
+
+	ac = ARGS_ERROR;
+
+	for ( ; ; ) {
+		la = *pos;
+		/* Initialise last-phrase-type with ARGS_PEND. */
+		lac = ARGS_ERROR == ac ? ARGS_PEND : ac;
+		ac = mdoc_args(m, line, pos, buf, tok, &p);
+
+		if (ARGS_PUNCT == ac)
+			break;
+
+		if (ARGS_ERROR == ac)
+			return(0);
+
+		if (ARGS_EOLN == ac) {
+			if (ARGS_PPHRASE != lac && ARGS_PHRASE != lac)
+				break;
+			/*
+			 * This is necessary: if the last token on a
+			 * line is a `Ta' or tab, then we'll get
+			 * ARGS_EOLN, so we must be smart enough to
+			 * reopen our scope if the last parse was a
+			 * phrase or partial phrase.
+			 */
+			if ( ! rew_sub(MDOC_BODY, m, tok, line, ppos))
+				return(0);
+			if ( ! mdoc_body_alloc(m, line, ppos, tok))
+				return(0);
+			body = m->last;
+			break;
+		}
+
+		/* 
+		 * Emit leading punctuation (i.e., punctuation before
+		 * the MDOC_HEAD) for non-phrase types.
+		 */
+
+		if (NULL == head && 
+				ARGS_PEND != ac &&
+				ARGS_PHRASE != ac &&
+				ARGS_PPHRASE != ac &&
+				ARGS_QWORD != ac &&
+				DELIM_OPEN == mdoc_isdelim(p)) {
+			if ( ! dword(m, line, la, p, DELIM_OPEN))
+				return(0);
+			continue;
+		}
+
+		/* Open a head if one hasn't been opened. */
+
+		if (NULL == head) {
+			if ( ! mdoc_head_alloc(m, line, ppos, tok))
+				return(0);
+			head = m->last;
+		}
+
+		if (ARGS_PHRASE == ac || 
+				ARGS_PEND == ac ||
+				ARGS_PPHRASE == ac) {
+			/*
+			 * If we haven't opened a body yet, rewind the
+			 * head; if we have, rewind that instead.
+			 */
+
+			mtt = body ? MDOC_BODY : MDOC_HEAD;
+			if ( ! rew_sub(mtt, m, tok, line, ppos))
+				return(0);
+			
+			/* Then allocate our body context. */
+
+			if ( ! mdoc_body_alloc(m, line, ppos, tok))
+				return(0);
+			body = m->last;
+
+			/*
+			 * Process phrases: set whether we're in a
+			 * partial-phrase (this effects line handling)
+			 * then call down into the phrase parser.
+			 */
+
+			if (ARGS_PPHRASE == ac)
+				m->flags |= MDOC_PPHRASE;
+			if (ARGS_PEND == ac && ARGS_PPHRASE == lac)
+				m->flags |= MDOC_PPHRASE;
+
+			if ( ! phrase(m, line, la, buf))
+				return(0);
+
+			m->flags &= ~MDOC_PPHRASE;
+			continue;
+		}
+
+		ntok = nparsed || ARGS_QWORD == ac ? 
+			MDOC_MAX : lookup(tok, p);
+
+		if (MDOC_MAX == ntok) {
+			if ( ! dword(m, line, la, p, DELIM_MAX))
+				return(0);
+			continue;
+		}
+
+		if ( ! mdoc_macro(m, ntok, line, la, pos, buf))
+			return(0);
+		break;
+	}
+
+	if (NULL == head) {
+		if ( ! mdoc_head_alloc(m, line, ppos, tok))
+			return(0);
+		head = m->last;
+	}
+	
+	if (nl && ! append_delims(m, line, pos, buf))
+		return(0);
+
+	/* If we've already opened our body, exit now. */
+
+	if (NULL != body)
+		goto out;
+
+	/*
+	 * If there is an open (i.e., unvalidated) sub-block requiring
+	 * explicit close-out, postpone switching the current block from
+	 * head to body until the rew_sub() call closing out that
+	 * sub-block.
+	 */
+	for (n = m->last; n && n != head; n = n->parent) {
+		if (MDOC_BLOCK == n->type && 
+				MDOC_EXPLICIT & mdoc_macros[n->tok].flags &&
+				! (MDOC_VALID & n->flags)) {
+			n->pending = head;
+			return(1);
+		}
+	}
+
+	/* Close out scopes to remain in a consistent state. */
+
+	if ( ! rew_sub(MDOC_HEAD, m, tok, line, ppos))
+		return(0);
+	if ( ! mdoc_body_alloc(m, line, ppos, tok))
+		return(0);
+
+out:
+	if ( ! (MDOC_FREECOL & m->flags))
+		return(1);
+
+	if ( ! rew_sub(MDOC_BODY, m, tok, line, ppos))
+		return(0);
+	if ( ! rew_sub(MDOC_BLOCK, m, tok, line, ppos))
+		return(0);
+
+	m->flags &= ~MDOC_FREECOL;
+	return(1);
+}
+
+
+static int
+blk_part_imp(MACRO_PROT_ARGS)
+{
+	int		  la, nl;
+	enum mdoct	  ntok;
+	enum margserr	  ac;
+	char		 *p;
+	struct mdoc_node *blk; /* saved block context */
+	struct mdoc_node *body; /* saved body context */
+	struct mdoc_node *n;
+
+	nl = MDOC_NEWLINE & m->flags;
+
+	/*
+	 * A macro that spans to the end of the line.  This is generally
+	 * (but not necessarily) called as the first macro.  The block
+	 * has a head as the immediate child, which is always empty,
+	 * followed by zero or more opening punctuation nodes, then the
+	 * body (which may be empty, depending on the macro), then zero
+	 * or more closing punctuation nodes.
+	 */
+
+	if ( ! mdoc_block_alloc(m, line, ppos, tok, NULL))
+		return(0);
+
+	blk = m->last;
+
+	if ( ! mdoc_head_alloc(m, line, ppos, tok))
+		return(0);
+	if ( ! rew_sub(MDOC_HEAD, m, tok, line, ppos))
+		return(0);
+
+	/*
+	 * Open the body scope "on-demand", that is, after we've
+	 * processed all our the leading delimiters (open parenthesis,
+	 * etc.).
+	 */
+
+	for (body = NULL; ; ) {
+		la = *pos;
+		ac = mdoc_args(m, line, pos, buf, tok, &p);
+
+		if (ARGS_ERROR == ac)
+			return(0);
+		if (ARGS_EOLN == ac)
+			break;
+		if (ARGS_PUNCT == ac)
+			break;
+
+		if (NULL == body && ARGS_QWORD != ac &&
+				DELIM_OPEN == mdoc_isdelim(p)) {
+			if ( ! dword(m, line, la, p, DELIM_OPEN))
+				return(0);
+			continue;
+		} 
+
+		if (NULL == body) {
+		       if ( ! mdoc_body_alloc(m, line, ppos, tok))
+			       return(0);
+			body = m->last;
+		}
+
+		ntok = ARGS_QWORD == ac ? MDOC_MAX : lookup(tok, p);
+
+		if (MDOC_MAX == ntok) {
+			if ( ! dword(m, line, la, p, DELIM_MAX))
+				return(0);
+			continue;
+		}
+
+		if ( ! mdoc_macro(m, ntok, line, la, pos, buf))
+			return(0);
+		break;
+	}
+
+	/* Clean-ups to leave in a consistent state. */
+
+	if (NULL == body) {
+		if ( ! mdoc_body_alloc(m, line, ppos, tok))
+			return(0);
+		body = m->last;
+	}
+
+	for (n = body->child; n && n->next; n = n->next)
+		/* Do nothing. */ ;
+	
+	/* 
+	 * End of sentence spacing: if the last node is a text node and
+	 * has a trailing period, then mark it as being end-of-sentence.
+	 */
+
+	if (n && MDOC_TEXT == n->type && n->string)
+		if (mandoc_eos(n->string, strlen(n->string), 1))
+			n->flags |= MDOC_EOS;
+
+	/* Up-propagate the end-of-space flag. */
+
+	if (n && (MDOC_EOS & n->flags)) {
+		body->flags |= MDOC_EOS;
+		body->parent->flags |= MDOC_EOS;
+	}
+
+	/*
+	 * If there is an open sub-block requiring explicit close-out,
+	 * postpone closing out the current block
+	 * until the rew_sub() call closing out the sub-block.
+	 */
+	for (n = m->last; n && n != body && n != blk->parent; n = n->parent) {
+		if (MDOC_BLOCK == n->type &&
+		    MDOC_EXPLICIT & mdoc_macros[n->tok].flags &&
+		    ! (MDOC_VALID & n->flags)) {
+			make_pending(n, tok, m, line, ppos);
+			if ( ! mdoc_endbody_alloc(m, line, ppos,
+			    tok, body, ENDBODY_NOSPACE))
+				return(0);
+			return(1);
+		}
+	}
+
+	/* 
+	 * If we can't rewind to our body, then our scope has already
+	 * been closed by another macro (like `Oc' closing `Op').  This
+	 * is ugly behaviour nodding its head to OpenBSD's overwhelming
+	 * crufty use of `Op' breakage.
+	 */
+	if (n != body)
+		mandoc_vmsg(MANDOCERR_SCOPENEST, m->parse, line, ppos, 
+				"%s broken", mdoc_macronames[tok]);
+
+	if (n && ! rew_sub(MDOC_BODY, m, tok, line, ppos))
+		return(0);
+
+	/* Standard appending of delimiters. */
+
+	if (nl && ! append_delims(m, line, pos, buf))
+		return(0);
+
+	/* Rewind scope, if applicable. */
+
+	if (n && ! rew_sub(MDOC_BLOCK, m, tok, line, ppos))
+		return(0);
+
+	return(1);
+}
+
+
+static int
+blk_part_exp(MACRO_PROT_ARGS)
+{
+	int		  la, nl;
+	enum margserr	  ac;
+	struct mdoc_node *head; /* keep track of head */
+	struct mdoc_node *body; /* keep track of body */
+	char		 *p;
+	enum mdoct	  ntok;
+
+	nl = MDOC_NEWLINE & m->flags;
+
+	/*
+	 * The opening of an explicit macro having zero or more leading
+	 * punctuation nodes; a head with optional single element (the
+	 * case of `Eo'); and a body that may be empty.
+	 */
+
+	if ( ! mdoc_block_alloc(m, line, ppos, tok, NULL))
+		return(0); 
+
+	for (head = body = NULL; ; ) {
+		la = *pos;
+		ac = mdoc_args(m, line, pos, buf, tok, &p);
+
+		if (ARGS_ERROR == ac)
+			return(0);
+		if (ARGS_PUNCT == ac)
+			break;
+		if (ARGS_EOLN == ac)
+			break;
+
+		/* Flush out leading punctuation. */
+
+		if (NULL == head && ARGS_QWORD != ac &&
+				DELIM_OPEN == mdoc_isdelim(p)) {
+			assert(NULL == body);
+			if ( ! dword(m, line, la, p, DELIM_OPEN))
+				return(0);
+			continue;
+		} 
+
+		if (NULL == head) {
+			assert(NULL == body);
+			if ( ! mdoc_head_alloc(m, line, ppos, tok))
+				return(0);
+			head = m->last;
+		}
+
+		/*
+		 * `Eo' gobbles any data into the head, but most other
+		 * macros just immediately close out and begin the body.
+		 */
+
+		if (NULL == body) {
+			assert(head);
+			/* No check whether it's a macro! */
+			if (MDOC_Eo == tok)
+				if ( ! dword(m, line, la, p, DELIM_MAX))
+					return(0);
+
+			if ( ! rew_sub(MDOC_HEAD, m, tok, line, ppos))
+				return(0);
+			if ( ! mdoc_body_alloc(m, line, ppos, tok))
+				return(0);
+			body = m->last;
+
+			if (MDOC_Eo == tok)
+				continue;
+		}
+
+		assert(NULL != head && NULL != body);
+
+		ntok = ARGS_QWORD == ac ? MDOC_MAX : lookup(tok, p);
+
+		if (MDOC_MAX == ntok) {
+			if ( ! dword(m, line, la, p, DELIM_MAX))
+				return(0);
+			continue;
+		}
+
+		if ( ! mdoc_macro(m, ntok, line, la, pos, buf))
+			return(0);
+		break;
+	}
+
+	/* Clean-up to leave in a consistent state. */
+
+	if (NULL == head)
+		if ( ! mdoc_head_alloc(m, line, ppos, tok))
+			return(0);
+
+	if (NULL == body) {
+		if ( ! rew_sub(MDOC_HEAD, m, tok, line, ppos))
+			return(0);
+		if ( ! mdoc_body_alloc(m, line, ppos, tok))
+			return(0);
+	}
+
+	/* Standard appending of delimiters. */
+
+	if ( ! nl)
+		return(1);
+	return(append_delims(m, line, pos, buf));
+}
+
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+static int
+in_line_argn(MACRO_PROT_ARGS)
+{
+	int		 la, flushed, j, maxargs, nl;
+	enum margserr	 ac;
+	enum margverr	 av;
+	struct mdoc_arg	*arg;
+	char		*p;
+	enum mdoct	 ntok;
+
+	nl = MDOC_NEWLINE & m->flags;
+
+	/*
+	 * A line macro that has a fixed number of arguments (maxargs).
+	 * Only open the scope once the first non-leading-punctuation is
+	 * found (unless MDOC_IGNDELIM is noted, like in `Pf'), then
+	 * keep it open until the maximum number of arguments are
+	 * exhausted.
+	 */
+
+	switch (tok) {
+	case (MDOC_Ap):
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+	case (MDOC_No):
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+	case (MDOC_Ns):
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+	case (MDOC_Ux):
+		maxargs = 0;
+		break;
+	case (MDOC_Bx):
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+	case (MDOC_Xr):
+		maxargs = 2;
+		break;
+	default:
+		maxargs = 1;
+		break;
+	}
+
+	for (arg = NULL; ; ) {
+		la = *pos;
+		av = mdoc_argv(m, line, tok, &arg, pos, buf);
+
+		if (ARGV_WORD == av) {
+			*pos = la;
+			break;
+		} 
+
+		if (ARGV_EOLN == av)
+			break;
+		if (ARGV_ARG == av)
+			continue;
+
+		mdoc_argv_free(arg);
+		return(0);
+	}
+
+	for (flushed = j = 0; ; ) {
+		la = *pos;
+		ac = mdoc_args(m, line, pos, buf, tok, &p);
+
+		if (ARGS_ERROR == ac)
+			return(0);
+		if (ARGS_PUNCT == ac)
+			break;
+		if (ARGS_EOLN == ac)
+			break;
+
+		if ( ! (MDOC_IGNDELIM & mdoc_macros[tok].flags) && 
+				ARGS_QWORD != ac && 0 == j && 
+				DELIM_OPEN == mdoc_isdelim(p)) {
+			if ( ! dword(m, line, la, p, DELIM_OPEN))
+				return(0);
+			continue;
+		} else if (0 == j)
+		       if ( ! mdoc_elem_alloc(m, line, la, tok, arg))
+			       return(0);
+
+		if (j == maxargs && ! flushed) {
+			if ( ! rew_elem(m, tok))
+				return(0);
+			flushed = 1;
+		}
+
+		ntok = ARGS_QWORD == ac ? MDOC_MAX : lookup(tok, p);
+
+		if (MDOC_MAX != ntok) {
+			if ( ! flushed && ! rew_elem(m, tok))
+				return(0);
+			flushed = 1;
+			if ( ! mdoc_macro(m, ntok, line, la, pos, buf))
+				return(0);
+			j++;
+			break;
+		}
+
+		if ( ! (MDOC_IGNDELIM & mdoc_macros[tok].flags) &&
+				ARGS_QWORD != ac &&
+				! flushed &&
+				DELIM_NONE != mdoc_isdelim(p)) {
+			if ( ! rew_elem(m, tok))
+				return(0);
+			flushed = 1;
+		}
+
+		if ( ! dword(m, line, la, p, DELIM_MAX))
+			return(0);
+		j++;
+	}
+
+	if (0 == j && ! mdoc_elem_alloc(m, line, la, tok, arg))
+	       return(0);
+
+	/* Close out in a consistent state. */
+
+	if ( ! flushed && ! rew_elem(m, tok))
+		return(0);
+	if ( ! nl)
+		return(1);
+	return(append_delims(m, line, pos, buf));
+}
+
+
+static int
+in_line_eoln(MACRO_PROT_ARGS)
+{
+	int		 la;
+	enum margserr	 ac;
+	enum margverr	 av;
+	struct mdoc_arg	*arg;
+	char		*p;
+	enum mdoct	 ntok;
+
+	assert( ! (MDOC_PARSED & mdoc_macros[tok].flags));
+
+	if (tok == MDOC_Pp)
+		rew_sub(MDOC_BLOCK, m, MDOC_Nm, line, ppos);
+
+	/* Parse macro arguments. */
+
+	for (arg = NULL; ; ) {
+		la = *pos;
+		av = mdoc_argv(m, line, tok, &arg, pos, buf);
+
+		if (ARGV_WORD == av) {
+			*pos = la;
+			break;
+		}
+		if (ARGV_EOLN == av) 
+			break;
+		if (ARGV_ARG == av)
+			continue;
+
+		mdoc_argv_free(arg);
+		return(0);
+	}
+
+	/* Open element scope. */
+
+	if ( ! mdoc_elem_alloc(m, line, ppos, tok, arg))
+		return(0);
+
+	/* Parse argument terms. */
+
+	for (;;) {
+		la = *pos;
+		ac = mdoc_args(m, line, pos, buf, tok, &p);
+
+		if (ARGS_ERROR == ac)
+			return(0);
+		if (ARGS_EOLN == ac)
+			break;
+
+		ntok = ARGS_QWORD == ac ? MDOC_MAX : lookup(tok, p);
+
+		if (MDOC_MAX == ntok) {
+			if ( ! dword(m, line, la, p, DELIM_MAX))
+				return(0);
+			continue;
+		}
+
+		if ( ! rew_elem(m, tok))
+			return(0);
+		return(mdoc_macro(m, ntok, line, la, pos, buf));
+	}
+
+	/* Close out (no delimiters). */
+
+	return(rew_elem(m, tok));
+}
+
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+static int
+ctx_synopsis(MACRO_PROT_ARGS)
+{
+	int		 nl;
+
+	nl = MDOC_NEWLINE & m->flags;
+
+	/* If we're not in the SYNOPSIS, go straight to in-line. */
+	if ( ! (MDOC_SYNOPSIS & m->flags))
+		return(in_line(m, tok, line, ppos, pos, buf));
+
+	/* If we're a nested call, same place. */
+	if ( ! nl)
+		return(in_line(m, tok, line, ppos, pos, buf));
+
+	/*
+	 * XXX: this will open a block scope; however, if later we end
+	 * up formatting the block scope, then child nodes will inherit
+	 * the formatting.  Be careful.
+	 */
+	if (MDOC_Nm == tok)
+		return(blk_full(m, tok, line, ppos, pos, buf));
+	assert(MDOC_Vt == tok);
+	return(blk_part_imp(m, tok, line, ppos, pos, buf));
+}
+
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+static int
+obsolete(MACRO_PROT_ARGS)
+{
+
+	mdoc_pmsg(m, line, ppos, MANDOCERR_MACROOBS);
+	return(1);
+}
+
+
+/*
+ * Phrases occur within `Bl -column' entries, separated by `Ta' or tabs.
+ * They're unusual because they're basically free-form text until a
+ * macro is encountered.
+ */
+static int
+phrase(struct mdoc *m, int line, int ppos, char *buf)
+{
+	int		 la, pos;
+	enum margserr	 ac;
+	enum mdoct	 ntok;
+	char		*p;
+
+	for (pos = ppos; ; ) {
+		la = pos;
+
+		ac = mdoc_zargs(m, line, &pos, buf, &p);
+
+		if (ARGS_ERROR == ac)
+			return(0);
+		if (ARGS_EOLN == ac)
+			break;
+
+		ntok = ARGS_QWORD == ac ? MDOC_MAX : lookup_raw(p);
+
+		if (MDOC_MAX == ntok) {
+			if ( ! dword(m, line, la, p, DELIM_MAX))
+				return(0);
+			continue;
+		}
+
+		if ( ! mdoc_macro(m, ntok, line, la, &pos, buf))
+			return(0);
+		return(append_delims(m, line, &pos, buf));
+	}
+
+	return(1);
+}
+
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+static int
+phrase_ta(MACRO_PROT_ARGS)
+{
+	int		  la;
+	enum mdoct	  ntok;
+	enum margserr	  ac;
+	char		 *p;
+
+	/*
+	 * FIXME: this is overly restrictive: if the `Ta' is unexpected,
+	 * it should simply error out with ARGSLOST.
+	 */
+
+	if ( ! rew_sub(MDOC_BODY, m, MDOC_It, line, ppos))
+		return(0);
+	if ( ! mdoc_body_alloc(m, line, ppos, MDOC_It))
+		return(0);
+
+	for (;;) {
+		la = *pos;
+		ac = mdoc_zargs(m, line, pos, buf, &p);
+
+		if (ARGS_ERROR == ac)
+			return(0);
+		if (ARGS_EOLN == ac)
+			break;
+
+		ntok = ARGS_QWORD == ac ? MDOC_MAX : lookup_raw(p);
+
+		if (MDOC_MAX == ntok) {
+			if ( ! dword(m, line, la, p, DELIM_MAX))
+				return(0);
+			continue;
+		}
+
+		if ( ! mdoc_macro(m, ntok, line, la, pos, buf))
+			return(0);
+		return(append_delims(m, line, pos, buf));
+	}
+
+	return(1);
+}
diff --git a/contrib/mdocml/mdoc_man.c b/contrib/mdocml/mdoc_man.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9d7d2ca
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/mdocml/mdoc_man.c
@@ -0,0 +1,637 @@
+/*	$Id: mdoc_man.c,v 1.9 2011/10/24 21:47:59 schwarze Exp $ */
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Ingo Schwarze <schwarze@openbsd.org>
+ *
+ * Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software for any
+ * purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above
+ * copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies.
+ *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" AND THE AUTHOR DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES
+ * WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
+ * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR
+ * ANY SPECIAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES
+ * WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN
+ * ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF
+ * OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
+ */
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+#include "config.h"
+#endif
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <string.h>
+
+#include "mandoc.h"
+#include "man.h"
+#include "mdoc.h"
+#include "main.h"
+
+#define	DECL_ARGS const struct mdoc_meta *m, \
+		  const struct mdoc_node *n, \
+		  struct mman *mm
+
+struct	mman {
+	int		  need_space; /* next word needs prior ws */
+	int		  need_nl; /* next word needs prior nl */
+};
+
+struct	manact {
+	int		(*cond)(DECL_ARGS); /* DON'T run actions */
+	int		(*pre)(DECL_ARGS); /* pre-node action */
+	void		(*post)(DECL_ARGS); /* post-node action */
+	const char	 *prefix; /* pre-node string constant */
+	const char	 *suffix; /* post-node string constant */
+};
+
+static	int	  cond_body(DECL_ARGS);
+static	int	  cond_head(DECL_ARGS);
+static	void	  post_bd(DECL_ARGS);
+static	void	  post_dl(DECL_ARGS);
+static	void	  post_enc(DECL_ARGS);
+static	void	  post_nm(DECL_ARGS);
+static	void	  post_percent(DECL_ARGS);
+static	void	  post_pf(DECL_ARGS);
+static	void	  post_sect(DECL_ARGS);
+static	void	  post_sp(DECL_ARGS);
+static	int	  pre_ap(DECL_ARGS);
+static	int	  pre_bd(DECL_ARGS);
+static	int	  pre_br(DECL_ARGS);
+static	int	  pre_bx(DECL_ARGS);
+static	int	  pre_dl(DECL_ARGS);
+static	int	  pre_enc(DECL_ARGS);
+static	int	  pre_it(DECL_ARGS);
+static	int	  pre_nm(DECL_ARGS);
+static	int	  pre_ns(DECL_ARGS);
+static	int	  pre_pp(DECL_ARGS);
+static	int	  pre_sp(DECL_ARGS);
+static	int	  pre_sect(DECL_ARGS);
+static	int	  pre_ux(DECL_ARGS);
+static	int	  pre_xr(DECL_ARGS);
+static	void	  print_word(struct mman *, const char *);
+static	void	  print_node(DECL_ARGS);
+
+static	const struct manact manacts[MDOC_MAX + 1] = {
+	{ NULL, pre_ap, NULL, NULL, NULL }, /* Ap */
+	{ NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL }, /* Dd */
+	{ NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL }, /* Dt */
+	{ NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL }, /* Os */
+	{ NULL, pre_sect, post_sect, ".SH", NULL }, /* Sh */
+	{ NULL, pre_sect, post_sect, ".SS", NULL }, /* Ss */
+	{ NULL, pre_pp, NULL, NULL, NULL }, /* Pp */
+	{ cond_body, pre_dl, post_dl, NULL, NULL }, /* D1 */
+	{ cond_body, pre_dl, post_dl, NULL, NULL }, /* Dl */
+	{ cond_body, pre_bd, post_bd, NULL, NULL }, /* Bd */
+	{ NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL }, /* Ed */
+	{ NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL }, /* Bl */
+	{ NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL }, /* El */
+	{ NULL, pre_it, NULL, NULL, NULL }, /* _It */
+	{ NULL, pre_enc, post_enc, "\\fI", "\\fP" }, /* Ad */
+	{ NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL }, /* _An */
+	{ NULL, pre_enc, post_enc, "\\fI", "\\fP" }, /* Ar */
+	{ NULL, pre_enc, post_enc, "\\fB", "\\fP" }, /* Cd */
+	{ NULL, pre_enc, post_enc, "\\fB", "\\fP" }, /* Cm */
+	{ NULL, pre_enc, post_enc, "\\fR", "\\fP" }, /* Dv */
+	{ NULL, pre_enc, post_enc, "\\fR", "\\fP" }, /* Er */
+	{ NULL, pre_enc, post_enc, "\\fR", "\\fP" }, /* Ev */
+	{ NULL, pre_enc, post_enc, "The \\fB",
+	    "\\fP\nutility exits 0 on success, and >0 if an error occurs."
+	    }, /* Ex */
+	{ NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL }, /* _Fa */
+	{ NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL }, /* _Fd */
+	{ NULL, pre_enc, post_enc, "\\fB-", "\\fP" }, /* Fl */
+	{ NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL }, /* _Fn */
+	{ NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL }, /* _Ft */
+	{ NULL, pre_enc, post_enc, "\\fB", "\\fP" }, /* Ic */
+	{ NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL }, /* _In */
+	{ NULL, pre_enc, post_enc, "\\fR", "\\fP" }, /* Li */
+	{ cond_head, pre_enc, NULL, "\\- ", NULL }, /* Nd */
+	{ NULL, pre_nm, post_nm, NULL, NULL }, /* Nm */
+	{ cond_body, pre_enc, post_enc, "[", "]" }, /* Op */
+	{ NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL }, /* Ot */
+	{ NULL, pre_enc, post_enc, "\\fI", "\\fP" }, /* Pa */
+	{ NULL, pre_enc, post_enc, "The \\fB",
+		"\\fP\nfunction returns the value 0 if successful;\n"
+		"otherwise the value -1 is returned and the global\n"
+		"variable \\fIerrno\\fP is set to indicate the error."
+		}, /* Rv */
+	{ NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL }, /* St */
+	{ NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL }, /* _Va */
+	{ NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL }, /* _Vt */
+	{ NULL, pre_xr, NULL, NULL, NULL }, /* Xr */
+	{ NULL, NULL, post_percent, NULL, NULL }, /* _%A */
+	{ NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL }, /* _%B */
+	{ NULL, NULL, post_percent, NULL, NULL }, /* _%D */
+	{ NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL }, /* _%I */
+	{ NULL, pre_enc, post_percent, "\\fI", "\\fP" }, /* %J */
+	{ NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL }, /* _%N */
+	{ NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL }, /* _%O */
+	{ NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL }, /* _%P */
+	{ NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL }, /* _%R */
+	{ NULL, pre_enc, post_percent, "\"", "\"" }, /* %T */
+	{ NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL }, /* _%V */
+	{ NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL }, /* Ac */
+	{ cond_body, pre_enc, post_enc, "<", ">" }, /* Ao */
+	{ cond_body, pre_enc, post_enc, "<", ">" }, /* Aq */
+	{ NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL }, /* At */
+	{ NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL }, /* Bc */
+	{ NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL }, /* _Bf */
+	{ cond_body, pre_enc, post_enc, "[", "]" }, /* Bo */
+	{ cond_body, pre_enc, post_enc, "[", "]" }, /* Bq */
+	{ NULL, pre_ux, NULL, "BSD/OS", NULL }, /* Bsx */
+	{ NULL, pre_bx, NULL, NULL, NULL }, /* Bx */
+	{ NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL }, /* Db */
+	{ NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL }, /* Dc */
+	{ cond_body, pre_enc, post_enc, "``", "''" }, /* Do */
+	{ cond_body, pre_enc, post_enc, "``", "''" }, /* Dq */
+	{ NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL }, /* _Ec */
+	{ NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL }, /* _Ef */
+	{ NULL, pre_enc, post_enc, "\\fI", "\\fP" }, /* Em */
+	{ NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL }, /* _Eo */
+	{ NULL, pre_ux, NULL, "FreeBSD", NULL }, /* Fx */
+	{ NULL, pre_enc, post_enc, "\\fB", "\\fP" }, /* Ms */
+	{ NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL }, /* No */
+	{ NULL, pre_ns, NULL, NULL, NULL }, /* Ns */
+	{ NULL, pre_ux, NULL, "NetBSD", NULL }, /* Nx */
+	{ NULL, pre_ux, NULL, "OpenBSD", NULL }, /* Ox */
+	{ NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL }, /* Pc */
+	{ NULL, NULL, post_pf, NULL, NULL }, /* Pf */
+	{ cond_body, pre_enc, post_enc, "(", ")" }, /* Po */
+	{ cond_body, pre_enc, post_enc, "(", ")" }, /* Pq */
+	{ NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL }, /* Qc */
+	{ cond_body, pre_enc, post_enc, "`", "'" }, /* Ql */
+	{ cond_body, pre_enc, post_enc, "\"", "\"" }, /* Qo */
+	{ cond_body, pre_enc, post_enc, "\"", "\"" }, /* Qq */
+	{ NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL }, /* Re */
+	{ cond_body, pre_pp, NULL, NULL, NULL }, /* Rs */
+	{ NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL }, /* Sc */
+	{ cond_body, pre_enc, post_enc, "`", "'" }, /* So */
+	{ cond_body, pre_enc, post_enc, "`", "'" }, /* Sq */
+	{ NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL }, /* _Sm */
+	{ NULL, pre_enc, post_enc, "\\fI", "\\fP" }, /* Sx */
+	{ NULL, pre_enc, post_enc, "\\fB", "\\fP" }, /* Sy */
+	{ NULL, pre_enc, post_enc, "\\fR", "\\fP" }, /* Tn */
+	{ NULL, pre_ux, NULL, "UNIX", NULL }, /* Ux */
+	{ NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL }, /* _Xc */
+	{ NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL }, /* _Xo */
+	{ NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL }, /* _Fo */
+	{ NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL }, /* _Fc */
+	{ cond_body, pre_enc, post_enc, "[", "]" }, /* Oo */
+	{ NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL }, /* Oc */
+	{ NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL }, /* _Bk */
+	{ NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL }, /* _Ek */
+	{ NULL, pre_ux, NULL, "is currently in beta test.", NULL }, /* Bt */
+	{ NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL }, /* Hf */
+	{ NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL }, /* Fr */
+	{ NULL, pre_ux, NULL, "currently under development.", NULL }, /* Ud */
+	{ NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL }, /* _Lb */
+	{ NULL, pre_pp, NULL, NULL, NULL }, /* Lp */
+	{ NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL }, /* _Lk */
+	{ NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL }, /* _Mt */
+	{ cond_body, pre_enc, post_enc, "{", "}" }, /* Brq */
+	{ cond_body, pre_enc, post_enc, "{", "}" }, /* Bro */
+	{ NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL }, /* Brc */
+	{ NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL }, /* _%C */
+	{ NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL }, /* _Es */
+	{ NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL }, /* _En */
+	{ NULL, pre_ux, NULL, "DragonFly", NULL }, /* Dx */
+	{ NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL }, /* _%Q */
+	{ NULL, pre_br, NULL, NULL, NULL }, /* br */
+	{ NULL, pre_sp, post_sp, NULL, NULL }, /* sp */
+	{ NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL }, /* _%U */
+	{ NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL }, /* _Ta */
+	{ NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL }, /* ROOT */
+};
+
+static void
+print_word(struct mman *mm, const char *s)
+{
+
+	if (mm->need_nl) {
+		/* 
+		 * If we need a newline, print it now and start afresh.
+		 */
+		putchar('\n');
+		mm->need_space = 0;
+		mm->need_nl = 0;
+	} else if (mm->need_space && '\0' != s[0])
+		/*
+		 * If we need a space, only print it before
+		 * (1) a nonzero length word;
+		 * (2) a word that is non-punctuation; and
+		 * (3) if punctuation, non-terminating puncutation.
+		 */
+		if (NULL == strchr(".,:;)]?!", s[0]) || '\0' != s[1])
+			putchar(' ');
+
+	/*
+	 * Reassign needing space if we're not following opening
+	 * punctuation.
+	 */
+	mm->need_space = 
+		('(' != s[0] && '[' != s[0]) || '\0' != s[1];
+
+	for ( ; *s; s++) {
+		switch (*s) {
+		case (ASCII_NBRSP):
+			printf("\\~");
+			break;
+		case (ASCII_HYPH):
+			putchar('-');
+			break;
+		default:
+			putchar((unsigned char)*s);
+			break;
+		}
+	}
+}
+
+void
+man_man(void *arg, const struct man *man)
+{
+
+	/*
+	 * Dump the keep buffer.
+	 * We're guaranteed by now that this exists (is non-NULL).
+	 * Flush stdout afterward, just in case.
+	 */
+	fputs(mparse_getkeep(man_mparse(man)), stdout);
+	fflush(stdout);
+}
+
+void
+man_mdoc(void *arg, const struct mdoc *mdoc)
+{
+	const struct mdoc_meta *m;
+	const struct mdoc_node *n;
+	struct mman	        mm;
+
+	m = mdoc_meta(mdoc);
+	n = mdoc_node(mdoc);
+
+	printf(".TH \"%s\" \"%s\" \"%s\" \"%s\" \"%s\"",
+			m->title, m->msec, m->date, m->os, m->vol);
+
+	memset(&mm, 0, sizeof(struct mman));
+
+	mm.need_nl = 1;
+	print_node(m, n, &mm);
+	putchar('\n');
+}
+
+static void
+print_node(DECL_ARGS)
+{
+	const struct mdoc_node	*prev, *sub;
+	const struct manact	*act;
+	int			 cond, do_sub;
+	
+	/*
+	 * Break the line if we were parsed subsequent the current node.
+	 * This makes the page structure be more consistent.
+	 */
+	prev = n->prev ? n->prev : n->parent;
+	if (prev && prev->line < n->line)
+		mm->need_nl = 1;
+
+	act = NULL;
+	cond = 0;
+	do_sub = 1;
+
+	if (MDOC_TEXT == n->type) {
+		/*
+		 * Make sure that we don't happen to start with a
+		 * control character at the start of a line.
+		 */
+		if (mm->need_nl && ('.' == *n->string || 
+					'\'' == *n->string)) {
+			print_word(mm, "\\&");
+			mm->need_space = 0;
+		}
+		print_word(mm, n->string);
+	} else {
+		/*
+		 * Conditionally run the pre-node action handler for a
+		 * node.
+		 */
+		act = manacts + n->tok;
+		cond = NULL == act->cond || (*act->cond)(m, n, mm);
+		if (cond && act->pre)
+			do_sub = (*act->pre)(m, n, mm);
+	}
+
+	/* 
+	 * Conditionally run all child nodes.
+	 * Note that this iterates over children instead of using
+	 * recursion.  This prevents unnecessary depth in the stack.
+	 */
+	if (do_sub)
+		for (sub = n->child; sub; sub = sub->next)
+			print_node(m, sub, mm);
+
+	/*
+	 * Lastly, conditionally run the post-node handler.
+	 */
+	if (cond && act->post)
+		(*act->post)(m, n, mm);
+}
+
+static int
+cond_head(DECL_ARGS)
+{
+
+	return(MDOC_HEAD == n->type);
+}
+
+static int
+cond_body(DECL_ARGS)
+{
+
+	return(MDOC_BODY == n->type);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Output a font encoding before a node, e.g., \fR.
+ * This obviously has no trailing space.
+ */
+static int
+pre_enc(DECL_ARGS)
+{
+	const char	*prefix;
+
+	prefix = manacts[n->tok].prefix;
+	if (NULL == prefix)
+		return(1);
+	print_word(mm, prefix);
+	mm->need_space = 0;
+	return(1);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Output a font encoding subsequent a node, e.g., \fP.
+ */
+static void
+post_enc(DECL_ARGS)
+{
+	const char *suffix;
+
+	suffix = manacts[n->tok].suffix;
+	if (NULL == suffix)
+		return;
+	mm->need_space = 0;
+	print_word(mm, suffix);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Used in listings (percent = %A, e.g.).
+ * FIXME: this is incomplete. 
+ * It doesn't print a nice ", and" for lists.
+ */
+static void
+post_percent(DECL_ARGS)
+{
+
+	post_enc(m, n, mm);
+	if (n->next)
+		print_word(mm, ",");
+	else {
+		print_word(mm, ".");
+		mm->need_nl = 1;
+	}
+}
+
+/*
+ * Print before a section header.
+ */
+static int
+pre_sect(DECL_ARGS)
+{
+
+	if (MDOC_HEAD != n->type)
+		return(1);
+	mm->need_nl = 1;
+	print_word(mm, manacts[n->tok].prefix);
+	print_word(mm, "\"");
+	mm->need_space = 0;
+	return(1);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Print subsequent a section header.
+ */
+static void
+post_sect(DECL_ARGS)
+{
+
+	if (MDOC_HEAD != n->type)
+		return;
+	mm->need_space = 0;
+	print_word(mm, "\"");
+	mm->need_nl = 1;
+}
+
+static int
+pre_ap(DECL_ARGS)
+{
+
+	mm->need_space = 0;
+	print_word(mm, "'");
+	mm->need_space = 0;
+	return(0);
+}
+
+static int
+pre_bd(DECL_ARGS)
+{
+
+	if (DISP_unfilled == n->norm->Bd.type ||
+	    DISP_literal  == n->norm->Bd.type) {
+		mm->need_nl = 1;
+		print_word(mm, ".nf");
+	}
+	mm->need_nl = 1;
+	return(1);
+}
+
+static void
+post_bd(DECL_ARGS)
+{
+
+	if (DISP_unfilled == n->norm->Bd.type ||
+	    DISP_literal  == n->norm->Bd.type) {
+		mm->need_nl = 1;
+		print_word(mm, ".fi");
+	}
+	mm->need_nl = 1;
+}
+
+static int
+pre_br(DECL_ARGS)
+{
+
+	mm->need_nl = 1;
+	print_word(mm, ".br");
+	mm->need_nl = 1;
+	return(0);
+}
+
+static int
+pre_bx(DECL_ARGS)
+{
+
+	n = n->child;
+	if (n) {
+		print_word(mm, n->string);
+		mm->need_space = 0;
+		n = n->next;
+	}
+	print_word(mm, "BSD");
+	if (NULL == n)
+		return(0);
+	mm->need_space = 0;
+	print_word(mm, "-");
+	mm->need_space = 0;
+	print_word(mm, n->string);
+	return(0);
+}
+
+static int
+pre_dl(DECL_ARGS)
+{
+
+	mm->need_nl = 1;
+	print_word(mm, ".RS 6n");
+	mm->need_nl = 1;
+	return(1);
+}
+
+static void
+post_dl(DECL_ARGS)
+{
+
+	mm->need_nl = 1;
+	print_word(mm, ".RE");
+	mm->need_nl = 1;
+}
+
+static int
+pre_it(DECL_ARGS)
+{
+	const struct mdoc_node *bln;
+
+	if (MDOC_HEAD == n->type) {
+		mm->need_nl = 1;
+		print_word(mm, ".TP");
+		bln = n->parent->parent->prev;
+		switch (bln->norm->Bl.type) {
+		case (LIST_bullet):
+			print_word(mm, "4n");
+			mm->need_nl = 1;
+			print_word(mm, "\\fBo\\fP");
+			break;
+		default:
+			if (bln->norm->Bl.width)
+				print_word(mm, bln->norm->Bl.width);
+			break;
+		}
+		mm->need_nl = 1;
+	}
+	return(1);
+}
+
+static int
+pre_nm(DECL_ARGS)
+{
+
+	if (MDOC_ELEM != n->type && MDOC_HEAD != n->type)
+		return(1);
+	print_word(mm, "\\fB");
+	mm->need_space = 0;
+	if (NULL == n->child)
+		print_word(mm, m->name);
+	return(1);
+}
+
+static void
+post_nm(DECL_ARGS)
+{
+
+	if (MDOC_ELEM != n->type && MDOC_HEAD != n->type)
+		return;
+	mm->need_space = 0;
+	print_word(mm, "\\fP");
+}
+
+static int
+pre_ns(DECL_ARGS)
+{
+
+	mm->need_space = 0;
+	return(0);
+}
+
+static void
+post_pf(DECL_ARGS)
+{
+
+	mm->need_space = 0;
+}
+
+static int
+pre_pp(DECL_ARGS)
+{
+
+	mm->need_nl = 1;
+	if (MDOC_It == n->parent->tok)
+		print_word(mm, ".sp");
+	else
+		print_word(mm, ".PP");
+	mm->need_nl = 1;
+	return(1);
+}
+
+static int
+pre_sp(DECL_ARGS)
+{
+
+	mm->need_nl = 1;
+	print_word(mm, ".sp");
+	return(1);
+}
+
+static void
+post_sp(DECL_ARGS)
+{
+
+	mm->need_nl = 1;
+}
+
+static int
+pre_xr(DECL_ARGS)
+{
+
+	n = n->child;
+	if (NULL == n)
+		return(0);
+	print_node(m, n, mm);
+	n = n->next;
+	if (NULL == n)
+		return(0);
+	mm->need_space = 0;
+	print_word(mm, "(");
+	print_node(m, n, mm);
+	print_word(mm, ")");
+	return(0);
+}
+
+static int
+pre_ux(DECL_ARGS)
+{
+
+	print_word(mm, manacts[n->tok].prefix);
+	if (NULL == n->child)
+		return(0);
+	mm->need_space = 0;
+	print_word(mm, "\\~");
+	mm->need_space = 0;
+	return(1);
+}
diff --git a/contrib/mdocml/mdoc_term.c b/contrib/mdocml/mdoc_term.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..53335664
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/mdocml/mdoc_term.c
@@ -0,0 +1,2257 @@
+/*	$Id: mdoc_term.c,v 1.238 2011/11/13 13:15:14 schwarze Exp $ */
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011 Kristaps Dzonsons <kristaps@bsd.lv>
+ * Copyright (c) 2010 Ingo Schwarze <schwarze@openbsd.org>
+ *
+ * Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software for any
+ * purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above
+ * copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies.
+ *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" AND THE AUTHOR DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES
+ * WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
+ * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR
+ * ANY SPECIAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES
+ * WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN
+ * ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF
+ * OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
+ */
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+#include "config.h"
+#endif
+
+#include <sys/types.h>
+
+#include <assert.h>
+#include <ctype.h>
+#include <stdint.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+
+#include "mandoc.h"
+#include "out.h"
+#include "term.h"
+#include "mdoc.h"
+#include "main.h"
+
+struct	termpair {
+	struct termpair	 *ppair;
+	int		  count;
+};
+
+#define	DECL_ARGS struct termp *p, \
+		  struct termpair *pair, \
+	  	  const struct mdoc_meta *m, \
+		  const struct mdoc_node *n
+
+struct	termact {
+	int	(*pre)(DECL_ARGS);
+	void	(*post)(DECL_ARGS);
+};
+
+static	size_t	  a2width(const struct termp *, const char *);
+static	size_t	  a2height(const struct termp *, const char *);
+static	size_t	  a2offs(const struct termp *, const char *);
+
+static	void	  print_bvspace(struct termp *,
+			const struct mdoc_node *,
+			const struct mdoc_node *);
+static	void  	  print_mdoc_node(DECL_ARGS);
+static	void	  print_mdoc_nodelist(DECL_ARGS);
+static	void	  print_mdoc_head(struct termp *, const void *);
+static	void	  print_mdoc_foot(struct termp *, const void *);
+static	void	  synopsis_pre(struct termp *, 
+			const struct mdoc_node *);
+
+static	void	  termp____post(DECL_ARGS);
+static	void	  termp__t_post(DECL_ARGS);
+static	void	  termp_an_post(DECL_ARGS);
+static	void	  termp_bd_post(DECL_ARGS);
+static	void	  termp_bk_post(DECL_ARGS);
+static	void	  termp_bl_post(DECL_ARGS);
+static	void	  termp_d1_post(DECL_ARGS);
+static	void	  termp_fo_post(DECL_ARGS);
+static	void	  termp_in_post(DECL_ARGS);
+static	void	  termp_it_post(DECL_ARGS);
+static	void	  termp_lb_post(DECL_ARGS);
+static	void	  termp_nm_post(DECL_ARGS);
+static	void	  termp_pf_post(DECL_ARGS);
+static	void	  termp_quote_post(DECL_ARGS);
+static	void	  termp_sh_post(DECL_ARGS);
+static	void	  termp_ss_post(DECL_ARGS);
+
+static	int	  termp__a_pre(DECL_ARGS);
+static	int	  termp__t_pre(DECL_ARGS);
+static	int	  termp_an_pre(DECL_ARGS);
+static	int	  termp_ap_pre(DECL_ARGS);
+static	int	  termp_bd_pre(DECL_ARGS);
+static	int	  termp_bf_pre(DECL_ARGS);
+static	int	  termp_bk_pre(DECL_ARGS);
+static	int	  termp_bl_pre(DECL_ARGS);
+static	int	  termp_bold_pre(DECL_ARGS);
+static	int	  termp_bt_pre(DECL_ARGS);
+static	int	  termp_bx_pre(DECL_ARGS);
+static	int	  termp_cd_pre(DECL_ARGS);
+static	int	  termp_d1_pre(DECL_ARGS);
+static	int	  termp_ex_pre(DECL_ARGS);
+static	int	  termp_fa_pre(DECL_ARGS);
+static	int	  termp_fd_pre(DECL_ARGS);
+static	int	  termp_fl_pre(DECL_ARGS);
+static	int	  termp_fn_pre(DECL_ARGS);
+static	int	  termp_fo_pre(DECL_ARGS);
+static	int	  termp_ft_pre(DECL_ARGS);
+static	int	  termp_igndelim_pre(DECL_ARGS);
+static	int	  termp_in_pre(DECL_ARGS);
+static	int	  termp_it_pre(DECL_ARGS);
+static	int	  termp_li_pre(DECL_ARGS);
+static	int	  termp_lk_pre(DECL_ARGS);
+static	int	  termp_nd_pre(DECL_ARGS);
+static	int	  termp_nm_pre(DECL_ARGS);
+static	int	  termp_ns_pre(DECL_ARGS);
+static	int	  termp_quote_pre(DECL_ARGS);
+static	int	  termp_rs_pre(DECL_ARGS);
+static	int	  termp_rv_pre(DECL_ARGS);
+static	int	  termp_sh_pre(DECL_ARGS);
+static	int	  termp_sm_pre(DECL_ARGS);
+static	int	  termp_sp_pre(DECL_ARGS);
+static	int	  termp_ss_pre(DECL_ARGS);
+static	int	  termp_under_pre(DECL_ARGS);
+static	int	  termp_ud_pre(DECL_ARGS);
+static	int	  termp_vt_pre(DECL_ARGS);
+static	int	  termp_xr_pre(DECL_ARGS);
+static	int	  termp_xx_pre(DECL_ARGS);
+
+static	const struct termact termacts[MDOC_MAX] = {
+	{ termp_ap_pre, NULL }, /* Ap */
+	{ NULL, NULL }, /* Dd */
+	{ NULL, NULL }, /* Dt */
+	{ NULL, NULL }, /* Os */
+	{ termp_sh_pre, termp_sh_post }, /* Sh */
+	{ termp_ss_pre, termp_ss_post }, /* Ss */ 
+	{ termp_sp_pre, NULL }, /* Pp */ 
+	{ termp_d1_pre, termp_d1_post }, /* D1 */
+	{ termp_d1_pre, termp_d1_post }, /* Dl */
+	{ termp_bd_pre, termp_bd_post }, /* Bd */
+	{ NULL, NULL }, /* Ed */
+	{ termp_bl_pre, termp_bl_post }, /* Bl */
+	{ NULL, NULL }, /* El */
+	{ termp_it_pre, termp_it_post }, /* It */
+	{ termp_under_pre, NULL }, /* Ad */ 
+	{ termp_an_pre, termp_an_post }, /* An */
+	{ termp_under_pre, NULL }, /* Ar */
+	{ termp_cd_pre, NULL }, /* Cd */
+	{ termp_bold_pre, NULL }, /* Cm */
+	{ NULL, NULL }, /* Dv */ 
+	{ NULL, NULL }, /* Er */ 
+	{ NULL, NULL }, /* Ev */ 
+	{ termp_ex_pre, NULL }, /* Ex */
+	{ termp_fa_pre, NULL }, /* Fa */ 
+	{ termp_fd_pre, NULL }, /* Fd */ 
+	{ termp_fl_pre, NULL }, /* Fl */
+	{ termp_fn_pre, NULL }, /* Fn */ 
+	{ termp_ft_pre, NULL }, /* Ft */ 
+	{ termp_bold_pre, NULL }, /* Ic */ 
+	{ termp_in_pre, termp_in_post }, /* In */ 
+	{ termp_li_pre, NULL }, /* Li */
+	{ termp_nd_pre, NULL }, /* Nd */ 
+	{ termp_nm_pre, termp_nm_post }, /* Nm */ 
+	{ termp_quote_pre, termp_quote_post }, /* Op */
+	{ NULL, NULL }, /* Ot */
+	{ termp_under_pre, NULL }, /* Pa */
+	{ termp_rv_pre, NULL }, /* Rv */
+	{ NULL, NULL }, /* St */ 
+	{ termp_under_pre, NULL }, /* Va */
+	{ termp_vt_pre, NULL }, /* Vt */
+	{ termp_xr_pre, NULL }, /* Xr */
+	{ termp__a_pre, termp____post }, /* %A */
+	{ termp_under_pre, termp____post }, /* %B */
+	{ NULL, termp____post }, /* %D */
+	{ termp_under_pre, termp____post }, /* %I */
+	{ termp_under_pre, termp____post }, /* %J */
+	{ NULL, termp____post }, /* %N */
+	{ NULL, termp____post }, /* %O */
+	{ NULL, termp____post }, /* %P */
+	{ NULL, termp____post }, /* %R */
+	{ termp__t_pre, termp__t_post }, /* %T */
+	{ NULL, termp____post }, /* %V */
+	{ NULL, NULL }, /* Ac */
+	{ termp_quote_pre, termp_quote_post }, /* Ao */
+	{ termp_quote_pre, termp_quote_post }, /* Aq */
+	{ NULL, NULL }, /* At */
+	{ NULL, NULL }, /* Bc */
+	{ termp_bf_pre, NULL }, /* Bf */ 
+	{ termp_quote_pre, termp_quote_post }, /* Bo */
+	{ termp_quote_pre, termp_quote_post }, /* Bq */
+	{ termp_xx_pre, NULL }, /* Bsx */
+	{ termp_bx_pre, NULL }, /* Bx */
+	{ NULL, NULL }, /* Db */
+	{ NULL, NULL }, /* Dc */
+	{ termp_quote_pre, termp_quote_post }, /* Do */
+	{ termp_quote_pre, termp_quote_post }, /* Dq */
+	{ NULL, NULL }, /* Ec */ /* FIXME: no space */
+	{ NULL, NULL }, /* Ef */
+	{ termp_under_pre, NULL }, /* Em */ 
+	{ termp_quote_pre, termp_quote_post }, /* Eo */
+	{ termp_xx_pre, NULL }, /* Fx */
+	{ termp_bold_pre, NULL }, /* Ms */
+	{ termp_igndelim_pre, NULL }, /* No */
+	{ termp_ns_pre, NULL }, /* Ns */
+	{ termp_xx_pre, NULL }, /* Nx */
+	{ termp_xx_pre, NULL }, /* Ox */
+	{ NULL, NULL }, /* Pc */
+	{ termp_igndelim_pre, termp_pf_post }, /* Pf */
+	{ termp_quote_pre, termp_quote_post }, /* Po */
+	{ termp_quote_pre, termp_quote_post }, /* Pq */
+	{ NULL, NULL }, /* Qc */
+	{ termp_quote_pre, termp_quote_post }, /* Ql */
+	{ termp_quote_pre, termp_quote_post }, /* Qo */
+	{ termp_quote_pre, termp_quote_post }, /* Qq */
+	{ NULL, NULL }, /* Re */
+	{ termp_rs_pre, NULL }, /* Rs */
+	{ NULL, NULL }, /* Sc */
+	{ termp_quote_pre, termp_quote_post }, /* So */
+	{ termp_quote_pre, termp_quote_post }, /* Sq */
+	{ termp_sm_pre, NULL }, /* Sm */
+	{ termp_under_pre, NULL }, /* Sx */
+	{ termp_bold_pre, NULL }, /* Sy */
+	{ NULL, NULL }, /* Tn */
+	{ termp_xx_pre, NULL }, /* Ux */
+	{ NULL, NULL }, /* Xc */
+	{ NULL, NULL }, /* Xo */
+	{ termp_fo_pre, termp_fo_post }, /* Fo */ 
+	{ NULL, NULL }, /* Fc */ 
+	{ termp_quote_pre, termp_quote_post }, /* Oo */
+	{ NULL, NULL }, /* Oc */
+	{ termp_bk_pre, termp_bk_post }, /* Bk */
+	{ NULL, NULL }, /* Ek */
+	{ termp_bt_pre, NULL }, /* Bt */
+	{ NULL, NULL }, /* Hf */
+	{ NULL, NULL }, /* Fr */
+	{ termp_ud_pre, NULL }, /* Ud */
+	{ NULL, termp_lb_post }, /* Lb */
+	{ termp_sp_pre, NULL }, /* Lp */ 
+	{ termp_lk_pre, NULL }, /* Lk */ 
+	{ termp_under_pre, NULL }, /* Mt */ 
+	{ termp_quote_pre, termp_quote_post }, /* Brq */ 
+	{ termp_quote_pre, termp_quote_post }, /* Bro */ 
+	{ NULL, NULL }, /* Brc */ 
+	{ NULL, termp____post }, /* %C */ 
+	{ NULL, NULL }, /* Es */ /* TODO */
+	{ NULL, NULL }, /* En */ /* TODO */
+	{ termp_xx_pre, NULL }, /* Dx */ 
+	{ NULL, termp____post }, /* %Q */ 
+	{ termp_sp_pre, NULL }, /* br */
+	{ termp_sp_pre, NULL }, /* sp */ 
+	{ termp_under_pre, termp____post }, /* %U */ 
+	{ NULL, NULL }, /* Ta */ 
+};
+
+
+void
+terminal_mdoc(void *arg, const struct mdoc *mdoc)
+{
+	const struct mdoc_node	*n;
+	const struct mdoc_meta	*m;
+	struct termp		*p;
+
+	p = (struct termp *)arg;
+
+	if (0 == p->defindent)
+		p->defindent = 5;
+
+	p->overstep = 0;
+	p->maxrmargin = p->defrmargin;
+	p->tabwidth = term_len(p, 5);
+
+	if (NULL == p->symtab)
+		p->symtab = mchars_alloc();
+
+	n = mdoc_node(mdoc);
+	m = mdoc_meta(mdoc);
+
+	term_begin(p, print_mdoc_head, print_mdoc_foot, m);
+
+	if (n->child)
+		print_mdoc_nodelist(p, NULL, m, n->child);
+
+	term_end(p);
+}
+
+
+static void
+print_mdoc_nodelist(DECL_ARGS)
+{
+
+	print_mdoc_node(p, pair, m, n);
+	if (n->next)
+		print_mdoc_nodelist(p, pair, m, n->next);
+}
+
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+static void
+print_mdoc_node(DECL_ARGS)
+{
+	int		 chld;
+	const void	*font;
+	struct termpair	 npair;
+	size_t		 offset, rmargin;
+
+	chld = 1;
+	offset = p->offset;
+	rmargin = p->rmargin;
+	font = term_fontq(p);
+
+	memset(&npair, 0, sizeof(struct termpair));
+	npair.ppair = pair;
+
+	/*
+	 * Keeps only work until the end of a line.  If a keep was
+	 * invoked in a prior line, revert it to PREKEEP.
+	 *
+	 * Also let SYNPRETTY sections behave as if they were wrapped
+	 * in a `Bk' block.
+	 */
+
+	if (TERMP_KEEP & p->flags || MDOC_SYNPRETTY & n->flags) {
+		if (n->prev && n->prev->line != n->line) {
+			p->flags &= ~TERMP_KEEP;
+			p->flags |= TERMP_PREKEEP;
+		} else if (NULL == n->prev) {
+			if (n->parent && n->parent->line != n->line) {
+				p->flags &= ~TERMP_KEEP;
+				p->flags |= TERMP_PREKEEP;
+			}
+		}
+	}
+
+	/*
+	 * Since SYNPRETTY sections aren't "turned off" with `Ek',
+	 * we have to intuit whether we should disable formatting.
+	 */
+
+	if ( ! (MDOC_SYNPRETTY & n->flags) &&
+	    ((n->prev   && MDOC_SYNPRETTY & n->prev->flags) ||
+	     (n->parent && MDOC_SYNPRETTY & n->parent->flags)))
+		p->flags &= ~(TERMP_KEEP | TERMP_PREKEEP);
+
+	/*
+	 * After the keep flags have been set up, we may now
+	 * produce output.  Note that some pre-handlers do so.
+	 */
+
+	switch (n->type) {
+	case (MDOC_TEXT):
+		if (' ' == *n->string && MDOC_LINE & n->flags)
+			term_newln(p);
+		if (MDOC_DELIMC & n->flags)
+			p->flags |= TERMP_NOSPACE;
+		term_word(p, n->string);
+		if (MDOC_DELIMO & n->flags)
+			p->flags |= TERMP_NOSPACE;
+		break;
+	case (MDOC_EQN):
+		term_eqn(p, n->eqn);
+		break;
+	case (MDOC_TBL):
+		term_tbl(p, n->span);
+		break;
+	default:
+		if (termacts[n->tok].pre && ENDBODY_NOT == n->end)
+			chld = (*termacts[n->tok].pre)
+				(p, &npair, m, n);
+		break;
+	}
+
+	if (chld && n->child)
+		print_mdoc_nodelist(p, &npair, m, n->child);
+
+	term_fontpopq(p, font);
+
+	switch (n->type) {
+	case (MDOC_TEXT):
+		break;
+	case (MDOC_TBL):
+		break;
+	case (MDOC_EQN):
+		break;
+	default:
+		if ( ! termacts[n->tok].post || MDOC_ENDED & n->flags)
+			break;
+		(void)(*termacts[n->tok].post)(p, &npair, m, n);
+
+		/*
+		 * Explicit end tokens not only call the post
+		 * handler, but also tell the respective block
+		 * that it must not call the post handler again.
+		 */
+		if (ENDBODY_NOT != n->end)
+			n->pending->flags |= MDOC_ENDED;
+
+		/*
+		 * End of line terminating an implicit block
+		 * while an explicit block is still open.
+		 * Continue the explicit block without spacing.
+		 */
+		if (ENDBODY_NOSPACE == n->end)
+			p->flags |= TERMP_NOSPACE;
+		break;
+	}
+
+	if (MDOC_EOS & n->flags)
+		p->flags |= TERMP_SENTENCE;
+
+	p->offset = offset;
+	p->rmargin = rmargin;
+}
+
+
+static void
+print_mdoc_foot(struct termp *p, const void *arg)
+{
+	const struct mdoc_meta *m;
+
+	m = (const struct mdoc_meta *)arg;
+
+	term_fontrepl(p, TERMFONT_NONE);
+
+	/* 
+	 * Output the footer in new-groff style, that is, three columns
+	 * with the middle being the manual date and flanking columns
+	 * being the operating system:
+	 *
+	 * SYSTEM                  DATE                    SYSTEM
+	 */
+
+	term_vspace(p);
+
+	p->offset = 0;
+	p->rmargin = (p->maxrmargin - 
+			term_strlen(p, m->date) + term_len(p, 1)) / 2;
+	p->flags |= TERMP_NOSPACE | TERMP_NOBREAK;
+
+	term_word(p, m->os);
+	term_flushln(p);
+
+	p->offset = p->rmargin;
+	p->rmargin = p->maxrmargin - term_strlen(p, m->os);
+	p->flags |= TERMP_NOSPACE;
+
+	term_word(p, m->date);
+	term_flushln(p);
+
+	p->offset = p->rmargin;
+	p->rmargin = p->maxrmargin;
+	p->flags &= ~TERMP_NOBREAK;
+	p->flags |= TERMP_NOSPACE;
+
+	term_word(p, m->os);
+	term_flushln(p);
+
+	p->offset = 0;
+	p->rmargin = p->maxrmargin;
+	p->flags = 0;
+}
+
+
+static void
+print_mdoc_head(struct termp *p, const void *arg)
+{
+	char		buf[BUFSIZ], title[BUFSIZ];
+	size_t		buflen, titlen;
+	const struct mdoc_meta *m;
+
+	m = (const struct mdoc_meta *)arg;
+
+	/*
+	 * The header is strange.  It has three components, which are
+	 * really two with the first duplicated.  It goes like this:
+	 *
+	 * IDENTIFIER              TITLE                   IDENTIFIER
+	 *
+	 * The IDENTIFIER is NAME(SECTION), which is the command-name
+	 * (if given, or "unknown" if not) followed by the manual page
+	 * section.  These are given in `Dt'.  The TITLE is a free-form
+	 * string depending on the manual volume.  If not specified, it
+	 * switches on the manual section.
+	 */
+
+	p->offset = 0;
+	p->rmargin = p->maxrmargin;
+
+	assert(m->vol);
+	strlcpy(buf, m->vol, BUFSIZ);
+	buflen = term_strlen(p, buf);
+
+	if (m->arch) {
+		strlcat(buf, " (", BUFSIZ);
+		strlcat(buf, m->arch, BUFSIZ);
+		strlcat(buf, ")", BUFSIZ);
+	}
+
+	snprintf(title, BUFSIZ, "%s(%s)", m->title, m->msec);
+	titlen = term_strlen(p, title);
+
+	p->flags |= TERMP_NOBREAK | TERMP_NOSPACE;
+	p->offset = 0;
+	p->rmargin = 2 * (titlen+1) + buflen < p->maxrmargin ?
+	    (p->maxrmargin -
+	     term_strlen(p, buf) + term_len(p, 1)) / 2 :
+	    p->maxrmargin - buflen;
+
+	term_word(p, title);
+	term_flushln(p);
+
+	p->flags |= TERMP_NOSPACE;
+	p->offset = p->rmargin;
+	p->rmargin = p->offset + buflen + titlen < p->maxrmargin ?
+	    p->maxrmargin - titlen : p->maxrmargin;
+
+	term_word(p, buf);
+	term_flushln(p);
+
+	p->flags &= ~TERMP_NOBREAK;
+	if (p->rmargin + titlen <= p->maxrmargin) {
+		p->flags |= TERMP_NOSPACE;
+		p->offset = p->rmargin;
+		p->rmargin = p->maxrmargin;
+		term_word(p, title);
+		term_flushln(p);
+	}
+
+	p->flags &= ~TERMP_NOSPACE;
+	p->offset = 0;
+	p->rmargin = p->maxrmargin;
+}
+
+
+static size_t
+a2height(const struct termp *p, const char *v)
+{
+	struct roffsu	 su;
+
+
+	assert(v);
+	if ( ! a2roffsu(v, &su, SCALE_VS))
+		SCALE_VS_INIT(&su, atoi(v));
+
+	return(term_vspan(p, &su));
+}
+
+
+static size_t
+a2width(const struct termp *p, const char *v)
+{
+	struct roffsu	 su;
+
+	assert(v);
+	if ( ! a2roffsu(v, &su, SCALE_MAX))
+		SCALE_HS_INIT(&su, term_strlen(p, v));
+
+	return(term_hspan(p, &su));
+}
+
+
+static size_t
+a2offs(const struct termp *p, const char *v)
+{
+	struct roffsu	 su;
+
+	if ('\0' == *v)
+		return(0);
+	else if (0 == strcmp(v, "left"))
+		return(0);
+	else if (0 == strcmp(v, "indent"))
+		return(term_len(p, p->defindent + 1));
+	else if (0 == strcmp(v, "indent-two"))
+		return(term_len(p, (p->defindent + 1) * 2));
+	else if ( ! a2roffsu(v, &su, SCALE_MAX))
+		SCALE_HS_INIT(&su, term_strlen(p, v));
+
+	return(term_hspan(p, &su));
+}
+
+
+/*
+ * Determine how much space to print out before block elements of `It'
+ * (and thus `Bl') and `Bd'.  And then go ahead and print that space,
+ * too.
+ */
+static void
+print_bvspace(struct termp *p, 
+		const struct mdoc_node *bl, 
+		const struct mdoc_node *n)
+{
+	const struct mdoc_node	*nn;
+
+	assert(n);
+
+	term_newln(p);
+
+	if (MDOC_Bd == bl->tok && bl->norm->Bd.comp)
+		return;
+	if (MDOC_Bl == bl->tok && bl->norm->Bl.comp)
+		return;
+
+	/* Do not vspace directly after Ss/Sh. */
+
+	for (nn = n; nn; nn = nn->parent) {
+		if (MDOC_BLOCK != nn->type)
+			continue;
+		if (MDOC_Ss == nn->tok)
+			return;
+		if (MDOC_Sh == nn->tok)
+			return;
+		if (NULL == nn->prev)
+			continue;
+		break;
+	}
+
+	/* A `-column' does not assert vspace within the list. */
+
+	if (MDOC_Bl == bl->tok && LIST_column == bl->norm->Bl.type)
+		if (n->prev && MDOC_It == n->prev->tok)
+			return;
+
+	/* A `-diag' without body does not vspace. */
+
+	if (MDOC_Bl == bl->tok && LIST_diag == bl->norm->Bl.type)
+		if (n->prev && MDOC_It == n->prev->tok) {
+			assert(n->prev->body);
+			if (NULL == n->prev->body->child)
+				return;
+		}
+
+	term_vspace(p);
+}
+
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+static int
+termp_it_pre(DECL_ARGS)
+{
+	const struct mdoc_node *bl, *nn;
+	char		        buf[7];
+	int		        i;
+	size_t		        width, offset, ncols, dcol;
+	enum mdoc_list		type;
+
+	if (MDOC_BLOCK == n->type) {
+		print_bvspace(p, n->parent->parent, n);
+		return(1);
+	}
+
+	bl = n->parent->parent->parent;
+	type = bl->norm->Bl.type;
+
+	/* 
+	 * First calculate width and offset.  This is pretty easy unless
+	 * we're a -column list, in which case all prior columns must
+	 * be accounted for.
+	 */
+
+	width = offset = 0;
+
+	if (bl->norm->Bl.offs)
+		offset = a2offs(p, bl->norm->Bl.offs);
+
+	switch (type) {
+	case (LIST_column):
+		if (MDOC_HEAD == n->type)
+			break;
+
+		/*
+		 * Imitate groff's column handling:
+		 * - For each earlier column, add its width.
+		 * - For less than 5 columns, add four more blanks per
+		 *   column.
+		 * - For exactly 5 columns, add three more blank per
+		 *   column.
+		 * - For more than 5 columns, add only one column.
+		 */
+		ncols = bl->norm->Bl.ncols;
+
+		/* LINTED */
+		dcol = ncols < 5 ? term_len(p, 4) : 
+			ncols == 5 ? term_len(p, 3) : term_len(p, 1);
+
+		/*
+		 * Calculate the offset by applying all prior MDOC_BODY,
+		 * so we stop at the MDOC_HEAD (NULL == nn->prev).
+		 */
+
+		for (i = 0, nn = n->prev; 
+				nn->prev && i < (int)ncols; 
+				nn = nn->prev, i++)
+			offset += dcol + a2width
+				(p, bl->norm->Bl.cols[i]);
+
+		/*
+		 * When exceeding the declared number of columns, leave
+		 * the remaining widths at 0.  This will later be
+		 * adjusted to the default width of 10, or, for the last
+		 * column, stretched to the right margin.
+		 */
+		if (i >= (int)ncols)
+			break;
+
+		/*
+		 * Use the declared column widths, extended as explained
+		 * in the preceding paragraph.
+		 */
+		width = a2width(p, bl->norm->Bl.cols[i]) + dcol;
+		break;
+	default:
+		if (NULL == bl->norm->Bl.width)
+			break;
+
+		/* 
+		 * Note: buffer the width by 2, which is groff's magic
+		 * number for buffering single arguments.  See the above
+		 * handling for column for how this changes.
+		 */
+		assert(bl->norm->Bl.width);
+		width = a2width(p, bl->norm->Bl.width) + term_len(p, 2);
+		break;
+	}
+
+	/* 
+	 * List-type can override the width in the case of fixed-head
+	 * values (bullet, dash/hyphen, enum).  Tags need a non-zero
+	 * offset.
+	 */
+
+	switch (type) {
+	case (LIST_bullet):
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+	case (LIST_dash):
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+	case (LIST_hyphen):
+		if (width < term_len(p, 4))
+			width = term_len(p, 4);
+		break;
+	case (LIST_enum):
+		if (width < term_len(p, 5))
+			width = term_len(p, 5);
+		break;
+	case (LIST_hang):
+		if (0 == width)
+			width = term_len(p, 8);
+		break;
+	case (LIST_column):
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+	case (LIST_tag):
+		if (0 == width)
+			width = term_len(p, 10);
+		break;
+	default:
+		break;
+	}
+
+	/* 
+	 * Whitespace control.  Inset bodies need an initial space,
+	 * while diagonal bodies need two.
+	 */
+
+	p->flags |= TERMP_NOSPACE;
+
+	switch (type) {
+	case (LIST_diag):
+		if (MDOC_BODY == n->type)
+			term_word(p, "\\ \\ ");
+		break;
+	case (LIST_inset):
+		if (MDOC_BODY == n->type) 
+			term_word(p, "\\ ");
+		break;
+	default:
+		break;
+	}
+
+	p->flags |= TERMP_NOSPACE;
+
+	switch (type) {
+	case (LIST_diag):
+		if (MDOC_HEAD == n->type)
+			term_fontpush(p, TERMFONT_BOLD);
+		break;
+	default:
+		break;
+	}
+
+	/*
+	 * Pad and break control.  This is the tricky part.  These flags
+	 * are documented in term_flushln() in term.c.  Note that we're
+	 * going to unset all of these flags in termp_it_post() when we
+	 * exit.
+	 */
+
+	switch (type) {
+	case (LIST_bullet):
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+	case (LIST_dash):
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+	case (LIST_enum):
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+	case (LIST_hyphen):
+		if (MDOC_HEAD == n->type)
+			p->flags |= TERMP_NOBREAK;
+		break;
+	case (LIST_hang):
+		if (MDOC_HEAD == n->type)
+			p->flags |= TERMP_NOBREAK;
+		else
+			break;
+
+		/*
+		 * This is ugly.  If `-hang' is specified and the body
+		 * is a `Bl' or `Bd', then we want basically to nullify
+		 * the "overstep" effect in term_flushln() and treat
+		 * this as a `-ohang' list instead.
+		 */
+		if (n->next->child && 
+				(MDOC_Bl == n->next->child->tok ||
+				 MDOC_Bd == n->next->child->tok))
+			p->flags &= ~TERMP_NOBREAK;
+		else
+			p->flags |= TERMP_HANG;
+		break;
+	case (LIST_tag):
+		if (MDOC_HEAD == n->type)
+			p->flags |= TERMP_NOBREAK | TERMP_TWOSPACE;
+
+		if (MDOC_HEAD != n->type)
+			break;
+		if (NULL == n->next || NULL == n->next->child)
+			p->flags |= TERMP_DANGLE;
+		break;
+	case (LIST_column):
+		if (MDOC_HEAD == n->type)
+			break;
+
+		if (NULL == n->next)
+			p->flags &= ~TERMP_NOBREAK;
+		else
+			p->flags |= TERMP_NOBREAK;
+
+		break;
+	case (LIST_diag):
+		if (MDOC_HEAD == n->type)
+			p->flags |= TERMP_NOBREAK;
+		break;
+	default:
+		break;
+	}
+
+	/* 
+	 * Margin control.  Set-head-width lists have their right
+	 * margins shortened.  The body for these lists has the offset
+	 * necessarily lengthened.  Everybody gets the offset.
+	 */
+
+	p->offset += offset;
+
+	switch (type) {
+	case (LIST_hang):
+		/*
+		 * Same stipulation as above, regarding `-hang'.  We
+		 * don't want to recalculate rmargin and offsets when
+		 * using `Bd' or `Bl' within `-hang' overstep lists.
+		 */
+		if (MDOC_HEAD == n->type && n->next->child &&
+				(MDOC_Bl == n->next->child->tok || 
+				 MDOC_Bd == n->next->child->tok))
+			break;
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+	case (LIST_bullet):
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+	case (LIST_dash):
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+	case (LIST_enum):
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+	case (LIST_hyphen):
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+	case (LIST_tag):
+		assert(width);
+		if (MDOC_HEAD == n->type)
+			p->rmargin = p->offset + width;
+		else 
+			p->offset += width;
+		break;
+	case (LIST_column):
+		assert(width);
+		p->rmargin = p->offset + width;
+		/* 
+		 * XXX - this behaviour is not documented: the
+		 * right-most column is filled to the right margin.
+		 */
+		if (MDOC_HEAD == n->type)
+			break;
+		if (NULL == n->next && p->rmargin < p->maxrmargin)
+			p->rmargin = p->maxrmargin;
+		break;
+	default:
+		break;
+	}
+
+	/* 
+	 * The dash, hyphen, bullet and enum lists all have a special
+	 * HEAD character (temporarily bold, in some cases).  
+	 */
+
+	if (MDOC_HEAD == n->type)
+		switch (type) {
+		case (LIST_bullet):
+			term_fontpush(p, TERMFONT_BOLD);
+			term_word(p, "\\[bu]");
+			term_fontpop(p);
+			break;
+		case (LIST_dash):
+			/* FALLTHROUGH */
+		case (LIST_hyphen):
+			term_fontpush(p, TERMFONT_BOLD);
+			term_word(p, "\\(hy");
+			term_fontpop(p);
+			break;
+		case (LIST_enum):
+			(pair->ppair->ppair->count)++;
+			snprintf(buf, sizeof(buf), "%d.", 
+					pair->ppair->ppair->count);
+			term_word(p, buf);
+			break;
+		default:
+			break;
+		}
+
+	/* 
+	 * If we're not going to process our children, indicate so here.
+	 */
+
+	switch (type) {
+	case (LIST_bullet):
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+	case (LIST_item):
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+	case (LIST_dash):
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+	case (LIST_hyphen):
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+	case (LIST_enum):
+		if (MDOC_HEAD == n->type)
+			return(0);
+		break;
+	case (LIST_column):
+		if (MDOC_HEAD == n->type)
+			return(0);
+		break;
+	default:
+		break;
+	}
+
+	return(1);
+}
+
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+static void
+termp_it_post(DECL_ARGS)
+{
+	enum mdoc_list	   type;
+
+	if (MDOC_BLOCK == n->type)
+		return;
+
+	type = n->parent->parent->parent->norm->Bl.type;
+
+	switch (type) {
+	case (LIST_item):
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+	case (LIST_diag):
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+	case (LIST_inset):
+		if (MDOC_BODY == n->type)
+			term_newln(p);
+		break;
+	case (LIST_column):
+		if (MDOC_BODY == n->type)
+			term_flushln(p);
+		break;
+	default:
+		term_newln(p);
+		break;
+	}
+
+	/* 
+	 * Now that our output is flushed, we can reset our tags.  Since
+	 * only `It' sets these flags, we're free to assume that nobody
+	 * has munged them in the meanwhile.
+	 */
+
+	p->flags &= ~TERMP_DANGLE;
+	p->flags &= ~TERMP_NOBREAK;
+	p->flags &= ~TERMP_TWOSPACE;
+	p->flags &= ~TERMP_HANG;
+}
+
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+static int
+termp_nm_pre(DECL_ARGS)
+{
+
+	if (MDOC_BLOCK == n->type)
+		return(1);
+
+	if (MDOC_BODY == n->type) {
+		if (NULL == n->child)
+			return(0);
+		p->flags |= TERMP_NOSPACE;
+		p->offset += term_len(p, 1) +
+		    (NULL == n->prev->child ? term_strlen(p, m->name) :
+		     MDOC_TEXT == n->prev->child->type ?
+			term_strlen(p, n->prev->child->string) :
+		     term_len(p, 5));
+		return(1);
+	}
+
+	if (NULL == n->child && NULL == m->name)
+		return(0);
+
+	if (MDOC_HEAD == n->type)
+		synopsis_pre(p, n->parent);
+
+	if (MDOC_HEAD == n->type && n->next->child) {
+		p->flags |= TERMP_NOSPACE | TERMP_NOBREAK;
+		p->rmargin = p->offset + term_len(p, 1);
+		if (NULL == n->child) {
+			p->rmargin += term_strlen(p, m->name);
+		} else if (MDOC_TEXT == n->child->type) {
+			p->rmargin += term_strlen(p, n->child->string);
+			if (n->child->next)
+				p->flags |= TERMP_HANG;
+		} else {
+			p->rmargin += term_len(p, 5);
+			p->flags |= TERMP_HANG;
+		}
+	}
+
+	term_fontpush(p, TERMFONT_BOLD);
+	if (NULL == n->child)
+		term_word(p, m->name);
+	return(1);
+}
+
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+static void
+termp_nm_post(DECL_ARGS)
+{
+
+	if (MDOC_HEAD == n->type && n->next->child) {
+		term_flushln(p);
+		p->flags &= ~(TERMP_NOBREAK | TERMP_HANG);
+	} else if (MDOC_BODY == n->type && n->child)
+		term_flushln(p);
+}
+
+		
+/* ARGSUSED */
+static int
+termp_fl_pre(DECL_ARGS)
+{
+
+	term_fontpush(p, TERMFONT_BOLD);
+	term_word(p, "\\-");
+
+	if (n->child)
+		p->flags |= TERMP_NOSPACE;
+	else if (n->next && n->next->line == n->line)
+		p->flags |= TERMP_NOSPACE;
+
+	return(1);
+}
+
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+static int
+termp__a_pre(DECL_ARGS)
+{
+
+	if (n->prev && MDOC__A == n->prev->tok)
+		if (NULL == n->next || MDOC__A != n->next->tok)
+			term_word(p, "and");
+
+	return(1);
+}
+
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+static int
+termp_an_pre(DECL_ARGS)
+{
+
+	if (NULL == n->child)
+		return(1);
+
+	/*
+	 * If not in the AUTHORS section, `An -split' will cause
+	 * newlines to occur before the author name.  If in the AUTHORS
+	 * section, by default, the first `An' invocation is nosplit,
+	 * then all subsequent ones, regardless of whether interspersed
+	 * with other macros/text, are split.  -split, in this case,
+	 * will override the condition of the implied first -nosplit.
+	 */
+	
+	if (n->sec == SEC_AUTHORS) {
+		if ( ! (TERMP_ANPREC & p->flags)) {
+			if (TERMP_SPLIT & p->flags)
+				term_newln(p);
+			return(1);
+		}
+		if (TERMP_NOSPLIT & p->flags)
+			return(1);
+		term_newln(p);
+		return(1);
+	}
+
+	if (TERMP_SPLIT & p->flags)
+		term_newln(p);
+
+	return(1);
+}
+
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+static void
+termp_an_post(DECL_ARGS)
+{
+
+	if (n->child) {
+		if (SEC_AUTHORS == n->sec)
+			p->flags |= TERMP_ANPREC;
+		return;
+	}
+
+	if (AUTH_split == n->norm->An.auth) {
+		p->flags &= ~TERMP_NOSPLIT;
+		p->flags |= TERMP_SPLIT;
+	} else if (AUTH_nosplit == n->norm->An.auth) {
+		p->flags &= ~TERMP_SPLIT;
+		p->flags |= TERMP_NOSPLIT;
+	}
+
+}
+
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+static int
+termp_ns_pre(DECL_ARGS)
+{
+
+	if ( ! (MDOC_LINE & n->flags))
+		p->flags |= TERMP_NOSPACE;
+	return(1);
+}
+
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+static int
+termp_rs_pre(DECL_ARGS)
+{
+
+	if (SEC_SEE_ALSO != n->sec)
+		return(1);
+	if (MDOC_BLOCK == n->type && n->prev)
+		term_vspace(p);
+	return(1);
+}
+
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+static int
+termp_rv_pre(DECL_ARGS)
+{
+	int		 nchild;
+
+	term_newln(p);
+	term_word(p, "The");
+
+	nchild = n->nchild;
+	for (n = n->child; n; n = n->next) {
+		term_fontpush(p, TERMFONT_BOLD);
+		term_word(p, n->string);
+		term_fontpop(p);
+
+		p->flags |= TERMP_NOSPACE;
+		term_word(p, "()");
+
+		if (nchild > 2 && n->next) {
+			p->flags |= TERMP_NOSPACE;
+			term_word(p, ",");
+		}
+
+		if (n->next && NULL == n->next->next)
+			term_word(p, "and");
+	}
+
+	if (nchild > 1)
+		term_word(p, "functions return");
+	else
+		term_word(p, "function returns");
+
+       	term_word(p, "the value 0 if successful; otherwise the value "
+			"-1 is returned and the global variable");
+
+	term_fontpush(p, TERMFONT_UNDER);
+	term_word(p, "errno");
+	term_fontpop(p);
+
+       	term_word(p, "is set to indicate the error.");
+	p->flags |= TERMP_SENTENCE;
+
+	return(0);
+}
+
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+static int
+termp_ex_pre(DECL_ARGS)
+{
+	int		 nchild;
+
+	term_newln(p);
+	term_word(p, "The");
+
+	nchild = n->nchild;
+	for (n = n->child; n; n = n->next) {
+		term_fontpush(p, TERMFONT_BOLD);
+		term_word(p, n->string);
+		term_fontpop(p);
+
+		if (nchild > 2 && n->next) {
+			p->flags |= TERMP_NOSPACE;
+			term_word(p, ",");
+		}
+
+		if (n->next && NULL == n->next->next)
+			term_word(p, "and");
+	}
+
+	if (nchild > 1)
+		term_word(p, "utilities exit");
+	else
+		term_word(p, "utility exits");
+
+       	term_word(p, "0 on success, and >0 if an error occurs.");
+
+	p->flags |= TERMP_SENTENCE;
+	return(0);
+}
+
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+static int
+termp_nd_pre(DECL_ARGS)
+{
+
+	if (MDOC_BODY != n->type)
+		return(1);
+
+#if defined(__OpenBSD__) || defined(__linux__)
+	term_word(p, "\\(en");
+#else
+	term_word(p, "\\(em");
+#endif
+	return(1);
+}
+
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+static int
+termp_bl_pre(DECL_ARGS)
+{
+
+	return(MDOC_HEAD != n->type);
+}
+
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+static void
+termp_bl_post(DECL_ARGS)
+{
+
+	if (MDOC_BLOCK == n->type)
+		term_newln(p);
+}
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+static int
+termp_xr_pre(DECL_ARGS)
+{
+
+	if (NULL == (n = n->child))
+		return(0);
+
+	assert(MDOC_TEXT == n->type);
+	term_word(p, n->string);
+
+	if (NULL == (n = n->next)) 
+		return(0);
+
+	p->flags |= TERMP_NOSPACE;
+	term_word(p, "(");
+	p->flags |= TERMP_NOSPACE;
+
+	assert(MDOC_TEXT == n->type);
+	term_word(p, n->string);
+
+	p->flags |= TERMP_NOSPACE;
+	term_word(p, ")");
+
+	return(0);
+}
+
+/*
+ * This decides how to assert whitespace before any of the SYNOPSIS set
+ * of macros (which, as in the case of Ft/Fo and Ft/Fn, may contain
+ * macro combos).
+ */
+static void
+synopsis_pre(struct termp *p, const struct mdoc_node *n)
+{
+	/* 
+	 * Obviously, if we're not in a SYNOPSIS or no prior macros
+	 * exist, do nothing.
+	 */
+	if (NULL == n->prev || ! (MDOC_SYNPRETTY & n->flags))
+		return;
+
+	/*
+	 * If we're the second in a pair of like elements, emit our
+	 * newline and return.  UNLESS we're `Fo', `Fn', `Fn', in which
+	 * case we soldier on.
+	 */
+	if (n->prev->tok == n->tok && 
+			MDOC_Ft != n->tok && 
+			MDOC_Fo != n->tok && 
+			MDOC_Fn != n->tok) {
+		term_newln(p);
+		return;
+	}
+
+	/*
+	 * If we're one of the SYNOPSIS set and non-like pair-wise after
+	 * another (or Fn/Fo, which we've let slip through) then assert
+	 * vertical space, else only newline and move on.
+	 */
+	switch (n->prev->tok) {
+	case (MDOC_Fd):
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+	case (MDOC_Fn):
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+	case (MDOC_Fo):
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+	case (MDOC_In):
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+	case (MDOC_Vt):
+		term_vspace(p);
+		break;
+	case (MDOC_Ft):
+		if (MDOC_Fn != n->tok && MDOC_Fo != n->tok) {
+			term_vspace(p);
+			break;
+		}
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+	default:
+		term_newln(p);
+		break;
+	}
+}
+
+
+static int
+termp_vt_pre(DECL_ARGS)
+{
+
+	if (MDOC_ELEM == n->type) {
+		synopsis_pre(p, n);
+		return(termp_under_pre(p, pair, m, n));
+	} else if (MDOC_BLOCK == n->type) {
+		synopsis_pre(p, n);
+		return(1);
+	} else if (MDOC_HEAD == n->type)
+		return(0);
+
+	return(termp_under_pre(p, pair, m, n));
+}
+
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+static int
+termp_bold_pre(DECL_ARGS)
+{
+
+	term_fontpush(p, TERMFONT_BOLD);
+	return(1);
+}
+
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+static int
+termp_fd_pre(DECL_ARGS)
+{
+
+	synopsis_pre(p, n);
+	return(termp_bold_pre(p, pair, m, n));
+}
+
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+static int
+termp_sh_pre(DECL_ARGS)
+{
+
+	/* No vspace between consecutive `Sh' calls. */
+
+	switch (n->type) {
+	case (MDOC_BLOCK):
+		if (n->prev && MDOC_Sh == n->prev->tok)
+			if (NULL == n->prev->body->child)
+				break;
+		term_vspace(p);
+		break;
+	case (MDOC_HEAD):
+		term_fontpush(p, TERMFONT_BOLD);
+		break;
+	case (MDOC_BODY):
+		p->offset = term_len(p, p->defindent);
+		break;
+	default:
+		break;
+	}
+	return(1);
+}
+
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+static void
+termp_sh_post(DECL_ARGS)
+{
+
+	switch (n->type) {
+	case (MDOC_HEAD):
+		term_newln(p);
+		break;
+	case (MDOC_BODY):
+		term_newln(p);
+		p->offset = 0;
+		break;
+	default:
+		break;
+	}
+}
+
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+static int
+termp_bt_pre(DECL_ARGS)
+{
+
+	term_word(p, "is currently in beta test.");
+	p->flags |= TERMP_SENTENCE;
+	return(0);
+}
+
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+static void
+termp_lb_post(DECL_ARGS)
+{
+
+	if (SEC_LIBRARY == n->sec && MDOC_LINE & n->flags)
+		term_newln(p);
+}
+
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+static int
+termp_ud_pre(DECL_ARGS)
+{
+
+	term_word(p, "currently under development.");
+	p->flags |= TERMP_SENTENCE;
+	return(0);
+}
+
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+static int
+termp_d1_pre(DECL_ARGS)
+{
+
+	if (MDOC_BLOCK != n->type)
+		return(1);
+	term_newln(p);
+	p->offset += term_len(p, p->defindent + 1);
+	return(1);
+}
+
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+static void
+termp_d1_post(DECL_ARGS)
+{
+
+	if (MDOC_BLOCK != n->type) 
+		return;
+	term_newln(p);
+}
+
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+static int
+termp_ft_pre(DECL_ARGS)
+{
+
+	/* NB: MDOC_LINE does not effect this! */
+	synopsis_pre(p, n);
+	term_fontpush(p, TERMFONT_UNDER);
+	return(1);
+}
+
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+static int
+termp_fn_pre(DECL_ARGS)
+{
+	int		 pretty;
+
+	pretty = MDOC_SYNPRETTY & n->flags;
+
+	synopsis_pre(p, n);
+
+	if (NULL == (n = n->child))
+		return(0);
+
+	assert(MDOC_TEXT == n->type);
+	term_fontpush(p, TERMFONT_BOLD);
+	term_word(p, n->string);
+	term_fontpop(p);
+
+	p->flags |= TERMP_NOSPACE;
+	term_word(p, "(");
+	p->flags |= TERMP_NOSPACE;
+
+	for (n = n->next; n; n = n->next) {
+		assert(MDOC_TEXT == n->type);
+		term_fontpush(p, TERMFONT_UNDER);
+		term_word(p, n->string);
+		term_fontpop(p);
+
+		if (n->next) {
+			p->flags |= TERMP_NOSPACE;
+			term_word(p, ",");
+		}
+	}
+
+	p->flags |= TERMP_NOSPACE;
+	term_word(p, ")");
+
+	if (pretty) {
+		p->flags |= TERMP_NOSPACE;
+		term_word(p, ";");
+	}
+
+	return(0);
+}
+
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+static int
+termp_fa_pre(DECL_ARGS)
+{
+	const struct mdoc_node	*nn;
+
+	if (n->parent->tok != MDOC_Fo) {
+		term_fontpush(p, TERMFONT_UNDER);
+		return(1);
+	}
+
+	for (nn = n->child; nn; nn = nn->next) {
+		term_fontpush(p, TERMFONT_UNDER);
+		term_word(p, nn->string);
+		term_fontpop(p);
+
+		if (nn->next) {
+			p->flags |= TERMP_NOSPACE;
+			term_word(p, ",");
+		}
+	}
+
+	if (n->child && n->next && n->next->tok == MDOC_Fa) {
+		p->flags |= TERMP_NOSPACE;
+		term_word(p, ",");
+	}
+
+	return(0);
+}
+
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+static int
+termp_bd_pre(DECL_ARGS)
+{
+	size_t			 tabwidth, rm, rmax;
+	const struct mdoc_node	*nn;
+
+	if (MDOC_BLOCK == n->type) {
+		print_bvspace(p, n, n);
+		return(1);
+	} else if (MDOC_HEAD == n->type)
+		return(0);
+
+	if (n->norm->Bd.offs)
+		p->offset += a2offs(p, n->norm->Bd.offs);
+
+	/*
+	 * If -ragged or -filled are specified, the block does nothing
+	 * but change the indentation.  If -unfilled or -literal are
+	 * specified, text is printed exactly as entered in the display:
+	 * for macro lines, a newline is appended to the line.  Blank
+	 * lines are allowed.
+	 */
+	
+	if (DISP_literal != n->norm->Bd.type && 
+			DISP_unfilled != n->norm->Bd.type)
+		return(1);
+
+	tabwidth = p->tabwidth;
+	if (DISP_literal == n->norm->Bd.type)
+		p->tabwidth = term_len(p, 8);
+
+	rm = p->rmargin;
+	rmax = p->maxrmargin;
+	p->rmargin = p->maxrmargin = TERM_MAXMARGIN;
+
+	for (nn = n->child; nn; nn = nn->next) {
+		print_mdoc_node(p, pair, m, nn);
+		/*
+		 * If the printed node flushes its own line, then we
+		 * needn't do it here as well.  This is hacky, but the
+		 * notion of selective eoln whitespace is pretty dumb
+		 * anyway, so don't sweat it.
+		 */
+		switch (nn->tok) {
+		case (MDOC_Sm):
+			/* FALLTHROUGH */
+		case (MDOC_br):
+			/* FALLTHROUGH */
+		case (MDOC_sp):
+			/* FALLTHROUGH */
+		case (MDOC_Bl):
+			/* FALLTHROUGH */
+		case (MDOC_D1):
+			/* FALLTHROUGH */
+		case (MDOC_Dl):
+			/* FALLTHROUGH */
+		case (MDOC_Lp):
+			/* FALLTHROUGH */
+		case (MDOC_Pp):
+			continue;
+		default:
+			break;
+		}
+		if (nn->next && nn->next->line == nn->line)
+			continue;
+		term_flushln(p);
+		p->flags |= TERMP_NOSPACE;
+	}
+
+	p->tabwidth = tabwidth;
+	p->rmargin = rm;
+	p->maxrmargin = rmax;
+	return(0);
+}
+
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+static void
+termp_bd_post(DECL_ARGS)
+{
+	size_t		 rm, rmax;
+
+	if (MDOC_BODY != n->type) 
+		return;
+
+	rm = p->rmargin;
+	rmax = p->maxrmargin;
+
+	if (DISP_literal == n->norm->Bd.type || 
+			DISP_unfilled == n->norm->Bd.type)
+		p->rmargin = p->maxrmargin = TERM_MAXMARGIN;
+
+	p->flags |= TERMP_NOSPACE;
+	term_newln(p);
+
+	p->rmargin = rm;
+	p->maxrmargin = rmax;
+}
+
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+static int
+termp_bx_pre(DECL_ARGS)
+{
+
+	if (NULL != (n = n->child)) {
+		term_word(p, n->string);
+		p->flags |= TERMP_NOSPACE;
+		term_word(p, "BSD");
+	} else {
+		term_word(p, "BSD");
+		return(0);
+	}
+
+	if (NULL != (n = n->next)) {
+		p->flags |= TERMP_NOSPACE;
+		term_word(p, "-");
+		p->flags |= TERMP_NOSPACE;
+		term_word(p, n->string);
+	}
+
+	return(0);
+}
+
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+static int
+termp_xx_pre(DECL_ARGS)
+{
+	const char	*pp;
+	int		 flags;
+
+	pp = NULL;
+	switch (n->tok) {
+	case (MDOC_Bsx):
+		pp = "BSD/OS";
+		break;
+	case (MDOC_Dx):
+		pp = "DragonFly";
+		break;
+	case (MDOC_Fx):
+		pp = "FreeBSD";
+		break;
+	case (MDOC_Nx):
+		pp = "NetBSD";
+		break;
+	case (MDOC_Ox):
+		pp = "OpenBSD";
+		break;
+	case (MDOC_Ux):
+		pp = "UNIX";
+		break;
+	default:
+		break;
+	}
+
+	term_word(p, pp);
+	if (n->child) {
+		flags = p->flags;
+		p->flags |= TERMP_KEEP;
+		term_word(p, n->child->string);
+		p->flags = flags;
+	}
+	return(0);
+}
+
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+static int
+termp_igndelim_pre(DECL_ARGS)
+{
+
+	p->flags |= TERMP_IGNDELIM;
+	return(1);
+}
+
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+static void
+termp_pf_post(DECL_ARGS)
+{
+
+	p->flags |= TERMP_NOSPACE;
+}
+
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+static int
+termp_ss_pre(DECL_ARGS)
+{
+
+	switch (n->type) {
+	case (MDOC_BLOCK):
+		term_newln(p);
+		if (n->prev)
+			term_vspace(p);
+		break;
+	case (MDOC_HEAD):
+		term_fontpush(p, TERMFONT_BOLD);
+		p->offset = term_len(p, (p->defindent+1)/2);
+		break;
+	default:
+		break;
+	}
+
+	return(1);
+}
+
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+static void
+termp_ss_post(DECL_ARGS)
+{
+
+	if (MDOC_HEAD == n->type)
+		term_newln(p);
+}
+
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+static int
+termp_cd_pre(DECL_ARGS)
+{
+
+	synopsis_pre(p, n);
+	term_fontpush(p, TERMFONT_BOLD);
+	return(1);
+}
+
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+static int
+termp_in_pre(DECL_ARGS)
+{
+
+	synopsis_pre(p, n);
+
+	if (MDOC_SYNPRETTY & n->flags && MDOC_LINE & n->flags) {
+		term_fontpush(p, TERMFONT_BOLD);
+		term_word(p, "#include");
+		term_word(p, "<");
+	} else {
+		term_word(p, "<");
+		term_fontpush(p, TERMFONT_UNDER);
+	}
+
+	p->flags |= TERMP_NOSPACE;
+	return(1);
+}
+
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+static void
+termp_in_post(DECL_ARGS)
+{
+
+	if (MDOC_SYNPRETTY & n->flags)
+		term_fontpush(p, TERMFONT_BOLD);
+
+	p->flags |= TERMP_NOSPACE;
+	term_word(p, ">");
+
+	if (MDOC_SYNPRETTY & n->flags)
+		term_fontpop(p);
+}
+
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+static int
+termp_sp_pre(DECL_ARGS)
+{
+	size_t		 i, len;
+
+	switch (n->tok) {
+	case (MDOC_sp):
+		len = n->child ? a2height(p, n->child->string) : 1;
+		break;
+	case (MDOC_br):
+		len = 0;
+		break;
+	default:
+		len = 1;
+		break;
+	}
+
+	if (0 == len)
+		term_newln(p);
+	for (i = 0; i < len; i++)
+		term_vspace(p);
+
+	return(0);
+}
+
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+static int
+termp_quote_pre(DECL_ARGS)
+{
+
+	if (MDOC_BODY != n->type && MDOC_ELEM != n->type)
+		return(1);
+
+	switch (n->tok) {
+	case (MDOC_Ao):
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+	case (MDOC_Aq):
+		term_word(p, "<");
+		break;
+	case (MDOC_Bro):
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+	case (MDOC_Brq):
+		term_word(p, "{");
+		break;
+	case (MDOC_Oo):
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+	case (MDOC_Op):
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+	case (MDOC_Bo):
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+	case (MDOC_Bq):
+		term_word(p, "[");
+		break;
+	case (MDOC_Do):
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+	case (MDOC_Dq):
+		term_word(p, "``");
+		break;
+	case (MDOC_Eo):
+		break;
+	case (MDOC_Po):
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+	case (MDOC_Pq):
+		term_word(p, "(");
+		break;
+	case (MDOC__T):
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+	case (MDOC_Qo):
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+	case (MDOC_Qq):
+		term_word(p, "\"");
+		break;
+	case (MDOC_Ql):
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+	case (MDOC_So):
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+	case (MDOC_Sq):
+		term_word(p, "`");
+		break;
+	default:
+		abort();
+		/* NOTREACHED */
+	}
+
+	p->flags |= TERMP_NOSPACE;
+	return(1);
+}
+
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+static void
+termp_quote_post(DECL_ARGS)
+{
+
+	if (MDOC_BODY != n->type && MDOC_ELEM != n->type)
+		return;
+
+	p->flags |= TERMP_NOSPACE;
+
+	switch (n->tok) {
+	case (MDOC_Ao):
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+	case (MDOC_Aq):
+		term_word(p, ">");
+		break;
+	case (MDOC_Bro):
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+	case (MDOC_Brq):
+		term_word(p, "}");
+		break;
+	case (MDOC_Oo):
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+	case (MDOC_Op):
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+	case (MDOC_Bo):
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+	case (MDOC_Bq):
+		term_word(p, "]");
+		break;
+	case (MDOC_Do):
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+	case (MDOC_Dq):
+		term_word(p, "''");
+		break;
+	case (MDOC_Eo):
+		break;
+	case (MDOC_Po):
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+	case (MDOC_Pq):
+		term_word(p, ")");
+		break;
+	case (MDOC__T):
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+	case (MDOC_Qo):
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+	case (MDOC_Qq):
+		term_word(p, "\"");
+		break;
+	case (MDOC_Ql):
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+	case (MDOC_So):
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+	case (MDOC_Sq):
+		term_word(p, "'");
+		break;
+	default:
+		abort();
+		/* NOTREACHED */
+	}
+}
+
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+static int
+termp_fo_pre(DECL_ARGS)
+{
+
+	if (MDOC_BLOCK == n->type) {
+		synopsis_pre(p, n);
+		return(1);
+	} else if (MDOC_BODY == n->type) {
+		p->flags |= TERMP_NOSPACE;
+		term_word(p, "(");
+		p->flags |= TERMP_NOSPACE;
+		return(1);
+	} 
+
+	if (NULL == n->child)
+		return(0);
+
+	/* XXX: we drop non-initial arguments as per groff. */
+
+	assert(n->child->string);
+	term_fontpush(p, TERMFONT_BOLD);
+	term_word(p, n->child->string);
+	return(0);
+}
+
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+static void
+termp_fo_post(DECL_ARGS)
+{
+
+	if (MDOC_BODY != n->type) 
+		return;
+
+	p->flags |= TERMP_NOSPACE;
+	term_word(p, ")");
+
+	if (MDOC_SYNPRETTY & n->flags) {
+		p->flags |= TERMP_NOSPACE;
+		term_word(p, ";");
+	}
+}
+
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+static int
+termp_bf_pre(DECL_ARGS)
+{
+
+	if (MDOC_HEAD == n->type)
+		return(0);
+	else if (MDOC_BLOCK != n->type)
+		return(1);
+
+	if (FONT_Em == n->norm->Bf.font) 
+		term_fontpush(p, TERMFONT_UNDER);
+	else if (FONT_Sy == n->norm->Bf.font) 
+		term_fontpush(p, TERMFONT_BOLD);
+	else 
+		term_fontpush(p, TERMFONT_NONE);
+
+	return(1);
+}
+
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+static int
+termp_sm_pre(DECL_ARGS)
+{
+
+	assert(n->child && MDOC_TEXT == n->child->type);
+	if (0 == strcmp("on", n->child->string)) {
+		if (p->col)
+			p->flags &= ~TERMP_NOSPACE;
+		p->flags &= ~TERMP_NONOSPACE;
+	} else
+		p->flags |= TERMP_NONOSPACE;
+
+	return(0);
+}
+
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+static int
+termp_ap_pre(DECL_ARGS)
+{
+
+	p->flags |= TERMP_NOSPACE;
+	term_word(p, "'");
+	p->flags |= TERMP_NOSPACE;
+	return(1);
+}
+
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+static void
+termp____post(DECL_ARGS)
+{
+
+	/*
+	 * Handle lists of authors.  In general, print each followed by
+	 * a comma.  Don't print the comma if there are only two
+	 * authors.
+	 */
+	if (MDOC__A == n->tok && n->next && MDOC__A == n->next->tok)
+		if (NULL == n->next->next || MDOC__A != n->next->next->tok)
+			if (NULL == n->prev || MDOC__A != n->prev->tok)
+				return;
+
+	/* TODO: %U. */
+
+	if (NULL == n->parent || MDOC_Rs != n->parent->tok)
+		return;
+
+	p->flags |= TERMP_NOSPACE;
+	if (NULL == n->next) {
+		term_word(p, ".");
+		p->flags |= TERMP_SENTENCE;
+	} else
+		term_word(p, ",");
+}
+
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+static int
+termp_li_pre(DECL_ARGS)
+{
+
+	term_fontpush(p, TERMFONT_NONE);
+	return(1);
+}
+
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+static int
+termp_lk_pre(DECL_ARGS)
+{
+	const struct mdoc_node *nn, *sv;
+
+	term_fontpush(p, TERMFONT_UNDER);
+
+	nn = sv = n->child;
+
+	if (NULL == nn || NULL == nn->next)
+		return(1);
+
+	for (nn = nn->next; nn; nn = nn->next) 
+		term_word(p, nn->string);
+
+	term_fontpop(p);
+
+	p->flags |= TERMP_NOSPACE;
+	term_word(p, ":");
+
+	term_fontpush(p, TERMFONT_BOLD);
+	term_word(p, sv->string);
+	term_fontpop(p);
+
+	return(0);
+}
+
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+static int
+termp_bk_pre(DECL_ARGS)
+{
+
+	switch (n->type) {
+	case (MDOC_BLOCK):
+		break;
+	case (MDOC_HEAD):
+		return(0);
+	case (MDOC_BODY):
+		if (n->parent->args || 0 == n->prev->nchild)
+			p->flags |= TERMP_PREKEEP;
+		break;
+	default:
+		abort();
+		/* NOTREACHED */
+	}
+
+	return(1);
+}
+
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+static void
+termp_bk_post(DECL_ARGS)
+{
+
+	if (MDOC_BODY == n->type)
+		p->flags &= ~(TERMP_KEEP | TERMP_PREKEEP);
+}
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+static void
+termp__t_post(DECL_ARGS)
+{
+
+	/*
+	 * If we're in an `Rs' and there's a journal present, then quote
+	 * us instead of underlining us (for disambiguation).
+	 */
+	if (n->parent && MDOC_Rs == n->parent->tok &&
+			n->parent->norm->Rs.quote_T)
+		termp_quote_post(p, pair, m, n);
+
+	termp____post(p, pair, m, n);
+}
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+static int
+termp__t_pre(DECL_ARGS)
+{
+
+	/*
+	 * If we're in an `Rs' and there's a journal present, then quote
+	 * us instead of underlining us (for disambiguation).
+	 */
+	if (n->parent && MDOC_Rs == n->parent->tok &&
+			n->parent->norm->Rs.quote_T)
+		return(termp_quote_pre(p, pair, m, n));
+
+	term_fontpush(p, TERMFONT_UNDER);
+	return(1);
+}
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+static int
+termp_under_pre(DECL_ARGS)
+{
+
+	term_fontpush(p, TERMFONT_UNDER);
+	return(1);
+}
diff --git a/contrib/mdocml/mdoc_validate.c b/contrib/mdocml/mdoc_validate.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..060ccda
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/mdocml/mdoc_validate.c
@@ -0,0 +1,2403 @@
+/*	$Id: mdoc_validate.c,v 1.182 2012/03/23 05:50:25 kristaps Exp $ */
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011 Kristaps Dzonsons <kristaps@bsd.lv>
+ * Copyright (c) 2010, 2011 Ingo Schwarze <schwarze@openbsd.org>
+ *
+ * Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software for any
+ * purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above
+ * copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies.
+ *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" AND THE AUTHOR DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES
+ * WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
+ * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR
+ * ANY SPECIAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES
+ * WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN
+ * ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF
+ * OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
+ */
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+#include "config.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef	OSNAME
+#include <sys/utsname.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <sys/types.h>
+
+#include <assert.h>
+#include <ctype.h>
+#include <limits.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <time.h>
+
+#include "mdoc.h"
+#include "mandoc.h"
+#include "libmdoc.h"
+#include "libmandoc.h"
+
+/* FIXME: .Bl -diag can't have non-text children in HEAD. */
+
+#define	PRE_ARGS  struct mdoc *mdoc, struct mdoc_node *n
+#define	POST_ARGS struct mdoc *mdoc
+
+#define	NUMSIZ	  32
+#define	DATESIZE  32
+
+enum	check_ineq {
+	CHECK_LT,
+	CHECK_GT,
+	CHECK_EQ
+};
+
+enum	check_lvl {
+	CHECK_WARN,
+	CHECK_ERROR,
+};
+
+typedef	int	(*v_pre)(PRE_ARGS);
+typedef	int	(*v_post)(POST_ARGS);
+
+struct	valids {
+	v_pre	*pre;
+	v_post	*post;
+};
+
+static	int	 check_count(struct mdoc *, enum mdoc_type, 
+			enum check_lvl, enum check_ineq, int);
+static	int	 check_parent(PRE_ARGS, enum mdoct, enum mdoc_type);
+static	void	 check_text(struct mdoc *, int, int, char *);
+static	void	 check_argv(struct mdoc *, 
+			struct mdoc_node *, struct mdoc_argv *);
+static	void	 check_args(struct mdoc *, struct mdoc_node *);
+static	int	 concat(char *, const struct mdoc_node *, size_t);
+static	enum mdoc_sec	a2sec(const char *);
+static	size_t		macro2len(enum mdoct);
+
+static	int	 ebool(POST_ARGS);
+static	int	 berr_ge1(POST_ARGS);
+static	int	 bwarn_ge1(POST_ARGS);
+static	int	 ewarn_eq0(POST_ARGS);
+static	int	 ewarn_eq1(POST_ARGS);
+static	int	 ewarn_ge1(POST_ARGS);
+static	int	 ewarn_le1(POST_ARGS);
+static	int	 hwarn_eq0(POST_ARGS);
+static	int	 hwarn_eq1(POST_ARGS);
+static	int	 hwarn_ge1(POST_ARGS);
+static	int	 hwarn_le1(POST_ARGS);
+
+static	int	 post_an(POST_ARGS);
+static	int	 post_at(POST_ARGS);
+static	int	 post_bf(POST_ARGS);
+static	int	 post_bl(POST_ARGS);
+static	int	 post_bl_block(POST_ARGS);
+static	int	 post_bl_block_width(POST_ARGS);
+static	int	 post_bl_block_tag(POST_ARGS);
+static	int	 post_bl_head(POST_ARGS);
+static	int	 post_bx(POST_ARGS);
+static	int	 post_dd(POST_ARGS);
+static	int	 post_dt(POST_ARGS);
+static	int	 post_defaults(POST_ARGS);
+static	int	 post_literal(POST_ARGS);
+static	int	 post_eoln(POST_ARGS);
+static	int	 post_it(POST_ARGS);
+static	int	 post_lb(POST_ARGS);
+static	int	 post_nm(POST_ARGS);
+static	int	 post_ns(POST_ARGS);
+static	int	 post_os(POST_ARGS);
+static	int	 post_ignpar(POST_ARGS);
+static	int	 post_prol(POST_ARGS);
+static	int	 post_root(POST_ARGS);
+static	int	 post_rs(POST_ARGS);
+static	int	 post_sh(POST_ARGS);
+static	int	 post_sh_body(POST_ARGS);
+static	int	 post_sh_head(POST_ARGS);
+static	int	 post_st(POST_ARGS);
+static	int	 post_std(POST_ARGS);
+static	int	 post_vt(POST_ARGS);
+static	int	 pre_an(PRE_ARGS);
+static	int	 pre_bd(PRE_ARGS);
+static	int	 pre_bl(PRE_ARGS);
+static	int	 pre_dd(PRE_ARGS);
+static	int	 pre_display(PRE_ARGS);
+static	int	 pre_dt(PRE_ARGS);
+static	int	 pre_it(PRE_ARGS);
+static	int	 pre_literal(PRE_ARGS);
+static	int	 pre_os(PRE_ARGS);
+static	int	 pre_par(PRE_ARGS);
+static	int	 pre_sh(PRE_ARGS);
+static	int	 pre_ss(PRE_ARGS);
+static	int	 pre_std(PRE_ARGS);
+
+static	v_post	 posts_an[] = { post_an, NULL };
+static	v_post	 posts_at[] = { post_at, post_defaults, NULL };
+static	v_post	 posts_bd[] = { post_literal, hwarn_eq0, bwarn_ge1, NULL };
+static	v_post	 posts_bf[] = { hwarn_le1, post_bf, NULL };
+static	v_post	 posts_bk[] = { hwarn_eq0, bwarn_ge1, NULL };
+static	v_post	 posts_bl[] = { bwarn_ge1, post_bl, NULL };
+static	v_post	 posts_bx[] = { post_bx, NULL };
+static	v_post	 posts_bool[] = { ebool, NULL };
+static	v_post	 posts_eoln[] = { post_eoln, NULL };
+static	v_post	 posts_defaults[] = { post_defaults, NULL };
+static	v_post	 posts_dd[] = { post_dd, post_prol, NULL };
+static	v_post	 posts_dl[] = { post_literal, bwarn_ge1, NULL };
+static	v_post	 posts_dt[] = { post_dt, post_prol, NULL };
+static	v_post	 posts_fo[] = { hwarn_eq1, bwarn_ge1, NULL };
+static	v_post	 posts_it[] = { post_it, NULL };
+static	v_post	 posts_lb[] = { post_lb, NULL };
+static	v_post	 posts_nd[] = { berr_ge1, NULL };
+static	v_post	 posts_nm[] = { post_nm, NULL };
+static	v_post	 posts_notext[] = { ewarn_eq0, NULL };
+static	v_post	 posts_ns[] = { post_ns, NULL };
+static	v_post	 posts_os[] = { post_os, post_prol, NULL };
+static	v_post	 posts_rs[] = { post_rs, NULL };
+static	v_post	 posts_sh[] = { post_ignpar, hwarn_ge1, post_sh, NULL };
+static	v_post	 posts_sp[] = { ewarn_le1, NULL };
+static	v_post	 posts_ss[] = { post_ignpar, hwarn_ge1, NULL };
+static	v_post	 posts_st[] = { post_st, NULL };
+static	v_post	 posts_std[] = { post_std, NULL };
+static	v_post	 posts_text[] = { ewarn_ge1, NULL };
+static	v_post	 posts_text1[] = { ewarn_eq1, NULL };
+static	v_post	 posts_vt[] = { post_vt, NULL };
+static	v_post	 posts_wline[] = { bwarn_ge1, NULL };
+static	v_pre	 pres_an[] = { pre_an, NULL };
+static	v_pre	 pres_bd[] = { pre_display, pre_bd, pre_literal, pre_par, NULL };
+static	v_pre	 pres_bl[] = { pre_bl, pre_par, NULL };
+static	v_pre	 pres_d1[] = { pre_display, NULL };
+static	v_pre	 pres_dl[] = { pre_literal, pre_display, NULL };
+static	v_pre	 pres_dd[] = { pre_dd, NULL };
+static	v_pre	 pres_dt[] = { pre_dt, NULL };
+static	v_pre	 pres_er[] = { NULL, NULL };
+static	v_pre	 pres_fd[] = { NULL, NULL };
+static	v_pre	 pres_it[] = { pre_it, pre_par, NULL };
+static	v_pre	 pres_os[] = { pre_os, NULL };
+static	v_pre	 pres_pp[] = { pre_par, NULL };
+static	v_pre	 pres_sh[] = { pre_sh, NULL };
+static	v_pre	 pres_ss[] = { pre_ss, NULL };
+static	v_pre	 pres_std[] = { pre_std, NULL };
+
+static	const struct valids mdoc_valids[MDOC_MAX] = {
+	{ NULL, NULL },				/* Ap */
+	{ pres_dd, posts_dd },			/* Dd */
+	{ pres_dt, posts_dt },			/* Dt */
+	{ pres_os, posts_os },			/* Os */
+	{ pres_sh, posts_sh },			/* Sh */ 
+	{ pres_ss, posts_ss },			/* Ss */ 
+	{ pres_pp, posts_notext },		/* Pp */ 
+	{ pres_d1, posts_wline },		/* D1 */
+	{ pres_dl, posts_dl },			/* Dl */
+	{ pres_bd, posts_bd },			/* Bd */
+	{ NULL, NULL },				/* Ed */
+	{ pres_bl, posts_bl },			/* Bl */ 
+	{ NULL, NULL },				/* El */
+	{ pres_it, posts_it },			/* It */
+	{ NULL, NULL },				/* Ad */ 
+	{ pres_an, posts_an },			/* An */ 
+	{ NULL, posts_defaults },		/* Ar */
+	{ NULL, NULL },				/* Cd */ 
+	{ NULL, NULL },				/* Cm */
+	{ NULL, NULL },				/* Dv */ 
+	{ pres_er, NULL },			/* Er */ 
+	{ NULL, NULL },				/* Ev */ 
+	{ pres_std, posts_std },		/* Ex */ 
+	{ NULL, NULL },				/* Fa */ 
+	{ pres_fd, posts_text },		/* Fd */
+	{ NULL, NULL },				/* Fl */
+	{ NULL, NULL },				/* Fn */ 
+	{ NULL, NULL },				/* Ft */ 
+	{ NULL, NULL },				/* Ic */ 
+	{ NULL, posts_text1 },			/* In */ 
+	{ NULL, posts_defaults },		/* Li */
+	{ NULL, posts_nd },			/* Nd */
+	{ NULL, posts_nm },			/* Nm */
+	{ NULL, NULL },				/* Op */
+	{ NULL, NULL },				/* Ot */
+	{ NULL, posts_defaults },		/* Pa */
+	{ pres_std, posts_std },		/* Rv */
+	{ NULL, posts_st },			/* St */ 
+	{ NULL, NULL },				/* Va */
+	{ NULL, posts_vt },			/* Vt */ 
+	{ NULL, posts_text },			/* Xr */ 
+	{ NULL, posts_text },			/* %A */
+	{ NULL, posts_text },			/* %B */ /* FIXME: can be used outside Rs/Re. */
+	{ NULL, posts_text },			/* %D */
+	{ NULL, posts_text },			/* %I */
+	{ NULL, posts_text },			/* %J */
+	{ NULL, posts_text },			/* %N */
+	{ NULL, posts_text },			/* %O */
+	{ NULL, posts_text },			/* %P */
+	{ NULL, posts_text },			/* %R */
+	{ NULL, posts_text },			/* %T */ /* FIXME: can be used outside Rs/Re. */
+	{ NULL, posts_text },			/* %V */
+	{ NULL, NULL },				/* Ac */
+	{ NULL, NULL },				/* Ao */
+	{ NULL, NULL },				/* Aq */
+	{ NULL, posts_at },			/* At */ 
+	{ NULL, NULL },				/* Bc */
+	{ NULL, posts_bf },			/* Bf */
+	{ NULL, NULL },				/* Bo */
+	{ NULL, NULL },				/* Bq */
+	{ NULL, NULL },				/* Bsx */
+	{ NULL, posts_bx },			/* Bx */
+	{ NULL, posts_bool },			/* Db */
+	{ NULL, NULL },				/* Dc */
+	{ NULL, NULL },				/* Do */
+	{ NULL, NULL },				/* Dq */
+	{ NULL, NULL },				/* Ec */
+	{ NULL, NULL },				/* Ef */ 
+	{ NULL, NULL },				/* Em */ 
+	{ NULL, NULL },				/* Eo */
+	{ NULL, NULL },				/* Fx */
+	{ NULL, NULL },				/* Ms */ 
+	{ NULL, posts_notext },			/* No */
+	{ NULL, posts_ns },			/* Ns */
+	{ NULL, NULL },				/* Nx */
+	{ NULL, NULL },				/* Ox */
+	{ NULL, NULL },				/* Pc */
+	{ NULL, posts_text1 },			/* Pf */
+	{ NULL, NULL },				/* Po */
+	{ NULL, NULL },				/* Pq */
+	{ NULL, NULL },				/* Qc */
+	{ NULL, NULL },				/* Ql */
+	{ NULL, NULL },				/* Qo */
+	{ NULL, NULL },				/* Qq */
+	{ NULL, NULL },				/* Re */
+	{ NULL, posts_rs },			/* Rs */
+	{ NULL, NULL },				/* Sc */
+	{ NULL, NULL },				/* So */
+	{ NULL, NULL },				/* Sq */
+	{ NULL, posts_bool },			/* Sm */ 
+	{ NULL, NULL },				/* Sx */
+	{ NULL, NULL },				/* Sy */
+	{ NULL, NULL },				/* Tn */
+	{ NULL, NULL },				/* Ux */
+	{ NULL, NULL },				/* Xc */
+	{ NULL, NULL },				/* Xo */
+	{ NULL, posts_fo },			/* Fo */ 
+	{ NULL, NULL },				/* Fc */ 
+	{ NULL, NULL },				/* Oo */
+	{ NULL, NULL },				/* Oc */
+	{ NULL, posts_bk },			/* Bk */
+	{ NULL, NULL },				/* Ek */
+	{ NULL, posts_eoln },			/* Bt */
+	{ NULL, NULL },				/* Hf */
+	{ NULL, NULL },				/* Fr */
+	{ NULL, posts_eoln },			/* Ud */
+	{ NULL, posts_lb },			/* Lb */
+	{ NULL, posts_notext },			/* Lp */ 
+	{ NULL, NULL },				/* Lk */ 
+	{ NULL, posts_defaults },		/* Mt */ 
+	{ NULL, NULL },				/* Brq */ 
+	{ NULL, NULL },				/* Bro */ 
+	{ NULL, NULL },				/* Brc */ 
+	{ NULL, posts_text },			/* %C */
+	{ NULL, NULL },				/* Es */
+	{ NULL, NULL },				/* En */
+	{ NULL, NULL },				/* Dx */
+	{ NULL, posts_text },			/* %Q */
+	{ NULL, posts_notext },			/* br */
+	{ pres_pp, posts_sp },			/* sp */
+	{ NULL, posts_text1 },			/* %U */
+	{ NULL, NULL },				/* Ta */
+};
+
+#define	RSORD_MAX 14 /* Number of `Rs' blocks. */
+
+static	const enum mdoct rsord[RSORD_MAX] = {
+	MDOC__A,
+	MDOC__T,
+	MDOC__B,
+	MDOC__I,
+	MDOC__J,
+	MDOC__R,
+	MDOC__N,
+	MDOC__V,
+	MDOC__P,
+	MDOC__Q,
+	MDOC__D,
+	MDOC__O,
+	MDOC__C,
+	MDOC__U
+};
+
+static	const char * const secnames[SEC__MAX] = {
+	NULL,
+	"NAME",
+	"LIBRARY",
+	"SYNOPSIS",
+	"DESCRIPTION",
+	"IMPLEMENTATION NOTES",
+	"RETURN VALUES",
+	"ENVIRONMENT",
+	"FILES",
+	"EXIT STATUS",
+	"EXAMPLES",
+	"DIAGNOSTICS",
+	"COMPATIBILITY",
+	"ERRORS",
+	"SEE ALSO",
+	"STANDARDS",
+	"HISTORY",
+	"AUTHORS",
+	"CAVEATS",
+	"BUGS",
+	"SECURITY CONSIDERATIONS",
+	NULL
+};
+
+int
+mdoc_valid_pre(struct mdoc *mdoc, struct mdoc_node *n)
+{
+	v_pre		*p;
+	int		 line, pos;
+	char		*tp;
+
+	switch (n->type) {
+	case (MDOC_TEXT):
+		tp = n->string;
+		line = n->line;
+		pos = n->pos;
+		check_text(mdoc, line, pos, tp);
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+	case (MDOC_TBL):
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+	case (MDOC_EQN):
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+	case (MDOC_ROOT):
+		return(1);
+	default:
+		break;
+	}
+
+	check_args(mdoc, n);
+
+	if (NULL == mdoc_valids[n->tok].pre)
+		return(1);
+	for (p = mdoc_valids[n->tok].pre; *p; p++)
+		if ( ! (*p)(mdoc, n)) 
+			return(0);
+	return(1);
+}
+
+
+int
+mdoc_valid_post(struct mdoc *mdoc)
+{
+	v_post		*p;
+
+	if (MDOC_VALID & mdoc->last->flags)
+		return(1);
+	mdoc->last->flags |= MDOC_VALID;
+
+	switch (mdoc->last->type) {
+	case (MDOC_TEXT):
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+	case (MDOC_EQN):
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+	case (MDOC_TBL):
+		return(1);
+	case (MDOC_ROOT):
+		return(post_root(mdoc));
+	default:
+		break;
+	}
+
+	if (NULL == mdoc_valids[mdoc->last->tok].post)
+		return(1);
+	for (p = mdoc_valids[mdoc->last->tok].post; *p; p++)
+		if ( ! (*p)(mdoc)) 
+			return(0);
+
+	return(1);
+}
+
+static int
+check_count(struct mdoc *m, enum mdoc_type type, 
+		enum check_lvl lvl, enum check_ineq ineq, int val)
+{
+	const char	*p;
+	enum mandocerr	 t;
+
+	if (m->last->type != type)
+		return(1);
+	
+	switch (ineq) {
+	case (CHECK_LT):
+		p = "less than ";
+		if (m->last->nchild < val)
+			return(1);
+		break;
+	case (CHECK_GT):
+		p = "more than ";
+		if (m->last->nchild > val)
+			return(1);
+		break;
+	case (CHECK_EQ):
+		p = "";
+		if (val == m->last->nchild)
+			return(1);
+		break;
+	default:
+		abort();
+		/* NOTREACHED */
+	}
+
+	t = lvl == CHECK_WARN ? MANDOCERR_ARGCWARN : MANDOCERR_ARGCOUNT;
+	mandoc_vmsg(t, m->parse, m->last->line, m->last->pos,
+			"want %s%d children (have %d)",
+			p, val, m->last->nchild);
+	return(1);
+}
+
+static int
+berr_ge1(POST_ARGS)
+{
+
+	return(check_count(mdoc, MDOC_BODY, CHECK_ERROR, CHECK_GT, 0));
+}
+
+static int
+bwarn_ge1(POST_ARGS)
+{
+	return(check_count(mdoc, MDOC_BODY, CHECK_WARN, CHECK_GT, 0));
+}
+
+static int
+ewarn_eq0(POST_ARGS)
+{
+	return(check_count(mdoc, MDOC_ELEM, CHECK_WARN, CHECK_EQ, 0));
+}
+
+static int
+ewarn_eq1(POST_ARGS)
+{
+	return(check_count(mdoc, MDOC_ELEM, CHECK_WARN, CHECK_EQ, 1));
+}
+
+static int
+ewarn_ge1(POST_ARGS)
+{
+	return(check_count(mdoc, MDOC_ELEM, CHECK_WARN, CHECK_GT, 0));
+}
+
+static int
+ewarn_le1(POST_ARGS)
+{
+	return(check_count(mdoc, MDOC_ELEM, CHECK_WARN, CHECK_LT, 2));
+}
+
+static int
+hwarn_eq0(POST_ARGS)
+{
+	return(check_count(mdoc, MDOC_HEAD, CHECK_WARN, CHECK_EQ, 0));
+}
+
+static int
+hwarn_eq1(POST_ARGS)
+{
+	return(check_count(mdoc, MDOC_HEAD, CHECK_WARN, CHECK_EQ, 1));
+}
+
+static int
+hwarn_ge1(POST_ARGS)
+{
+	return(check_count(mdoc, MDOC_HEAD, CHECK_WARN, CHECK_GT, 0));
+}
+
+static int
+hwarn_le1(POST_ARGS)
+{
+	return(check_count(mdoc, MDOC_HEAD, CHECK_WARN, CHECK_LT, 2));
+}
+
+static void
+check_args(struct mdoc *m, struct mdoc_node *n)
+{
+	int		 i;
+
+	if (NULL == n->args)
+		return;
+
+	assert(n->args->argc);
+	for (i = 0; i < (int)n->args->argc; i++)
+		check_argv(m, n, &n->args->argv[i]);
+}
+
+static void
+check_argv(struct mdoc *m, struct mdoc_node *n, struct mdoc_argv *v)
+{
+	int		 i;
+
+	for (i = 0; i < (int)v->sz; i++)
+		check_text(m, v->line, v->pos, v->value[i]);
+
+	/* FIXME: move to post_std(). */
+
+	if (MDOC_Std == v->arg)
+		if ( ! (v->sz || m->meta.name))
+			mdoc_nmsg(m, n, MANDOCERR_NONAME);
+}
+
+static void
+check_text(struct mdoc *m, int ln, int pos, char *p)
+{
+	char		*cp;
+
+	if (MDOC_LITERAL & m->flags)
+		return;
+
+	for (cp = p; NULL != (p = strchr(p, '\t')); p++)
+		mdoc_pmsg(m, ln, pos + (int)(p - cp), MANDOCERR_BADTAB);
+}
+
+static int
+check_parent(PRE_ARGS, enum mdoct tok, enum mdoc_type t)
+{
+
+	assert(n->parent);
+	if ((MDOC_ROOT == t || tok == n->parent->tok) &&
+			(t == n->parent->type))
+		return(1);
+
+	mandoc_vmsg(MANDOCERR_SYNTCHILD, mdoc->parse, n->line, 
+			n->pos, "want parent %s", MDOC_ROOT == t ? 
+			"<root>" : mdoc_macronames[tok]);
+	return(0);
+}
+
+
+static int
+pre_display(PRE_ARGS)
+{
+	struct mdoc_node *node;
+
+	if (MDOC_BLOCK != n->type)
+		return(1);
+
+	for (node = mdoc->last->parent; node; node = node->parent) 
+		if (MDOC_BLOCK == node->type)
+			if (MDOC_Bd == node->tok)
+				break;
+
+	if (node)
+		mdoc_nmsg(mdoc, n, MANDOCERR_NESTEDDISP);
+
+	return(1);
+}
+
+
+static int
+pre_bl(PRE_ARGS)
+{
+	int		  i, comp, dup;
+	const char	 *offs, *width;
+	enum mdoc_list	  lt;
+	struct mdoc_node *np;
+
+	if (MDOC_BLOCK != n->type) {
+		if (ENDBODY_NOT != n->end) {
+			assert(n->pending);
+			np = n->pending->parent;
+		} else
+			np = n->parent;
+
+		assert(np);
+		assert(MDOC_BLOCK == np->type);
+		assert(MDOC_Bl == np->tok);
+		return(1);
+	}
+
+	/* 
+	 * First figure out which kind of list to use: bind ourselves to
+	 * the first mentioned list type and warn about any remaining
+	 * ones.  If we find no list type, we default to LIST_item.
+	 */
+
+	/* LINTED */
+	for (i = 0; n->args && i < (int)n->args->argc; i++) {
+		lt = LIST__NONE;
+		dup = comp = 0;
+		width = offs = NULL;
+		switch (n->args->argv[i].arg) {
+		/* Set list types. */
+		case (MDOC_Bullet):
+			lt = LIST_bullet;
+			break;
+		case (MDOC_Dash):
+			lt = LIST_dash;
+			break;
+		case (MDOC_Enum):
+			lt = LIST_enum;
+			break;
+		case (MDOC_Hyphen):
+			lt = LIST_hyphen;
+			break;
+		case (MDOC_Item):
+			lt = LIST_item;
+			break;
+		case (MDOC_Tag):
+			lt = LIST_tag;
+			break;
+		case (MDOC_Diag):
+			lt = LIST_diag;
+			break;
+		case (MDOC_Hang):
+			lt = LIST_hang;
+			break;
+		case (MDOC_Ohang):
+			lt = LIST_ohang;
+			break;
+		case (MDOC_Inset):
+			lt = LIST_inset;
+			break;
+		case (MDOC_Column):
+			lt = LIST_column;
+			break;
+		/* Set list arguments. */
+		case (MDOC_Compact):
+			dup = n->norm->Bl.comp;
+			comp = 1;
+			break;
+		case (MDOC_Width):
+			/* NB: this can be empty! */
+			if (n->args->argv[i].sz) {
+				width = n->args->argv[i].value[0];
+				dup = (NULL != n->norm->Bl.width);
+				break;
+			}
+			mdoc_nmsg(mdoc, n, MANDOCERR_IGNARGV);
+			break;
+		case (MDOC_Offset):
+			/* NB: this can be empty! */
+			if (n->args->argv[i].sz) {
+				offs = n->args->argv[i].value[0];
+				dup = (NULL != n->norm->Bl.offs);
+				break;
+			}
+			mdoc_nmsg(mdoc, n, MANDOCERR_IGNARGV);
+			break;
+		default:
+			continue;
+		}
+
+		/* Check: duplicate auxiliary arguments. */
+
+		if (dup)
+			mdoc_nmsg(mdoc, n, MANDOCERR_ARGVREP);
+
+		if (comp && ! dup)
+			n->norm->Bl.comp = comp;
+		if (offs && ! dup)
+			n->norm->Bl.offs = offs;
+		if (width && ! dup)
+			n->norm->Bl.width = width;
+
+		/* Check: multiple list types. */
+
+		if (LIST__NONE != lt && n->norm->Bl.type != LIST__NONE)
+			mdoc_nmsg(mdoc, n, MANDOCERR_LISTREP);
+
+		/* Assign list type. */
+
+		if (LIST__NONE != lt && n->norm->Bl.type == LIST__NONE) {
+			n->norm->Bl.type = lt;
+			/* Set column information, too. */
+			if (LIST_column == lt) {
+				n->norm->Bl.ncols = 
+					n->args->argv[i].sz;
+				n->norm->Bl.cols = (void *)
+					n->args->argv[i].value;
+			}
+		}
+
+		/* The list type should come first. */
+
+		if (n->norm->Bl.type == LIST__NONE)
+			if (n->norm->Bl.width || 
+					n->norm->Bl.offs || 
+					n->norm->Bl.comp)
+				mdoc_nmsg(mdoc, n, MANDOCERR_LISTFIRST);
+
+		continue;
+	}
+
+	/* Allow lists to default to LIST_item. */
+
+	if (LIST__NONE == n->norm->Bl.type) {
+		mdoc_nmsg(mdoc, n, MANDOCERR_LISTTYPE);
+		n->norm->Bl.type = LIST_item;
+	}
+
+	/* 
+	 * Validate the width field.  Some list types don't need width
+	 * types and should be warned about them.  Others should have it
+	 * and must also be warned.
+	 */
+
+	switch (n->norm->Bl.type) {
+	case (LIST_tag):
+		if (n->norm->Bl.width)
+			break;
+		mdoc_nmsg(mdoc, n, MANDOCERR_NOWIDTHARG);
+		break;
+	case (LIST_column):
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+	case (LIST_diag):
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+	case (LIST_ohang):
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+	case (LIST_inset):
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+	case (LIST_item):
+		if (n->norm->Bl.width)
+			mdoc_nmsg(mdoc, n, MANDOCERR_IGNARGV);
+		break;
+	default:
+		break;
+	}
+
+	return(1);
+}
+
+
+static int
+pre_bd(PRE_ARGS)
+{
+	int		  i, dup, comp;
+	enum mdoc_disp 	  dt;
+	const char	 *offs;
+	struct mdoc_node *np;
+
+	if (MDOC_BLOCK != n->type) {
+		if (ENDBODY_NOT != n->end) {
+			assert(n->pending);
+			np = n->pending->parent;
+		} else
+			np = n->parent;
+
+		assert(np);
+		assert(MDOC_BLOCK == np->type);
+		assert(MDOC_Bd == np->tok);
+		return(1);
+	}
+
+	/* LINTED */
+	for (i = 0; n->args && i < (int)n->args->argc; i++) {
+		dt = DISP__NONE;
+		dup = comp = 0;
+		offs = NULL;
+
+		switch (n->args->argv[i].arg) {
+		case (MDOC_Centred):
+			dt = DISP_centred;
+			break;
+		case (MDOC_Ragged):
+			dt = DISP_ragged;
+			break;
+		case (MDOC_Unfilled):
+			dt = DISP_unfilled;
+			break;
+		case (MDOC_Filled):
+			dt = DISP_filled;
+			break;
+		case (MDOC_Literal):
+			dt = DISP_literal;
+			break;
+		case (MDOC_File):
+			mdoc_nmsg(mdoc, n, MANDOCERR_BADDISP);
+			return(0);
+		case (MDOC_Offset):
+			/* NB: this can be empty! */
+			if (n->args->argv[i].sz) {
+				offs = n->args->argv[i].value[0];
+				dup = (NULL != n->norm->Bd.offs);
+				break;
+			}
+			mdoc_nmsg(mdoc, n, MANDOCERR_IGNARGV);
+			break;
+		case (MDOC_Compact):
+			comp = 1;
+			dup = n->norm->Bd.comp;
+			break;
+		default:
+			abort();
+			/* NOTREACHED */
+		}
+
+		/* Check whether we have duplicates. */
+
+		if (dup)
+			mdoc_nmsg(mdoc, n, MANDOCERR_ARGVREP);
+
+		/* Make our auxiliary assignments. */
+
+		if (offs && ! dup)
+			n->norm->Bd.offs = offs;
+		if (comp && ! dup)
+			n->norm->Bd.comp = comp;
+
+		/* Check whether a type has already been assigned. */
+
+		if (DISP__NONE != dt && n->norm->Bd.type != DISP__NONE)
+			mdoc_nmsg(mdoc, n, MANDOCERR_DISPREP);
+
+		/* Make our type assignment. */
+
+		if (DISP__NONE != dt && n->norm->Bd.type == DISP__NONE)
+			n->norm->Bd.type = dt;
+	}
+
+	if (DISP__NONE == n->norm->Bd.type) {
+		mdoc_nmsg(mdoc, n, MANDOCERR_DISPTYPE);
+		n->norm->Bd.type = DISP_ragged;
+	}
+
+	return(1);
+}
+
+
+static int
+pre_ss(PRE_ARGS)
+{
+
+	if (MDOC_BLOCK != n->type)
+		return(1);
+	return(check_parent(mdoc, n, MDOC_Sh, MDOC_BODY));
+}
+
+
+static int
+pre_sh(PRE_ARGS)
+{
+
+	if (MDOC_BLOCK != n->type)
+		return(1);
+
+	roff_regunset(mdoc->roff, REG_nS);
+	return(check_parent(mdoc, n, MDOC_MAX, MDOC_ROOT));
+}
+
+
+static int
+pre_it(PRE_ARGS)
+{
+
+	if (MDOC_BLOCK != n->type)
+		return(1);
+
+	return(check_parent(mdoc, n, MDOC_Bl, MDOC_BODY));
+}
+
+
+static int
+pre_an(PRE_ARGS)
+{
+	int		 i;
+
+	if (NULL == n->args)
+		return(1);
+	
+	for (i = 1; i < (int)n->args->argc; i++)
+		mdoc_pmsg(mdoc, n->args->argv[i].line, 
+			n->args->argv[i].pos, MANDOCERR_IGNARGV);
+
+	if (MDOC_Split == n->args->argv[0].arg)
+		n->norm->An.auth = AUTH_split;
+	else if (MDOC_Nosplit == n->args->argv[0].arg)
+		n->norm->An.auth = AUTH_nosplit;
+	else
+		abort();
+
+	return(1);
+}
+
+static int
+pre_std(PRE_ARGS)
+{
+
+	if (n->args && 1 == n->args->argc)
+		if (MDOC_Std == n->args->argv[0].arg)
+			return(1);
+
+	mdoc_nmsg(mdoc, n, MANDOCERR_NOARGV);
+	return(1);
+}
+
+static int
+pre_dt(PRE_ARGS)
+{
+
+	if (NULL == mdoc->meta.date || mdoc->meta.os)
+		mdoc_nmsg(mdoc, n, MANDOCERR_PROLOGOOO);
+
+	if (mdoc->meta.title)
+		mdoc_nmsg(mdoc, n, MANDOCERR_PROLOGREP);
+
+	return(1);
+}
+
+static int
+pre_os(PRE_ARGS)
+{
+
+	if (NULL == mdoc->meta.title || NULL == mdoc->meta.date)
+		mdoc_nmsg(mdoc, n, MANDOCERR_PROLOGOOO);
+
+	if (mdoc->meta.os)
+		mdoc_nmsg(mdoc, n, MANDOCERR_PROLOGREP);
+
+	return(1);
+}
+
+static int
+pre_dd(PRE_ARGS)
+{
+
+	if (mdoc->meta.title || mdoc->meta.os)
+		mdoc_nmsg(mdoc, n, MANDOCERR_PROLOGOOO);
+
+	if (mdoc->meta.date)
+		mdoc_nmsg(mdoc, n, MANDOCERR_PROLOGREP);
+
+	return(1);
+}
+
+
+static int
+post_bf(POST_ARGS)
+{
+	struct mdoc_node *np;
+	enum mdocargt	  arg;
+
+	/*
+	 * Unlike other data pointers, these are "housed" by the HEAD
+	 * element, which contains the goods.
+	 */
+
+	if (MDOC_HEAD != mdoc->last->type) {
+		if (ENDBODY_NOT != mdoc->last->end) {
+			assert(mdoc->last->pending);
+			np = mdoc->last->pending->parent->head;
+		} else if (MDOC_BLOCK != mdoc->last->type) {
+			np = mdoc->last->parent->head;
+		} else 
+			np = mdoc->last->head;
+
+		assert(np);
+		assert(MDOC_HEAD == np->type);
+		assert(MDOC_Bf == np->tok);
+		return(1);
+	}
+
+	np = mdoc->last;
+	assert(MDOC_BLOCK == np->parent->type);
+	assert(MDOC_Bf == np->parent->tok);
+
+	/* 
+	 * Cannot have both argument and parameter.
+	 * If neither is specified, let it through with a warning. 
+	 */
+
+	if (np->parent->args && np->child) {
+		mdoc_nmsg(mdoc, np, MANDOCERR_SYNTARGVCOUNT);
+		return(0);
+	} else if (NULL == np->parent->args && NULL == np->child) {
+		mdoc_nmsg(mdoc, np, MANDOCERR_FONTTYPE);
+		return(1);
+	}
+
+	/* Extract argument into data. */
+	
+	if (np->parent->args) {
+		arg = np->parent->args->argv[0].arg;
+		if (MDOC_Emphasis == arg)
+			np->norm->Bf.font = FONT_Em;
+		else if (MDOC_Literal == arg)
+			np->norm->Bf.font = FONT_Li;
+		else if (MDOC_Symbolic == arg)
+			np->norm->Bf.font = FONT_Sy;
+		else
+			abort();
+		return(1);
+	}
+
+	/* Extract parameter into data. */
+
+	if (0 == strcmp(np->child->string, "Em"))
+		np->norm->Bf.font = FONT_Em;
+	else if (0 == strcmp(np->child->string, "Li"))
+		np->norm->Bf.font = FONT_Li;
+	else if (0 == strcmp(np->child->string, "Sy"))
+		np->norm->Bf.font = FONT_Sy;
+	else 
+		mdoc_nmsg(mdoc, np, MANDOCERR_FONTTYPE);
+
+	return(1);
+}
+
+static int
+post_lb(POST_ARGS)
+{
+	const char	*p;
+	char		*buf;
+	size_t		 sz;
+
+	check_count(mdoc, MDOC_ELEM, CHECK_WARN, CHECK_EQ, 1);
+
+	assert(mdoc->last->child);
+	assert(MDOC_TEXT == mdoc->last->child->type);
+
+	p = mdoc_a2lib(mdoc->last->child->string);
+
+	/* If lookup ok, replace with table value. */
+
+	if (p) {
+		free(mdoc->last->child->string);
+		mdoc->last->child->string = mandoc_strdup(p);
+		return(1);
+	}
+
+	/* If not, use "library ``xxxx''. */
+
+	sz = strlen(mdoc->last->child->string) +
+		2 + strlen("\\(lqlibrary\\(rq");
+	buf = mandoc_malloc(sz);
+	snprintf(buf, sz, "library \\(lq%s\\(rq", 
+			mdoc->last->child->string);
+	free(mdoc->last->child->string);
+	mdoc->last->child->string = buf;
+	return(1);
+}
+
+static int
+post_eoln(POST_ARGS)
+{
+
+	if (mdoc->last->child)
+		mdoc_nmsg(mdoc, mdoc->last, MANDOCERR_ARGSLOST);
+	return(1);
+}
+
+
+static int
+post_vt(POST_ARGS)
+{
+	const struct mdoc_node *n;
+
+	/*
+	 * The Vt macro comes in both ELEM and BLOCK form, both of which
+	 * have different syntaxes (yet more context-sensitive
+	 * behaviour).  ELEM types must have a child, which is already
+	 * guaranteed by the in_line parsing routine; BLOCK types,
+	 * specifically the BODY, should only have TEXT children.
+	 */
+
+	if (MDOC_BODY != mdoc->last->type)
+		return(1);
+	
+	for (n = mdoc->last->child; n; n = n->next)
+		if (MDOC_TEXT != n->type) 
+			mdoc_nmsg(mdoc, n, MANDOCERR_CHILD);
+
+	return(1);
+}
+
+
+static int
+post_nm(POST_ARGS)
+{
+	char		 buf[BUFSIZ];
+	int		 c;
+
+	/* If no child specified, make sure we have the meta name. */
+
+	if (NULL == mdoc->last->child && NULL == mdoc->meta.name) {
+		mdoc_nmsg(mdoc, mdoc->last, MANDOCERR_NONAME);
+		return(1);
+	} else if (mdoc->meta.name)
+		return(1);
+
+	/* If no meta name, set it from the child. */
+
+	buf[0] = '\0';
+	if (-1 == (c = concat(buf, mdoc->last->child, BUFSIZ))) {
+		mdoc_nmsg(mdoc, mdoc->last->child, MANDOCERR_MEM);
+		return(0);
+	}
+
+	assert(c);
+	mdoc->meta.name = mandoc_strdup(buf);
+	return(1);
+}
+
+static int
+post_literal(POST_ARGS)
+{
+	
+	/*
+	 * The `Dl' (note "el" not "one") and `Bd' macros unset the
+	 * MDOC_LITERAL flag as they leave.  Note that `Bd' only sets
+	 * this in literal mode, but it doesn't hurt to just switch it
+	 * off in general since displays can't be nested.
+	 */
+
+	if (MDOC_BODY == mdoc->last->type)
+		mdoc->flags &= ~MDOC_LITERAL;
+
+	return(1);
+}
+
+static int
+post_defaults(POST_ARGS)
+{
+	struct mdoc_node *nn;
+
+	/*
+	 * The `Ar' defaults to "file ..." if no value is provided as an
+	 * argument; the `Mt' and `Pa' macros use "~"; the `Li' just
+	 * gets an empty string.
+	 */
+
+	if (mdoc->last->child)
+		return(1);
+	
+	nn = mdoc->last;
+	mdoc->next = MDOC_NEXT_CHILD;
+
+	switch (nn->tok) {
+	case (MDOC_Ar):
+		if ( ! mdoc_word_alloc(mdoc, nn->line, nn->pos, "file"))
+			return(0);
+		if ( ! mdoc_word_alloc(mdoc, nn->line, nn->pos, "..."))
+			return(0);
+		break;
+	case (MDOC_At):
+		if ( ! mdoc_word_alloc(mdoc, nn->line, nn->pos, "AT&T"))
+			return(0);
+		if ( ! mdoc_word_alloc(mdoc, nn->line, nn->pos, "UNIX"))
+			return(0);
+		break;
+	case (MDOC_Li):
+		if ( ! mdoc_word_alloc(mdoc, nn->line, nn->pos, ""))
+			return(0);
+		break;
+	case (MDOC_Pa):
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+	case (MDOC_Mt):
+		if ( ! mdoc_word_alloc(mdoc, nn->line, nn->pos, "~"))
+			return(0);
+		break;
+	default:
+		abort();
+		/* NOTREACHED */
+	} 
+
+	mdoc->last = nn;
+	return(1);
+}
+
+static int
+post_at(POST_ARGS)
+{
+	const char	 *p, *q;
+	char		 *buf;
+	size_t		  sz;
+
+	/*
+	 * If we have a child, look it up in the standard keys.  If a
+	 * key exist, use that instead of the child; if it doesn't,
+	 * prefix "AT&T UNIX " to the existing data.
+	 */
+	
+	if (NULL == mdoc->last->child)
+		return(1);
+
+	assert(MDOC_TEXT == mdoc->last->child->type);
+	p = mdoc_a2att(mdoc->last->child->string);
+
+	if (p) {
+		free(mdoc->last->child->string);
+		mdoc->last->child->string = mandoc_strdup(p);
+	} else {
+		mdoc_nmsg(mdoc, mdoc->last, MANDOCERR_BADATT);
+		p = "AT&T UNIX ";
+		q = mdoc->last->child->string;
+		sz = strlen(p) + strlen(q) + 1;
+		buf = mandoc_malloc(sz);
+		strlcpy(buf, p, sz);
+		strlcat(buf, q, sz);
+		free(mdoc->last->child->string);
+		mdoc->last->child->string = buf;
+	}
+
+	return(1);
+}
+
+static int
+post_an(POST_ARGS)
+{
+	struct mdoc_node *np;
+
+	np = mdoc->last;
+	if (AUTH__NONE == np->norm->An.auth) {
+		if (0 == np->child)
+			check_count(mdoc, MDOC_ELEM, CHECK_WARN, CHECK_GT, 0);
+	} else if (np->child)
+		check_count(mdoc, MDOC_ELEM, CHECK_WARN, CHECK_EQ, 0);
+
+	return(1);
+}
+
+
+static int
+post_it(POST_ARGS)
+{
+	int		  i, cols;
+	enum mdoc_list	  lt;
+	struct mdoc_node *n, *c;
+	enum mandocerr	  er;
+
+	if (MDOC_BLOCK != mdoc->last->type)
+		return(1);
+
+	n = mdoc->last->parent->parent;
+	lt = n->norm->Bl.type;
+
+	if (LIST__NONE == lt) {
+		mdoc_nmsg(mdoc, mdoc->last, MANDOCERR_LISTTYPE);
+		return(1);
+	}
+
+	switch (lt) {
+	case (LIST_tag):
+		if (mdoc->last->head->child)
+			break;
+		/* FIXME: give this a dummy value. */
+		mdoc_nmsg(mdoc, mdoc->last, MANDOCERR_NOARGS);
+		break;
+	case (LIST_hang):
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+	case (LIST_ohang):
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+	case (LIST_inset):
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+	case (LIST_diag):
+		if (NULL == mdoc->last->head->child)
+			mdoc_nmsg(mdoc, mdoc->last, MANDOCERR_NOARGS);
+		break;
+	case (LIST_bullet):
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+	case (LIST_dash):
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+	case (LIST_enum):
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+	case (LIST_hyphen):
+		if (NULL == mdoc->last->body->child)
+			mdoc_nmsg(mdoc, mdoc->last, MANDOCERR_NOBODY);
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+	case (LIST_item):
+		if (mdoc->last->head->child)
+			mdoc_nmsg(mdoc, mdoc->last, MANDOCERR_ARGSLOST);
+		break;
+	case (LIST_column):
+		cols = (int)n->norm->Bl.ncols;
+
+		assert(NULL == mdoc->last->head->child);
+
+		if (NULL == mdoc->last->body->child)
+			mdoc_nmsg(mdoc, mdoc->last, MANDOCERR_NOBODY);
+
+		for (i = 0, c = mdoc->last->child; c; c = c->next)
+			if (MDOC_BODY == c->type)
+				i++;
+
+		if (i < cols)
+			er = MANDOCERR_ARGCOUNT;
+		else if (i == cols || i == cols + 1)
+			break;
+		else
+			er = MANDOCERR_SYNTARGCOUNT;
+
+		mandoc_vmsg(er, mdoc->parse, mdoc->last->line, 
+				mdoc->last->pos, 
+				"columns == %d (have %d)", cols, i);
+		return(MANDOCERR_ARGCOUNT == er);
+	default:
+		break;
+	}
+
+	return(1);
+}
+
+static int
+post_bl_block(POST_ARGS) 
+{
+	struct mdoc_node *n;
+
+	/*
+	 * These are fairly complicated, so we've broken them into two
+	 * functions.  post_bl_block_tag() is called when a -tag is
+	 * specified, but no -width (it must be guessed).  The second
+	 * when a -width is specified (macro indicators must be
+	 * rewritten into real lengths).
+	 */
+
+	n = mdoc->last;
+
+	if (LIST_tag == n->norm->Bl.type && 
+			NULL == n->norm->Bl.width) {
+		if ( ! post_bl_block_tag(mdoc))
+			return(0);
+	} else if (NULL != n->norm->Bl.width) {
+		if ( ! post_bl_block_width(mdoc))
+			return(0);
+	} else 
+		return(1);
+
+	assert(n->norm->Bl.width);
+	return(1);
+}
+
+static int
+post_bl_block_width(POST_ARGS)
+{
+	size_t		  width;
+	int		  i;
+	enum mdoct	  tok;
+	struct mdoc_node *n;
+	char		  buf[NUMSIZ];
+
+	n = mdoc->last;
+
+	/*
+	 * Calculate the real width of a list from the -width string,
+	 * which may contain a macro (with a known default width), a
+	 * literal string, or a scaling width.
+	 *
+	 * If the value to -width is a macro, then we re-write it to be
+	 * the macro's width as set in share/tmac/mdoc/doc-common.
+	 */
+
+	if (0 == strcmp(n->norm->Bl.width, "Ds"))
+		width = 6;
+	else if (MDOC_MAX == (tok = mdoc_hash_find(n->norm->Bl.width)))
+		return(1);
+	else if (0 == (width = macro2len(tok)))  {
+		mdoc_nmsg(mdoc, n, MANDOCERR_BADWIDTH);
+		return(1);
+	}
+
+	/* The value already exists: free and reallocate it. */
+
+	assert(n->args);
+
+	for (i = 0; i < (int)n->args->argc; i++) 
+		if (MDOC_Width == n->args->argv[i].arg)
+			break;
+
+	assert(i < (int)n->args->argc);
+
+	snprintf(buf, NUMSIZ, "%un", (unsigned int)width);
+	free(n->args->argv[i].value[0]);
+	n->args->argv[i].value[0] = mandoc_strdup(buf);
+
+	/* Set our width! */
+	n->norm->Bl.width = n->args->argv[i].value[0];
+	return(1);
+}
+
+static int
+post_bl_block_tag(POST_ARGS)
+{
+	struct mdoc_node *n, *nn;
+	size_t		  sz, ssz;
+	int		  i;
+	char		  buf[NUMSIZ];
+
+	/*
+	 * Calculate the -width for a `Bl -tag' list if it hasn't been
+	 * provided.  Uses the first head macro.  NOTE AGAIN: this is
+	 * ONLY if the -width argument has NOT been provided.  See
+	 * post_bl_block_width() for converting the -width string.
+	 */
+
+	sz = 10;
+	n = mdoc->last;
+
+	for (nn = n->body->child; nn; nn = nn->next) {
+		if (MDOC_It != nn->tok)
+			continue;
+
+		assert(MDOC_BLOCK == nn->type);
+		nn = nn->head->child;
+
+		if (nn == NULL)
+			break;
+
+		if (MDOC_TEXT == nn->type) {
+			sz = strlen(nn->string) + 1;
+			break;
+		}
+
+		if (0 != (ssz = macro2len(nn->tok)))
+			sz = ssz;
+
+		break;
+	} 
+
+	/* Defaults to ten ens. */
+
+	snprintf(buf, NUMSIZ, "%un", (unsigned int)sz);
+
+	/*
+	 * We have to dynamically add this to the macro's argument list.
+	 * We're guaranteed that a MDOC_Width doesn't already exist.
+	 */
+
+	assert(n->args);
+	i = (int)(n->args->argc)++;
+
+	n->args->argv = mandoc_realloc(n->args->argv, 
+			n->args->argc * sizeof(struct mdoc_argv));
+
+	n->args->argv[i].arg = MDOC_Width;
+	n->args->argv[i].line = n->line;
+	n->args->argv[i].pos = n->pos;
+	n->args->argv[i].sz = 1;
+	n->args->argv[i].value = mandoc_malloc(sizeof(char *));
+	n->args->argv[i].value[0] = mandoc_strdup(buf);
+
+	/* Set our width! */
+	n->norm->Bl.width = n->args->argv[i].value[0];
+	return(1);
+}
+
+
+static int
+post_bl_head(POST_ARGS) 
+{
+	struct mdoc_node *np, *nn, *nnp;
+	int		  i, j;
+
+	if (LIST_column != mdoc->last->norm->Bl.type)
+		/* FIXME: this should be ERROR class... */
+		return(hwarn_eq0(mdoc));
+
+	/*
+	 * Convert old-style lists, where the column width specifiers
+	 * trail as macro parameters, to the new-style ("normal-form")
+	 * lists where they're argument values following -column.
+	 */
+
+	/* First, disallow both types and allow normal-form. */
+
+	/* 
+	 * TODO: technically, we can accept both and just merge the two
+	 * lists, but I'll leave that for another day.
+	 */
+
+	if (mdoc->last->norm->Bl.ncols && mdoc->last->nchild) {
+		mdoc_nmsg(mdoc, mdoc->last, MANDOCERR_COLUMNS);
+		return(0);
+	} else if (NULL == mdoc->last->child)
+		return(1);
+
+	np = mdoc->last->parent;
+	assert(np->args);
+
+	for (j = 0; j < (int)np->args->argc; j++) 
+		if (MDOC_Column == np->args->argv[j].arg)
+			break;
+
+	assert(j < (int)np->args->argc);
+	assert(0 == np->args->argv[j].sz);
+
+	/*
+	 * Accommodate for new-style groff column syntax.  Shuffle the
+	 * child nodes, all of which must be TEXT, as arguments for the
+	 * column field.  Then, delete the head children.
+	 */
+
+	np->args->argv[j].sz = (size_t)mdoc->last->nchild;
+	np->args->argv[j].value = mandoc_malloc
+		((size_t)mdoc->last->nchild * sizeof(char *));
+
+	mdoc->last->norm->Bl.ncols = np->args->argv[j].sz;
+	mdoc->last->norm->Bl.cols = (void *)np->args->argv[j].value;
+
+	for (i = 0, nn = mdoc->last->child; nn; i++) {
+		np->args->argv[j].value[i] = nn->string;
+		nn->string = NULL;
+		nnp = nn;
+		nn = nn->next;
+		mdoc_node_delete(NULL, nnp);
+	}
+
+	mdoc->last->nchild = 0;
+	mdoc->last->child = NULL;
+
+	return(1);
+}
+
+static int
+post_bl(POST_ARGS)
+{
+	struct mdoc_node	*n;
+
+	if (MDOC_HEAD == mdoc->last->type) 
+		return(post_bl_head(mdoc));
+	if (MDOC_BLOCK == mdoc->last->type)
+		return(post_bl_block(mdoc));
+	if (MDOC_BODY != mdoc->last->type)
+		return(1);
+
+	for (n = mdoc->last->child; n; n = n->next) {
+		switch (n->tok) {
+		case (MDOC_Lp):
+			/* FALLTHROUGH */
+		case (MDOC_Pp):
+			mdoc_nmsg(mdoc, n, MANDOCERR_CHILD);
+			/* FALLTHROUGH */
+		case (MDOC_It):
+			/* FALLTHROUGH */
+		case (MDOC_Sm):
+			continue;
+		default:
+			break;
+		}
+
+		mdoc_nmsg(mdoc, n, MANDOCERR_SYNTCHILD);
+		return(0);
+	}
+
+	return(1);
+}
+
+static int
+ebool(struct mdoc *mdoc)
+{
+
+	if (NULL == mdoc->last->child) {
+		mdoc_nmsg(mdoc, mdoc->last, MANDOCERR_MACROEMPTY);
+		mdoc_node_delete(mdoc, mdoc->last);
+		return(1);
+	}
+	check_count(mdoc, MDOC_ELEM, CHECK_WARN, CHECK_EQ, 1);
+
+	assert(MDOC_TEXT == mdoc->last->child->type);
+
+	if (0 == strcmp(mdoc->last->child->string, "on"))
+		return(1);
+	if (0 == strcmp(mdoc->last->child->string, "off"))
+		return(1);
+
+	mdoc_nmsg(mdoc, mdoc->last, MANDOCERR_BADBOOL);
+	return(1);
+}
+
+static int
+post_root(POST_ARGS)
+{
+	int		  erc;
+	struct mdoc_node *n;
+
+	erc = 0;
+
+	/* Check that we have a finished prologue. */
+
+	if ( ! (MDOC_PBODY & mdoc->flags)) {
+		erc++;
+		mdoc_nmsg(mdoc, mdoc->first, MANDOCERR_NODOCPROLOG);
+	}
+
+	n = mdoc->first;
+	assert(n);
+	
+	/* Check that we begin with a proper `Sh'. */
+
+	if (NULL == n->child) {
+		erc++;
+		mdoc_nmsg(mdoc, n, MANDOCERR_NODOCBODY);
+	} else if (MDOC_BLOCK != n->child->type || 
+			MDOC_Sh != n->child->tok) {
+		erc++;
+		/* Can this be lifted?  See rxdebug.1 for example. */
+		mdoc_nmsg(mdoc, n, MANDOCERR_NODOCBODY);
+	}
+
+	return(erc ? 0 : 1);
+}
+
+static int
+post_st(POST_ARGS)
+{
+	struct mdoc_node	 *ch;
+	const char		 *p;
+
+	if (NULL == (ch = mdoc->last->child)) {
+		mdoc_nmsg(mdoc, mdoc->last, MANDOCERR_MACROEMPTY);
+		mdoc_node_delete(mdoc, mdoc->last);
+		return(1);
+	}
+
+	assert(MDOC_TEXT == ch->type);
+
+	if (NULL == (p = mdoc_a2st(ch->string))) {
+		mdoc_nmsg(mdoc, mdoc->last, MANDOCERR_BADSTANDARD);
+		mdoc_node_delete(mdoc, mdoc->last);
+	} else {
+		free(ch->string);
+		ch->string = mandoc_strdup(p);
+	}
+
+	return(1);
+}
+
+static int
+post_rs(POST_ARGS)
+{
+	struct mdoc_node *nn, *next, *prev;
+	int		  i, j;
+
+	switch (mdoc->last->type) {
+	case (MDOC_HEAD):
+		check_count(mdoc, MDOC_HEAD, CHECK_WARN, CHECK_EQ, 0);
+		return(1);
+	case (MDOC_BODY):
+		if (mdoc->last->child)
+			break;
+		check_count(mdoc, MDOC_BODY, CHECK_WARN, CHECK_GT, 0);
+		return(1);
+	default:
+		return(1);
+	}
+
+	/*
+	 * Make sure only certain types of nodes are allowed within the
+	 * the `Rs' body.  Delete offending nodes and raise a warning.
+	 * Do this before re-ordering for the sake of clarity.
+	 */
+
+	next = NULL;
+	for (nn = mdoc->last->child; nn; nn = next) {
+		for (i = 0; i < RSORD_MAX; i++)
+			if (nn->tok == rsord[i])
+				break;
+
+		if (i < RSORD_MAX) {
+			if (MDOC__J == rsord[i] || MDOC__B == rsord[i])
+				mdoc->last->norm->Rs.quote_T++;
+			next = nn->next;
+			continue;
+		}
+
+		next = nn->next;
+		mdoc_nmsg(mdoc, nn, MANDOCERR_CHILD);
+		mdoc_node_delete(mdoc, nn);
+	}
+
+	/*
+	 * Nothing to sort if only invalid nodes were found
+	 * inside the `Rs' body.
+	 */
+
+	if (NULL == mdoc->last->child)
+		return(1);
+
+	/*
+	 * The full `Rs' block needs special handling to order the
+	 * sub-elements according to `rsord'.  Pick through each element
+	 * and correctly order it.  This is a insertion sort.
+	 */
+
+	next = NULL;
+	for (nn = mdoc->last->child->next; nn; nn = next) {
+		/* Determine order of `nn'. */
+		for (i = 0; i < RSORD_MAX; i++)
+			if (rsord[i] == nn->tok)
+				break;
+
+		/* 
+		 * Remove `nn' from the chain.  This somewhat
+		 * repeats mdoc_node_unlink(), but since we're
+		 * just re-ordering, there's no need for the
+		 * full unlink process.
+		 */
+		
+		if (NULL != (next = nn->next))
+			next->prev = nn->prev;
+
+		if (NULL != (prev = nn->prev))
+			prev->next = nn->next;
+
+		nn->prev = nn->next = NULL;
+
+		/* 
+		 * Scan back until we reach a node that's
+		 * ordered before `nn'.
+		 */
+
+		for ( ; prev ; prev = prev->prev) {
+			/* Determine order of `prev'. */
+			for (j = 0; j < RSORD_MAX; j++)
+				if (rsord[j] == prev->tok)
+					break;
+
+			if (j <= i)
+				break;
+		}
+
+		/*
+		 * Set `nn' back into its correct place in front
+		 * of the `prev' node.
+		 */
+
+		nn->prev = prev;
+
+		if (prev) {
+			if (prev->next)
+				prev->next->prev = nn;
+			nn->next = prev->next;
+			prev->next = nn;
+		} else {
+			mdoc->last->child->prev = nn;
+			nn->next = mdoc->last->child;
+			mdoc->last->child = nn;
+		}
+	}
+
+	return(1);
+}
+
+static int
+post_ns(POST_ARGS)
+{
+
+	if (MDOC_LINE & mdoc->last->flags)
+		mdoc_nmsg(mdoc, mdoc->last, MANDOCERR_IGNNS);
+	return(1);
+}
+
+static int
+post_sh(POST_ARGS)
+{
+
+	if (MDOC_HEAD == mdoc->last->type)
+		return(post_sh_head(mdoc));
+	if (MDOC_BODY == mdoc->last->type)
+		return(post_sh_body(mdoc));
+
+	return(1);
+}
+
+static int
+post_sh_body(POST_ARGS)
+{
+	struct mdoc_node *n;
+
+	if (SEC_NAME != mdoc->lastsec)
+		return(1);
+
+	/*
+	 * Warn if the NAME section doesn't contain the `Nm' and `Nd'
+	 * macros (can have multiple `Nm' and one `Nd').  Note that the
+	 * children of the BODY declaration can also be "text".
+	 */
+
+	if (NULL == (n = mdoc->last->child)) {
+		mdoc_nmsg(mdoc, mdoc->last, MANDOCERR_BADNAMESEC);
+		return(1);
+	}
+
+	for ( ; n && n->next; n = n->next) {
+		if (MDOC_ELEM == n->type && MDOC_Nm == n->tok)
+			continue;
+		if (MDOC_TEXT == n->type)
+			continue;
+		mdoc_nmsg(mdoc, mdoc->last, MANDOCERR_BADNAMESEC);
+	}
+
+	assert(n);
+	if (MDOC_BLOCK == n->type && MDOC_Nd == n->tok)
+		return(1);
+
+	mdoc_nmsg(mdoc, mdoc->last, MANDOCERR_BADNAMESEC);
+	return(1);
+}
+
+static int
+post_sh_head(POST_ARGS)
+{
+	char		 buf[BUFSIZ];
+	struct mdoc_node *n;
+	enum mdoc_sec	 sec;
+	int		 c;
+
+	/*
+	 * Process a new section.  Sections are either "named" or
+	 * "custom".  Custom sections are user-defined, while named ones
+	 * follow a conventional order and may only appear in certain
+	 * manual sections.
+	 */
+
+	sec = SEC_CUSTOM;
+	buf[0] = '\0';
+	if (-1 == (c = concat(buf, mdoc->last->child, BUFSIZ))) {
+		mdoc_nmsg(mdoc, mdoc->last->child, MANDOCERR_MEM);
+		return(0);
+	} else if (1 == c)
+		sec = a2sec(buf);
+
+	/* The NAME should be first. */
+
+	if (SEC_NAME != sec && SEC_NONE == mdoc->lastnamed)
+		mdoc_nmsg(mdoc, mdoc->last, MANDOCERR_NAMESECFIRST);
+
+	/* The SYNOPSIS gets special attention in other areas. */
+
+	if (SEC_SYNOPSIS == sec)
+		mdoc->flags |= MDOC_SYNOPSIS;
+	else
+		mdoc->flags &= ~MDOC_SYNOPSIS;
+
+	/* Mark our last section. */
+
+	mdoc->lastsec = sec;
+
+	/*
+	 * Set the section attribute for the current HEAD, for its
+	 * parent BLOCK, and for the HEAD children; the latter can
+	 * only be TEXT nodes, so no recursion is needed.
+	 * For other blocks and elements, including .Sh BODY, this is
+	 * done when allocating the node data structures, but for .Sh
+	 * BLOCK and HEAD, the section is still unknown at that time.
+	 */
+
+	mdoc->last->parent->sec = sec;
+	mdoc->last->sec = sec;
+	for (n = mdoc->last->child; n; n = n->next)
+		n->sec = sec;
+
+	/* We don't care about custom sections after this. */
+
+	if (SEC_CUSTOM == sec)
+		return(1);
+
+	/*
+	 * Check whether our non-custom section is being repeated or is
+	 * out of order.
+	 */
+
+	if (sec == mdoc->lastnamed)
+		mdoc_nmsg(mdoc, mdoc->last, MANDOCERR_SECREP);
+
+	if (sec < mdoc->lastnamed)
+		mdoc_nmsg(mdoc, mdoc->last, MANDOCERR_SECOOO);
+
+	/* Mark the last named section. */
+
+	mdoc->lastnamed = sec;
+
+	/* Check particular section/manual conventions. */
+
+	assert(mdoc->meta.msec);
+
+	switch (sec) {
+	case (SEC_RETURN_VALUES):
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+	case (SEC_ERRORS):
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+	case (SEC_LIBRARY):
+		if (*mdoc->meta.msec == '2')
+			break;
+		if (*mdoc->meta.msec == '3')
+			break;
+		if (*mdoc->meta.msec == '9')
+			break;
+		mdoc_nmsg(mdoc, mdoc->last, MANDOCERR_SECMSEC);
+		break;
+	default:
+		break;
+	}
+
+	return(1);
+}
+
+static int
+post_ignpar(POST_ARGS)
+{
+	struct mdoc_node *np;
+
+	if (MDOC_BODY != mdoc->last->type)
+		return(1);
+
+	if (NULL != (np = mdoc->last->child))
+		if (MDOC_Pp == np->tok || MDOC_Lp == np->tok) {
+			mdoc_nmsg(mdoc, np, MANDOCERR_IGNPAR);
+			mdoc_node_delete(mdoc, np);
+		}
+
+	if (NULL != (np = mdoc->last->last))
+		if (MDOC_Pp == np->tok || MDOC_Lp == np->tok) {
+			mdoc_nmsg(mdoc, np, MANDOCERR_IGNPAR);
+			mdoc_node_delete(mdoc, np);
+		}
+
+	return(1);
+}
+
+static int
+pre_par(PRE_ARGS)
+{
+
+	if (NULL == mdoc->last)
+		return(1);
+	if (MDOC_ELEM != n->type && MDOC_BLOCK != n->type)
+		return(1);
+
+	/* 
+	 * Don't allow prior `Lp' or `Pp' prior to a paragraph-type
+	 * block:  `Lp', `Pp', or non-compact `Bd' or `Bl'.
+	 */
+
+	if (MDOC_Pp != mdoc->last->tok && MDOC_Lp != mdoc->last->tok)
+		return(1);
+	if (MDOC_Bl == n->tok && n->norm->Bl.comp)
+		return(1);
+	if (MDOC_Bd == n->tok && n->norm->Bd.comp)
+		return(1);
+	if (MDOC_It == n->tok && n->parent->norm->Bl.comp)
+		return(1);
+
+	mdoc_nmsg(mdoc, mdoc->last, MANDOCERR_IGNPAR);
+	mdoc_node_delete(mdoc, mdoc->last);
+	return(1);
+}
+
+static int
+pre_literal(PRE_ARGS)
+{
+
+	if (MDOC_BODY != n->type)
+		return(1);
+
+	/*
+	 * The `Dl' (note "el" not "one") and `Bd -literal' and `Bd
+	 * -unfilled' macros set MDOC_LITERAL on entrance to the body.
+	 */
+
+	switch (n->tok) {
+	case (MDOC_Dl):
+		mdoc->flags |= MDOC_LITERAL;
+		break;
+	case (MDOC_Bd):
+		if (DISP_literal == n->norm->Bd.type)
+			mdoc->flags |= MDOC_LITERAL;
+		if (DISP_unfilled == n->norm->Bd.type)
+			mdoc->flags |= MDOC_LITERAL;
+		break;
+	default:
+		abort();
+		/* NOTREACHED */
+	}
+	
+	return(1);
+}
+
+static int
+post_dd(POST_ARGS)
+{
+	char		  buf[DATESIZE];
+	struct mdoc_node *n;
+	int		  c;
+
+	if (mdoc->meta.date)
+		free(mdoc->meta.date);
+
+	n = mdoc->last;
+	if (NULL == n->child || '\0' == n->child->string[0]) {
+		mdoc->meta.date = mandoc_normdate
+			(mdoc->parse, NULL, n->line, n->pos);
+		return(1);
+	}
+
+	buf[0] = '\0';
+	if (-1 == (c = concat(buf, n->child, DATESIZE))) {
+		mdoc_nmsg(mdoc, n->child, MANDOCERR_MEM);
+		return(0);
+	}
+
+	assert(c);
+	mdoc->meta.date = mandoc_normdate
+		(mdoc->parse, buf, n->line, n->pos);
+
+	return(1);
+}
+
+static int
+post_dt(POST_ARGS)
+{
+	struct mdoc_node *nn, *n;
+	const char	 *cp;
+	char		 *p;
+
+	n = mdoc->last;
+
+	if (mdoc->meta.title)
+		free(mdoc->meta.title);
+	if (mdoc->meta.vol)
+		free(mdoc->meta.vol);
+	if (mdoc->meta.arch)
+		free(mdoc->meta.arch);
+
+	mdoc->meta.title = mdoc->meta.vol = mdoc->meta.arch = NULL;
+
+	/* First make all characters uppercase. */
+
+	if (NULL != (nn = n->child))
+		for (p = nn->string; *p; p++) {
+			if (toupper((unsigned char)*p) == *p)
+				continue;
+
+			/* 
+			 * FIXME: don't be lazy: have this make all
+			 * characters be uppercase and just warn once.
+			 */
+			mdoc_nmsg(mdoc, nn, MANDOCERR_UPPERCASE);
+			break;
+		}
+
+	/* Handles: `.Dt' 
+	 *   --> title = unknown, volume = local, msec = 0, arch = NULL
+	 */
+
+	if (NULL == (nn = n->child)) {
+		/* XXX: make these macro values. */
+		/* FIXME: warn about missing values. */
+		mdoc->meta.title = mandoc_strdup("UNKNOWN");
+		mdoc->meta.vol = mandoc_strdup("LOCAL");
+		mdoc->meta.msec = mandoc_strdup("1");
+		return(1);
+	}
+
+	/* Handles: `.Dt TITLE' 
+	 *   --> title = TITLE, volume = local, msec = 0, arch = NULL
+	 */
+
+	mdoc->meta.title = mandoc_strdup
+		('\0' == nn->string[0] ? "UNKNOWN" : nn->string);
+
+	if (NULL == (nn = nn->next)) {
+		/* FIXME: warn about missing msec. */
+		/* XXX: make this a macro value. */
+		mdoc->meta.vol = mandoc_strdup("LOCAL");
+		mdoc->meta.msec = mandoc_strdup("1");
+		return(1);
+	}
+
+	/* Handles: `.Dt TITLE SEC'
+	 *   --> title = TITLE, volume = SEC is msec ? 
+	 *           format(msec) : SEC,
+	 *       msec = SEC is msec ? atoi(msec) : 0,
+	 *       arch = NULL
+	 */
+
+	cp = mandoc_a2msec(nn->string);
+	if (cp) {
+		mdoc->meta.vol = mandoc_strdup(cp);
+		mdoc->meta.msec = mandoc_strdup(nn->string);
+	} else {
+		mdoc_nmsg(mdoc, n, MANDOCERR_BADMSEC);
+		mdoc->meta.vol = mandoc_strdup(nn->string);
+		mdoc->meta.msec = mandoc_strdup(nn->string);
+	} 
+
+	if (NULL == (nn = nn->next))
+		return(1);
+
+	/* Handles: `.Dt TITLE SEC VOL'
+	 *   --> title = TITLE, volume = VOL is vol ?
+	 *       format(VOL) : 
+	 *           VOL is arch ? format(arch) : 
+	 *               VOL
+	 */
+
+	cp = mdoc_a2vol(nn->string);
+	if (cp) {
+		free(mdoc->meta.vol);
+		mdoc->meta.vol = mandoc_strdup(cp);
+	} else {
+		/* FIXME: warn about bad arch. */
+		cp = mdoc_a2arch(nn->string);
+		if (NULL == cp) {
+			free(mdoc->meta.vol);
+			mdoc->meta.vol = mandoc_strdup(nn->string);
+		} else 
+			mdoc->meta.arch = mandoc_strdup(cp);
+	}	
+
+	/* Ignore any subsequent parameters... */
+	/* FIXME: warn about subsequent parameters. */
+
+	return(1);
+}
+
+static int
+post_prol(POST_ARGS)
+{
+	/*
+	 * Remove prologue macros from the document after they're
+	 * processed.  The final document uses mdoc_meta for these
+	 * values and discards the originals.
+	 */
+
+	mdoc_node_delete(mdoc, mdoc->last);
+	if (mdoc->meta.title && mdoc->meta.date && mdoc->meta.os)
+		mdoc->flags |= MDOC_PBODY;
+
+	return(1);
+}
+
+static int
+post_bx(POST_ARGS)
+{
+	struct mdoc_node	*n;
+
+	/* 
+	 * Make `Bx's second argument always start with an uppercase
+	 * letter.  Groff checks if it's an "accepted" term, but we just
+	 * uppercase blindly.
+	 */
+
+	n = mdoc->last->child;
+	if (n && NULL != (n = n->next))
+		*n->string = (char)toupper
+			((unsigned char)*n->string);
+
+	return(1);
+}
+
+static int
+post_os(POST_ARGS)
+{
+	struct mdoc_node *n;
+	char		  buf[BUFSIZ];
+	int		  c;
+#ifndef OSNAME
+	struct utsname	  utsname;
+#endif
+
+	n = mdoc->last;
+
+	/*
+	 * Set the operating system by way of the `Os' macro.  Note that
+	 * if an argument isn't provided and -DOSNAME="\"foo\"" is
+	 * provided during compilation, this value will be used instead
+	 * of filling in "sysname release" from uname().
+ 	 */
+
+	if (mdoc->meta.os)
+		free(mdoc->meta.os);
+
+	buf[0] = '\0';
+	if (-1 == (c = concat(buf, n->child, BUFSIZ))) {
+		mdoc_nmsg(mdoc, n->child, MANDOCERR_MEM);
+		return(0);
+	}
+
+	assert(c);
+
+	/* XXX: yes, these can all be dynamically-adjusted buffers, but
+	 * it's really not worth the extra hackery.
+	 */
+
+	if ('\0' == buf[0]) {
+#ifdef OSNAME
+		if (strlcat(buf, OSNAME, BUFSIZ) >= BUFSIZ) {
+			mdoc_nmsg(mdoc, n, MANDOCERR_MEM);
+			return(0);
+		}
+#else /*!OSNAME */
+		if (-1 == uname(&utsname)) {
+			mdoc_nmsg(mdoc, n, MANDOCERR_UNAME);
+                        mdoc->meta.os = mandoc_strdup("UNKNOWN");
+                        return(post_prol(mdoc));
+                }
+
+		if (strlcat(buf, utsname.sysname, BUFSIZ) >= BUFSIZ) {
+			mdoc_nmsg(mdoc, n, MANDOCERR_MEM);
+			return(0);
+		}
+		if (strlcat(buf, " ", BUFSIZ) >= BUFSIZ) {
+			mdoc_nmsg(mdoc, n, MANDOCERR_MEM);
+			return(0);
+		}
+		if (strlcat(buf, utsname.release, BUFSIZ) >= BUFSIZ) {
+			mdoc_nmsg(mdoc, n, MANDOCERR_MEM);
+			return(0);
+		}
+#endif /*!OSNAME*/
+	}
+
+	mdoc->meta.os = mandoc_strdup(buf);
+	return(1);
+}
+
+static int
+post_std(POST_ARGS)
+{
+	struct mdoc_node *nn, *n;
+
+	n = mdoc->last;
+
+	/*
+	 * Macros accepting `-std' as an argument have the name of the
+	 * current document (`Nm') filled in as the argument if it's not
+	 * provided.
+	 */
+
+	if (n->child)
+		return(1);
+
+	if (NULL == mdoc->meta.name)
+		return(1);
+	
+	nn = n;
+	mdoc->next = MDOC_NEXT_CHILD;
+
+	if ( ! mdoc_word_alloc(mdoc, n->line, n->pos, mdoc->meta.name))
+		return(0);
+
+	mdoc->last = nn;
+	return(1);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Concatenate a node, stopping at the first non-text.
+ * Concatenation is separated by a single whitespace.  
+ * Returns -1 on fatal (string overrun) error, 0 if child nodes were
+ * encountered, 1 otherwise.
+ */
+static int
+concat(char *p, const struct mdoc_node *n, size_t sz)
+{
+
+	for ( ; NULL != n; n = n->next) {
+		if (MDOC_TEXT != n->type) 
+			return(0);
+		if ('\0' != p[0] && strlcat(p, " ", sz) >= sz)
+			return(-1);
+		if (strlcat(p, n->string, sz) >= sz)
+			return(-1);
+		concat(p, n->child, sz);
+	}
+
+	return(1);
+}
+
+static enum mdoc_sec 
+a2sec(const char *p)
+{
+	int		 i;
+
+	for (i = 0; i < (int)SEC__MAX; i++) 
+		if (secnames[i] && 0 == strcmp(p, secnames[i]))
+			return((enum mdoc_sec)i);
+
+	return(SEC_CUSTOM);
+}
+
+static size_t
+macro2len(enum mdoct macro)
+{
+
+	switch (macro) {
+	case(MDOC_Ad):
+		return(12);
+	case(MDOC_Ao):
+		return(12);
+	case(MDOC_An):
+		return(12);
+	case(MDOC_Aq):
+		return(12);
+	case(MDOC_Ar):
+		return(12);
+	case(MDOC_Bo):
+		return(12);
+	case(MDOC_Bq):
+		return(12);
+	case(MDOC_Cd):
+		return(12);
+	case(MDOC_Cm):
+		return(10);
+	case(MDOC_Do):
+		return(10);
+	case(MDOC_Dq):
+		return(12);
+	case(MDOC_Dv):
+		return(12);
+	case(MDOC_Eo):
+		return(12);
+	case(MDOC_Em):
+		return(10);
+	case(MDOC_Er):
+		return(17);
+	case(MDOC_Ev):
+		return(15);
+	case(MDOC_Fa):
+		return(12);
+	case(MDOC_Fl):
+		return(10);
+	case(MDOC_Fo):
+		return(16);
+	case(MDOC_Fn):
+		return(16);
+	case(MDOC_Ic):
+		return(10);
+	case(MDOC_Li):
+		return(16);
+	case(MDOC_Ms):
+		return(6);
+	case(MDOC_Nm):
+		return(10);
+	case(MDOC_No):
+		return(12);
+	case(MDOC_Oo):
+		return(10);
+	case(MDOC_Op):
+		return(14);
+	case(MDOC_Pa):
+		return(32);
+	case(MDOC_Pf):
+		return(12);
+	case(MDOC_Po):
+		return(12);
+	case(MDOC_Pq):
+		return(12);
+	case(MDOC_Ql):
+		return(16);
+	case(MDOC_Qo):
+		return(12);
+	case(MDOC_So):
+		return(12);
+	case(MDOC_Sq):
+		return(12);
+	case(MDOC_Sy):
+		return(6);
+	case(MDOC_Sx):
+		return(16);
+	case(MDOC_Tn):
+		return(10);
+	case(MDOC_Va):
+		return(12);
+	case(MDOC_Vt):
+		return(12);
+	case(MDOC_Xr):
+		return(10);
+	default:
+		break;
+	};
+	return(0);
+}
diff --git a/contrib/mdocml/msec.c b/contrib/mdocml/msec.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..dd7d11c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/mdocml/msec.c
@@ -0,0 +1,37 @@
+/*	$Id: msec.c,v 1.10 2011/12/02 01:37:14 schwarze Exp $ */
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2009 Kristaps Dzonsons <kristaps@bsd.lv>
+ *
+ * Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software for any
+ * purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above
+ * copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies.
+ *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" AND THE AUTHOR DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES
+ * WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
+ * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR
+ * ANY SPECIAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES
+ * WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN
+ * ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF
+ * OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
+ */
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+#include "config.h"
+#endif
+
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+
+#include "mandoc.h"
+#include "libmandoc.h"
+
+#define LINE(x, y) \
+	if (0 == strcmp(p, x)) return(y);
+
+const char *
+mandoc_a2msec(const char *p)
+{
+
+#include "msec.in"
+
+	return(NULL);
+}
diff --git a/contrib/mdocml/msec.in b/contrib/mdocml/msec.in
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f3aebb4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/mdocml/msec.in
@@ -0,0 +1,40 @@
+/*	$Id: msec.in,v 1.6 2010/06/19 20:46:28 kristaps Exp $ */
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2009 Kristaps Dzonsons <kristaps@bsd.lv>
+ *
+ * Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software for any
+ * purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above
+ * copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies.
+ *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" AND THE AUTHOR DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES
+ * WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
+ * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR
+ * ANY SPECIAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES
+ * WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN
+ * ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF
+ * OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
+ */
+
+/*
+ * These are all possible manual-section macros and what they correspond
+ * to when rendered as the volume title.
+ *
+ * Be sure to escape strings.
+ */
+
+LINE("1",		"General Commands Manual")
+LINE("2",		"System Calls Manual")
+LINE("3",		"Library Functions Manual")
+LINE("3p",		"Perl Library Functions Manual")
+LINE("4",		"Kernel Interfaces Manual")
+LINE("5",		"File Formats Manual")
+LINE("6",		"Games Manual")
+LINE("7",		"Miscellaneous Information Manual")
+LINE("8",		"System Manager\'s Manual")
+LINE("9",		"Kernel Developer\'s Manual")
+LINE("X11",		"X11 Developer\'s Manual")
+LINE("X11R6",		"X11 Developer\'s Manual")
+LINE("unass",		"Unassociated")
+LINE("local",		"Local")
+LINE("draft",		"Draft")
+LINE("paper",		"Paper")
diff --git a/contrib/mdocml/out.c b/contrib/mdocml/out.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8dbd68a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/mdocml/out.c
@@ -0,0 +1,303 @@
+/*	$Id: out.c,v 1.43 2011/09/20 23:05:49 schwarze Exp $ */
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2009, 2010, 2011 Kristaps Dzonsons <kristaps@bsd.lv>
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Ingo Schwarze <schwarze@openbsd.org>
+ *
+ * Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software for any
+ * purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above
+ * copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies.
+ *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" AND THE AUTHOR DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES
+ * WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
+ * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR
+ * ANY SPECIAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES
+ * WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN
+ * ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF
+ * OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
+ */
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+#include "config.h"
+#endif
+
+#include <sys/types.h>
+
+#include <assert.h>
+#include <ctype.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <time.h>
+
+#include "mandoc.h"
+#include "out.h"
+
+static	void	tblcalc_data(struct rofftbl *, struct roffcol *,
+			const struct tbl *, const struct tbl_dat *);
+static	void	tblcalc_literal(struct rofftbl *, struct roffcol *,
+			const struct tbl_dat *);
+static	void	tblcalc_number(struct rofftbl *, struct roffcol *,
+			const struct tbl *, const struct tbl_dat *);
+
+/* 
+ * Convert a `scaling unit' to a consistent form, or fail.  Scaling
+ * units are documented in groff.7, mdoc.7, man.7.
+ */
+int
+a2roffsu(const char *src, struct roffsu *dst, enum roffscale def)
+{
+	char		 buf[BUFSIZ], hasd;
+	int		 i;
+	enum roffscale	 unit;
+
+	if ('\0' == *src)
+		return(0);
+
+	i = hasd = 0;
+
+	switch (*src) {
+	case ('+'):
+		src++;
+		break;
+	case ('-'):
+		buf[i++] = *src++;
+		break;
+	default:
+		break;
+	}
+
+	if ('\0' == *src)
+		return(0);
+
+	while (i < BUFSIZ) {
+		if ( ! isdigit((unsigned char)*src)) {
+			if ('.' != *src)
+				break;
+			else if (hasd)
+				break;
+			else
+				hasd = 1;
+		}
+		buf[i++] = *src++;
+	}
+
+	if (BUFSIZ == i || (*src && *(src + 1)))
+		return(0);
+
+	buf[i] = '\0';
+
+	switch (*src) {
+	case ('c'):
+		unit = SCALE_CM;
+		break;
+	case ('i'):
+		unit = SCALE_IN;
+		break;
+	case ('P'):
+		unit = SCALE_PC;
+		break;
+	case ('p'):
+		unit = SCALE_PT;
+		break;
+	case ('f'):
+		unit = SCALE_FS;
+		break;
+	case ('v'):
+		unit = SCALE_VS;
+		break;
+	case ('m'):
+		unit = SCALE_EM;
+		break;
+	case ('\0'):
+		if (SCALE_MAX == def)
+			return(0);
+		unit = SCALE_BU;
+		break;
+	case ('u'):
+		unit = SCALE_BU;
+		break;
+	case ('M'):
+		unit = SCALE_MM;
+		break;
+	case ('n'):
+		unit = SCALE_EN;
+		break;
+	default:
+		return(0);
+	}
+
+	/* FIXME: do this in the caller. */
+	if ((dst->scale = atof(buf)) < 0)
+		dst->scale = 0;
+	dst->unit = unit;
+	return(1);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Calculate the abstract widths and decimal positions of columns in a
+ * table.  This routine allocates the columns structures then runs over
+ * all rows and cells in the table.  The function pointers in "tbl" are
+ * used for the actual width calculations.
+ */
+void
+tblcalc(struct rofftbl *tbl, const struct tbl_span *sp)
+{
+	const struct tbl_dat	*dp;
+	const struct tbl_head	*hp;
+	struct roffcol		*col;
+	int			 spans;
+
+	/*
+	 * Allocate the master column specifiers.  These will hold the
+	 * widths and decimal positions for all cells in the column.  It
+	 * must be freed and nullified by the caller.
+	 */
+
+	assert(NULL == tbl->cols);
+	tbl->cols = mandoc_calloc
+		((size_t)sp->tbl->cols, sizeof(struct roffcol));
+
+	hp = sp->head;
+
+	for ( ; sp; sp = sp->next) {
+		if (TBL_SPAN_DATA != sp->pos)
+			continue;
+		spans = 1;
+		/*
+		 * Account for the data cells in the layout, matching it
+		 * to data cells in the data section.
+		 */
+		for (dp = sp->first; dp; dp = dp->next) {
+			/* Do not used spanned cells in the calculation. */
+			if (0 < --spans)
+				continue;
+			spans = dp->spans;
+			if (1 < spans)
+				continue;
+			assert(dp->layout);
+			col = &tbl->cols[dp->layout->head->ident];
+			tblcalc_data(tbl, col, sp->tbl, dp);
+		}
+	}
+
+	/* 
+	 * Calculate width of the spanners.  These get one space for a
+	 * vertical line, two for a double-vertical line. 
+	 */
+
+	for ( ; hp; hp = hp->next) {
+		col = &tbl->cols[hp->ident];
+		switch (hp->pos) {
+		case (TBL_HEAD_VERT):
+			col->width = (*tbl->len)(1, tbl->arg);
+			break;
+		case (TBL_HEAD_DVERT):
+			col->width = (*tbl->len)(2, tbl->arg);
+			break;
+		default:
+			break;
+		}
+	}
+}
+
+static void
+tblcalc_data(struct rofftbl *tbl, struct roffcol *col,
+		const struct tbl *tp, const struct tbl_dat *dp)
+{
+	size_t		 sz;
+
+	/* Branch down into data sub-types. */
+
+	switch (dp->layout->pos) {
+	case (TBL_CELL_HORIZ):
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+	case (TBL_CELL_DHORIZ):
+		sz = (*tbl->len)(1, tbl->arg);
+		if (col->width < sz)
+			col->width = sz;
+		break;
+	case (TBL_CELL_LONG):
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+	case (TBL_CELL_CENTRE):
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+	case (TBL_CELL_LEFT):
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+	case (TBL_CELL_RIGHT):
+		tblcalc_literal(tbl, col, dp);
+		break;
+	case (TBL_CELL_NUMBER):
+		tblcalc_number(tbl, col, tp, dp);
+		break;
+	case (TBL_CELL_DOWN):
+		break;
+	default:
+		abort();
+		/* NOTREACHED */
+	}
+}
+
+static void
+tblcalc_literal(struct rofftbl *tbl, struct roffcol *col,
+		const struct tbl_dat *dp)
+{
+	size_t		 sz;
+	const char	*str;
+
+	str = dp->string ? dp->string : "";
+	sz = (*tbl->slen)(str, tbl->arg);
+
+	if (col->width < sz)
+		col->width = sz;
+}
+
+static void
+tblcalc_number(struct rofftbl *tbl, struct roffcol *col,
+		const struct tbl *tp, const struct tbl_dat *dp)
+{
+	int 		 i;
+	size_t		 sz, psz, ssz, d;
+	const char	*str;
+	char		*cp;
+	char		 buf[2];
+
+	/*
+	 * First calculate number width and decimal place (last + 1 for
+	 * non-decimal numbers).  If the stored decimal is subsequent to
+	 * ours, make our size longer by that difference
+	 * (right-"shifting"); similarly, if ours is subsequent the
+	 * stored, then extend the stored size by the difference.
+	 * Finally, re-assign the stored values.
+	 */
+
+	str = dp->string ? dp->string : "";
+	sz = (*tbl->slen)(str, tbl->arg);
+
+	/* FIXME: TBL_DATA_HORIZ et al.? */
+
+	buf[0] = tp->decimal;
+	buf[1] = '\0';
+
+	psz = (*tbl->slen)(buf, tbl->arg);
+
+	if (NULL != (cp = strrchr(str, tp->decimal))) {
+		buf[1] = '\0';
+		for (ssz = 0, i = 0; cp != &str[i]; i++) {
+			buf[0] = str[i];
+			ssz += (*tbl->slen)(buf, tbl->arg);
+		}
+		d = ssz + psz;
+	} else
+		d = sz + psz;
+
+	/* Adjust the settings for this column. */
+
+	if (col->decimal > d) {
+		sz += col->decimal - d;
+		d = col->decimal;
+	} else
+		col->width += d - col->decimal;
+
+	if (sz > col->width)
+		col->width = sz;
+	if (d > col->decimal)
+		col->decimal = d;
+}
diff --git a/contrib/mdocml/out.h b/contrib/mdocml/out.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1c18c6c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/mdocml/out.h
@@ -0,0 +1,71 @@
+/*	$Id: out.h,v 1.21 2011/07/17 15:24:25 kristaps Exp $ */
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2009, 2010, 2011 Kristaps Dzonsons <kristaps@bsd.lv>
+ *
+ * Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software for any
+ * purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above
+ * copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies.
+ *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" AND THE AUTHOR DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES
+ * WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
+ * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR
+ * ANY SPECIAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES
+ * WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN
+ * ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF
+ * OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
+ */
+#ifndef OUT_H
+#define OUT_H
+
+enum	roffscale {
+	SCALE_CM, /* centimeters (c) */
+	SCALE_IN, /* inches (i) */
+	SCALE_PC, /* pica (P) */
+	SCALE_PT, /* points (p) */
+	SCALE_EM, /* ems (m) */
+	SCALE_MM, /* mini-ems (M) */
+	SCALE_EN, /* ens (n) */
+	SCALE_BU, /* default horizontal (u) */
+	SCALE_VS, /* default vertical (v) */
+	SCALE_FS, /* syn. for u (f) */
+	SCALE_MAX
+};
+
+struct	roffcol {
+	size_t		 width; /* width of cell */
+	size_t		 decimal; /* decimal position in cell */
+};
+
+struct	roffsu {
+	enum roffscale	  unit;
+	double		  scale;
+};
+
+typedef	size_t	(*tbl_strlen)(const char *, void *);
+typedef	size_t	(*tbl_len)(size_t, void *);
+
+struct	rofftbl {
+	tbl_strlen	 slen; /* calculate string length */
+	tbl_len		 len; /* produce width of empty space */
+	struct roffcol	*cols; /* master column specifiers */
+	void		*arg; /* passed to slen and len */
+};
+
+__BEGIN_DECLS
+
+#define	SCALE_VS_INIT(p, v) \
+	do { (p)->unit = SCALE_VS; \
+	     (p)->scale = (v); } \
+	while (/* CONSTCOND */ 0)
+
+#define	SCALE_HS_INIT(p, v) \
+	do { (p)->unit = SCALE_BU; \
+	     (p)->scale = (v); } \
+	while (/* CONSTCOND */ 0)
+
+int	  	  a2roffsu(const char *, struct roffsu *, enum roffscale);
+void	  	  tblcalc(struct rofftbl *tbl, const struct tbl_span *);
+
+__END_DECLS
+
+#endif /*!OUT_H*/
diff --git a/contrib/mdocml/predefs.in b/contrib/mdocml/predefs.in
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..70074bb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/mdocml/predefs.in
@@ -0,0 +1,65 @@
+/*	$Id: predefs.in,v 1.3 2011/07/31 11:36:49 schwarze Exp $ */
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Kristaps Dzonsons <kristaps@bsd.lv>
+ *
+ * Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software for any
+ * purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above
+ * copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies.
+ *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" AND THE AUTHOR DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES
+ * WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
+ * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR
+ * ANY SPECIAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES
+ * WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN
+ * ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF
+ * OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
+ */
+
+/*
+ * The predefined-string translation tables.  Each corresponds to a
+ * predefined strings from (e.g.) tmac/mdoc/doc-nroff.  The left-hand
+ * side corresponds to the input sequence (\*x, \*(xx and so on).  The
+ * right-hand side is what's produced by libroff.
+ *
+ * XXX - C-escape strings!
+ * XXX - update PREDEF_MAX in roff.c if adding more!
+ */
+
+PREDEF("Am", "&")
+PREDEF("Ba", "|")
+PREDEF("Ge", "\\(>=")
+PREDEF("Gt", ">")
+PREDEF("If", "infinity")
+PREDEF("Le", "\\(<=")
+PREDEF("Lq", "\\(lq")
+PREDEF("Lt", "<")
+PREDEF("Na", "NaN")
+PREDEF("Ne", "\\(!=")
+PREDEF("Pi", "pi")
+PREDEF("Pm", "\\(+-")
+PREDEF("Rq", "\\(rq")
+PREDEF("left-bracket", "[")
+PREDEF("left-parenthesis", "(")
+PREDEF("lp", "(")
+PREDEF("left-singlequote", "\\(oq")
+PREDEF("q", "\\(dq")
+PREDEF("quote-left", "\\(oq")
+PREDEF("quote-right", "\\(cq")
+PREDEF("R", "\\(rg")
+PREDEF("right-bracket", "]")
+PREDEF("right-parenthesis", ")")
+PREDEF("rp", ")")
+PREDEF("right-singlequote", "\\(cq")
+PREDEF("Tm", "(Tm)")
+PREDEF("Px", "POSIX")
+PREDEF("Ai", "ANSI")
+PREDEF("\'", "\\\'")
+PREDEF("aa", "\\(aa")
+PREDEF("ga", "\\(ga")
+PREDEF("`",  "\\`")
+PREDEF("lq", "\\(lq")
+PREDEF("rq", "\\(rq")
+PREDEF("ua", "\\(ua")
+PREDEF("va", "\\(va")
+PREDEF("<=", "\\(<=")
+PREDEF(">=", "\\(>=")
diff --git a/contrib/mdocml/read.c b/contrib/mdocml/read.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5b14e35
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/mdocml/read.c
@@ -0,0 +1,846 @@
+/*	$Id: read.c,v 1.28 2012/02/16 20:51:31 joerg Exp $ */
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011 Kristaps Dzonsons <kristaps@bsd.lv>
+ * Copyright (c) 2010, 2011 Ingo Schwarze <schwarze@openbsd.org>
+ *
+ * Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software for any
+ * purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above
+ * copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies.
+ *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" AND THE AUTHOR DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES
+ * WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
+ * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR
+ * ANY SPECIAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES
+ * WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN
+ * ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF
+ * OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
+ */
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+#include "config.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifdef HAVE_MMAP
+# include <sys/stat.h>
+# include <sys/mman.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <assert.h>
+#include <ctype.h>
+#include <fcntl.h>
+#include <stdarg.h>
+#include <stdint.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+
+#include "mandoc.h"
+#include "libmandoc.h"
+#include "mdoc.h"
+#include "man.h"
+#include "main.h"
+
+#ifndef MAP_FILE
+#define	MAP_FILE	0
+#endif
+
+#define	REPARSE_LIMIT	1000
+
+struct	buf {
+	char	 	 *buf; /* binary input buffer */
+	size_t		  sz; /* size of binary buffer */
+};
+
+struct	mparse {
+	enum mandoclevel  file_status; /* status of current parse */
+	enum mandoclevel  wlevel; /* ignore messages below this */
+	int		  line; /* line number in the file */
+	enum mparset	  inttype; /* which parser to use */
+	struct man	 *pman; /* persistent man parser */
+	struct mdoc	 *pmdoc; /* persistent mdoc parser */
+	struct man	 *man; /* man parser */
+	struct mdoc	 *mdoc; /* mdoc parser */
+	struct roff	 *roff; /* roff parser (!NULL) */
+	int		  reparse_count; /* finite interp. stack */
+	mandocmsg	  mmsg; /* warning/error message handler */
+	void		 *arg; /* argument to mmsg */
+	const char	 *file; 
+	struct buf	 *secondary;
+};
+
+static	void	  resize_buf(struct buf *, size_t);
+static	void	  mparse_buf_r(struct mparse *, struct buf, int);
+static	void	  mparse_readfd_r(struct mparse *, int, const char *, int);
+static	void	  pset(const char *, int, struct mparse *);
+static	int	  read_whole_file(const char *, int, struct buf *, int *);
+static	void	  mparse_end(struct mparse *);
+
+static	const enum mandocerr	mandoclimits[MANDOCLEVEL_MAX] = {
+	MANDOCERR_OK,
+	MANDOCERR_WARNING,
+	MANDOCERR_WARNING,
+	MANDOCERR_ERROR,
+	MANDOCERR_FATAL,
+	MANDOCERR_MAX,
+	MANDOCERR_MAX
+};
+
+static	const char * const	mandocerrs[MANDOCERR_MAX] = {
+	"ok",
+
+	"generic warning",
+
+	/* related to the prologue */
+	"no title in document",
+	"document title should be all caps",
+	"unknown manual section",
+	"date missing, using today's date",
+	"cannot parse date, using it verbatim",
+	"prologue macros out of order",
+	"duplicate prologue macro",
+	"macro not allowed in prologue",
+	"macro not allowed in body",
+
+	/* related to document structure */
+	".so is fragile, better use ln(1)",
+	"NAME section must come first",
+	"bad NAME section contents",
+	"manual name not yet set",
+	"sections out of conventional order",
+	"duplicate section name",
+	"section not in conventional manual section",
+
+	/* related to macros and nesting */
+	"skipping obsolete macro",
+	"skipping paragraph macro",
+	"skipping no-space macro",
+	"blocks badly nested",
+	"child violates parent syntax",
+	"nested displays are not portable",
+	"already in literal mode",
+	"line scope broken",
+
+	/* related to missing macro arguments */
+	"skipping empty macro",
+	"argument count wrong",
+	"missing display type",
+	"list type must come first",
+	"tag lists require a width argument",
+	"missing font type",
+	"skipping end of block that is not open",
+
+	/* related to bad macro arguments */
+	"skipping argument",
+	"duplicate argument",
+	"duplicate display type",
+	"duplicate list type",
+	"unknown AT&T UNIX version",
+	"bad Boolean value",
+	"unknown font",
+	"unknown standard specifier",
+	"bad width argument",
+
+	/* related to plain text */
+	"blank line in non-literal context",
+	"tab in non-literal context",
+	"end of line whitespace",
+	"bad comment style",
+	"bad escape sequence",
+	"unterminated quoted string",
+
+	/* related to equations */
+	"unexpected literal in equation",
+	
+	"generic error",
+
+	/* related to equations */
+	"unexpected equation scope closure",
+	"equation scope open on exit",
+	"overlapping equation scopes",
+	"unexpected end of equation",
+	"equation syntax error",
+
+	/* related to tables */
+	"bad table syntax",
+	"bad table option",
+	"bad table layout",
+	"no table layout cells specified",
+	"no table data cells specified",
+	"ignore data in cell",
+	"data block still open",
+	"ignoring extra data cells",
+
+	"input stack limit exceeded, infinite loop?",
+	"skipping bad character",
+	"escaped character not allowed in a name",
+	"skipping text before the first section header",
+	"skipping unknown macro",
+	"NOT IMPLEMENTED, please use groff: skipping request",
+	"argument count wrong",
+	"skipping end of block that is not open",
+	"missing end of block",
+	"scope open on exit",
+	"uname(3) system call failed",
+	"macro requires line argument(s)",
+	"macro requires body argument(s)",
+	"macro requires argument(s)",
+	"missing list type",
+	"line argument(s) will be lost",
+	"body argument(s) will be lost",
+
+	"generic fatal error",
+
+	"not a manual",
+	"column syntax is inconsistent",
+	"NOT IMPLEMENTED: .Bd -file",
+	"argument count wrong, violates syntax",
+	"child violates parent syntax",
+	"argument count wrong, violates syntax",
+	"NOT IMPLEMENTED: .so with absolute path or \"..\"",
+	"no document body",
+	"no document prologue",
+	"static buffer exhausted",
+};
+
+static	const char * const	mandoclevels[MANDOCLEVEL_MAX] = {
+	"SUCCESS",
+	"RESERVED",
+	"WARNING",
+	"ERROR",
+	"FATAL",
+	"BADARG",
+	"SYSERR"
+};
+
+static void
+resize_buf(struct buf *buf, size_t initial)
+{
+
+	buf->sz = buf->sz > initial/2 ? 2 * buf->sz : initial;
+	buf->buf = mandoc_realloc(buf->buf, buf->sz);
+}
+
+static void
+pset(const char *buf, int pos, struct mparse *curp)
+{
+	int		 i;
+
+	/*
+	 * Try to intuit which kind of manual parser should be used.  If
+	 * passed in by command-line (-man, -mdoc), then use that
+	 * explicitly.  If passed as -mandoc, then try to guess from the
+	 * line: either skip dot-lines, use -mdoc when finding `.Dt', or
+	 * default to -man, which is more lenient.
+	 *
+	 * Separate out pmdoc/pman from mdoc/man: the first persists
+	 * through all parsers, while the latter is used per-parse.
+	 */
+
+	if ('.' == buf[0] || '\'' == buf[0]) {
+		for (i = 1; buf[i]; i++)
+			if (' ' != buf[i] && '\t' != buf[i])
+				break;
+		if ('\0' == buf[i])
+			return;
+	}
+
+	switch (curp->inttype) {
+	case (MPARSE_MDOC):
+		if (NULL == curp->pmdoc) 
+			curp->pmdoc = mdoc_alloc(curp->roff, curp);
+		assert(curp->pmdoc);
+		curp->mdoc = curp->pmdoc;
+		return;
+	case (MPARSE_MAN):
+		if (NULL == curp->pman) 
+			curp->pman = man_alloc(curp->roff, curp);
+		assert(curp->pman);
+		curp->man = curp->pman;
+		return;
+	default:
+		break;
+	}
+
+	if (pos >= 3 && 0 == memcmp(buf, ".Dd", 3))  {
+		if (NULL == curp->pmdoc) 
+			curp->pmdoc = mdoc_alloc(curp->roff, curp);
+		assert(curp->pmdoc);
+		curp->mdoc = curp->pmdoc;
+		return;
+	} 
+
+	if (NULL == curp->pman) 
+		curp->pman = man_alloc(curp->roff, curp);
+	assert(curp->pman);
+	curp->man = curp->pman;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Main parse routine for an opened file.  This is called for each
+ * opened file and simply loops around the full input file, possibly
+ * nesting (i.e., with `so').
+ */
+static void
+mparse_buf_r(struct mparse *curp, struct buf blk, int start)
+{
+	const struct tbl_span	*span;
+	struct buf	 ln;
+	enum rofferr	 rr;
+	int		 i, of, rc;
+	int		 pos; /* byte number in the ln buffer */
+	int		 lnn; /* line number in the real file */
+	unsigned char	 c;
+
+	memset(&ln, 0, sizeof(struct buf));
+
+	lnn = curp->line; 
+	pos = 0; 
+
+	for (i = 0; i < (int)blk.sz; ) {
+		if (0 == pos && '\0' == blk.buf[i])
+			break;
+
+		if (start) {
+			curp->line = lnn;
+			curp->reparse_count = 0;
+		}
+
+		while (i < (int)blk.sz && (start || '\0' != blk.buf[i])) {
+
+			/*
+			 * When finding an unescaped newline character,
+			 * leave the character loop to process the line.
+			 * Skip a preceding carriage return, if any.
+			 */
+
+			if ('\r' == blk.buf[i] && i + 1 < (int)blk.sz &&
+			    '\n' == blk.buf[i + 1])
+				++i;
+			if ('\n' == blk.buf[i]) {
+				++i;
+				++lnn;
+				break;
+			}
+
+			/* 
+			 * Warn about bogus characters.  If you're using
+			 * non-ASCII encoding, you're screwing your
+			 * readers.  Since I'd rather this not happen,
+			 * I'll be helpful and replace these characters
+			 * with "?", so we don't display gibberish.
+			 * Note to manual writers: use special characters.
+			 */
+
+			c = (unsigned char) blk.buf[i];
+
+			if ( ! (isascii(c) && 
+					(isgraph(c) || isblank(c)))) {
+				mandoc_msg(MANDOCERR_BADCHAR, curp,
+						curp->line, pos, NULL);
+				i++;
+				if (pos >= (int)ln.sz)
+					resize_buf(&ln, 256);
+				ln.buf[pos++] = '?';
+				continue;
+			}
+
+			/* Trailing backslash = a plain char. */
+
+			if ('\\' != blk.buf[i] || i + 1 == (int)blk.sz) {
+				if (pos >= (int)ln.sz)
+					resize_buf(&ln, 256);
+				ln.buf[pos++] = blk.buf[i++];
+				continue;
+			}
+
+			/*
+			 * Found escape and at least one other character.
+			 * When it's a newline character, skip it.
+			 * When there is a carriage return in between,
+			 * skip that one as well.
+			 */
+
+			if ('\r' == blk.buf[i + 1] && i + 2 < (int)blk.sz &&
+			    '\n' == blk.buf[i + 2])
+				++i;
+			if ('\n' == blk.buf[i + 1]) {
+				i += 2;
+				++lnn;
+				continue;
+			}
+
+			if ('"' == blk.buf[i + 1] || '#' == blk.buf[i + 1]) {
+				i += 2;
+				/* Comment, skip to end of line */
+				for (; i < (int)blk.sz; ++i) {
+					if ('\n' == blk.buf[i]) {
+						++i;
+						++lnn;
+						break;
+					}
+				}
+
+				/* Backout trailing whitespaces */
+				for (; pos > 0; --pos) {
+					if (ln.buf[pos - 1] != ' ')
+						break;
+					if (pos > 2 && ln.buf[pos - 2] == '\\')
+						break;
+				}
+				break;
+			}
+
+			/* Some other escape sequence, copy & cont. */
+
+			if (pos + 1 >= (int)ln.sz)
+				resize_buf(&ln, 256);
+
+			ln.buf[pos++] = blk.buf[i++];
+			ln.buf[pos++] = blk.buf[i++];
+		}
+
+ 		if (pos >= (int)ln.sz)
+			resize_buf(&ln, 256);
+
+		ln.buf[pos] = '\0';
+
+		/*
+		 * A significant amount of complexity is contained by
+		 * the roff preprocessor.  It's line-oriented but can be
+		 * expressed on one line, so we need at times to
+		 * readjust our starting point and re-run it.  The roff
+		 * preprocessor can also readjust the buffers with new
+		 * data, so we pass them in wholesale.
+		 */
+
+		of = 0;
+
+		/*
+		 * Maintain a lookaside buffer of all parsed lines.  We
+		 * only do this if mparse_keep() has been invoked (the
+		 * buffer may be accessed with mparse_getkeep()).
+		 */
+
+		if (curp->secondary) {
+			curp->secondary->buf = 
+				mandoc_realloc
+				(curp->secondary->buf, 
+				 curp->secondary->sz + pos + 2);
+			memcpy(curp->secondary->buf + 
+					curp->secondary->sz, 
+					ln.buf, pos);
+			curp->secondary->sz += pos;
+			curp->secondary->buf
+				[curp->secondary->sz] = '\n';
+			curp->secondary->sz++;
+			curp->secondary->buf
+				[curp->secondary->sz] = '\0';
+		}
+rerun:
+		rr = roff_parseln
+			(curp->roff, curp->line, 
+			 &ln.buf, &ln.sz, of, &of);
+
+		switch (rr) {
+		case (ROFF_REPARSE):
+			if (REPARSE_LIMIT >= ++curp->reparse_count)
+				mparse_buf_r(curp, ln, 0);
+			else
+				mandoc_msg(MANDOCERR_ROFFLOOP, curp,
+					curp->line, pos, NULL);
+			pos = 0;
+			continue;
+		case (ROFF_APPEND):
+			pos = (int)strlen(ln.buf);
+			continue;
+		case (ROFF_RERUN):
+			goto rerun;
+		case (ROFF_IGN):
+			pos = 0;
+			continue;
+		case (ROFF_ERR):
+			assert(MANDOCLEVEL_FATAL <= curp->file_status);
+			break;
+		case (ROFF_SO):
+			/*
+			 * We remove `so' clauses from our lookaside
+			 * buffer because we're going to descend into
+			 * the file recursively.
+			 */
+			if (curp->secondary) 
+				curp->secondary->sz -= pos + 1;
+			mparse_readfd_r(curp, -1, ln.buf + of, 1);
+			if (MANDOCLEVEL_FATAL <= curp->file_status)
+				break;
+			pos = 0;
+			continue;
+		default:
+			break;
+		}
+
+		/*
+		 * If we encounter errors in the recursive parse, make
+		 * sure we don't continue parsing.
+		 */
+
+		if (MANDOCLEVEL_FATAL <= curp->file_status)
+			break;
+
+		/*
+		 * If input parsers have not been allocated, do so now.
+		 * We keep these instanced between parsers, but set them
+		 * locally per parse routine since we can use different
+		 * parsers with each one.
+		 */
+
+		if ( ! (curp->man || curp->mdoc))
+			pset(ln.buf + of, pos - of, curp);
+
+		/* 
+		 * Lastly, push down into the parsers themselves.  One
+		 * of these will have already been set in the pset()
+		 * routine.
+		 * If libroff returns ROFF_TBL, then add it to the
+		 * currently open parse.  Since we only get here if
+		 * there does exist data (see tbl_data.c), we're
+		 * guaranteed that something's been allocated.
+		 * Do the same for ROFF_EQN.
+		 */
+
+		rc = -1;
+
+		if (ROFF_TBL == rr)
+			while (NULL != (span = roff_span(curp->roff))) {
+				rc = curp->man ?
+					man_addspan(curp->man, span) :
+					mdoc_addspan(curp->mdoc, span);
+				if (0 == rc)
+					break;
+			}
+		else if (ROFF_EQN == rr)
+			rc = curp->mdoc ? 
+				mdoc_addeqn(curp->mdoc, 
+					roff_eqn(curp->roff)) :
+				man_addeqn(curp->man,
+					roff_eqn(curp->roff));
+		else if (curp->man || curp->mdoc)
+			rc = curp->man ?
+				man_parseln(curp->man, 
+					curp->line, ln.buf, of) :
+				mdoc_parseln(curp->mdoc, 
+					curp->line, ln.buf, of);
+
+		if (0 == rc) {
+			assert(MANDOCLEVEL_FATAL <= curp->file_status);
+			break;
+		}
+
+		/* Temporary buffers typically are not full. */
+
+		if (0 == start && '\0' == blk.buf[i])
+			break;
+
+		/* Start the next input line. */
+
+		pos = 0;
+	}
+
+	free(ln.buf);
+}
+
+static int
+read_whole_file(const char *file, int fd, struct buf *fb, int *with_mmap)
+{
+	size_t		 off;
+	ssize_t		 ssz;
+
+#ifdef	HAVE_MMAP
+	struct stat	 st;
+	if (-1 == fstat(fd, &st)) {
+		perror(file);
+		return(0);
+	}
+
+	/*
+	 * If we're a regular file, try just reading in the whole entry
+	 * via mmap().  This is faster than reading it into blocks, and
+	 * since each file is only a few bytes to begin with, I'm not
+	 * concerned that this is going to tank any machines.
+	 */
+
+	if (S_ISREG(st.st_mode)) {
+		if (st.st_size >= (1U << 31)) {
+			fprintf(stderr, "%s: input too large\n", file);
+			return(0);
+		}
+		*with_mmap = 1;
+		fb->sz = (size_t)st.st_size;
+		fb->buf = mmap(NULL, fb->sz, PROT_READ, 
+				MAP_FILE|MAP_SHARED, fd, 0);
+		if (fb->buf != MAP_FAILED)
+			return(1);
+	}
+#endif
+
+	/*
+	 * If this isn't a regular file (like, say, stdin), then we must
+	 * go the old way and just read things in bit by bit.
+	 */
+
+	*with_mmap = 0;
+	off = 0;
+	fb->sz = 0;
+	fb->buf = NULL;
+	for (;;) {
+		if (off == fb->sz) {
+			if (fb->sz == (1U << 31)) {
+				fprintf(stderr, "%s: input too large\n", file);
+				break;
+			}
+			resize_buf(fb, 65536);
+		}
+		ssz = read(fd, fb->buf + (int)off, fb->sz - off);
+		if (ssz == 0) {
+			fb->sz = off;
+			return(1);
+		}
+		if (ssz == -1) {
+			perror(file);
+			break;
+		}
+		off += (size_t)ssz;
+	}
+
+	free(fb->buf);
+	fb->buf = NULL;
+	return(0);
+}
+
+static void
+mparse_end(struct mparse *curp)
+{
+
+	if (MANDOCLEVEL_FATAL <= curp->file_status)
+		return;
+
+	if (curp->mdoc && ! mdoc_endparse(curp->mdoc)) {
+		assert(MANDOCLEVEL_FATAL <= curp->file_status);
+		return;
+	}
+
+	if (curp->man && ! man_endparse(curp->man)) {
+		assert(MANDOCLEVEL_FATAL <= curp->file_status);
+		return;
+	}
+
+	if ( ! (curp->man || curp->mdoc)) {
+		mandoc_msg(MANDOCERR_NOTMANUAL, curp, 1, 0, NULL);
+		curp->file_status = MANDOCLEVEL_FATAL;
+		return;
+	}
+
+	roff_endparse(curp->roff);
+}
+
+static void
+mparse_parse_buffer(struct mparse *curp, struct buf blk, const char *file,
+		int re)
+{
+	const char	*svfile;
+
+	/* Line number is per-file. */
+	svfile = curp->file;
+	curp->file = file;
+	curp->line = 1;
+
+	mparse_buf_r(curp, blk, 1);
+
+	if (0 == re && MANDOCLEVEL_FATAL > curp->file_status)
+		mparse_end(curp);
+
+	curp->file = svfile;
+}
+
+enum mandoclevel
+mparse_readmem(struct mparse *curp, const void *buf, size_t len,
+		const char *file)
+{
+	struct buf blk;
+
+	blk.buf = UNCONST(buf);
+	blk.sz = len;
+
+	mparse_parse_buffer(curp, blk, file, 0);
+	return(curp->file_status);
+}
+
+static void
+mparse_readfd_r(struct mparse *curp, int fd, const char *file, int re)
+{
+	struct buf	 blk;
+	int		 with_mmap;
+
+	if (-1 == fd)
+		if (-1 == (fd = open(file, O_RDONLY, 0))) {
+			perror(file);
+			curp->file_status = MANDOCLEVEL_SYSERR;
+			return;
+		}
+	/*
+	 * Run for each opened file; may be called more than once for
+	 * each full parse sequence if the opened file is nested (i.e.,
+	 * from `so').  Simply sucks in the whole file and moves into
+	 * the parse phase for the file.
+	 */
+
+	if ( ! read_whole_file(file, fd, &blk, &with_mmap)) {
+		curp->file_status = MANDOCLEVEL_SYSERR;
+		return;
+	}
+
+	mparse_parse_buffer(curp, blk, file, re);
+
+#ifdef	HAVE_MMAP
+	if (with_mmap)
+		munmap(blk.buf, blk.sz);
+	else
+#endif
+		free(blk.buf);
+
+	if (STDIN_FILENO != fd && -1 == close(fd))
+		perror(file);
+}
+
+enum mandoclevel
+mparse_readfd(struct mparse *curp, int fd, const char *file)
+{
+
+	mparse_readfd_r(curp, fd, file, 0);
+	return(curp->file_status);
+}
+
+struct mparse *
+mparse_alloc(enum mparset inttype, enum mandoclevel wlevel, mandocmsg mmsg, void *arg)
+{
+	struct mparse	*curp;
+
+	assert(wlevel <= MANDOCLEVEL_FATAL);
+
+	curp = mandoc_calloc(1, sizeof(struct mparse));
+
+	curp->wlevel = wlevel;
+	curp->mmsg = mmsg;
+	curp->arg = arg;
+	curp->inttype = inttype;
+
+	curp->roff = roff_alloc(curp);
+	return(curp);
+}
+
+void
+mparse_reset(struct mparse *curp)
+{
+
+	roff_reset(curp->roff);
+
+	if (curp->mdoc)
+		mdoc_reset(curp->mdoc);
+	if (curp->man)
+		man_reset(curp->man);
+	if (curp->secondary)
+		curp->secondary->sz = 0;
+
+	curp->file_status = MANDOCLEVEL_OK;
+	curp->mdoc = NULL;
+	curp->man = NULL;
+}
+
+void
+mparse_free(struct mparse *curp)
+{
+
+	if (curp->pmdoc)
+		mdoc_free(curp->pmdoc);
+	if (curp->pman)
+		man_free(curp->pman);
+	if (curp->roff)
+		roff_free(curp->roff);
+	if (curp->secondary)
+		free(curp->secondary->buf);
+
+	free(curp->secondary);
+	free(curp);
+}
+
+void
+mparse_result(struct mparse *curp, struct mdoc **mdoc, struct man **man)
+{
+
+	if (mdoc)
+		*mdoc = curp->mdoc;
+	if (man)
+		*man = curp->man;
+}
+
+void
+mandoc_vmsg(enum mandocerr t, struct mparse *m,
+		int ln, int pos, const char *fmt, ...)
+{
+	char		 buf[256];
+	va_list		 ap;
+
+	va_start(ap, fmt);
+	vsnprintf(buf, sizeof(buf) - 1, fmt, ap);
+	va_end(ap);
+
+	mandoc_msg(t, m, ln, pos, buf);
+}
+
+void
+mandoc_msg(enum mandocerr er, struct mparse *m, 
+		int ln, int col, const char *msg)
+{
+	enum mandoclevel level;
+
+	level = MANDOCLEVEL_FATAL;
+	while (er < mandoclimits[level])
+		level--;
+
+	if (level < m->wlevel)
+		return;
+
+	if (m->mmsg)
+		(*m->mmsg)(er, level, m->file, ln, col, msg);
+
+	if (m->file_status < level)
+		m->file_status = level;
+}
+
+const char *
+mparse_strerror(enum mandocerr er)
+{
+
+	return(mandocerrs[er]);
+}
+
+const char *
+mparse_strlevel(enum mandoclevel lvl)
+{
+	return(mandoclevels[lvl]);
+}
+
+void
+mparse_keep(struct mparse *p)
+{
+
+	assert(NULL == p->secondary);
+	p->secondary = mandoc_calloc(1, sizeof(struct buf));
+}
+
+const char *
+mparse_getkeep(const struct mparse *p)
+{
+
+	assert(p->secondary);
+	return(p->secondary->sz ? p->secondary->buf : NULL);
+}
diff --git a/contrib/mdocml/roff.7 b/contrib/mdocml/roff.7
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..dd32a45
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/mdocml/roff.7
@@ -0,0 +1,989 @@
+.\"	$Id: roff.7,v 1.37 2011/12/11 00:38:11 schwarze Exp $
+.\"
+.\" Copyright (c) 2010, 2011 Kristaps Dzonsons <kristaps@bsd.lv>
+.\" Copyright (c) 2010, 2011 Ingo Schwarze <schwarze@openbsd.org>
+.\"
+.\" Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software for any
+.\" purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above
+.\" copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies.
+.\"
+.\" THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" AND THE AUTHOR DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES
+.\" WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
+.\" MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR
+.\" ANY SPECIAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES
+.\" WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN
+.\" ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF
+.\" OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
+.\"
+.Dd $Mdocdate: December 11 2011 $
+.Dt ROFF 7
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm roff
+.Nd roff language reference for mandoc
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+The
+.Nm roff
+language is a general purpose text formatting language.
+Since traditional implementations of the
+.Xr mdoc 7
+and
+.Xr man 7
+manual formatting languages are based on it,
+many real-world manuals use small numbers of
+.Nm
+requests intermixed with their
+.Xr mdoc 7
+or
+.Xr man 7
+code.
+To properly format such manuals, the
+.Xr mandoc 1
+utility supports a tiny subset of
+.Nm
+requests.
+Only these requests supported by
+.Xr mandoc 1
+are documented in the present manual,
+together with the basic language syntax shared by
+.Nm ,
+.Xr mdoc 7 ,
+and
+.Xr man 7 .
+For complete
+.Nm
+manuals, consult the
+.Sx SEE ALSO
+section.
+.Pp
+Input lines beginning with the control character
+.Sq \&.
+are parsed for requests and macros.
+Such lines are called
+.Dq request lines
+or
+.Dq macro lines ,
+respectively.
+Requests change the processing state and manipulate the formatting;
+some macros also define the document structure and produce formatted
+output.
+The single quote
+.Pq Qq \(aq
+is accepted as an alternative control character,
+treated by
+.Xr mandoc 1
+just like
+.Ql \&.
+.Pp
+Lines not beginning with control characters are called
+.Dq text lines .
+They provide free-form text to be printed; the formatting of the text
+depends on the respective processing context.
+.Sh LANGUAGE SYNTAX
+.Nm
+documents may contain only graphable 7-bit ASCII characters, the space
+character, and, in certain circumstances, the tab character.
+The back-space character
+.Sq \e
+indicates the start of an escape sequence for
+.Sx Comments ,
+.Sx Special Characters ,
+.Sx Predefined Strings ,
+and
+user-defined strings defined using the
+.Sx ds
+request.
+.Ss Comments
+Text following an escaped double-quote
+.Sq \e\(dq ,
+whether in a request, macro, or text line, is ignored to the end of the line.
+A request line beginning with a control character and comment escape
+.Sq \&.\e\(dq
+is also ignored.
+Furthermore, request lines with only a control character and optional
+trailing whitespace are stripped from input.
+.Pp
+Examples:
+.Bd -literal -offset indent -compact
+\&.\e\(dq This is a comment line.
+\&.\e\(dq The next line is ignored:
+\&.
+\&.Sh EXAMPLES \e\(dq This is a comment, too.
+\&example text \e\(dq And so is this.
+.Ed
+.Ss Special Characters
+Special characters are used to encode special glyphs and are rendered
+differently across output media.
+They may occur in request, macro, and text lines.
+Sequences begin with the escape character
+.Sq \e
+followed by either an open-parenthesis
+.Sq \&(
+for two-character sequences; an open-bracket
+.Sq \&[
+for n-character sequences (terminated at a close-bracket
+.Sq \&] ) ;
+or a single one character sequence.
+.Pp
+Examples:
+.Bl -tag -width Ds -offset indent -compact
+.It Li \e(em
+Two-letter em dash escape.
+.It Li \ee
+One-letter backslash escape.
+.El
+.Pp
+See
+.Xr mandoc_char 7
+for a complete list.
+.Ss Text Decoration
+Terms may be text-decorated using the
+.Sq \ef
+escape followed by an indicator: B (bold), I (italic), R (regular), or P
+(revert to previous mode).
+A numerical representation 3, 2, or 1 (bold, italic, and regular,
+respectively) may be used instead.
+The indicator or numerical representative may be preceded by C
+(constant-width), which is ignored.
+.Pp
+Examples:
+.Bl -tag -width Ds -offset indent -compact
+.It Li \efBbold\efR
+Write in bold, then switch to regular font mode.
+.It Li \efIitalic\efP
+Write in italic, then return to previous font mode.
+.El
+.Pp
+Text decoration is
+.Em not
+recommended for
+.Xr mdoc 7 ,
+which encourages semantic annotation.
+.Ss Predefined Strings
+Predefined strings, like
+.Sx Special Characters ,
+mark special output glyphs.
+Predefined strings are escaped with the slash-asterisk,
+.Sq \e* :
+single-character
+.Sq \e*X ,
+two-character
+.Sq \e*(XX ,
+and N-character
+.Sq \e*[N] .
+.Pp
+Examples:
+.Bl -tag -width Ds -offset indent -compact
+.It Li \e*(Am
+Two-letter ampersand predefined string.
+.It Li \e*q
+One-letter double-quote predefined string.
+.El
+.Pp
+Predefined strings are not recommended for use,
+as they differ across implementations.
+Those supported by
+.Xr mandoc 1
+are listed in
+.Xr mandoc_char 7 .
+Manuals using these predefined strings are almost certainly not portable.
+.Ss Whitespace
+Whitespace consists of the space character.
+In text lines, whitespace is preserved within a line.
+In request and macro lines, whitespace delimits arguments and is discarded.
+.Pp
+Unescaped trailing spaces are stripped from text line input unless in a
+literal context.
+In general, trailing whitespace on any input line is discouraged for
+reasons of portability.
+In the rare case that a blank character is needed at the end of an
+input line, it may be forced by
+.Sq \e\ \e& .
+.Pp
+Literal space characters can be produced in the output
+using escape sequences.
+In macro lines, they can also be included in arguments using quotation; see
+.Sx MACRO SYNTAX
+for details.
+.Pp
+Blank text lines, which may include whitespace, are only permitted
+within literal contexts.
+If the first character of a text line is a space, that line is printed
+with a leading newline.
+.Ss Scaling Widths
+Many requests and macros support scaled widths for their arguments.
+The syntax for a scaled width is
+.Sq Li [+-]?[0-9]*.[0-9]*[:unit:] ,
+where a decimal must be preceded or followed by at least one digit.
+Negative numbers, while accepted, are truncated to zero.
+.Pp
+The following scaling units are accepted:
+.Pp
+.Bl -tag -width Ds -offset indent -compact
+.It c
+centimetre
+.It i
+inch
+.It P
+pica (~1/6 inch)
+.It p
+point (~1/72 inch)
+.It f
+synonym for
+.Sq u
+.It v
+default vertical span
+.It m
+width of rendered
+.Sq m
+.Pq em
+character
+.It n
+width of rendered
+.Sq n
+.Pq en
+character
+.It u
+default horizontal span
+.It M
+mini-em (~1/100 em)
+.El
+.Pp
+Using anything other than
+.Sq m ,
+.Sq n ,
+.Sq u ,
+or
+.Sq v
+is necessarily non-portable across output media.
+See
+.Sx COMPATIBILITY .
+.Pp
+If a scaling unit is not provided, the numerical value is interpreted
+under the default rules of
+.Sq v
+for vertical spaces and
+.Sq u
+for horizontal ones.
+.Pp
+Examples:
+.Bl -tag -width ".Bl -tag -width 2i" -offset indent -compact
+.It Li \&.Bl -tag -width 2i
+two-inch tagged list indentation in
+.Xr mdoc 7
+.It Li \&.HP 2i
+two-inch tagged list indentation in
+.Xr man 7
+.It Li \&.sp 2v
+two vertical spaces
+.El
+.Ss Sentence Spacing
+Each sentence should terminate at the end of an input line.
+By doing this, a formatter will be able to apply the proper amount of
+spacing after the end of sentence (unescaped) period, exclamation mark,
+or question mark followed by zero or more non-sentence closing
+delimiters
+.Po
+.Sq \&) ,
+.Sq \&] ,
+.Sq \&' ,
+.Sq \&"
+.Pc .
+.Pp
+The proper spacing is also intelligently preserved if a sentence ends at
+the boundary of a macro line.
+.Pp
+Examples:
+.Bd -literal -offset indent -compact
+Do not end sentences mid-line like this.  Instead,
+end a sentence like this.
+A macro would end like this:
+\&.Xr mandoc 1 \&.
+.Ed
+.Sh REQUEST SYNTAX
+A request or macro line consists of:
+.Pp
+.Bl -enum -compact
+.It
+the control character
+.Sq \&.
+or
+.Sq \(aq
+at the beginning of the line,
+.It
+optionally an arbitrary amount of whitespace,
+.It
+the name of the request or the macro, which is one word of arbitrary
+length, terminated by whitespace,
+.It
+and zero or more arguments delimited by whitespace.
+.El
+.Pp
+Thus, the following request lines are all equivalent:
+.Bd -literal -offset indent
+\&.ig end
+\&.ig    end
+\&.   ig end
+.Ed
+.Sh MACRO SYNTAX
+Macros are provided by the
+.Xr mdoc 7
+and
+.Xr man 7
+languages and can be defined by the
+.Sx \&de
+request.
+When called, they follow the same syntax as requests, except that
+macro arguments may optionally be quoted by enclosing them
+in double quote characters
+.Pq Sq \(dq .
+Quoted text, even if it contains whitespace or would cause
+a macro invocation when unquoted, is always considered literal text.
+Inside quoted text, pairs of double quote characters
+.Pq Sq Qq
+resolve to single double quote characters.
+.Pp
+To be recognised as the beginning of a quoted argument, the opening
+quote character must be preceded by a space character.
+A quoted argument extends to the next double quote character that is not
+part of a pair, or to the end of the input line, whichever comes earlier.
+Leaving out the terminating double quote character at the end of the line
+is discouraged.
+For clarity, if more arguments follow on the same input line,
+it is recommended to follow the terminating double quote character
+by a space character; in case the next character after the terminating
+double quote character is anything else, it is regarded as the beginning
+of the next, unquoted argument.
+.Pp
+Both in quoted and unquoted arguments, pairs of backslashes
+.Pq Sq \e\e
+resolve to single backslashes.
+In unquoted arguments, space characters can alternatively be included
+by preceding them with a backslash
+.Pq Sq \e\~ ,
+but quoting is usually better for clarity.
+.Pp
+Examples:
+.Bl -tag -width Ds -offset indent -compact
+.It Li .Fn strlen \(dqconst char *s\(dq
+Group arguments
+.Qq const char *s
+into one function argument.
+If unspecified,
+.Qq const ,
+.Qq char ,
+and
+.Qq *s
+would be considered separate arguments.
+.It Li .Op \(dqFl a\(dq
+Consider
+.Qq \&Fl a
+as literal text instead of a flag macro.
+.El
+.Sh REQUEST REFERENCE
+The
+.Xr mandoc 1
+.Nm
+parser recognises the following requests.
+Note that the
+.Nm
+language defines many more requests not implemented in
+.Xr mandoc 1 .
+.Ss \&ad
+Set line adjustment mode.
+This line-scoped request is intended to have one argument to select
+normal, left, right, or centre adjustment for subsequent text.
+Currently, it is ignored including its arguments,
+and the number of arguments is not checked.
+.Ss \&am
+Append to a macro definition.
+The syntax of this request is the same as that of
+.Sx \&de .
+It is currently ignored by
+.Xr mandoc 1 ,
+as are its children.
+.Ss \&ami
+Append to a macro definition, specifying the macro name indirectly.
+The syntax of this request is the same as that of
+.Sx \&dei .
+It is currently ignored by
+.Xr mandoc 1 ,
+as are its children.
+.Ss \&am1
+Append to a macro definition, switching roff compatibility mode off
+during macro execution.
+The syntax of this request is the same as that of
+.Sx \&de1 .
+It is currently ignored by
+.Xr mandoc 1 ,
+as are its children.
+.Ss \&de
+Define a
+.Nm
+macro.
+Its syntax can be either
+.Bd -literal -offset indent
+.Pf . Cm \&de Ar name
+.Ar macro definition
+\&..
+.Ed
+.Pp
+or
+.Bd -literal -offset indent
+.Pf . Cm \&de Ar name Ar end
+.Ar macro definition
+.Pf . Ar end
+.Ed
+.Pp
+Both forms define or redefine the macro
+.Ar name
+to represent the
+.Ar macro definition ,
+which may consist of one or more input lines, including the newline
+characters terminating each line, optionally containing calls to
+.Nm
+requests,
+.Nm
+macros or high-level macros like
+.Xr man 7
+or
+.Xr mdoc 7
+macros, whichever applies to the document in question.
+.Pp
+Specifying a custom
+.Ar end
+macro works in the same way as for
+.Sx \&ig ;
+namely, the call to
+.Sq Pf . Ar end
+first ends the
+.Ar macro definition ,
+and after that, it is also evaluated as a
+.Nm
+request or
+.Nm
+macro, but not as a high-level macro.
+.Pp
+The macro can be invoked later using the syntax
+.Pp
+.D1 Pf . Ar name Op Ar argument Op Ar argument ...
+.Pp
+Regarding argument parsing, see
+.Sx MACRO SYNTAX
+above.
+.Pp
+The line invoking the macro will be replaced
+in the input stream by the
+.Ar macro definition ,
+replacing all occurrences of
+.No \e\e$ Ns Ar N ,
+where
+.Ar N
+is a digit, by the
+.Ar N Ns th Ar argument .
+For example,
+.Bd -literal -offset indent
+\&.de ZN
+\efI\e^\e\e$1\e^\efP\e\e$2
+\&..
+\&.ZN XtFree .
+.Ed
+.Pp
+produces
+.Pp
+.D1 \efI\e^XtFree\e^\efP.
+.Pp
+in the input stream, and thus in the output: \fI\^XtFree\^\fP.
+.Pp
+Since macros and user-defined strings share a common string table,
+defining a macro
+.Ar name
+clobbers the user-defined string
+.Ar name ,
+and the
+.Ar macro definition
+can also be printed using the
+.Sq \e*
+string interpolation syntax described below
+.Sx ds ,
+but this is rarely useful because every macro definition contains at least
+one explicit newline character.
+.Pp
+In order to prevent endless recursion, both groff and
+.Xr mandoc 1
+limit the stack depth for expanding macros and strings
+to a large, but finite number.
+Do not rely on the exact value of this limit.
+.Ss \&dei
+Define a
+.Nm
+macro, specifying the macro name indirectly.
+The syntax of this request is the same as that of
+.Sx \&de .
+It is currently ignored by
+.Xr mandoc 1 ,
+as are its children.
+.Ss \&de1
+Define a
+.Nm
+macro that will be executed with
+.Nm
+compatibility mode switched off during macro execution.
+This is a GNU extension not available in traditional
+.Nm
+implementations and not even in older versions of groff.
+Since
+.Xr mandoc 1
+does not implement
+.Nm
+compatibility mode at all, it handles this request as an alias for
+.Sx \&de .
+.Ss \&ds
+Define a user-defined string.
+Its syntax is as follows:
+.Pp
+.D1 Pf . Cm \&ds Ar name Oo \(dq Oc Ns Ar string
+.Pp
+The
+.Ar name
+and
+.Ar string
+arguments are space-separated.
+If the
+.Ar string
+begins with a double-quote character, that character will not be part
+of the string.
+All remaining characters on the input line form the
+.Ar string ,
+including whitespace and double-quote characters, even trailing ones.
+.Pp
+The
+.Ar string
+can be interpolated into subsequent text by using
+.No \e* Ns Bq Ar name
+for a
+.Ar name
+of arbitrary length, or \e*(NN or \e*N if the length of
+.Ar name
+is two or one characters, respectively.
+Interpolation can be prevented by escaping the leading backslash;
+that is, an asterisk preceded by an even number of backslashes
+does not trigger string interpolation.
+.Pp
+Since user-defined strings and macros share a common string table,
+defining a string
+.Ar name
+clobbers the macro
+.Ar name ,
+and the
+.Ar name
+used for defining a string can also be invoked as a macro,
+in which case the following input line will be appended to the
+.Ar string ,
+forming a new input line passed to the
+.Nm
+parser.
+For example,
+.Bd -literal -offset indent
+\&.ds badidea .S
+\&.badidea
+H SYNOPSIS
+.Ed
+.Pp
+invokes the
+.Cm SH
+macro when used in a
+.Xr man 7
+document.
+Such abuse is of course strongly discouraged.
+.Ss \&el
+The
+.Qq else
+half of an if/else conditional.
+Pops a result off the stack of conditional evaluations pushed by
+.Sx \&ie
+and uses it as its conditional.
+If no stack entries are present (e.g., due to no prior
+.Sx \&ie
+calls)
+then false is assumed.
+The syntax of this request is similar to
+.Sx \&if
+except that the conditional is missing.
+.Ss \&EN
+End an equation block.
+See
+.Sx \&EQ .
+.Ss \&EQ
+Begin an equation block.
+See
+.Xr eqn 7
+for a description of the equation language.
+.Ss \&hy
+Set automatic hyphenation mode.
+This line-scoped request is currently ignored.
+.Ss \&ie
+The
+.Qq if
+half of an if/else conditional.
+The result of the conditional is pushed into a stack used by subsequent
+invocations of
+.Sx \&el ,
+which may be separated by any intervening input (or not exist at all).
+Its syntax is equivalent to
+.Sx \&if .
+.Ss \&if
+Begins a conditional.
+Right now, the conditional evaluates to true
+if and only if it starts with the letter
+.Sy n ,
+indicating processing in nroff style as opposed to troff style.
+If a conditional is false, its children are not processed, but are
+syntactically interpreted to preserve the integrity of the input
+document.
+Thus,
+.Pp
+.D1 \&.if t .ig
+.Pp
+will discard the
+.Sq \&.ig ,
+which may lead to interesting results, but
+.Pp
+.D1 \&.if t .if t \e{\e
+.Pp
+will continue to syntactically interpret to the block close of the final
+conditional.
+Sub-conditionals, in this case, obviously inherit the truth value of
+the parent.
+This request has the following syntax:
+.Bd -literal -offset indent
+\&.if COND \e{\e
+BODY...
+\&.\e}
+.Ed
+.Bd -literal -offset indent
+\&.if COND \e{ BODY
+BODY... \e}
+.Ed
+.Bd -literal -offset indent
+\&.if COND \e{ BODY
+BODY...
+\&.\e}
+.Ed
+.Bd -literal -offset indent
+\&.if COND \e
+BODY
+.Ed
+.Pp
+COND is a conditional statement.
+roff allows for complicated conditionals; mandoc is much simpler.
+At this time, mandoc supports only
+.Sq n ,
+evaluating to true;
+and
+.Sq t ,
+.Sq e ,
+and
+.Sq o ,
+evaluating to false.
+All other invocations are read up to the next end of line or space and
+evaluate as false.
+.Pp
+If the BODY section is begun by an escaped brace
+.Sq \e{ ,
+scope continues until a closing-brace escape sequence
+.Sq \.\e} .
+If the BODY is not enclosed in braces, scope continues until
+the end of the line.
+If the COND is followed by a BODY on the same line, whether after a
+brace or not, then requests and macros
+.Em must
+begin with a control character.
+It is generally more intuitive, in this case, to write
+.Bd -literal -offset indent
+\&.if COND \e{\e
+\&.foo
+bar
+\&.\e}
+.Ed
+.Pp
+than having the request or macro follow as
+.Pp
+.D1 \&.if COND \e{ .foo
+.Pp
+The scope of a conditional is always parsed, but only executed if the
+conditional evaluates to true.
+.Pp
+Note that the
+.Sq \e}
+is converted into a zero-width escape sequence if not passed as a
+standalone macro
+.Sq \&.\e} .
+For example,
+.Pp
+.D1 \&.Fl a \e} b
+.Pp
+will result in
+.Sq \e}
+being considered an argument of the
+.Sq \&Fl
+macro.
+.Ss \&ig
+Ignore input.
+Its syntax can be either
+.Bd -literal -offset indent
+.Pf . Cm \&ig
+.Ar ignored text
+\&..
+.Ed
+.Pp
+or
+.Bd -literal -offset indent
+.Pf . Cm \&ig Ar end
+.Ar ignored text
+.Pf . Ar end
+.Ed
+.Pp
+In the first case, input is ignored until a
+.Sq \&..
+request is encountered on its own line.
+In the second case, input is ignored until the specified
+.Sq Pf . Ar end
+macro is encountered.
+Do not use the escape character
+.Sq \e
+anywhere in the definition of
+.Ar end ;
+it would cause very strange behaviour.
+.Pp
+When the
+.Ar end
+macro is a roff request or a roff macro, like in
+.Pp
+.D1 \&.ig if
+.Pp
+the subsequent invocation of
+.Sx \&if
+will first terminate the
+.Ar ignored text ,
+then be invoked as usual.
+Otherwise, it only terminates the
+.Ar ignored text ,
+and arguments following it or the
+.Sq \&..
+request are discarded.
+.Ss \&ne
+Declare the need for the specified minimum vertical space
+before the next trap or the bottom of the page.
+This line-scoped request is currently ignored.
+.Ss \&nh
+Turn off automatic hyphenation mode.
+This line-scoped request is currently ignored.
+.Ss \&rm
+Remove a request, macro or string.
+This request is intended to have one argument,
+the name of the request, macro or string to be undefined.
+Currently, it is ignored including its arguments,
+and the number of arguments is not checked.
+.Ss \&nr
+Define a register.
+A register is an arbitrary string value that defines some sort of state,
+which influences parsing and/or formatting.
+Its syntax is as follows:
+.Pp
+.D1 Pf \. Cm \&nr Ar name Ar value
+.Pp
+The
+.Ar value
+may, at the moment, only be an integer.
+So far, only the following register
+.Ar name
+is recognised:
+.Bl -tag -width Ds
+.It Cm nS
+If set to a positive integer value, certain
+.Xr mdoc 7
+macros will behave in the same way as in the
+.Em SYNOPSIS
+section.
+If set to 0, these macros will behave in the same way as outside the
+.Em SYNOPSIS
+section, even when called within the
+.Em SYNOPSIS
+section itself.
+Note that starting a new
+.Xr mdoc 7
+section with the
+.Cm \&Sh
+macro will reset this register.
+.El
+.Ss \&ns
+Turn on no-space mode.
+This line-scoped request is intended to take no arguments.
+Currently, it is ignored including its arguments,
+and the number of arguments is not checked.
+.Ss \&ps
+Change point size.
+This line-scoped request is intended to take one numerical argument.
+Currently, it is ignored including its arguments,
+and the number of arguments is not checked.
+.Ss \&so
+Include a source file.
+Its syntax is as follows:
+.Pp
+.D1 Pf \. Cm \&so Ar file
+.Pp
+The
+.Ar file
+will be read and its contents processed as input in place of the
+.Sq \&.so
+request line.
+To avoid inadvertent inclusion of unrelated files,
+.Xr mandoc 1
+only accepts relative paths not containing the strings
+.Qq ../
+and
+.Qq /.. .
+.Pp
+This request requires
+.Xr man 1
+to change to the right directory before calling
+.Xr mandoc 1 ,
+per convention to the root of the manual tree.
+Typical usage looks like:
+.Pp
+.Dl \&.so man3/Xcursor.3
+.Pp
+As the whole concept is rather fragile, the use of
+.Sx \&so
+is discouraged.
+Use
+.Xr ln 1
+instead.
+.Ss \&ta
+Set tab stops.
+This line-scoped request can take an arbitrary number of arguments.
+Currently, it is ignored including its arguments.
+.Ss \&tr
+Output character translation.
+Its syntax is as follows:
+.Pp
+.D1 Pf \. Cm \&tr Ar [ab]+
+.Pp
+Pairs of
+.Ar ab
+characters are replaced
+.Ar ( a
+for
+.Ar b ) .
+Replacement (or origin) characters may also be character escapes; thus,
+.Pp
+.Dl tr \e(xx\e(yy
+.Pp
+replaces all invocations of \e(xx with \e(yy.
+.Ss \&T&
+Re-start a table layout, retaining the options of the prior table
+invocation.
+See
+.Sx \&TS .
+.Ss \&TE
+End a table context.
+See
+.Sx \&TS .
+.Ss \&TS
+Begin a table, which formats input in aligned rows and columns.
+See
+.Xr tbl 7
+for a description of the tbl language.
+.Sh COMPATIBILITY
+This section documents compatibility between mandoc and other other
+.Nm
+implementations, at this time limited to GNU troff
+.Pq Qq groff .
+The term
+.Qq historic groff
+refers to groff version 1.15.
+.Pp
+.Bl -dash -compact
+.It
+In mandoc, the
+.Sx \&EQ ,
+.Sx \&TE ,
+.Sx \&TS ,
+and
+.Sx \&T& ,
+macros are considered regular macros.
+In all other
+.Nm
+implementations, these are special macros that must be specified without
+spacing between the control character (which must be a period) and the
+macro name.
+.It
+The
+.Cm nS
+register is only compatible with OpenBSD's groff-1.15.
+.It
+Historic groff did not accept white-space before a custom
+.Ar end
+macro for the
+.Sx \&ig
+request.
+.It
+The
+.Sx \&if
+and family would print funny white-spaces with historic groff when
+using the next-line syntax.
+.El
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr mandoc 1 ,
+.Xr eqn 7 ,
+.Xr man 7 ,
+.Xr mandoc_char 7 ,
+.Xr mdoc 7 ,
+.Xr tbl 7
+.Rs
+.%A Joseph F. Ossanna
+.%A Brian W. Kernighan
+.%I AT&T Bell Laboratories
+.%T Troff User's Manual
+.%R Computing Science Technical Report
+.%N 54
+.%C Murray Hill, New Jersey
+.%D 1976 and 1992
+.%U http://www.kohala.com/start/troff/cstr54.ps
+.Re
+.Rs
+.%A Joseph F. Ossanna
+.%A Brian W. Kernighan
+.%A Gunnar Ritter
+.%T Heirloom Documentation Tools Nroff/Troff User's Manual
+.%D September 17, 2007
+.%U http://heirloom.sourceforge.net/doctools/troff.pdf
+.Re
+.Sh HISTORY
+The RUNOFF typesetting system, whose input forms the basis for
+.Nm ,
+was written in MAD and FAP for the CTSS operating system by Jerome E.
+Saltzer in 1964.
+Doug McIlroy rewrote it in BCPL in 1969, renaming it
+.Nm .
+Dennis M. Ritchie rewrote McIlroy's
+.Nm
+in PDP-11 assembly for
+.At v1 ,
+Joseph F. Ossanna improved roff and renamed it nroff
+for
+.At v2 ,
+then ported nroff to C as troff, which Brian W. Kernighan released with
+.At v7 .
+In 1989, James Clarke re-implemented troff in C++, naming it groff.
+.Sh AUTHORS
+.An -nosplit
+This
+.Nm
+reference was written by
+.An Kristaps Dzonsons ,
+.Mt kristaps@bsd.lv ;
+and
+.An Ingo Schwarze ,
+.Mt schwarze@openbsd.org .
diff --git a/contrib/mdocml/roff.c b/contrib/mdocml/roff.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b479cc2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/mdocml/roff.c
@@ -0,0 +1,1768 @@
+/*	$Id: roff.c,v 1.172 2011/10/24 21:41:45 schwarze Exp $ */
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2010, 2011 Kristaps Dzonsons <kristaps@bsd.lv>
+ * Copyright (c) 2010, 2011 Ingo Schwarze <schwarze@openbsd.org>
+ *
+ * Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software for any
+ * purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above
+ * copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies.
+ *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" AND THE AUTHORS DISCLAIM ALL WARRANTIES
+ * WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
+ * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS BE LIABLE FOR
+ * ANY SPECIAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES
+ * WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN
+ * ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF
+ * OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
+ */
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+#include "config.h"
+#endif
+
+#include <assert.h>
+#include <ctype.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+
+#include "mandoc.h"
+#include "libroff.h"
+#include "libmandoc.h"
+
+/* Maximum number of nested if-else conditionals. */
+#define	RSTACK_MAX	128
+
+/* Maximum number of string expansions per line, to break infinite loops. */
+#define	EXPAND_LIMIT	1000
+
+enum	rofft {
+	ROFF_ad,
+	ROFF_am,
+	ROFF_ami,
+	ROFF_am1,
+	ROFF_de,
+	ROFF_dei,
+	ROFF_de1,
+	ROFF_ds,
+	ROFF_el,
+	ROFF_hy,
+	ROFF_ie,
+	ROFF_if,
+	ROFF_ig,
+	ROFF_it,
+	ROFF_ne,
+	ROFF_nh,
+	ROFF_nr,
+	ROFF_ns,
+	ROFF_ps,
+	ROFF_rm,
+	ROFF_so,
+	ROFF_ta,
+	ROFF_tr,
+	ROFF_TS,
+	ROFF_TE,
+	ROFF_T_,
+	ROFF_EQ,
+	ROFF_EN,
+	ROFF_cblock,
+	ROFF_ccond,
+	ROFF_USERDEF,
+	ROFF_MAX
+};
+
+enum	roffrule {
+	ROFFRULE_ALLOW,
+	ROFFRULE_DENY
+};
+
+/*
+ * A single register entity.  If "set" is zero, the value of the
+ * register should be the default one, which is per-register.
+ * Registers are assumed to be unsigned ints for now.
+ */
+struct	reg {
+	int		 set; /* whether set or not */
+	unsigned int	 u; /* unsigned integer */
+};
+
+/*
+ * An incredibly-simple string buffer.
+ */
+struct	roffstr {
+	char		*p; /* nil-terminated buffer */
+	size_t		 sz; /* saved strlen(p) */
+};
+
+/*
+ * A key-value roffstr pair as part of a singly-linked list.
+ */
+struct	roffkv {
+	struct roffstr	 key;
+	struct roffstr	 val;
+	struct roffkv	*next; /* next in list */
+};
+
+struct	roff {
+	struct mparse	*parse; /* parse point */
+	struct roffnode	*last; /* leaf of stack */
+	enum roffrule	 rstack[RSTACK_MAX]; /* stack of !`ie' rules */
+	int		 rstackpos; /* position in rstack */
+	struct reg	 regs[REG__MAX];
+	struct roffkv	*strtab; /* user-defined strings & macros */
+	struct roffkv	*xmbtab; /* multi-byte trans table (`tr') */
+	struct roffstr	*xtab; /* single-byte trans table (`tr') */
+	const char	*current_string; /* value of last called user macro */
+	struct tbl_node	*first_tbl; /* first table parsed */
+	struct tbl_node	*last_tbl; /* last table parsed */
+	struct tbl_node	*tbl; /* current table being parsed */
+	struct eqn_node	*last_eqn; /* last equation parsed */
+	struct eqn_node	*first_eqn; /* first equation parsed */
+	struct eqn_node	*eqn; /* current equation being parsed */
+};
+
+struct	roffnode {
+	enum rofft	 tok; /* type of node */
+	struct roffnode	*parent; /* up one in stack */
+	int		 line; /* parse line */
+	int		 col; /* parse col */
+	char		*name; /* node name, e.g. macro name */
+	char		*end; /* end-rules: custom token */
+	int		 endspan; /* end-rules: next-line or infty */
+	enum roffrule	 rule; /* current evaluation rule */
+};
+
+#define	ROFF_ARGS	 struct roff *r, /* parse ctx */ \
+			 enum rofft tok, /* tok of macro */ \
+		 	 char **bufp, /* input buffer */ \
+			 size_t *szp, /* size of input buffer */ \
+			 int ln, /* parse line */ \
+			 int ppos, /* original pos in buffer */ \
+			 int pos, /* current pos in buffer */ \
+			 int *offs /* reset offset of buffer data */
+
+typedef	enum rofferr (*roffproc)(ROFF_ARGS);
+
+struct	roffmac {
+	const char	*name; /* macro name */
+	roffproc	 proc; /* process new macro */
+	roffproc	 text; /* process as child text of macro */
+	roffproc	 sub; /* process as child of macro */
+	int		 flags;
+#define	ROFFMAC_STRUCT	(1 << 0) /* always interpret */
+	struct roffmac	*next;
+};
+
+struct	predef {
+	const char	*name; /* predefined input name */
+	const char	*str; /* replacement symbol */
+};
+
+#define	PREDEF(__name, __str) \
+	{ (__name), (__str) },
+
+static	enum rofft	 roffhash_find(const char *, size_t);
+static	void		 roffhash_init(void);
+static	void		 roffnode_cleanscope(struct roff *);
+static	void		 roffnode_pop(struct roff *);
+static	void		 roffnode_push(struct roff *, enum rofft,
+				const char *, int, int);
+static	enum rofferr	 roff_block(ROFF_ARGS);
+static	enum rofferr	 roff_block_text(ROFF_ARGS);
+static	enum rofferr	 roff_block_sub(ROFF_ARGS);
+static	enum rofferr	 roff_cblock(ROFF_ARGS);
+static	enum rofferr	 roff_ccond(ROFF_ARGS);
+static	enum rofferr	 roff_cond(ROFF_ARGS);
+static	enum rofferr	 roff_cond_text(ROFF_ARGS);
+static	enum rofferr	 roff_cond_sub(ROFF_ARGS);
+static	enum rofferr	 roff_ds(ROFF_ARGS);
+static	enum roffrule	 roff_evalcond(const char *, int *);
+static	void		 roff_free1(struct roff *);
+static	void		 roff_freestr(struct roffkv *);
+static	char		*roff_getname(struct roff *, char **, int, int);
+static	const char	*roff_getstrn(const struct roff *, 
+				const char *, size_t);
+static	enum rofferr	 roff_line_ignore(ROFF_ARGS);
+static	enum rofferr	 roff_nr(ROFF_ARGS);
+static	void		 roff_openeqn(struct roff *, const char *,
+				int, int, const char *);
+static	enum rofft	 roff_parse(struct roff *, const char *, int *);
+static	enum rofferr	 roff_parsetext(char *);
+static	enum rofferr	 roff_res(struct roff *, 
+				char **, size_t *, int, int);
+static	enum rofferr	 roff_rm(ROFF_ARGS);
+static	void		 roff_setstr(struct roff *,
+				const char *, const char *, int);
+static	void		 roff_setstrn(struct roffkv **, const char *, 
+				size_t, const char *, size_t, int);
+static	enum rofferr	 roff_so(ROFF_ARGS);
+static	enum rofferr	 roff_tr(ROFF_ARGS);
+static	enum rofferr	 roff_TE(ROFF_ARGS);
+static	enum rofferr	 roff_TS(ROFF_ARGS);
+static	enum rofferr	 roff_EQ(ROFF_ARGS);
+static	enum rofferr	 roff_EN(ROFF_ARGS);
+static	enum rofferr	 roff_T_(ROFF_ARGS);
+static	enum rofferr	 roff_userdef(ROFF_ARGS);
+
+/* See roffhash_find() */
+
+#define	ASCII_HI	 126
+#define	ASCII_LO	 33
+#define	HASHWIDTH	(ASCII_HI - ASCII_LO + 1)
+
+static	struct roffmac	*hash[HASHWIDTH];
+
+static	struct roffmac	 roffs[ROFF_MAX] = {
+	{ "ad", roff_line_ignore, NULL, NULL, 0, NULL },
+	{ "am", roff_block, roff_block_text, roff_block_sub, 0, NULL },
+	{ "ami", roff_block, roff_block_text, roff_block_sub, 0, NULL },
+	{ "am1", roff_block, roff_block_text, roff_block_sub, 0, NULL },
+	{ "de", roff_block, roff_block_text, roff_block_sub, 0, NULL },
+	{ "dei", roff_block, roff_block_text, roff_block_sub, 0, NULL },
+	{ "de1", roff_block, roff_block_text, roff_block_sub, 0, NULL },
+	{ "ds", roff_ds, NULL, NULL, 0, NULL },
+	{ "el", roff_cond, roff_cond_text, roff_cond_sub, ROFFMAC_STRUCT, NULL },
+	{ "hy", roff_line_ignore, NULL, NULL, 0, NULL },
+	{ "ie", roff_cond, roff_cond_text, roff_cond_sub, ROFFMAC_STRUCT, NULL },
+	{ "if", roff_cond, roff_cond_text, roff_cond_sub, ROFFMAC_STRUCT, NULL },
+	{ "ig", roff_block, roff_block_text, roff_block_sub, 0, NULL },
+	{ "it", roff_line_ignore, NULL, NULL, 0, NULL },
+	{ "ne", roff_line_ignore, NULL, NULL, 0, NULL },
+	{ "nh", roff_line_ignore, NULL, NULL, 0, NULL },
+	{ "nr", roff_nr, NULL, NULL, 0, NULL },
+	{ "ns", roff_line_ignore, NULL, NULL, 0, NULL },
+	{ "ps", roff_line_ignore, NULL, NULL, 0, NULL },
+	{ "rm", roff_rm, NULL, NULL, 0, NULL },
+	{ "so", roff_so, NULL, NULL, 0, NULL },
+	{ "ta", roff_line_ignore, NULL, NULL, 0, NULL },
+	{ "tr", roff_tr, NULL, NULL, 0, NULL },
+	{ "TS", roff_TS, NULL, NULL, 0, NULL },
+	{ "TE", roff_TE, NULL, NULL, 0, NULL },
+	{ "T&", roff_T_, NULL, NULL, 0, NULL },
+	{ "EQ", roff_EQ, NULL, NULL, 0, NULL },
+	{ "EN", roff_EN, NULL, NULL, 0, NULL },
+	{ ".", roff_cblock, NULL, NULL, 0, NULL },
+	{ "\\}", roff_ccond, NULL, NULL, 0, NULL },
+	{ NULL, roff_userdef, NULL, NULL, 0, NULL },
+};
+
+/* Array of injected predefined strings. */
+#define	PREDEFS_MAX	 38
+static	const struct predef predefs[PREDEFS_MAX] = {
+#include "predefs.in"
+};
+
+/* See roffhash_find() */
+#define	ROFF_HASH(p)	(p[0] - ASCII_LO)
+
+static void
+roffhash_init(void)
+{
+	struct roffmac	 *n;
+	int		  buc, i;
+
+	for (i = 0; i < (int)ROFF_USERDEF; i++) {
+		assert(roffs[i].name[0] >= ASCII_LO);
+		assert(roffs[i].name[0] <= ASCII_HI);
+
+		buc = ROFF_HASH(roffs[i].name);
+
+		if (NULL != (n = hash[buc])) {
+			for ( ; n->next; n = n->next)
+				/* Do nothing. */ ;
+			n->next = &roffs[i];
+		} else
+			hash[buc] = &roffs[i];
+	}
+}
+
+/*
+ * Look up a roff token by its name.  Returns ROFF_MAX if no macro by
+ * the nil-terminated string name could be found.
+ */
+static enum rofft
+roffhash_find(const char *p, size_t s)
+{
+	int		 buc;
+	struct roffmac	*n;
+
+	/*
+	 * libroff has an extremely simple hashtable, for the time
+	 * being, which simply keys on the first character, which must
+	 * be printable, then walks a chain.  It works well enough until
+	 * optimised.
+	 */
+
+	if (p[0] < ASCII_LO || p[0] > ASCII_HI)
+		return(ROFF_MAX);
+
+	buc = ROFF_HASH(p);
+
+	if (NULL == (n = hash[buc]))
+		return(ROFF_MAX);
+	for ( ; n; n = n->next)
+		if (0 == strncmp(n->name, p, s) && '\0' == n->name[(int)s])
+			return((enum rofft)(n - roffs));
+
+	return(ROFF_MAX);
+}
+
+
+/*
+ * Pop the current node off of the stack of roff instructions currently
+ * pending.
+ */
+static void
+roffnode_pop(struct roff *r)
+{
+	struct roffnode	*p;
+
+	assert(r->last);
+	p = r->last; 
+
+	r->last = r->last->parent;
+	free(p->name);
+	free(p->end);
+	free(p);
+}
+
+
+/*
+ * Push a roff node onto the instruction stack.  This must later be
+ * removed with roffnode_pop().
+ */
+static void
+roffnode_push(struct roff *r, enum rofft tok, const char *name,
+		int line, int col)
+{
+	struct roffnode	*p;
+
+	p = mandoc_calloc(1, sizeof(struct roffnode));
+	p->tok = tok;
+	if (name)
+		p->name = mandoc_strdup(name);
+	p->parent = r->last;
+	p->line = line;
+	p->col = col;
+	p->rule = p->parent ? p->parent->rule : ROFFRULE_DENY;
+
+	r->last = p;
+}
+
+
+static void
+roff_free1(struct roff *r)
+{
+	struct tbl_node	*t;
+	struct eqn_node	*e;
+	int		 i;
+
+	while (NULL != (t = r->first_tbl)) {
+		r->first_tbl = t->next;
+		tbl_free(t);
+	}
+
+	r->first_tbl = r->last_tbl = r->tbl = NULL;
+
+	while (NULL != (e = r->first_eqn)) {
+		r->first_eqn = e->next;
+		eqn_free(e);
+	}
+
+	r->first_eqn = r->last_eqn = r->eqn = NULL;
+
+	while (r->last)
+		roffnode_pop(r);
+
+	roff_freestr(r->strtab);
+	roff_freestr(r->xmbtab);
+
+	r->strtab = r->xmbtab = NULL;
+
+	if (r->xtab)
+		for (i = 0; i < 128; i++)
+			free(r->xtab[i].p);
+
+	free(r->xtab);
+	r->xtab = NULL;
+}
+
+void
+roff_reset(struct roff *r)
+{
+	int		 i;
+
+	roff_free1(r);
+
+	memset(&r->regs, 0, sizeof(struct reg) * REG__MAX);
+
+	for (i = 0; i < PREDEFS_MAX; i++) 
+		roff_setstr(r, predefs[i].name, predefs[i].str, 0);
+}
+
+
+void
+roff_free(struct roff *r)
+{
+
+	roff_free1(r);
+	free(r);
+}
+
+
+struct roff *
+roff_alloc(struct mparse *parse)
+{
+	struct roff	*r;
+	int		 i;
+
+	r = mandoc_calloc(1, sizeof(struct roff));
+	r->parse = parse;
+	r->rstackpos = -1;
+	
+	roffhash_init();
+
+	for (i = 0; i < PREDEFS_MAX; i++) 
+		roff_setstr(r, predefs[i].name, predefs[i].str, 0);
+
+	return(r);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Pre-filter each and every line for reserved words (one beginning with
+ * `\*', e.g., `\*(ab').  These must be handled before the actual line
+ * is processed. 
+ * This also checks the syntax of regular escapes.
+ */
+static enum rofferr
+roff_res(struct roff *r, char **bufp, size_t *szp, int ln, int pos)
+{
+	enum mandoc_esc	 esc;
+	const char	*stesc;	/* start of an escape sequence ('\\') */
+	const char	*stnam;	/* start of the name, after "[(*" */
+	const char	*cp;	/* end of the name, e.g. before ']' */
+	const char	*res;	/* the string to be substituted */
+	int		 i, maxl, expand_count;
+	size_t		 nsz;
+	char		*n;
+
+	expand_count = 0;
+
+again:
+	cp = *bufp + pos;
+	while (NULL != (cp = strchr(cp, '\\'))) {
+		stesc = cp++;
+
+		/*
+		 * The second character must be an asterisk.
+		 * If it isn't, skip it anyway:  It is escaped,
+		 * so it can't start another escape sequence.
+		 */
+
+		if ('\0' == *cp)
+			return(ROFF_CONT);
+
+		if ('*' != *cp) {
+			res = cp;
+			esc = mandoc_escape(&cp, NULL, NULL);
+			if (ESCAPE_ERROR != esc)
+				continue;
+			cp = res;
+			mandoc_msg
+				(MANDOCERR_BADESCAPE, r->parse, 
+				 ln, (int)(stesc - *bufp), NULL);
+			return(ROFF_CONT);
+		}
+
+		cp++;
+
+		/*
+		 * The third character decides the length
+		 * of the name of the string.
+		 * Save a pointer to the name.
+		 */
+
+		switch (*cp) {
+		case ('\0'):
+			return(ROFF_CONT);
+		case ('('):
+			cp++;
+			maxl = 2;
+			break;
+		case ('['):
+			cp++;
+			maxl = 0;
+			break;
+		default:
+			maxl = 1;
+			break;
+		}
+		stnam = cp;
+
+		/* Advance to the end of the name. */
+
+		for (i = 0; 0 == maxl || i < maxl; i++, cp++) {
+			if ('\0' == *cp) {
+				mandoc_msg
+					(MANDOCERR_BADESCAPE, 
+					 r->parse, ln, 
+					 (int)(stesc - *bufp), NULL);
+				return(ROFF_CONT);
+			}
+			if (0 == maxl && ']' == *cp)
+				break;
+		}
+
+		/*
+		 * Retrieve the replacement string; if it is
+		 * undefined, resume searching for escapes.
+		 */
+
+		res = roff_getstrn(r, stnam, (size_t)i);
+
+		if (NULL == res) {
+			mandoc_msg
+				(MANDOCERR_BADESCAPE, r->parse, 
+				 ln, (int)(stesc - *bufp), NULL);
+			res = "";
+		}
+
+		/* Replace the escape sequence by the string. */
+
+		pos = stesc - *bufp;
+
+		nsz = *szp + strlen(res) + 1;
+		n = mandoc_malloc(nsz);
+
+		strlcpy(n, *bufp, (size_t)(stesc - *bufp + 1));
+		strlcat(n, res, nsz);
+		strlcat(n, cp + (maxl ? 0 : 1), nsz);
+
+		free(*bufp);
+
+		*bufp = n;
+		*szp = nsz;
+
+		if (EXPAND_LIMIT >= ++expand_count)
+			goto again;
+
+		/* Just leave the string unexpanded. */
+		mandoc_msg(MANDOCERR_ROFFLOOP, r->parse, ln, pos, NULL);
+		return(ROFF_IGN);
+	}
+	return(ROFF_CONT);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Process text streams: convert all breakable hyphens into ASCII_HYPH.
+ */
+static enum rofferr
+roff_parsetext(char *p)
+{
+	size_t		 sz;
+	const char	*start;
+	enum mandoc_esc	 esc;
+
+	start = p;
+
+	while ('\0' != *p) {
+		sz = strcspn(p, "-\\");
+		p += sz;
+
+		if ('\0' == *p)
+			break;
+
+		if ('\\' == *p) {
+			/* Skip over escapes. */
+			p++;
+			esc = mandoc_escape
+				((const char **)&p, NULL, NULL);
+			if (ESCAPE_ERROR == esc)
+				break;
+			continue;
+		} else if (p == start) {
+			p++;
+			continue;
+		}
+
+		if (isalpha((unsigned char)p[-1]) &&
+		    isalpha((unsigned char)p[1]))
+			*p = ASCII_HYPH;
+		p++;
+	}
+
+	return(ROFF_CONT);
+}
+
+enum rofferr
+roff_parseln(struct roff *r, int ln, char **bufp, 
+		size_t *szp, int pos, int *offs)
+{
+	enum rofft	 t;
+	enum rofferr	 e;
+	int		 ppos, ctl;
+
+	/*
+	 * Run the reserved-word filter only if we have some reserved
+	 * words to fill in.
+	 */
+
+	e = roff_res(r, bufp, szp, ln, pos);
+	if (ROFF_IGN == e)
+		return(e);
+	assert(ROFF_CONT == e);
+
+	ppos = pos;
+	ctl = mandoc_getcontrol(*bufp, &pos);
+
+	/*
+	 * First, if a scope is open and we're not a macro, pass the
+	 * text through the macro's filter.  If a scope isn't open and
+	 * we're not a macro, just let it through.
+	 * Finally, if there's an equation scope open, divert it into it
+	 * no matter our state.
+	 */
+
+	if (r->last && ! ctl) {
+		t = r->last->tok;
+		assert(roffs[t].text);
+		e = (*roffs[t].text)
+			(r, t, bufp, szp, ln, pos, pos, offs);
+		assert(ROFF_IGN == e || ROFF_CONT == e);
+		if (ROFF_CONT != e)
+			return(e);
+		if (r->eqn)
+			return(eqn_read(&r->eqn, ln, *bufp, pos, offs));
+		if (r->tbl)
+			return(tbl_read(r->tbl, ln, *bufp, pos));
+		return(roff_parsetext(*bufp + pos));
+	} else if ( ! ctl) {
+		if (r->eqn)
+			return(eqn_read(&r->eqn, ln, *bufp, pos, offs));
+		if (r->tbl)
+			return(tbl_read(r->tbl, ln, *bufp, pos));
+		return(roff_parsetext(*bufp + pos));
+	} else if (r->eqn)
+		return(eqn_read(&r->eqn, ln, *bufp, ppos, offs));
+
+	/*
+	 * If a scope is open, go to the child handler for that macro,
+	 * as it may want to preprocess before doing anything with it.
+	 * Don't do so if an equation is open.
+	 */
+
+	if (r->last) {
+		t = r->last->tok;
+		assert(roffs[t].sub);
+		return((*roffs[t].sub)
+				(r, t, bufp, szp, 
+				 ln, ppos, pos, offs));
+	}
+
+	/*
+	 * Lastly, as we've no scope open, try to look up and execute
+	 * the new macro.  If no macro is found, simply return and let
+	 * the compilers handle it.
+	 */
+
+	if (ROFF_MAX == (t = roff_parse(r, *bufp, &pos)))
+		return(ROFF_CONT);
+
+	assert(roffs[t].proc);
+	return((*roffs[t].proc)
+			(r, t, bufp, szp, 
+			 ln, ppos, pos, offs));
+}
+
+
+void
+roff_endparse(struct roff *r)
+{
+
+	if (r->last)
+		mandoc_msg(MANDOCERR_SCOPEEXIT, r->parse,
+				r->last->line, r->last->col, NULL);
+
+	if (r->eqn) {
+		mandoc_msg(MANDOCERR_SCOPEEXIT, r->parse, 
+				r->eqn->eqn.ln, r->eqn->eqn.pos, NULL);
+		eqn_end(&r->eqn);
+	}
+
+	if (r->tbl) {
+		mandoc_msg(MANDOCERR_SCOPEEXIT, r->parse, 
+				r->tbl->line, r->tbl->pos, NULL);
+		tbl_end(&r->tbl);
+	}
+}
+
+/*
+ * Parse a roff node's type from the input buffer.  This must be in the
+ * form of ".foo xxx" in the usual way.
+ */
+static enum rofft
+roff_parse(struct roff *r, const char *buf, int *pos)
+{
+	const char	*mac;
+	size_t		 maclen;
+	enum rofft	 t;
+
+	if ('\0' == buf[*pos] || '"' == buf[*pos] || 
+			'\t' == buf[*pos] || ' ' == buf[*pos])
+		return(ROFF_MAX);
+
+	/*
+	 * We stop the macro parse at an escape, tab, space, or nil.
+	 * However, `\}' is also a valid macro, so make sure we don't
+	 * clobber it by seeing the `\' as the end of token.
+	 */
+
+	mac = buf + *pos;
+	maclen = strcspn(mac + 1, " \\\t\0") + 1;
+
+	t = (r->current_string = roff_getstrn(r, mac, maclen))
+	    ? ROFF_USERDEF : roffhash_find(mac, maclen);
+
+	*pos += (int)maclen;
+
+	while (buf[*pos] && ' ' == buf[*pos])
+		(*pos)++;
+
+	return(t);
+}
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+static enum rofferr
+roff_cblock(ROFF_ARGS)
+{
+
+	/*
+	 * A block-close `..' should only be invoked as a child of an
+	 * ignore macro, otherwise raise a warning and just ignore it.
+	 */
+
+	if (NULL == r->last) {
+		mandoc_msg(MANDOCERR_NOSCOPE, r->parse, ln, ppos, NULL);
+		return(ROFF_IGN);
+	}
+
+	switch (r->last->tok) {
+	case (ROFF_am):
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+	case (ROFF_ami):
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+	case (ROFF_am1):
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+	case (ROFF_de):
+		/* ROFF_de1 is remapped to ROFF_de in roff_block(). */
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+	case (ROFF_dei):
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+	case (ROFF_ig):
+		break;
+	default:
+		mandoc_msg(MANDOCERR_NOSCOPE, r->parse, ln, ppos, NULL);
+		return(ROFF_IGN);
+	}
+
+	if ((*bufp)[pos])
+		mandoc_msg(MANDOCERR_ARGSLOST, r->parse, ln, pos, NULL);
+
+	roffnode_pop(r);
+	roffnode_cleanscope(r);
+	return(ROFF_IGN);
+
+}
+
+
+static void
+roffnode_cleanscope(struct roff *r)
+{
+
+	while (r->last) {
+		if (--r->last->endspan < 0)
+			break;
+		roffnode_pop(r);
+	}
+}
+
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+static enum rofferr
+roff_ccond(ROFF_ARGS)
+{
+
+	if (NULL == r->last) {
+		mandoc_msg(MANDOCERR_NOSCOPE, r->parse, ln, ppos, NULL);
+		return(ROFF_IGN);
+	}
+
+	switch (r->last->tok) {
+	case (ROFF_el):
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+	case (ROFF_ie):
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+	case (ROFF_if):
+		break;
+	default:
+		mandoc_msg(MANDOCERR_NOSCOPE, r->parse, ln, ppos, NULL);
+		return(ROFF_IGN);
+	}
+
+	if (r->last->endspan > -1) {
+		mandoc_msg(MANDOCERR_NOSCOPE, r->parse, ln, ppos, NULL);
+		return(ROFF_IGN);
+	}
+
+	if ((*bufp)[pos])
+		mandoc_msg(MANDOCERR_ARGSLOST, r->parse, ln, pos, NULL);
+
+	roffnode_pop(r);
+	roffnode_cleanscope(r);
+	return(ROFF_IGN);
+}
+
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+static enum rofferr
+roff_block(ROFF_ARGS)
+{
+	int		sv;
+	size_t		sz;
+	char		*name;
+
+	name = NULL;
+
+	if (ROFF_ig != tok) {
+		if ('\0' == (*bufp)[pos]) {
+			mandoc_msg(MANDOCERR_NOARGS, r->parse, ln, ppos, NULL);
+			return(ROFF_IGN);
+		}
+
+		/*
+		 * Re-write `de1', since we don't really care about
+		 * groff's strange compatibility mode, into `de'.
+		 */
+
+		if (ROFF_de1 == tok)
+			tok = ROFF_de;
+		if (ROFF_de == tok)
+			name = *bufp + pos;
+		else
+			mandoc_msg(MANDOCERR_REQUEST, r->parse, ln, ppos,
+			    roffs[tok].name);
+
+		while ((*bufp)[pos] && ! isspace((unsigned char)(*bufp)[pos]))
+			pos++;
+
+		while (isspace((unsigned char)(*bufp)[pos]))
+			(*bufp)[pos++] = '\0';
+	}
+
+	roffnode_push(r, tok, name, ln, ppos);
+
+	/*
+	 * At the beginning of a `de' macro, clear the existing string
+	 * with the same name, if there is one.  New content will be
+	 * added from roff_block_text() in multiline mode.
+	 */
+
+	if (ROFF_de == tok)
+		roff_setstr(r, name, "", 0);
+
+	if ('\0' == (*bufp)[pos])
+		return(ROFF_IGN);
+
+	/* If present, process the custom end-of-line marker. */
+
+	sv = pos;
+	while ((*bufp)[pos] && ! isspace((unsigned char)(*bufp)[pos]))
+		pos++;
+
+	/*
+	 * Note: groff does NOT like escape characters in the input.
+	 * Instead of detecting this, we're just going to let it fly and
+	 * to hell with it.
+	 */
+
+	assert(pos > sv);
+	sz = (size_t)(pos - sv);
+
+	if (1 == sz && '.' == (*bufp)[sv])
+		return(ROFF_IGN);
+
+	r->last->end = mandoc_malloc(sz + 1);
+
+	memcpy(r->last->end, *bufp + sv, sz);
+	r->last->end[(int)sz] = '\0';
+
+	if ((*bufp)[pos])
+		mandoc_msg(MANDOCERR_ARGSLOST, r->parse, ln, pos, NULL);
+
+	return(ROFF_IGN);
+}
+
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+static enum rofferr
+roff_block_sub(ROFF_ARGS)
+{
+	enum rofft	t;
+	int		i, j;
+
+	/*
+	 * First check whether a custom macro exists at this level.  If
+	 * it does, then check against it.  This is some of groff's
+	 * stranger behaviours.  If we encountered a custom end-scope
+	 * tag and that tag also happens to be a "real" macro, then we
+	 * need to try interpreting it again as a real macro.  If it's
+	 * not, then return ignore.  Else continue.
+	 */
+
+	if (r->last->end) {
+		for (i = pos, j = 0; r->last->end[j]; j++, i++)
+			if ((*bufp)[i] != r->last->end[j])
+				break;
+
+		if ('\0' == r->last->end[j] && 
+				('\0' == (*bufp)[i] ||
+				 ' ' == (*bufp)[i] ||
+				 '\t' == (*bufp)[i])) {
+			roffnode_pop(r);
+			roffnode_cleanscope(r);
+
+			while (' ' == (*bufp)[i] || '\t' == (*bufp)[i])
+				i++;
+
+			pos = i;
+			if (ROFF_MAX != roff_parse(r, *bufp, &pos))
+				return(ROFF_RERUN);
+			return(ROFF_IGN);
+		}
+	}
+
+	/*
+	 * If we have no custom end-query or lookup failed, then try
+	 * pulling it out of the hashtable.
+	 */
+
+	t = roff_parse(r, *bufp, &pos);
+
+	/*
+	 * Macros other than block-end are only significant
+	 * in `de' blocks; elsewhere, simply throw them away.
+	 */
+	if (ROFF_cblock != t) {
+		if (ROFF_de == tok)
+			roff_setstr(r, r->last->name, *bufp + ppos, 1);
+		return(ROFF_IGN);
+	}
+
+	assert(roffs[t].proc);
+	return((*roffs[t].proc)(r, t, bufp, szp, 
+				ln, ppos, pos, offs));
+}
+
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+static enum rofferr
+roff_block_text(ROFF_ARGS)
+{
+
+	if (ROFF_de == tok)
+		roff_setstr(r, r->last->name, *bufp + pos, 1);
+
+	return(ROFF_IGN);
+}
+
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+static enum rofferr
+roff_cond_sub(ROFF_ARGS)
+{
+	enum rofft	 t;
+	enum roffrule	 rr;
+	char		*ep;
+
+	rr = r->last->rule;
+	roffnode_cleanscope(r);
+
+	/*
+	 * If the macro is unknown, first check if it contains a closing
+	 * delimiter `\}'.  If it does, close out our scope and return
+	 * the currently-scoped rule (ignore or continue).  Else, drop
+	 * into the currently-scoped rule.
+	 */
+
+	if (ROFF_MAX == (t = roff_parse(r, *bufp, &pos))) {
+		ep = &(*bufp)[pos];
+		for ( ; NULL != (ep = strchr(ep, '\\')); ep++) {
+			ep++;
+			if ('}' != *ep)
+				continue;
+
+			/*
+			 * Make the \} go away.
+			 * This is a little haphazard, as it's not quite
+			 * clear how nroff does this.
+			 * If we're at the end of line, then just chop
+			 * off the \} and resize the buffer.
+			 * If we aren't, then conver it to spaces.
+			 */
+
+			if ('\0' == *(ep + 1)) {
+				*--ep = '\0';
+				*szp -= 2;
+			} else
+				*(ep - 1) = *ep = ' ';
+
+			roff_ccond(r, ROFF_ccond, bufp, szp, 
+					ln, pos, pos + 2, offs);
+			break;
+		}
+		return(ROFFRULE_DENY == rr ? ROFF_IGN : ROFF_CONT);
+	}
+
+	/*
+	 * A denied conditional must evaluate its children if and only
+	 * if they're either structurally required (such as loops and
+	 * conditionals) or a closing macro.
+	 */
+
+	if (ROFFRULE_DENY == rr)
+		if ( ! (ROFFMAC_STRUCT & roffs[t].flags))
+			if (ROFF_ccond != t)
+				return(ROFF_IGN);
+
+	assert(roffs[t].proc);
+	return((*roffs[t].proc)(r, t, bufp, szp, 
+				ln, ppos, pos, offs));
+}
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+static enum rofferr
+roff_cond_text(ROFF_ARGS)
+{
+	char		*ep;
+	enum roffrule	 rr;
+
+	rr = r->last->rule;
+	roffnode_cleanscope(r);
+
+	ep = &(*bufp)[pos];
+	for ( ; NULL != (ep = strchr(ep, '\\')); ep++) {
+		ep++;
+		if ('}' != *ep)
+			continue;
+		*ep = '&';
+		roff_ccond(r, ROFF_ccond, bufp, szp, 
+				ln, pos, pos + 2, offs);
+	}
+	return(ROFFRULE_DENY == rr ? ROFF_IGN : ROFF_CONT);
+}
+
+static enum roffrule
+roff_evalcond(const char *v, int *pos)
+{
+
+	switch (v[*pos]) {
+	case ('n'):
+		(*pos)++;
+		return(ROFFRULE_ALLOW);
+	case ('e'):
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+	case ('o'):
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+	case ('t'):
+		(*pos)++;
+		return(ROFFRULE_DENY);
+	default:
+		break;
+	}
+
+	while (v[*pos] && ' ' != v[*pos])
+		(*pos)++;
+	return(ROFFRULE_DENY);
+}
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+static enum rofferr
+roff_line_ignore(ROFF_ARGS)
+{
+
+	if (ROFF_it == tok)
+		mandoc_msg(MANDOCERR_REQUEST, r->parse, ln, ppos, "it");
+
+	return(ROFF_IGN);
+}
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+static enum rofferr
+roff_cond(ROFF_ARGS)
+{
+	int		 sv;
+	enum roffrule	 rule;
+
+	/* 
+	 * An `.el' has no conditional body: it will consume the value
+	 * of the current rstack entry set in prior `ie' calls or
+	 * defaults to DENY.  
+	 *
+	 * If we're not an `el', however, then evaluate the conditional.
+	 */
+
+	rule = ROFF_el == tok ?
+		(r->rstackpos < 0 ? 
+		 ROFFRULE_DENY : r->rstack[r->rstackpos--]) :
+		roff_evalcond(*bufp, &pos);
+
+	sv = pos;
+	while (' ' == (*bufp)[pos])
+		pos++;
+
+	/*
+	 * Roff is weird.  If we have just white-space after the
+	 * conditional, it's considered the BODY and we exit without
+	 * really doing anything.  Warn about this.  It's probably
+	 * wrong.
+	 */
+
+	if ('\0' == (*bufp)[pos] && sv != pos) {
+		mandoc_msg(MANDOCERR_NOARGS, r->parse, ln, ppos, NULL);
+		return(ROFF_IGN);
+	}
+
+	roffnode_push(r, tok, NULL, ln, ppos);
+
+	r->last->rule = rule;
+
+	/*
+	 * An if-else will put the NEGATION of the current evaluated
+	 * conditional into the stack of rules.
+	 */
+
+	if (ROFF_ie == tok) {
+		if (r->rstackpos == RSTACK_MAX - 1) {
+			mandoc_msg(MANDOCERR_MEM, 
+				r->parse, ln, ppos, NULL);
+			return(ROFF_ERR);
+		}
+		r->rstack[++r->rstackpos] = 
+			ROFFRULE_DENY == r->last->rule ?
+			ROFFRULE_ALLOW : ROFFRULE_DENY;
+	}
+
+	/* If the parent has false as its rule, then so do we. */
+
+	if (r->last->parent && ROFFRULE_DENY == r->last->parent->rule)
+		r->last->rule = ROFFRULE_DENY;
+
+	/*
+	 * Determine scope.  If we're invoked with "\{" trailing the
+	 * conditional, then we're in a multiline scope.  Else our scope
+	 * expires on the next line.
+	 */
+
+	r->last->endspan = 1;
+
+	if ('\\' == (*bufp)[pos] && '{' == (*bufp)[pos + 1]) {
+		r->last->endspan = -1;
+		pos += 2;
+	} 
+
+	/*
+	 * If there are no arguments on the line, the next-line scope is
+	 * assumed.
+	 */
+
+	if ('\0' == (*bufp)[pos])
+		return(ROFF_IGN);
+
+	/* Otherwise re-run the roff parser after recalculating. */
+
+	*offs = pos;
+	return(ROFF_RERUN);
+}
+
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+static enum rofferr
+roff_ds(ROFF_ARGS)
+{
+	char		*name, *string;
+
+	/*
+	 * A symbol is named by the first word following the macro
+	 * invocation up to a space.  Its value is anything after the
+	 * name's trailing whitespace and optional double-quote.  Thus,
+	 *
+	 *  [.ds foo "bar  "     ]
+	 *
+	 * will have `bar  "     ' as its value.
+	 */
+
+	string = *bufp + pos;
+	name = roff_getname(r, &string, ln, pos);
+	if ('\0' == *name)
+		return(ROFF_IGN);
+
+	/* Read past initial double-quote. */
+	if ('"' == *string)
+		string++;
+
+	/* The rest is the value. */
+	roff_setstr(r, name, string, 0);
+	return(ROFF_IGN);
+}
+
+int
+roff_regisset(const struct roff *r, enum regs reg)
+{
+
+	return(r->regs[(int)reg].set);
+}
+
+unsigned int
+roff_regget(const struct roff *r, enum regs reg)
+{
+
+	return(r->regs[(int)reg].u);
+}
+
+void
+roff_regunset(struct roff *r, enum regs reg)
+{
+
+	r->regs[(int)reg].set = 0;
+}
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+static enum rofferr
+roff_nr(ROFF_ARGS)
+{
+	const char	*key;
+	char		*val;
+	int		 iv;
+
+	val = *bufp + pos;
+	key = roff_getname(r, &val, ln, pos);
+
+	if (0 == strcmp(key, "nS")) {
+		r->regs[(int)REG_nS].set = 1;
+		if ((iv = mandoc_strntoi(val, strlen(val), 10)) >= 0)
+			r->regs[(int)REG_nS].u = (unsigned)iv;
+		else
+			r->regs[(int)REG_nS].u = 0u;
+	}
+
+	return(ROFF_IGN);
+}
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+static enum rofferr
+roff_rm(ROFF_ARGS)
+{
+	const char	 *name;
+	char		 *cp;
+
+	cp = *bufp + pos;
+	while ('\0' != *cp) {
+		name = roff_getname(r, &cp, ln, (int)(cp - *bufp));
+		if ('\0' != *name)
+			roff_setstr(r, name, NULL, 0);
+	}
+	return(ROFF_IGN);
+}
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+static enum rofferr
+roff_TE(ROFF_ARGS)
+{
+
+	if (NULL == r->tbl)
+		mandoc_msg(MANDOCERR_NOSCOPE, r->parse, ln, ppos, NULL);
+	else
+		tbl_end(&r->tbl);
+
+	return(ROFF_IGN);
+}
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+static enum rofferr
+roff_T_(ROFF_ARGS)
+{
+
+	if (NULL == r->tbl)
+		mandoc_msg(MANDOCERR_NOSCOPE, r->parse, ln, ppos, NULL);
+	else
+		tbl_restart(ppos, ln, r->tbl);
+
+	return(ROFF_IGN);
+}
+
+#if 0
+static int
+roff_closeeqn(struct roff *r)
+{
+
+	return(r->eqn && ROFF_EQN == eqn_end(&r->eqn) ? 1 : 0);
+}
+#endif
+
+static void
+roff_openeqn(struct roff *r, const char *name, int line, 
+		int offs, const char *buf)
+{
+	struct eqn_node *e;
+	int		 poff;
+
+	assert(NULL == r->eqn);
+	e = eqn_alloc(name, offs, line, r->parse);
+
+	if (r->last_eqn)
+		r->last_eqn->next = e;
+	else
+		r->first_eqn = r->last_eqn = e;
+
+	r->eqn = r->last_eqn = e;
+
+	if (buf) {
+		poff = 0;
+		eqn_read(&r->eqn, line, buf, offs, &poff);
+	}
+}
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+static enum rofferr
+roff_EQ(ROFF_ARGS)
+{
+
+	roff_openeqn(r, *bufp + pos, ln, ppos, NULL);
+	return(ROFF_IGN);
+}
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+static enum rofferr
+roff_EN(ROFF_ARGS)
+{
+
+	mandoc_msg(MANDOCERR_NOSCOPE, r->parse, ln, ppos, NULL);
+	return(ROFF_IGN);
+}
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+static enum rofferr
+roff_TS(ROFF_ARGS)
+{
+	struct tbl_node	*t;
+
+	if (r->tbl) {
+		mandoc_msg(MANDOCERR_SCOPEBROKEN, r->parse, ln, ppos, NULL);
+		tbl_end(&r->tbl);
+	}
+
+	t = tbl_alloc(ppos, ln, r->parse);
+
+	if (r->last_tbl)
+		r->last_tbl->next = t;
+	else
+		r->first_tbl = r->last_tbl = t;
+
+	r->tbl = r->last_tbl = t;
+	return(ROFF_IGN);
+}
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+static enum rofferr
+roff_tr(ROFF_ARGS)
+{
+	const char	*p, *first, *second;
+	size_t		 fsz, ssz;
+	enum mandoc_esc	 esc;
+
+	p = *bufp + pos;
+
+	if ('\0' == *p) {
+		mandoc_msg(MANDOCERR_ARGCOUNT, r->parse, ln, ppos, NULL);
+		return(ROFF_IGN);
+	}
+
+	while ('\0' != *p) {
+		fsz = ssz = 1;
+
+		first = p++;
+		if ('\\' == *first) {
+			esc = mandoc_escape(&p, NULL, NULL);
+			if (ESCAPE_ERROR == esc) {
+				mandoc_msg
+					(MANDOCERR_BADESCAPE, r->parse, 
+					 ln, (int)(p - *bufp), NULL);
+				return(ROFF_IGN);
+			}
+			fsz = (size_t)(p - first);
+		}
+
+		second = p++;
+		if ('\\' == *second) {
+			esc = mandoc_escape(&p, NULL, NULL);
+			if (ESCAPE_ERROR == esc) {
+				mandoc_msg
+					(MANDOCERR_BADESCAPE, r->parse, 
+					 ln, (int)(p - *bufp), NULL);
+				return(ROFF_IGN);
+			}
+			ssz = (size_t)(p - second);
+		} else if ('\0' == *second) {
+			mandoc_msg(MANDOCERR_ARGCOUNT, r->parse, 
+					ln, (int)(p - *bufp), NULL);
+			second = " ";
+			p--;
+		}
+
+		if (fsz > 1) {
+			roff_setstrn(&r->xmbtab, first, 
+					fsz, second, ssz, 0);
+			continue;
+		}
+
+		if (NULL == r->xtab)
+			r->xtab = mandoc_calloc
+				(128, sizeof(struct roffstr));
+
+		free(r->xtab[(int)*first].p);
+		r->xtab[(int)*first].p = mandoc_strndup(second, ssz);
+		r->xtab[(int)*first].sz = ssz;
+	}
+
+	return(ROFF_IGN);
+}
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+static enum rofferr
+roff_so(ROFF_ARGS)
+{
+	char *name;
+
+	mandoc_msg(MANDOCERR_SO, r->parse, ln, ppos, NULL);
+
+	/*
+	 * Handle `so'.  Be EXTREMELY careful, as we shouldn't be
+	 * opening anything that's not in our cwd or anything beneath
+	 * it.  Thus, explicitly disallow traversing up the file-system
+	 * or using absolute paths.
+	 */
+
+	name = *bufp + pos;
+	if ('/' == *name || strstr(name, "../") || strstr(name, "/..")) {
+		mandoc_msg(MANDOCERR_SOPATH, r->parse, ln, pos, NULL);
+		return(ROFF_ERR);
+	}
+
+	*offs = pos;
+	return(ROFF_SO);
+}
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+static enum rofferr
+roff_userdef(ROFF_ARGS)
+{
+	const char	 *arg[9];
+	char		 *cp, *n1, *n2;
+	int		  i;
+
+	/*
+	 * Collect pointers to macro argument strings
+	 * and null-terminate them.
+	 */
+	cp = *bufp + pos;
+	for (i = 0; i < 9; i++)
+		arg[i] = '\0' == *cp ? "" :
+		    mandoc_getarg(r->parse, &cp, ln, &pos);
+
+	/*
+	 * Expand macro arguments.
+	 */
+	*szp = 0;
+	n1 = cp = mandoc_strdup(r->current_string);
+	while (NULL != (cp = strstr(cp, "\\$"))) {
+		i = cp[2] - '1';
+		if (0 > i || 8 < i) {
+			/* Not an argument invocation. */
+			cp += 2;
+			continue;
+		}
+
+		*szp = strlen(n1) - 3 + strlen(arg[i]) + 1;
+		n2 = mandoc_malloc(*szp);
+
+		strlcpy(n2, n1, (size_t)(cp - n1 + 1));
+		strlcat(n2, arg[i], *szp);
+		strlcat(n2, cp + 3, *szp);
+
+		cp = n2 + (cp - n1);
+		free(n1);
+		n1 = n2;
+	}
+
+	/*
+	 * Replace the macro invocation
+	 * by the expanded macro.
+	 */
+	free(*bufp);
+	*bufp = n1;
+	if (0 == *szp)
+		*szp = strlen(*bufp) + 1;
+
+	return(*szp > 1 && '\n' == (*bufp)[(int)*szp - 2] ?
+	   ROFF_REPARSE : ROFF_APPEND);
+}
+
+static char *
+roff_getname(struct roff *r, char **cpp, int ln, int pos)
+{
+	char	 *name, *cp;
+
+	name = *cpp;
+	if ('\0' == *name)
+		return(name);
+
+	/* Read until end of name. */
+	for (cp = name; '\0' != *cp && ' ' != *cp; cp++) {
+		if ('\\' != *cp)
+			continue;
+		cp++;
+		if ('\\' == *cp)
+			continue;
+		mandoc_msg(MANDOCERR_NAMESC, r->parse, ln, pos, NULL);
+		*cp = '\0';
+		name = cp;
+	}
+
+	/* Nil-terminate name. */
+	if ('\0' != *cp)
+		*(cp++) = '\0';
+
+	/* Read past spaces. */
+	while (' ' == *cp)
+		cp++;
+
+	*cpp = cp;
+	return(name);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Store *string into the user-defined string called *name.
+ * In multiline mode, append to an existing entry and append '\n';
+ * else replace the existing entry, if there is one.
+ * To clear an existing entry, call with (*r, *name, NULL, 0).
+ */
+static void
+roff_setstr(struct roff *r, const char *name, const char *string,
+	int multiline)
+{
+
+	roff_setstrn(&r->strtab, name, strlen(name), string,
+			string ? strlen(string) : 0, multiline);
+}
+
+static void
+roff_setstrn(struct roffkv **r, const char *name, size_t namesz,
+		const char *string, size_t stringsz, int multiline)
+{
+	struct roffkv	*n;
+	char		*c;
+	int		 i;
+	size_t		 oldch, newch;
+
+	/* Search for an existing string with the same name. */
+	n = *r;
+
+	while (n && strcmp(name, n->key.p))
+		n = n->next;
+
+	if (NULL == n) {
+		/* Create a new string table entry. */
+		n = mandoc_malloc(sizeof(struct roffkv));
+		n->key.p = mandoc_strndup(name, namesz);
+		n->key.sz = namesz;
+		n->val.p = NULL;
+		n->val.sz = 0;
+		n->next = *r;
+		*r = n;
+	} else if (0 == multiline) {
+		/* In multiline mode, append; else replace. */
+		free(n->val.p);
+		n->val.p = NULL;
+		n->val.sz = 0;
+	}
+
+	if (NULL == string)
+		return;
+
+	/*
+	 * One additional byte for the '\n' in multiline mode,
+	 * and one for the terminating '\0'.
+	 */
+	newch = stringsz + (multiline ? 2u : 1u);
+
+	if (NULL == n->val.p) {
+		n->val.p = mandoc_malloc(newch);
+		*n->val.p = '\0';
+		oldch = 0;
+	} else {
+		oldch = n->val.sz;
+		n->val.p = mandoc_realloc(n->val.p, oldch + newch);
+	}
+
+	/* Skip existing content in the destination buffer. */
+	c = n->val.p + (int)oldch;
+
+	/* Append new content to the destination buffer. */
+	i = 0;
+	while (i < (int)stringsz) {
+		/*
+		 * Rudimentary roff copy mode:
+		 * Handle escaped backslashes.
+		 */
+		if ('\\' == string[i] && '\\' == string[i + 1])
+			i++;
+		*c++ = string[i++];
+	}
+
+	/* Append terminating bytes. */
+	if (multiline)
+		*c++ = '\n';
+
+	*c = '\0';
+	n->val.sz = (int)(c - n->val.p);
+}
+
+static const char *
+roff_getstrn(const struct roff *r, const char *name, size_t len)
+{
+	const struct roffkv *n;
+
+	for (n = r->strtab; n; n = n->next)
+		if (0 == strncmp(name, n->key.p, len) && 
+				'\0' == n->key.p[(int)len])
+			return(n->val.p);
+
+	return(NULL);
+}
+
+static void
+roff_freestr(struct roffkv *r)
+{
+	struct roffkv	 *n, *nn;
+
+	for (n = r; n; n = nn) {
+		free(n->key.p);
+		free(n->val.p);
+		nn = n->next;
+		free(n);
+	}
+}
+
+const struct tbl_span *
+roff_span(const struct roff *r)
+{
+	
+	return(r->tbl ? tbl_span(r->tbl) : NULL);
+}
+
+const struct eqn *
+roff_eqn(const struct roff *r)
+{
+	
+	return(r->last_eqn ? &r->last_eqn->eqn : NULL);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Duplicate an input string, making the appropriate character
+ * conversations (as stipulated by `tr') along the way.
+ * Returns a heap-allocated string with all the replacements made.
+ */
+char *
+roff_strdup(const struct roff *r, const char *p)
+{
+	const struct roffkv *cp;
+	char		*res;
+	const char	*pp;
+	size_t		 ssz, sz;
+	enum mandoc_esc	 esc;
+
+	if (NULL == r->xmbtab && NULL == r->xtab)
+		return(mandoc_strdup(p));
+	else if ('\0' == *p)
+		return(mandoc_strdup(""));
+
+	/*
+	 * Step through each character looking for term matches
+	 * (remember that a `tr' can be invoked with an escape, which is
+	 * a glyph but the escape is multi-character).
+	 * We only do this if the character hash has been initialised
+	 * and the string is >0 length.
+	 */
+
+	res = NULL;
+	ssz = 0;
+
+	while ('\0' != *p) {
+		if ('\\' != *p && r->xtab && r->xtab[(int)*p].p) {
+			sz = r->xtab[(int)*p].sz;
+			res = mandoc_realloc(res, ssz + sz + 1);
+			memcpy(res + ssz, r->xtab[(int)*p].p, sz);
+			ssz += sz;
+			p++;
+			continue;
+		} else if ('\\' != *p) {
+			res = mandoc_realloc(res, ssz + 2);
+			res[ssz++] = *p++;
+			continue;
+		}
+
+		/* Search for term matches. */
+		for (cp = r->xmbtab; cp; cp = cp->next)
+			if (0 == strncmp(p, cp->key.p, cp->key.sz))
+				break;
+
+		if (NULL != cp) {
+			/*
+			 * A match has been found.
+			 * Append the match to the array and move
+			 * forward by its keysize.
+			 */
+			res = mandoc_realloc
+				(res, ssz + cp->val.sz + 1);
+			memcpy(res + ssz, cp->val.p, cp->val.sz);
+			ssz += cp->val.sz;
+			p += (int)cp->key.sz;
+			continue;
+		}
+
+		/*
+		 * Handle escapes carefully: we need to copy
+		 * over just the escape itself, or else we might
+		 * do replacements within the escape itself.
+		 * Make sure to pass along the bogus string.
+		 */
+		pp = p++;
+		esc = mandoc_escape(&p, NULL, NULL);
+		if (ESCAPE_ERROR == esc) {
+			sz = strlen(pp);
+			res = mandoc_realloc(res, ssz + sz + 1);
+			memcpy(res + ssz, pp, sz);
+			break;
+		}
+		/* 
+		 * We bail out on bad escapes. 
+		 * No need to warn: we already did so when
+		 * roff_res() was called.
+		 */
+		sz = (int)(p - pp);
+		res = mandoc_realloc(res, ssz + sz + 1);
+		memcpy(res + ssz, pp, sz);
+		ssz += sz;
+	}
+
+	res[(int)ssz] = '\0';
+	return(res);
+}
diff --git a/contrib/mdocml/st.c b/contrib/mdocml/st.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..70c21a2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/mdocml/st.c
@@ -0,0 +1,39 @@
+/*	$Id: st.c,v 1.9 2011/03/22 14:33:05 kristaps Exp $ */
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2009 Kristaps Dzonsons <kristaps@bsd.lv>
+ *
+ * Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software for any
+ * purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above
+ * copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies.
+ *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" AND THE AUTHOR DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES
+ * WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
+ * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR
+ * ANY SPECIAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES
+ * WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN
+ * ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF
+ * OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
+ */
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+#include "config.h"
+#endif
+
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <time.h>
+
+#include "mdoc.h"
+#include "mandoc.h"
+#include "libmdoc.h"
+
+#define LINE(x, y) \
+	if (0 == strcmp(p, x)) return(y);
+
+const char *
+mdoc_a2st(const char *p)
+{
+
+#include "st.in"
+
+	return(NULL);
+}
diff --git a/contrib/mdocml/st.in b/contrib/mdocml/st.in
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3ba41dd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/mdocml/st.in
@@ -0,0 +1,78 @@
+/*	$Id: st.in,v 1.19 2012/02/26 21:47:09 schwarze Exp $ */
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2009, 2010 Kristaps Dzonsons <kristaps@bsd.lv>
+ *
+ * Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software for any
+ * purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above
+ * copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies.
+ *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" AND THE AUTHOR DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES
+ * WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
+ * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR
+ * ANY SPECIAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES
+ * WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN
+ * ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF
+ * OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
+ */
+
+/*
+ * This file defines the .St macro arguments.  If you add a new
+ * standard, make sure that the left-and side corresponds to the .St
+ * argument (like .St -p1003.1) and the right-hand side corresponds to
+ * the formatted output string.
+ *
+ * Be sure to escape strings.
+ * The non-breaking blanks prevent ending an output line right before 
+ * a number.  Groff prevent line breaks at the same places.
+ *
+ * REMEMBER TO ADD NEW STANDARDS TO MDOC.7!
+ */
+
+LINE("-p1003.1-88",	"IEEE Std 1003.1-1988 (\\(lqPOSIX.1\\(rq)")
+LINE("-p1003.1-90",	"IEEE Std 1003.1-1990 (\\(lqPOSIX.1\\(rq)")
+LINE("-p1003.1-96",	"ISO/IEC 9945-1:1996 (\\(lqPOSIX.1\\(rq)")
+LINE("-p1003.1-2001",	"IEEE Std 1003.1-2001 (\\(lqPOSIX.1\\(rq)")
+LINE("-p1003.1-2004",	"IEEE Std 1003.1-2004 (\\(lqPOSIX.1\\(rq)")
+LINE("-p1003.1-2008",	"IEEE Std 1003.1-2008 (\\(lqPOSIX.1\\(rq)")
+LINE("-p1003.1",	"IEEE Std 1003.1 (\\(lqPOSIX.1\\(rq)")
+LINE("-p1003.1b",	"IEEE Std 1003.1b (\\(lqPOSIX.1\\(rq)")
+LINE("-p1003.1b-93",	"IEEE Std 1003.1b-1993 (\\(lqPOSIX.1\\(rq)")
+LINE("-p1003.1c-95",	"IEEE Std 1003.1c-1995 (\\(lqPOSIX.1\\(rq)")
+LINE("-p1003.1g-2000",	"IEEE Std 1003.1g-2000 (\\(lqPOSIX.1\\(rq)")
+LINE("-p1003.1i-95",	"IEEE Std 1003.1i-1995 (\\(lqPOSIX.1\\(rq)")
+LINE("-p1003.2-92",	"IEEE Std 1003.2-1992 (\\(lqPOSIX.2\\(rq)")
+LINE("-p1003.2a-92",	"IEEE Std 1003.2a-1992 (\\(lqPOSIX.2\\(rq)")
+LINE("-p1387.2-95",	"IEEE Std 1387.2-1995 (\\(lqPOSIX.7.2\\(rq)")
+LINE("-p1003.2",	"IEEE Std 1003.2 (\\(lqPOSIX.2\\(rq)")
+LINE("-p1387.2",	"IEEE Std 1387.2 (\\(lqPOSIX.7.2\\(rq)")
+LINE("-isoC",		"ISO/IEC 9899:1990 (\\(lqISO\\~C90\\(rq)")
+LINE("-isoC-90",	"ISO/IEC 9899:1990 (\\(lqISO\\~C90\\(rq)")
+LINE("-isoC-amd1",	"ISO/IEC 9899/AMD1:1995 (\\(lqISO\\~C90, Amendment 1\\(rq)")
+LINE("-isoC-tcor1",	"ISO/IEC 9899/TCOR1:1994 (\\(lqISO\\~C90, Technical Corrigendum 1\\(rq)")
+LINE("-isoC-tcor2",	"ISO/IEC 9899/TCOR2:1995 (\\(lqISO\\~C90, Technical Corrigendum 2\\(rq)")
+LINE("-isoC-99",	"ISO/IEC 9899:1999 (\\(lqISO\\~C99\\(rq)")
+LINE("-isoC-2011",	"ISO/IEC 9899:2011 (\\(lqISO\\~C11\\(rq)")
+LINE("-iso9945-1-90",	"ISO/IEC 9945-1:1990 (\\(lqPOSIX.1\\(rq)")
+LINE("-iso9945-1-96",	"ISO/IEC 9945-1:1996 (\\(lqPOSIX.1\\(rq)")
+LINE("-iso9945-2-93",	"ISO/IEC 9945-2:1993 (\\(lqPOSIX.2\\(rq)")
+LINE("-ansiC",		"ANSI X3.159-1989 (\\(lqANSI\\~C89\\(rq)")
+LINE("-ansiC-89",	"ANSI X3.159-1989 (\\(lqANSI\\~C89\\(rq)")
+LINE("-ansiC-99",	"ANSI/ISO/IEC 9899-1999 (\\(lqANSI\\~C99\\(rq)")
+LINE("-ieee754",	"IEEE Std 754-1985")
+LINE("-iso8802-3",	"ISO 8802-3: 1989")
+LINE("-iso8601",	"ISO 8601")
+LINE("-ieee1275-94",	"IEEE Std 1275-1994 (\\(lqOpen Firmware\\(rq)")
+LINE("-xpg3",		"X/Open Portability Guide Issue\\~3 (\\(lqXPG3\\(rq)")
+LINE("-xpg4",		"X/Open Portability Guide Issue\\~4 (\\(lqXPG4\\(rq)")
+LINE("-xpg4.2",		"X/Open Portability Guide Issue\\~4, Version\\~2 (\\(lqXPG4.2\\(rq)")
+LINE("-xpg4.3",		"X/Open Portability Guide Issue\\~4, Version\\~3 (\\(lqXPG4.3\\(rq)")
+LINE("-xbd5",		"X/Open Base Definitions Issue\\~5 (\\(lqXBD5\\(rq)")
+LINE("-xcu5",		"X/Open Commands and Utilities Issue\\~5 (\\(lqXCU5\\(rq)")
+LINE("-xsh5",		"X/Open System Interfaces and Headers Issue\\~5 (\\(lqXSH5\\(rq)")
+LINE("-xns5",		"X/Open Networking Services Issue\\~5 (\\(lqXNS5\\(rq)")
+LINE("-xns5.2",		"X/Open Networking Services Issue\\~5.2 (\\(lqXNS5.2\\(rq)")
+LINE("-xns5.2d2.0",	"X/Open Networking Services Issue\\~5.2 Draft\\~2.0 (\\(lqXNS5.2D2.0\\(rq)")
+LINE("-xcurses4.2",	"X/Open Curses Issue\\~4, Version\\~2 (\\(lqXCURSES4.2\\(rq)")
+LINE("-susv2",		"Version\\~2 of the Single UNIX Specification")
+LINE("-susv3",		"Version\\~3 of the Single UNIX Specification")
+LINE("-svid4",		"System\\~V Interface Definition, Fourth Edition (\\(lqSVID4\\(rq)")
diff --git a/contrib/mdocml/style.css b/contrib/mdocml/style.css
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ee891f4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/mdocml/style.css
@@ -0,0 +1,144 @@
+/* $Id: style.css,v 1.25 2011/08/26 09:03:17 kristaps Exp $ */
+
+/*
+ * This is an example style-sheet provided for mandoc(1) and the -Thtml
+ * or -Txhtml output mode.
+ *
+ * It mimics the appearance of the traditional cvsweb output.
+ *
+ * See mdoc(7) and man(7) for macro explanations.
+ */
+
+html		{ max-width: 880px; margin-left: 1em; }
+body		{ font-size: smaller; font-family: Helvetica,Arial,sans-serif; }
+h1		{ margin-bottom: 1ex; font-size: 110%; margin-left: -4ex; } /* Section header (Sh, SH). */
+h2		{ margin-bottom: 1ex; font-size: 105%; margin-left: -2ex; } /* Sub-section header (Ss, SS). */
+table		{ width: 100%; margin-top: 0ex; margin-bottom: 0ex; } /* All tables. */
+td		{ vertical-align: top; } /* All table cells. */
+p		{ } /* Paragraph: Pp, Lp. */
+blockquote	{ margin-left: 5ex; margin-top: 0ex; margin-bottom: 0ex; } /* D1. */
+div.section	{ margin-bottom: 2ex; margin-left: 5ex; } /* Sections (Sh, SH). */
+div.subsection	{ } /* Sub-sections (Ss, SS). */
+table.synopsis	{ } /* SYNOPSIS section table. */
+
+/* Preamble structure. */
+
+table.foot	{ font-size: smaller; margin-top: 1em; border-top: 1px dotted #dddddd; } /* Document footer. */
+td.foot-date	{ width: 50%; } /* Document footer: date. */
+td.foot-os	{ width: 50%; text-align: right; } /* Document footer: OS/source. */
+table.head	{ font-size: smaller; margin-bottom: 1em; border-bottom: 1px dotted #dddddd; } /* Document header. */
+td.head-ltitle	{ width: 10%; } /* Document header: left-title. */
+td.head-vol	{ width: 80%; text-align: center; } /* Document header: volume. */
+td.head-rtitle	{ width: 10%; text-align: right; } /* Document header: right-title. */
+
+/* General font modes. */
+
+i		{ } /* Italic: BI, IB, I, (implicit). */
+.emph		{ font-style: italic; font-weight: normal; } /* Emphasis: Em, Bl -emphasis. */
+b		{ } /* Bold: SB, BI, IB, BR, RB, B, (implicit). */
+.symb		{ font-style: normal; font-weight: bold; } /* Symbolic: Sy, Ms, Bf -symbolic. */
+small		{ } /* Small: SB, SM. */
+.lit		{ font-style: normal; font-weight: normal; font-family: monospace; } /* Literal: Dl, Li, Ql, Bf -literal, Bl -literal, Bl -unfilled. */
+
+/* Block modes. */
+
+.display	{ } /* Top of all Bd, D1, Dl. */
+.list		{ } /* Top of all Bl. */
+
+/* Context-specific modes. */
+
+i.addr		{ font-weight: normal; } /* Address (Ad). */
+i.arg		{ font-weight: normal; } /* Command argument (Ar). */
+span.author	{ } /* Author name (An). */
+b.cmd		{ font-style: normal; } /* Command (Cm). */ 
+b.config	{ font-style: normal; } /* Config statement (Cd). */
+span.define	{ } /* Defines (Dv). */
+span.desc	{ } /* Nd.  After em-dash. */
+b.diag		{ font-style: normal; } /* Diagnostic (Bl -diag). */
+span.env	{ } /* Environment variables (Ev). */
+span.errno	{ } /* Error string (Er). */
+i.farg		{ font-weight: normal; } /* Function argument (Fa, Fn). */
+i.file		{ font-weight: normal; } /* File (Pa). */
+b.flag		{ font-style: normal; } /* Flag (Fl, Cm). */
+b.fname		{ font-style: normal; } /* Function name (Fa, Fn, Rv). */
+i.ftype		{ font-weight: normal; } /* Function types (Ft, Fn). */
+b.includes	{ font-style: normal; } /* Header includes (In). */
+span.lib	{ } /* Library (Lb). */
+i.link-sec	{ font-weight: normal; } /* Section links (Sx). */
+b.macro		{ font-style: normal; } /* Macro-ish thing (Fd). */
+b.name		{ font-style: normal; } /* Name of utility (Nm). */
+span.opt	{ } /* Options (Op, Oo/Oc). */
+span.ref	{ } /* Citations (Rs). */
+span.ref-auth	{ } /* Reference author (%A). */
+i.ref-book	{ font-weight: normal; } /* Reference book (%B). */
+span.ref-city	{ } /* Reference city (%C). */
+span.ref-date	{ } /* Reference date (%D). */
+i.ref-issue	{ font-weight: normal; } /* Reference issuer/publisher (%I). */
+i.ref-jrnl	{ font-weight: normal; } /* Reference journal (%J). */
+span.ref-num	{ } /* Reference number (%N). */
+span.ref-opt	{ } /* Reference optionals (%O). */
+span.ref-page	{ } /* Reference page (%P). */
+span.ref-corp	{ } /* Reference corporate/foreign author (%Q). */
+span.ref-rep	{ } /* Reference report (%R). */
+span.ref-title	{ text-decoration: underline; } /* Reference title (%T). */
+span.ref-vol	{ } /* Reference volume (%V). */
+span.type	{ font-style: italic; font-weight: normal; } /* Variable types (Vt). */
+span.unix	{ } /* Unices (Ux, Ox, Nx, Fx, Bx, Bsx, Dx). */
+b.utility	{ font-style: normal; } /* Name of utility (Ex). */
+b.var		{ font-style: normal; } /* Variables (Rv). */
+
+a.link-ext	{ } /* Off-site link (Lk). */
+a.link-includes	{ } /* Include-file link (In). */
+a.link-mail	{ } /* Mailto links (Mt). */
+a.link-man	{ } /* Manual links (Xr). */
+a.link-ref	{ } /* Reference section links (%Q). */
+a.link-sec	{ } /* Section links (Sx). */
+
+/* Formatting for lists.  See mdoc(7). */
+
+dl.list-diag	{ }
+dt.list-diag	{ }
+dd.list-diag	{ }
+
+dl.list-hang	{ }
+dt.list-hang	{ }
+dd.list-hang	{ }
+
+dl.list-inset	{ }
+dt.list-inset	{ }
+dd.list-inset	{ }
+
+dl.list-ohang	{ }
+dt.list-ohang	{ }
+dd.list-ohang	{ margin-left: 0ex; }
+
+dl.list-tag	{ }
+dt.list-tag	{ }
+dd.list-tag	{ }
+
+table.list-col	{ }
+tr.list-col	{ }
+td.list-col	{ }
+
+ul.list-bul	{ list-style-type: disc; padding-left: 1em; }
+li.list-bul	{ }
+
+ul.list-dash	{ list-style-type: none; padding-left: 0em; }
+li.list-dash:before { content: "\2014  "; }
+
+ul.list-hyph	{ list-style-type: none; padding-left: 0em; }
+li.list-hyph:before { content: "\2013  "; }
+
+ul.list-item	{ list-style-type: none; padding-left: 0em; }
+li.list-item	{ }
+
+ol.list-enum	{ padding-left: 2em; }
+li.list-enum	{ }
+
+/* Equation modes.  See eqn(7). */
+
+span.eqn	{ }
+
+/* Table modes.  See tbl(7). */
+
+table.tbl	{ }
diff --git a/contrib/mdocml/tbl.7 b/contrib/mdocml/tbl.7
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ea3d2ba
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/mdocml/tbl.7
@@ -0,0 +1,348 @@
+.\"	$Id: tbl.7,v 1.16 2011/09/03 00:29:21 kristaps Exp $
+.\"
+.\" Copyright (c) 2010, 2011 Kristaps Dzonsons <kristaps@bsd.lv>
+.\"
+.\" Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software for any
+.\" purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above
+.\" copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies.
+.\"
+.\" THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" AND THE AUTHOR DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES
+.\" WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
+.\" MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR
+.\" ANY SPECIAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES
+.\" WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN
+.\" ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF
+.\" OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
+.\"
+.Dd $Mdocdate: September 3 2011 $
+.Dt TBL 7
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm tbl
+.Nd tbl language reference for mandoc
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+The
+.Nm tbl
+language is a table-formatting language.
+It is used within
+.Xr mdoc 7
+and
+.Xr man 7
+.Ux
+manual pages.
+This manual describes the subset of the
+.Nm
+language accepted by the
+.Xr mandoc 1
+utility.
+.Pp
+Tables within
+.Xr mdoc 7
+or
+.Xr man 7
+are enclosed by the
+.Sq TS
+and
+.Sq TE
+macro tags, whose precise syntax is documented in
+.Xr roff 7 .
+Tables consist of a series of options on a single line, followed by the
+table layout, followed by data.
+.Pp
+For example, the following creates a boxed table with digits centred in
+the cells.
+.Bd -literal -offset indent
+\&.TS
+tab(:) box;
+c5 c5 c5.
+1:2:3
+4:5:6
+\&.TE
+.Ed
+.Pp
+When formatted, the following output is produced:
+.Bd -filled -offset indent -compact
+.TS
+tab(:) box;
+c5 c5 c5.
+1:2:3
+4:5:6
+.TE
+.Ed
+.Pp
+The
+.Nm
+implementation in
+.Xr mandoc 1
+is
+.Ud
+.Sh TABLE STRUCTURE
+Tables are enclosed by the
+.Sq TS
+and
+.Sq TE
+.Xr roff 7
+macros.
+A table consists of an optional single line of table
+.Sx Options
+terminated by a semicolon, followed by one or more lines of
+.Sx Layout
+specifications terminated by a period, then
+.Sx Data .
+All input must be 7-bit ASCII.
+Example:
+.Bd -literal -offset indent
+\&.TS
+box tab(:);
+c | c
+| c | c.
+1:2
+3:4
+\&.TE
+.Ed
+.Pp
+Table data is
+.Em pre-processed ,
+that is, data rows are parsed then inserted into the underlying stream
+of input data.
+This allows data rows to be interspersed by arbitrary
+.Xr roff 7 ,
+.Xr mdoc 7 ,
+and
+.Xr man 7
+macros such as
+.Bd -literal -offset indent
+\&.TS
+tab(:);
+c c c.
+1:2:3
+\&.Ao
+3:2:1
+\&.Ac
+\&.TE
+.Ed
+.Pp
+in the case of
+.Xr mdoc 7
+or
+.Bd -literal -offset indent
+\&.TS
+tab(:);
+c c c.
+\&.ds ab 2
+1:\e*(ab:3
+\&.I
+3:2:1
+\&.TE
+.Ed
+.Pp
+in the case of
+.Xr man 7 .
+.Ss Options
+The first line of a table consists of space-separated option keys and
+modifiers terminated by a semicolon.
+If the first line does not have a terminating semicolon, it is assumed
+that no options are specified and instead a
+.Sx Layout
+is processed.
+Some options accept arguments enclosed by parenthesis.
+The following case-insensitive options are available:
+.Bl -tag -width Ds
+.It Cm center
+This option is not supported by
+.Xr mandoc 1 .
+This may also be invoked with
+.Cm centre .
+.It Cm delim
+Accepts a two-character argument.
+This option is not supported by
+.Xr mandoc 1 .
+.It Cm expand
+This option is not supported by
+.Xr mandoc 1 .
+.It Cm box
+Draw a single-line box around the table.
+This may also be invoked with
+.Cm frame .
+.It Cm doublebox
+Draw a double-line box around the table.
+This may also be invoked with
+.Cm doubleframe .
+.It Cm allbox
+This option is not supported by
+.Xr mandoc 1 .
+.It Cm tab
+Accepts a single-character argument.
+This character is used as a delimiter between data cells, which otherwise
+defaults to the tab character.
+.It Cm linesize
+Accepts a natural number (all digits).
+This option is not supported by
+.Xr mandoc 1 .
+.It Cm nokeep
+This option is not supported by
+.Xr mandoc 1 .
+.It Cm decimalpoint
+Accepts a single-character argument.
+This character will be used as the decimal point with the
+.Cm n
+layout key.
+.It Cm nospaces
+This option is not supported by
+.Xr mandoc 1 .
+.El
+.Ss Layout
+The table layout follows
+.Sx Options
+or a
+.Sq \&T&
+macro invocation.
+Layout specifies how data rows are displayed on output.
+Each layout line corresponds to a line of data; the last layout line
+applies to all remaining data lines.
+Layout lines may also be separated by a comma.
+Each layout cell consists of one of the following case-insensitive keys:
+.Bl -tag -width Ds
+.It Cm c
+Centre a literal string within its column.
+.It Cm r
+Right-justify a literal string within its column.
+.It Cm l
+Left-justify a literal string within its column.
+.It Cm n
+Justify a number around its last decimal point.
+If the decimal point is not found on the number, it's assumed to trail
+the number.
+.It Cm s
+Horizontally span columns from the last
+.No non- Ns Cm s
+data cell.
+It is an error if spanning columns follow a
+.Cm \-
+or
+.Cm \(ba
+cell, or come first.
+This option is not supported by
+.Xr mandoc 1 .
+.It Cm a
+Left-justify a literal string and pad with one space.
+.It Cm ^
+Vertically span rows from the last
+.No non- Ns Cm ^
+data cell.
+It is an error to invoke a vertical span on the first layout row.
+Unlike a horizontal spanner, you must specify an empty cell (if it not
+empty, the data is discarded) in the corresponding data cell.
+.It Cm \-
+Replace the data cell (its contents will be lost) with a single
+horizontal line.
+This may also be invoked with
+.Cm _ .
+.It Cm =
+Replace the data cell (its contents will be lost) with a double
+horizontal line.
+.It Cm \(ba
+Emit a vertical bar instead of data.
+.It Cm \(ba\(ba
+Emit a double-vertical bar instead of data.
+.El
+.Pp
+Keys may be followed by a set of modifiers.
+A modifier is either a modifier key or a natural number for specifying
+the minimum width of a column.
+The following case-insensitive modifier keys are available:
+.Cm z ,
+.Cm u ,
+.Cm e ,
+.Cm t ,
+.Cm d ,
+.Cm b ,
+.Cm i ,
+.Cm r ,
+and
+.Cm f
+.Po
+followed by
+.Cm b ,
+.Cm i ,
+.Cm r ,
+.Cm 3 ,
+.Cm 2 ,
+or
+.Cm 1
+.Pc .
+All of these are ignored by
+.Xr mandoc 1 .
+.Pp
+For example, the following layout specifies a centre-justified column of
+minimum width 10, followed by vertical bar, followed by a left-justified
+column of minimum width 10, another vertical bar, then a column
+justified about the decimal point in numbers:
+.Pp
+.Dl c10 | l10 | n
+.Ss Data
+The data section follows the last layout row.
+By default, cells in a data section are delimited by a tab.
+This behaviour may be changed with the
+.Cm tab
+option.
+If
+.Cm _
+or
+.Cm =
+is specified, a single or double line, respectively, is drawn across the
+data field.
+If
+.Cm \e-
+or
+.Cm \e=
+is specified, a line is drawn within the data field (i.e. terminating
+within the cell and not draw to the border).
+If the last cell of a line is
+.Cm T{ ,
+all subsequent lines are included as part of the cell until
+.Cm T}
+is specified as its own data cell.
+It may then be followed by a tab
+.Pq or as designated by Cm tab
+or an end-of-line to terminate the row.
+.Sh COMPATIBILITY
+This section documents compatibility between mandoc and other
+.Nm
+implementations, at this time limited to GNU tbl.
+.Pp
+.Bl -dash -compact
+.It
+In GNU tbl, comments and macros are disallowed prior to the data block
+of a table.
+The
+.Xr mandoc 1
+implementation allows them.
+.El
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr mandoc 1 ,
+.Xr man 7 ,
+.Xr mandoc_char 7 ,
+.Xr mdoc 7 ,
+.Xr roff 7
+.Rs
+.%A M. E. Lesk
+.%T Tbl\(emA Program to Format Tables
+.%D June 11, 1976
+.Re
+.Sh HISTORY
+The tbl utility, a preprocessor for troff, was originally written by M.
+E. Lesk at Bell Labs in 1975.
+The GNU reimplementation of tbl, part of the groff package, was released
+in 1990 by James Clark.
+A standalone tbl implementation was written by Kristaps Dzonsons in
+2010.
+This formed the basis of the implementation that is part of the
+.Xr mandoc 1
+utility.
+.Sh AUTHORS
+This
+.Nm
+reference was written by
+.An Kristaps Dzonsons ,
+.Mt kristaps@bsd.lv .
diff --git a/contrib/mdocml/tbl.c b/contrib/mdocml/tbl.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b3d651b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/mdocml/tbl.c
@@ -0,0 +1,175 @@
+/*	$Id: tbl.c,v 1.26 2011/07/25 15:37:00 kristaps Exp $ */
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2009, 2010, 2011 Kristaps Dzonsons <kristaps@bsd.lv>
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Ingo Schwarze <schwarze@openbsd.org>
+ *
+ * Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software for any
+ * purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above
+ * copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies.
+ *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" AND THE AUTHOR DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES
+ * WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
+ * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR
+ * ANY SPECIAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES
+ * WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN
+ * ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF
+ * OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
+ */
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+#include "config.h"
+#endif
+
+#include <assert.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <time.h>
+
+#include "mandoc.h"
+#include "libmandoc.h"
+#include "libroff.h"
+
+enum rofferr
+tbl_read(struct tbl_node *tbl, int ln, const char *p, int offs)
+{
+	int		 len;
+	const char	*cp;
+
+	cp = &p[offs];
+	len = (int)strlen(cp);
+
+	/*
+	 * If we're in the options section and we don't have a
+	 * terminating semicolon, assume we've moved directly into the
+	 * layout section.  No need to report a warning: this is,
+	 * apparently, standard behaviour.
+	 */
+
+	if (TBL_PART_OPTS == tbl->part && len)
+		if (';' != cp[len - 1])
+			tbl->part = TBL_PART_LAYOUT;
+
+	/* Now process each logical section of the table.  */
+
+	switch (tbl->part) {
+	case (TBL_PART_OPTS):
+		return(tbl_option(tbl, ln, p) ? ROFF_IGN : ROFF_ERR);
+	case (TBL_PART_LAYOUT):
+		return(tbl_layout(tbl, ln, p) ? ROFF_IGN : ROFF_ERR);
+	case (TBL_PART_CDATA):
+		return(tbl_cdata(tbl, ln, p) ? ROFF_TBL : ROFF_IGN);
+	default:
+		break;
+	}
+
+	/*
+	 * This only returns zero if the line is empty, so we ignore it
+	 * and continue on.
+	 */
+	return(tbl_data(tbl, ln, p) ? ROFF_TBL : ROFF_IGN);
+}
+
+struct tbl_node *
+tbl_alloc(int pos, int line, struct mparse *parse)
+{
+	struct tbl_node	*p;
+
+	p = mandoc_calloc(1, sizeof(struct tbl_node));
+	p->line = line;
+	p->pos = pos;
+	p->parse = parse;
+	p->part = TBL_PART_OPTS;
+	p->opts.tab = '\t';
+	p->opts.linesize = 12;
+	p->opts.decimal = '.';
+	return(p);
+}
+
+void
+tbl_free(struct tbl_node *p)
+{
+	struct tbl_row	*rp;
+	struct tbl_cell	*cp;
+	struct tbl_span	*sp;
+	struct tbl_dat	*dp;
+	struct tbl_head	*hp;
+
+	while (NULL != (rp = p->first_row)) {
+		p->first_row = rp->next;
+		while (rp->first) {
+			cp = rp->first;
+			rp->first = cp->next;
+			free(cp);
+		}
+		free(rp);
+	}
+
+	while (NULL != (sp = p->first_span)) {
+		p->first_span = sp->next;
+		while (sp->first) {
+			dp = sp->first;
+			sp->first = dp->next;
+			if (dp->string)
+				free(dp->string);
+			free(dp);
+		}
+		free(sp);
+	}
+
+	while (NULL != (hp = p->first_head)) {
+		p->first_head = hp->next;
+		free(hp);
+	}
+
+	free(p);
+}
+
+void
+tbl_restart(int line, int pos, struct tbl_node *tbl)
+{
+	if (TBL_PART_CDATA == tbl->part)
+		mandoc_msg(MANDOCERR_TBLBLOCK, tbl->parse, 
+				tbl->line, tbl->pos, NULL);
+
+	tbl->part = TBL_PART_LAYOUT;
+	tbl->line = line;
+	tbl->pos = pos;
+
+	if (NULL == tbl->first_span || NULL == tbl->first_span->first)
+		mandoc_msg(MANDOCERR_TBLNODATA, tbl->parse,
+				tbl->line, tbl->pos, NULL);
+}
+
+const struct tbl_span *
+tbl_span(struct tbl_node *tbl)
+{
+	struct tbl_span	 *span;
+
+	assert(tbl);
+	span = tbl->current_span ? tbl->current_span->next
+				 : tbl->first_span;
+	if (span)
+		tbl->current_span = span;
+	return(span);
+}
+
+void
+tbl_end(struct tbl_node **tblp)
+{
+	struct tbl_node	*tbl;
+
+	tbl = *tblp;
+	*tblp = NULL;
+
+	if (NULL == tbl->first_span || NULL == tbl->first_span->first)
+		mandoc_msg(MANDOCERR_TBLNODATA, tbl->parse, 
+				tbl->line, tbl->pos, NULL);
+
+	if (tbl->last_span)
+		tbl->last_span->flags |= TBL_SPAN_LAST;
+
+	if (TBL_PART_CDATA == tbl->part)
+		mandoc_msg(MANDOCERR_TBLBLOCK, tbl->parse, 
+				tbl->line, tbl->pos, NULL);
+}
+
diff --git a/contrib/mdocml/tbl_data.c b/contrib/mdocml/tbl_data.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..129695d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/mdocml/tbl_data.c
@@ -0,0 +1,276 @@
+/*	$Id: tbl_data.c,v 1.24 2011/03/20 16:02:05 kristaps Exp $ */
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2009, 2010, 2011 Kristaps Dzonsons <kristaps@bsd.lv>
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Ingo Schwarze <schwarze@openbsd.org>
+ *
+ * Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software for any
+ * purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above
+ * copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies.
+ *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" AND THE AUTHOR DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES
+ * WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
+ * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR
+ * ANY SPECIAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES
+ * WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN
+ * ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF
+ * OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
+ */
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+#include "config.h"
+#endif
+
+#include <assert.h>
+#include <ctype.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <time.h>
+
+#include "mandoc.h"
+#include "libmandoc.h"
+#include "libroff.h"
+
+static	int		 data(struct tbl_node *, struct tbl_span *, 
+				int, const char *, int *);
+static	struct tbl_span	*newspan(struct tbl_node *, int, 
+				struct tbl_row *);
+
+static int
+data(struct tbl_node *tbl, struct tbl_span *dp, 
+		int ln, const char *p, int *pos)
+{
+	struct tbl_dat	*dat;
+	struct tbl_cell	*cp;
+	int		 sv, spans;
+
+	cp = NULL;
+	if (dp->last && dp->last->layout)
+		cp = dp->last->layout->next;
+	else if (NULL == dp->last)
+		cp = dp->layout->first;
+
+	/* 
+	 * Skip over spanners and vertical lines to data formats, since
+	 * we want to match data with data layout cells in the header.
+	 */
+
+	while (cp && (TBL_CELL_VERT == cp->pos || 
+				TBL_CELL_DVERT == cp->pos ||
+				TBL_CELL_SPAN == cp->pos))
+		cp = cp->next;
+
+	/*
+	 * Stop processing when we reach the end of the available layout
+	 * cells.  This means that we have extra input.
+	 */
+
+	if (NULL == cp) {
+		mandoc_msg(MANDOCERR_TBLEXTRADAT, 
+				tbl->parse, ln, *pos, NULL);
+		/* Skip to the end... */
+		while (p[*pos])
+			(*pos)++;
+		return(1);
+	}
+
+	dat = mandoc_calloc(1, sizeof(struct tbl_dat));
+	dat->layout = cp;
+	dat->pos = TBL_DATA_NONE;
+
+	assert(TBL_CELL_SPAN != cp->pos);
+
+	for (spans = 0, cp = cp->next; cp; cp = cp->next)
+		if (TBL_CELL_SPAN == cp->pos)
+			spans++;
+		else
+			break;
+	
+	dat->spans = spans;
+
+	if (dp->last) {
+		dp->last->next = dat;
+		dp->last = dat;
+	} else
+		dp->last = dp->first = dat;
+
+	sv = *pos;
+	while (p[*pos] && p[*pos] != tbl->opts.tab)
+		(*pos)++;
+
+	/*
+	 * Check for a continued-data scope opening.  This consists of a
+	 * trailing `T{' at the end of the line.  Subsequent lines,
+	 * until a standalone `T}', are included in our cell.
+	 */
+
+	if (*pos - sv == 2 && 'T' == p[sv] && '{' == p[sv + 1]) {
+		tbl->part = TBL_PART_CDATA;
+		return(0);
+	}
+
+	assert(*pos - sv >= 0);
+
+	dat->string = mandoc_malloc((size_t)(*pos - sv + 1));
+	memcpy(dat->string, &p[sv], (size_t)(*pos - sv));
+	dat->string[*pos - sv] = '\0';
+
+	if (p[*pos])
+		(*pos)++;
+
+	if ( ! strcmp(dat->string, "_"))
+		dat->pos = TBL_DATA_HORIZ;
+	else if ( ! strcmp(dat->string, "="))
+		dat->pos = TBL_DATA_DHORIZ;
+	else if ( ! strcmp(dat->string, "\\_"))
+		dat->pos = TBL_DATA_NHORIZ;
+	else if ( ! strcmp(dat->string, "\\="))
+		dat->pos = TBL_DATA_NDHORIZ;
+	else
+		dat->pos = TBL_DATA_DATA;
+
+	if (TBL_CELL_HORIZ == dat->layout->pos ||
+			TBL_CELL_DHORIZ == dat->layout->pos ||
+			TBL_CELL_DOWN == dat->layout->pos)
+		if (TBL_DATA_DATA == dat->pos && '\0' != *dat->string)
+			mandoc_msg(MANDOCERR_TBLIGNDATA, 
+					tbl->parse, ln, sv, NULL);
+
+	return(1);
+}
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+int
+tbl_cdata(struct tbl_node *tbl, int ln, const char *p)
+{
+	struct tbl_dat	*dat;
+	size_t	 	 sz;
+	int		 pos;
+
+	pos = 0;
+
+	dat = tbl->last_span->last;
+
+	if (p[pos] == 'T' && p[pos + 1] == '}') {
+		pos += 2;
+		if (p[pos] == tbl->opts.tab) {
+			tbl->part = TBL_PART_DATA;
+			pos++;
+			return(data(tbl, tbl->last_span, ln, p, &pos));
+		} else if ('\0' == p[pos]) {
+			tbl->part = TBL_PART_DATA;
+			return(1);
+		}
+
+		/* Fallthrough: T} is part of a word. */
+	}
+
+	dat->pos = TBL_DATA_DATA;
+
+	if (dat->string) {
+		sz = strlen(p) + strlen(dat->string) + 2;
+		dat->string = mandoc_realloc(dat->string, sz);
+		strlcat(dat->string, " ", sz);
+		strlcat(dat->string, p, sz);
+	} else
+		dat->string = mandoc_strdup(p);
+
+	if (TBL_CELL_DOWN == dat->layout->pos) 
+		mandoc_msg(MANDOCERR_TBLIGNDATA, 
+				tbl->parse, ln, pos, NULL);
+
+	return(0);
+}
+
+static struct tbl_span *
+newspan(struct tbl_node *tbl, int line, struct tbl_row *rp)
+{
+	struct tbl_span	*dp;
+
+	dp = mandoc_calloc(1, sizeof(struct tbl_span));
+	dp->line = line;
+	dp->tbl = &tbl->opts;
+	dp->layout = rp;
+	dp->head = tbl->first_head;
+
+	if (tbl->last_span) {
+		tbl->last_span->next = dp;
+		tbl->last_span = dp;
+	} else {
+		tbl->last_span = tbl->first_span = dp;
+		tbl->current_span = NULL;
+		dp->flags |= TBL_SPAN_FIRST;
+	}
+
+	return(dp);
+}
+
+int
+tbl_data(struct tbl_node *tbl, int ln, const char *p)
+{
+	struct tbl_span	*dp;
+	struct tbl_row	*rp;
+	int		 pos;
+
+	pos = 0;
+
+	if ('\0' == p[pos]) {
+		mandoc_msg(MANDOCERR_TBL, tbl->parse, ln, pos, NULL);
+		return(0);
+	}
+
+	/* 
+	 * Choose a layout row: take the one following the last parsed
+	 * span's.  If that doesn't exist, use the last parsed span's.
+	 * If there's no last parsed span, use the first row.  Lastly,
+	 * if the last span was a horizontal line, use the same layout
+	 * (it doesn't "consume" the layout).
+	 */
+
+	if (tbl->last_span) {
+		assert(tbl->last_span->layout);
+		if (tbl->last_span->pos == TBL_SPAN_DATA) {
+			for (rp = tbl->last_span->layout->next;
+					rp && rp->first; rp = rp->next) {
+				switch (rp->first->pos) {
+				case (TBL_CELL_HORIZ):
+					dp = newspan(tbl, ln, rp);
+					dp->pos = TBL_SPAN_HORIZ;
+					continue;
+				case (TBL_CELL_DHORIZ):
+					dp = newspan(tbl, ln, rp);
+					dp->pos = TBL_SPAN_DHORIZ;
+					continue;
+				default:
+					break;
+				}
+				break;
+			}
+		} else
+			rp = tbl->last_span->layout;
+
+		if (NULL == rp)
+			rp = tbl->last_span->layout;
+	} else
+		rp = tbl->first_row;
+
+	assert(rp);
+
+	dp = newspan(tbl, ln, rp);
+
+	if ( ! strcmp(p, "_")) {
+		dp->pos = TBL_SPAN_HORIZ;
+		return(1);
+	} else if ( ! strcmp(p, "=")) {
+		dp->pos = TBL_SPAN_DHORIZ;
+		return(1);
+	}
+
+	dp->pos = TBL_SPAN_DATA;
+
+	/* This returns 0 when TBL_PART_CDATA is entered. */
+
+	while ('\0' != p[pos])
+		if ( ! data(tbl, dp, ln, p, &pos))
+			return(0);
+
+	return(1);
+}
diff --git a/contrib/mdocml/tbl_html.c b/contrib/mdocml/tbl_html.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8e7dc05
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/mdocml/tbl_html.c
@@ -0,0 +1,151 @@
+/*	$Id: tbl_html.c,v 1.9 2011/09/18 14:14:15 schwarze Exp $ */
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Kristaps Dzonsons <kristaps@bsd.lv>
+ *
+ * Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software for any
+ * purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above
+ * copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies.
+ *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" AND THE AUTHOR DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES
+ * WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
+ * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR
+ * ANY SPECIAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES
+ * WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN
+ * ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF
+ * OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
+ */
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+#include "config.h"
+#endif
+
+#include <assert.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+
+#include "mandoc.h"
+#include "out.h"
+#include "html.h"
+
+static	void	 html_tblopen(struct html *, const struct tbl_span *);
+static	size_t	 html_tbl_len(size_t, void *);
+static	size_t	 html_tbl_strlen(const char *, void *);
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+static size_t
+html_tbl_len(size_t sz, void *arg)
+{
+	
+	return(sz);
+}
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+static size_t
+html_tbl_strlen(const char *p, void *arg)
+{
+
+	return(strlen(p));
+}
+
+static void
+html_tblopen(struct html *h, const struct tbl_span *sp)
+{
+	const struct tbl_head *hp;
+	struct htmlpair	 tag;
+	struct roffsu	 su;
+	struct roffcol	*col;
+
+	if (TBL_SPAN_FIRST & sp->flags) {
+		h->tbl.len = html_tbl_len;
+		h->tbl.slen = html_tbl_strlen;
+		tblcalc(&h->tbl, sp);
+	}
+
+	assert(NULL == h->tblt);
+	PAIR_CLASS_INIT(&tag, "tbl");
+	h->tblt = print_otag(h, TAG_TABLE, 1, &tag);
+
+	for (hp = sp->head; hp; hp = hp->next) {
+		bufinit(h);
+		col = &h->tbl.cols[hp->ident];
+		SCALE_HS_INIT(&su, col->width);
+		bufcat_su(h, "width", &su);
+		PAIR_STYLE_INIT(&tag, h);
+		print_otag(h, TAG_COL, 1, &tag);
+	}
+
+	print_otag(h, TAG_TBODY, 0, NULL);
+}
+
+void
+print_tblclose(struct html *h)
+{
+
+	assert(h->tblt);
+	print_tagq(h, h->tblt);
+	h->tblt = NULL;
+}
+
+void
+print_tbl(struct html *h, const struct tbl_span *sp)
+{
+	const struct tbl_head *hp;
+	const struct tbl_dat *dp;
+	struct htmlpair	 tag;
+	struct tag	*tt;
+
+	/* Inhibit printing of spaces: we do padding ourselves. */
+
+	if (NULL == h->tblt)
+		html_tblopen(h, sp);
+
+	assert(h->tblt);
+
+	h->flags |= HTML_NONOSPACE;
+	h->flags |= HTML_NOSPACE;
+
+	tt = print_otag(h, TAG_TR, 0, NULL);
+
+	switch (sp->pos) {
+	case (TBL_SPAN_HORIZ):
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+	case (TBL_SPAN_DHORIZ):
+		PAIR_INIT(&tag, ATTR_COLSPAN, "0");
+		print_otag(h, TAG_TD, 1, &tag);
+		break;
+	default:
+		dp = sp->first;
+		for (hp = sp->head; hp; hp = hp->next) {
+			print_stagq(h, tt);
+			print_otag(h, TAG_TD, 0, NULL);
+
+			switch (hp->pos) {
+			case (TBL_HEAD_VERT):
+				/* FALLTHROUGH */
+			case (TBL_HEAD_DVERT):
+				continue;
+			case (TBL_HEAD_DATA):
+				if (NULL == dp)
+					break;
+				if (TBL_CELL_DOWN != dp->layout->pos)
+					if (dp->string)
+						print_text(h, dp->string);
+				dp = dp->next;
+				break;
+			}
+		}
+		break;
+	}
+
+	print_tagq(h, tt);
+
+	h->flags &= ~HTML_NONOSPACE;
+
+	if (TBL_SPAN_LAST & sp->flags) {
+		assert(h->tbl.cols);
+		free(h->tbl.cols);
+		h->tbl.cols = NULL;
+		print_tblclose(h);
+	}
+
+}
diff --git a/contrib/mdocml/tbl_layout.c b/contrib/mdocml/tbl_layout.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7601f14
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/mdocml/tbl_layout.c
@@ -0,0 +1,472 @@
+/*	$Id: tbl_layout.c,v 1.22 2011/09/18 14:14:15 schwarze Exp $ */
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2009, 2010, 2011 Kristaps Dzonsons <kristaps@bsd.lv>
+ *
+ * Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software for any
+ * purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above
+ * copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies.
+ *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" AND THE AUTHOR DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES
+ * WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
+ * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR
+ * ANY SPECIAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES
+ * WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN
+ * ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF
+ * OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
+ */
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+#include "config.h"
+#endif
+
+#include <assert.h>
+#include <ctype.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <time.h>
+
+#include "mandoc.h"
+#include "libmandoc.h"
+#include "libroff.h"
+
+struct	tbl_phrase {
+	char		 name;
+	enum tbl_cellt	 key;
+};
+
+/*
+ * FIXME: we can make this parse a lot nicer by, when an error is
+ * encountered in a layout key, bailing to the next key (i.e. to the
+ * next whitespace then continuing).
+ */
+
+#define	KEYS_MAX	 11
+
+static	const struct tbl_phrase keys[KEYS_MAX] = {
+	{ 'c',		 TBL_CELL_CENTRE },
+	{ 'r',		 TBL_CELL_RIGHT },
+	{ 'l',		 TBL_CELL_LEFT },
+	{ 'n',		 TBL_CELL_NUMBER },
+	{ 's',		 TBL_CELL_SPAN },
+	{ 'a',		 TBL_CELL_LONG },
+	{ '^',		 TBL_CELL_DOWN },
+	{ '-',		 TBL_CELL_HORIZ },
+	{ '_',		 TBL_CELL_HORIZ },
+	{ '=',		 TBL_CELL_DHORIZ },
+	{ '|',		 TBL_CELL_VERT }
+};
+
+static	int		 mods(struct tbl_node *, struct tbl_cell *, 
+				int, const char *, int *);
+static	int		 cell(struct tbl_node *, struct tbl_row *, 
+				int, const char *, int *);
+static	void		 row(struct tbl_node *, int, const char *, int *);
+static	struct tbl_cell *cell_alloc(struct tbl_node *, 
+				struct tbl_row *, enum tbl_cellt);
+static	void		 head_adjust(const struct tbl_cell *, 
+				struct tbl_head *);
+
+static int
+mods(struct tbl_node *tbl, struct tbl_cell *cp, 
+		int ln, const char *p, int *pos)
+{
+	char		 buf[5];
+	int		 i;
+
+	/* Not all types accept modifiers. */
+
+	switch (cp->pos) {
+	case (TBL_CELL_DOWN):
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+	case (TBL_CELL_HORIZ):
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+	case (TBL_CELL_DHORIZ):
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+	case (TBL_CELL_VERT):
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+	case (TBL_CELL_DVERT):
+		return(1);
+	default:
+		break;
+	}
+
+mod:
+	/* 
+	 * XXX: since, at least for now, modifiers are non-conflicting
+	 * (are separable by value, regardless of position), we let
+	 * modifiers come in any order.  The existing tbl doesn't let
+	 * this happen.
+	 */
+	switch (p[*pos]) {
+	case ('\0'):
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+	case (' '):
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+	case ('\t'):
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+	case (','):
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+	case ('.'):
+		return(1);
+	default:
+		break;
+	}
+
+	/* Throw away parenthesised expression. */
+
+	if ('(' == p[*pos]) {
+		(*pos)++;
+		while (p[*pos] && ')' != p[*pos])
+			(*pos)++;
+		if (')' == p[*pos]) {
+			(*pos)++;
+			goto mod;
+		}
+		mandoc_msg(MANDOCERR_TBLLAYOUT, 
+				tbl->parse, ln, *pos, NULL);
+		return(0);
+	}
+
+	/* Parse numerical spacing from modifier string. */
+
+	if (isdigit((unsigned char)p[*pos])) {
+		for (i = 0; i < 4; i++) {
+			if ( ! isdigit((unsigned char)p[*pos + i]))
+				break;
+			buf[i] = p[*pos + i];
+		}
+		buf[i] = '\0';
+
+		/* No greater than 4 digits. */
+
+		if (4 == i) {
+			mandoc_msg(MANDOCERR_TBLLAYOUT, tbl->parse,
+					ln, *pos, NULL);
+			return(0);
+		}
+
+		*pos += i;
+		cp->spacing = (size_t)atoi(buf);
+
+		goto mod;
+		/* NOTREACHED */
+	} 
+
+	/* TODO: GNU has many more extensions. */
+
+	switch (tolower((unsigned char)p[(*pos)++])) {
+	case ('z'):
+		cp->flags |= TBL_CELL_WIGN;
+		goto mod;
+	case ('u'):
+		cp->flags |= TBL_CELL_UP;
+		goto mod;
+	case ('e'):
+		cp->flags |= TBL_CELL_EQUAL;
+		goto mod;
+	case ('t'):
+		cp->flags |= TBL_CELL_TALIGN;
+		goto mod;
+	case ('d'):
+		cp->flags |= TBL_CELL_BALIGN;
+		goto mod;
+	case ('w'):  /* XXX for now, ignore minimal column width */
+		goto mod;
+	case ('f'):
+		break;
+	case ('r'):
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+	case ('b'):
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+	case ('i'):
+		(*pos)--;
+		break;
+	default:
+		mandoc_msg(MANDOCERR_TBLLAYOUT, tbl->parse,
+				ln, *pos - 1, NULL);
+		return(0);
+	}
+
+	switch (tolower((unsigned char)p[(*pos)++])) {
+	case ('3'):
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+	case ('b'):
+		cp->flags |= TBL_CELL_BOLD;
+		goto mod;
+	case ('2'):
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+	case ('i'):
+		cp->flags |= TBL_CELL_ITALIC;
+		goto mod;
+	case ('1'):
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+	case ('r'):
+		goto mod;
+	default:
+		break;
+	}
+
+	mandoc_msg(MANDOCERR_TBLLAYOUT, tbl->parse,
+			ln, *pos - 1, NULL);
+	return(0);
+}
+
+static int
+cell(struct tbl_node *tbl, struct tbl_row *rp, 
+		int ln, const char *p, int *pos)
+{
+	int		 i;
+	enum tbl_cellt	 c;
+
+	/* Parse the column position (`r', `R', `|', ...). */
+
+	for (i = 0; i < KEYS_MAX; i++)
+		if (tolower((unsigned char)p[*pos]) == keys[i].name)
+			break;
+
+	if (KEYS_MAX == i) {
+		mandoc_msg(MANDOCERR_TBLLAYOUT, tbl->parse, 
+				ln, *pos, NULL);
+		return(0);
+	}
+
+	c = keys[i].key;
+
+	/*
+	 * If a span cell is found first, raise a warning and abort the
+	 * parse.  If a span cell is found and the last layout element
+	 * isn't a "normal" layout, bail.
+	 *
+	 * FIXME: recover from this somehow?
+	 */
+
+	if (TBL_CELL_SPAN == c) {
+		if (NULL == rp->first) {
+			mandoc_msg(MANDOCERR_TBLLAYOUT, tbl->parse,
+					ln, *pos, NULL);
+			return(0);
+		} else if (rp->last)
+			switch (rp->last->pos) {
+			case (TBL_CELL_VERT):
+			case (TBL_CELL_DVERT):
+			case (TBL_CELL_HORIZ):
+			case (TBL_CELL_DHORIZ):
+				mandoc_msg(MANDOCERR_TBLLAYOUT, tbl->parse,
+						ln, *pos, NULL);
+				return(0);
+			default:
+				break;
+			}
+	}
+
+	/*
+	 * If a vertical spanner is found, we may not be in the first
+	 * row.
+	 */
+
+	if (TBL_CELL_DOWN == c && rp == tbl->first_row) {
+		mandoc_msg(MANDOCERR_TBLLAYOUT, tbl->parse, ln, *pos, NULL);
+		return(0);
+	}
+
+	(*pos)++;
+
+	/* Extra check for the double-vertical. */
+
+	if (TBL_CELL_VERT == c && '|' == p[*pos]) {
+		(*pos)++;
+		c = TBL_CELL_DVERT;
+	} 
+	
+	/* Disallow adjacent spacers. */
+
+	if (rp->last && (TBL_CELL_VERT == c || TBL_CELL_DVERT == c) &&
+			(TBL_CELL_VERT == rp->last->pos || 
+			 TBL_CELL_DVERT == rp->last->pos)) {
+		mandoc_msg(MANDOCERR_TBLLAYOUT, tbl->parse, ln, *pos - 1, NULL);
+		return(0);
+	}
+
+	/* Allocate cell then parse its modifiers. */
+
+	return(mods(tbl, cell_alloc(tbl, rp, c), ln, p, pos));
+}
+
+
+static void
+row(struct tbl_node *tbl, int ln, const char *p, int *pos)
+{
+	struct tbl_row	*rp;
+
+row:	/*
+	 * EBNF describing this section:
+	 *
+	 * row		::= row_list [:space:]* [.]?[\n]
+	 * row_list	::= [:space:]* row_elem row_tail
+	 * row_tail	::= [:space:]*[,] row_list |
+	 *                  epsilon
+	 * row_elem	::= [\t\ ]*[:alpha:]+
+	 */
+
+	rp = mandoc_calloc(1, sizeof(struct tbl_row));
+	if (tbl->last_row) {
+		tbl->last_row->next = rp;
+		tbl->last_row = rp;
+	} else
+		tbl->last_row = tbl->first_row = rp;
+
+cell:
+	while (isspace((unsigned char)p[*pos]))
+		(*pos)++;
+
+	/* Safely exit layout context. */
+
+	if ('.' == p[*pos]) {
+		tbl->part = TBL_PART_DATA;
+		if (NULL == tbl->first_row) 
+			mandoc_msg(MANDOCERR_TBLNOLAYOUT, tbl->parse, 
+					ln, *pos, NULL);
+		(*pos)++;
+		return;
+	}
+
+	/* End (and possibly restart) a row. */
+
+	if (',' == p[*pos]) {
+		(*pos)++;
+		goto row;
+	} else if ('\0' == p[*pos])
+		return;
+
+	if ( ! cell(tbl, rp, ln, p, pos))
+		return;
+
+	goto cell;
+	/* NOTREACHED */
+}
+
+int
+tbl_layout(struct tbl_node *tbl, int ln, const char *p)
+{
+	int		 pos;
+
+	pos = 0;
+	row(tbl, ln, p, &pos);
+
+	/* Always succeed. */
+	return(1);
+}
+
+static struct tbl_cell *
+cell_alloc(struct tbl_node *tbl, struct tbl_row *rp, enum tbl_cellt pos)
+{
+	struct tbl_cell	*p, *pp;
+	struct tbl_head	*h, *hp;
+
+	p = mandoc_calloc(1, sizeof(struct tbl_cell));
+
+	if (NULL != (pp = rp->last)) {
+		rp->last->next = p;
+		rp->last = p;
+	} else
+		rp->last = rp->first = p;
+
+	p->pos = pos;
+
+	/*
+	 * This is a little bit complicated.  Here we determine the
+	 * header the corresponds to a cell.  We add headers dynamically
+	 * when need be or re-use them, otherwise.  As an example, given
+	 * the following:
+	 *
+	 * 	1  c || l 
+	 * 	2  | c | l
+	 * 	3  l l
+	 * 	3  || c | l |.
+	 *
+	 * We first add the new headers (as there are none) in (1); then
+	 * in (2) we insert the first spanner (as it doesn't match up
+	 * with the header); then we re-use the prior data headers,
+	 * skipping over the spanners; then we re-use everything and add
+	 * a last spanner.  Note that VERT headers are made into DVERT
+	 * ones.
+	 */
+
+	h = pp ? pp->head->next : tbl->first_head;
+
+	if (h) {
+		/* Re-use data header. */
+		if (TBL_HEAD_DATA == h->pos && 
+				(TBL_CELL_VERT != p->pos &&
+				 TBL_CELL_DVERT != p->pos)) {
+			p->head = h;
+			return(p);
+		}
+
+		/* Re-use spanner header. */
+		if (TBL_HEAD_DATA != h->pos && 
+				(TBL_CELL_VERT == p->pos ||
+				 TBL_CELL_DVERT == p->pos)) {
+			head_adjust(p, h);
+			p->head = h;
+			return(p);
+		}
+
+		/* Right-shift headers with a new spanner. */
+		if (TBL_HEAD_DATA == h->pos && 
+				(TBL_CELL_VERT == p->pos ||
+				 TBL_CELL_DVERT == p->pos)) {
+			hp = mandoc_calloc(1, sizeof(struct tbl_head));
+			hp->ident = tbl->opts.cols++;
+			hp->prev = h->prev;
+			if (h->prev)
+				h->prev->next = hp;
+			if (h == tbl->first_head)
+				tbl->first_head = hp;
+			h->prev = hp;
+			hp->next = h;
+			head_adjust(p, hp);
+			p->head = hp;
+			return(p);
+		}
+
+		if (NULL != (h = h->next)) {
+			head_adjust(p, h);
+			p->head = h;
+			return(p);
+		}
+
+		/* Fall through to default case... */
+	}
+
+	hp = mandoc_calloc(1, sizeof(struct tbl_head));
+	hp->ident = tbl->opts.cols++;
+
+	if (tbl->last_head) {
+		hp->prev = tbl->last_head;
+		tbl->last_head->next = hp;
+		tbl->last_head = hp;
+	} else
+		tbl->last_head = tbl->first_head = hp;
+
+	head_adjust(p, hp);
+	p->head = hp;
+	return(p);
+}
+
+static void
+head_adjust(const struct tbl_cell *cellp, struct tbl_head *head)
+{
+	if (TBL_CELL_VERT != cellp->pos &&
+			TBL_CELL_DVERT != cellp->pos) {
+		head->pos = TBL_HEAD_DATA;
+		return;
+	}
+
+	if (TBL_CELL_VERT == cellp->pos)
+		if (TBL_HEAD_DVERT != head->pos)
+			head->pos = TBL_HEAD_VERT;
+
+	if (TBL_CELL_DVERT == cellp->pos)
+		head->pos = TBL_HEAD_DVERT;
+}
+
diff --git a/contrib/mdocml/tbl_opts.c b/contrib/mdocml/tbl_opts.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5bd67f8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/mdocml/tbl_opts.c
@@ -0,0 +1,270 @@
+/*	$Id: tbl_opts.c,v 1.12 2011/09/18 14:14:15 schwarze Exp $ */
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2009, 2010, 2011 Kristaps Dzonsons <kristaps@bsd.lv>
+ *
+ * Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software for any
+ * purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above
+ * copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies.
+ *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" AND THE AUTHOR DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES
+ * WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
+ * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR
+ * ANY SPECIAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES
+ * WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN
+ * ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF
+ * OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
+ */
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+#include "config.h"
+#endif
+
+#include <ctype.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+
+#include "mandoc.h"
+#include "libmandoc.h"
+#include "libroff.h"
+
+enum	tbl_ident {
+	KEY_CENTRE = 0,
+	KEY_DELIM,
+	KEY_EXPAND,
+	KEY_BOX,
+	KEY_DBOX,
+	KEY_ALLBOX,
+	KEY_TAB,
+	KEY_LINESIZE,
+	KEY_NOKEEP,
+	KEY_DPOINT,
+	KEY_NOSPACE,
+	KEY_FRAME,
+	KEY_DFRAME,
+	KEY_MAX
+};
+
+struct	tbl_phrase {
+	const char	*name;
+	int		 key;
+	enum tbl_ident	 ident;
+};
+
+/* Handle Commonwealth/American spellings. */
+#define	KEY_MAXKEYS	 14
+
+/* Maximum length of key name string. */
+#define	KEY_MAXNAME	 13
+
+/* Maximum length of key number size. */
+#define	KEY_MAXNUMSZ	 10
+
+static	const struct tbl_phrase keys[KEY_MAXKEYS] = {
+	{ "center",	 TBL_OPT_CENTRE,	KEY_CENTRE},
+	{ "centre",	 TBL_OPT_CENTRE,	KEY_CENTRE},
+	{ "delim",	 0,	       		KEY_DELIM},
+	{ "expand",	 TBL_OPT_EXPAND,	KEY_EXPAND},
+	{ "box",	 TBL_OPT_BOX,   	KEY_BOX},
+	{ "doublebox",	 TBL_OPT_DBOX,  	KEY_DBOX},
+	{ "allbox",	 TBL_OPT_ALLBOX,	KEY_ALLBOX},
+	{ "frame",	 TBL_OPT_BOX,		KEY_FRAME},
+	{ "doubleframe", TBL_OPT_DBOX,		KEY_DFRAME},
+	{ "tab",	 0,			KEY_TAB},
+	{ "linesize",	 0,			KEY_LINESIZE},
+	{ "nokeep",	 TBL_OPT_NOKEEP,	KEY_NOKEEP},
+	{ "decimalpoint", 0,			KEY_DPOINT},
+	{ "nospaces",	 TBL_OPT_NOSPACE,	KEY_NOSPACE},
+};
+
+static	int		 arg(struct tbl_node *, int, 
+				const char *, int *, enum tbl_ident);
+static	void		 opt(struct tbl_node *, int, 
+				const char *, int *);
+
+static int
+arg(struct tbl_node *tbl, int ln, const char *p, int *pos, enum tbl_ident key)
+{
+	int		 i;
+	char		 buf[KEY_MAXNUMSZ];
+
+	while (isspace((unsigned char)p[*pos]))
+		(*pos)++;
+
+	/* Arguments always begin with a parenthesis. */
+
+	if ('(' != p[*pos]) {
+		mandoc_msg(MANDOCERR_TBL, tbl->parse, 
+				ln, *pos, NULL);
+		return(0);
+	}
+
+	(*pos)++;
+
+	/*
+	 * The arguments can be ANY value, so we can't just stop at the
+	 * next close parenthesis (the argument can be a closed
+	 * parenthesis itself).
+	 */
+
+	switch (key) {
+	case (KEY_DELIM):
+		if ('\0' == p[(*pos)++]) {
+			mandoc_msg(MANDOCERR_TBL, tbl->parse,
+					ln, *pos - 1, NULL);
+			return(0);
+		} 
+
+		if ('\0' == p[(*pos)++]) {
+			mandoc_msg(MANDOCERR_TBL, tbl->parse,
+					ln, *pos - 1, NULL);
+			return(0);
+		} 
+		break;
+	case (KEY_TAB):
+		if ('\0' != (tbl->opts.tab = p[(*pos)++]))
+			break;
+
+		mandoc_msg(MANDOCERR_TBL, tbl->parse,
+				ln, *pos - 1, NULL);
+		return(0);
+	case (KEY_LINESIZE):
+		for (i = 0; i < KEY_MAXNUMSZ && p[*pos]; i++, (*pos)++) {
+			buf[i] = p[*pos];
+			if ( ! isdigit((unsigned char)buf[i]))
+				break;
+		}
+
+		if (i < KEY_MAXNUMSZ) {
+			buf[i] = '\0';
+			tbl->opts.linesize = atoi(buf);
+			break;
+		}
+
+		mandoc_msg(MANDOCERR_TBL, tbl->parse, ln, *pos, NULL);
+		return(0);
+	case (KEY_DPOINT):
+		if ('\0' != (tbl->opts.decimal = p[(*pos)++]))
+			break;
+
+		mandoc_msg(MANDOCERR_TBL, tbl->parse, 
+				ln, *pos - 1, NULL);
+		return(0);
+	default:
+		abort();
+		/* NOTREACHED */
+	}
+
+	/* End with a close parenthesis. */
+
+	if (')' == p[(*pos)++])
+		return(1);
+
+	mandoc_msg(MANDOCERR_TBL, tbl->parse, ln, *pos - 1, NULL);
+	return(0);
+}
+
+static void
+opt(struct tbl_node *tbl, int ln, const char *p, int *pos)
+{
+	int		 i, sv;
+	char		 buf[KEY_MAXNAME];
+
+	/*
+	 * Parse individual options from the stream as surrounded by
+	 * this goto.  Each pass through the routine parses out a single
+	 * option and registers it.  Option arguments are processed in
+	 * the arg() function.
+	 */
+
+again:	/*
+	 * EBNF describing this section:
+	 *
+	 * options	::= option_list [:space:]* [;][\n]
+	 * option_list	::= option option_tail
+	 * option_tail	::= [:space:]+ option_list |
+	 * 		::= epsilon
+	 * option	::= [:alpha:]+ args
+	 * args		::= [:space:]* [(] [:alpha:]+ [)]
+	 */
+
+	while (isspace((unsigned char)p[*pos]))
+		(*pos)++;
+
+	/* Safe exit point. */
+
+	if (';' == p[*pos])
+		return;
+
+	/* Copy up to first non-alpha character. */
+
+	for (sv = *pos, i = 0; i < KEY_MAXNAME; i++, (*pos)++) {
+		buf[i] = (char)tolower((unsigned char)p[*pos]);
+		if ( ! isalpha((unsigned char)buf[i]))
+			break;
+	}
+
+	/* Exit if buffer is empty (or overrun). */
+
+	if (KEY_MAXNAME == i || 0 == i) {
+		mandoc_msg(MANDOCERR_TBL, tbl->parse, ln, *pos, NULL);
+		return;
+	}
+
+	buf[i] = '\0';
+
+	while (isspace((unsigned char)p[*pos]))
+		(*pos)++;
+
+	/* 
+	 * Look through all of the available keys to find one that
+	 * matches the input.  FIXME: hashtable this.
+	 */
+
+	for (i = 0; i < KEY_MAXKEYS; i++) {
+		if (strcmp(buf, keys[i].name))
+			continue;
+
+		/*
+		 * Note: this is more difficult to recover from, as we
+		 * can be anywhere in the option sequence and it's
+		 * harder to jump to the next.  Meanwhile, just bail out
+		 * of the sequence altogether.
+		 */
+
+		if (keys[i].key) 
+			tbl->opts.opts |= keys[i].key;
+		else if ( ! arg(tbl, ln, p, pos, keys[i].ident))
+			return;
+
+		break;
+	}
+
+	/* 
+	 * Allow us to recover from bad options by continuing to another
+	 * parse sequence.
+	 */
+
+	if (KEY_MAXKEYS == i)
+		mandoc_msg(MANDOCERR_TBLOPT, tbl->parse, ln, sv, NULL);
+
+	goto again;
+	/* NOTREACHED */
+}
+
+int
+tbl_option(struct tbl_node *tbl, int ln, const char *p)
+{
+	int		 pos;
+
+	/*
+	 * Table options are always on just one line, so automatically
+	 * switch into the next input mode here.
+	 */
+	tbl->part = TBL_PART_LAYOUT;
+
+	pos = 0;
+	opt(tbl, ln, p, &pos);
+
+	/* Always succeed. */
+	return(1);
+}
diff --git a/contrib/mdocml/tbl_term.c b/contrib/mdocml/tbl_term.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f1928f0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/mdocml/tbl_term.c
@@ -0,0 +1,444 @@
+/*	$Id: tbl_term.c,v 1.21 2011/09/20 23:05:49 schwarze Exp $ */
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2009, 2011 Kristaps Dzonsons <kristaps@bsd.lv>
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Ingo Schwarze <schwarze@openbsd.org>
+ *
+ * Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software for any
+ * purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above
+ * copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies.
+ *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" AND THE AUTHOR DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES
+ * WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
+ * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR
+ * ANY SPECIAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES
+ * WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN
+ * ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF
+ * OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
+ */
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+#include "config.h"
+#endif
+
+#include <assert.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+
+#include "mandoc.h"
+#include "out.h"
+#include "term.h"
+
+static	size_t	term_tbl_len(size_t, void *);
+static	size_t	term_tbl_strlen(const char *, void *);
+static	void	tbl_char(struct termp *, char, size_t);
+static	void	tbl_data(struct termp *, const struct tbl *,
+			const struct tbl_dat *, 
+			const struct roffcol *);
+static	size_t	tbl_rulewidth(struct termp *, const struct tbl_head *);
+static	void	tbl_hframe(struct termp *, const struct tbl_span *, int);
+static	void	tbl_literal(struct termp *, const struct tbl_dat *, 
+			const struct roffcol *);
+static	void	tbl_number(struct termp *, const struct tbl *, 
+			const struct tbl_dat *, 
+			const struct roffcol *);
+static	void	tbl_hrule(struct termp *, const struct tbl_span *);
+static	void	tbl_vrule(struct termp *, const struct tbl_head *);
+
+
+static size_t
+term_tbl_strlen(const char *p, void *arg)
+{
+
+	return(term_strlen((const struct termp *)arg, p));
+}
+
+static size_t
+term_tbl_len(size_t sz, void *arg)
+{
+
+	return(term_len((const struct termp *)arg, sz));
+}
+
+void
+term_tbl(struct termp *tp, const struct tbl_span *sp)
+{
+	const struct tbl_head	*hp;
+	const struct tbl_dat	*dp;
+	struct roffcol		*col;
+	int			 spans;
+	size_t		   	 rmargin, maxrmargin;
+
+	rmargin = tp->rmargin;
+	maxrmargin = tp->maxrmargin;
+
+	tp->rmargin = tp->maxrmargin = TERM_MAXMARGIN;
+
+	/* Inhibit printing of spaces: we do padding ourselves. */
+
+	tp->flags |= TERMP_NONOSPACE;
+	tp->flags |= TERMP_NOSPACE;
+
+	/*
+	 * The first time we're invoked for a given table block,
+	 * calculate the table widths and decimal positions.
+	 */
+
+	if (TBL_SPAN_FIRST & sp->flags) {
+		term_flushln(tp);
+
+		tp->tbl.len = term_tbl_len;
+		tp->tbl.slen = term_tbl_strlen;
+		tp->tbl.arg = tp;
+
+		tblcalc(&tp->tbl, sp);
+	}
+
+	/* Horizontal frame at the start of boxed tables. */
+
+	if (TBL_SPAN_FIRST & sp->flags) {
+		if (TBL_OPT_DBOX & sp->tbl->opts)
+			tbl_hframe(tp, sp, 1);
+		if (TBL_OPT_DBOX & sp->tbl->opts ||
+		    TBL_OPT_BOX  & sp->tbl->opts)
+			tbl_hframe(tp, sp, 0);
+	}
+
+	/* Vertical frame at the start of each row. */
+
+	if (TBL_OPT_BOX & sp->tbl->opts || TBL_OPT_DBOX & sp->tbl->opts)
+		term_word(tp, TBL_SPAN_HORIZ == sp->pos ||
+			TBL_SPAN_DHORIZ == sp->pos ? "+" : "|");
+
+	/*
+	 * Now print the actual data itself depending on the span type.
+	 * Spanner spans get a horizontal rule; data spanners have their
+	 * data printed by matching data to header.
+	 */
+
+	switch (sp->pos) {
+	case (TBL_SPAN_HORIZ):
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+	case (TBL_SPAN_DHORIZ):
+		tbl_hrule(tp, sp);
+		break;
+	case (TBL_SPAN_DATA):
+		/* Iterate over template headers. */
+		dp = sp->first;
+		spans = 0;
+		for (hp = sp->head; hp; hp = hp->next) {
+			/* 
+			 * If the current data header is invoked during
+			 * a spanner ("spans" > 0), don't emit anything
+			 * at all.
+			 */
+			switch (hp->pos) {
+			case (TBL_HEAD_VERT):
+				/* FALLTHROUGH */
+			case (TBL_HEAD_DVERT):
+				if (spans <= 0)
+					tbl_vrule(tp, hp);
+				continue;
+			case (TBL_HEAD_DATA):
+				break;
+			}
+
+			if (--spans >= 0)
+				continue;
+
+			/*
+			 * All cells get a leading blank, except the
+			 * first one and those after double rulers.
+			 */
+
+			if (hp->prev && TBL_HEAD_DVERT != hp->prev->pos)
+				tbl_char(tp, ASCII_NBRSP, 1);
+
+			col = &tp->tbl.cols[hp->ident];
+			tbl_data(tp, sp->tbl, dp, col);
+
+			/* No trailing blanks. */
+
+			if (NULL == hp->next)
+				break;
+
+			/*
+			 * Add another blank between cells,
+			 * or two when there is no vertical ruler.
+			 */
+
+			tbl_char(tp, ASCII_NBRSP,
+			    TBL_HEAD_VERT  == hp->next->pos ||
+			    TBL_HEAD_DVERT == hp->next->pos ? 1 : 2);
+
+			/* 
+			 * Go to the next data cell and assign the
+			 * number of subsequent spans, if applicable.
+			 */
+
+			if (dp) {
+				spans = dp->spans;
+				dp = dp->next;
+			}
+		}
+		break;
+	}
+
+	/* Vertical frame at the end of each row. */
+
+	if (TBL_OPT_BOX & sp->tbl->opts || TBL_OPT_DBOX & sp->tbl->opts)
+		term_word(tp, TBL_SPAN_HORIZ == sp->pos ||
+			TBL_SPAN_DHORIZ == sp->pos ? "+" : " |");
+	term_flushln(tp);
+
+	/*
+	 * If we're the last row, clean up after ourselves: clear the
+	 * existing table configuration and set it to NULL.
+	 */
+
+	if (TBL_SPAN_LAST & sp->flags) {
+		if (TBL_OPT_DBOX & sp->tbl->opts ||
+		    TBL_OPT_BOX  & sp->tbl->opts)
+			tbl_hframe(tp, sp, 0);
+		if (TBL_OPT_DBOX & sp->tbl->opts)
+			tbl_hframe(tp, sp, 1);
+		assert(tp->tbl.cols);
+		free(tp->tbl.cols);
+		tp->tbl.cols = NULL;
+	}
+
+	tp->flags &= ~TERMP_NONOSPACE;
+	tp->rmargin = rmargin;
+	tp->maxrmargin = maxrmargin;
+
+}
+
+/*
+ * Horizontal rules extend across the entire table.
+ * Calculate the width by iterating over columns.
+ */
+static size_t
+tbl_rulewidth(struct termp *tp, const struct tbl_head *hp)
+{
+	size_t		 width;
+
+	width = tp->tbl.cols[hp->ident].width;
+	if (TBL_HEAD_DATA == hp->pos) {
+		/* Account for leading blanks. */
+		if (hp->prev && TBL_HEAD_DVERT != hp->prev->pos)
+			width++;
+		/* Account for trailing blanks. */
+		width++;
+		if (hp->next &&
+		    TBL_HEAD_VERT  != hp->next->pos &&
+		    TBL_HEAD_DVERT != hp->next->pos)
+			width++;
+	}
+	return(width);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Rules inside the table can be single or double
+ * and have crossings with vertical rules marked with pluses.
+ */
+static void
+tbl_hrule(struct termp *tp, const struct tbl_span *sp)
+{
+	const struct tbl_head *hp;
+	char		 c;
+
+	c = '-';
+	if (TBL_SPAN_DHORIZ == sp->pos)
+		c = '=';
+
+	for (hp = sp->head; hp; hp = hp->next)
+		tbl_char(tp,
+		    TBL_HEAD_DATA == hp->pos ? c : '+',
+		    tbl_rulewidth(tp, hp));
+}
+
+/*
+ * Rules above and below the table are always single
+ * and have an additional plus at the beginning and end.
+ * For double frames, this function is called twice,
+ * and the outer one does not have crossings.
+ */
+static void
+tbl_hframe(struct termp *tp, const struct tbl_span *sp, int outer)
+{
+	const struct tbl_head *hp;
+
+	term_word(tp, "+");
+	for (hp = sp->head; hp; hp = hp->next)
+		tbl_char(tp,
+		    outer || TBL_HEAD_DATA == hp->pos ? '-' : '+',
+		    tbl_rulewidth(tp, hp));
+	term_word(tp, "+");
+	term_flushln(tp);
+}
+
+static void
+tbl_data(struct termp *tp, const struct tbl *tbl,
+		const struct tbl_dat *dp, 
+		const struct roffcol *col)
+{
+
+	if (NULL == dp) {
+		tbl_char(tp, ASCII_NBRSP, col->width);
+		return;
+	}
+	assert(dp->layout);
+
+	switch (dp->pos) {
+	case (TBL_DATA_NONE):
+		tbl_char(tp, ASCII_NBRSP, col->width);
+		return;
+	case (TBL_DATA_HORIZ):
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+	case (TBL_DATA_NHORIZ):
+		tbl_char(tp, '-', col->width);
+		return;
+	case (TBL_DATA_NDHORIZ):
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+	case (TBL_DATA_DHORIZ):
+		tbl_char(tp, '=', col->width);
+		return;
+	default:
+		break;
+	}
+	
+	switch (dp->layout->pos) {
+	case (TBL_CELL_HORIZ):
+		tbl_char(tp, '-', col->width);
+		break;
+	case (TBL_CELL_DHORIZ):
+		tbl_char(tp, '=', col->width);
+		break;
+	case (TBL_CELL_LONG):
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+	case (TBL_CELL_CENTRE):
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+	case (TBL_CELL_LEFT):
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+	case (TBL_CELL_RIGHT):
+		tbl_literal(tp, dp, col);
+		break;
+	case (TBL_CELL_NUMBER):
+		tbl_number(tp, tbl, dp, col);
+		break;
+	case (TBL_CELL_DOWN):
+		tbl_char(tp, ASCII_NBRSP, col->width);
+		break;
+	default:
+		abort();
+		/* NOTREACHED */
+	}
+}
+
+static void
+tbl_vrule(struct termp *tp, const struct tbl_head *hp)
+{
+
+	switch (hp->pos) {
+	case (TBL_HEAD_VERT):
+		term_word(tp, "|");
+		break;
+	case (TBL_HEAD_DVERT):
+		term_word(tp, "||");
+		break;
+	default:
+		break;
+	}
+}
+
+static void
+tbl_char(struct termp *tp, char c, size_t len)
+{
+	size_t		i, sz;
+	char		cp[2];
+
+	cp[0] = c;
+	cp[1] = '\0';
+
+	sz = term_strlen(tp, cp);
+
+	for (i = 0; i < len; i += sz)
+		term_word(tp, cp);
+}
+
+static void
+tbl_literal(struct termp *tp, const struct tbl_dat *dp, 
+		const struct roffcol *col)
+{
+	size_t		 len, padl, padr;
+
+	assert(dp->string);
+	len = term_strlen(tp, dp->string);
+	padr = col->width > len ? col->width - len : 0;
+	padl = 0;
+
+	switch (dp->layout->pos) {
+	case (TBL_CELL_LONG):
+		padl = term_len(tp, 1);
+		padr = padr > padl ? padr - padl : 0;
+		break;
+	case (TBL_CELL_CENTRE):
+		if (2 > padr)
+			break;
+		padl = padr / 2;
+		padr -= padl;
+		break;
+	case (TBL_CELL_RIGHT):
+		padl = padr;
+		padr = 0;
+		break;
+	default:
+		break;
+	}
+
+	tbl_char(tp, ASCII_NBRSP, padl);
+	term_word(tp, dp->string);
+	tbl_char(tp, ASCII_NBRSP, padr);
+}
+
+static void
+tbl_number(struct termp *tp, const struct tbl *tbl,
+		const struct tbl_dat *dp,
+		const struct roffcol *col)
+{
+	char		*cp;
+	char		 buf[2];
+	size_t		 sz, psz, ssz, d, padl;
+	int		 i;
+
+	/*
+	 * See calc_data_number().  Left-pad by taking the offset of our
+	 * and the maximum decimal; right-pad by the remaining amount.
+	 */
+
+	assert(dp->string);
+
+	sz = term_strlen(tp, dp->string);
+
+	buf[0] = tbl->decimal;
+	buf[1] = '\0';
+
+	psz = term_strlen(tp, buf);
+
+	if (NULL != (cp = strrchr(dp->string, tbl->decimal))) {
+		buf[1] = '\0';
+		for (ssz = 0, i = 0; cp != &dp->string[i]; i++) {
+			buf[0] = dp->string[i];
+			ssz += term_strlen(tp, buf);
+		}
+		d = ssz + psz;
+	} else
+		d = sz + psz;
+
+	padl = col->decimal - d;
+
+	tbl_char(tp, ASCII_NBRSP, padl);
+	term_word(tp, dp->string);
+	if (col->width > sz + padl)
+		tbl_char(tp, ASCII_NBRSP, col->width - sz - padl);
+}
+
diff --git a/contrib/mdocml/term.c b/contrib/mdocml/term.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4ca15ed
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/mdocml/term.c
@@ -0,0 +1,736 @@
+/*	$Id: term.c,v 1.201 2011/09/21 09:57:13 schwarze Exp $ */
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011 Kristaps Dzonsons <kristaps@bsd.lv>
+ * Copyright (c) 2010, 2011 Ingo Schwarze <schwarze@openbsd.org>
+ *
+ * Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software for any
+ * purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above
+ * copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies.
+ *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" AND THE AUTHOR DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES
+ * WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
+ * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR
+ * ANY SPECIAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES
+ * WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN
+ * ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF
+ * OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
+ */
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+#include "config.h"
+#endif
+
+#include <sys/types.h>
+
+#include <assert.h>
+#include <ctype.h>
+#include <stdint.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+
+#include "mandoc.h"
+#include "out.h"
+#include "term.h"
+#include "main.h"
+
+static	void		 adjbuf(struct termp *p, int);
+static	void		 bufferc(struct termp *, char);
+static	void		 encode(struct termp *, const char *, size_t);
+static	void		 encode1(struct termp *, int);
+
+void
+term_free(struct termp *p)
+{
+
+	if (p->buf)
+		free(p->buf);
+	if (p->symtab)
+		mchars_free(p->symtab);
+
+	free(p);
+}
+
+
+void
+term_begin(struct termp *p, term_margin head, 
+		term_margin foot, const void *arg)
+{
+
+	p->headf = head;
+	p->footf = foot;
+	p->argf = arg;
+	(*p->begin)(p);
+}
+
+
+void
+term_end(struct termp *p)
+{
+
+	(*p->end)(p);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Flush a line of text.  A "line" is loosely defined as being something
+ * that should be followed by a newline, regardless of whether it's
+ * broken apart by newlines getting there.  A line can also be a
+ * fragment of a columnar list (`Bl -tag' or `Bl -column'), which does
+ * not have a trailing newline.
+ *
+ * The following flags may be specified:
+ *
+ *  - TERMP_NOBREAK: this is the most important and is used when making
+ *    columns.  In short: don't print a newline and instead expect the
+ *    next call to do the padding up to the start of the next column.
+ *
+ *  - TERMP_TWOSPACE: make sure there is room for at least two space
+ *    characters of padding.  Otherwise, rather break the line.
+ *
+ *  - TERMP_DANGLE: don't newline when TERMP_NOBREAK is specified and
+ *    the line is overrun, and don't pad-right if it's underrun.
+ *
+ *  - TERMP_HANG: like TERMP_DANGLE, but doesn't newline when
+ *    overrunning, instead save the position and continue at that point
+ *    when the next invocation.
+ *
+ *  In-line line breaking:
+ *
+ *  If TERMP_NOBREAK is specified and the line overruns the right
+ *  margin, it will break and pad-right to the right margin after
+ *  writing.  If maxrmargin is violated, it will break and continue
+ *  writing from the right-margin, which will lead to the above scenario
+ *  upon exit.  Otherwise, the line will break at the right margin.
+ */
+void
+term_flushln(struct termp *p)
+{
+	int		 i;     /* current input position in p->buf */
+	size_t		 vis;   /* current visual position on output */
+	size_t		 vbl;   /* number of blanks to prepend to output */
+	size_t		 vend;	/* end of word visual position on output */
+	size_t		 bp;    /* visual right border position */
+	size_t		 dv;    /* temporary for visual pos calculations */
+	int		 j;     /* temporary loop index for p->buf */
+	int		 jhy;	/* last hyph before overflow w/r/t j */
+	size_t		 maxvis; /* output position of visible boundary */
+	size_t		 mmax; /* used in calculating bp */
+
+	/*
+	 * First, establish the maximum columns of "visible" content.
+	 * This is usually the difference between the right-margin and
+	 * an indentation, but can be, for tagged lists or columns, a
+	 * small set of values. 
+	 */
+	assert  (p->rmargin >= p->offset);
+	dv     = p->rmargin - p->offset;
+	maxvis = (int)dv > p->overstep ? dv - (size_t)p->overstep : 0;
+	dv     = p->maxrmargin - p->offset;
+	mmax   = (int)dv > p->overstep ? dv - (size_t)p->overstep : 0;
+
+	bp = TERMP_NOBREAK & p->flags ? mmax : maxvis;
+
+	/*
+	 * Calculate the required amount of padding.
+	 */
+	vbl = p->offset + p->overstep > p->viscol ?
+	      p->offset + p->overstep - p->viscol : 0;
+
+	vis = vend = 0;
+	i = 0;
+
+	while (i < p->col) {
+		/*
+		 * Handle literal tab characters: collapse all
+		 * subsequent tabs into a single huge set of spaces.
+		 */
+		while (i < p->col && '\t' == p->buf[i]) {
+			vend = (vis / p->tabwidth + 1) * p->tabwidth;
+			vbl += vend - vis;
+			vis = vend;
+			i++;
+		}
+
+		/*
+		 * Count up visible word characters.  Control sequences
+		 * (starting with the CSI) aren't counted.  A space
+		 * generates a non-printing word, which is valid (the
+		 * space is printed according to regular spacing rules).
+		 */
+
+		for (j = i, jhy = 0; j < p->col; j++) {
+			if ((j && ' ' == p->buf[j]) || '\t' == p->buf[j])
+				break;
+
+			/* Back over the the last printed character. */
+			if (8 == p->buf[j]) {
+				assert(j);
+				vend -= (*p->width)(p, p->buf[j - 1]);
+				continue;
+			}
+
+			/* Regular word. */
+			/* Break at the hyphen point if we overrun. */
+			if (vend > vis && vend < bp && 
+					ASCII_HYPH == p->buf[j])
+				jhy = j;
+
+			vend += (*p->width)(p, p->buf[j]);
+		}
+
+		/*
+		 * Find out whether we would exceed the right margin.
+		 * If so, break to the next line.
+		 */
+		if (vend > bp && 0 == jhy && vis > 0) {
+			vend -= vis;
+			(*p->endline)(p);
+			p->viscol = 0;
+			if (TERMP_NOBREAK & p->flags) {
+				vbl = p->rmargin;
+				vend += p->rmargin - p->offset;
+			} else
+				vbl = p->offset;
+
+			/* Remove the p->overstep width. */
+
+			bp += (size_t)p->overstep;
+			p->overstep = 0;
+		}
+
+		/* Write out the [remaining] word. */
+		for ( ; i < p->col; i++) {
+			if (vend > bp && jhy > 0 && i > jhy)
+				break;
+			if ('\t' == p->buf[i])
+				break;
+			if (' ' == p->buf[i]) {
+				j = i;
+				while (' ' == p->buf[i])
+					i++;
+				dv = (size_t)(i - j) * (*p->width)(p, ' ');
+				vbl += dv;
+				vend += dv;
+				break;
+			}
+			if (ASCII_NBRSP == p->buf[i]) {
+				vbl += (*p->width)(p, ' ');
+				continue;
+			}
+
+			/*
+			 * Now we definitely know there will be
+			 * printable characters to output,
+			 * so write preceding white space now.
+			 */
+			if (vbl) {
+				(*p->advance)(p, vbl);
+				p->viscol += vbl;
+				vbl = 0;
+			}
+
+			if (ASCII_HYPH == p->buf[i]) {
+				(*p->letter)(p, '-');
+				p->viscol += (*p->width)(p, '-');
+				continue;
+			}
+
+			(*p->letter)(p, p->buf[i]);
+			if (8 == p->buf[i])
+				p->viscol -= (*p->width)(p, p->buf[i-1]);
+			else 
+				p->viscol += (*p->width)(p, p->buf[i]);
+		}
+		vis = vend;
+	}
+
+	/*
+	 * If there was trailing white space, it was not printed;
+	 * so reset the cursor position accordingly.
+	 */
+	if (vis)
+		vis -= vbl;
+
+	p->col = 0;
+	p->overstep = 0;
+
+	if ( ! (TERMP_NOBREAK & p->flags)) {
+		p->viscol = 0;
+		(*p->endline)(p);
+		return;
+	}
+
+	if (TERMP_HANG & p->flags) {
+		/* We need one blank after the tag. */
+		p->overstep = (int)(vis - maxvis + (*p->width)(p, ' '));
+
+		/*
+		 * Behave exactly the same way as groff:
+		 * If we have overstepped the margin, temporarily move
+		 * it to the right and flag the rest of the line to be
+		 * shorter.
+		 * If we landed right at the margin, be happy.
+		 * If we are one step before the margin, temporarily
+		 * move it one step LEFT and flag the rest of the line
+		 * to be longer.
+		 */
+		if (p->overstep < -1)
+			p->overstep = 0;
+		return;
+
+	} else if (TERMP_DANGLE & p->flags)
+		return;
+
+	/* If the column was overrun, break the line. */
+	if (maxvis <= vis +
+	    ((TERMP_TWOSPACE & p->flags) ? (*p->width)(p, ' ') : 0)) {
+		(*p->endline)(p);
+		p->viscol = 0;
+	}
+}
+
+
+/* 
+ * A newline only breaks an existing line; it won't assert vertical
+ * space.  All data in the output buffer is flushed prior to the newline
+ * assertion.
+ */
+void
+term_newln(struct termp *p)
+{
+
+	p->flags |= TERMP_NOSPACE;
+	if (p->col || p->viscol)
+		term_flushln(p);
+}
+
+
+/*
+ * Asserts a vertical space (a full, empty line-break between lines).
+ * Note that if used twice, this will cause two blank spaces and so on.
+ * All data in the output buffer is flushed prior to the newline
+ * assertion.
+ */
+void
+term_vspace(struct termp *p)
+{
+
+	term_newln(p);
+	p->viscol = 0;
+	(*p->endline)(p);
+}
+
+void
+term_fontlast(struct termp *p)
+{
+	enum termfont	 f;
+
+	f = p->fontl;
+	p->fontl = p->fontq[p->fonti];
+	p->fontq[p->fonti] = f;
+}
+
+
+void
+term_fontrepl(struct termp *p, enum termfont f)
+{
+
+	p->fontl = p->fontq[p->fonti];
+	p->fontq[p->fonti] = f;
+}
+
+
+void
+term_fontpush(struct termp *p, enum termfont f)
+{
+
+	assert(p->fonti + 1 < 10);
+	p->fontl = p->fontq[p->fonti];
+	p->fontq[++p->fonti] = f;
+}
+
+
+const void *
+term_fontq(struct termp *p)
+{
+
+	return(&p->fontq[p->fonti]);
+}
+
+
+enum termfont
+term_fonttop(struct termp *p)
+{
+
+	return(p->fontq[p->fonti]);
+}
+
+
+void
+term_fontpopq(struct termp *p, const void *key)
+{
+
+	while (p->fonti >= 0 && key != &p->fontq[p->fonti])
+		p->fonti--;
+	assert(p->fonti >= 0);
+}
+
+
+void
+term_fontpop(struct termp *p)
+{
+
+	assert(p->fonti);
+	p->fonti--;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Handle pwords, partial words, which may be either a single word or a
+ * phrase that cannot be broken down (such as a literal string).  This
+ * handles word styling.
+ */
+void
+term_word(struct termp *p, const char *word)
+{
+	const char	*seq, *cp;
+	char		 c;
+	int		 sz, uc;
+	size_t		 ssz;
+	enum mandoc_esc	 esc;
+
+	if ( ! (TERMP_NOSPACE & p->flags)) {
+		if ( ! (TERMP_KEEP & p->flags)) {
+			if (TERMP_PREKEEP & p->flags)
+				p->flags |= TERMP_KEEP;
+			bufferc(p, ' ');
+			if (TERMP_SENTENCE & p->flags)
+				bufferc(p, ' ');
+		} else
+			bufferc(p, ASCII_NBRSP);
+	}
+
+	if ( ! (p->flags & TERMP_NONOSPACE))
+		p->flags &= ~TERMP_NOSPACE;
+	else
+		p->flags |= TERMP_NOSPACE;
+
+	p->flags &= ~(TERMP_SENTENCE | TERMP_IGNDELIM);
+
+	while ('\0' != *word) {
+		if ((ssz = strcspn(word, "\\")) > 0)
+			encode(p, word, ssz);
+
+		word += (int)ssz;
+		if ('\\' != *word)
+			continue;
+
+		word++;
+		esc = mandoc_escape(&word, &seq, &sz);
+		if (ESCAPE_ERROR == esc)
+			break;
+
+		if (TERMENC_ASCII != p->enc)
+			switch (esc) {
+			case (ESCAPE_UNICODE):
+				uc = mchars_num2uc(seq + 1, sz - 1);
+				if ('\0' == uc)
+					break;
+				encode1(p, uc);
+				continue;
+			case (ESCAPE_SPECIAL):
+				uc = mchars_spec2cp(p->symtab, seq, sz);
+				if (uc <= 0)
+					break;
+				encode1(p, uc);
+				continue;
+			default:
+				break;
+			}
+
+		switch (esc) {
+		case (ESCAPE_UNICODE):
+			encode1(p, '?');
+			break;
+		case (ESCAPE_NUMBERED):
+			c = mchars_num2char(seq, sz);
+			if ('\0' != c)
+				encode(p, &c, 1);
+			break;
+		case (ESCAPE_SPECIAL):
+			cp = mchars_spec2str(p->symtab, seq, sz, &ssz);
+			if (NULL != cp) 
+				encode(p, cp, ssz);
+			else if (1 == ssz)
+				encode(p, seq, sz);
+			break;
+		case (ESCAPE_FONTBOLD):
+			term_fontrepl(p, TERMFONT_BOLD);
+			break;
+		case (ESCAPE_FONTITALIC):
+			term_fontrepl(p, TERMFONT_UNDER);
+			break;
+		case (ESCAPE_FONT):
+			/* FALLTHROUGH */
+		case (ESCAPE_FONTROMAN):
+			term_fontrepl(p, TERMFONT_NONE);
+			break;
+		case (ESCAPE_FONTPREV):
+			term_fontlast(p);
+			break;
+		case (ESCAPE_NOSPACE):
+			if ('\0' == *word)
+				p->flags |= TERMP_NOSPACE;
+			break;
+		default:
+			break;
+		}
+	}
+}
+
+static void
+adjbuf(struct termp *p, int sz)
+{
+
+	if (0 == p->maxcols)
+		p->maxcols = 1024;
+	while (sz >= p->maxcols)
+		p->maxcols <<= 2;
+
+	p->buf = mandoc_realloc
+		(p->buf, sizeof(int) * (size_t)p->maxcols);
+}
+
+static void
+bufferc(struct termp *p, char c)
+{
+
+	if (p->col + 1 >= p->maxcols)
+		adjbuf(p, p->col + 1);
+
+	p->buf[p->col++] = c;
+}
+
+/*
+ * See encode().
+ * Do this for a single (probably unicode) value.
+ * Does not check for non-decorated glyphs.
+ */
+static void
+encode1(struct termp *p, int c)
+{
+	enum termfont	  f;
+
+	if (p->col + 4 >= p->maxcols)
+		adjbuf(p, p->col + 4);
+
+	f = term_fonttop(p);
+
+	if (TERMFONT_NONE == f) {
+		p->buf[p->col++] = c;
+		return;
+	} else if (TERMFONT_UNDER == f) {
+		p->buf[p->col++] = '_';
+	} else
+		p->buf[p->col++] = c;
+
+	p->buf[p->col++] = 8;
+	p->buf[p->col++] = c;
+}
+
+static void
+encode(struct termp *p, const char *word, size_t sz)
+{
+	enum termfont	  f;
+	int		  i, len;
+
+	/* LINTED */
+	len = sz;
+
+	/*
+	 * Encode and buffer a string of characters.  If the current
+	 * font mode is unset, buffer directly, else encode then buffer
+	 * character by character.
+	 */
+
+	if (TERMFONT_NONE == (f = term_fonttop(p))) {
+		if (p->col + len >= p->maxcols) 
+			adjbuf(p, p->col + len);
+		for (i = 0; i < len; i++)
+			p->buf[p->col++] = word[i];
+		return;
+	}
+
+	/* Pre-buffer, assuming worst-case. */
+
+	if (p->col + 1 + (len * 3) >= p->maxcols)
+		adjbuf(p, p->col + 1 + (len * 3));
+
+	for (i = 0; i < len; i++) {
+		if (ASCII_HYPH != word[i] &&
+		    ! isgraph((unsigned char)word[i])) {
+			p->buf[p->col++] = word[i];
+			continue;
+		}
+
+		if (TERMFONT_UNDER == f)
+			p->buf[p->col++] = '_';
+		else if (ASCII_HYPH == word[i])
+			p->buf[p->col++] = '-';
+		else
+			p->buf[p->col++] = word[i];
+
+		p->buf[p->col++] = 8;
+		p->buf[p->col++] = word[i];
+	}
+}
+
+size_t
+term_len(const struct termp *p, size_t sz)
+{
+
+	return((*p->width)(p, ' ') * sz);
+}
+
+
+size_t
+term_strlen(const struct termp *p, const char *cp)
+{
+	size_t		 sz, rsz, i;
+	int		 ssz, c;
+	const char	*seq, *rhs;
+	enum mandoc_esc	 esc;
+	static const char rej[] = { '\\', ASCII_HYPH, ASCII_NBRSP, '\0' };
+
+	/*
+	 * Account for escaped sequences within string length
+	 * calculations.  This follows the logic in term_word() as we
+	 * must calculate the width of produced strings.
+	 */
+
+	sz = 0;
+	while ('\0' != *cp) {
+		rsz = strcspn(cp, rej);
+		for (i = 0; i < rsz; i++)
+			sz += (*p->width)(p, *cp++);
+
+		c = 0;
+		switch (*cp) {
+		case ('\\'):
+			cp++;
+			esc = mandoc_escape(&cp, &seq, &ssz);
+			if (ESCAPE_ERROR == esc)
+				return(sz);
+
+			if (TERMENC_ASCII != p->enc)
+				switch (esc) {
+				case (ESCAPE_UNICODE):
+					c = mchars_num2uc
+						(seq + 1, ssz - 1);
+					if ('\0' == c)
+						break;
+					sz += (*p->width)(p, c);
+					continue;
+				case (ESCAPE_SPECIAL):
+					c = mchars_spec2cp
+						(p->symtab, seq, ssz);
+					if (c <= 0)
+						break;
+					sz += (*p->width)(p, c);
+					continue;
+				default:
+					break;
+				}
+
+			rhs = NULL;
+
+			switch (esc) {
+			case (ESCAPE_UNICODE):
+				sz += (*p->width)(p, '?');
+				break;
+			case (ESCAPE_NUMBERED):
+				c = mchars_num2char(seq, ssz);
+				if ('\0' != c)
+					sz += (*p->width)(p, c);
+				break;
+			case (ESCAPE_SPECIAL):
+				rhs = mchars_spec2str
+					(p->symtab, seq, ssz, &rsz);
+
+				if (ssz != 1 || rhs)
+					break;
+
+				rhs = seq;
+				rsz = ssz;
+				break;
+			default:
+				break;
+			}
+
+			if (NULL == rhs)
+				break;
+
+			for (i = 0; i < rsz; i++)
+				sz += (*p->width)(p, *rhs++);
+			break;
+		case (ASCII_NBRSP):
+			sz += (*p->width)(p, ' ');
+			cp++;
+			break;
+		case (ASCII_HYPH):
+			sz += (*p->width)(p, '-');
+			cp++;
+			break;
+		default:
+			break;
+		}
+	}
+
+	return(sz);
+}
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+size_t
+term_vspan(const struct termp *p, const struct roffsu *su)
+{
+	double		 r;
+
+	switch (su->unit) {
+	case (SCALE_CM):
+		r = su->scale * 2;
+		break;
+	case (SCALE_IN):
+		r = su->scale * 6;
+		break;
+	case (SCALE_PC):
+		r = su->scale;
+		break;
+	case (SCALE_PT):
+		r = su->scale / 8;
+		break;
+	case (SCALE_MM):
+		r = su->scale / 1000;
+		break;
+	case (SCALE_VS):
+		r = su->scale;
+		break;
+	default:
+		r = su->scale - 1;
+		break;
+	}
+
+	if (r < 0.0)
+		r = 0.0;
+	return(/* LINTED */(size_t)
+			r);
+}
+
+size_t
+term_hspan(const struct termp *p, const struct roffsu *su)
+{
+	double		 v;
+
+	v = ((*p->hspan)(p, su));
+	if (v < 0.0)
+		v = 0.0;
+	return((size_t) /* LINTED */
+			v);
+}
diff --git a/contrib/mdocml/term.h b/contrib/mdocml/term.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..56d076e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/mdocml/term.h
@@ -0,0 +1,128 @@
+/*	$Id: term.h,v 1.90 2011/12/04 23:10:52 schwarze Exp $ */
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011 Kristaps Dzonsons <kristaps@bsd.lv>
+ *
+ * Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software for any
+ * purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above
+ * copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies.
+ *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" AND THE AUTHOR DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES
+ * WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
+ * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR
+ * ANY SPECIAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES
+ * WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN
+ * ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF
+ * OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
+ */
+#ifndef TERM_H
+#define TERM_H
+
+__BEGIN_DECLS
+
+struct	termp;
+
+enum	termenc {
+	TERMENC_ASCII,
+	TERMENC_LOCALE,
+	TERMENC_UTF8
+};
+
+enum	termtype {
+	TERMTYPE_CHAR,
+	TERMTYPE_PS,
+	TERMTYPE_PDF
+};
+
+enum	termfont {
+	TERMFONT_NONE = 0,
+	TERMFONT_BOLD,
+	TERMFONT_UNDER,
+	TERMFONT__MAX
+};
+
+#define	TERM_MAXMARGIN	  100000 /* FIXME */
+
+typedef void	(*term_margin)(struct termp *, const void *);
+
+struct	termp_tbl {
+	int		  width;	/* width in fixed chars */
+	int		  decimal;	/* decimal point position */
+};
+
+struct	termp {
+	enum termtype	  type;
+	struct rofftbl	  tbl;		/* table configuration */
+	int		  mdocstyle;	/* imitate mdoc(7) output */
+	size_t		  defindent;	/* Default indent for text. */
+	size_t		  defrmargin;	/* Right margin of the device. */
+	size_t		  rmargin;	/* Current right margin. */
+	size_t		  maxrmargin;	/* Max right margin. */
+	int		  maxcols;	/* Max size of buf. */
+	size_t		  offset;	/* Margin offest. */
+	size_t		  tabwidth;	/* Distance of tab positions. */
+	int		  col;		/* Bytes in buf. */
+	size_t		  viscol;	/* Chars on current line. */
+	int		  overstep;	/* See termp_flushln(). */
+	int		  flags;
+#define	TERMP_SENTENCE	 (1 << 1)	/* Space before a sentence. */
+#define	TERMP_NOSPACE	 (1 << 2)	/* No space before words. */
+#define	TERMP_NOBREAK	 (1 << 4)	/* See term_flushln(). */
+#define	TERMP_IGNDELIM	 (1 << 6)	/* Delims like regulars. */
+#define	TERMP_NONOSPACE	 (1 << 7)	/* No space (no autounset). */
+#define	TERMP_DANGLE	 (1 << 8)	/* See term_flushln(). */
+#define	TERMP_HANG	 (1 << 9)	/* See term_flushln(). */
+#define	TERMP_TWOSPACE	 (1 << 10)	/* See term_flushln(). */
+#define	TERMP_NOSPLIT	 (1 << 11)	/* See termp_an_pre/post(). */
+#define	TERMP_SPLIT	 (1 << 12)	/* See termp_an_pre/post(). */
+#define	TERMP_ANPREC	 (1 << 13)	/* See termp_an_pre(). */
+#define	TERMP_KEEP	 (1 << 14)	/* Keep words together. */
+#define	TERMP_PREKEEP	 (1 << 15)	/* ...starting with the next one. */
+	int		 *buf;		/* Output buffer. */
+	enum termenc	  enc;		/* Type of encoding. */
+	struct mchars	 *symtab;	/* Encoded-symbol table. */
+	enum termfont	  fontl;	/* Last font set. */
+	enum termfont	  fontq[10];	/* Symmetric fonts. */
+	int		  fonti;	/* Index of font stack. */
+	term_margin	  headf;	/* invoked to print head */
+	term_margin	  footf;	/* invoked to print foot */
+	void		(*letter)(struct termp *, int);
+	void		(*begin)(struct termp *);
+	void		(*end)(struct termp *);
+	void		(*endline)(struct termp *);
+	void		(*advance)(struct termp *, size_t);
+	size_t		(*width)(const struct termp *, int);
+	double		(*hspan)(const struct termp *,
+				const struct roffsu *);
+	const void	 *argf;		/* arg for headf/footf */
+	struct termp_ps	 *ps;
+};
+
+void		  term_eqn(struct termp *, const struct eqn *);
+void		  term_tbl(struct termp *, const struct tbl_span *);
+void		  term_free(struct termp *);
+void		  term_newln(struct termp *);
+void		  term_vspace(struct termp *);
+void		  term_word(struct termp *, const char *);
+void		  term_flushln(struct termp *);
+void		  term_begin(struct termp *, term_margin, 
+			term_margin, const void *);
+void		  term_end(struct termp *);
+
+size_t		  term_hspan(const struct termp *, 
+			const struct roffsu *);
+size_t		  term_vspan(const struct termp *,
+			const struct roffsu *);
+size_t		  term_strlen(const struct termp *, const char *);
+size_t		  term_len(const struct termp *, size_t);
+
+enum termfont	  term_fonttop(struct termp *);
+const void	 *term_fontq(struct termp *);
+void		  term_fontpush(struct termp *, enum termfont);
+void		  term_fontpop(struct termp *);
+void		  term_fontpopq(struct termp *, const void *);
+void		  term_fontrepl(struct termp *, enum termfont);
+void		  term_fontlast(struct termp *);
+
+__END_DECLS
+
+#endif /*!TERM_H*/
diff --git a/contrib/mdocml/term_ascii.c b/contrib/mdocml/term_ascii.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2f11478
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/mdocml/term_ascii.c
@@ -0,0 +1,289 @@
+/*	$Id: term_ascii.c,v 1.20 2011/12/04 23:10:52 schwarze Exp $ */
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2010, 2011 Kristaps Dzonsons <kristaps@bsd.lv>
+ *
+ * Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software for any
+ * purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above
+ * copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies.
+ *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" AND THE AUTHOR DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES
+ * WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
+ * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR
+ * ANY SPECIAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES
+ * WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN
+ * ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF
+ * OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
+ */
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+#include "config.h"
+#endif
+
+#include <sys/types.h>
+
+#include <assert.h>
+#ifdef USE_WCHAR
+# include <locale.h>
+#endif
+#include <stdint.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+#ifdef USE_WCHAR
+# include <wchar.h>
+#endif
+
+#include "mandoc.h"
+#include "out.h"
+#include "term.h"
+#include "main.h"
+
+/* 
+ * Sadly, this doesn't seem to be defined on systems even when they
+ * support it.  For the time being, remove it and let those compiling
+ * the software decide for themselves what to use.
+ */
+#if 0
+#if ! defined(__STDC_ISO_10646__)
+# undef USE_WCHAR
+#endif
+#endif
+
+static	struct termp	 *ascii_init(enum termenc, char *);
+static	double		  ascii_hspan(const struct termp *,
+				const struct roffsu *);
+static	size_t		  ascii_width(const struct termp *, int);
+static	void		  ascii_advance(struct termp *, size_t);
+static	void		  ascii_begin(struct termp *);
+static	void		  ascii_end(struct termp *);
+static	void		  ascii_endline(struct termp *);
+static	void		  ascii_letter(struct termp *, int);
+
+#ifdef	USE_WCHAR
+static	void		  locale_advance(struct termp *, size_t);
+static	void		  locale_endline(struct termp *);
+static	void		  locale_letter(struct termp *, int);
+static	size_t		  locale_width(const struct termp *, int);
+#endif
+
+static struct termp *
+ascii_init(enum termenc enc, char *outopts)
+{
+	const char	*toks[4];
+	char		*v;
+	struct termp	*p;
+
+	p = mandoc_calloc(1, sizeof(struct termp));
+	p->enc = enc;
+
+	p->tabwidth = 5;
+	p->defrmargin = 78;
+
+	p->begin = ascii_begin;
+	p->end = ascii_end;
+	p->hspan = ascii_hspan;
+	p->type = TERMTYPE_CHAR;
+
+	p->enc = TERMENC_ASCII;
+	p->advance = ascii_advance;
+	p->endline = ascii_endline;
+	p->letter = ascii_letter;
+	p->width = ascii_width;
+
+#ifdef	USE_WCHAR
+	if (TERMENC_ASCII != enc) {
+		v = TERMENC_LOCALE == enc ?
+			setlocale(LC_ALL, "") :
+			setlocale(LC_CTYPE, "UTF-8");
+		if (NULL != v && MB_CUR_MAX > 1) {
+			p->enc = enc;
+			p->advance = locale_advance;
+			p->endline = locale_endline;
+			p->letter = locale_letter;
+			p->width = locale_width;
+		}
+	}
+#endif
+
+	toks[0] = "indent";
+	toks[1] = "width";
+	toks[2] = "mdoc";
+	toks[3] = NULL;
+
+	while (outopts && *outopts)
+		switch (getsubopt(&outopts, UNCONST(toks), &v)) {
+		case (0):
+			p->defindent = (size_t)atoi(v);
+			break;
+		case (1):
+			p->defrmargin = (size_t)atoi(v);
+			break;
+		case (2):
+			/*
+			 * Temporary, undocumented mode
+			 * to imitate mdoc(7) output style.
+			 */
+			p->mdocstyle = 1;
+			p->defindent = 5;
+			break;
+		default:
+			break;
+		}
+
+	/* Enforce a lower boundary. */
+	if (p->defrmargin < 58)
+		p->defrmargin = 58;
+
+	return(p);
+}
+
+void *
+ascii_alloc(char *outopts)
+{
+
+	return(ascii_init(TERMENC_ASCII, outopts));
+}
+
+void *
+utf8_alloc(char *outopts)
+{
+
+	return(ascii_init(TERMENC_UTF8, outopts));
+}
+
+
+void *
+locale_alloc(char *outopts)
+{
+
+	return(ascii_init(TERMENC_LOCALE, outopts));
+}
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+static size_t
+ascii_width(const struct termp *p, int c)
+{
+
+	return(1);
+}
+
+void
+ascii_free(void *arg)
+{
+
+	term_free((struct termp *)arg);
+}
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+static void
+ascii_letter(struct termp *p, int c)
+{
+	
+	putchar(c);
+}
+
+static void
+ascii_begin(struct termp *p)
+{
+
+	(*p->headf)(p, p->argf);
+}
+
+static void
+ascii_end(struct termp *p)
+{
+
+	(*p->footf)(p, p->argf);
+}
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+static void
+ascii_endline(struct termp *p)
+{
+
+	putchar('\n');
+}
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+static void
+ascii_advance(struct termp *p, size_t len)
+{
+	size_t	 	i;
+
+	for (i = 0; i < len; i++)
+		putchar(' ');
+}
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+static double
+ascii_hspan(const struct termp *p, const struct roffsu *su)
+{
+	double		 r;
+
+	/*
+	 * Approximate based on character width.  These are generated
+	 * entirely by eyeballing the screen, but appear to be correct.
+	 */
+
+	switch (su->unit) {
+	case (SCALE_CM):
+		r = 4 * su->scale;
+		break;
+	case (SCALE_IN):
+		r = 10 * su->scale;
+		break;
+	case (SCALE_PC):
+		r = (10 * su->scale) / 6;
+		break;
+	case (SCALE_PT):
+		r = (10 * su->scale) / 72;
+		break;
+	case (SCALE_MM):
+		r = su->scale / 1000;
+		break;
+	case (SCALE_VS):
+		r = su->scale * 2 - 1;
+		break;
+	default:
+		r = su->scale;
+		break;
+	}
+
+	return(r);
+}
+
+#ifdef USE_WCHAR
+/* ARGSUSED */
+static size_t
+locale_width(const struct termp *p, int c)
+{
+	int		rc;
+
+	return((rc = wcwidth(c)) < 0 ? 0 : rc);
+}
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+static void
+locale_advance(struct termp *p, size_t len)
+{
+	size_t	 	i;
+
+	for (i = 0; i < len; i++)
+		putwchar(L' ');
+}
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+static void
+locale_endline(struct termp *p)
+{
+
+	putwchar(L'\n');
+}
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+static void
+locale_letter(struct termp *p, int c)
+{
+	
+	putwchar(c);
+}
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/mdocml/term_ps.c b/contrib/mdocml/term_ps.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e8a9068
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/mdocml/term_ps.c
@@ -0,0 +1,1185 @@
+/*	$Id: term_ps.c,v 1.54 2011/10/16 12:20:34 schwarze Exp $ */
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2010, 2011 Kristaps Dzonsons <kristaps@bsd.lv>
+ *
+ * Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software for any
+ * purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above
+ * copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies.
+ *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" AND THE AUTHOR DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES
+ * WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
+ * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR
+ * ANY SPECIAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES
+ * WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN
+ * ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF
+ * OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
+ */
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+#include "config.h"
+#endif
+
+#include <sys/types.h>
+
+#include <assert.h>
+#include <stdarg.h>
+#include <stdint.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <time.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+
+#include "mandoc.h"
+#include "out.h"
+#include "main.h"
+#include "term.h"
+
+/* These work the buffer used by the header and footer. */
+#define	PS_BUFSLOP	  128
+
+/* Convert PostScript point "x" to an AFM unit. */
+#define	PNT2AFM(p, x) /* LINTED */ \
+	(size_t)((double)(x) * (1000.0 / (double)(p)->ps->scale))
+
+/* Convert an AFM unit "x" to a PostScript points */
+#define	AFM2PNT(p, x) /* LINTED */ \
+	((double)(x) / (1000.0 / (double)(p)->ps->scale))
+
+struct	glyph {
+	unsigned short	  wx; /* WX in AFM */
+};
+
+struct	font {
+	const char	 *name; /* FontName in AFM */
+#define	MAXCHAR		  95 /* total characters we can handle */
+	struct glyph	  gly[MAXCHAR]; /* glyph metrics */
+};
+
+struct	termp_ps {
+	int		  flags;
+#define	PS_INLINE	 (1 << 0)	/* we're in a word */
+#define	PS_MARGINS	 (1 << 1)	/* we're in the margins */
+#define	PS_NEWPAGE	 (1 << 2)	/* new page, no words yet */
+	size_t		  pscol;	/* visible column (AFM units) */
+	size_t		  psrow;	/* visible row (AFM units) */
+	char		 *psmarg;	/* margin buf */
+	size_t		  psmargsz;	/* margin buf size */
+	size_t		  psmargcur;	/* cur index in margin buf */
+	char		  last;		/* character buffer */
+	enum termfont	  lastf;	/* last set font */
+	size_t		  scale;	/* font scaling factor */
+	size_t		  pages;	/* number of pages shown */
+	size_t		  lineheight;	/* line height (AFM units) */
+	size_t		  top;		/* body top (AFM units) */
+	size_t		  bottom;	/* body bottom (AFM units) */
+	size_t		  height;	/* page height (AFM units */
+	size_t		  width;	/* page width (AFM units) */
+	size_t		  left;		/* body left (AFM units) */
+	size_t		  header;	/* header pos (AFM units) */
+	size_t		  footer;	/* footer pos (AFM units) */
+	size_t		  pdfbytes; 	/* current output byte */
+	size_t		  pdflastpg;	/* byte of last page mark */
+	size_t		  pdfbody;	/* start of body object */
+	size_t		 *pdfobjs;	/* table of object offsets */
+	size_t		  pdfobjsz;	/* size of pdfobjs */
+};
+
+static	double		  ps_hspan(const struct termp *,
+				const struct roffsu *);
+static	size_t		  ps_width(const struct termp *, int);
+static	void		  ps_advance(struct termp *, size_t);
+static	void		  ps_begin(struct termp *);
+static	void		  ps_closepage(struct termp *);
+static	void		  ps_end(struct termp *);
+static	void		  ps_endline(struct termp *);
+static	void		  ps_fclose(struct termp *);
+static	void		  ps_growbuf(struct termp *, size_t);
+static	void		  ps_letter(struct termp *, int);
+static	void		  ps_pclose(struct termp *);
+static	void		  ps_pletter(struct termp *, int);
+static	void		  ps_printf(struct termp *, const char *, ...);
+static	void		  ps_putchar(struct termp *, char);
+static	void		  ps_setfont(struct termp *, enum termfont);
+static	struct termp	 *pspdf_alloc(char *);
+static	void		  pdf_obj(struct termp *, size_t);
+
+/*
+ * We define, for the time being, three fonts: bold, oblique/italic, and
+ * normal (roman).  The following table hard-codes the font metrics for
+ * ASCII, i.e., 32--127.
+ */
+
+static	const struct font fonts[TERMFONT__MAX] = {
+	{ "Times-Roman", {
+		{ 250 },
+		{ 333 },
+		{ 408 },
+		{ 500 },
+		{ 500 },
+		{ 833 },
+		{ 778 },
+		{ 333 },
+		{ 333 },
+		{ 333 },
+		{ 500 },
+		{ 564 },
+		{ 250 },
+		{ 333 },
+		{ 250 },
+		{ 278 },
+		{ 500 },
+		{ 500 },
+		{ 500 },
+		{ 500 },
+		{ 500 },
+		{ 500 },
+		{ 500 },
+		{ 500 },
+		{ 500 },
+		{ 500 },
+		{ 278 },
+		{ 278 },
+		{ 564 },
+		{ 564 },
+		{ 564 },
+		{ 444 },
+		{ 921 },
+		{ 722 },
+		{ 667 },
+		{ 667 },
+		{ 722 },
+		{ 611 },
+		{ 556 },
+		{ 722 },
+		{ 722 },
+		{ 333 },
+		{ 389 },
+		{ 722 },
+		{ 611 },
+		{ 889 },
+		{ 722 },
+		{ 722 },
+		{ 556 },
+		{ 722 },
+		{ 667 },
+		{ 556 },
+		{ 611 },
+		{ 722 },
+		{ 722 },
+		{ 944 },
+		{ 722 },
+		{ 722 },
+		{ 611 },
+		{ 333 },
+		{ 278 },
+		{ 333 },
+		{ 469 },
+		{ 500 },
+		{ 333 },
+		{ 444 },
+		{ 500 },
+		{ 444 },
+		{  500},
+		{  444},
+		{  333},
+		{  500},
+		{  500},
+		{  278},
+		{  278},
+		{  500},
+		{  278},
+		{  778},
+		{  500},
+		{  500},
+		{  500},
+		{  500},
+		{  333},
+		{  389},
+		{  278},
+		{  500},
+		{  500},
+		{  722},
+		{  500},
+		{  500},
+		{  444},
+		{  480},
+		{  200},
+		{  480},
+		{  541},
+	} },
+	{ "Times-Bold", {
+		{ 250  },
+		{ 333  },
+		{ 555  },
+		{ 500  },
+		{ 500  },
+		{ 1000 },
+		{ 833  },
+		{ 333  },
+		{ 333  },
+		{ 333  },
+		{ 500  },
+		{ 570  },
+		{ 250  },
+		{ 333  },
+		{ 250  },
+		{ 278  },
+		{ 500  },
+		{ 500  },
+		{ 500  },
+		{ 500  },
+		{ 500  },
+		{ 500  },
+		{ 500  },
+		{ 500  },
+		{ 500  },
+		{ 500  },
+		{ 333  },
+		{ 333  },
+		{ 570  },
+		{ 570  },
+		{ 570  },
+		{ 500  },
+		{ 930  },
+		{ 722  },
+		{ 667  },
+		{ 722  },
+		{ 722  },
+		{ 667  },
+		{ 611  },
+		{ 778  },
+		{ 778  },
+		{ 389  },
+		{ 500  },
+		{ 778  },
+		{ 667  },
+		{ 944  },
+		{ 722  },
+		{ 778  },
+		{ 611  },
+		{ 778  },
+		{ 722  },
+		{ 556  },
+		{ 667  },
+		{ 722  },
+		{ 722  },
+		{ 1000 },
+		{ 722  },
+		{ 722  },
+		{ 667  },
+		{ 333  },
+		{ 278  },
+		{ 333  },
+		{ 581  },
+		{ 500  },
+		{ 333  },
+		{ 500  },
+		{ 556  },
+		{ 444  },
+		{  556 },
+		{  444 },
+		{  333 },
+		{  500 },
+		{  556 },
+		{  278 },
+		{  333 },
+		{  556 },
+		{  278 },
+		{  833 },
+		{  556 },
+		{  500 },
+		{  556 },
+		{  556 },
+		{  444 },
+		{  389 },
+		{  333 },
+		{  556 },
+		{  500 },
+		{  722 },
+		{  500 },
+		{  500 },
+		{  444 },
+		{  394 },
+		{  220 },
+		{  394 },
+		{  520 },
+	} },
+	{ "Times-Italic", {
+		{ 250  },
+		{ 333  },
+		{ 420  },
+		{ 500  },
+		{ 500  },
+		{ 833  },
+		{ 778  },
+		{ 333  },
+		{ 333  },
+		{ 333  },
+		{ 500  },
+		{ 675  },
+		{ 250  },
+		{ 333  },
+		{ 250  },
+		{ 278  },
+		{ 500  },
+		{ 500  },
+		{ 500  },
+		{ 500  },
+		{ 500  },
+		{ 500  },
+		{ 500  },
+		{ 500  },
+		{ 500  },
+		{ 500  },
+		{ 333  },
+		{ 333  },
+		{ 675  },
+		{ 675  },
+		{ 675  },
+		{ 500  },
+		{ 920  },
+		{ 611  },
+		{ 611  },
+		{ 667  },
+		{ 722  },
+		{ 611  },
+		{ 611  },
+		{ 722  },
+		{ 722  },
+		{ 333  },
+		{ 444  },
+		{ 667  },
+		{ 556  },
+		{ 833  },
+		{ 667  },
+		{ 722  },
+		{ 611  },
+		{ 722  },
+		{ 611  },
+		{ 500  },
+		{ 556  },
+		{ 722  },
+		{ 611  },
+		{ 833  },
+		{ 611  },
+		{ 556  },
+		{ 556  },
+		{ 389  },
+		{ 278  },
+		{ 389  },
+		{ 422  },
+		{ 500  },
+		{ 333  },
+		{ 500  },
+		{ 500  },
+		{ 444  },
+		{  500 },
+		{  444 },
+		{  278 },
+		{  500 },
+		{  500 },
+		{  278 },
+		{  278 },
+		{  444 },
+		{  278 },
+		{  722 },
+		{  500 },
+		{  500 },
+		{  500 },
+		{  500 },
+		{  389 },
+		{  389 },
+		{  278 },
+		{  500 },
+		{  444 },
+		{  667 },
+		{  444 },
+		{  444 },
+		{  389 },
+		{  400 },
+		{  275 },
+		{  400 },
+		{  541 },
+	} },
+};
+
+void *
+pdf_alloc(char *outopts)
+{
+	struct termp	*p;
+
+	if (NULL != (p = pspdf_alloc(outopts)))
+		p->type = TERMTYPE_PDF;
+
+	return(p);
+}
+
+void *
+ps_alloc(char *outopts)
+{
+	struct termp	*p;
+
+	if (NULL != (p = pspdf_alloc(outopts)))
+		p->type = TERMTYPE_PS;
+
+	return(p);
+}
+
+static struct termp *
+pspdf_alloc(char *outopts)
+{
+	struct termp	*p;
+	unsigned int	 pagex, pagey;
+	size_t		 marginx, marginy, lineheight;
+	const char	*toks[2];
+	const char	*pp;
+	char		*v;
+
+	p = mandoc_calloc(1, sizeof(struct termp));
+	p->enc = TERMENC_ASCII;
+	p->ps = mandoc_calloc(1, sizeof(struct termp_ps));
+
+	p->advance = ps_advance;
+	p->begin = ps_begin;
+	p->end = ps_end;
+	p->endline = ps_endline;
+	p->hspan = ps_hspan;
+	p->letter = ps_letter;
+	p->width = ps_width;
+	
+	toks[0] = "paper";
+	toks[1] = NULL;
+
+	pp = NULL;
+
+	while (outopts && *outopts)
+		switch (getsubopt(&outopts, UNCONST(toks), &v)) {
+		case (0):
+			pp = v;
+			break;
+		default:
+			break;
+		}
+
+	/* Default to US letter (millimetres). */
+
+	pagex = 216;
+	pagey = 279;
+
+	/*
+	 * The ISO-269 paper sizes can be calculated automatically, but
+	 * it would require bringing in -lm for pow() and I'd rather not
+	 * do that.  So just do it the easy way for now.  Since this
+	 * only happens once, I'm not terribly concerned.
+	 */
+
+	if (pp && strcasecmp(pp, "letter")) {
+		if (0 == strcasecmp(pp, "a3")) {
+			pagex = 297;
+			pagey = 420;
+		} else if (0 == strcasecmp(pp, "a4")) {
+			pagex = 210;
+			pagey = 297;
+		} else if (0 == strcasecmp(pp, "a5")) {
+			pagex = 148;
+			pagey = 210;
+		} else if (0 == strcasecmp(pp, "legal")) {
+			pagex = 216;
+			pagey = 356;
+		} else if (2 != sscanf(pp, "%ux%u", &pagex, &pagey))
+			fprintf(stderr, "%s: Unknown paper\n", pp);
+	}
+
+	/* 
+	 * This MUST be defined before any PNT2AFM or AFM2PNT
+	 * calculations occur.
+	 */
+
+	p->ps->scale = 11;
+
+	/* Remember millimetres -> AFM units. */
+
+	pagex = PNT2AFM(p, ((double)pagex * 2.834));
+	pagey = PNT2AFM(p, ((double)pagey * 2.834));
+
+	/* Margins are 1/9 the page x and y. */
+
+	marginx = /* LINTED */
+		(size_t)((double)pagex / 9.0);
+	marginy = /* LINTED */
+		(size_t)((double)pagey / 9.0);
+
+	/* Line-height is 1.4em. */
+
+	lineheight = PNT2AFM(p, ((double)p->ps->scale * 1.4));
+
+	p->ps->width = (size_t)pagex;
+	p->ps->height = (size_t)pagey;
+	p->ps->header = pagey - (marginy / 2) - (lineheight / 2);
+	p->ps->top = pagey - marginy;
+	p->ps->footer = (marginy / 2) - (lineheight / 2);
+	p->ps->bottom = marginy;
+	p->ps->left = marginx;
+	p->ps->lineheight = lineheight;
+
+	p->defrmargin = pagex - (marginx * 2);
+	return(p);
+}
+
+
+void
+pspdf_free(void *arg)
+{
+	struct termp	*p;
+
+	p = (struct termp *)arg;
+
+	if (p->ps->psmarg)
+		free(p->ps->psmarg);
+	if (p->ps->pdfobjs)
+		free(p->ps->pdfobjs);
+
+	free(p->ps);
+	term_free(p);
+}
+
+
+static void
+ps_printf(struct termp *p, const char *fmt, ...)
+{
+	va_list		 ap;
+	int		 pos, len;
+
+	va_start(ap, fmt);
+
+	/*
+	 * If we're running in regular mode, then pipe directly into
+	 * vprintf().  If we're processing margins, then push the data
+	 * into our growable margin buffer.
+	 */
+
+	if ( ! (PS_MARGINS & p->ps->flags)) {
+		len = vprintf(fmt, ap);
+		va_end(ap);
+		p->ps->pdfbytes += /* LINTED */
+			len < 0 ? 0 : (size_t)len;
+		return;
+	}
+
+	/* 
+	 * XXX: I assume that the in-margin print won't exceed
+	 * PS_BUFSLOP (128 bytes), which is reasonable but still an
+	 * assumption that will cause pukeage if it's not the case.
+	 */
+
+	ps_growbuf(p, PS_BUFSLOP);
+
+	pos = (int)p->ps->psmargcur;
+	vsnprintf(&p->ps->psmarg[pos], PS_BUFSLOP, fmt, ap);
+
+	va_end(ap);
+
+	p->ps->psmargcur = strlen(p->ps->psmarg);
+}
+
+
+static void
+ps_putchar(struct termp *p, char c)
+{
+	int		 pos;
+
+	/* See ps_printf(). */
+
+	if ( ! (PS_MARGINS & p->ps->flags)) {
+		/* LINTED */
+		putchar(c);
+		p->ps->pdfbytes++;
+		return;
+	}
+
+	ps_growbuf(p, 2);
+
+	pos = (int)p->ps->psmargcur++;
+	p->ps->psmarg[pos++] = c;
+	p->ps->psmarg[pos] = '\0';
+}
+
+
+static void
+pdf_obj(struct termp *p, size_t obj)
+{
+
+	assert(obj > 0);
+
+	if ((obj - 1) >= p->ps->pdfobjsz) {
+		p->ps->pdfobjsz = obj + 128;
+		p->ps->pdfobjs = realloc
+			(p->ps->pdfobjs, 
+			 p->ps->pdfobjsz * sizeof(size_t));
+		if (NULL == p->ps->pdfobjs) {
+			perror(NULL);
+			exit((int)MANDOCLEVEL_SYSERR);
+		}
+	}
+
+	p->ps->pdfobjs[(int)obj - 1] = p->ps->pdfbytes;
+	ps_printf(p, "%zu 0 obj\n", obj);
+}
+
+
+static void
+ps_closepage(struct termp *p)
+{
+	int		 i;
+	size_t		 len, base;
+
+	/*
+	 * Close out a page that we've already flushed to output.  In
+	 * PostScript, we simply note that the page must be showed.  In
+	 * PDF, we must now create the Length, Resource, and Page node
+	 * for the page contents.
+	 */
+
+	assert(p->ps->psmarg && p->ps->psmarg[0]);
+	ps_printf(p, "%s", p->ps->psmarg);
+
+	if (TERMTYPE_PS != p->type) {
+		ps_printf(p, "ET\n");
+
+		len = p->ps->pdfbytes - p->ps->pdflastpg;
+		base = p->ps->pages * 4 + p->ps->pdfbody;
+
+		ps_printf(p, "endstream\nendobj\n");
+
+		/* Length of content. */
+		pdf_obj(p, base + 1);
+		ps_printf(p, "%zu\nendobj\n", len);
+
+		/* Resource for content. */
+		pdf_obj(p, base + 2);
+		ps_printf(p, "<<\n/ProcSet [/PDF /Text]\n");
+		ps_printf(p, "/Font <<\n");
+		for (i = 0; i < (int)TERMFONT__MAX; i++) 
+			ps_printf(p, "/F%d %d 0 R\n", i, 3 + i);
+		ps_printf(p, ">>\n>>\n");
+
+		/* Page node. */
+		pdf_obj(p, base + 3);
+		ps_printf(p, "<<\n");
+		ps_printf(p, "/Type /Page\n");
+		ps_printf(p, "/Parent 2 0 R\n");
+		ps_printf(p, "/Resources %zu 0 R\n", base + 2);
+		ps_printf(p, "/Contents %zu 0 R\n", base);
+		ps_printf(p, ">>\nendobj\n");
+	} else
+		ps_printf(p, "showpage\n");
+
+	p->ps->pages++;
+	p->ps->psrow = p->ps->top;
+	assert( ! (PS_NEWPAGE & p->ps->flags));
+	p->ps->flags |= PS_NEWPAGE;
+}
+
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+static void
+ps_end(struct termp *p)
+{
+	size_t		 i, xref, base;
+
+	/*
+	 * At the end of the file, do one last showpage.  This is the
+	 * same behaviour as groff(1) and works for multiple pages as
+	 * well as just one.
+	 */
+
+	if ( ! (PS_NEWPAGE & p->ps->flags)) {
+		assert(0 == p->ps->flags);
+		assert('\0' == p->ps->last);
+		ps_closepage(p);
+	}
+
+	if (TERMTYPE_PS == p->type) {
+		ps_printf(p, "%%%%Trailer\n");
+		ps_printf(p, "%%%%Pages: %zu\n", p->ps->pages);
+		ps_printf(p, "%%%%EOF\n");
+		return;
+	} 
+
+	pdf_obj(p, 2);
+	ps_printf(p, "<<\n/Type /Pages\n");
+	ps_printf(p, "/MediaBox [0 0 %zu %zu]\n",
+			(size_t)AFM2PNT(p, p->ps->width),
+			(size_t)AFM2PNT(p, p->ps->height));
+
+	ps_printf(p, "/Count %zu\n", p->ps->pages);
+	ps_printf(p, "/Kids [");
+
+	for (i = 0; i < p->ps->pages; i++)
+		ps_printf(p, " %zu 0 R", i * 4 +
+				p->ps->pdfbody + 3);
+
+	base = (p->ps->pages - 1) * 4 + 
+		p->ps->pdfbody + 4;
+
+	ps_printf(p, "]\n>>\nendobj\n");
+	pdf_obj(p, base);
+	ps_printf(p, "<<\n");
+	ps_printf(p, "/Type /Catalog\n");
+	ps_printf(p, "/Pages 2 0 R\n");
+	ps_printf(p, ">>\n");
+	xref = p->ps->pdfbytes;
+	ps_printf(p, "xref\n");
+	ps_printf(p, "0 %zu\n", base + 1);
+	ps_printf(p, "0000000000 65535 f \n");
+
+	for (i = 0; i < base; i++)
+		ps_printf(p, "%.10zu 00000 n \n", 
+				p->ps->pdfobjs[(int)i]);
+
+	ps_printf(p, "trailer\n");
+	ps_printf(p, "<<\n");
+	ps_printf(p, "/Size %zu\n", base + 1);
+	ps_printf(p, "/Root %zu 0 R\n", base);
+	ps_printf(p, "/Info 1 0 R\n");
+	ps_printf(p, ">>\n");
+	ps_printf(p, "startxref\n");
+	ps_printf(p, "%zu\n", xref);
+	ps_printf(p, "%%%%EOF\n");
+}
+
+
+static void
+ps_begin(struct termp *p)
+{
+	time_t		 t;
+	int		 i;
+
+	/* 
+	 * Print margins into margin buffer.  Nothing gets output to the
+	 * screen yet, so we don't need to initialise the primary state.
+	 */
+
+	if (p->ps->psmarg) {
+		assert(p->ps->psmargsz);
+		p->ps->psmarg[0] = '\0';
+	}
+
+	/*p->ps->pdfbytes = 0;*/
+	p->ps->psmargcur = 0;
+	p->ps->flags = PS_MARGINS;
+	p->ps->pscol = p->ps->left;
+	p->ps->psrow = p->ps->header;
+
+	ps_setfont(p, TERMFONT_NONE);
+
+	(*p->headf)(p, p->argf);
+	(*p->endline)(p);
+
+	p->ps->pscol = p->ps->left;
+	p->ps->psrow = p->ps->footer;
+
+	(*p->footf)(p, p->argf);
+	(*p->endline)(p);
+
+	p->ps->flags &= ~PS_MARGINS;
+
+	assert(0 == p->ps->flags);
+	assert(p->ps->psmarg);
+	assert('\0' != p->ps->psmarg[0]);
+
+	/* 
+	 * Print header and initialise page state.  Following this,
+	 * stuff gets printed to the screen, so make sure we're sane.
+	 */
+
+	t = time(NULL);
+
+	if (TERMTYPE_PS == p->type) {
+		ps_printf(p, "%%!PS-Adobe-3.0\n");
+		ps_printf(p, "%%%%CreationDate: %s", ctime(&t));
+		ps_printf(p, "%%%%DocumentData: Clean7Bit\n");
+		ps_printf(p, "%%%%Orientation: Portrait\n");
+		ps_printf(p, "%%%%Pages: (atend)\n");
+		ps_printf(p, "%%%%PageOrder: Ascend\n");
+		ps_printf(p, "%%%%DocumentMedia: "
+				"Default %zu %zu 0 () ()\n",
+				(size_t)AFM2PNT(p, p->ps->width),
+				(size_t)AFM2PNT(p, p->ps->height));
+		ps_printf(p, "%%%%DocumentNeededResources: font");
+
+		for (i = 0; i < (int)TERMFONT__MAX; i++)
+			ps_printf(p, " %s", fonts[i].name);
+
+		ps_printf(p, "\n%%%%EndComments\n");
+	} else {
+		ps_printf(p, "%%PDF-1.1\n");
+		pdf_obj(p, 1);
+		ps_printf(p, "<<\n");
+		ps_printf(p, ">>\n");
+		ps_printf(p, "endobj\n");
+
+		for (i = 0; i < (int)TERMFONT__MAX; i++) {
+			pdf_obj(p, (size_t)i + 3);
+			ps_printf(p, "<<\n");
+			ps_printf(p, "/Type /Font\n");
+			ps_printf(p, "/Subtype /Type1\n");
+			ps_printf(p, "/Name /F%zu\n", i);
+			ps_printf(p, "/BaseFont /%s\n", fonts[i].name);
+			ps_printf(p, ">>\n");
+		}
+	}
+
+	p->ps->pdfbody = (size_t)TERMFONT__MAX + 3;
+	p->ps->pscol = p->ps->left;
+	p->ps->psrow = p->ps->top;
+	p->ps->flags |= PS_NEWPAGE;
+	ps_setfont(p, TERMFONT_NONE);
+}
+
+
+static void
+ps_pletter(struct termp *p, int c)
+{
+	int		 f;
+
+	/*
+	 * If we haven't opened a page context, then output that we're
+	 * in a new page and make sure the font is correctly set.
+	 */
+
+	if (PS_NEWPAGE & p->ps->flags) {
+		if (TERMTYPE_PS == p->type) {
+			ps_printf(p, "%%%%Page: %zu %zu\n", 
+					p->ps->pages + 1, 
+					p->ps->pages + 1);
+			ps_printf(p, "/%s %zu selectfont\n", 
+					fonts[(int)p->ps->lastf].name, 
+					p->ps->scale);
+		} else {
+			pdf_obj(p, p->ps->pdfbody + 
+					p->ps->pages * 4);
+			ps_printf(p, "<<\n");
+			ps_printf(p, "/Length %zu 0 R\n", 
+					p->ps->pdfbody + 1 +
+					p->ps->pages * 4);
+			ps_printf(p, ">>\nstream\n");
+		}
+		p->ps->pdflastpg = p->ps->pdfbytes;
+		p->ps->flags &= ~PS_NEWPAGE;
+	}
+	
+	/*
+	 * If we're not in a PostScript "word" context, then open one
+	 * now at the current cursor.
+	 */
+
+	if ( ! (PS_INLINE & p->ps->flags)) {
+		if (TERMTYPE_PS != p->type) {
+			ps_printf(p, "BT\n/F%d %zu Tf\n", 
+					(int)p->ps->lastf,
+					p->ps->scale);
+			ps_printf(p, "%.3f %.3f Td\n(",
+					AFM2PNT(p, p->ps->pscol),
+					AFM2PNT(p, p->ps->psrow));
+		} else
+			ps_printf(p, "%.3f %.3f moveto\n(", 
+					AFM2PNT(p, p->ps->pscol),
+					AFM2PNT(p, p->ps->psrow));
+		p->ps->flags |= PS_INLINE;
+	}
+
+	assert( ! (PS_NEWPAGE & p->ps->flags));
+
+	/*
+	 * We need to escape these characters as per the PostScript
+	 * specification.  We would also escape non-graphable characters
+	 * (like tabs), but none of them would get to this point and
+	 * it's superfluous to abort() on them.
+	 */
+
+	switch (c) {
+	case ('('):
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+	case (')'):
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+	case ('\\'):
+		ps_putchar(p, '\\');
+		break;
+	default:
+		break;
+	}
+
+	/* Write the character and adjust where we are on the page. */
+
+	f = (int)p->ps->lastf;
+
+	if (c <= 32 || (c - 32 >= MAXCHAR)) {
+		ps_putchar(p, ' ');
+		p->ps->pscol += (size_t)fonts[f].gly[0].wx;
+		return;
+	} 
+
+	ps_putchar(p, (char)c);
+	c -= 32;
+	p->ps->pscol += (size_t)fonts[f].gly[c].wx;
+}
+
+
+static void
+ps_pclose(struct termp *p)
+{
+
+	/* 
+	 * Spit out that we're exiting a word context (this is a
+	 * "partial close" because we don't check the last-char buffer
+	 * or anything).
+	 */
+
+	if ( ! (PS_INLINE & p->ps->flags))
+		return;
+	
+	if (TERMTYPE_PS != p->type) {
+		ps_printf(p, ") Tj\nET\n");
+	} else
+		ps_printf(p, ") show\n");
+
+	p->ps->flags &= ~PS_INLINE;
+}
+
+
+static void
+ps_fclose(struct termp *p)
+{
+
+	/*
+	 * Strong closure: if we have a last-char, spit it out after
+	 * checking that we're in the right font mode.  This will of
+	 * course open a new scope, if applicable.
+	 *
+	 * Following this, close out any scope that's open.
+	 */
+
+	if ('\0' != p->ps->last) {
+		if (p->ps->lastf != TERMFONT_NONE) {
+			ps_pclose(p);
+			ps_setfont(p, TERMFONT_NONE);
+		}
+		ps_pletter(p, p->ps->last);
+		p->ps->last = '\0';
+	}
+
+	if ( ! (PS_INLINE & p->ps->flags))
+		return;
+
+	ps_pclose(p);
+}
+
+
+static void
+ps_letter(struct termp *p, int arg)
+{
+	char		cc, c;
+
+	/* LINTED */
+	c = arg >= 128 || arg <= 0 ? '?' : arg;
+
+	/*
+	 * State machine dictates whether to buffer the last character
+	 * or not.  Basically, encoded words are detected by checking if
+	 * we're an "8" and switching on the buffer.  Then we put "8" in
+	 * our buffer, and on the next charater, flush both character
+	 * and buffer.  Thus, "regular" words are detected by having a
+	 * regular character and a regular buffer character.
+	 */
+
+	if ('\0' == p->ps->last) {
+		assert(8 != c);
+		p->ps->last = c;
+		return;
+	} else if (8 == p->ps->last) {
+		assert(8 != c);
+		p->ps->last = '\0';
+	} else if (8 == c) {
+		assert(8 != p->ps->last);
+		if ('_' == p->ps->last) {
+			if (p->ps->lastf != TERMFONT_UNDER) {
+				ps_pclose(p);
+				ps_setfont(p, TERMFONT_UNDER);
+			}
+		} else if (p->ps->lastf != TERMFONT_BOLD) {
+			ps_pclose(p);
+			ps_setfont(p, TERMFONT_BOLD);
+		}
+		p->ps->last = c;
+		return;
+	} else {
+		if (p->ps->lastf != TERMFONT_NONE) {
+			ps_pclose(p);
+			ps_setfont(p, TERMFONT_NONE);
+		}
+		cc = p->ps->last;
+		p->ps->last = c;
+		c = cc;
+	}
+
+	ps_pletter(p, c);
+}
+
+
+static void
+ps_advance(struct termp *p, size_t len)
+{
+
+	/*
+	 * Advance some spaces.  This can probably be made smarter,
+	 * i.e., to have multiple space-separated words in the same
+	 * scope, but this is easier:  just close out the current scope
+	 * and readjust our column settings.
+	 */
+
+	ps_fclose(p);
+	p->ps->pscol += len;
+}
+
+
+static void
+ps_endline(struct termp *p)
+{
+
+	/* Close out any scopes we have open: we're at eoln. */
+
+	ps_fclose(p);
+
+	/*
+	 * If we're in the margin, don't try to recalculate our current
+	 * row.  XXX: if the column tries to be fancy with multiple
+	 * lines, we'll do nasty stuff. 
+	 */
+
+	if (PS_MARGINS & p->ps->flags)
+		return;
+
+	/* Left-justify. */
+
+	p->ps->pscol = p->ps->left;
+
+	/* If we haven't printed anything, return. */
+
+	if (PS_NEWPAGE & p->ps->flags)
+		return;
+
+	/*
+	 * Put us down a line.  If we're at the page bottom, spit out a
+	 * showpage and restart our row.
+	 */
+
+	if (p->ps->psrow >= p->ps->lineheight + 
+			p->ps->bottom) {
+		p->ps->psrow -= p->ps->lineheight;
+		return;
+	}
+
+	ps_closepage(p);
+}
+
+
+static void
+ps_setfont(struct termp *p, enum termfont f)
+{
+
+	assert(f < TERMFONT__MAX);
+	p->ps->lastf = f;
+	
+	/*
+	 * If we're still at the top of the page, let the font-setting
+	 * be delayed until we actually have stuff to print.
+	 */
+
+	if (PS_NEWPAGE & p->ps->flags)
+		return;
+
+	if (TERMTYPE_PS == p->type)
+		ps_printf(p, "/%s %zu selectfont\n", 
+				fonts[(int)f].name, 
+				p->ps->scale);
+	else
+		ps_printf(p, "/F%d %zu Tf\n", 
+				(int)f, 
+				p->ps->scale);
+}
+
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+static size_t
+ps_width(const struct termp *p, int c)
+{
+
+	if (c <= 32 || c - 32 >= MAXCHAR)
+		return((size_t)fonts[(int)TERMFONT_NONE].gly[0].wx);
+
+	c -= 32;
+	return((size_t)fonts[(int)TERMFONT_NONE].gly[c].wx);
+}
+
+
+static double
+ps_hspan(const struct termp *p, const struct roffsu *su)
+{
+	double		 r;
+	
+	/*
+	 * All of these measurements are derived by converting from the
+	 * native measurement to AFM units.
+	 */
+
+	switch (su->unit) {
+	case (SCALE_CM):
+		r = PNT2AFM(p, su->scale * 28.34);
+		break;
+	case (SCALE_IN):
+		r = PNT2AFM(p, su->scale * 72);
+		break;
+	case (SCALE_PC):
+		r = PNT2AFM(p, su->scale * 12);
+		break;
+	case (SCALE_PT):
+		r = PNT2AFM(p, su->scale * 100);
+		break;
+	case (SCALE_EM):
+		r = su->scale *
+			fonts[(int)TERMFONT_NONE].gly[109 - 32].wx;
+		break;
+	case (SCALE_MM):
+		r = PNT2AFM(p, su->scale * 2.834);
+		break;
+	case (SCALE_EN):
+		r = su->scale *
+			fonts[(int)TERMFONT_NONE].gly[110 - 32].wx;
+		break;
+	case (SCALE_VS):
+		r = su->scale * p->ps->lineheight;
+		break;
+	default:
+		r = su->scale;
+		break;
+	}
+
+	return(r);
+}
+
+static void
+ps_growbuf(struct termp *p, size_t sz)
+{
+	if (p->ps->psmargcur + sz <= p->ps->psmargsz)
+		return;
+
+	if (sz < PS_BUFSLOP)
+		sz = PS_BUFSLOP;
+
+	p->ps->psmargsz += sz;
+
+	p->ps->psmarg = mandoc_realloc
+		(p->ps->psmarg, p->ps->psmargsz);
+}
+
diff --git a/contrib/mdocml/tree.c b/contrib/mdocml/tree.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1430c73
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/mdocml/tree.c
@@ -0,0 +1,349 @@
+/*	$Id: tree.c,v 1.47 2011/09/18 14:14:15 schwarze Exp $ */
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2008, 2009, 2011 Kristaps Dzonsons <kristaps@bsd.lv>
+ *
+ * Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software for any
+ * purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above
+ * copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies.
+ *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" AND THE AUTHOR DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES
+ * WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
+ * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR
+ * ANY SPECIAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES
+ * WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN
+ * ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF
+ * OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
+ */
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+#include "config.h"
+#endif
+
+#include <assert.h>
+#include <limits.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <time.h>
+
+#include "mandoc.h"
+#include "mdoc.h"
+#include "man.h"
+#include "main.h"
+
+static	void	print_box(const struct eqn_box *, int);
+static	void	print_man(const struct man_node *, int);
+static	void	print_mdoc(const struct mdoc_node *, int);
+static	void	print_span(const struct tbl_span *, int);
+
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+void
+tree_mdoc(void *arg, const struct mdoc *mdoc)
+{
+
+	print_mdoc(mdoc_node(mdoc), 0);
+}
+
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+void
+tree_man(void *arg, const struct man *man)
+{
+
+	print_man(man_node(man), 0);
+}
+
+
+static void
+print_mdoc(const struct mdoc_node *n, int indent)
+{
+	const char	 *p, *t;
+	int		  i, j;
+	size_t		  argc, sz;
+	char		**params;
+	struct mdoc_argv *argv;
+
+	argv = NULL;
+	argc = sz = 0;
+	params = NULL;
+	t = p = NULL;
+
+	switch (n->type) {
+	case (MDOC_ROOT):
+		t = "root";
+		break;
+	case (MDOC_BLOCK):
+		t = "block";
+		break;
+	case (MDOC_HEAD):
+		t = "block-head";
+		break;
+	case (MDOC_BODY):
+		if (n->end)
+			t = "body-end";
+		else
+			t = "block-body";
+		break;
+	case (MDOC_TAIL):
+		t = "block-tail";
+		break;
+	case (MDOC_ELEM):
+		t = "elem";
+		break;
+	case (MDOC_TEXT):
+		t = "text";
+		break;
+	case (MDOC_TBL):
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+	case (MDOC_EQN):
+		break;
+	default:
+		abort();
+		/* NOTREACHED */
+	}
+
+	switch (n->type) {
+	case (MDOC_TEXT):
+		p = n->string;
+		break;
+	case (MDOC_BODY):
+		p = mdoc_macronames[n->tok];
+		break;
+	case (MDOC_HEAD):
+		p = mdoc_macronames[n->tok];
+		break;
+	case (MDOC_TAIL):
+		p = mdoc_macronames[n->tok];
+		break;
+	case (MDOC_ELEM):
+		p = mdoc_macronames[n->tok];
+		if (n->args) {
+			argv = n->args->argv;
+			argc = n->args->argc;
+		}
+		break;
+	case (MDOC_BLOCK):
+		p = mdoc_macronames[n->tok];
+		if (n->args) {
+			argv = n->args->argv;
+			argc = n->args->argc;
+		}
+		break;
+	case (MDOC_TBL):
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+	case (MDOC_EQN):
+		break;
+	case (MDOC_ROOT):
+		p = "root";
+		break;
+	default:
+		abort();
+		/* NOTREACHED */
+	}
+
+	if (n->span) {
+		assert(NULL == p && NULL == t);
+		print_span(n->span, indent);
+	} else if (n->eqn) {
+		assert(NULL == p && NULL == t);
+		print_box(n->eqn->root, indent);
+	} else {
+		for (i = 0; i < indent; i++)
+			putchar('\t');
+
+		printf("%s (%s)", p, t);
+
+		for (i = 0; i < (int)argc; i++) {
+			printf(" -%s", mdoc_argnames[argv[i].arg]);
+			if (argv[i].sz > 0)
+				printf(" [");
+			for (j = 0; j < (int)argv[i].sz; j++)
+				printf(" [%s]", argv[i].value[j]);
+			if (argv[i].sz > 0)
+				printf(" ]");
+		}
+		
+		for (i = 0; i < (int)sz; i++)
+			printf(" [%s]", params[i]);
+
+		printf(" %d:%d\n", n->line, n->pos);
+	}
+
+	if (n->child)
+		print_mdoc(n->child, indent + 1);
+	if (n->next)
+		print_mdoc(n->next, indent);
+}
+
+
+static void
+print_man(const struct man_node *n, int indent)
+{
+	const char	 *p, *t;
+	int		  i;
+
+	t = p = NULL;
+
+	switch (n->type) {
+	case (MAN_ROOT):
+		t = "root";
+		break;
+	case (MAN_ELEM):
+		t = "elem";
+		break;
+	case (MAN_TEXT):
+		t = "text";
+		break;
+	case (MAN_BLOCK):
+		t = "block";
+		break;
+	case (MAN_HEAD):
+		t = "block-head";
+		break;
+	case (MAN_BODY):
+		t = "block-body";
+		break;
+	case (MAN_TAIL):
+		t = "block-tail";
+		break;
+	case (MAN_TBL):
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+	case (MAN_EQN):
+		break;
+	default:
+		abort();
+		/* NOTREACHED */
+	}
+
+	switch (n->type) {
+	case (MAN_TEXT):
+		p = n->string;
+		break;
+	case (MAN_ELEM):
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+	case (MAN_BLOCK):
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+	case (MAN_HEAD):
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+	case (MAN_TAIL):
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+	case (MAN_BODY):
+		p = man_macronames[n->tok];
+		break;
+	case (MAN_ROOT):
+		p = "root";
+		break;
+	case (MAN_TBL):
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+	case (MAN_EQN):
+		break;
+	default:
+		abort();
+		/* NOTREACHED */
+	}
+
+	if (n->span) {
+		assert(NULL == p && NULL == t);
+		print_span(n->span, indent);
+	} else if (n->eqn) {
+		assert(NULL == p && NULL == t);
+		print_box(n->eqn->root, indent);
+	} else {
+		for (i = 0; i < indent; i++)
+			putchar('\t');
+		printf("%s (%s) %d:%d\n", p, t, n->line, n->pos);
+	}
+
+	if (n->child)
+		print_man(n->child, indent + 1);
+	if (n->next)
+		print_man(n->next, indent);
+}
+
+static void
+print_box(const struct eqn_box *ep, int indent)
+{
+	int		 i;
+	const char	*t;
+
+	if (NULL == ep)
+		return;
+	for (i = 0; i < indent; i++)
+		putchar('\t');
+
+	t = NULL;
+	switch (ep->type) {
+	case (EQN_ROOT):
+		t = "eqn-root";
+		break;
+	case (EQN_LIST):
+		t = "eqn-list";
+		break;
+	case (EQN_SUBEXPR):
+		t = "eqn-expr";
+		break;
+	case (EQN_TEXT):
+		t = "eqn-text";
+		break;
+	case (EQN_MATRIX):
+		t = "eqn-matrix";
+		break;
+	}
+
+	assert(t);
+	printf("%s(%d, %d, %d, %d, %d, \"%s\", \"%s\") %s\n", 
+		t, EQN_DEFSIZE == ep->size ? 0 : ep->size,
+		ep->pos, ep->font, ep->mark, ep->pile, 
+		ep->left ? ep->left : "",
+		ep->right ? ep->right : "",
+		ep->text ? ep->text : "");
+
+	print_box(ep->first, indent + 1);
+	print_box(ep->next, indent);
+}
+
+static void
+print_span(const struct tbl_span *sp, int indent)
+{
+	const struct tbl_dat *dp;
+	int		 i;
+
+	for (i = 0; i < indent; i++)
+		putchar('\t');
+
+	switch (sp->pos) {
+	case (TBL_SPAN_HORIZ):
+		putchar('-');
+		return;
+	case (TBL_SPAN_DHORIZ):
+		putchar('=');
+		return;
+	default:
+		break;
+	}
+
+	for (dp = sp->first; dp; dp = dp->next) {
+		switch (dp->pos) {
+		case (TBL_DATA_HORIZ):
+			/* FALLTHROUGH */
+		case (TBL_DATA_NHORIZ):
+			putchar('-');
+			continue;
+		case (TBL_DATA_DHORIZ):
+			/* FALLTHROUGH */
+		case (TBL_DATA_NDHORIZ):
+			putchar('=');
+			continue;
+		default:
+			break;
+		}
+		printf("[\"%s\"", dp->string ? dp->string : "");
+		if (dp->spans)
+			printf("(%d)", dp->spans);
+		if (NULL == dp->layout)
+			putchar('*');
+		putchar(']');
+		putchar(' ');
+	}
+
+	printf("(tbl) %d:1\n", sp->line);
+}
diff --git a/contrib/mdocml/vol.c b/contrib/mdocml/vol.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3ea7441
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/mdocml/vol.c
@@ -0,0 +1,39 @@
+/*	$Id: vol.c,v 1.9 2011/03/22 14:33:05 kristaps Exp $ */
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2009 Kristaps Dzonsons <kristaps@bsd.lv>
+ *
+ * Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software for any
+ * purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above
+ * copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies.
+ *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" AND THE AUTHOR DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES
+ * WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
+ * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR
+ * ANY SPECIAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES
+ * WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN
+ * ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF
+ * OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
+ */
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+#include "config.h"
+#endif
+
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <time.h>
+
+#include "mdoc.h"
+#include "mandoc.h"
+#include "libmdoc.h"
+
+#define LINE(x, y) \
+	if (0 == strcmp(p, x)) return(y);
+
+const char *
+mdoc_a2vol(const char *p)
+{
+
+#include "vol.in"
+
+	return(NULL);
+}
diff --git a/contrib/mdocml/vol.in b/contrib/mdocml/vol.in
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7650b57
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/mdocml/vol.in
@@ -0,0 +1,35 @@
+/*	$Id: vol.in,v 1.6 2010/06/19 20:46:28 kristaps Exp $ */
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2009 Kristaps Dzonsons <kristaps@bsd.lv>
+ *
+ * Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software for any
+ * purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above
+ * copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies.
+ *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" AND THE AUTHOR DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES
+ * WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
+ * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR
+ * ANY SPECIAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES
+ * WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN
+ * ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF
+ * OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
+ */
+
+/*
+ * This file defines volume titles for .Dt.
+ *
+ * Be sure to escape strings.
+ */
+
+LINE("USD",		"User\'s Supplementary Documents")
+LINE("PS1",		"Programmer\'s Supplementary Documents")
+LINE("AMD",		"Ancestral Manual Documents")
+LINE("SMM",		"System Manager\'s Manual")
+LINE("URM",		"User\'s Reference Manual")
+LINE("PRM",		"Programmer\'s Manual")
+LINE("KM",		"Kernel Manual")
+LINE("IND",		"Manual Master Index")
+LINE("MMI",		"Manual Master Index")
+LINE("LOCAL",		"Local Manual")
+LINE("LOC",		"Local Manual")
+LINE("CON",		"Contributed Software Manual")